Full text of "Undergraduate catalog"

See other formats

II 1^003

Undergraduate

^..:«;^«i,««i^....>=.>,ia^S,^^^

"""- ^ -■ ■•^-'^^'^^^^^^^'^^^'^'^^^'^

ndiana U mversity oi rennsyivania

Indiana Universit\- of Pennsylvania is committed to equal opportunity
and affimiative action for its students, employees, and applicants. The
university is committed to pro\'iding equal educational and employment
rights to all persons witliout regard to race, color, sex. religion, national
origin, sexual orientation, age. disabUit)-. or veteran's status. Each member
of tlie university community has a right to study and work in an
en\-ironment free from any form of racial, edmic. and sexual
discrimination. In accordance widi federal and state laws, the university-
will not tolerate racial or ethnic discriminaUon or discrimination on die
basis of disability.

This policy is placed in this document in accordance widi state and
federal laws including Tides \I and VII of die Civil Rights .\ct of 1964.
Tide IX of die Educational .\mendments of 1972. Sections 503 and 504
of the Rehabilitation .Act of 1973. die .Americans «ith Disabilities .Act of
1990. and the Civil Rights .Act of 1991 as well as all applicable federal
and state execuu%e orders. This policy extends to disabled veterans and
veterans of the Vietnam era.

Please direct ail general inquiries regarding equal opportunity and
afBrmadve action to

.Associate Nice President for Human Resources

Sutton Hall

1011 South Dr.

Indiana. P.A 15705

Telephone: 724-357-2431. Fax: 724-357-2685

TD: TelecommunicaUons Detice available in the

Advising and Testing Center. 724-357-4067 (\'/TD) (8:00-4:30, .\I-F)

Campus PoUce. 724-357-1272 (TD) (24 hours)

lUP ensures compliance with Section 304 of the Riliabilitation Act ol
1973 and the Americans with Disabdiues .Act through the provision o
program access accommodations. Please direct inquiries regarding
accommodations for persons with disabilities to

Student Concerns:

Director. .Advising and Tesung Center/Disability

Support Services
Coordinator 504
Pratt Hall. Room 106
201 Pratt Dr.
Indiana. PA 15705
Telephone: 724-357-4067

Employee Concerns:

Assistant to die President for Social Equity/Senior

Human Resources Manager
Sutton Hall
1011 South Dr.
Indiana, PA 15705
Telephone: 724-357-2431

Specific inquiries regarding Tide IX should be directed to

Office of the Nice President for Student .Affairs
Sutton Hall. Room 212
1011 SoudiDr.
Indiana. PA 15705
Telephone: 724-357-1242

Tlie imiversitv publishes an on-line student handbook. The Source, which is a companion to diis catalog. The handbook contains detailed information t

die policies mentioned on this page. Tlie Source is accessible to all enrolled sUidents at die website

wmf.iup.edn/studentconducl/source.

Questions regarding the Sexual Harassment Policy or complaint procedures may be directed to die Assistant to the President for Social Equity/Senior
Human Resources Manager. Sutton Hall. lUP. The IL P Sexual Harassment Policy is accessible at the website
wwu'.iup.edu/humanresources/policus/sexiiaUiarassnunt.

Tliis bulletin contains announcements of courses for die academic year 2003-04. IL P reser\es die right to repeal, change, or amend the rules, regulations
courses, and programs cfnitained in diis bulletin at any time. Tuition and fees are also subject to change.

ILP Civility Statement

.As a uni\ersit\ of different peoples and perspectives, lUP aspires to promote die growth of all people in their academic, professional, social, and personal
lives. Students, faculty, and staff join togedier to create a communit\- where people exchange ideas, listen to one another with consideration and respect, a
are committed to fostering civility dirough university structures, policies, and procedures. We. as members of the university, strive to achieve die foll()\\inj
individual commitments:

► To strengthen the university for academic success, I will act honesdy, take responsibility for my behavior and continuous learning, and
respect the freedom of odiers to express their views.

► To foster an environment for personal growth, I will honor and take care of my body, mind, and character. 1 will be helpful to odicrs and
respect their rights. I will discourage intolerance, hatred, and injustice and promote constructive resolution of conflict.

► To contribute to the future, I will strive for the betterment of the commimity: myself, my university, the nation, and the world.

lUP is the largest member university of Pennsylvania's State System of Higher Education and the only one to grant doctoral degrees.
For information about the Svstem and its other member universities, visit wuni'.ssheckan.edu.

Indiana University of Pennsylvania
2003-04 Undergraduate Catalog

Table of Contents

On-line version; http.V/www.iup.edn/regisirar/catalog

The Universitj'

The Branch Campuses

Admissions and Registration

Finances

Student Programs and Ser\ ices

Admissions Office

Advising and Testing Center

African American Cultural Center

Athletics

Career Services

Counseling and Psychological Services

University- Health Services

Housing and Dining Information

Learning Enhancement Center

New Student Orientation

Student Conduct

Student Cooperative Association

Student Development

Center for Student Life

Veterans Affairs

Speech and Hearing Clinic

Parking

Student Rights/Directory Information

Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act

Student Technology Ser\ ices

Computer Software Policy

University Computing Resources Policy

Wireless Communications Policy
Academic Policies
Requirements for Graduation
Academic Affairs Division Areas

University Libraries

Robert E. Cook Honors College

Military Science Department

Women's Studies Program

Office of International Affairs

Internships/Cooperative Learning

Experiential Education Office
The Eberly College of Business
and Information Technology

Academic Policies

Department of Accounting

Department of Finance and Legal Studies

Department of Management

Department of Management Information
Systems and Decision Sciences

Department of Marketing

Department of Technology Support and Training
The College of Education and Educational Technology

Academic Policies

Department of Adult and Community Education

Department of Communications Media

Department of Counseling

Department of Educational and School Psychology

Department of Foundations of Education

Department of Professional Studies in Education

Department of Special Education and Clinical Services

Department of Student Affairs in Higher Education

The College of Fine Arts

Department of Art

Department of Music

Department of Theater and Dance

The College of Health and Human Services

Department of Culinary Arts

Department of Food and Nutrition

Department of Health and Physical Education

Highway Safety Center

Department of Hospitality Management

Department of Human Development and

Environmental Studies

Department of Industrial and Labor Relations

Department of Nursing and Allied Health Professions

Department of Safety Sciences

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences

Asian Studies Minor

Latin American Studies Minor

Pan-African Studies Minor

Department of Anthropology

Department of Criminology

Department of Economics

Department of English

Department of French and German

Department of Geography and Regional Planning

lOI

Department of History

105

Department of Journalism

107

Department of Philosophy

108

Department of Political Science

109

Department of Religious Studies

111

Department of Sociology-

III

Department of Spanish

114

The College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

117

Department of Biology

118

Environmental Health Science Program

121

Biochemistry Program

121

Department of Chemistry

122

Department of Computer Science

124

Department of Geoscience

127

Department of Mathematics

129

Natural Science

131

Department of Physics

135

Department of Psychology

137

The School of Continuing Education

140

Credit Programs

140

Center for Vocational Personnel Preparation

141

Conferences and Noncredit Programs

142

Workforce and Economic Development

142

Criminal Justice Training Center

142

Course Descriptions

143

University Calendar

244

Directory

245

Administration

245

University Professors Emeriti

249

Emeriri

249

The Faculty

250

Index

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paee I

Undergraduate Degrees Offered at HP

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

AnthrDpoloe> i Tracks a\^ilable: Applied Anthropolog>.

Archaeologj-. Geneial .Anthropolog>')
ArtHistof> Track
Art, Studio
Biolog>
Chemistn
Computer Science

Criminoloc> (Pre-Law Track a%'ailable)
Econotnics ( Pre-La» Track a%-ailable)
Economics Mathematics
English (Pre-Law Track available)
French

French for International Trade
Geography (Tracks available: Economic Geographer. Environmental

Geographer. General Geography. GIS and Cartographer)
German

German for International Trade
Government and Public Service
History i Pre-Law Track available)
Interdisciplinary Fine .Arts
International Studies Political Science
Journalism
Music (Tracks available: General Studies. History and Literature.

Theory and Composition)
Philosophy (Pre-Lau Track available)
Physics

Political Science ( Pre-Law Track available)
Psychology ( Applied Psyichology Track and Honors Program in

Psychology available)
Religious Studies
Sociology (Tracks available: Applied Social Research. General

Sociology. Human Services)
Spanish

Spanish for International Trade
Theater

Bachelor of Science in Education

.\n Education

Biology Education

Business Education

Chemistry Education

Earlv Childhood Education

Earth and Space Science Education

Education of Exceptional Persons

Education of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons

Elementary Education

English Education

Family and Consumer Sciences Education

French Education K-12

General Science Education

Health and Phv-sical Education

Mathematics Education

Music Education

Physics Education

Social Science Education (Concentrations available: .Anthropology,

Sociology)
Social Studies Education (Tracks available: Economics, Geography. History)
Secondary German Education
Secondary Spanish Education
Speech- Language Pathology and .Audiology
Vocational-Technical Education

-\counung
Applied Mathematics
Applied Physics Electro-Optics Track
Biochemistry
Biok>g>

Business Pre-Law Track
Business Technology Support
Chemistry-
Child Development Familv Relations
Clinical Laboratory Science
Communications Media
Computer Science ( Tracks av-ailable: .Applied Computer Science,

Information .Assurance. Languages and Systems)
Envirwunental Heahh Science
Fashion Merchandising
Finance

General Studies

Geology (Tracks available: Geology. Environioenial)
Hospitality Management
Human Resources Management
Interior Design
International Business
Management ( Tracks available: General Entrepreneurship and

Small Business. Operations)
Management Information Svstems
Marketing
Mathematics
Natural Science (Tracks available: Pre-Chinopractic, Pne-Dentistry,

Pre-Engineering. Pre-Optometry, Pre-Phannacy, Pre-Physical Therapy,

Pre-Podiatr\ )
Nuclear Medicine Technology
Nursing (Registered Nurse Track a\:ailable)
Nutrition (Tracks available: Dietetics. Nutrition)
Physical Education and Sport (Tracks available: .Aquatic, Athletic

Training. Exercise ScietKe. Sport .Administration)
Physics
Regional Planning (Tracks available: Economic Developer.

Environmental Planner. GIS and Cartographer. Town Manager)
Respiratory Care
Safetv Sciences

Bachelor of Fine .Arts

Music Performance
Studio

.Associate of .Arts

Business (Specializations available: .Accounting, Computer and

Office Information Systems)
General Studies

Associate in .Applied Science

Electro-Opucs

.Associate in Science

Electr.>OptiC5

Pace 2

INDIANA CNrV'ERSmr' OF PEN-NSYLVANLA L'SDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

The University

A L'niversitv Education

Through undergraduate and graduate programs. lUP serves students from
across the nation and around the » orld by introducing them to and sustaining
them in a culture of high aspiration and achievement so they may lead
productive and meaningful lives. Singh and through collaboration w ithin the
Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education, with other educational
institutions, and with business, government, human services, and
professional organizations, lUP contributes to the economic and cultural
strength of the region, the commonwealth, and the nation through education,
scholarship, and serv ice.

.As the university continually evolves to higher levels of excellence. lUP
will be

• An institution of higher and continuing learning committed to the
teacher-scholar model and the learning-centered environment and a
university w here master's and doctoral education is targeted to the
education of competent practitioners, the production of practical
know ledge, and the enrichment of undergraduate life.

• A learning-centered environment in which students enjoy traditional and
nontraditional classroom expenences. engage in research and serv ice
activities with their facultv mentors, become lifelong learners equipped
to adapt to the changing needs of their professional lives, and develop
leadership skills for effective citizenship.

• An institution guided bv its heritage, maintaining an environment of
inquiry that combines a thorough examination of cultural traditions and
intellectual roots vv ith scientific and technological currency and the best
of the liberal arts w ith superior career preparation.

• \ teaming community in touch with the main currents of politics,
economics, and cultural life throughout the world; a community
enriched by the presence of a significant number of international
students and by opportunities for study abroad; and a community
supported by technology that facilitates active participation in the
creation and use of information and know ledge on a global scale.

• \ center of lively intellectual discourse and affection for the arts.

• .A community that is div erse in composition, w ith a clear commitment to
tolerance, compassion, and serv ice.

History of the University

IL P has witnessed a historv rich in accomplishment. Since 1875. when it
serv ed onlv 225 students in a single building, it has experienced continuous
growth, becoming Pennsylvania's tlfth largest university . The current
enrollment is over thirteen thousand, w ith students from thirty-six states and
over fifty-five countries.

The first building, named John Sutton Hall in honor of the first president of
the Board of Trustees, was opened for students on May 17, 1875.

In April. 1920. control and ownership of the school passed to the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. In May. 1927, by authority of the General
Assembly, the State Normal School became a college, with the right to grant
degrees. The name vv as then changed to the State Teachers College at
Indiana. Pennsylvania. In 1959. the legislature approved a change of name to
Indiana State College; in the 1960s there followed a rapid growth in the
liberal arts program. In December. 1965. Indiana was redesignated Indiana
University of Pennsylvania and given the authority to expand its curriculum
and to grant degrees at the master's level. At this time the first doctoral
program was initiated.

Current academic offerings include more than a hundred undergraduate
majors with a variety of internship and study abroad programs, more than
forty master's degree programs, and eight doctoral degrees. Unusual
opportunities for research at all levels and the Robert E. Cook Honors
College prov ide special challenges for academic growth. The variety and
quality of instruction are characteristic of a big university, yet at lUP. close,
one-to-one-relationships develop w ithin the teaching framew ork. and a
strong sense of community prevails.

The following publications have all recognized lUP for its high academic
standards and competitive costs: Arco 's Dollarwise Guide to American
Colleges; Barron 's 300: Best Buys in College Education: The Best 345
Colleges, published by Princeton Revietv; The Best Buys in College
Education by Edw ard Fiske. education editor of the New York Times;
Changing Times; How to Get an Ivy League Education at a State University
by Martin Nemko; Money magazine's Money Guide; Two Hundred Most
Selective Colleges: The Definitive Guide to America 's First-Choice Schools;
and U.S. News and World Report.

University Governance

Indiana University of Pennsylvania is one of fourteen members of the State
System of Higher Education in Pennsylvania. Oversight of the System is
vested in the Board of Governors, the members of which are appointed by
the governor. Each university has its own Council of Trustees, responsible
for financial oversight and insuring compliance of university policies with
state law. Responsibility for the day-to-day operations is entrusted to the
university president, who is the chief executive officer.

Due to the complexity of the university, the president relies on the University
Senate to develop and approve curricula and to advise the president on
setting policies that affect and shape the working and learning environment
at lUP. The University Senate is composed of faculty, students, and
administrators w ho are both elected and appointed by their peers.

Many of the important policies governing the working and learning
environment, such as the policy on sexual harassment, the academic integrity
policy, and the policy on nondiscrimination, are given in this catalog or the
student handbook (The Source) and are also available on ±e World Wide
Web at Hw. iup.edu. To insure a nurturing environment where all faculty,
students, and administrators can w ork together in harmony, it is essential that
all members of the university be familiar with these policies, as they set the
expectations for civil behavior and academic conduct.

.Accreditation

lUP is a state-owned institution for higher education and a member of the
Pennsylvania State Svstem of Higher Education. It is an approved and fully
accredited member of the follow ing:

.American Chemical Society

■American Culinary Federation

.American Psychological Association

.American Speech-Language-Hearing Association

Association to .Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB

International)

Commission on Accreditation for Dietetic Education of the American

Dietetic .Association

Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education

Council on Hotel. Restaurant, and Institutional Education

Joint Review Committee for Respiratory Therapy Education

Middle States .Association of Colleges and Schools

National .Association of School Psychology

National Association of Schools of Music

National Association of Schools of Theater

National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education

Related Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for

Engineering and Technology

Buildings and Grounds

In 1875. the mam campus consisted of 12 acres and one building. With the
addition in 1995 of 137 acres of undeveloped land from the former Campbell
and County farms, the main campus now comprises 341 acres, on which are
located 69 buildings owned by the commonwealth and seven athletic fields.
Two of the buildings, Breezedale and John Sutton Hall, have been entered in
the Register of Historic Places.

INDIANA UNIVERSFTY OF PEN'NSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paee 3

The Punxsutawney Branch Campus totals 5.98 acres consisting of two
sites-four buildings al the Punxsutawney campus and t\vo at the Culinary
School. The .Armstrong Branch Campus has four buildings and a total of
1.74 acres.

The Student Co-op owns and operates the newly renovated Hadley Student
Union Complex that includes a large fitness center, handball racquetball
courts, food court and catering area, computer lounges, expanded meeting
rooms and an expanded bookstore. The Co-op Recreational Park, located a
few miles from the campus, consists of 280 acres and several buildings,
including a lodge and a ski hut. The wooded hillsides offer opportunities for
nature study and outdoor recreational activities such as driving golf balls.
Softball, picnicking, hiking, cross-country skiing, and exercise trails.

Indiana, the County and the Town

Indiana County was formed by act of the state legislature in 1803 and was
fully organized in 1806. George Clymer of Philadelphia, a signer of the
Declaration of Independence, ow ned more than three thousand acres in the
area and presented 250 acres to the new county for a county seat. The tow n
of Indiana was officially founded in 1816.

The county's first major industrv was the manufacture of salt, which began
in 1 8 1 3 about two miles above the tew n of Saltsburg. As early as 1 797
bituminous coal was dug from exposed outcroppings. Mining soon rivaled
agriculture as the backbone of the county's economy, lis influence gradually
diminished, though, and today lUP is the county's largest employer. Indiana
County now thrives w ith an economic base combining education,
agriculture, energv production, and commerce into an outstanding quality of
life for its nearly 90,000 residents.

Indiana has become known as the birthplace of film star Jimmy Stewart and
as the Christmas Tree Capital of the World. Visitors and locals alike can
relive Indiana County's past by visiting its parks, covered bridges, fairs, and
even the largest Amish settlement in Western Pennsylvania. As one of nine
counties represented in America's Industrial Heritage Project. Indiana
County has a number of historical sites that are part of the project's Path of
Progress. The project's archives are housed in the Special Collections section
of lUP's Stapleton Librarv'.

Alumni

With a living alumni base that comprises more than ninety-seven thousand
individuals, the university has come to rely on the support of its alumni in a
variety of areas. These include career netw orking. student recruitment, and
government relations, as well as fund-raising and ser\ ice on the Council of
Trustees. Alumni Association Executive Board, and a number of advisory
committees.

Graduates automatically become members of the Alumni Association. They
are encouraged to continue their connections w ith lUP through periodicals
like IL'P Magazine and the university's websites.

Resources
Computing Services

All students have access to an extensive set of web-based services, including
class registration, schedule planning, and records management. Students are
also pro\ idcd w ith an e-mail account and a network account, w hich afford
personal disk space for e-mail, projects, and web pages. Technical support is
available via the Student Computing Help Desk (see wH'^v.iup.edu/als/sls/).

Academic computing support is provided by technical staff assigned to each
college. The college staffs provide computational support for undergraduate
and graduate students and for faculty and student research.

Connectivity for student computers in the residence halls is provided through
the Office of Housing and Residence Life. The administrative needs of the
university are ser\ ed by the Technology Serv ices Center.

The university's computing infrastructure consists of Windows-based clients
and servers and Unix-based servers. Access to the network is provided from
every campus building, including the residence halls, utilizing a fiberoptic
backbone. Discounted dial-up access is available to students living off
campus via an arrangement w ith a local Internet service provider. lUP is
connected to the Internet and Internet 2 via SSHEnet.

Student access to computing is provided, for the most part, through the
public computing laboratories. The primary public labs are strategically
placed around campus to maximize their availability and impact. Several
departments maintain computing facilities that are of a focused nature and
which arc intended to support specific programs. These include several
specialized networks to address particular needs.

Through implementation of its strategic computing plan, which is part of the
university long-range planning process, the university is committed to
providing the level of computing and information technology necessary for a
modem institution of higher education. Guidance in this area is provided by
both the Academic Computing Policy Advisory Committee and the
Administrative Computing Oversight Committee.

Libraries

Patrick J. Stapleton. Jr.. Library, the central library for lUP, was completed
and dedicated in 1981. It adjoins Rhodes R. Stabley Library, which results in
a combined structure of 156.000 square feet. The Cogswell Music Library
and the branch campus libraries in Kittanning and in Punxsutawney are the
other components of the lUP Library system. Seventeen library faculty
members, twenty-two support staff members, and over 150 students are
employed in the Libraries division of the university.

The book collection contams 836, 1 5 1 volumes: there are 2,626 periodical
subscriptions. 1.8 million items of microforms, over 128,000 bound
periodicals and over 33.387 volumes of governmental publications. (lUP is a
designated Select Depository for federal and state publications.) The
libraries' media holdings in all formats are extensive. Resources are
supplemented through membership in OCLC for interlibrary loan, the Health
Sciences Consortium (North Carolina), the Laurel Highlands Consortium,
and the Center for Research Libraries.

The central library is open 92 hours a w eek during regular terms. The
Cogswell Music Library, located on the top floor of Cogswell Hall, contains
approximately 10,000 books. 15.000 scores. 10.000 recordings, and 2,000
CDs. Holdings of monumental editions are substantial. Sound recordings
circulate only to faculty members, but listening stations are available for use
by all patrons.

The Armstrong County Campus Library has more than 24,000 volumes, and
the recently renovated Punxsutawney Library contains more than 1 5,000
books as well as 86 periodical subscriptions and recordings of music, poetry,
and drama. The lUP Libraries are active members of the State System's
Keystone Library Nenvork. and through the KLN. the university has a shared
on-line catalog and receives many electronic databases. The Libraries are
also charter members of the Pennsylvania Academic Library Consortium
Initiative and receive direct loans from the state's major university and
college libraries.

lUP Centers and Institutes

The School of Graduate Studies and Research provides coordinating and
support functions for campus based centers and institutes through the Office
of the Assistant Dean for Research. Centers and institutes serve a variety of
functions. Each center or institute is unique in its focus and is created to
meet a specifically identified need. Centers and institutes provide an
opportunity for faculty members to utilize iheir expertise through
consultation, technical assistance, and research-related activities. Centers and
institutes provide excellent opportunities for students to learn, to demonstrate
their knowledge and skills, and to become involved in meaningful projects in
the community. Centers and institutes strengthen the research and public
service missions of the university and, therefore, enhance the quality of
education.

Page 4

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

A current listing of centers and institutes at lUP follows.
American Language Institute
Applied Research Lab
Archaeological Services
Center for Applied Psycholog>
Center for E-Commerce and Technolos> Support
Center for Economic Education
Center for Educational and Program Evaluation
Center for Family Business

Center for Health Promotion and Cardiac Disease Prevention
Center for Middle Eastern Studies
Center for Research in Criminologv

Center for Research in Written Communication and Translatioa
Center for Statistics Education in Pennsylvania at lUP
Center for Teaching Excellence
Center for the Study of Religion in Permsylv^nia
Center for Video Technology
Center for Vocational Personnel Preparation
Child Study Center
Community Nutrition Services
Criminal Justice Training Center
Government Contracting Assistance Program
Highway Safetv Center
Instructional Design Center
Intercollegiate Athletic Institute for Spons Camps
Literacy Center
Management Services Group
Mid-Atlantic Addiction Training Institute
National Emergencv and Disaster Information Center
National Environmental Education and Training Center
Pennsylvania Center for the Smdv of Labor Relations
Pennsylvania OSHA Consultation Program
Small Business Development Center
Small Business Incubator
Small Business Institute
Software Development Center
Spatial Sciences Research Center
Speech and Heanng Clinic

Teacher Education Center for Science. Mathematics, and Technologv
Workforce and Economic Development Program

.At the direction of President LawTcnce K. Pettit in September of 1993, the
division developed, directed, coordinated, and produced lUP's La^-Rai^
Campus Devetopmeni Plan. The plan. appfDv^ed and puUisbed in Fdmary
of 1996, permits versatile and flexible guidance b> w-faicfa the pt!>3ical ptant
and facilities can be maintained and expanded in support of ILT's acadank
goals and aspirations for its ftjture. The Loog-Range Campus DeveiopmeiK
Plan continues to guide the universitv as it prepares effective and onleiiy
financial plans for implementing the proposed changes in pb>'sical facilities.

InstitiMional .-Vdv ancement Drvisioo

The advancement inn ot the univ ersitv. the Insthntknal Adwioemeot
Division bnngs together several functional areas. The conwi— liratioos.,
governmental relations, alumm affairs, and deveiopment aicas stimntale
positive regard for the universitv and acquire new lauuiues. The
departments feamre the excellence and acfaiev^ement of &cuhy. sturtFnts
staff, and alumm and engage people in the life of the imiversitv. SiafT
members and volunteers raise private resources tiut can mO^frw^ the qoatiQr
of the academic environment and of student and ahmmi life.

The Foundation for lUP is the nonprofit charitable \diicle steered by a
distinguished Board of Directors tfaroogfa which the cfaaiitabfe dollars raised
by volunteers and staff members are passed to the iiiii\'ersit>' to iinpnn% the
educational and kamine enviroamenL

University- Organization

The university's administration comprises four divisions: .Academic Affairs.
Administration and Finance. Institutional .Advancement, and Student
Affairs. Information about Academic Affairs and Student .\ffairs appears in
this catalog's sections called, respectively, .Academic .\ffaiis Division .\reas
and Student Programs and Services. Information about the other tw. o
divisions appears below.

.Administration and Finance Division

The Division of Administration and Finance provides internal and external
constituents of the universitv with the highest-qualitv services in the most
supportive and cost-effective manner. In contributing tow ard the fiilfillment
of IUP"s mission of teaching, research, and public service, the division is
responsible for the development stewardship, enhancement, integritv, and
stabilitv of the universitv "s fiscal, human, and physical resources.

Major responsibilities of the division are organized and operated from the
five distinct departments of Facilities Management. Fiscal .\ffairs. Human
Resources. Campus Police Public Safetv, and Printing Center. The phvsical
campus consists of 341 acres and seventv-five major buildings on the main
campus m Indiana along with branch campuses located in PuLxsutawnev
and Kittanning.

INDIANA UNIN'ERSrPi OF PEN^S't L\ ANLA L"SDERGR.\DL ATE CATALOG, 2003-0*

Paaef

The Branch Campuses

Patricia D. Scott, Dean of the Armstrong Campus

\ alarie J. Mancuso, Dean of the Punxsutawney Campus

Joel L. Anderson, Assistant Dean of the Punxsutawney Campus

lUP operates two branch campuses, one in Punxsutawney. twenty-eight miles north of the Indiana campus, and one in Kittanning. twenty-eight miles west of the
Indiana campus. The first branch campus was eslabhshed in 1962 in Punxsutawney. The following year the Armstrong campus in Kittanning was opened. The
Punxsutaw ney campus accommodates 300 students, and the Armstrong campus accommodates 300-3.SO students.

Control of the branch campuses is directly vested with the I UP administration and Council of Trustees. Both branch campuses carry full accreditation as integral
parts of the undergraduate programs of lUP. This means that courses offered at the branch campuses arc of the same quality as those offered at the Indiana
campus.

Programs of Study

The branch campuses of lUP offer basic Liberal Studies courses for most majors in the various undergraduate colleges of the university. Students may schedule a
full program for the freshman year and some sophomore-level courses. No student accepted at either of the branch campuses is eligible to attend the Indiana
campus until he/she has completed two semesters and has attained at least a 2.0 GPA and earned at least 21 undergraduate credits.

Faculty advisors and administrators at the branch campuses are available to advise students on their instructional programs and the proper time for continuing at
the Indiana campus.

.Admission

Any prospective student who wishes to attend either of the branch campuses instead of the Indiana campus may apply for admission by requesting an application
from the Admissions Office or from the dean of either branch campus.

Fees

Branch campus students pay the same basic fees as Indiana campus students.
Rules and Regulations Concerning Student Behavior

Students at the branch campuses are subject to the same rules and regulations as students on the Indiana campus.

Armstrong Campus

I'hc Armstrong t ampus is a nonresidential facility with the primary mission
of meeting the workforce-related education needs of Armstrong County and
surrounding areas in manufacturing technologies, computer-based training,
and health-related disciplines. It is the workforce engine for the county and
surrounding communities, providing citizens of Armstrong County with
access to higher educational opportunities that foster economic, professional,
and workforce development. Both credit and noncredit programs are offered
at the Armstrong Campus, w ith special emphasis on associate degrees,
graduate degrees, certificates, and liberal studies courses for the first-year
experience for commuter students.

Special degrees, such as the A.S. in Electro-Optics and the A.A.S. in
Electro-Optics, are olTercd only at the Armstrong Campus. Graduate degree
programs can be completed entirely at the Armstrong Campus.
Undergraduate prospective students who wish to attend the Armstrong
Campus may apply for admission by requesting an application from the
Admissions Office, w hilc prospective graduate students w ho w ish to attend
the Armstrong Campus may apply for admission by requesting an
application from the office of Graduate Studies and Research.

In addition, requests for applications may be made to the Office of the Dean
of the campus. The address follows:

Armstrong Campus

lUP

704 North McKean Street. Kittanning. PA 16201

724-543-1078

E-Mail: arm-campii.s(a hip.edu

Website: h-hv. iup.edu/armslrong

Punxsutawney Campus

The Punxsutaw ney Campus olfcrs a first-year experience where students
have the opportunity to begin their university studies in a small, personalized
setting. The students are provided with a range of first-year. Liberal Studies
classes that are designed to meet the needs of the entering student regardless
of academic major. The smaller environment allows students to interact with
faculty, staff, and other students in an environment that fosters individual
grow th and achievement. Students from across the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania as well as other states attend the Punxsutawney Campus,
sharing in a diverse living-learning experience. After successful completion
of two semesters, earning 21 undergraduate semesters hours with at least a
2.0 GPA. students are eligible to enroll for the completion of their degree on
the Indiana Campus.

The Punxsutawney Campus has privately owned residence halls for students
living beyond commuting distance. Students are free to choose their own
housing from all available sources, which include the residence halls and
private homes or apartments within the community. A list of rooms and
apartments can be obtained by contacting the Punxsutaw ney campus.

The Punxsutawney Campus has its own dining facility in the residence hall.
Meals arc served seven days a week during the time when the university is in
session. Residence hall students, as well as students living within the com-
munity, are encouraged to participate in the dining hall plans. The same food
service contractor as on the Indiana Campus operates the dining service.

To receive an application, or to request additional information on the
Punxsutawney Campus, please contact:

Punxsutawney Campus

lUP

1010 Winslow Street, Punxsutawney, PA 15767

814-938-6711

Website: hhw. iup.eduJpunxsulawney

Page 6

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANL\ UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Admissions and Registration

Undergraduate Admissions Policy

Graduates of an accredited tour-year high school or holders of a GED
equivalency diploma are qualified to apply for admission to lUP. Students
who have completed the junior year of high school may file an application
any time after July I .

Requests for applications and catalogs should be addressed to
Office of Admissions
Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Sutton Hall. Suite 117
1011 South Dnve
Indiana, PA 15705
1-800-442-6830 or 724-357-2230

An on-line application for admission is available at the website
Mnwnt'. iup.edu/admissions .

The Admissions Committee, giving equal opportunity to all students, will
take the following criteria into consideration \\ hen reviewing each
application: grades and courses taken, class rank. SAT or ACT scores, high
school counselor recommendations, extracurricular activities, and other
pertinent infonnation that would be helpful to the Admissions Committee in
making decisions. SAT or ACT scores are not required for transfer
applicants, veterans, or applicants w ho have graduated from high school
more than two years before applying. However, transcripts from high school
and colleges previously attended are required of all applicants.

Although the university does not require a specific number of high school
credits in particular subject areas, applicants are strongly urged to take the
usual college preparatory' program in high school. .Applicants should also
take any available high school courses in the field of their intended major.
Certain majors at lUP require completion of a foreign language at the
intermediate le\el in order to earn a bachelor's degree. The Admissions
Committee does not require an applicant to take a foreign language in high
school for admission to these majors: how ever, it is in the student's best
interest to do so.

Applications are considered by the Admissions Committee on a rolling basis.
Under a rolling admissions policy, applications are reviewed as they become
complete. Decisions can range from automatic acceptance, to request for
additional information, to other alternatives, with a May 1 deadline for
mition deposits.

Academically qualified applicants to the departments of Art, Music, and
Theater will be admitted to the uni\ersity by the Admissions Committee.
However, admission to the requested major w ill be subject to the acceptance
by the Department of .Art after a portfolio re\ iew and by the departments of
Music and Theater after an audition. Students will receive information from
the Art. Music, and Theater departments concerning auditions and portfolio
reviews once they have been accepted to lUP.

Freshman Applications

All persons expecting to apply for freshman admission to lUP should plan to
take the SAT or ACT test during their junior and'or early part of their senior
year. The Admissions Committee recommends that students take the tests
more than once. The committee considers the highest scores from all tests
taken.

Arrangements to take the SAT or ACT tests can be made through the high
school principal or counselor, or by writing to the College Entrance
Examination Board. Box 592. Princeton. NJ 08540 or American College
Testing. P.O. Box 168. Iowa City. lA. 52243 for an infonnation pamphlet
and a test registration form.

In order for the test scores to be received by lUP, the applicant should
designate lUP on the test registration form (code: 2652) as one of the

universities to receive the scores, or the applicant can request that his or her
school counselor forward test scores to the Admissions Office.

The applicant should give the completed application form and the
nonrefundable S30 application fee payable to lUP to his/her high school
counselor or principal. The counselor or principal should mail the application
and complete packet of admissions materials to the lUP Office of
Admissions, Sutton Hall, Suite 1 17, 101 1 South Drive, Indiana, PA 15705.

Processing the Application

1 . The Admissions Committee reviews, w ith care and understanding, each
of the several thousand applications that are submitted each year.

2. Decisions on applications are made on a rolling basis.

3. Applicants who are admitted to lUP may be invited to attend a program
on campus to receive general information and discuss their academic
and career plans w ith the college dean, faculty representative of their
respective major, or other advisors.

4. A S75 nonrefundable tuition deposit is due from all incoming students.
This advance deposit payment w ill be credited toward the applicant's
tuition.

Transfer Admissions

A student who has been attending another institution of higher education and
wishes to transfer to lUP must submit an application with the S30
application fee. official transcripts of all postsecondary educational work,
and an official high school transcript.

All admissions decisions are made on a rolling basis by the Admissions
Committee. Under a rolling admissions policy, applications are re\ iewed as
they become complete. Decisions can range from automatic acceptance, to
request for additional information, to other alternatives.

Transfer applications (twelve or more postsecondary. college credits
attempted) are reviewed on the basis of college coursework completed.
Transfers are required to have at least a cumulative 2.0 GPA on a 4.0 scale
(C average) from all schools previously attended for admission to most
programs. The teacher certification program requires a minimum 3.0
cumulative GPA from all schools previously attended.

The evaluation of credits from other institutions of higher education is the
responsibility of the Office of Admissions and the academic college dean
who has jurisdiction over the student's desired major. Normally, courses
considered for transfer are only those taken from institutions which are
accredited by the six regional accrediting agencies. Each course is evaluated
separately. The evaluation includes a review of the description, credits, and
grade of each course along w ith the applicability of the course to the
student's major at lUP. Howe\er. only credits transfer, not grade-point
average. It has been the policy of the university that only courses with a
grade of C or higher w ill be accepted, except for two-year associate degree
graduates of state-supported community colleges in Pennsylvania. No matter
how many credits are transferable, the student must satisfy all of the degree
requirements falling into the categories of ( I ) imiversity requirements, (2)
college requirements, and (3) department requirements.

University Requirements: Since all students are obliged to fulfill a basic
program in Liberal Studies consisting of a minimum of 48 credits and there
is a reasonable degree of fiexibility in the Liberal Studies requirements, the
transfer evaluator and the college deans w ill look to this area first for
applicable credits for transfer. Most introductory courses are generally
equivalent.

Transferring to the College of
Education and Educational Technology

Students w ho transfer from other colleges and universities to lUP and the
College of Education and Educational Technology must complete applica-
tion for Step I of the 3-Step Process, Admission to Teacher Education

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 7

Prxjgrani. The appropriate forms « ill be sent to studenls by the College of
Educatioa and Educational Techiiolog>' after the>' have been accepted.

Only students who ha\e completed Step 1 of the 3-Step Process are eligible
to lake Core Education course* ork. In some programs, students must meet
these requirements to take professional courses as » ell. Students should
consult with the department chairperson and or program coordinator for their
specific pn^iam.

Students w ho do not meet the cumulaD\ e GP.A of 3.0 are not eligible for
admission to the Colleee of Education and Educational Technology or any
secondary education pTX>gram. Students sbouM reapply for admission when
deficiencies have been meL

Students should direct questions to the department chairperson and or

program coordinaior for the selected major.

Residency Requirements for .\w arding of Degrees

The university requires that at least 45 credits, generalh including the last 30
credits m a snident's cumcuhim, must be earned by enrollment in courses at
lUP: 1 5 of these credits must be in the student's major. It should also be
noted that for community college graduates a maximum of 60 credits are
transferable to this institution for the purpose of fulfilling a specific program
of study. Excess credits, if any. ma\ be transferred but cannot be used for
fulfilling the minimum requirements for ihe degree.

To remain in good academic standing, transfer students must meet the same
GPA requirements as those specified for all other undergraduate students.
See section in this catalog entitled Xriteria Governing Continuance at lUP."

The university accepts credits associated w ith ~D" grades onN w hen they are
part of a completed associate degree earned at a publicly owned community
college in Peiuisylvania- These "D" grades w ill be treated in the same
maimer as those earned at lUP. This articulation policy w as adopted by the
Board of Stale College and L'niversity Dinectois in 1973.

Part-Time Study (Nondegree)

Part-time undergraduate study is available through the School of Continuing
Education to any high school graduate or holder of a GED Equivalency
Diploma. No S.AT scores are required. Note: .A TOEFL Score is required as
part of the application for an individual whose native language is other than
English. Those » ho are not L'.S. citizens must submit a inxarized copy of
their current visa and 1-94 card or alien resident card.

Applications are available from the Part-time Studies Program and must be
submitted with doctimentation directly to the School of Continuing
Education by August 1 5 for the fall semester and December 1 5 for the spring
semester. A S30 application fee is required, .\pplications submitted after
estabtisbed dates are not guaranteed consideration.

Transfer students may also apply to the School of Continuing Education for
part-time study and must submit official transcri[)ts for all previous college
work attempted. An overall 2.0 GP.A is required.

A student in the Pan-time Studies Program is limited to a semester
enrollment of no more than 1 1 credits and must apply for degree candidacy
for formal admission to a degree program before 30 IL'P credits have been
earned. .Applications for degree candidacy must be filed by the midterm
point of the fall or spring semester preceding candidacy. Specific
requirements for GP.A and IL'P credit v ary by degree program. The
minimum credit criteria to apply for consideration for degree candidacy are
as follows:

High School Diploma or GED

1 5 ILP credits 2.0 GPA

\ eteran (DD-214 required)

9 lUP crediu 2.0 GPA

Transfer («itb 12 or more credits)

9 ILP credits 2.0 GPA

Transfer («ith II or less credits)

15 ILP credits 2 0 GPA

Note: A student who has applied and has been admined bv the Office of
.Admissions to a branch campus is not eligible to applv to the School of
Continuing Education.

Program for Msiting High School Students

lUP permits the exceptional high school student to preview university life
and earn regular college credit on a limited nondegree basis. The student
must hav e completed the sophomore year w ith a mimmum of a "B" average
and have the wrinen support of the high school principal or guidance
counselor. The parameters of the student's enrollment are defined in
consultation w ith the appropriate high school official and are limited to a
maximum of 9 credits per semester. For fimher information, contact the
School of Continuing Education.

Post-Baccalaureate Studies (1, ndergraduate)

The Post-Baccalaureaie Studies Program provides access to undergraduate
courses to individuals w ho hav e an earned baccalaureate degree. Students
may be seeking a second bachelor's degree, an additional teacher
certificatioa or personal enrichment Students may enroll on a full- or part-
time basis based on personal preference and availabihty of coursework.

.Applications are available from the School of Continuing Education. .A
completed application and official transcripts of all previous undergraduate
coursew ork must be submined for review bv .August 1 5 for fall semester and
December 15 for spring semester. .Applications not submitted by established
dates are not guaranteed consideration. .A S30 application fee is required.
The fee is w aived for graduates of ILT.

Second Baccalaureate Degree

.A student w ith an earned baccalaureate degree who wishes to complete the
requirements for a second or subsequent bachelor's degree must make
application and submit official transcripts indicating decreets) awarded. The
student must complete a minimum of thirty additional IL'P credits beyond
those earned in his her initial bachelor's degree and meet the requirements
for graduation established by the academic department and college in w hich
the new degree is to be earned. It is not possible to receive two or more
baccalaureate degrees simultaneously. However, a student may complete one
or more secondary majors while earning the primary degree.

Teacher Certification

A student « ith an earned nonteaching baccalaureate degree who w ishes to
complete the requirements for Instructional Level 1 certification must apply
as a second bachelor's degree student .A minimum cumulative GP.A of 3.0 is
required for consideration for admission. To earn Instructional Level 1. the
student must satisfactOTiK complete the prescribed courses in an IL'P degree
certification program at a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 and successfully
pass the Praxis 1 exams (PPST) with a minimum score established by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education. Each exam may only be taken twice.

A currently^ Pennsylvania-certified teacher who wishes to add a new area of
certification may apply to the School of Continuing Education under the
category teacher certification. Individuals admitted to an additional teacher
cenificatian wiU follow an individually plaimed and approved course of
study.

ImmunizatioD Requirements

Students are required to complete a Student Heahfa Form documenting
immunization status. See Health Services information in section "Student
Programs and Services."

Readmission Policv for Students W ho

mthdraw from the Lniversity \'oluDtarily

Graduate students w ishmg to return to the univ ersity must contact the
Graduate School at 724-357-2222 for specific instructions.

AH undergraduate students who have withdrawn from the imiversity. or were
not enrolled during the previous regular semester, must complete an
Application for Readmission available in the Office of the Registrar. Clark
HalL or by calling 724-357-2377. During ev ening or weekend hours, you

Pa^e *

INDIANA LTvrVERSrrY OF PEN-NSYXVANLA LTflDERGRADLATE CATALOG. 2003-04

may call this same number and leave your name and address and a form will
be mailed to you. The readmission deadline for the spring semester is
December 1 and for the fall semester is July 20.

Requests for readmission for academically dismissed students or first-
semester and transfer students who withdraw from the university voluntarily
during their first semester of full-time enrollment will be forwarded to the
Office of the Dean of the college in which the student was enrolled at the
time of dismissal or of total university withdrawal for a decision on the
student's readmission.

All outstanding financial obligations to the university must be met before the
Application for Readmission will be processed. Due to enrollment
restrictions, requests for readmission to Nursing or the College of Fine Arts
will be forwarded for approval by a representative from that department or
college.

Readmitted students w ho have not been enrolled for two years or more may
petition their college dean for application of the Cancelled Semester Policy,
which provides for cancellation from the cumulative record of the effects of
one semester below a GPA of 2.0. Students who have been academically
dismissed and separated from the university for five consecutive calendar
years may petition their college dean to return under the Fresh Start Policy.
Students must pay fees and attend classes before a designated semester will
be cancelled or the fresh start policy will take effect. See the Academic
Policies section of this catalog for more information on these policies.

Once your application for readmission has been approved, you will be sent
instructions on how and when to register.

As a student readmitted to lUP, you are encouraged to complete the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) to determine your financial
aid eligibility. Your financial aid eligibility w ill be based on your financial
need, as determined by the FAFSA. and on your prior academic record.

If you have previously attended a postsecondary school or schools other than
lUP. a Financial Aid Transcript must be completed by this previous school
and sent to the lUP Financial Aid Office.

The Summer Sessions

The summer school program at lUP is designed to meet the needs of many
students. Courses, w orkshops. and seminars are offered in the liberal arts,
teacher education, and other fields of study.

Continuing university students, including newly admitted freshmen, who
wish to accelerate their program of studies will find both Liberal Studies and
special courses in all fields of study. Students from other colleges and
universities may take courses at lUP; however, they are advised to first
ensure that their home institution w ill transfer such credits earned at lUP.

Teachers-in-service w ill find courses in the summer program to serve a
variety of needs. They may enroll to qualify for permanent certification,
satisfy Act 48 requirements, take refresher courses in their field of
specialization, or take courses for the purpose of extending their certification
to a new field.

The summer sessions schedule can be viewed at the website
h-w-h: iiip.echi/summer. Contact the Office of the Registrar. Clark Hall (toll-
free number: 888-800-3IW). for more information.

Attendance at summer sessions undergraduate courses is open to all students
but does not constitute admission or readmission for continuing registration
in the fall and or spring semesters. lUP students with less than a 2.0
cumulati\e GPA must receive approval from their dean's office before
attending summer courses. Non-IUP students w ho desire admission must
obtain an application through the Office of Admissions or the School of
Continuing Education, as appropriate. Students who desire readmission for
the fall semester must apply to the Registrar's Office by the preceding July
20 and by December I for the spring semester.

English Language Programs for
International Students and Visitors

The American Language Institute (ALl) offers several noncredit, intensive
English programs for international students and visitors from beginning
through advanced levels each semester.

The English for Academic Purposes Program (EAP) is for applicants
seeking to prepare themselves for study at any U.S. college or university.
Enrollment in fall and spring semester is for fourteen weeks (20 hrs per
week). Midsemester admission is possible with the approval of the director.
In summer semester, programs are offered for ten weeks. Students are placed
at beginner, intermediate, or advanced levels by proficiency tests at the start
of each program. An institutional TOEFL is administered at the conclusion
of each semester.

The ALl also offers two less intensive programs: English for Specific
Purposes (ESP) for graduate students entering specialized fields and English
for Visitors (EV) for visiting professionals who seek improvement in English
while experiencing life in the U.S. Special part-time credit programs can be
arranged.

Cocurricular social and cultural programs are offered to all students. For
further information, visit our website at www.iup.edu/ali.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANL^ UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 9

Finances

Institutional Fees*

•The university reser%es the right to change its fees without notice. For the
most current fee schedule, see www.mp.edu/stufmancialserv.

The tuition and fees set forth in this section were those in effect in May,
2003. The fee schedule is subject to change; these figures are to be
considered simply as an estimate. A current fee schedule may be obtained by
writing to the lUP Admissions Office, by phoning 724-357-2230. or by
\isiting our website at wwH-.iup.edwstuJ'manciatsen'.

Tuition

The tuition for all full-time in-sute students is S2.189 per semester. This
covers the keeping of student records, use of the library, student welfare, and
laboratory facilities. An additional S182 per credit will be charged for
undergraduate credits scheduled in e.xcess of eighteen. The tuition for part-
time in-state undergraduate students is SI 82 per credit. .A part-time
undergraduate student is one taking 1 1 or few cr credits. See the sections on
Admissions and Registration and on Academic Policies for further
information concerning part-time students.

Out-of-state full-time students pay tuition of S5.473 per semester. An
additional S456 per credit will be cha-'ged for credits in excess of eighteen.
The tuition for part-time out-of-state students is $456 per credit. The
definition of an in-state student is based on domicile. An in-state student is
one who has been domiciled in Pennsylvania for at least one year preceding
attendance at any institution of higher education in the state of Pennsylvania.
A minor is presumed to have the domicile of his/Tier parents or legal
guardian. Students w ho have any question whatsoever concerning their
domicile should read the official text of the rules, as published in Volume
22. Pennsylvania Code, Section 507.1 through 507.1 1.

Audit Fee

Full instructional fees will be assessed for each course audited, with the ex-
ception that persons on Social Security or equivalent retirement benefits will
be given remission of basic fees for such classes where space is available.

Bad Check Charge

Students making checks payable to "Indiana University of Pennsylvania"
which are not acceptable to the bank for any reason w ill be charged $10 for
each bad check in the amount of $.01 to $49.99 and $20 for bad checks
written for $50 or more.

Financial Delinquency Policy

Registration is not complete until a student pays the fee for registration, and
the university reserves for itself the right to bar a nonpaying student from
classes. When it has been determined during the course of a semester that a
student's account has become delinquent from accrued charges, the Regis-
trar's Office will be notified of this delinquency and advised to refrain from
allowing the student to make further registration transactions, reporting the
student's grades, and issuing any transcripts for that student's work until the
delinquent account has been satisfied. Faculty members will submit a grade
for the financially delinquent student; however, requests from students will
not be honored, and otTicial reports will be released by the Registrar's Office
only after the student has cleared his or her account or has established a
payment plan satisfactory to the Student Accounts Office.

Dining Plan Fee

The semester fees for dining plans, effective June, 2003, are:
Plan A/F 1 9 meals per v» eek ^ $ 1 00 in Flex money $938

Plan B 14 meals per week $789

Plan B/F 1 4 meals per week + $ 1 50 in Flex money $939

Plan C/F Any 165 meals a semester + $150 in Flex money $936

PlanD/F Any 10 meals a week + $200 in Flex money $956

Plan E/F Any 75 meals a semester + $150 in Flex money $621

(Off-campus students only)
Meals provided through these plans are for the use of the contract holder
only.

Flex money can be carried from fall to spring semester; however, any portion
not used by the end of the spring semester will be forfeited. Flex may be
used for guests.

Clinical Laboratory Science Administrative Fee

A fee of up to S75 will be charged to each student enrolled at lUP but attend-
ing classes at designated clinical facilities. Fees are $20 (1-3 credits). $40 (4-
6 credits), or $75 (7 or more credits). Tuition, room, and board charged for
these students should be paid by the student directly to the hospital
institution.

Health Services Fee

The mandatory student health fee is assessed each semester based upon
enrollment status at the university.

• Health Service Fee A: $89.00 (mandatory for full-time undergraduate
students). Includes access to clinical care and Health AW.^REness
programs and services. All medications and some clinical services
require payment of an additional health fee that is charged to the
student's lUP account. Prescriptions can also be written at the request of
the student. The health center does not fill prescriptions ordered by
outside medical providers.

• Health Service Fee B: $33.00 (mandatory for all part-time undergraduate
students and full-time graduate students). The fee provides access to the
self-care cold center (nominal fee for medications), an annual flu
vaccination (while supplies last), and for an additional fee. students who
pay Fee B may have access to some clinical services. Students vv ho have
paid Fee B are also eligible for programs and services offered by Health
AWAREness in the Center for Student Life.

Students enrolled in Health Fee B have the option of upgrading their service
by paying Fee A, or they may pay a per-visit fee. Spouses of lUP students
may enroll in A or B or pay a per-visit fee. The student health fee is waived
on a semester-by-semester basis only for students driving more than twenty-
five miles (one-way) for an internship, student teaching, or to commute from
home. Students attending branch campuses have health fee options and
should contact their branch campus director. For further information on the
health center contact Pechan Health Center at 724-357-6475 or health-
inquiry@iup.edu.

Instructional Fee

All students are charged an instructional fee to support academic equipment,
library resources, maintenance and repair projects, recreational facilities, and
the advancement of technologies. The fee for full-time students is $219 per
semester, and the fee for part-time students is $18.20 per credit.

International Student Orientation Fee

An international student orientation fee of $30 will be charged to all
international students who register for the lUP orientation program to
support associated costs.

Late Registration Fee

Students who desire to register on the day prior to the start of classes,
designated by the university as Late Registration Day. will be assessed a Late
Registration Fee of $50. Students who register for classes after completion of
the university's Late Registration Day w ill be assessed a Late Registration
Fee of $100. Exceptions to this fee may be granted by the provost or
designee for students admitted late to the university for reasons deemed
appropriate by the provost or designee.

.Miscellaneous Costs

In some courses, students are required to obtain supplies and materials to
complete course projects. In many courses, a student may make a voluntary
contribution to a cooperative fund established for the purpose of obtaining
these supplies and/or services at a lower cost. Examples are art courses, field
trips, etc.

Page 10

INDIANA UNFVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

National Student Exchange Program Fee

A one-time $15 nonrefundable tee will be charged to lUP students
participating in the National Student Exchange Program. Students attending
lUP under the National Student Exchange Program will be charged the
PennsvKania resident basic tee and have the application fee waived.

OfT-Campus Instructional Fee

An off-campus instructional fee of 10 percent of the undergraduate in-state
tuition rate w ill be charged to students taking courses at an off-campus site
and/or using distance education technology to cover operating costs for
services and instructional support at off-campus sites. Also, students
enrolling m School of Continuing Education off-campus locations beyond a
25-mile radius w ill be charged this fee.

Registration Fee

.Ml students w ill be charged a registration fee of $25 per semester.

Residence Hall Fee

The 2003-04 academic year room fees for residence hall students are $1,413
a semester for a double-occupancy university residence hall room. S2.049 for
a single university residence hall room, and $2,191 for a super single room.
Resident students are required to have a dining plan and can select from fi\e
plans (sec Dining Fees).

Student Activit)' Fee

This fee is collected from all students and administered through the Student
Cooperative Association under regulations approved by the Council of Trus-
tees. This fee of $198.50 per semester covers the cost of student activities in
athletics, lectures, entertainment, student publications, etc.. and is payable in
one sum for the semester. The Student Activity Fee is $80 for part-time stu-
dents. These fees apply to Indiana campus students only. Students attending
the .Armstrong or Punxsutawney campuses pay SI 92 per semester full-time
and $73.50 part-time. (These fees are subject to change w ithout notice.)

Technology Fee

This fee is assessed for the purpose of acquiring, installing, and maintaining
up-to-date and emerging technologies to enhance student learning outcomes.
The fee w ill be assessed to all students per semester as follows:

Penmylvania Slate Residents: Full-time $50 Part-time $25*
NowesideiU Sludents: Full-time $75 Part-time $38*

*The part-time rale for the technology fee is a flat rate per term, regardless of
the number of credits taken.

Testing Fee

Each entering freshman must participate in placement testing during the
summer immediately preceding the student's matriculation on campus. .\ fee
of $140 is assessed for this overnight, two-day experience for students
admitted to the Indiana campus. Parents pay a nominal fee for their
participation ui the accompanv ing parent orientation program. Branch
campus students participate in a summer one-day diagnostic testing
experience with a fee of $70. Students receive information about the summer
testing program prior to the testing date(s). Fees are included in the regular
billing and are nonrefundable. Please see the catalog section on Orientation
for further information about the Summer Orientation: Preregistration
Placement Testing. Advising, and Course Selections Program.

Estimated Expenses Per Semester

In-State

Oul-ofState

Tuition

$2,189

$ 5.473

Housing

1,413

Meals

938

Student Activity Fee

199

Health Fee

Instructional Fee

approx. 2 1 9

approx. 219

Technology Fee

Registration Fee

Books and Supplies*

500

$8,931

$ 5.622

*Cost of books and supplies may \ar> depending on major and class enrol
ment. Miscellaneous and travel expenses would be in addition to the abo\

Summer Sessions Fees (based on Summer. 2003)

Basic Fee

The basic fee for in-state undergraduate students enrolled for any of the
regular summer sessions is SI 82 per credit and $456 per credit for out-of-
state undergraduate students.

Summer Dining Plan Fees

The fi\e-w eek session dining plan fees for summer are:
Plan A 1 9 meals per w eek $279 (or S55.80 per » eek)

Plan B Any 14 meals per week $263 (or $52.60 per week)

Plan D Any 1 0 meals per week $25 1 (or $50.20 per w eek)

PlanG .Any 5 meals per week S149 (or $29.80 per week)

Instructional Fee

All students are charged an instructional fee to support academic equipment,
library resources, maintenance and repair projects, recreational facilities, and
the advancement of technologies. The fee is equal to 10 percent of the
undergraduate in-state tuition rate. During the summer, all students are

charged per credit.

Registration Fee

All students w ill be charged a registration fee of $25 for the summer terra.

Summer Residence Hall Fee

The summer university dorm room fees are $96.60 a w eek for a double-
occupancy room and SI 40. 70 a week for a single room. Students are charged
for each session according to the number of weeks the\' require housing.
Resident students can select from two dining plans. 19 meals per week or 14
meals per w eek.

Student Activity Fee

The student activity fee in the summer session is $12.50 per credit (up to a

maximum $102).

Student Health Fee (Summer)

There is no mandatory health fee in the summer. All summer student health
fees are optional. For further information, contact the health center at 724-
357-6475 or health-iiiijiiiniLi iiip.eJii.

Technology Fee

A technology fee w ill be charged to all students per semester.
In-state: full-time S50 part-time S25

Out-of-state full-time $75 part-time $38

Special Fees

Damage Fee

Smdents are responsible for damages, breakage, loss, or delayed return of

uni\ ersity- property.

Examination for Credit Fee

A fee of S40 u ill be assessed for each examination taken for credit.

Installment Payment Charge

.A nonrefundable fee of $30 per semester is charged to students participating
in the monthly installment payment plan, and a SIO per semester fee is
charged for students participating in the semi-semester option of the plan.

Portfolio .\pplication/.\ssessment Fees

.A fee of SI 5 will be charged to students apphing for prior learning
evaluation, and a fee equal to one-half of the prevailing mition fee w ill be
charged for all credits granted in the portfolio application.

Teacher Certification Fee

.A fee of $50 pavable to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is charged to
cover the administrative and recording costs for the issuance of a teaching
certificate by the Department of Education. A $35 fee is charged for students
applying for out-of-state certification.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paee II

Transcript Fees

Applications for transcripts can only be made in writing to the registrar,
either b> U S. mail. tax. or on forms a\ailable at the Registrar's Office in
Clark Hall. Forms may also be downloaded from the Registrar's Office
website at ytMM.iup.eJu Registrar forms . Such requests must include

1 . Your full name. Social Security number, and student user ID number at
the time of your graduation or termination of enrollment at lUP. (Please
note any name changes since graduation.)

2. Your present address.

3. Whether you graduated or, if not, w hen you w ere enrolled.

4. The full and clearly stated name<sl and address(es) of person(s| to
whom you wish the transcnpt(s) to be sent.

Effective Fall 2002. a fee is not charged for an official transcript A
maximum of scn en transcripts can be ordered for any gi\ en day. Special
handling charges w ill be assessed for express or fax transcript service. For
more information, see the website w\s-H.iup.ediL'registrar/irans or call 724-

357-2217

Official transcripts (containing signature and university seal) will not be
issued to students directly. The university will attempt to mail official
transcripts w ithin a reasonable time. How e\er. in the event of its failure to
do so. in no case is the university responsible for consequential damages.

Billing and Payments

All bills, including basic fee and housing fee. are payable as specified on the
billing notice, students have several payment plan options. Checks or money
orders, in the exact amount of the billing notice, should be made payable to
lUP unless otherwise specified. MasterCard, Visa and Discover cards are
also accepted. Book Store purchases are on a cash basis.

It is desired that payments for the entire semester be made in August for the
first semester and in December for the second semester, however, for a

nominal charge an installment plan is available.

Payment of Financial XiA

The follow ing financial aid programs can be deducted from your university
bill:

• Federal Stafford Loan

• Federal PLUS Loan

• Federal Perkins Loan

• Federal Pell Grant

• Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant

• Pennsylvania Slate Grant

• IL'P scholarships '

Federal Work Study earnings are paid directly to the student every other
week and thus are not used for billing purposes.

AH other financial aid is paid directly to the student's account If a credit
balance exists after satisfying all lUP charges, excess funds w ill be refunded
to the student for other educational expenses.

Delinquent Accounts

Students are nm permitted to enroll for any semester, receive transcripts, or
graduate until all account balances have been paid in fijil. Also, credit w ill
not be certified to any other institution or the Department of Education until
all overdue accounts have been paid. A late payment fee of S 1 0 for each day
past the due date w ill be assessed for delinquent accounts up to a maximum
of S50. The same regulations will also be applied to inter-semester payments.

Undergraduate students desiring to leave school before the close of a
semester must report to the Advising and Testing Center and to the Accounts

Receivable i )tTice to senle all unpaid accounts.

IIP Refund Policy

For a copy of lUP's Refiind Policy or a sample refund calculation, please
contact Student Financial Services at 724-357-2207. The Refund Policy is
also available on their website at -niw iupedu'snifmanciaken- .

Financial Aid

The Financial Aid Office, located at Clark Hall, offers financial information
and counseling to all students attending IL'P. The types of financial
assistance otTered by the Financial .Aid Office include student employment
educational loans, and grants. Counseling on debt management and loan
repayment options is also available.

Eligibility Requirements

The general requirements for financial aid eligibility include the following:

1 . Be enrolled on at least a half-time basis (6 credits per term) except for
the Federal Pell Grant program.

2. Be a U.S. citizen, national or permanent resident or other eligible
noncitizen.

3. Maintain satisfactory academic progress in your course of study.

4. Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment in an .'Xssociate Degree.
Bachelor's Degree. Post-Baccalaureate Teacher's Certification
program, or Post-Baccalaureate Second Undergraduate Degree
program.

5. Not be in default or have failed to make satisfactory arrangements to
repay any Federal Student Loans.

6. Not ow e a repayment on a Federal Pell Grant or Federal Supplemental
Educational Opportunity Grant

7. Not have borrowed in excess of any Federal Loan limits.

8. Register with the Selective Service Administration, if required.

9. Have a valid Social Security Number.

Students must submit a Free Application for Federal Student Aid prior to
.Apnl 1 5 in order to receive maximum consideration for need-based financial
aid administered through the university. The Title IV school code for lUP is
003277. Additional forms or applications may be required depending upon
which student aid programs are being sought Financial aid is available for
both the regular academic year and the summer sessions. Separate
applications for summer school aid must be submitted by the student

Student Responsibilities-Students who apply for financial aid have certain

responsibilities which are listed below :

1 . .\ccurately complete and submit the appropriate application forms by
the published deadline dates.

2. Submit requested materials, corrections, or new information on a timely
basis.

3. Meet the regulations and repayment schedules of student loans.

4. Inform the Financial Aid Office of any grants, scholarships, or loans
received from outside organizations.

5. Inform the Financial Aid Office of any information that has changed
since applying for aid.

6. Understand the satisfactory academic progress requirements for
maintaining fmancial aid eligibility.

7. Use financial aid funds for educational purposes only.

Financial .Aid Programs .Available

Financial assistance is available in the form of grants and scholarships,
student employment and educational loans. Each of these funding sources
has unique characteristics w hich are explained in more detail below .

Employment

The Student Employment Center is available to assist students in finding job
opportunities on campus or in the local community. Students may gain
access to a listing of available positions by doing any of the following:

• asking to review the employment binder located in the Student
Employment Center in the Office of Career Services. 302 Pratt Hall

• reviewing the bulletin board outside the office

• accessing the on-line job listing at www.iup.edu/sec (24-hour
accessibility)

The Student Employment Center also assists students in finding summer
employment. During the Spring semester, a Summer Job Fair is conducted
which gives lUP students the opportunity to meet w ith representatives from a
variety of organizations (i.e.. camps, amusement parks, resorts, recreation

Paee 12

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENT>iS'VT.VANL\ U^NDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

areas, and restaurants, to name a few). Representatives of many local and
out-of-state organizations attend the fair. Information is available in the
Office of Career Ser\ices.

Students may be employed on campus for up to twenty-five hours per week
when classes are in session and up to forty hours per week during vacation
periods. When classes are in session, most students v\ork an average often to
twelve hours per week. Students are paid for the hours they have worked
every two weeks. Generally, undergraduate students are paid at the minimum
wage rate, w hich is currently $5,15 per hour.

There are tw o different types of student employment on campus: Federal
Work Study (FWSP) and University Employment (UE). Eligibility for
FWSP is based on financial need, which is determined by the Free
Applicalitm for Federal Student Aid. A FWSP application must also be
completed in the Financial Aid Office. For students w ho do not demonstrate
financial need but who would still like to work on campus, there is a UE
program, w hich also offers students the opportunity to work. Interested
students should apply directly to the campus department in which they would
like to work.

Through this program, freshmen may borrow up to $2,625 per academic
year, sophomores may borrow up to $3,500 per academic year, and juniors
and seniors may borrow up to $5,500 per academic year. Subsidized Federal
Stafford Loans are awarded on the basis of financial need as determined by
the Free Application for Federal Student Aid ( FAFSA ) and require no
payment of interest or principal until six months after the student ceases half-
time enrollment (6 credits per term). Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans
require payment or capitalization of interest only during periods of
enrollment and the six-month grace period. Following the grace period, both
types of Federal Stafford Loans are repayable to the lender at a variable
interest rate not to exceed 8.25 percent.

Federal Stafford Loan entrance counseling must be completed by first-time
borrowers at lUP before funds can be released.

Additional unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan funds are available to
independent undergraduate students. Freshmen and sophomores may request
up to $4,000; juniors and seniors may request up to $5,000. Dependent
students whose parents cannot obtain a Federal PLUS Loan may also apply
for these additional unsubsidized funds.

A FWSP aw ard may affect your eligibility for student loans. For more
specific information on how a FWSP award would impact your loan
eligibility, inquire at the Financial Aid counter in the lobby of Clark Hall or
by e-mail 3Xfmancial-aid(ciiup.edu.

Off-campus employment opportunities vary by organization, as do the hourly
wages and hours worked per week.

Serve-Study Program-This employment program places FWSP-eligible
students in community service positions available both on and off campus.
In addition to earning monev. students gain practical work experience related
to their academic major. The Service Learning Center, which assists students
in obtaining these opportunities, is part of the Office of Career Services
located in 302 Pratt Hall.

PHEAA State Work Study-Off-campus employment that relates to the
student's academic major may be available through the PHEAA State Work-
Study program. Applications are available in the Financial Aid Office and
must be completed by both the student and the organization for w hich the
student would like to be employed. Applications can also be accessed
through PHEAA's web site at H^-n.pheaa.org.

Educational Loans

Loan programs offer repayable assistance to students who apply and qualify
for them. Repavinent terms, interest rates, and borrow ing limits vary from
program to program. Educational loans are a serious and important
obligation. Receipt of funds means that the student assumes the legal
responsibility for repayment of the loan at a future date. The promissory note
for the loan specifies the terms and conditions under which the student is
borrowing and the repayment provisions that are in effect. Participation in
Community Ser\ ice positions after leaving school may provide for
repayment of certain student loans.

Federal Perkins Loan-The application for the Federal Perkins Loan is the
Free Application for Federal Student Aid (\^WSA). The loan is awarded to
students on the basis of financial need and FAFSA receipt date of April 15
or earlier. Students who receive this loan must be enrolled for at least 6
credits each semester. There are no principal or interest payments until nine
months after the student ceases half-time attendance (6 credits per term). The
minimum repayinent rate is $40 per month at a simple interest rate of 5
percent per year on the unpaid balance. There are deferment and cancellation
provisions available.

Federal PLUS Loan-Parents interested in obtaining a Federal Parent Loans
for Undergraduate Students should contact the Pennsylvania Higher Educa-
tion Assistance Agency (PHEAA) in order to establish their eligibility for the
loan through PHEAA's preapproval process. PHEAA can be contacted at
1-800-692-7392. Applications will be forwarded to eligible families. Parents
may borrow for their dependent children up to the cost of education minus
other financial aid. The loans are repaid at a variable interest rate not to
exceed 9 percent per year starting sixty days after the final check is issued.

Alternative Loans-A wide variety of privately financed educational loan
programs are available. Each of these programs offers unique terms and
conditions that affect its availability in particular circumstances.

Grants

Grants are funds which carry no obligation for repayment. These funds are
aw arded to the student on the basis of financial need.

Federal Pell Grant-The Federal Pell Grant program provides ftinds to

eligible undergraduate students who have not earned a first bachelor's
degree. A Free Application for Federal Student Aid (f KVSh) must be filed
annually to apply for this grant. Awards are prorated based upon the number
of credits for which a student registers.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant-Federal Pell
Grant-eligible students are considered for Federal Supplemental Educational
Oppormnity Grants (FSEOG). A Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) with a receipt date of April 15 or earlier must be on file. Students
who receive FSEOG must be enrolled for at least 6 credits each semester.

Pennsylvania State Grant (PHEAA Grant)-PHEAA Grants are available

to eligible part-time and full-time undergraduate students w ho are
Pennsylvania state residents. Part-time recipients must also meet specific
PHEAA income guidelines. You must complete a Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA ) by April 1 5 to apply. Academic progress
guidelines require that a student earn 1 2 new credits for each full-time
semester for continued eligibility of grant funds. A maximum of eight full-
time or sixteen part-time semesters of eligibility are permitted.

State Grants-Many state educational agencies offer grant assistance to
students who study outside of their state of residency. Out-of state students
are encouraged to investigate opportunities for grant funding from their
home state.

Federal Stafford Loan-The application for the Federal Stafford Loan is the
Free Application for Federal Student Aid (Y /KYS,/K ). By responding on the
FAFSA that you are interested in a student loan, eligibility will be reviewed
for you. First-lime borrowers will also receive a Federal StatTord Loan
Master Promissory Note (MPN) for completion in order to finalize the
approval process.

Scholarships

Departments, colleges, and the Provost's Office administer various
scholarship programs that have been established by alumni and friends of the
university. These scholarships provide gift assistance to academically
talented students and assist them in financing their educational expenses. No

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 13

general application is required for consideration. All eligible students are
automaticalh considered for scholarship opportunities. Questions may be
directed to the college dean or department chair of the student's intended
major or current major for enroUed students. For further information, please
see the website hmm. iup.edu scholarships.

Other Resources

.Athletic Grants-in-Aid-n.'P participates in intercollegiate athletics as a
Division 11 mstituuon and awards .Athletic Grants-in-.\id in accordance with
NC.\.A rules and regulations. Interested students should contact the .Athletic
Director. Memorial Field House. IL P. Indiana. PA 1 5705; telephone: 724-

557-2751.

Resident .Assbtants-L'pperclass students and freshmen at the end of their
first \ear ma\ apph to become resident assistants at IL'P. Students earn a
Txxtn and board waixer. as well as a small stipend, by working as resident
assistants in IL"P residence halls. .Application timetables and deadlines are
advertised in The Penn and posted in the residence halls and other locations
around campus. iiKluding the Office of Housing and Residence Life
w ebsite. The application process requires references and participation in a
semester-long training program prior to selection. Resident assistants are
selected on the basis of leadership, interpersonal skills, and the willingness
and ability to serve as role models. Resident assistants must have and
maintain a 2.3 GP.A. For further information, please contact present resident
assistants or residence directors or the Office of Housing and Residence
Life. B31 Clark HalL 1090 South Dr.. lUP. Indiana. PA 15705: telephone:
''24-55"-26%

Private Scholarships- \arious service chibs. organizations, churches,
schook. and industries offer scholarships to students. High school guidance
offices, libraries, and hometown new spapers are often excellent sources for
information cooceming private scholarships. .A valuable resource on the
Internet can be found at •n-vtM./asrH'eb.com.

ROTC Scholarships-Tw o- and three-year scholarships are available to both
male and female students w ho are enrolled in the Reserv e Officer Training
Corps program. The scholarships pay for tuition, fees, and books, plus S250
per month for ten months per school year. Interested students may obtain
applications and criteria information by contacting the ROTC department in
Pierce Hall at ILP or by callmg 1 -800-ILT-ROTC.

Office of >'ocationaI Rehabilitation .Assistance (OMl)-Students who

have physical or learning disabilities mav receive educational benefits
through the OfTice of \ocaiional Rehabiliution. In order to be eligible.
students must satisfy the physical and fmancial requirements of the agency.
For fiirther information regarding 0\R. students shoukl contact their county
office of vocational rehabilitation.

Pennsylvaaia National Guard Educational .Assistance Program (E.AP):
Students who join the Pennsylvania .Army National Guard are eligible for a
100-percent tuiuon grant through the E-AP. Eligible students make a
commitment to serve for six years in the Pennsylvania National Guard,
serving one w eekend a month and tw o w eeks per year. In return, they receiv e
ten semesters of lOO-perceni tuition, applied to either part-time or full-time
study. .Applications and information are available in Room F6. Pierce HalL
or by callmg "24-35"-»560 or 1-800-ILP-ROTC.

Lniversit> Loan Fund

The Financial Aid Office, in conjunction w ith the Student Cooperative
Association, administers the Lniversity Loan Fund on behalf of ILP
students. Loans are only available to students w ho are expecting a financial
aid refund that is yet to be disbursed. The maximum loan available w ill be
S300 with repayment to be made in SLXty days. No interest will be charged
for these loans. Loans w ill be made to meet educational expenses only.
Applications for the University Loan and additional information may be
obtained at the Fmancial .Aid Office.

The University Loan Fund encompasses the following individual loan
accounts:

Jennie E. .Ackerman Loan Fund

Robert Bellis Loan Fund

Mary Edna Flegal Loan Fund

Colette Cromer Gershman Loan Fund

Margaret Flegal Harte Loan Fund

Suzanne Marshall Hartman Loan Fund

John Hays Memorial Fund

Oliver W. Helmrich Memorial Loan Fund

William Henzelmaim Memorial Fund

Marv .Anne Kolessar Loan Fund

Jane E. Leonard Memorial Loan Fund

Mack Loan Fimd

Rusty Preisenderfer Memorial Loan Fund

Flossie Wagner Sanford Student Loan Fimd

Varsity 1 Loan Fund

Norah Zink Loan Fund

N eterans Benefits

The \eterans .Affairs Office certifies enrollment for undergraduate and
graduate students w ho may be eligible for veterans assistance.

Veterans, reservists, and children of deceased or disabled veterans should
contact the N'eterans .Affairs Office prior to enrollmenL

Veterans must submit:

1 . Application for Benefits (VA Form 1 990)

2. Certified DD2 1 4

Reservists must submit:

1 . Application for Benefits (VA Form 1 990)

2. Notice of Basic Eligibility (DD2384)

Children of a deceased or disabled veteran w hose death or injury was due to
serv ice-related causes may be eligible for educational assistance from the
federal gov emment under Law 634 (Dependents Educational Assistance
.Act I. Immediately upon acceptance to lUP. men and women who qualify for
such assistance should contact the v eterans counselor and submit:

1 . The Eligible \eteran DD2 1 4

2. Survivors Education Form 22-5490

3. Application for Benefits (V.A Form 1990)

A veteran receiving \'A benefits must request a change in curriculum
clearance from the veterans counselor before changing curriculum. Twelve
credits are required to be considered a fiill-time undergraduate student by the
Veterans .Administration. The minimum fiill-time requirement for a graduate
student is 9 credits.

In addition to regular sources of financial aid, veterans and dependents of
veterans may be eligible for V.A benefits. For further information, veterans
are urged to contact the Veterans Counselor. 126 Clark HalL HJP. Indiana.
PA IS'VOS. 724-357-3009.

Title IV Satisfactont .Academic Progress Policy

In order to receive Title IN' Federal Student .Assistance, students must
maintain satisfactory academic progress in their course of study. Students
must be in compliance w ith both the university's .Academic Standards Policy
and the Financial Aid Sufficient Progress Policy in order to demonstrate
satisfactory progress.

The Title 1\' Federal Student .Assistance programs include the Federal Pell
Grant Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Federal Perkins
Loan. Federal Work Study Program. Federal Stafford Loan, and Federal
PLUS Loan.

.A student who meets the standard of academic good standing of the
.Academic Standards Policv but who does not meet the standard of sufficient

Paee 14

INDIANA L7sr\TRSrn' OF PEN'NSYLV.ANLA L'NDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

quantitative progress may continue in university registration but without
financial aid eligibility for the federal Title IV aid programs.

A full statement of requirements for Satisfactory Academic Progress for
Title IV Federal Student Assistance is available through the Financial Aid
Office.

Title IV Financial Aid Sujficient Progress Policy

The Financial Aid Sufficient Progress Policy applies to undergraduate
students enrolled m the university.

A. Sufficient Progress: To be in good standing on a sufficient progress
basis, a student must have earned at least 75 percent of the cumulative
number of attempted credits at lUP and complete his/her degree within the
time frame for degree completion (see Item C of this policy).

"Attempted credits" is the number of credits for which a student is enrolled
at the end of the Drop/Add period.

Each student will be measured for sufficient progress annually after fall
grade processing. This evaluation will detemiine if the student has a
sufficient percentage of credits earned in order to be eligible for Title IV
funding for the next financial aid award year (Fall term through the
following Summer term).

Students will be notified of their financial aid suspension status when a
completed Five Application for Federal Sludenl Aid (FAFSA) is on file in
the Financial Aid Office.

B. Financial Aid Suspension: If a student does not meet the sufficient
percent of progress evaluation after two consecutive annual reviews, then all
Title IV aid for that student will be suspended beginning with the next
financial aid award year (Fall term through the following Summer term).

A student who is in this financial aid suspension status, however, will also
be review ed at the end of the spring semester and summer terms in order to
evaluate if the percent of progress has been met through additional
coursework. If this improvement to 75 percent of progress is achieved, then
the student's Title IV financial aid suspension will be rescinded beginning
with the next term of enrollment.

C. Time Frame for Degree Completion: In addition to meeting the 75
percent of progress requirement, all students must complete their degree
requirements within an established time frame. Since enrollment status may
vary from semester to semester, the maximum time frame for degree
completion is measured in terms of credits attempted at lUP plus any credits
accepted in transfer to lUP.

An undergraduate student in a program requiring 1 20 credits must complete
the requirements for a bachelor's degree without exceeding 160 credits,
including transfer credits and lUP registered credits. Note that 160 credits
represents 1 33 percent of the credits required for completion of the degree.
For majors with graduation requirements in excess of 1 20 credits, the
maximum number of lUP registered credits plus transfer credits would
increase proportionally.

D. Appeal Process: For students who have experienced unusual
circumstances which have led to a lack of sufficient progress, such as
medical emergencies or death of a family member, a written appeal may be
submitted to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee for consideration of
reinstatement of Title IV aid eligibility.

A student who would like to appeal his Title IV financial aid suspension for
the next financial aid award year must submit a written appeal to the
Financial Aid Appeals Committee. This written appeal must specifically
outline the reason(s) for the deficiency and how the student will make up this
deficiency. For students who do not appeal for fall review, or who are denied
an appeal for the fall semester, an appeal for reinstatement of Title IV aid for
the spring term w ill he accepted for review.

After reviewing the written appeal of a student in Financial Aid Suspension,
the Financial Aid Appeals Committee may decide to reinstate Title IV
financial aid eligibility for specific periods of the next financial aid award
year. All appeal letters will be answered in writing by the Financial Aid
Appeals Committee as to the approval or denial of the requested financial aid
reinstatement.

E. Reinstatement of Title IV Aid Eligibility: For a student who has
Satisfactory Academic Progress deficiency, one of the following must occur
in order for that student to receive Title IV assistance:

1 . The student can reestablish eligibility for Title IV assistance by meeting
the minimum requirements for Satisfactory Academic Progress through
additional periods of enrollment at lUP.

2. For a student who has not met the minimum criteria for Satisfactory
.'Academic Progress due to unusual or mitigating circumstances and has
filed an appeal(s) which has granted the student continuance of
financial aid eligibility. Title IV aid fiinds may be reinstated.

F. Treatment of Audits, Incompletes, and Other Grades: In order that

a student fully understands how various grades and enrollments impact upon
the calculation of Satisfactory Academic Progress, the following infonnation
is provided:

1 . Audits and "S" and "U" Grades: Because course audits and "S" and
"U" grades carry no credits, they are not reviewed or counted for
sufficient progress purposes.

2. Incompletes: Designations of "I," "L," "R," and "*" are treated as
credits attempted/zero credits earned/no effect on QPA. However, these
designations are treated as noncompleted credits and have an impact in
the calculation of the percent of progress measure. (Mote: The "*" is an
administrative symbol indicating that a grade was not submitted by the
instructor at the time of grade processing.)

3. "F" Repeat with Replacement: An "F" repeat with replacement is
treated as credits attempted/credits eamed/with the quality points of the
new grade replacing the 0.00 QP of the original "F" grade. An "F"
repeat has a positive effect on the QPA and the percent of progress
even though it represents an additional number of credits attempted in
regard to the percent of progress measure.

4. "D'" Repeat with Replacement: Repeated classes that are "D"
replacements to a student's record are treated as credits attempted/zero
credits eamed/with the quality points of the new grade replacing the

1 .00 OP of the "D" grade. A "D" repeat with replacement may improve
a student's QPA but decreases your percent of progress.

5. Repeats with Averaging: Courses that are repeated with averaging
count as credits attempted/credits eamed/with the quality points for the
class averaged into the QPA. The maximum time frame for degree
completion may be impacted by repeat w ith averaging classes.

6. Withdrawals: Designations of "W" and "Q" are treated as credits
attempted/zero credits earned/no effect on QPA. Any type of "W"
and/or "Q" designation is treated as noncompleted credits in the
calculation of the student's percent of progress standing.

7. Pass/Fail Grades: Pass grades are treated as registered credits/credits
earned/no effect on QPA. Fail grades are treated as registered credits/
zero credits eamed/with zero QP averaged into the calculation of QPA.

8. Noncredit Courses: Noncredit classes, such as those with Continuing
Education Units (CEUs), are not used in measuring sufficient progress,
since these classes cannot be applied towards degree requirements and
no financial aid may be received for enrollment.

9. Institutional Credits: Institutional credits are counted as registered
credits/credits completed. The QP for the course is not averaged into
the student's overall QPA.

10. Cancelled Semester: All credits for which a grade of "C" or bener is
earned in that cancelled semester are counted as credits
attempted/credits eamed.

1 1 . Fresh Start Program: In the case of students readmitted under the
Fresh Start Program, past semesters will still be considered when
progress is evaluated.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 1 5

Student Programs and Services

The services and programs listed in this section are the result of collaborative efforts by student affairs professionals and faculty members to offer the lUP student
a unique and fulfilling undergraduate and graduate student experience. All ser^ ices, with the exception of the Speech and Hearing Clinic, Parking, Student
Rights Directory Information. Students Rights Under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act . Student Technology Services. Computer Software Policy,
and Wireless Communications Policy, are under the direction ol the Vice President for Student Affairs.

Student Affairs Division Areas

Website: H'ww.iup.edu/studenlaffair/
E-mail: II P-PA»S(a iup.edu

Harold "Pete" Goldsmith, Nice President for Student .Affairs
Rhonda H. I.uckcv, .Associate \ ice President for Student Affairs

Admissions: Harold "Pete" Goldsmith. Interim Dean

Advising and Testing: Catherine M. Dugan, Director

African American Cultural Center: Carolyn D. Princes. Director

Athletics: Frank J. Condino. Director

Career Services: Mark I.. .Anthony. Director

Counseling and Psychological Services: Kim Weiner.

Department Chair
Financial Aid: Christine A. Zuzack, Director

Housing and Residence Life: Elizabeth A. Joseph, Director
Learning Enhancement Center: Carmy G. Carranza. Director
Student Conduct: Kathleen R. Linder. Director
Student Cooperative .Association: Dennis V. Hulings, Director
Student Development: Sherrill A. Kuckuck. Director
Center for Student Life: Terry Appolonia, Director
Universitv Health Services: Randi S. Schneider, Director

The Division of Student Affairs offers a variety of services and programs that support the academic mission of Indiana University of Pennsylvania. These
serv ices and programs were designed to meet the needs of lUP students as they Icam how to become leaders for tomorrow, live together in harmony, make ethical
decisions, accept and appreciate diversity, identify and strengthen professional skills, develop good mental and physical health practices, and enhance ways to
learn and impart knowledge.

.Admissions

African American Cultural Center

Website: n-ww.itip.edu/admissions
E-Mail: Aclmis.'iii>i>.\-lnqtiinl^iup.edu

See the Admissions section of this catalog for information about the Office
of Admissions.

Advising and Testing Center

Website: ^s-ww.mp.eJu/advisingtesting
E-mail: Achismg-Testing(wiup.edu

The Advising and Testing Center provides a variety of services to lUP
students and faculty. The center runs the summer orientation program, offers
career planning classes and computer-assisted career counseling to
undecided majors, co-conducts registration for January freshmen and branch
campus students, processes undergraduate total university withdrawals,
serves the needs of students with disabilities, and assists in providing
advising information to students and advisors.

Services for Students with Disabilities

Disability Support Services (a unit of the Advising and Testing Center) is the
primary agent for the provision of access for lUP students with physical.
learning, and other disabilities. Faculty and staff members w ithin the office
sene to ensure lUP's program access compliance w ith Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act.
Students w ith disabilities are urged to register with the office. Services
provided may include, but are not limited to. early registration; assistance in
locating accessible housing; equipment loan; test proctoring and reading;
notetaking; recording of books: NCR paper; liaison with faculty, OVR, and
BVS; and general advising and counseling. Further information may be
obtained in 106 Pratt Hall or by calling 724-357-4067 ( V/TD).

Website: www. iup.edu/aucc

The African American Cultural Center is dedicated to the enhancement of
multicultural awareness and racial sensitivity. Through educational, cultural,
and social activities, the center strives to foster growth, development,
awareness, and sensitivity among all members of the university community
while it focuses on preserving and fostering an appreciation of African
American history, culture, contributions, and development.

Athletics

Website: hllp://ww\i'. iup.edu/athletics

Varsity Sports

The university offers nineteen varsity sports for men and women. It
competes at the Division II level of the National Collegiate Athletic
Association and is in the Peruisylvania State Athletic Conference.

Men's sports offered in the fall include cross country and football. The

winter sports include basketball, indoor track, and swimming. Spring sports
are track and field, golf, and ba.seball.

Women's fall sports are cross country, soccer, volleyball, and field hockey.
In the winter, the sports of basketball, indoor track, and swimming are
offered. Spring sports include softball, track and field, lacrosse, and tennis.

Intramurals

A well-organized and varied program of intramural sports and athletic
activities is conducted for men, women, and on a coeducational basis.
Intramural handbooks are available in Room 101 , Memorial Field House.

Page 16

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Career Senices

Website: »h-u-. iiip.edu career
E-mail: career-ser\ices<S. iup.edu

Career sen. ices are available to students and alumni, and career counseling is
provided to students of all class levels as well as to alumni. In addition to
career counseling, the primary ftmctions of the office are to arrange for
campus interviews, prepare a current file of job opportunities, maintain an
extensive library of occupational information, conduct follow-up studies of
graduates, and prov ide general assistance in the career planning and job-
seeking process.

The Office of Career Services also receives and makes available to graduates
and undergraduates information concerning summer employment.

The university does not guarantee positions, but lUP's record of placement is
one of the very best in Pennsylvania.

Service Learning offers FUP students curriculum-based, wage-supported,
and volunteer opportunities to e.xplore. expand, and fiilfill their altruistic
interests. Service Learning works closely with nearly sixty Indiana County
human service agencies and six school districts to place students in volunteer
host sites.

Career ExpIorationyUndecided Majors

Students with undecided majors are encouraged to e.xplore options for
majors as early as possible while at ILT; to delay doing so may delay
graduation. Students desiring to explore majors may take a 1 -credit course,
ADVT 1 70 Career Exploration, taught by the .^dv ising and Testmg Center,
or use the Career Exploration Center (CEO. 108 Pratt Hall. The CEC is
open afternoons and early evenings during the week. Appointments may be
made by calling 724-357-5701.

Student Communitv Services

Student Community Services offers ILT smdents both curriculum-based and
volunteer opportunities to explore, expand, and fulfill their altruistic
interests. The office works closely w ith nearly sixty Indiana County human
service agencies to place students in supervised settings.

Counseling and Psychological Services
Website: wvw.iup.educounselingcenter

Counseling and Psychological Services faculty members are psychologists
who are assisted by advanced graduate students from the doctoral program in
clinical psychology. These professionals faciUtate the personal and emotional
growth of students by offering confidential counseling and consultation on
an individual and small-group basis. Beyond the health services fee.
additional fees are not charged for counseling services.

Faculty members provide consultation to faculty, staff, families, and friends
of students regarding mental health issues. Programs and workshops are
conducted on a variety of topics, including stress management, eatmg
disorders, grief, and healthy relationships.

Financial Aid

Website: H-^vM.:iup.edu,'financialaiJ
E-mail : Jmancial-aid<3j iup. edu

See the Financial .^id section of this catalog for information about the Office
of Financial ..\id.

Health Services (Pechan Health Center)

Website: -^sM-^^.iup.edu healthcenter
E-mail: health-inquiryifi iup.edu

Pechan Health Center operates an outpatient clinic and provides routine
health care to students while classes are in session. The outpatient chnic is
staffed w ith physicians, nurse practitioners, and nurses. For emergency care.
the local hospital emergency room is available (ER services are not covered

by the health service fee). For students who have paid Health Service Fee .A.
the university will help support the cost of local ambulance service. If the
student's health insurance policy does not include coveiaae of the
ambulance, the student will not be responsible for die cost of the service.

In addition to chnical care, including some minor surgical procedures, some
laboratory testing, and allergy mjectioos, Pechan Health Center offers a setf-
care cold center. The health center has a van to transport students to local
medical facilities for scheduled appointments. The service is available during
the time the health center b open ( ending 30 minutes pnor to closii^ each
day or in the event of severe w eather). The health fee also provides suppon
for the programs and services of the Health .Awareness office in the Center
for Student Life.

Students pay a per-semester mandatory health fee. which varies based upon
the student's enrollment status. Some services and pnxhicls ac incfaided ia
the health fee w hile others, such as medications and physicals, require an
additional fee-for-service. Refer to the Finance section of tins catalog for
basic fee information. The health service fee is not an insiiraice ptan. h b
highly recommended that students w ho are not covered under a family
insurance plan consider purchasing coverage prior to anrving at IL'P. Pechan
Health Center does not bill insurance companies for services. However.
students receive a receipt for each visit that can be used to submit the biD to
his. her insurance company. Information about the student group hreahfa
insurance plan endorsed for ILT students is availabie fiom Pechan Heakfa
Center or on line at KTii-w.chpsiudeni.com.

ILT requires documentation of dates of immimizatioa from new stiHieias for
the following vaccines: measles, mumps, rubella, tetanus, toxoid-diphleria.
and polio. Individuals bom after 1956 should receive a second measles
immimization prior to entering coQege. ft has always been impoitant to
update diphtheria and tetanus immunizations every ten yeais. Students hving
in univetsity -owned residence halls and apartments are required to have the
vaccination for meningococcal meningitis or to siai a w aiver stating thai
they do not w ish to have the v^iccination. The documentatiaD must be
included on the Student Health Form and can take the fonn of

1 . Dates of vaccinations by the health care provider w ho gave them or

2. Date of illness with the disease diagnosed by a physician or

3. Serum antibody level as determined by a blood test

Students will receive a copy of the Student Health Form from the Heahh
Service after they receive notification of admission to ILT. The form must
be returned to the Pechan Health Center prior to the stan of classes. Students
who do not provide documentation for immunization may be prohibited
fitim registering for classes the semester following admission. Please e-mail
health-inquiry<aiup.edu for questions about the heath center or the heahh
insurance plan.

Student Health Insurance

Consolidated Health Plans. Inc. (wvw.chpstttdent.com) is the ooly student
group health insurance plan endorsed for ILT students. It is a hidi-quality
and cost-effective insurance plan that w otks in parmership with the health
center. For more information, e-mail health-inquiryiaaip.edu or call 724-
357.6475.

Housing and Dining Informarion

Website: uw-vt.nip.^tAi «..;.-
E-mail: iup-ohrl(aiup.edu

Residence Life

ILT IS a residential campus. Its thirteen residence halls and two apactmea
buildings are supervised by professional residence directors » ith
backgrounds in student dev elopment or counseling or by graduate residence
directors enrolled in the Student .Affairs in Higher Educaoao gnduate
program.

It is the policy of ILT to offer ftilL equal and noDdiscnminalocy assistaxx
to all students w ithout regard to their race, color, leligian. national origin,
gender, ancestry, sexual orieniatioo. or physical ability in both the piacement

DsJDIANA UNIVERSITY' OF PENNSYLV .ANIA UNDERGR.\DL.ATE CAT.\LOG. 2003-O1

Paae r

in university housing and the furnishing of facihties and services in relation
to that housing.

Specific programs and services offered within the residence halls provide a
residential program which supports the academic mission of the university
and fosters the development of a community in w hich the rights and
responsibilities of each individual are clearly defined and respected.

Because residence hall li\ing is seen as a positive educational experience,
students are encouraged to live on campus unless they are commuting from
home. In an effort to make residence hall li\ ing more responsive to
indi\ idual needs, the university otTers several living arrangements. Student
options include coed or single-se.x environments; interest fioors related to
academic majors: intensive study flcxirs; a community service floor; and
chemical-free floors. Students should consider these options carefully and
select the one in which they would feel most comfortable.

IL'P's two apanment buildings provide single student housing in an
apartment-style setting. The university provides cable TV. local telephone
ser\ ice. Ethernet connections to the Internet, stove, refrigerator, kitchen table
and chairs, beds, dressers, and li\ing room furniture in each apartment.

Rooms/apartments are available to both undergraduate and graduate students
enrolled at lUP. Each year the university reviews its housing policies and
re\ ises them according to needs for thj following year. The Office of
Housing and Residence Life is also responsible for dining service and
providing information and services related to olT-campus housing. The
Office of Housing and Residence Life is located in B3 1 Clark Hall. 724-
357-2696.

Residence Hall .Application

First-year and transfer students « 111 be offered residence hall license
agreements as soon as they remit the S75 tuition prepayment required to
secure a place in the incoming class. The housing license agreement should
be reviewed carefully then returned with an S80 housing prepayment. Rooms
will be assigned as agreements are received. Students w ill be notified of
housing assignments after July 15.

Continuing students may contract for university housing for the following
academic year according to the process published and posted in January.

Students being readmitted or returning from student teaching or study abroad
programs should contact the Office of Housing and Residence Life for
agreements.

Dining Sen ices

lUP offers si\ meal plans, five of which are available to residence hall
students. Refer to the Finance section of this catalog for meal plans and fees.
For more information contact iup-dinmg(anip.edu.

Residence Hall .Association

The Residence Hall .Association (RHA( represents all students living in
university residence halls. The executive body of RH A is composed of
elected representatives from each residence hall. The purpose of RHA is to
provide educational, social, and community service programs for residents;
to collect Information on various aspects of residence hall life; and to assist
in formulating housing policies and procedures. All residence hall students
are encouraged to participate in RHA. Inquire at your residence hall office
for involvement opportunities.

The Learning Enhancement Center

Website: www.iup.edu/lec

The Learning Enhancement Center (LEC) is committed to helping
underprepared students prepare, prepared students advance, and advanced
students excel. With this motto as Its mission, the Learning Enhancement
Center provides various academic support services to all lUP students.

The LEC offers a package of freshman seminar courses designed lo prepare
first-year students w Ith the skills and knowledge Important to college

success. These three I -credit courses count toward graduation and include
Introduction to Higher Education (LRNC 150). Learning Strategies (LRNC
160). and Career Exploration (LRNC 170).

The LEC also offers a pre-college experience to all incoming first-year
students called CUSP: The Early Entrance Experience. This program starts
one week prior to fall classes and includes the course LRNC 150
Introduction lo Higher Education plus activities, workshops, and seminars
designed to orient students to the higher education experience, to lUP in
particular, and to the factors in student success.

In addition, courses are offered which develop learning skills to enhance
academic success. Courses In three levels of developmental mathematics
(LRNC 091. 092. 093) and Uvo courses in reading (LRNC 070. 075) are
offered for institutional credit. Institutional credit counts in determining full-
time enrollment status but not in determining credits applicable for degree
eligibility at graduation.

The LEC provides noncredit educational support services in the areas of
reading, writing, mathematics, biological and physical sciences, foreign
languages, social sciences, study skills, and related areas. These services are
provided by both professional and undergraduate paraprofessional staff
Students are encouraged to participate In a broad array of program services
including one-to-one and group tutorials, workshops, and Supplemental
Instruction sessions provided by a trained staff of undergraduate
paraprofessionals. These services are available in most content areas, as well
as in general study skills.

All students matriculating through the LEC as LEC advisees. Including full-
lime students admitted for the Associate of Arts degree, receive a full
program of freshman-year courses and advisement, including assistance in
the areas of academic tutoring, career counseling, academic advising related
to curriculum concems. the selection of an appropriate major, and course
scheduling.

Act 101 Program

Students identified as eligible for Act 101 support receive the Learning
Enhancement Center freshman program. The Act 101 Program, created as a
result of the Pennsylvania Higher Education Equal Opportunity Act 101 in
1971 by the legislature of the commonwealth, focuses on servicing lUP
students in order to make the ideal of equal educational opportunity a reality
for all qualified students.

The Learning Enhancement Center office is located in 202 Pratt Hall.
Further information about the Learning Enhancement Center and the Act
101 Program can be obtained by calling 724-357-2729 or through the web at
www.iup.edu/lec.

New Student Orientation

Website: HMw.iup.edu/advisingtesting/orienlalion.html

E-mail: Advising-Testing@iup.edu

lUP offers a two-part orientation program for all new students. Freshmen are
expected to participate in both of the programs, as they are intended to
provide information and programs w hich are designed to insure a successful
first-year experience.

Summer Orientation: The preregistralion placement testing, advising, and
course registration program occurs during the summer immediately
preceding students' matriculation on campus. This experience is designed to
assess academic readiness for courses integral to the lUP curriculum,
including English, mathematics, and foreign languages. Students admitted to
the Indiana campus. Honors College, or the Learning Enhancement Center
program participate in an overnight, two-day experience which includes
testing, academic advising, and orientation lo university curricular
requirements and cocurricular opportunities. Students w ho are admitted as
branch campus freshmen participate in a one-day program. Concurrent
parent orientation programs are offered.

Page 18

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Fail Orientation: Fall Orientation occurs as students move onto campus
immediately prior to the beginning of fall classes. Programs and activities are
designed to assure a smooth transition from the home environment to IUP"s
campus community.

lUP view s this tvvo-part orientation as unique and extremely important to
freshman retention and satisfaction with the university. The freshman year is
critical in regard to academic success. During this time, students must
simultaneously develop academic competence in the college curriculum and
adjust to the personal decision-making process college life affords. Each of
the programs is designed to assist in this important college adjustment
process. Freshmen are expected to participate fiilly in this two-part program.

Student Conduct

Website: ■n-ww.iup.edu/studenlaffairs studentconduct

The Office of Student Conduct provides direction and leadership for the
administration of university policies and regulations regarding student
behavior. This includes the adjudication of alleged violations by individual
students and student organizations.

lUP is an academic community w ithin the society at large. .\s a community.
the university has developed a code of standards and expectations that are
consistent with its purpose as an educational institution. lUP reaffirms the
principle of student freedom, coupled with an acceptance of fiill
responsibility for one's behavior and the consequences of such behavior. .As
a member of the academic community and of the larger society, a student
retains the rights, protections, guarantees, and responsibilities that are held
by all citizens.

The intent of this educational system is to create behavioral change in the
student; promote civility, openness, and justice: and also protect the rights of
the members of the university community. The judicial system of lUP exists
to review all alleged violations of univ ersity regulations and'or federal, state,
and local ordinances. The system will hold the student accountable for
his/her actions when lUP regulations or statutes hav e been violated.

The primary fimction of the judicial system is to adjudicate alleged policy
violations by students that occur on campus. The university reserves the right
to adjudicate violations by students in off-campus locations when those
violations might adversely affect the university community. The university
maintains the right to amend its rules and to make such amendments
effective immediately upon appropriate public notification of students. .A
complete statement of regulations is available in the student handbook at
www. iup. edu/sludenlconducvsource.

Student Cooperative .Association
W ebsite: \\"t\~i\. iup.edu coop
E-mail: Co-op-Store(ajiup.edu

The Student Cooperative Association has played an extremely broad role in
the cocurricular life of the university for more than seventy years. All
students and faculty and staff members who pay the .Activity Fee are
members of the association. Virtually all campusw ide activities outside the
instructional program are sponsored w holly or in pan by the association.

The Activity Fee is the chief source of income for the association's
programs. The student's 1-Card will admit him her free of charge or at a
reduced fee to university social, culmral. and athletic events. Other income
for the association comes from the profits of the Co-op Store and income
from events sponsored by the association.

The Student Cooperative Association operates the Hadley Union Building
complex, which houses the Co-op Store and the Fimess Center. The Hadley
Union Building, built by association members through the Activity Fee,
offers many facilities for use by the university community.

The Co-op Recreational Park comprises 270 acres of wooded hillsides and
fields. Included are a lodge building which will accommodate groups of up
to two hundred people, a ski hut. an eighteen-station exercise course, cross-

country skiing and hiking trails, a picnic shelter, an archery range, two
Softball fields, a golf practice range, and a pond for fishing.

Student Publications

The Penn. lUP's campus newspaper, is published three times a week during
the fall and spring semesters by students wishing to gain practical newspaper
experience. Interested students are advised to attend organizational meetings
held in the beginning of each semester. The Penn will carry notices of
subscription drives. .Applications for staff positions may be obtained from
The Penn office. .An on-line version can be found at wvw.coop.iup.edivsc.

The Source (the student handbook) is distributed to aU students electronically
at \i-v,-w.iup.edii'studentconduct,source. It is maintained by the Office of
Student Conduct and includes rules and regulations, the cocurricular
program, and general information of interest to students.

Student Development

W ebsite: h-kiv. iup.edu'studentdev

Student Development provides the follow ing programs supervised by a
faculty member and supported by a graduate assistant: summer orientation
for parents of incoming freshmen and orientation for entering students prior
to the begiiming of classes. Additionally, the director assumes faculty
responsibilities within the Office of .Advising and Testing and acts as the
university's liaison with the Interfaith Council.

Center for Student Life

V\ ebsite: un iv lup. edu studentlife

.As participating members of the IUP community, students occupy a
responsible role in governing and shaping campus life. Since a valuable part
of education lies in participation in groups and activities where experience in
leadership, social and comimmity responsibihty. intellectiuJ curiosity, and
religious interests can be met active participation in varied organizations is
available and encouraged.

There are currently more than 1 80 recognized student organizations at lUT
advised by faculty or statT selected by the students. Swdents are also
encouraged to initiate and support new groups which reflect interests not
represented by existing organizations.

Under the direction of the Center for Student Life and funded for the most
part by the Student Cooperative .Association, many activities are orchestrated
by smdents and offer entertainment and cultural programs for the entire
university community. These activities provide a significant opportunity for
students to become more involved w ith their campus as well as to experience
the growth and personal development tliat invoKetnent provides.

Organizations and activities sponsoring many lUT events include The
Entertainment Netw ork ( TEN ). Ideas and Issues Lecture Series. On Stage
Arts and Entertainment Series, the Black Emphasis Committee, and the
University Concert Committee. These contemporary and fierformmg arts
series provide students both entertainment and educational experiences with
many of today's most popular and classic artists.

Health .AW.AREness maintains a learning-centered philosophy by developing
and delivering educational programs on issues that impact the sociaL
physical, emotional, and spintual lives of students. Health .AW.AREness
addresses the needs of all students by dealing w ith issues related to sexuahty,
HIV. eating disorders, assault, alcohol and drug use, self-esteem, body
image, and stress management.

Student Congress

The Student Congress is the representative and recognized voice of ILT's
student body. The Smdent Congress was reconstituted in the spring of 1989
to be a unified voice in a bicameral (two-house) arrangement. It is led by a
president and a vice president elected at-large in a sprmg general election.
The primary responsibility of the Student Congress House hes » ith the
student members of various univ ersity advisory bodies, including the Student

INDIANA L^rVERSITY OF PEN'NSYLVANIA UNDERGR.ADUATE CAT.ALOG. 2003-04

Paae 19

Cooperative Association Finance Committee, which allocates (iinds in
support of uni\ersily acli\ities. Each member of the Student Congress
Senate serves as a representative on the L'niversitv Senate, the institution's
chief go\eming body. The Student Congress meets weekly. Every student
enrolled at lUP is considered a member of the SC. and input is always
sought and welcome. For more information. \ isit our website at
M'M'M.coop. iup. eduJsc/.

\'eterans .Affairs

Website: wHM.iiip.edii 'veteran

E-mail: i'ets<§ iup.edu

The Veterans Affairs Office provides many services to veterans, including
academic support, tutoring, housing assistance, financial aid. and general
information. The Veterans .AtTairs OtTice is located in 1 26 Clark Hall. For
information on forms, please call 724-357-3009. The Federal Veterans
OtTice telephone number is 800-827-1000.

The following senices are available to IUP students
but are not a part of the Division of Student .Affairs.

Speech and Hearing Clinic

The Speech and Hearing Clinic, located in Davis Hall, offers both diagnostic
evaluations and therapeutic ser\ ices for speech, language, and hearing
problems. The clinic also administers the speech clearance for teacher
education programs.

These sen ices are made available w ithout charge to students regularly
enrolled at the university to give the necessary assistance to alleviate
deficiencies w hich would interfere w ith successful performance and progress
in the university and in future work. Students are encouraged to use the
facilities provided for them and may of their own initiative come to the clinic
for help, or they may be referred by any facultv member or university
official.

Parking

Website: www.iup.edu police parking

Students, faculty, and slatT members who park \ chicles in campus parking
areas must register their \ehicles with the University Police OtTice. Resident
students will be issued parking permits for the following reasons; medical
necessity, student teaching, or other academic need for a vehicle. A w ritten
application must be submitted to and appro\ed b\ the Parking .Authority
Review Board. Parking will be available to resident students not meeting the
aforementioned criteria. Thev may pari; for a fee in the Robertshaw lot or in
the campus parking garage. The University Police Office is located in the
Administrative Annex basement and can be contacted for information on
parking. Rules and regulations can be accessed at the website
Mini . iup. edu police.

Student Rights/Directory Infortnation

The follow ing information is considered directory information under the
Family Educational Rights and Privacy .Act (the Buckley Amendment of
1974) and may be released without the student's permission: name, address,
telephone number, major, student activities, weight and height (athletic
teams), dates and status of attendance, dates of graduation, degrees and
awards received and w here received, most recent educational institution
attended, and e-mail usemame.

Students may request that directory information not be publicly released by
completing a form available in the Office of the Registrar, Clark Hall Uobby.
Forms must be filed by the end of the first week of fall semester classes in
order to ha\e directory information omitted from the printed Campus
Directory. Upon receipt of this signed form in the Registrar's office, all
information will be w ithheld, even beyond graduation, unless the student
requests in writing that this nondisclosure request be rescinded.

Students Rights Under the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords students
certain rights w ith respect to their education records. They follow:

1 . The right to inspect and review the student's education records w ithin
forty-five days of the day the university receives a request for access.
Students should submit to the Registrar, college dean, department chair,
or other appropriate official, w ritten requests that identify the records
they w ish to inspect. The university official will arrange for access and
notify the student of the time and place where the records may be
inspected. If the records are not maintained by the official to whom the
request was submitted, that official w ill advise the student to whom to
direct the request.

2. The right to request amendment of the student's education records that
he/she believes are inaccurate or misleading. Students should submit
such requests in writing to the appropriate uni\ersity offieial. The
written request must clearly identify the part of the record the student
wants to be changed and must specify why it is inaccurate or
misleading. If the universitv- decides not to amend the record as
requested, the student will be notified by a university official of the
decision, and the university official will advise the student of his/Tier
right to a hearing regarding the requested amendment. Additional
information regarding hearing procedures w ill be pro\ ided to the
student when he or she is notified of the right to a hearing.

3. The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable
information contained in the student's education records, except to the
extent that FERP.A authorizes disclosure w ithout consent. One
exception w hich permits disclosure without consent is to school
officials w ith legitimate educational interests. A school official is a
person employed by the uni\ersity in an administrative, supers'isory,
academic or research, or support staff position (including law-
enforcement unit personnel and health staff); a person with whom the
university has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection
agent); a person serving on the Council of Trustees; a student serving
on an official committee, such as a disciplinarv' or grievance
committee, or assisting another school offiicial in performing his or her
tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the
official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his her
professional responsibility. This includes school officials in other
institutions to which a student is seeking admission or intends to enroll.

4. The right to file a complaint w ith the United States Department of
Education concerning alleged failures by Indiana University of
Pennsylvania to comply w ith the requirements of FERP.A. The name
and address of the office that administers FERP.A follows: Family
Policy Compliance OfTice, U.S. Department of Education, 400
Maryland Avenue, SW, Washington, DC 20202-4605.

Student Technology Services

Student Technology Serv ices (STS) provides proactive and reactive
measures to assist students of IUP w ith orientation to and use of computers
and other technology at IUP. One of the goals of STS is to provide students
w ith a place to go for advice and assistance with issues related to computers
and other technology on the campuses of IUP.

The Student Computing Help Desk can address student questions concerning
e-mail, w eb pages, computer account usage, network serv ices such as the
20MB of personal space, etc. Students may contact the help desk via phone
(724-357-2198) or e-mail (Sludeiii-HelpDeskiaiup.edu). The web page at
wH-w.iup.edu/at.t/sls includes several sections which might help students to
answer their own questions. Students are also welcome to visit the Student
Computing Help Desk at 139 Gordon Hall for personal assistance with their
computing problems. The Student Computing Help Desk is open from 10
a.m. until 6 p.m. weekdays.

Page 20

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Computer Software Policy

It is the policy of ILP that contractual]> protected and or copyrighted
computer softw are shall not be improperly copied, distributed, or used by its
employees, students, or affiliated organizations. It is the responsibility of
each member of the universitv community to adhere to this policy and to
enforce it with regard to those they supervise. If any member of the
communitj has a question regarding the propriety of using sofr* are. he'she
is responsible for contacting his her supervisor for direction. The super\isor
may in turn refer the questions to the director of .\cademic Technology
Services for a decision on what constitutes proper use. The full text of the
policy adopted by Universit>- Senate and Council of Trustees in May. 1988,
is a\ailable at w^i-iv tup eduacademicaffairs 'policies.

L niversity Computing Resources Policy

University resources are limited, and the right to use computing resources in
the iup.edu domain does not extend to acti\ities which unfairly deprive other
potential users of access to computing resources, or which impose an
unnecessary burden upon the uni\ersit>. Matters governing the management
and security of the information network and associated computer sy^ems
shall follow the Information .Assurance Guidelines and associated procedures
as approved by the Technology Utilities Council. .All users have an
obligation to use resources responsibly, aware that their use does cost the
university, the Commonw ealth of Pennsy Ivania. and citizens real money to
provide.

Computing administration has an obligation to suspend activities which they
deem to pose a clear and present threat to the efficient operation of and
equitable access to university computing resources. Such suspension should
w henever practical, be accompanied by warning and a clear explanation of
the inappropriate activity. The user has the nght to appeal the suspension
through the faculty, employee, or student judicial processes.

Wireless Communications Policy

Policies and procedures related to w ireless communication shall be
developed and endorsed by the Technology L'tihties Council and forwarded
to the president for approval w ith consideration of recommendations from
the .Academic Computing Policy .Advisory Committee, the .Academic
Technology Operations Group, and the Administrative Computing Oversight
Committee.

Existing procedures and policies related to the administration and
management of the campus network shall apply to all extensions of that
network including wireless components.

Existing procedures and policies related to the security and integrity of the
campus network apply to wireless communication.

In order to facilitate w ireless communication, a portion of the radio airspace
w ithin and beyond the campus will serve as the network transport medium
and be considered the w ireless airspace.

The shared use of the wireless airspace will not be actively monitored.
However, the university may restrict the use of radio devices in university-
owned buildings and buildings owned by affiliated entities and all outdoor
spaces on lUP property that adversely impacts the integrity of the campus
data network.

Definition: Wireless .Airspace: The airspace addressed by this policy is that
defined by the IEEE 802.1 1 DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum)
wireless U.AN specification. This includes, but is not limited to. the FCC
unlicensed 2.4 GHz Industrial Scientific Medical ( ISM) band, the 2.5 GHz
band, and the 5 GHz band as defmed in the 802.1 la and 802.1 lb
specifications.

INDIANA UNrVERSrri' OF PEN'NS'^LX .ANLA L"SDERGR_ADUATE CATALOG. 2003 J>i Page 2 1

Academic Policies

Note: Please see individual college sections for policies pertaining only to particular colleges and majors.

Classification of Students

In order to be classified as full-time for the fall, spring, or summer semester,
undergraduate students must be currently enrolled in at least 1 2 credits.

Full-time classification for students enrolled in instructional periods which
do not conform to the regularK scheduled academic sessions w ill be based
upon the number of enrolled credits during that period of enrollment (e.g., 1
credit in one week of instruction would equal the minimum full-time
certification standard).

For purposes of designating students by class, the following credit
classification ranges arc used;

Freshmen 28 credits or less

Sophomores 29-56 credits

Juniors 57-90 credits

Seniors 91 credits or more

Class designations are based on credits earned rather than credits attempted.
Persons holding a degree and w orking for a second baccalaureate degree
may be classified as seniors.

Normal Credit Loads

A normal credit load is 15-17 credits. A student w ho w ishes to schedule 1 8
or more credits must obtain appro\al from the dean of the college in which
he/she is registered; approval will be predicated upon various criteria such as
the student's demonstrated competencies, total courses, and specific
conditions. If approval is granted, the dean will set the credit limit and make
the appropriate computer entr>'. A student is responsible for paying a per-
credit fee at the current tuition rate for each credit beyond eighteen.

Schedule Changes (Drop/Add)

lUP's registration system. University Records and Scheduling Assistant
(URSA) on the web. is characterized as one of continuous registration. From
the student's initial registration time for a given semester through the end of
the drop add period, a few days into the semester (except for specified
restricted times), a student may modify his/her schedule to the extent that
classes are available or permission to register for a closed or restricted
section has been granted and entered into the computer system. Each student
is responsible for making appropriate computer transactions to ensure
schedule accuracy. Deadlines for the opportunity to drop or add sections can
be found in the academic calendar at the website www.iup.edu/ursa. Note
particularly that, w hile the department may enter permission to register for a
section, the student must complete the actual registration transaction on
URSA.

Advanced Placement and Credit/Exemption
Examinations

C ourscs taken by students prior to college admission under the Advanced
Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board may be
recognized by the award of college credit or by exemption from required
subjects. Those who cam a grade of 3, 4, or 5 in the Advanced Placement
Examination will be granted credit toward the number of credits required for
graduation.

For students who have had other unusual opportunities for instruction or
have advanced in a given field, an opportunity to gain credit and/or
exemption from a course is afforded through examinations. University
Testing Services in the Career Ser\ices Office (302 Pratt Hall) offers credit
options through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP).

Students have an opportunity to gain exemption or credit through successful
completion of comprehensive examinations by requesting from the academic

department an exam as a substitute for completing all the usual requirements
of the course.

A student w ho passes an exemption examination w ill be exempt from taking
that course in his/her academic program. When a student receives credit for a
course by examination, the credit will be applied to graduation requirements
just as though the course had been taken. If a student is granted exemption
only (no credits) from a course, he/she will be permitted to take a free
elective in place of that course. This enables the student to specialize further,
correct weaknesses outside the major field, build knowledge in an ancillary
area, or be introduced to an entirely different area.

Courses for w hich credit or exemption arc awarded by examination w ill not
be used in the determination of grade-point averages.

Internship/Cooperative Education

Students may apply for an internship if they have completed 57 credits and
have at least a 2.0 GPA. Internship sites are normally located w ithin a 500-
mile radius of the campus. Overseas placements are located near an lUP
center. Internships are available in state and federal offices; businesses at the
local, slate, and national level; state-related agencies; corporations; and
foundations.

Students may apply for a co-op if they have completed 30 credits and have at
least a 2.0 GPA. Two experiences are required. Sites are national and
international. Placements parallel those of the internship program.

Because internships are viewed as an integral part of the student's academic
program, students who are interested in specific internship programs should
consult with the internship advisor in the department of their major. A
maximum of 12 credits is applicable to an undergraduate degree program
from any combination of co-op and internship experiences.

Prior Learning/Portfolio Assessment

Prior Learning .Assessment Programs

lUP offers several methods for earning university credit for college-level
learning gained through w ork and life experience. Through the Office of
Career Services, the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offers
standardized examinations in general and specific subjects. In addition,
departmental examinations are also available in specific areas on a limited
basis.

Where examinations are not available, portfolio assessment may provide the
student with the opportunity to present evidence of learning for evaluation by
a university faculty member. Through portfolio assessment, work and life
experiences are evaluated to determine their appropriateness and
applicability for university credit. Credits earned through prior learning
assessment may not be applied toward university residency requirements for
awarding of degrees. In addition, no more than one-half of the credits
required for a student's major may be earned by CLEP, departmental
examination, and portfolio assessment. Contact the School of Continuing
Education for information regarding portfolio assessment.

Policy: lUP has authorized a policy for assessment of prior learning that
took place outside traditional classrooms in a procedure known as Portfolio
Assessment. It is particularly designed for adults with extensive
documentable know ledge from work experience, travel, independent study,
or other out-of-class experiences.

Principles:

1 Credit awarded through portfolio evaluation must conform to specific
course titles listed in this catalog. Credit awards for general broad areas
(block credit) will not be permitted.

Page :

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

2. In order to request a portfolio assessment, the student must be currently
enrolled at lUP. Credit awarded must be intended for use as part of a
degree or certification program.

3. Each department w ill determine the maximum number of credits to be
awarded for pnor learning for its major. In no case » ill more than one-
half of the major be earned through CLEP, challenge examinations, and
other forms of prior learning assessment.

4. Credits earned through portfolio assessment may not apply as residency
credit for the purpose of awarding degrees.

5. Credits earned through portfolio assessment may be awarded only as
regular course credit

6. If a related examination is available through CLEP or if a challenge
examination has previously been established for the course, a portfolio
assessment of those credits will not be accepted.

7. Acceptance of portfolio assessment credits by the department w ill be
indicated by the signature of the chairperson of the department offering
the course. The dean of the appropriate lUP college and the assistant
dean of the School of Continuing Education must also indicate
approval.

8. Students may quality- solely for undergraduate credit-not graduate
credit.

9. The title of the course, the credits, and the indication that credit w as
earned through PortfoUo Assessment w ill be recorded on the academic
record.

Procedures:

1. Student meets with the assistant dean of the School of Continuing
Education to determine the feasibilitv' of earning credits through
portfolio evaluation. Standard outlines of related courses are provided
to student.

2. Prehminary .Application Form-Student must provide a resume and
answer the follow ing questiotis:

a. What have you learned that relates to this course?

b. Where and w hen have you learned it?

c. What documentation do you have that supports the claim?

3. .A handbook to assist students in compiling a portfolio w ill be printed.
It will show how to relate to the w ritten portfoho learning gained
through work experience, independent study, and other experiences.
Evidence of learning through documentation of experience, completion
of a project and written examination will be explained. If there is
sufficient demand, a w orkshop w ill be conducted to assist students.

4. Fees:

.Application Fee per Assessment: S 1 5.00

.Assessment Fee: one-half the current rate of tuition per credit for each

credit requested; to be paid when portfolio is submitted for evaluation.

5. The application will be submitted to the assistant dean of the School of
Continuing Education. Upon approval, the chairperson of the
department offering the course w ill be requested to suggest the name of
a facult\' member to the dean of the college for approval.

6. The facult> member will meet w ith the student to determine the
technique of assessment or a combination of techniques to be used,
including interviews, documentation, observation of performance,
examination, etc.

7. After the portfolio has been prepared by the student, it w ill be
submitted to the assistant dean of the School of Continuing Education
for review, then forwarded to the appointed faculty member for
assessment.

8. The faculty member w ill evaluate the portfolio, then make a
recommendation for or against the award of credit and the amoimt of
credit in the form of a letter, which must be approved and
countersigned by the chairperson of the department offering the course.
The portfolio will be forwarded to the dean of the college which
oversees the student's curriculum to approve and verify that the course
will be accepted as part of the student's program. Finally, the portfolio
is sent to the assistant dean of the School of Continuing Education,

w ho w ill notify the student and the registrar.

9. The registrar w ill list the course title, credit, and an indication that
credit was earned through Portfolio .Assessment.

Advisor> Program

.A group of selected facult> members act as freshman advisors for entering
freshmen in their departments. In some curricula the advisors continue with
the same group of advisees from year to year. In other curricula the freshman
ad\Hsors remain w ith their advisee groups only for the students' first year,
under this program, the student is then assigned an academic advisor for the
remaining years through to his/her degree in a chosen field.

Faculty advisors counsel the students on academic achievement, dropping
courses, changing curriculum, student activities, study schedules, and
personal problems.

Change of Major

For students changing majors for minors) in the College of Education
and Educational Technology or in the Eberly College of Business and
Information Technology, special policies apply. Please refer to the
individual college sections in this catalog for change of major policies
pertaining to specific colleges and majors.

To qualify for change of major, a student must be in academic good standing
(2.00 GP.A) and must meet any other requirements specific to the major.
Criminology majors and all teacher certification programs have requirements
beyond a 2.00 GPA.

A student must apply for a change of major in the office of the dean of the
college in which the student Is registered if the curriculum change desired is
from one department to another w ithin the same college (for example,
change from a mathematics major to a biolog> major) or in the office of the
dean of the college to which the student w ishes to transfer if the curriculum
change is from one college to another (for example, secondary education
major to biology major). In either case, the student w ill complete an
appUcation form that is available in the dean's office. Before seeking a
change of major, it is advisable that the student consult with the
departmental chairpersons of both the "old" and "new" majors.

When a student changes colleges, the dean (or dean's agent) of the college
into which the transfer is sought w ill evaluate the student's credits before
approving the transfer. .A copy of the evaluation will be made available to the
student and his. her new advisor if a change of major is effected.

In cases involving students who are veterans, the dean of the college into
which transfer is sought (or dean's agent) shall give the veteran a statement
of prospective approval and the effective date of the proposed changes. This
statement shall also indicate the amount of extended training time the change
of major will entail and the amount of credit loss, if any. The veteran shall
take this statement to the veteran's counselor at least one month prior to the
effective date of the change. No transfer of curriculum shall be made b>
veterans until \'..\. approval has been assured.

Sophomore Screening for Junior Status .\pproval

General poiicv at IL P permits each college to determine its o» n scheme for
evaluating the development and progress of its major students. How ev er,
each college is expected to employ some effective procedure for such
evaluation.

Several of the colleges use a procedure called "Sophomore Screening for
Junior Status .Approval" w ith the following required: .All students (in such a
college) enrolled in their fourth semester or who w ill complete 57 credits
attempted by the end of the current semester must apply for Junior Status
approval by filling out an application form by the deadline date designated
and announced.

All students should check with their faculty advisors to determine which
colleges use the "Junior Status" screening procedure and the criteria for
Junior Status Approval.

INDLANA LNrV'ERSm OF PENNSYLVA.NIA UNDERGR-ADL ATE CAT.\LOG. 2003-04

Paae 23

University Policy on Semester Course Syllabi

Each facully member shall prepare and dislribute. » ithoiil charge, to each
student within one week of the first meeting of the class a semester course
syllabus. The syllabus « ill be consistent with course content and catalog
description, which was approved by the Curriculum Committee of the
University Senate tor the initial course offering or revision. Semester syllabi
may be distributed in hard copy or electronically.

The semester course syllabus is a vehicle of communication to promote
student academic planning and to avoid misunderstandings of course plan
and requirements.

It is recommended that each syllabus include:

a. the faculty member's name, office location, telephone number, and
office hours

b. an outline of the course content, objectives, and prerequisites, as
appropriate

c. information about the required textbook(s) with title, author, and
edition, and any other required materials

d. information on the detemiination of grades, including the weight, types,
and scheduling of evaluations, other planned requirements, and
expectation for class participation

e. statement of policies and/ or penalties for make-up exams and late
submission of assiimmcnls

Undergraduate Course Attendance Policy

The university expects all students to attend class.

Individual faculty members may define attendance standards appropriate to
each course and the consequences of not meeting those standards, within the
following guidelines:

1 . Each policy must be distributed in writing during the first week of the
course. Normally, it is expected that the information dealing with class
attendance standards will be distributed w ith the Semester Course
Syllabus.

2. Each policy must recognize students' need to miss class because of
illness or personal emergency.

3. Each policy must define some limited level of allowable absence,
normally at least a number of clock hours equal to course credits.

Anticipated Class Absence for University
Representation and Participation

The university tonimunily recogni/es the values of student participation in
cocurricular and extracurricular activities of the university. lUP has fostered
this participation w ith an informal policy of good faith accommodation to
meet overlapping demands of the curricular and extracurricular
commitments.

The underlying spirit of good faith accommodation ultimately is set in the
faculty member's unabridged right to determine the terms of variance, if any.
from the established course syllabus-tests, quizzes, due dates for papers or
other assignments, projects, presentations, and all other course operations.

In seeking variance, the student must take the initiative to make all arrange-
ments including validation of participation as needed. The student should
generally assume that papers and such assignments should be completed and
submitted before the anticipated class absence. Alternate arrangements for
tests, quiz/cs. labs, or class participation activity (panels, simulations,
presentations) should be sought sufficiently in advance to permit faculty/
student agreement on the plan for completion, whether the actual completion
is rescheduled to be prior to or subsequent to the anticipated absence.

university community. In general, however, lUP's practice will be to remain
open and to conduct classes and business as usual during periods of
inclement w eather.

Closure of the University : Should adverse weather conditions arise or be
anticipated that would make it inadvisable to operate the university on a
given day, the president may. at his discretion, close the institution (i.e.,
cancel all classes and on-campus activities at all campuses). In the event of
either a full- or partial-day closure, notification will be provided to the
following radio and television stations: WDAD Radio (Indiana), WCCS
Radio (Homer City), WJAC-TV (Johnstown), KDKA-TV and KDKA
Radio-1020 AM (Pittsburgh), and WTAE-TV and WTAE Radio-1250 AM
(Pittsburgh).

Cancellation or lUP-Sponsored Activities or Events in the Absence of
University Closure: Should adverse weather conditions arise or be
anticipated that would make it inadvisable to conduct an lUP-sponsored
activity or event on a date when the university otherwise remains open, the
sponsoring unit/department has the option to cancel or postpone the function.
The sponsoring unit'department also assumes responsibility for notifying
event participants of the cancellation/postponement in an appropriate and
timely manner.

Quality Points and Determining GPA

Grades and Quality Points

In the grading system, the following grades are used in reporting the standing
of students at the end of each semester or session:

Grade Description Quality Points

Excellent 4 quality points/credit

Good 3 quality points/credit

Average 2 quality points/credit

Passing I quality point/credit

Failing 0 quality points/credit

Passing 0 quality points/credit (for credit courses

only) (see policy explanation)
Satisfactory 0 quality points (for zero-credit courses only)
Unsatisfactory 0 quality points (for zero-credit courses only)

Designations (carrying no quality points):
Audited Course
Examination
Portfolio Assessment

Incomplete-Student was unable to complete the coursework due
to unexpected illness or personal emergency (see policy
explanation)

Late Grade/Continuing Course-Student work is expected to
extend beyond a given semester (see policy explanation)
Other Location

Total Semester Withdrawal-Used prior to 2002 w hen a student
had totally and officially w ithdrawn from the university for a
given semester

Research in progress (graduate)
Transfer
Exemption

Withdrawal-Used when a student has elected to withdraw from
a course; the "W" designation is not issued by instructors (see
policy explanation)

Grade not reported by instructor. No grade information was
reported by the end of the normal grading period

A
B
C
D
F
P

Other

AUD

EXM

FOL

OL
Q

TR
XMT
W

Inclement Weather Policy ""^

Indiana University ol Pennsylvania is committed to the safety and security of
its students, faculty, staff and visitors. Because of this commitment, the
decision whether the university should close or remain open during periods
of adverse weather conditions is based on the overall concern for the

Grades followed by the designations below indicate the application of a

policy which has amended the student's cumulative grade-point

average.

Institutional Credit (credit counts tow ard enrollment status, but
does not count toward graduation or in GPA calculation)
Cancelled .Semester (see policy explanation)

* Fresh Start (see policy explanation)

Page 24

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Determinins GPA

Audit Policy

CuniulaD\ e Grade Poini A\ erase ( CGPA i is determined by multiplying the
credits for a course by the quality points received for that course. Then, the
total number of semester quality points for all courses is divided by the total
number of credits anempted.

Academic Honors

IL P recognizes acjJeniic achievement through Dean's Lists, Provost's
Scholars, and graduation honors.

Provost's Scholar

PrD\ost's Scholars are recognized annually. .At the start of the Fall semester.
any undergraduate student » ho meets the follow ing requirements is eligible
to be named a Provost Scholar

• .A current junior with a minimum of 45 credits earned (completed,
graded) at IL'P

• .A cumulative GPA of 3.50 or higher

• Must not have received this award previously (recognition is given only
once)

Dean's List

L ndergraduate students receive tecognitioa on the Dean's List for each
semester ( or summer sessions cumulatively) in which they earn at least a
3.25 GPA based on at least 12 credits of graded (not P Ft coursework.

Graduation Honors

Traditional Latin honors are awarded at graduaticxi to first bachelor's degree
candidates w ith appropriate academic records. Calculation is based on all
imdergraduate credits and quality points earned at IL'P. Graduation honors
are not granted for second ( subsequent! degrees. The distinctions are:

Cum laude-3.25 to 3.49 cumulative GP.A

Magna cum laude-i.50 to 3.74 cumulative GP.A

Summa cum laude-3.75 to 4.00 cimiulati\e GP.A

Beginning December. 1994. non-Latin honors are awarded to associate
degree candidates. The distinctions are:

fCirh Honor-j.25 to 3.49 cimiulative GP.A

With High Honor-3.5Q to 3. ''4 cumulative GP.A

ff'iih Highest Honor-i.lS to 4.00 cumulative GP.A

Grading Policies

Shortly after each semester or session, a grade report w ill be available to
each student at the University Records and Scheduling Assistant (URSA)
system at vrww.ii^.edwursa.

(Jiiality points are not counted on credits from other schools, and a student
transferring from another school is held responsible for quality points only
on work taken at this university.

Institutioaal credits are associated w ith remedial courses which are

numbered below 100. Credits horn institutional credit courses do not apply
to degree requirements for graduation but are used in determining enrollment
status ( ftill- or part-time), inchiding financial aid and athletic (NCAA)
eligibility.

.Midterm Grade Report Policy

To help undergraduate students monitor their academic performance, faculty
members » ill provide a » artung to smdents w ith unsatisfactory performance
at midterm. Using the university's accepted grade reporting technology,
faculty members w ill assign a midterm grade of "D" (danger or potential
faihire) or "F" ( failure). Each semester the Registrar w ill establish and
antKNince the dates for the w indow within » hich midterm grades may be
posted by faculty members and read by students and advisors. The midterm
grade is an advisory grade and is not a permanent pan of a student's
academic history. It w ill not be used to determine enrollment status,
dismissaL or eligibilitv for financial aid. housina. or athletics.

All audited courses w ill be identified as such on the student's grade report
and transcript. Work taken on an audit basis will not be graded and will not
count toward the fulfillment of requirements for a degree to be awarded by
lUP. Since credits attempted and quality points will not be awarded for
audited courses, they w ill not affect the student's grade-point average in any
way. Auditors w ill pay normal tuition and such other fees as may be required
for the course.

To audit an imdergraduate course, a person must be admitted to the univer-
sity and have met course prerequisites. Students wishing to audit a course for
which they registered should obtain a Course .Audit Form from the office of
the department offering the course. Students must first register for the course
before filing a course audit form. All audit processing, including revocation
of previously requested audit classification, must be completed dunng the
regular drop add period. Copies of the completed form are returned to the
Registrar's Office, to the department chairperson, and to the student. .Audit
students have the same privileges as other students in all coursework. There
is no limit on the number of courses which may be audited.

Pass-Fall Policy

The purpose of pass-fail is to permit a student to take an elective course in a
field of personal interest w here he she may be competing with major
students in the department in which the course is offered. When scheduled,
such a course shall be included in the student's normal course load for the
semester.

A student may take courses on a pass-fail basis to a total of 1 5 credits
throughout hislier imiversity career. The student is limited to one pass-fail
course in any given semester during the sophomore, junior, and senior years.
All courses in the student's Liberal Studies program and courses required to
meet major and minor requirements are excluded from this prerogative.

The student must declare hisher intent to choose pass-fail in a specific
course no later than six weeks after the beginning of the semester or the
equivalent timespan in a summer session. Once declared, this pass-fail
option may not be revoked. Instructors will not be notified of the identity of
pass-fail students in their courses. The grade given by the instructor will be
translated to a "P" or "F' during grade processing.

A student shall be given academic credit without quality points for a course
taken pass-fail upon receiving a passing mark in the course. The credits
successfiilly completed under pass-fail ("passed"), within the overall 15-
credit limitation, shall be recorded as counting tow ards the total credits
earned for graduation but not tow ards the credit-attempted data used in
calculation of the cumulative grade-point average. However, if a student fails
a pass-fail course, he she will receive the "F" grade and the corresponding
grade-point average. .An "F' earned under the pass-fail option may be
repeated only under the graded option to prov ide the quality points to
correspond to the "hours attempted" incurred with the "F."

The summer sessions, collectively or in any combination, shall be considered
a imit similar to a spring or fall semester for pass-fail purposes. Hence, a
student is permitted to take only one course during the simimer on a pass-fail
basis.

Exceptions: Currently, there are two courses which are exceptions to the
Pass-Fail Course Policy. EDUC 389 and NMDT 434 are only offered on a

pass-fail basis.

I (Incomplete) Policy

The designation of 1 is used to record w ork w hich, so far as covered, is of
passing grade but is incomplete because of personal illness or other
unavoidable reasons. Changes of grade to conven designations of 1 must be
received in the Office of the Registrar no later than the last day of regular
classes preceding the final exam period in the next regular ( fall spring)
semester after the 1 designation was assigned. The dean of the college in
which the course is otTered may approve an extension, provided the faculty
member concurs. .A facultv member assisnins an I designation must

INDLANA UMXTRSm' OF PENNSM.VANLA L'NDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG, 2003-(M

Paae25

; « fane imgcMig die waA to be « > Mifiif tf d , <Vaiflinrs for
oampleban (ii is not aeoessa> io aOo* die naTinwni aDo«:abk omei, and
a.iAr*ittfc to esaUtsb die fiosl ^ade. Copies of die uauptaed fonn vill be
soM 10 die dqimiueui chaiipgson. lo die dem of die ooOege io «iiidi the
oonse is nn^i. and to die smdeni leoervii^ die I dragmifi. To mooiKy I
, die lEgisnr sball sobraiiio eadi &co^ I

r rcpons ^**'"***-'— *^^*j^ 1 des^gBai]ao&.

PaMcT

L (Late Grade. CoDtioDin .

^ -ouset IS tpptapiiite for cases
. ' ood a ghoi soiiester
-^ "-A a ds^paboo all.
-'le » oorapkie dieir
c piTinXiai emerggDcy. L

The ds^Hkn o3 L > L^ii: ^ -
B wfaidi sudeia voifc s evp;
sessaoo. The Ai-Matiwt of L i> u^-. ^ .-^
whidi is onhf a|)|nifnaie far individoai -
zmBcafaaexpeatdiBoesi
& arc appropcuAe fort

a. hi iiisIh|is, |aai lit was, field eaperieace conrses. waishoys, and
■depeadem snahes ifaaL by des^n. enend beyond die narmal end of
the ^ada^ period.

b. OdMS as appwwgd by die dcpwumja cfaaapfrsnn and die dean of die
ooOeaeinwhicbdieoaacseisiai^a. If a specific oooise is alwajs
eivMe for L A-sJgMfinns. die dean may aaa landing appro%'al for L
'f'atr*'**"^ e\vx\ dme die coiHse is offoed.

Faciik>' sanbK 10 use die L opdon for c&Me causes musioaiifyifae
i^ituai nro «^eeks prior to die end of classes so dut die sndes cat be pie-
f—rtrri L drsipiarinns *1i>cfa are not preooded may be gi\«n only widi die
pennissioB of die depanmeni cfaaapeRon and die dean of ifae coilc^ in
whidiifaedes^Blian isawanled.

faisinicHrs »in oonven L desi^aDans 10 kner endes ai die end of die
onane. Unless mt mmsion b nbraaml fiom die dean of die ooOeee m
viacli Ae cxMMse was tau^ta. an L des^iabon mresoived al die end of one
\ear wil be ooavcned to an F.

prior D or F grade: die credit for die D repeat counts ooh' oace.
The naosaipt conliiiues to indicate all repealed courses.

c. Course transfers: Students seeking lo rq>lace or a\erage D and F
grades must repeal these courses at lUP. If an lUP course in
which a student recerv ed an F is repeated at another institiiticiD.
the credit will transfer to lUP. but the wiginal F » ill continue to
count tosrard the FUP GPA. If an lUP course in » hich a student
iBcer\'ed a D is repeated at ancstber uiii\'ersit>-. neither the grade
nor fte credii » ill transfer.
3. Other grades: Courses in which students earned a grade of .\. B. C. or

P may be nepeaieid ooK on an audit basis. Ne» grades will not be

assigned and addibooal credit niU not be avk arded.

This pohcy also a{^es to transfer credit. Students receKing transfer credit
for an ILT course may not repeat that course at lUP. SimilarK . audents wbo
ha\« ahcady earned a passmg grade m an lUP course may not subsequenth'
leceh'e naisfer credit for tiial same oomse.

CanceUfd Semester PoUc>

The Cancelled SemesiCT Policy provides for cancellation from the cumulative
reccrd of ibe effecu of one semester below a GP.\ of 2.00 for the purpose
of bdping a student improve academic standing. The student must have been
separated fiiom the universitj for four consecutive semesters and the
intervening summer sessiaos.

Semesler to iecanc«£ia/ refers loairs' semester of emoUment whedier Adl-
or pan-lime. Students may elect to use an enrolled summer as their
"semester" to be canoeiled. The entire summer of any gi\ en x-ear » ill be
treated as a semeaer for the ftuipose of cancellation of grades. Cancellcaion
removes the madiematic effect of all grades (passing, failing, uitfadravals)
£nom tbe semester, but there is no abridgement of the transcripA. .Ml comses
and oT^jnal ^ades remain visible on the official transcript: credit tonard
^atbalion remains for those credits associated « ith passing grades.

To moaiMK L designatinns. the Reeistnr sb*D sobimi to each iaailty

■■»^Ji«. mMk^ sr^nrofr r»jw»l» nt .11 >MC«»Miii^ t Ar^i^tmiWK. xm^lApA

by dia beaky member. The pnqMse of these repons is to help infoon
&caky as they help saadenB coopteae thea ooosewodL

Grade Chaage PaBcT

Oace earned ^ades faa\« been reoorded. ifae>- ma} oe cnat^ea oolj- m the
case of dericil anKor cakataUHi entr or in the event of a sacoessfiil ^ade
appeal h is not approptiMe to change a grade based apon optioas, such as
I assignments, that are not equally avalable to an sindenls. The
r for conections of dericri and or calmhiinB entasis the end of the
next re^ibr (fan sprii^) semester aAer the ^ade has been avanied.

Coar« Rqieat PoBcy

A student nny not normally repeat an arfirtrniir coiBse. Exceplians to this
pohcyare:

1. Ptpntihli taaiiti. Certain courses are d^Me for repeat for credit
aad ^ade. These oonnes are advaooed ait studio coorses. music
ensemUes. special topics oovses (281. 4S1 ) if the topic is dififereaL
and other specificaly desttnated comses.

2. DaadF^adcK

a. Repeal «ith lepboameEC: Undergraduate snidmrs are pomiBed to
icphoe the grades and qoaiii>- points for coiases in vfaich tfae>-
leoeive a D or F grade b> repeata^ that oaiase at lUT and filiiK a
repe« fonn witfa die RecEtnr's Office: Only six repeat-wilb-
repfaoement jnrni|Ws are pemBHed duriiu a student's eotae
undagiaduaie career. In falmfating QPA. die new grade and
(pnlity points earned mjH replace Ae old. However, the tnasci^it
maiwirs to dnr^^llfw^ all acadeunL irofc. and repeated conrses
are not dclcvil fitm the visual rcoonL

K RepeM with aviiagii^ hi aililitwi to the six rcpeat-wiih-
n^>lai fTOHW optious. imdeiusadDaie smdems may repeat other
coiases io which Ae> receive a D cr F sade. In these other repeal
aiirmpts. the aew ^ade is avenged wah. instead of repiacii^ the

A student readmitted trader this pobcy must meet current degree
requiremenls and «il] be review ed under current academic standards
iiei|iiiiiaueiils applicable ai the time of readmission-

This policy ma}' be invc^ed onh' once in a student's undergraduate
enroflment in the universiiv'. Wliile readrmssion may be based on tbe
api^cation of the cancelled semester, the transcript record will reflect this
only aAer the smdent is enrolled and attending lUP. It is not a toed to qualiiy
for naisfer to another institution.

The student must appK to the college of which he 'she was a member at tbe
time (^last emtdhnent If a student wishes to enter a major in a college other
than the one fron which be she v» as separated, he she w ill appK to the
Ofigiiial coDeee. which will for» aid the apphcatian and related records to tbe
new coOege for action. Tbe college will inform ti>e Office of the Registrar if
the applicatiao is ap^xoved. .Autborizalioo for r^istiatioD will come from
diat office.

Fresh Stan Policy

A student wbo has been academicallv dismissed and separated from tiie
imhersitv for a minimum of fiv e coosecum e calendar v'ears may apph for
readmission. Having review ed tbe prior and mieivening factors for evidence
of potential for inqjroved academic success, tbe college dean or designee
ma> readmit tbe studenL This policy applies to a student's first baccalaureate
degree, and a studem may be readmitted under this pohcv onh' once. .\
iiiinitniim (rf"30 credits must be ccmipleied at lUP after a student returns to
lUP imder this policy.

Asinder' ^-f to enter a major in a college other than the one from

which be . -missed will apph to tbe original coUege. vn hich » ill

forward tlx: ^ipiication and related records lo die new college for action.

CiiaditioBS for a Fresh Start Record: .AH crediu and grades for lUP
CCTHseaoil laVen prior to readmission under this polic} shall remain on die
transcrqiL Upon readmission. a new cumulathe (GP.A ) is estabUshed based
upon credos and grades earned from the date of readmissicn.

?33£>

ISDLVNA L-NIN-ERSm OF PE.VNS^XVAMA UNDERGR.ADL .ATE CAT.ALOG. 2003-04

Prior Record: Previously accepted transfer credits and lUP courses in
whicli grades of C or better were earned prior to readmission will be
reviewed in terms of appropriateness (applicability, timeliness) to the new
degree. Those courses, approved by the college dean or designee, w ill be
counted as credits earned and applied toward graduation in the manner of
transfer credits.

Academic Standards: A student who is readmitted under the provisions of
this policy shall be required to meet current degree requirements. He/she
shall be academically reviewed under the policies published m the academic
catalog at the time of rematriculation. A student readmitted under this policy
waives the right to exercise the cancelled semester policy.

Withdrawal Policies

'^t^T^"

Individual Course Withdrawal Policy

The Individual Course Withdrawal Policy provides students who are unable
to complete a course with the option of withdraw ing from that course. This
option should be taken only after other options have been discussed with the
instructor and/or the student's advisor.

During the Fall and Spring semesters, Individual Course Withdrawals may
be processed using the computer registration system between the day after
the conclusion of the drop/add period and the end of the first two-thirds of
the academic term. During summer parts of term, the deadline is the two-
thirds point of each summer course for which the student is registered. After
the two-thirds point of each semester or part of summer term, students may
no longer process Individual Course Withdrawals.

A student needing to withdraw from a course after the deadline must process
a request for deadline waiver through the office of the dean of his or her
college. Approval of the waiver is contingent upon documentation of
catastrophic circumstances preventing the student from completing the
semester. If a waiver is approved, the college office will arrange for
recording the "W" designation.

Since instructors inform students of their standing in class prior to the two-
thirds point of the semester (Midterm Grade Report Policy), students will be
able to discuss course w ithdrawals with instructors and/or academic advisors
to assess alternatives. Students, advisors, and instructors should also
understand the significant impact of course withdrawal on financial aid
eligibility (percent of completion and eligibility to move to the next class
level), athletic eligibility, and health insurance which requires full-time
status. Students are also cautioned to consider the detrimental impact of Ws
in a transcript review by a prospective employer or graduate school.

Total University' Withdrawal Policy

The Total University Withdrawal policy provides students who are unable to
complete a semester with the option of withdrawing from all classes, and
thus from the university, for that semester. During the fall and spring
semesters. Total University Withdrawals may be processed between the first
day of classes and the end of the eleventh week of the semester. During
summer parts of term, the deadline is the two-thirds point of each summer
course for which the student is registered.

Late yVilhJrawal: Any undergraduate student who needs to withdraw from
the university after the deadline must process a waiver through the office of
the dean of his or her college. Approval of the waiver is contingent upon
documentation of catastrophic circumstances preventmg the student from
completing the semester. Approved waivers must be submitted to the
Advising and Testing Center and attached to the Total University
Withdrawal form for processing as below.

Involuntary ff'ithjrawal: Any undergraduate student involuntarily
withdrawing from the university as a result of suspension or expulsion
unrelated to violations of the Academic Integrity Policy will automatically
have the designation of "W" assigned to each registered course as a result of
such judicial action.

Process: Undergraduate students voluntarily withdrawing from the
university during the fall, spring, or summer semesters must process a Total
University Withdrawal I'orm with the Advising and Testing Center, Pratt
Hall, 724-3.'i7-4067. Once the Total University Withdrawal has been
processed, a withdraw designation ("W") will be assigned to all registered
courses in the semester from which the student is withdrawing.

Readmission: Requests for readmission for academically dismissed students

or first-semester and transfer students who withdraw from the university
voluntarily during their first semester of full-time enrollment will be
forwarded to the Office of the Dean of the college in which the student was
enrolled at the time of dismissal or total university withdrawal for a decision
on the student's readmission.

Students should refer to the Readmission Policy for Students Who Withdraw
from the University Voluntarily in the Admissions section of this catalog for
further information about returning to lUP after processing a Total
University Withdrawal. Applications for Readmission are available in the
Registrar's Office, Clark Hall, 724-357-2217.

lUP Policy for Enrolled Students Called to Active
Military Service

lUP provides two options for students who are currently enrolled but called
to active military duty before the end of the semester:

Option 1

The student may choose to do a total semester withdrawal from all his/
her classes, and under a Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education
policy, receive a full refund for tuition and fees; any university room and
dining hall contract fees would be refunded on a prorated basis for the actual
services the student has received up to the date of the withdrawal. This
option requires that the student withdraw from every course and receive no
grade for any course taken in that semester.

To process a total semester withdrawal, undergraduate students must contact
the lUP Advising and Testing Center, 106 Pratt Hall, 724-357-4067,
{www.iup.edu/advisinglesting or e-mail at advising-testing&iup.edu) to
complete the necessary paperwork to assign the course withdrawal
designations and to start the process for refunds; graduate students must
notify the lUP School of Graduate Studies and Research, 101 Stright Hall,
724-357-2222 (h-h-m'. iup.edu/graduate).

Any student who has elected to use this option shall be granted readmission
for the next semester in which the student wishes to return to lUP. The
student's academic standing at the time of readmission shall remain as it was
prior to the call to active military duty.

Option 2

If a substantial part of the semester has been completed by the time the
student is called for active military duty, the student may meet with each
instructor to determine an appropriate grade. Since assignment of grades is
the responsibility of the instructor, he/she may assign whatever grade is
appropriate. If the appropriate grade is an "incomplete," lUP will extend the
deadline by which the incomplete must be removed to 180 days from the
lime the student returns from active duty. Any university room and dining
hall contract fees would be refunded on a prorated basis for the actual
services the student has received up to the date of leaving the university for
active duty.

Undergraduate students must contact the lUP Advising and Testing Center
to complete the necessary paperwork to start the process for refunds;
graduate students must notify the lUP School of Graduate Studies and
Research.

Any student who has elected to use Option 2 who wishes to return to lUP
must contact the lUP Registrar's Office to have his/her status reactivated.

Questions may be addressed to the Registrar's Office, 300 Clark Hall, 724-
357-22 1 7 (HWH\ iup.edu/registrar).

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 27

Academic Standards Policy

A. Purpose: The uni\crsil\ establishes minimum standards for cumulative
grade point average (CGPA) to encourage academic accomplishment
and timely progress toward graduation.

This policy applies to all undergraduate students. Designated
subpopulations are subject to modifications listed in Section I'.

B. Definitions

1 . Academic Good Standing: Students maintaining a CGPA of at
least 2.00 are in Academic Good Standing.

2. Probation: Students whose CGPA falls below the 2.00 standard
are on probation during the next fall, spring, or summer semester
for which they are registered.

3. Extended Probation: Students w ho have been authorized to
continue, even though they have not achieved a 2.00 CGPA after
one semester of probation, are on extended probation.

4. Academic Recovery Plan: Students whose CGPA falls below the
2.00 standard must develop an Academic Recovery Plan for
achieving academic good standing.

C. Administrative Review and Enforcement of Standards

1 . Each college, branch campus, and the Learning Enhancement
Center w ill designate an Academic Standards Officer who will be
responsible for academic review and enforcement of standards.

2. An academic review is conducted at the end of each fall, spring,
and summer semester.

a. Students earning a 0.00 CGPA at the end of their first
semester of full-time enrollment will be dismissed from the
university.

b. Other students falling below the 2.00 CGPA standard will be
continued on probation for one semester and be required to
develop and implement an .Academic Recovery Plan.

c. Students still below the 2.00 cumulative GPA standard after
a semester of probation are subject to dismissal. The
Academic Standards Officer may grant one semester of
extended probation to those w ho ( 1 ) made progress toward
academic good standing while on probation or followed their
approved Academic Recovery Plan, and (2) have a
reasonable mathematical chance of reaching a 2.00 CGPA
after one additional semester. Other probation students will
be dismissed.

d. Students still below the 2.00 CGPA standard after a
semester of extended probation will be dismissed.

e. Students who regain academic good standing but again fall
below the 2.00 standard in a subsequent semester are
awarded another semester of probation and. where
appropriate, extended probation.

D. Academic Recover) Plan: Students not meeting the 2.00 CGPA
standard must design and implement a comprehensive plan leading to
academic good standing. The plan must be developed with and
approved by the appropriate Academic Standards Officer.

1 . Analysis: Students must identify the factors causing their
unsatisfactory achievement.

2. Planning: Plans must include a schedule of minimum grades
needed to achieve academic good standing.

3. Commitment: Students must commit to the changes in behavior
necessary to achieve academic success. This might include
changes in time management, career exploration, and the use of
such support services as academic advisors, tutoring, the Writing
Center, the Counseling Center, the Learning Enhancement Center,
workshops on study skills and related activities, and any other
opportunities deemed important by the Academic Standards
Officer.

4. Documentation: Each plan must include a satisfactory method of
documentation. Records of attendance at classes and support
services, joumaling of activities supporting academic success, and
conferences are potential vehicles to be considered.

E. Dismissal and Rcadmission

1 . Students dismissed under this policy may not be readmitted for at
least one calendar year.

2. Dismissed students are not eligible for enrollment in any session
(including summer sessions) for at least one calendar year. After
one calendar year dismissed students may enroll in summer
courses, but they are cautioned against enrolling without
consulting their Academic Standards Officer.

3. Dismissed students may. after one calendar year, apply for
readmission through the Office of the Registrar.

a. Those students who, in the opinion of the appropriate
Academic Standards Officer, are likely to achieve academic
success may be readmitted.

b. Decisions for readmission are the responsibility of the
Academic Standards Officer of the college the student
wishes to enter. If the student seeks admission to a new
college, the Academic Standards Officer of the admitting
college must consult with the Academic Standards Officer
of the college which dismissed the student. Dismissed
students seeking admission to a new major must include an
application for a change of major.

4. Students may be readmitted only once under this policy.
Subsequent readmission may be available under the Cancelled
Semester Policy after two or more years of separation or the Fresh
Start Policy after five or more years of separation.

F. Special Populations

1. Learning Enhancement Center/Act 101 Program: Students
admitted through the Learning Enhancement Center remain under
the direction of the Learning Enhancement Center until reaching
the 2.00 CGPA standard. Students dismissed after earning a 0.00
CGPA in their initial Learning Enhancement Center/Act 101
program may apply for readmission only to the next Learning
Enhancement Center/Act 101 program.

2. Branch Campuses: Students admitted through a branch campus
must remain at that branch until reaching the 2.00 CGPA
standard.

3. Part-time Students: Continuing Education and Others
This policy will be applied on a pro-rata basis for part-time
students. Students are considered to be part-time if. at the close of
the drop-add period of the given semester, they arc enrolled in
fewer than 12 credits of clas.ses.

lUP Student Grade Appeal Policy

Grade Review Policy

If a student disagrees with the evaluation of his/her work by the instructor
but has no basis for a charge of "discrimination" or "capricious evaluation"
or "error," the student should discuss the matter directly with the instnictor,
and if unsatisfied, with the chairperson of the department in which the
course was offered, and if still unsatisfied, with the dean of the college in
which the course was offered. In such cases, the decision of the instructor
shall be final.

If a student believes that an improper grade has been assigned, an appeal
may be filed on the following grounds:

1 . Discrimination: On the basis of race, religion, national origin, sex,
age, ancestry, handicapped status, affectional or lifestyle preference, or
political affiliation.

2. Capricious Evaluation: Significant and unwarranted deviation from
grading procedures and course outlines set at the beginning of the
course (ordinarily in a written statement during the first week of the
course) or grade assigned arbitrarily on the basis of whim or impulse.
The student may not claim capriciousness if he or she disagrees with
the subjective professional evaluation of the instructor.

3. Error: Demonstrable, objective detennination that a mathematical or
clerical error resulted in the entry of an incorrect grade.

Page 28

INDL\NA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Procedures of Appeal

Level I: Informal Resolution

Even effort should be made to resolve the disagreement at Level I. The
student must first seek a resolution to the disagreement with the instructor
either in person or in writing. If the student is not satisfied with the results,
the student must then speak with the chairperson of the department that
offers the course. If still unsatisfied, the student must discuss the matter with
the dean of the college in which the course is offered. .A Student Congress
member may accompany and advise the student during the Level I
procedures. Only after all attempts for resolution at Level I have been
exhausted may the student initiate Level II.

Level II: .Appeal Screening

A. Composition: Each \ear there shall be appointed a Grade .Appeals
Committee to determine the existence of the substantive basis for
appeal. The committee will be composed of seven voting members:
three faculty members appointed by .APSCUF. three members elected
by and fi^om the Senate .Academic Committee (one faculty, one
administrator, one student), and one student appointed by the Student
Congress. A quorum consists of a majority of the committee. To take
action, a majority of those present must be faculty members. If a
quorum of the Level n corrmiittee is not a\ ailable to meet within the
designated time limits, the Provost's Office w ill seek additional
members fi'om the appointing bodies. If these bodies are unable to
respond in a timely manner, the Provost's Office may select additional
members fi-om the appropriate groups.

B. Procedure to Initiate .Appeal: To initiate Level 11 of the appeal, the
student must tile an appeal form with the Provost's Office. This form
must be filed w ithin si,xty (60) calendar days of the beginning of the
semester immediately following the semester in which the grade » as
received- The Provost's Office may extend the sixty-day limit only in
unusual circumstances when equity demands it and when the student's
own procrastination or misunderstanding did not substantially
contribute to the delay. (Note: Grade appeals w ill not generally be
processed during the simimer. Therefore, the appeal of any grade
received in the spring or simimer sessions normally will be processed in
the fall. .A review will be scheduled in the sunmier only when the
student's academic eligibility is jeopardized by the grade in question or
when the student is a graduating senior.) The Provost's Office will
notify the appropriate dean, department chairperson, faculty member,
.APSCUF president, and the Student Congress president of the
student's initiation of the Level n process.

C. Procedure to Process .Appeal: The student will be expected to submit
written documentation of his her complaint, and the faculty member
will be expected to submit in wiiting the course grading procedure and
any other pertinent information. -Appeals based on discrimination w ill
be reviewed according to current standards of nondiscriminatory
action. .Appeals based on capriciousness will be reviewed in light of the
faculty member's announced evaluation and grading system. The
committee will review the materials to deny or confirm appeal
continuance. Denial of appeal continuance must be by a negative vote
of four members of the committee. This comminee will inform the
Prosost's Office of its fmdings. \V ithin five (5) class days of the receipt
of the conunittee's report the provost or designee will notify the
student and the faculty member of the fmdings. If the basis for appeal

is determined to be substantive, the provost or designee will schedule a
Grade Re\iew Panel within fifteen ( 15) class day? to be convened prior
to the conclusion of the semester.

Level 111: Appeal Re\iew

A Composition: The Grade Rev iew Panel will consist of five voting
members: one academic dean or associate dean and four faculty
members. The Student Congress Executi\e Conunittee designee may
advise as requested b> the student. The atTirmative action otTicer will
advise in appeals based on discrimination. The panel will be constituted
from the Grade Review Pool by random selection. The panel
chairperson w ill be elected by and from the panel before each review.

B. Membership: The Grade Review Pool will be established in the spring
term to serve for the following academic year. Using random selection
methods, the pool and rotational order within the pool will be

established by the Provost's OfFice. .A pool of three deans or associate
deans and tw elve full-time faculty members w ill be maintained. In
estabUshing the membership for each review panel prior to each
review the names of those designated as primary members of the
specific panel and available as alternates will be supplied to all parties
involved. .A panel member may request (to the provost or designee)
disquahfication due to a conflict of interest. The student and the facuhy
member mav eliminate names in proportion to the composition of the
paneL Each may eliminate only one dean associate dean and four
facuhy. The instructor and the student will be supphed a hst of all
priinar\ and secondary pool members. The opportunity to disquaUfy
panel members will take place only once. Resulting vacancies w ill be
filled from the appropriate pool of ahemates so that the panel will be
composed of one dean associate dean and four faculty. If through self-
disqualification and challenges a panel cannot be constituted ftom the
pooL then the Provost's Office will supplement the pool using
appropriate random selection methods.
C. Procedure:

i . Both the student and the instructor will have the right to appear
before the panel, present wimesses. and offer e\idence- In
addition to those specified in Level in. Section .A. each may also
bring one observ er. with » hom he or she may coosuh but who
may not participate in the review .

2. The panel shall determine its rules of order for internal operaiioa.
After hearing the evidence brought forth, the panel w ill privately
dehberate and render a decision. If the grade appeal is upheld, the
panel will constitute a committee of three appropriate faculty
members (know ledgeable in the discipline but excluding the
faculty member against whom the complaint was lodged), who
will review the student's work and recommend the appropriate
grade or suitable remedy . The panel will incorporate this
information in its determination, w hich it then forwards to the
Provost's Office for implementation, ordinarily w ithin thirty day^.
The Provost's Office will initiate the processing of grade changes
resulting from Level ID decisions. The Provost's Office will
notify the student of grade changes resulting from Level III
decisions.

3. The wrinen report sent to the Provost's Office will state w hether
the smdent's appeal is upheld or denied: if upheld, the
comminee's evaluation and remedy will be included. Both the
student and the faculty member hav e the right to review all
documents related to the appeal. -All documents supporting the
report will be sealed and kq)t for one year to ensure the
appropriate action is taken before they are destroyed or returned to
the individual presenting the evidence.

.Ancillary Provisions

.A- Continuing Rights: This appeal does not supplant any legal rights
afforded by the Commonw eakh of Pennsylvania and or the
Government of the United States. Nothing in this policy abrt)gates or
modifies any provisions of or ri^ts under the Collective Baigaining
-Agreement

B. Discrimination in this policy generally means unlawful
discrimination. To the extent that any form of discriminatioo
identified in this definition is not unlawful discrimination, this
definition shall not be taken to create a cause of appeal against the
university. In such cases, the final ap>peal procedures stated in this
policy will be final and binding on the student.

C. Tenure and Promotion Committee Membership on Grade Appeals
Committees: Members of the universitywide tenure and promotion
comminees may not serve concurrently on grade appeals committees.

D. Sapport Mechanism: The Provost's Office, after consultation with the
Senate .Academic Committee and .APSCUT. w ill be responsible for
identifying a pool of at least ten faculty members well versed in the
preparation of grade appeals who will be available upon request to help
students or faculty prepare documentation for the grade appeals
process-

E- Training/Sapport: The Provost's Office w iU offer yearly information
sessions workshops to assist deans, chairs, grade appeals
panel committee members, and members of Smdent

INDIANA L7>.I\ERSrn OF PEN'NSYLV A.NLA USDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paae29

Congress 'universitv- in identifying issues and to provide guidance for
the resolution of grade appeals.

F. Dissemination of Grade Appeal Information: The Provost's OtTice
vv ill annually report to the uni\crsit\ communitv a statistical summary'
of grade appeal data that does not compromise confidentiality including
(I ) the number of appeals filed. (2) the resolutions at levels II and 111.
and 3) the final implementation of Level 111 decisions.

G. .Appeals on Procedural Grounds: Decisions may not be challenged
merely because the Provost's Office fails to comply with Ancillaiy
Provisions D. E. or F above

H. Intentional Misrepresentation: Intentional misrepresentation in the
filing of grade appeals by students will be referred to the university
judicial system for students. Intentional misrepresentation by faculty in
the grade appeals process will be referred to the PTO\ost's Office.

I. Confidentiality: Students, faculty, administrators, and statT involved
in processing and hearing grade appeals must respect the confidentiality
of all aspects of these proceedmgs. Those breaching confidentiality
subject themsel\es to possible disciplinary action. This shall not
abridge the First Amendment rights of the student appellant nor the
instructor against w horn the appeal has been filed.

J. Intended Purpose: The grade appeal procedures are designed simply
as a means to resoKe differences between students and faculty related
to grading. Unless there is intentional misrepresentaiion. the results of a
grade appeal may not be used for disciplinary action of personnel.

K. Faculty Compensation: If a Review Panel (hearing) is scheduled at a
time in the summer w hen any faculty member involved is not under
contract the faculty member will be compensated under terms mutually
agreed upon at Meet-and-Discuss.

L. Review of Policy: Every five years the Senate .Academic Committee
w ill re\ lew . in consultation w ith the campus community, the operation
of the Grade .Appeals Policy and recommend changes deemed
appropriate.

M. * Amendment: .Amendments may be implemented upon conciurence
by University Senate. APSCUF Representative Council, and Meet-and-
Discuss.

be acknow ledged by use of a note or parenUietical citation that
indicates the author and or date of pubUcation and page number
or numbers. If the writer indents a quotation, it must be clearly set
off from the body of the text and must be documented in the
aforesaid manner. To \erify the various documentation
procedures, writers should consult the style sheet in the particular
discipline for w hich they are preparing the assigiunent ( MLA,
.APA. Chicago, BC. etc.).

4. Using the same paper or work more than once w ithout
authorization of the faculty memberts) to whom the worli is being
submitted.

5. Possessing course examination materials before the administration
of the exam, without the prior know ledge or consent of the
instructor.

6. Intentionally evading lUP academic policies and procedures: for
example, improperly processing course withdraw als. grade
changes, or other academic procedures.

7. Falsifying information, including falsification fabrication of
research data and or statistical analyses, forguig signatures on
various forms and documents, or altering or adding answers on
academic exercises or exams after w ork has been graded.

8. Computer dishonesty, including: tampering w ith or making
unauthorized change to another person's or the imiversity's
computer system, illegally copying computer software, personal
use of another individual's computer account, imauthorized
activity involving another indiv idual's personal computer system
or any sy^em belonging to the univ ersity. and other unauthorized
use or violations involving computer use.

9. Noncompliance: failure to follow through w ith sanction(s)
imposed as a result of an academic violation.

The university reserves the right to discipline any student for any action that
an ordinary, reasonable, intelhgent college student know s or should know-
might lead to the issuance of discipline. This means the university maintains
the right to issue discipline for reasonable cause.

*Note: In the amendment process above, specification of University Senate
implies the Council of Trustees' role in approving Senate actions and
recognizes the Counci' ■^t"Tr,ni;^.e<:' final action to change policy.

Academic Integrit>' Policy and Procedures ^ '

ILP IS an academic community swthin the iocietv at large. All members
within this community are expected to accept the responsibility for academic
integrity and honesty. .Academic dishonesty seriously erodes the quality of
educational pursuits and is unacceptable at lUP. The following policies and
procedures have been established to preserve the academic integrity of the
university community, w hile also prov iding a process that protects the rights
of students who allegedly violate these policies.

Policy

A. Types of \'iolations. Violations of academic integrity include, but are
not limited to. the following:

1 . Providing or receiv ing imauthorized assistance in coursew ork,
with lab work, theses, dissertations, or during examinations
(including qualifying and comprehensive exams) or quizzes.

2. Using unauthorized materials or devices, such as crib notes,
during examinations or quizzes.

3. Plagiarizing papers, theses, dissertations, essays, reports, speeches
and oral presentations, take-home examinations, computer
projects, or other academic exercises by misrepresenting or
passing off the ideas, words, formulas, or data of another as one's
own. Plagiarism is dishonest and illegal. Writers are indebted to
authors from whom they borrow exact words, ideas, theories,
opinions, statistics, illustrative material, or facts (beyond common
know ledge). \^ nters are also indebted iflhey summarize or
paraphrase in iheir otvn words material from sources. All quoted
material requires the acknow ledgement of the source by the use of
quotation marks or indentation (if exact wording is incorporated).
In addition, both directly quoted and summanzed material must

Charges of academic integrity violations may be brought by faculty members
or administrators. Students who observe or become aware of a violation of
academic integrity by another student are strongly encouraged to report it to
a university official. A faculty member administrator who believes that a
student has violated an academic policy may elect to resolve the matter by
Informal Resolution, by Documented .Agreement, or by Formal
Adjudication. Sanctionisi may not be imposed upon a student believed to
ha\e violated an academic policy without following one of these three
procedures.

If charges are brought, the accused studentfs) shall have a fair and
reasonable opportunity to answ er, explain, and defend against the charges.
The university shall have the burden of proof in all cases. Hearsay should not
be used as the sole evidence to establish any fact necessary to establish guilt
or innocence.

Procedures

A. Faculty administrators must use one of the following options to resolve
alleged violations of academic integrity.

1 . Option I: Informal Resolution. The faculty member administra-
tor and student may meet informally, normally w ithin seven class
days of the observation or discovery of the incident, and agree to
resolve the issue w ithout submitting any formal documentation. If
the violation pertains to work being judged by a committee
(examples might include dissertations and comprehensive
examinations, both oral and w ritten ). the meeting must involve a
majority of the comminee and the resolution must be agreed to by
a majority of the comminee. It is in the interest of both the faculty
member administrator and student to complete a statement that
summarizes the incident, conference, and agreed-upon resolution.
This factual statement should be signed by both parties and copies
provided to the student and the faculty member administrator. If
agreement cannot be reached, or at the discretion of the faculty

Page 30

INDUNA USrV ERSm- OF PENNSYLVANIA LTsDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

member adminisaator. a more formal process as outlined in this

polic) ma\ be mitiated.

Option II: Resolution by Documented Agreement

a. The faculty member administrator may schedule a
conference » ith the student in an attempt to agree on the
facts of the case and to reach a mutually agreeable
resolution. This meeting must normally be scheduled
requested within se\en class days of the observation or
discovery of the alleged violation or of the failure of
resolution b> Option I. If an agreement is reached, the
faculty member administrator must complete a Documented
Agreement Form outlining the agreement and have it signed
by both parties: faculty member administrator and student. If
the violation pertains to vv ork such as a thesis or compre-
hensi\e examination being judged by a committee, the
meeting must in% oK e a majority of the committee and the
Documented .Agreement Form must be agreed to and signed
by a majonty of the committee. Copies are distributed to the
student, the faculty memberl si administrator tiling the
agreement, and the department chair, vv ho must also
electronically record the information for subsequent entry
into the computer database. The form must normally be filed
uithin seven class day^ of the conference.

b. If an agreement is reached and the form is filed, the matter is
closed unless the student has a prior academic violation(s)
on record. By signing off on the agreement, the student
wai\es the right to appeal the sanctions agreed upon in the
conference. If the student fails to fiilfill the written
agreement, the faculty member administrator may file an
academic integrity referral against the student for
noncompliance.

c. If a prior academic integrity \iolation(s) for the student is on
record, the maner will be referred to an .Academic Integrity
Board (.\IB). The .AIB will review the case to determine if
more severe sanctions are warranted (see Section D.
Multiple Violations).

d. If a documented agreement is not reached, the faculty
member administrator should initiate the formal adjudication
process by filmg an academic integrity referral form with the
department chair, normally within seven class days of the
conference w ith the student.

Option III: Resolution by Formal .Adjudication. .A faculty
member admmislrator should pursue formal adjudication if:

• he she caimot reach or chooses not to attempt a mutually
agreeable resolution with the student regarding the facts of the
case or sanctions to be imposed.

• he she believes that the violation is so severe that it w arrants a
sanction of expulsion, suspension, involuntary withdrawal
from part of rUP"s academic or other programs, or aw arding a
failing grade on a project or examination ( such as a graduate
qualifying or comprehensive examination or dissertation)

w hen resubmitting the project or retaking the examination is
not possible.

a. The faculty member administrator should file an academic
integrity referral form w ith the department chair, normally
w ithin seven class days of the observation or discovery of
the violation or within seven class days of the failure to
reach a resolution through Option 1 or Option II. If the
violation pertains to work being judged bv a committee, the
form must be signed by a majority of the committee. The
form will contain a description of the alleged violation,
including the time. date, and place of occurrence, and the
recommended sanction(s) if the student is found to have
violated this policy.

b. The department chair will for» ard a copy of the academic
integrity referral to the student normally within seven class
days of receiving notification of the allegation, and contact
the student to schedule a hearing to review the facts
surrounding the allegation and recommended sanctions if the
student is determined to ha\e committed a violation.

c. The hearing should be scheduled so as to allow the student a
reasonable time to prepare a defense (normally w ithin seven
class days of being notified of the allegation by the
department chair).

d. This hearing w ill involve the smdent. the department chair,
and the faculty member administrators): the department
chair may invite others with pertinent information. .All
parties must be given the opportunity to submit written,
physical, and testimonial evidence, and for reasonable
questioning of wimesses.

e. The accused student may identify an adv isor. who may be an
attorney, to be present at the hearing. The advisor may only
consult pnvately w ith the student unless otherwise
determined by the imiversity regarding a particular case.

f. The student may waive hisTier right to a hearing in writing.
If so. the sanction recommended by the person filing the
referral will be imposed. If the student fails to appear when a
hearing has been scheduled, the hearing will be held in the
student's absence and the department chair vv ill render a
decision based upon factual information presented by the
faculty member administrator.

g. Following the hearing, the department chair will render a
determination based on the information presented at the
hearing. Normally within seven class days of the heanng. the
department chair vv ill forward a written report summarizing
the hearing that includes the outcome, the factual basis for
the determinations reached, the sanction(s) to be issued, and
appeal procedures. Copies of this report will be sent to the
student, the faculty member administrator, and the provost
designee. The department chair will retain a copy for
departmental tiles and electronically record the information
for subsequent entry into the computer database.

h. In the event that a department chair cannot or will not fiilfill
the above role, or in the event that the person filing the
referral is an administrator or department chair, the provost
or designee will determine the appropriate indiv idual to
fiilfill the department chair's role and inform the student and
the faculty member administrator filing charges.

i. If a prior academic violation(s) for the student is on record,
the case must he referred to the .Academic Integrity Board
which will consider more severe sanctions (see Section D.
Multiple Violations). Othenvise. if there is no appeal, the
recommended sanction will be imposed.

B. .Academic Integrity Board (AIB). The .AIB will hear all cases in
w hich appeals to the chair's decision are accepted by the
provost designee (see .Appeals section C.l. and C.2.). The AIB will
also review sanctions in cases of multiple violations (see Section D).

1 . The AIB will be made up of four faculty members, one of w hom
w ill chair the board, and nv o students. .A quorum requires the
presence of four persons, at least one of whom must be a student.
All members, including the chair, are voting members.

2. When an .AIB hearing is called for. the .AIB w ill be convened by
the provostdesignee (currently the assistant to the vice president
for Student Aflairs). The accused student shall be notified of the
time. date, and place of the hearing and the names of those .AIB
members scheduled to review his her case. If the hearing is an
appeal, this notification will also include details of the charges,
including the time. date, and place of the alleged offense(s) and
the recommended sanction(s). If the hearing is a re\ievv of
sancfions in a multiple violation case (see Section D). the
notification should also indicate that more sev ere sanctions might
be imposed. The hearing should be scheduled so as to allow the
student reasonable time to prepare a defense.

3. Prior to the hearing a student appearing before an AIB may. w ith
good cause, challenge anv member on the board sining in
judgment of his her particular case. When such a challenge is
made, an alternate member will be appointed to the .AIB.

4. The AIB will rev iew all material and hear all evidence pertinent to
the case from the accused and all wimesses. Members of the .AIB

INDIANA UNIX ERSITY OF PEN'NSYLX .ANLA LTSiDERGR-ADUATE C.AT.ALOG. 1003-04

Page 31

shall be tree to ask relevant questions to clarify information or
resulting issues.

5. The student shall have a fair and reasonable opportunitj' to
answer, explain, and defend against information and \\ ilnesses
presented at the hearing, to submit written, physical, and testi-
monial evidence, and to call relevant wimesses on his her behalf.

6. The accused student ma>' identify an ad\ isor. who may be an
attorney, to be present at the hearing. The advisor may only
consult privately w ith the student unless otherwise determined by
the university regarding a particular case.

7. After hearing all evidence, the .AlB will privately make its
decision based reasonably upon the evidence presented. A
majority vote of the AlB shall be required for any decision. If the
AlB finds the student to have committed the misconduct or
infraction, and the student has no prior academic violation(s) on
record, it may accept, reduce (but not increase), or modify the
recommended sanction. If the student does have a prior academic
violation(s) on record, the AlB may increase the recommended
sanction (see Section D, Multiple Violations).

8. If the student w aives his/her right to a hearing in vv riting, or
chooses not to appear at the AlB hearing, the case will be adjudi-
cated based upon the ev idence presented at the scheduled hearing.

9. All hearings are closed unless the student requests an open
hearing in writing. The AIB chair has the authority to make the
final decision regarding access of spectators at the hearing.

10. The AIB must submit a written report of the decision, normally
within seven class days of its decision, to the student, faculty
memberadministrator, department chair, and provost designee,
who w ill electronically record the information for subsequent
entry into the computer database.

2. Information about prior violations is not relevant to determining
whether a student has violated this policy. However, such
information is pertinent in determining the appropriate sanction.

3. If a student found in violation of this policy through either
Resolution by Documented Agreement or Resolution by Formal
Adjudication has a prior academic integrity violation of record,
the case will be referred to an AIB.

4. For cases previously resolved by Documented Agreement or
through Fonnal Adjudication at the department chair's level, the
AIB will schedule a new hearing. This hearing will review all
information pertinent to the determination of an appropriate
sanction but will not reconsider the issue of whether the policy
violation occurred. After considering the severity of the current
and prior violations, the AIB may determine that a more severe
sanction is appropriate.

5. For cases being heard by an AIB. the AIB should request
information on prior violations only after detennining that a
violation has occurred. Information on prior violations should be
used in determining the appropriate sanction.

6. The AIB must submit a written report of the decision, normally
within seven class days of its decision, to the student,
faculty administrator, department chair, and provost designee,
who w ill electronically record the information for subsequent
entry into the computer database.

7. The student may appeal any new sanction(s) to the provost/
designee. The provost'designee may deny the appeal or. on the
basis of denial of a fair and reasonable hearing, new evidence, or
excessively harsh sanctions, direct the appeal to be heard by a
second AIB. The provostdesignee will electronically record the
information for subsequent entry into the computer database.

.\ppeals. These appeal procedures apply to cases resolved through
formal adjudication. Cases of academic integrity that are resolved
through informal resolution or documented agreement cannot be
appealed, as the facts of the case, the decision, and sanction(s) have
been agreed to by the student and the individual making the charge.

1. If. af^er receiving the department chair's report on the outcome of
the hearing, the faculty administrator or the student disagrees with
either the decision, the sanction, or both, he/she may appeal to the
provostdesignee. normally within seven class days of receiving
the report. This appeal must be in writing and must describe in
detail the grounds for the appeal. These reasons may include the
following:

a. Denial of a fair and reasonable hearing

b. New evidence (applies when there is an acceptable reason
why the information was not presented at the original
hearing)

c. Excessively harsh sanctions. Students cannot appeal on the
basis of excessively harsh sanctions if the sanctions are
specified on the course syllabus, have the prior approval of
the department, and apply only to the specific course in

w hich the alleged violation occurred.

2. The provost'designee may deny the appeal or direct the appeal to
be heard by an AIB w ithin seven class days. All appeals involving
sanctions of involuntary withdrawal from part of lUP's academic
or other programs, suspension, or expulsion w ill be heard by an
AIB.

3. Unless the recommended sanction is suspension or expulsion, the
decision of the AIB is final and will be implemented by the
provostdesignee. who w ill electronically record the information
for subsequent entry into the computer database.

4. Suspension or expulsion may be recommended by the AIB but
can only be implemented by the vice president for Student Affairs
(the president's designee for suspension and expulsion), who is
responsible for verifying that due process was followed.

Multiple \'iolation$

1 . Students w ith multiple academic violations of record will be
subject to additional sanctions, including possible suspension or
expulsion from the university.

Sanctions

1. The following sanctions may be agreed upon by the student and
faculty member administrator through informal resolution or
documented agreement. All grade reductions require the approval
of the instructor of record. If the work is graded by a committee, a
grade reduction requires the approval of the majority of the
committee.

a. Single Grade Reduction: Reduction of grade or failure on
project, examination, quiz, or other academic exercise on
which the student is alleged to have cheated.

b. Course Grade Reduction: Reduction of course grade or
failure in the course. If the violation involves a project
spanning multiple courses (such as a dissertation or multiple
semester internship), the grade reduction may apply to all
courses involved.

c. Constructive or Educational Task: A task which requires the
student to examine his/her dishonest behavior and w hich
may benefit the student, campus, or community.

d. Other: Sanctions deemed appropriate and tailored to a
specific violation as determined by the faculty member/
administrator. Any reasonable sanction or combination of
sanctions for a given violation may be agreed upon by the
student and faculty member/administrator.

2. In addition to the above, the following sanctions might be
imposed through formal adjudication.

a. Letter of Warning: A warning letter may be issued indicating
that the student has been found in violation of an academic
policy and that failure to comply with policies in the future
may result in further disciplinary action to be handled as a
second offense. The letter of warning will remain in effect
for a period of time as specified by the individual or board
hearing the case.

b. Disciplinary Probation: Disciplinary probation, which is for
a period of time specified by the individual or board hearing
the case, is an indication that a student's status at the
university is seriously jeopardized. If the student is found in
violation of another lUP policy during the probationary
period, a more serious sanction will be levied, including
possible involuntary withdrawal from part of lUP's

Page 32

INDIANA L-NIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

academic or other programs, suspension, or expulsion from
the university.

c. hivoluntarv w ithdrawal from part of lUP's academic or
other programs: A student may be denied the right to
participate in some segment of lUP's programs. Such
involuntary withdrawal might be imposed on either a
temporary or permanent basis.

d. Suspension: A student may be suspended from the imiversrty
for a specified period of time, not to be less than the
remainder of the current semester. Suspension requires that a
student remove him herself from universitv premises, not
attend classes or social activities, and not be present on
university or Student Cooperative .Association property
during the period of suspension.

e. Expulsion: Expulsion may be considered under any of the
follow ing circumstances: w hen there is a very serious
violation of the academic integrit> policy, when a student is
proven to have violated the academic integrity policy on
more than one occasion, or w hen a student appears before
the board after ah'eady ha\ ing been suspended. Expulsion
from the institution Is permanent. .Appeals to the sanction of
expulsion must be submitted to the Office of the President
If necessary, the president will consuk with legal counsel in
these cases.

Suspension and expulsion can be recommended by a faculty
member administrator, department chair, and .AIB but can
be imposed only by the president's designee for suspension
and expulsion {currently the vice president for Student
Affairs), who is responsible for verifying that due process
was followed.

F. Records and Recordkeeping

1 . Records of Informal Resolation. .Although no official forms are

tiled at this level of resolution, it is strongly recommended that a
facultv member administrator and student who reach an informal
agreement put the agreement in writing with a copy to each
participant. This protects each party in the event of any future
attempt at renegotiation.

2. Records of Resolution by Documented .Agreement.
Documented agreement resolutions are recorded on the computer
database of disciplinary files maintained by the assistant to the
vice president for Student .AfYairs. They are not considered formal
disciplinary records until and unless the student is foimd in
violation of this pohcy a second time. They are internal university
records used for monitoring students for multiple violations onh .
If a second documented agreement form is filed or a student is
found in violation of the policy through formal adjudication, the
student w ill then have a formal disciphnarv' record which includes
records of both violations. This formal record is maintained
according to the lUP judicial system recordkeeping policies.

3. Records of Formal .Adjudication. Records of academic integrity
cases resolved through formal adjudication are recorded on the
computer database of disciplinary files maintained by the Office
of the .Assistant to the Vice President of Student Affairs. They are
maintained as formal disciplinarv records in accordance with IL'P
judicial system recordkeeping pohcies. Records of cases involving
suspension or expulsion must be maintained for a minimiui of
two years.

G. Operational Notes

1 . In cases w here a violation is alleged at or near the end of the
semester and resolution by informal resolution, documented
agreement, or formal adjudication cannot be completed before
grades are submitted, the faculty member should submit a
designation of "Incomplete" (1) for the smdent. The "I"
designation will remain on the student's record until the case has
been resolved. Once the case has been resolved, the "V
designation will be replaced w ith the appropriate grade.

2. If the violation is alleged dxning the semester when classes are in
session, the accused student should contmue attciwlmg all classes
and continue to complete course requirements dtiring the
resolution of the academic integrity case.

3 . The provost designee may extend any deadline w bicfa caniKX be
met for w hat he she deems legmmate reason.

4. Requests to consutuie the .AIB for hearings will be directed to the
provost designee i currently the assistant to the vice piesidem for
Smdent Affairs).

5. The university may withhold transcripts, giades. dipiomas. or
other official records pending the dispositioa of cases, if such
action is reasonably necessary to preserve its abilitv to enforce its
rules.

6. The provost designee may nwdify the procedural provisioos of
these rules by the issuance of written orders to deal » ith paiticiilar
unusual procedural situatioDs. so kng as no order shall contradict
the rules of the Board of Governors of die State System of Higher
Education gov eming due process for students, and no such rule
shall deny fundamental fairness to students by, for example,
effectivelv' constituting a denial of notice or opportunity to be
heard.

7. This pohcy w ill be reviewed by the Senate .Academic Committee
after five years.

The various forms described m this pohcy are available from the assistant to
the vice president for Student .Affairs, 2I5-A Stittoo HalL deans' offices, or
department chairs. Questions concerning the .Academic Integritv- Pohcy and
Procedures can be directed to the assistant to the vice president for Student
Affairs, 2 ISA Sutton HaH

Final Examination Policies

The final exammanon w eefc is part of the regtilar academic ptogiam and
must be incorporated into each instructor's course plan for the semester.
Final examinations are not the onK legitimate tvpe of terminating activit> .
and therefore, the instructor may choose an appropriate actrvitv that
conforms to course objectives.

The terminating activity shall take place only at the time and kxation
assigned by the Registrar's Office. Unless granted an excused absence, the
facultv member responsible for the course must be present for the foil
examination penod to direct the terminating actrvitv'. Facult>' inembeis may
require student attendance at the terminating actrvitv.

Faculty members w ho do not schedule or do ikx attend the tenninating
activity for a course may be subject to disciplinaiy action commensurate
with unexcused absences. Block finals must be held as scbedukd. Once the
final examination has been set bv the Registrar's Office, changes and
absences must be approved by the instructor's dean.

During the examination period, the following general rules apply w here
confUcts exist:

1 . The higher-numbered course takes precedence. Thus, a student enroOed
in GEOG 102 and ECON 325 would take the ECON 325 exam at the
assigned time and the make-up in GEOG 102.

2. If courses in conflict are the same level and number, an alphabetical
determination by full name of the department hi// be made. For
example, a student enrolled in .ACCT 421 and CNS\' 421 woukl take
the .ACCT 42 1 exam at the assigned time and a make-up in CNS\' 42 1 .

Maximum Number of Exams on One Day Conflicts

A student may not be required to take more than three final exams on any
one regularly scheduled examination day. For any exam over three, a make-
up exam must be scheduled by the instructor for the smdenL at his or her
request, into another mutually agreeable regular final exanunatioD period.
The rules determmmg conflict resolution i listed above) will determine which
exam or exams a student may request as make-ups.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNS'iTV.ANIA UNDERGR.ADU.ATE CAT.ALOG. 2003-04

Paae 33

Night Exam Policy

All tests examinations, and quizzes should normally be administered dunng
the prescribed course hours. Onlv in this way can the essential contracted
nature of the lime arrangements bet^^een student and professor be preser^ed
and at the same time, proper provisions made for the many extracurricular
and personal activities involving students and faculty alike. Deviations to
alio* nieht exams for valid educational reasons. « ithin the guidelines listed
below, must be approved by the department and the dean.

Guidelines ^ _ ,

1 . N ight exams can only be scheduled on Monday through TTiursday
evenines within the 6:00-10:00 p.m. time period.

2. Appropriate phvsical facilities must be arranged in advance without
encroachment upon other authorized university functions.

3. If night exams are to be given, the day of the week on which they will
be eiven must be listed in the undergraduate course schedule.

4 No'night exam can take precedence over a regulariy scheduled class.

s ArTaneements for nonpunitive make-up exams at a mutually agreeable
lime must be available for students that cannot attend the night exam.

6 For each hour of nieht exams, an hour of regularK scheduled class time
w ill be cancelled. Such cancellations are prohibited dunng any penod
of two class davs immediately preceding and any period of two class
davs immediatelv following holiday and or vacation (recess) periods
and semester terminations, appeanng in the published academic
calendar.

Class Disruptions

Students and faculty alike should strive to create a class environment that
reflects mutual respect and the importance of learning. If a student's
behavior threatens to disrupt that environment the faculty member has a
responsibility to seek resolution of the problem.

A facultv member is empowered to request that a student leave dunng
particular class penod if. in the measured opinion of that faculty member,
the student:

1 . Significantly disttipts the learning process, or

2. Is a threat to others.

If the student refuses to leave or if the faculty member deems it appropriate,
law enforcement officers may be called to remove the student.

If the behavior is especiallv egregious or potentially harmful, the faculty
member mav. with the consent of his her academic dean and in consultation
w iih the department chairperson, keep the student fVom returning to class
until the case can be adjudicated. Because significant disnjptive class
behavior is a potential violation of the Academic Integnty Policy, the
procedures outlined in that policy should be used to resolve the case. \Mien
appropnate. cnminal charges should also be filed.

If deemed appropriate, the adjudicators may render a decision that removes
the offendine student from the class or the university . If so. the university
will assien. in lieu of a erade. a designation that indicates a withdrawal. If
grades are due before a "final decision has been reached, the instnictor should
assign a temporary designation of 1 (incomplete).

If the student is allowed to return, the student will have the option of
reentering another open section of the course if feasible. \Mien appropriate,
the student should be allowed a reasonable opportunity to make up any work
missed during the forced absence.

If a student's grade is adversely affected by a capricious forced absence, the
student may file a grade appeal.

Paee 34

INDIANA UNIVERSm- OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGR.\DL ATE CAT.^LOG. 2003-04

Requirements for Graduation

Undergraduate students at lUP may pursue programs of study in any one of
se\ en undergraduate colleges; the EberK College of Business and
Information Technology, the College of Education and Educational
Technology, the College of Fine Arts, the College of Health and Human
Services, the College of Humanities and Social Sciences, the College of
Natural Sciences and Mathematics, or the School of Continuing Education.
A student may earn the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Bachelor of Science.
Bachelor of Fine Arts, or the Bachelor of Science in Education. The Eberly
College of Business and Information Technology, the College of Natural
Sciences and Mathematics, and the School of Continuing Education offer
.Associate of Arts degree programs.

To meet graduation requirements in a baccalaureate or an associate degree
program, the student must satisfy' all of the degree requirements, which fall
into three categories: ( 1 ) university requirements. (2) college requirements,
and (3 1 department requirements

Requirements of the latter two categories may be found under the college
and the department in which the student is pursuing a program of study.

University requirements for graduation in all curricula consist of Liberal
Studies requirements, residency requirements in regard to aw arding of
degrees, and the credit and cumulative grade-point average requirements.

Exception: Students who enrolled in a degree program prior to June 1 . 1 989,
are not subject to Liberal Studies requirements: they w ill complete degree
requirements including the General Education components outlined in earlier
editions of the Undergraduate Catalog. Transfer students entering the
university between June I. 1989. and Jime I. 1991. were assigned either to
General Education or Liberal Studies at the time their transcripts were
e\ aluated All transfer students admitted after June 1 . 1 99 1 , are subject to
the Liberal Studies requirements.

Credits and Cumulativ e Grade-Point Average Requirement

Each student must complete a minimum of 120 credits to graduate, including
a minimum or 48 credits in Liberal Studies (all on a passing basis) and must
have a 2.0 ("C" grade) cumulative GPA and a 2.0 ("C") GPA in his/her
major andbr minor field. Some programs require more than 1 20 credits for
graduation.

Liberal Studies

All students must fulfill the requirements of the university's Liberal Studies
program. This involves a minimum of 48 credits divided among Learning
Skills. Know ledge Areas, and Synthesis. The number of credits may rise
slightly depending on student choices. Different colleges and sometimes
departments within colleges may have specific variations as to how these
Liberal Studies requirements are to be met.

Liberal Studies provides the broad vision and understanding that enable
individuals to enjoy full, rich lives and to play constructive roles in their
communities. The goals for Liberal Studies include ( I ) the de\ elopment of
important modes of thinking and intellectual skills: critical thinking, literacy,
understanding numerical data, historical consciousness, scientific inquiry,
ethical perception, and aesthetic sensitivity; (2) the acquisition of a body of
knowledge or understanding essential to an educated person: and (3) an
understanding of the physical, as well as the intellectual, nature of human
beings.

Liberal Studies Requirements

Note: Specific courses may be required or recommended by colleges or
major departments: see degree program outlines for specifications.

Additional courses may be added to some categories during the next
academic year.

.\ student may earn a second undergraduate baccalaureate degree by
completing a minimum of 30 additional credits. (See Second Baccalaureate
Degree. ) It is not possible to receive t» o or more baccalaureate degrees
simultaneously. However, a student may complete one or more secondary
majors w hile earning the primarv' degree.

.Academic Life During the Freshman ^ear

Dunng the Summer Onentation. as described in the section on orientation,
students meet w ith faculty ad\ isors to plan a program of courses for their
first year. This careful planning considers students" individual preferences,
the results of placement testing, and degree program requirements.

With a typical freshman academic schedule, students progress both in the
universityw ide Liberal Studies program and in their intended majors.

Three Liberal Studies courses are designed especially for freshmen, and all
students are expected to complete these courses during their first year. The
three are ENGL 101, HIST 195. and one course fiom a list of Fine Arts
selections.

College Writing enhances skills in written expression that are essential to
success at the university. Hislor>: The Modem Era builds critical thinking
skills and provides a foundation of knowledge for subsequent courses.
Whichever fine arts course is chosen encourages an appreciative
participation in campus cultural life.

Learning Skills: English Composition: Two Courses

ENGL 101 College Writing

ENGL 202 Research Writing (sophomore standing)

Learning Skills: Mathematics:

MATH 101 Foundations of Mathematics

MATH 102 Finite Mathematics [inactive]

MATH 105 College Algebra

M-ATHIIO Elementary Functions

M-XTH 1 1 5 Applied Mathematics for Business

M'XTH 121 Calculus 1 for Natural and Social Sciences

M.'XTH 123 Calculus I for Physics, Chemistry, and

Mathematics
MATH 127 Calculus I
MATH 151 Elements of Mathematics I

(restricted to designated majors)
M.'\TH 152 Elements of Mathematics II

(restricted to designated majors)
UAJW 217 Probability and Statistics
BTED 1 1 1 Foundations of Business Mathematics

(restricted to designated majors)

7cr

3-6cr

Humanities: Three Courses* 9cr

*One course in history, one in literature, and one in philosophy or religious
studies.

Professors teaching these courses w ork cooperativeK w ith each other and
with Student .affairs Division staff to integrate class work with campus
lectures and arts events. Study skills development and tutoring services are
also provided as necessary.

History:

HIST 195

History; The Modem Era

Literature:

ENGL 121 Humanities Literature
FNLG 121 Humanities Literature (taught in English)
ENGL 122 Introduction to Literary Analysis
(English majors)

INDIANA L^'IVERSIT>- OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 35

Philosophy or Religious Studies:

PHIL 101 Informal Logic: Methods of Critical Thinking

PHIL 120 Introduction 10 Philosophy

PHIL 221 Symbolic Logic 1

PHIL 222 Ethics

PHIL 223 Philosophy of Art

RLST 100 Introduction to Religion

RLSTllO World Religions

RLST 250 Understanding the Bible

RLST 290 Christianity

Fine Arts: One Course from List

ARH! 101 Introduction lo Art

DANC 1 02 Introduction to Dance

MUHI 101 Introduction to Music

MUHI 102 Suney of Music Literature (Music majors)

THTR 101 Introduction to Theater

Natural Science: One Option

Option I: Two-semester Laborator> Course Sequence

Tv\n courses with laboratories (4cr each), paired together in a sequence,
from the natural science laboratory course list.

Natural Science Laboratory Sequences:

BIOL 103 104 General Biology 1 and II

CHEM 101102 College Chemistry 1 and II

CHEM 111/112 General Chemistry 1 and 11 8

CHEM 1 13/1 14 Concepts in Chemistry I and Basic

Inorganic Chemistry 8

Two of the following three, in any order:

GEOS 1 0 1 / 1 02 The Dynamic Earth w ith lab 4

GEOS 103/104 Oceans and Atmospheres with lab 4

GEOS 105 106 Exploring the Universe with lab 4

GEOS 111112 Earth Science for Educators 1 w ith lab and 8

1 13/1 14 Earth Science for Educators II with lab
GEOS 1 2 1 / 1 22 Physical Geology with lab and 8

131/132 Historical Geology with lab
PH YS 1 1 1 /1 2 1 Physics I with lab and 8

112/122 Physics II with lab
PHYS 131/141 Physics I with lab (calculus) a/i</ 8

132/142 Physics II with lab (calculus)
SCI 105/106 Physical Science I and 11 (either order) 8

Option II: One Laboratory plus Two

Nonlaboratory Courses lOcr

One course w ith laboratory (4cr) from the natural science laboratory course
list follow ed by tw o courses (3er each) from natural science nonlaboratory
course list. One of the nonlaboratory courses may be counted again among
the Liberal Studies Electives.

Natural Science Laboratory Courses:

BIOL 103 General Biology 1 4

CHEM 101 College Chemistry I 4

CHEM 1 1 1 General Chemistry I 4

CHEM 113 Concepts in Chemistry I 4

GEOS 101/102 The Dynamic Earth with lab 4

GEOS 103 104 Oceans and Atmospheres with lab 4

GEOS 105/106 Exploring the Universe with lab 4

GEOS 1 1 1/1 12 Earth Science for Educators I with lab 4

GEOS 113/114 Earth Science for Educators II with lab 4

GEOS 1 2 M 22 Physical Geology w ith lab 4

GEOS 131/132 Historical Geology with lab 4

PHYS 111/121 Physics 1 lecture/lab 4

PHYS 131/141 Physics 1 (calculus) with lab 4

PHYS 151 161 Medical Physics with lab 4

SCI 105 Physical Science I 4

SCI 106 Physical Science II 4

Natural Science Nonlaboratory Courses:

BIOL 113

Genetics in Modem Society

BIOL 114

Environmental Science

BIOL 115

Biotic Diversity of North America

BIOL 116

Introduction to Marine Biology

BIOL 117

Understanding HIV Biology and Aids

BIOL 118

History of Pain

BIOL 119

Emerging Diseases

GEOS 101

The Dynamic Earth

GEOS 103

Oceans and Amiospheres

GEOS 105

Exploring the Universe

3cr

GEOS 1 1 1

Earth Science for Educators I

GEOS 113

Earth Science for Educators II

GEOS 141

Introduction to Ocean Science

GEOS 150

Geology of National Parks

GEOS 151

The Age of Dinosaurs

GEOS 221

Physical Resources of the Earth

PHYS 101

Energy and the Environment

8-lOcr

PHYS 105

Physics of Light and Sound

PHYS 111

Physics 1 Lecture

8cr

PHYS 112

Physics II Lecture

quence.

PHYS 131

Physics I (calculus)

PHYS 132

Physics II (calculus)

PHYS 151

Medical Physics

Social Science: Three Courses from List*

*No course

prefix may be used more than once

ANTH 1 1 0 Contemporary Anthropology ( 1 )
Cultural Anthropology ( 1 )
World Archaeology
Crime and Justice Systems
Basic Economics
Principles of Macroeconomics

ANTH 21 1
ANTH 213
CRIM 101
ECON 101
ECON 121
GEOG 101
GEOG 102
GEOG 104
PSYC 101
PLSC 101
PLSC 111
SOC 151
SOC231

Introduction to Geography: Human Env ironment 3

Geography of U.S. and Canada 3

Geography of the Non- Western World ( 1 ) 3

General Psychology 3

World Politics (I) 3

American Politics 3

Principles of Sociology 3

Contemporary Social Problems 3

(I) Also fulfills requirement for non- Western course

Health and Wellness: One Course

HPED 143 Health and Wellness
FDNT 143 Nutrition and Wellness

9cr

3cr

An alternate method of ftilfilling this requirement is the completion of one
year of Military Science'ROTC: MLSC 101 Introduction to Military Science
and Lab (2cr) and MLSC 102 Fundamentals of Military Science and Lab
(2cr). The courses MLSC 203 and 204 may be substituted for MLSC 101
and 102. Veterans are given 4cr toward these requirements by validating two
years' active duty via form DD214.

Liberal Studies Electives: 0-9cr*

• At least one course must be numbered 200 or higher

• No course carrying the student's major prefix may be used

• No course prefix may be used more than once, except for intermediate-
level foreign language prefixes (FRNC. GRMN. ITAL. and SPAN),
which may be used twice.

• Refer to program of study for specific requirements

See list of Nonlaboratory Natural Sciences for additional courses which may
be used as Liberal Studies electives. Also see list of Non-Western Cultures
courses, some of which may be used as Liberal Studies Electives.

The follov%ing courses are also approved:

ANTH 286 Marriage. Kinship, and the Family

[same as SOC 286] 3

ARHI 205 Ancient to Medieval Art 3

Page 36

INDIANA UNIVERSmr OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

ARHI 207 Renaissance through Modern Art

ARHI 222 Art in America

BTED 101 Microbased Computer Literacy

[same as cose IFMG 101]
BTED 201 Internet and Multimedia [same as

COMNl cose IFMG LIBR 20 1 ]
CDFR 2 1 8 Child Development
CDFR 224 Marriage and Family Relations
COMM 101 Communications Media in .American Societv
COMM 20 1 Internet and Multimedia [same as

BTED COSC IFMG LIBR 201]
COMM 380 History of African Americans in Film
COSC 101 Microbased Computer Literacy

[same as BTED IFMG 101]
COSC 201 Internet and Multimedia [same as

BTED COMMIFMG LIBR 201]
CNSV 101 Personal and Family Management
CNSV 315 Consumer Economics and Family Finance
ECON 122 Principles of Microeconomics
ENGL 349 English Bible as Literature
FDNT 145 Introduction to Nutrition
FRNC 20 1 College French 1(2)
FRNC 202 College French n ( 2)
FRNC 203 Accelerated College French
FRNC 301 Portraits of Women in the French Novel
GEOG 230 Cultural Geographv
GEOG 23 1 Economic Geography
GEOG 25 1 Geography of Pennsylvania
GEOG 253 Geography of Europe
GEOG 26 1 Geography of Wine
GRiMN 25 1 German III (2)
GRMN 252 German IV (2)
HIST 210 .\ncient Civilizations: The Middle

East and the Eastem Mediterranean
HIST 212 .Ancient and Medieval Europe
HIST 214 Themes in .American History
HIST 305 Renaissance and Reformation
HIST 355 African Historv I: .Antiquity to 1600
HIST 363 Thought and Culture in Early America
HIST 364 Thought and Culture in Modem America
HIST 366 African-American Women
IFMG 101 Microbased Computer Literacy

[same as BTED COSC 101]
IFMG 201 Internet and Multimedia [same as

BTED COMM COSC LIBR 201]
ITAL201 Intermediate Italian ni
ITAL 202 bitermediate Italian fV'
JRNL 105 JoumaUsm and the Mass Media
JRNL 250 Women and the Press
JRNL 375 World News Coverage
L.ATN 102 Elementap. Latin II
LATN 201 Intermediate Latin (2)
LIBR 201 Internet and Multimedia [same as

BTED COMM COSC IFMG 201]
MATH 121 Calculus 1 for Natural and Social Sciences ( 1 )
MATH 122 Calculus II for Natural and Social Sciences
MATH 1 23 Calculus 1 for Physics. Chemistry, and

Mathematics ( I )
MATH 1 24 Calculus II for Physics. Chemistry, and

Mathematics
MATH 1 52 Elements of Mathematics II ( 1 )

(specified majors only)
MATH 214 Probability and Statistics for Business Majors
MATH 216 Probability and Statistics for Natural Sciences
MATH 2 1 7 Probability and Statistics ( 1 »
MATH 24 1 Differential Equations
MUHI 301 Music History I
MUHI 302 Music History n
PSYC 3 1 0 Development Psychology
PSYC 32 1 Abnormal Psychology "

PSYC 330
PSYC 378
PHE.232

Social Psyxrhology 3

Psychology of Death and Dying 3
Philosophical Perspectives on Love.

Marriage, and Divorce 3

Symbolic Logic n 3

Political Philosophy 3

.Ancient Philosophy 3

Modem Philosophy 3

Phenomenology and Existentialism 3

Philosophy of Science 3

Ethics and Public Policy 3

Justice and Human Rights 3

Contemporary .Analytic Philosophy 3

Metaphysics 3
Theory of Know ledge
Philosophy of Law
Philosophy of Langtjage
Pohtical Sociology [same as SOC 458]

Religion and Culture: Their intetactioD 3

World Scriptures 3

.American Religious Development 3

.Archaeology and the Bible 3

Philosophy of Religion 3

Early Christian Thought 3

Modem Christian Thought 3

Workplace Safety Today and Tomocrow 3
Marriage. Kinship, and the Family

[same Is .ANTH 286] ' 3

World Societies and World Systems 3

Sociology of Industry 3

Racial and Ethnic Minorities 3

Sociology of Sex and (jender 3

Social Stratification 3

PoUtical Sociology [same as PLSC 346] 3

Elementary Spanish n 4

Spanish for Health Care Professionals n 3

Spanish for the Hospitality Industry D 3

Intermediate Spanish 1 2 ) 4
Intensive Intermediate Spanish

[formerly SP.AN 201] 6

Introduction to Women's Studies 3

Students may use this course to fiiliill either the Leaming SkiOs:

Mathematics requirement or a Lil)eral Studies Elective requiitaueul, but

not both.

Higher-level language courses may be substinited by students

demonstrating such ability oo ptacement tests.

PHIL 321

PHIL 323
PHIL 324
PHIL 325
PHIL 326
PHIL 330
PHIL 400
PHIL 405
PHIL 410
PHIL 420
PHIL 421
PHIL 450
PHIL 460
PLSC 346
RLST200
REST 210
REST 260
REST 312
REST 329
REST 410
REST 440
S.AFE 145
SOC 286

SOC 337
SOC 340
SOC 362
SOC 363
SOC 445
SOC 458
SP.AN 102
SPAN 122
SPAN 132
SP.AN 201
SPAN 21 1

WTMST 200

(1)

(2)

Non-Westem Cultures: One Course from List 3cr*

•Students must fulfill this requirement by completmg one course trom the
Use most of these courses will at the same tmie fulfill oiber requirements set
by Liberal Studies or in some cases by a coU^e or department

.Also fulfills LS Social Science requirement:

.ANTH 110 Contemporary .Anthropology 3

ANTH 21 1 Culmral .Anthropology 3

GEOG 1 04 Geography of the Non- Western World 3

PLSC 101 World Politics 3

.Also fulfills LS Electrve requirement:

ANTH 271

Cultural -Area Studies: .Africa

[same as SOC 271]

ANTH 272

Cultural .Area Studies: China

[same as SOC 272]

ANTH 273

Cukural .Area Studies: Southeast Asia

[same as SOC 273]

ANTH 274

Cuhural Area Studies: Latin .America

[same as SOC 274]

ANTH 314

Native .Americans [same as SOC 314]

AN"TH 350

.Anthropology of Women

INDIANA UNF^ ERS1T\ OF PENNSYLV ANLA L'NDERGR.ADL.ATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Pa2e3-

ANTH 365 Native North American Religions

[same as RLST 365]
ANTH 430 Anthropology of Food
ARHI 300 Native American Art
ARH1423 Arts of Japan
ARHI 425 Arts of China

COMM 230 Issues in International Communication
ECON 350 Comparative Economic Systems
ENGL 396 The Literature of Emerging Nations
GEOG 252 Geography of Latin America
GEOG 254 Geography of Russia and the Soviet Sphere
GEOG 255 Geography of Africa
GEOG 256 Geography of East Asia
GEOG 257 Geography of South and Southeast Asia
HIST 206 History of East Asia
HIST 208 Survey of Latin American History
HIST 327 Soviet Union and Contemporary Russia
HIST 330 History of the Islamic Civilization
HIST 331 Modem Middle East
HIST 332 History of Early China
HIST 334 History of Modem China
HIST 337 History of Modem Japan
HIST 356 African History II: 1600 to Present
HIST 367 Native American History
ITST 281 Special Topics in Non-Westem Studies

LAS 480 Latin American Studies Seminar

PLSC 382 Political Systems: Africa
PLSC 387 Political Systems: Latin America
PLSC 389 Developing Nations
PNAFl 3 1 Introduction to Pan-African Studies
RLST 3 1 1 Eastern Philosophy
RLST 360 African Religions
RLST 365 Native North American Religions

[same as ANTH 365]
RLST 370 Religionsof China and Japan
RLST 375 Religions of India
RLST 380 Islam
SOC 27 1 Cultural Area Studies: Africa

[sameas ANTH 271]
SOC 272 Cultural Area Studies: China

[same as ANTH 272]
SOC 273 Cultural Area Studies: Southeast Asia

[same as ANTH 273]
SOC 274 Cultural Area Studies: Latin America

[same as ANTH 274]
SOC 3 1 4 Native Americans [same as ANTH 314]
SPAN 244 Modem Mexico
SPAN 344 20th-century Spanish-American

Civilization and Culture [taught in Spanish]
SPAN 364 Survey of Spanish American Literature

[taught in Spanish]

Fulfills LS Non-Western requirement only:
CRLG 151. 201. or 251 Arabic II. 111. or IV '
CRLG 152. 202. or 252 Chinese II. 111. or IV
CRLG 1 55. 205. or 255 Hindi IL III. or IV
CRLG 156. 206. or 256 Hungarian II. III. or IV
CRLG 1 58. 208. or 258 Japanese II. III. or IV
CRLG 159. 209. or 259 Korean II. III. or IV
CRLG 162. 212. or 262 Russian M. III. or IV
ECON 339 Economic Development I
PLSC 285 Comparative Government II:

Non-Westem Political Systems

Certain Study Abroad programs in non-Western culture areas are offered
(information is in the respective catalog section: further information is
available in the Office of Intemalional Affairs).

Synthesis: One Course 3cr

LBST499 Senior Synthesis (required of all students) 3

Prerequisite: 73 or more credits eamed

This course helps students understand and handle complex intellectual and
social issues from multiple perspectives. A selection of topics is available
each semester and summer session. Students should schedule the course
during the senior year, or at least no earlier than the last half of the junior
year. In order to broaden their experiences, students are encouraged to enroll
in synthesis sections taught by instructors outside of the students' major
fields.

Writing Across the Curriculum:

Minimum of Two "W" Courses

All students must include among the total courses required for graduation a
minimum of two designated writing-intensive courses. One of these courses
must be in the student's primary major; the other(s) may be in Liberal
Studies, college or major requirements, or free electives. Such courses,
which involve extensive use of writing as part of the learning experience, are
identified with a "W" as part of the section number in each semester's
schedule of classes listing on URSA.

Eligibility and .Application for Graduation

Commencement ceremonies are in May at lUP at the conclusion of the
spring semester and in December at the conclusion of the fall semester. Only
students who have completed all requirements for graduation by the end of
the semester are eligible to participate in the commencement exercises.
Students w ho have w ithdrawn from courses or have elected to take
incompletes or have failed courses during the semester and thus have not met
the requirements for graduation may not participate in commencement
exercises until those requirements ha\e been fulfilled. Students completing
requirements in August and December are included in the program list for
the December ceremony.

Students are responsible for knowing and fulfilling the requirements for
graduation in their degree program. All students w ho expect to graduate are
required to apply for graduation. Undergraduate students should check the
published deadlines for graduation application and should apply on the web
at vi'WH-.iup.edu/ursa by logging in to the secure website and clicking on the
"Academic Records" link under the "Student Records and Financial Aid"
menu. Further information on applying for graduation may be obtained at the
associate dean's office of the student's major college.

Degrees will not be posted until approval by the associate dean of the college
of the student's primary major is received in the Registrar's Office.
Diplomas will then be issued provided all financial obligations and
requirements (including primary major, secondary majors, and minors) have
been satisfied.

Pre-Approval for Transfer Coursework

Students enrolled at lUP who wish to take coursework at another institution
(either during the summer or regular semesters) must complete an
Application for Coursework Outside lUP prior to taking the course(s). Only
the credits from the course(s) transfer, not the grade: therefore, students
cannot use outside coursework for lUP's repeat policy. Only the credits for
which students receive the grade of A, B, or C will transfer. If P F is the only
grading option available, there must be a narrative evaluation from the
faculty member certifying that the work was of C level or better. No more
than 60 credits total may be eamed at a junior or community college for
application toward an lUP degree. If the courses are being taken within the
student's last 30 credits, the courses must be taken at lUP unless the
student's residency requirement for awarding of degrees is waived by the
college dean Courses w ithout prior approval are taken at the risk of the
student; there is no obligation on the part of any officer of this university to
accept or transfer such credit.

Forms for approval of off-campus coursework are available in the office of
the department chairperson of your major or the Office of Transfer Credit
Evaluation/Admissions Office. Full directions on the form outline the steps
involving the transfer evaluation, student's advisor, and college dean, or

Page 38

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

designee. After completing off-campus courseworlc, students should have the
institution at which the work was taken send a final official transcript
directly to Transfer Evaluation Services, 1 1 7 Pratt Drive. lUP, Indiana, PA
15705. Copies of transcripts issued to or hand carried by students will not be
accepted.

Program Changes

To insure their quality and relevance, academic programs at lUP are subject
to review and change by duly appointed and responsible university groups.
Because of this, the university recognizes that provisions must be made to
prevent hardship to students already enrolled in programs if changes later
occur in specific or general program requirements. Students affected by
changes in programs, policies, and regulations are therefore given the option
of following those requirements that are in effect when the student was first
enrolled in the program or those in effect at the time of expected graduation.
The student cannot, of course, combine chosen elements of the two. Should
a question of rule interpretation arise u ith respect to changes, the student, the
student's advisor, or both should petition the college dean for a decision
about which requirements apply.

b. A student entering through the nondegree program is governed by
the requirements in effect at the time degree candidacy is
awarded.

c. A part-time student may be covered by these provisions of
continuous registration to a maximum often years.

A student whose education is interrupted by two or more calendar years
will be governed by the requirements in effect at the time of
readmission to the university. The readmission may carry specific
requirements/substitutions necessary to provide for program integrity.
The applicability of coursework completed more than ten years prior to
the degree date is subject to review by the dean or designee for
evaluation on a course-by-course basis.

Residency Requirement for Awarding of Degrees

All students receiving an initial lUP baccalaureate degree are required to
complete 45 credits in lUP courses. At least 15 credits in lUP courses are
required to fulfill an lUP major and a minimum of 6 credits for a minor.
Normally, the student will complete the final 30 credits in residence in lUP
courses, unless specific approval has been secured from the dean of the
student's college. Exception to the above requirements for courses to be
earned in residence at lUP may be granted by the college deans based upon
the appropriateness and academic integrity of the courses in question. This
approval is generally sought as part of the process for prior approval of off-
campus coursework.

Non-Native Students: English Language Requirements

Non-native students of English, either international students or those from
the U.S. for whom English is not their first learned language, are required to
take an ESL Screening/Placement Test prior to registration in the first
semester attending lUP. The test is administered prior to registration in both
the fall and spring semesters. Results of this test are used to determine for
which English course (ENGL 100/ESL, ENGL 101/ESL, ENGL 202/ESL,
ENGL I21/'ESL) a newly admitted non-native student must register. In
addition, any currently enrolled non-native student can take the regularly
scheduled test to determine registration for non-ESL English courses. For
further information, contact Chair, English Department, 724-357-2261.

Timely Completion of Degree Requirements

The minimum total credit requirement for a baccalaureate degree at lUP is
1 20. Students who enroll in degree programs that require more than 1 20, or
who seek the added benefit of a double major, minor, or specialized
program, or who change majors should plan their sequence of courses
carefully with an advisor. Such students should be alert to the possibility that
they may need to carry a heavier-than-average class load in order to complete
the degree in eight semesters. In some situations, summer work or an extra
semester may be necessary. The need to enroll in remedial or other
preparatory coursework or to repeat courses may also affect progress toward
a degree.

Undergraduate Catalog Applicability Time Frame

The university reserves the right to modify degree requirements through
established governance channels. However, the general policy has been
established that the following time frame regulations form the basis for
application of the university's undergraduate degree requirements:
1 . A student who has been in continuous registration (fall and spring
semesters) or who has interruption(s) of less than two calendar years is
governed by the requirements outlined in the catalog in effect at the
time of entrance into a degree program (major),
a. A student w ho changes major will be governed by the

requirements of the major and/or college at the time of acceptance
into the new major, without change of Liberal Studies
requirements except as specified by the new major.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 39

Academic Affairs Division Areas

Mark J. Staszkievvicz, Provost and V ice President for Academic Affairs
Mark J. Piwinsky, \ ice Provost for Administration and Technology
Alicia \. Linzey, Interim Vice Provost for Research and Dean of Graduate Studies
Nicholas E. Kolb. Associate Provost and Dean, School of Continuing Education
Evelyn S. Goldsmith, Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs

Website: www.iup.edu/academicaffairs

The Academic Affairs areas below provide instruction in several disciplines that are not specific to one of the university's distinct colleges. They offer services
and instruction under the direction of the Provost's Office.

The University Libraries

\\ cbsilc : M'HB'. lib. iiip. eJii

Rena K. Fowler, Dean: Kli^abeth .A. Evans, Associate Dean
Carl .1. Kahkonen. ( hairpcrson: Brown, Connell, Diaz-Martin,
Drummond. Huoks, .lanlcki, Janosko, Jen, .Joseph, Kirhy, Knupp,
Laude, Lucas, McDcvIlt, Shively, Zorich: and professors emeriti
Chamberlin, LaFranchi, Scheeren, Snead. Wolf

The lUP Libraries ser\e the academic and scholarly needs of students and
faculty with 836.151 volumes and 2.626 journal titles, as well as media,
micro documents, and information databases. In addition to the main facility.
there is a library at each of the branch campuses at Punxsulawney and
Kittanning. as well as the Cogswell Music Library. The on-line catalog is
accessible throughout the libraries and on the Intemel from remote locations.
lUP students can use a variety of electronic resources, including abstracts,
statistics, and full-text articles on line.

Library faculty members offer individual and group instruction in using the
library through a 1 -credit course. LIBR 151 Introduction to Library
Resources.

Robert E. Cook Honors College

\\ cbsile: www.iup.edu/honors
Janet E. (Joebel, Director

The Robert E. Cook Honors College is lUP's universitywide honors program
for undergraduate students of all majors who are accepted into the program.
Its goal is to provide a unique educational environment in which students of
high ability and motivation can achieve their potential in a nurturing learning
community of fellow students and professors. The Honors College makes an
intentional effort to see that students and faculty are provided with integrated
courses, an appreciation for multiple perspectives on important issues, and
common learning experiences » herever possible; it strives to see that the
learning community remains cohesive w ith both academic and cocurricular
components throughout the four years of the student's honors experience.

The Robert E. Cook Honors College provides a challenging opportunity for
academic and personal development through an integrated program of
curriculum, residence, and cocurricular activities. Whitmyre Hall has been
renovated into a combined honors residential academic facility which
includes classrooms and program offices as well as student rooms and
cocurricular spaces.

Students in any academic major may apply for admission to the Honors
College. Students may enter the program as freshmen or later as sophomore
"transfer" students from either another university or from lUP. An
application is required and is evaluated by the Honors College Admissions
Board.

Requirements of the Program

Students accepted into the Robert E. Cook Honors College as freshmen are
required to live in Whitmyre Hall during the freshman year and are
encouraged to remain in the honors residence hall throughout their
undergraduate career as space permits. Exceptions to the freshman residency
requirements w ill be made only for nontraditional students (students twenty-

five or older or students w ho are married and/or have children) or for
students w ho reside at home w ith their legal guardians in the Indiana area
while at lUP. Application for exemption from the freshman residency
requirement should be made in the form of a letter to the Honors College
Director at the time of application to the program.

Students in the Honors College are required to maintain an overall 3.25
GPA. A student w ho falls below the 3.25 GPA will have one semester of
Honors College probation during w hich he/she may attempt to raise the GPA
to 3.25 and remain in good standing. Students w ho are dismissed from the
Honors College due to GPA may apply for readmission after having raised
the GPA to acceptable honors standards.

Course Requirements for Students .Admitted as Freshmen

Students admitted as freshmen are required to complete 24 credits of honors

work including:

18 hours: Honors Core I, II. IIKHNRC 101. 102, 201 ) and Honors

Core: Sciences (HNRC 202). HNRC 101 and 102 is a first-
year sequence; HNRC 201 and 202 may be taken in either
order during subsequent semesters. HNRC 101, 102, and
201 replace Liberal Studies requirements for College
Writing (ENGL 101). three humanities courses (ENGL 121,
HIST 195. and either REST 100 or PHIL 120). and one fine
arts course (either ARHI 101. ML'HI lOl.orTHTR 101).
HNRC 202 replaces Liberal Studies requirements for either
one nonlaboratory science and one scKial science or two
nonlaboratory sciences or two social sciences, depending on
the units selected.

3 hours: HNRC 499 Honors Synthesis (replaces Liberal Studies

requirement for LBST 499)

3 hours: Additional honors coursework

Students are encouraged to complete at least one honors course during every
academic year, although it is recognized that this might not be possible for
students participating in study abroad or off-campus internships.

Students are also encouraged to complete an undergraduate thesis for
graduation from the Honors College with distinction. Students may enroll for
thesis credit by completing the necessary approval forms and scheduling
HNRC 483 Honors Thesis/Independent Study or, in some departments, by
scheduling a departmental honors thesis course.

Applicants who may be interested in further information are invited to
contact the university Admissions Office at 724-357-2230 or 1-800-442-
6830 or the office of the Honors College in Whitmyre Hall at 724-357-4971.

Military Science ' ►?.

V\ebsitc: www. iup.edu/rotc

LTC Matthew M. Stanton, Chairperson; SGT Acy, OPT AUmon, SFC

Brangard, MAJ Brown, MAJ Higgins. Mrs. Rankin, CRT Wagner

Reserve Officers' Training Corps

The Unites States Army established a Senior Reserve Officers' Training
Corps program at the university in 1950. The ROTC program teaches

Page 40

INDL\NA UNFVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

leadership training that students can apply throughout their careers, be they
in business, industry, technology, education, the physical sciences, or the
humanities. .■Ml Military Science credits count toward graduation, and
students w ho complete the total program can earn a commission as a second
lieutenant and receive placement in one of nventy-four professional officer
specialties in the U.S. Army, including Military Intelligence, Military Police,
Signal. Medical Service, and the Corps of Engineers.

The ROTC program is divided into two phases; the Basic Course (freshman
and sophomore years) and the Advanced Course (junior and senior years). In
most cases, students progress through the ROTC program by enrolling in
MLSC 101 and 102 as freshmen. By taking MLSC 101 and 102. the student
fulfills the university 's 3-credit Liberal Studies requirement in Health and
Wellness. Students w ho continue in the Basic Course by enrolling in MLSC
203 and 204 as sophomores incur no military obligation, but they retain the
opportunity to compete for a full-tuition ROTC scholarship. Whether they
win an ROTC scholarship or not, all students who complete the Basic
Course are eligible to enroll in the ROTC Ad\anced Course. All Advanced
Course students receive financial assistance while they are enrolled in the
Advanced Course.

W hat ROTC Offers

• ROTC offers a comprehensive academic program in miUtary leadership
and teaches practical skills such as self-defense, adventure training,
rappelling. marksmanship, orienteering, and first-aid techniques.

• Regular ROTC classes for two semesters satisfy the mandatory Health
and Wellness Liberal Studies requirement for graduation.

• Equipment. ROTC textbooks, and uniforms are issued, without cost, to
enrolled students.

• Students enrolled in the Basic Course (MLSC 101, 102, 203, and 204)
become eligible for full-tuition scholarships and eiuollment in the ROTC
Advanced Course.

• Students formally eiu-olled in the Advanced Course (MLSC 305, 306,
407, and 408) receive a cash stipend (S250-S400 each month) for ten
months during the academic year and receive S600 each year for books.

• Students w ho complete the Ad\anced Course and graduate from the
university receive commissions as second lieutenants and serve in one of
three .Army components: Active Army, National Guard, or Army
Reserve.

ROTC Basic Course

The first two years of .Vlilitary Science (MLSC 101, 102, 203, and 204)
provide a background of the historical role of military forces as well as
current national military objectives. In addition, students develop basic
leadership skills in problem solving and decision making and learn sur\ ival
techniques, map reading, self-defense, rappelling. and marksmanship.
Graduates of the Basic Course incur no commitment to enroll in the ROTC
Advanced Course and incur no obligation for military service. Students may
enroll or withdraw from any of the four courses in the ROTC Basic Course
under the same pro\ isions and in the same manner as other academic courses
at IL'P. Veterans of U.S. Armed Forces. Junior ROTC and Civil .Air Patrol
graduates, and students w ho complete the ROTC Basic Camp at Fort Knox.
Kentucky, may recei\e exemption from the ROTC Basic Course if approved
by the Professor of Military Science, but they will not automatically receive
academic credit for the course.

ROTC Advanced Course

The last two years of Military Science (MSEC 305. 306. 407. and 408)
compose the Advanced Course and lead to a commission as an officer in the
United States Army. To be eligible to enroll in the Advanced Course, a
student must meet these criteria: be a citizen of the United States; be
physically fit and pass a physical examination; be an enrolled academic
junior or senior w ith at least a 2.0 GP.A; be not less than seventeen years of
age but less than thirty by the anticipated graduation date; successfully
complete the ROTC Basic Course or its equivalent; and be accepted by the
Professor of Military Science. Ad\anced Course students study advanced
leadership, management, professional ethics, small unit tactics, military law,
and instructional and training techniques. Practical application is the rule,
and students have the opportunity to practice and polish their skills as

members of the ROTC battalion leadership. Once Advanced Course students
agree in w riting to complete the Advanced Course, graduate on time, and
accept a commission as an officer, they become ehgible to receive a monthly
cash stipend of S250-S400 for ten months of the academic year and also
receive S600 a year for books.

Scholarships

High school seniors who ha\e applied to RJP can apply on line for lUP
Army ROTC scholarships at h-hm. armyrolc.com. Currently enrolled lUP
undergraduate students can compete for two- and three-year ROTC
scholarships, and graduate students can compete for tvv o-year ROTC
scholarships even if the> are not currently enrolled in Military Science
courses. To be fiilly eligible, applicants must meet these criteria: 2.5 GPA.
fijU-time student. U.S. citizen, physically qualified, and administratively
qualified. Regardless of the term of the scholarship (either two, three, or four
years), all fUP ROTC scholarships offer these benefits for each year that the
scholarship is in effect: full tuition (up to 510,000), S600 for books, and
S250-S400 per month for ten months of the school year. Call 1-800-IUP-
ROTC for application instructions.

ROTC cadets who want to attend medical or veterinary school after
graduation are eligible to compete for scholarships available through the
Army Health Professional Scholarship Program. Candidates must have a 3.5
undergraduate GPA, score 29 or higher on the MCAT, and be accepted to an
accredited medical school. Contact the Department of Military Science at 1-
800-IUP-ROTC for more information.

Program in Military Science

Required Courses:

MLSC 101
MLSC 102
MLSC 203

MLSC 204
MLSC 305
MLSC 306
MLSC 407

MLSC 408
(1)

Introduction to Military Science

Fundamentals of Military' Science

Fundamentals of Tactical Operations,

Techniques of Leadership, and Weapons

Characteristics

National Security and Fundamentals of

Military Topography

Fundamentals of Leadership and Modem

LeamingTeaching Relationship

Study of Ad\ anced Leader Planning and

Execution of Modem Combat Operations

Management of the Military Complex to

Include Fundamentals of Military and

Intemational Law

Seminar in Military Analysis and Management

2cr(l)
2cr(l)

2cT(2)

2cr(2)

3cr

3cr
3cr

MLSC 101-102 may substitute for the Liberal Studies requirement in
Health and Wellness.
(2) MLSC 203-204 are available as free electives to all students w ithout
any miUtary obligation.

Women's Studies Program

Website: n'ww.iup.edu/Homens
Carolyn .\. Thompson. Director

The Women's Studies minor is designed to e.xamine the status and
experiences of women from a multidisciplinary perspective. The courses use
a variety of methods and disciplinary perspectives to explore the impact of
gender on the experiences of the individual. Women's contributions to a
variety of fields and the historical, literary, and cultural images of women are
also addressed. Students are encouraged to challenge traditional theones and
research regarding women and to develop a cntical. multidisciplinary,
multicultural, and gendered view of the world. Courses taught within the
minor typically involve the students through innovative, experiential
classroom exercises and w ritten assignments. Courses in Women's Studies
address social equity issues and encourage students to perceive themselves as
capable of transforming society.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Pat!e41

A minor in Women's Studies indicates to the prospective employer an
awareness of and sensitivity to gender issues. This awareness may be needed
in the following positions: personnel specialist, affirmative action officer,
crisis intervention specialist, family and youth services provider, legal
advocate. A minor in Women's Studies can contribute to success in a variety
of fields including communication, counseling, criminology, education,
health, journalism, lau. politics, psychology, and applied sociology.

3
12

Minor-Women's Studies

Required course:

WAIST 200 Introduction to Women's Studies 3cr
Students receive approval for a specified course of study
from the follow ing courses: ( 1 )

ANTH 350 Anthropology of Women 3cr

CRIM 450 Women and Crime 3cr

ENGL 225 Introduction to Literature by Women 3cr

ENGL 336 Language, Gender, and Society 3cr

FRNC 301 Portraits of Women in the French Novel 3cr

HIST 369 Women in America 3cr

HIST 390 History of Women- World Cultures 3cr

HPED430 The American Woman and Sport 3cr

JRNL 250 Women and the Press 3cr
PHIL 232 Philosophical Perspi:ctives on Love,

Marriage, and Divorce 3cr

PSYC 379 Psychology of Human Sexuality 3cr

PS YC 4 1 1 Psychology of Women 3cr

SOC363 Sociology of Gender 3cr

SOC 427 Spouse Abuse 3cr

WMST482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

XXXX481 Special Topics (2) var-l-3cr

(oftered within department)

XXXX493 Internship (3) var-l-3cr

( 1 ) Students receive approval for a specified course of study from the
above list of courses and, with permission from the director of
Women's Studies, from selected women's studies courses that have
been recently developed. Please see wcbpagc hwh: iiip.edu'womens for
current information.

(2) Examples of XXXX 48 1 offered: ART 48 1 Maidens to Madonna,
BTED 481 Women and Business, REST 481 Women and Religion,
WMST 481 Special Topics in Women's Studies

(3) Internships (up to 3cr) may be counted towards the minor.

Office of International .Affairs

Website: wwH.iup.edu/internalional
Michele L, Petrucci, Interim Director

The Office of International Affairs (OlA) provides the leadership for Indiana
University of Pennsylvania's involvement in a wide range of international
activities.

The OlA is a central source of information which provides special services
for admitted intemational students, visiting scholars, and international
visitors and faculty. The office provides the follow ing serv ices to students:

• an extensive orientation program for new intemational students

• advising on immigration matters

• counseling on cultural and personal matters

• preparation and processing of immigration documents

• medical insurance information for intemational students and
exchange/study abroad participants

• financial assistance to qualified students through the partial tuition
waiver

• a predeparture orientation program for exchange and study abroad
participants

• a reentry program for participants returning from exchange or study
abroad

In addition, this office services the Intemational Student Club, w hich links
students to the larger community. The club provides an opportunity for
intemational students to share their perspectives and cultural traditions with
others in the university and in the community. The office also sponsors
monthly cotTee hours open to the university. Trips for intemational and
exchange students to Niagara Falls and Washington, D.C., are arranged and
partially funded through OlA.

International Exchange and Study Abroad Programs

Through the OlA, lUP students may broaden their education by taking part
in study abroad programs.

The office houses an exchange/study abroad resource library. Students
seeking information on academic programs offered by educational
institutions in this country and abroad are welcome to read the materials
available in the office. Qualified students planning to travel or study abroad
may also purchase the Intemational Student Identity Card-good for
discounts, identification, and insurance-in the Office of Intemational
Affairs.

More information about each of the following programs and programs
instituted after the date of this publication can be obtained in the Office of
Intemational Affairs, 120 Gordon Hall, 724-357-2295, or at the website
uH-vi'. iiip. edw'inlernational/abroad/menu.shtm.

.Australia, W'ollongong. This exchange is open to all students. Wollongong
University of Australia is located on the eastern shore of Australia, is similar
in size to lUP, offers across-the-board curriculum, and is available for
semester or academic year exchanges. Their fall semester runs from July to
November, and the spring semester is from February to June.

Bangladesh, Dhaka. Students studying business, computer science,
economics, environmental studies, sociology, anthropology, and public
administration have the opportunity to study for a semester or an academic
year at North South University in Dhaka. The language of instmction is
English.

Belize, Belize City. Students interested in Caribbean culture have the
opportunity to study for one semester or an academic year at the University
College of Belize in Belize. Courses w ill be primarily in business,
humanities, social sciences, and natural sciences and mathematics. The
language of instmction is English.

Brazil, Sao Carlos. Students studying in the Eberly College of Business and
Information Technology have the opportunity to study in Brazil for one
semester or an academic year. The language of instruction is Portuguese.
Contact the Office of Intemational Affairs for more information.

Brazil, SSo Paulo. Students studying in the Eberiy College of Business and
Information Technology have the opportunity to study in Brazil for one
semester or an academic year. The language of instmction is Portuguese,
Contact the Office of Intemational Affairs for more information.

China. Three exchanges in Beijing, Suzhou. and Shanghai are sponsored
through the Professional Studies in Education Department. Interested
students can attend Shanghai Teachers University, Beijing Capital Normal
University, or Soochow University and experience Chinese culture and
language for a semester of an academic year. The language of instruction is
Chinese.

China, Chengdu. Students studying in the Eberly College of Business and
Information Technology have the opportunity to study for one semester or an
academic year at the Southwestern University of Finance and Economics.
Language of instruction is Chinese.

Colombia, Bogota. Students with Spanish fluency interested in Colombian
culture have the opportunity to study for one semester or an academic year at
the Universidad de Los Andes. Courses are offered in business and social
science.

Page 42

INDIANA UNPVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Costa Rica. Heredia. A four-week intensive Spanish language program is
ofTered in the summer at the National Universit> of Costa Rica. For details
and brochures, contact the Spanish Department.

Croatia. Zagreb. Students studying in the College of Fine .Arts have the
opportunity to study for one semester or an academic year at the Academy of
Fine Arts and the .Academy of Music at the L'niversit> of Zagreb.

Croatia. Zagreb. Two exchanges are offered at the University of Zagreb for
students interested in music or fine art. The length of study is a semester or
one academic year. The language of instruction is English.

Egjpt, Cairo. Students majoring in education, language, conunerce. the arts
and sciences, and the humanities and social sciences may study for a
semester or an academic year at .Ain Shams University. The language of
instruction is English.

England. Bristol. Students wishing to enroll in courses in the areas of
economics, politics, sociologv. historv. and European social smdies may
study during the fall semester at the University- of the West of England.
Bristol.

England. Cambridge/Oxford. This nontraditional exchange focuses on
student w ith exceptional academic ability. lUP has a special relationship
with these universities, thus giving applicants a competitive edge when
applying to either university. Please see the Office of International .Affairs to
find out more about this program-
England. Greenwich. Students can attend for fall or spring semester or for
a full academic year exchange. Courses are ofTered primarily in the field of
education.

England. Leeds. Students wishmg to be in an English city enviromnent will
find Leeds a perfect choice. Exchanges are for a fall or spring semester or
the full academic year. Courses are offered in accounting, business,
economics, and public relations.

England. Liverpool. Students can attend a fall or spring semester or the fill!
academic year at the University of Liverpool. Full curriculum is available.

England. Oxford. .A three-week educational and cross-cultural experience
is offered in the summer at Oxford University.

England. Sheffield. Students smdying business have the opportunity to
study for a semester or academic year at Sheffield Hallam University.
Interest in other academic areas may be explored.

England. W orcester. Students are offered an opportunity to study at
Worcester College of Higher Education for one semester or an academic
year. Courses are offered in a variety of fields of study.

Europe (ETEN). This exchange is for education majors. Smdy at the
following schools: in Denmark, at Hogvangseminariet, Ribe
Statsseminarium. or Silkeborg Seminarium; in the Netherlands at Haagse
Hogeschool Uni\ ersity of Professional Education or HaiLzehogeschool; in
Norway at Adger Oslo or Stord University College; or in Sweden at Matmo
University and Goteborg. Exchange times vary for each exchange. Some
exchanges offer courses in a language other than English.

Finland. Tampere. Students studying business or occupational safety are
eligible to study at Tampere Uni\ ersity of Technology for a semester or
academic year. The language of instruction is English.

France. Nancy. The opportunity to study for one semester or academic year
at the University of Nancy 11 ( 140 miles from Paris) is available to qualified
students. The language of instruction is French. For details, contact the
French and German Department.

France, Nancy (summer). Two programs, one for English-speakmg and
one for French-speaking participants, are offered in the summer.

Germany. Duisburg. \ semester or academic year program at the
University of Duisburg is a\ ailable to qualified students who possess the
required German language competency. Courses are offered in German
language, literature, culture, business, and natural sciences. The taogtage of
instruction is German. For ftirther information, contact the French and
German Department.

Germany. Leipzig. Graduate students in business may study one semester at

the Leipzig Graduate School of Management of the Umv ersity of Leipz^
M.B j\. courses are offered in all fields of business admmisiratioo and
economics. .Advanced undergraduates w ith high GP.As may be consideied.
Most courses are taught in German.

Gemuny. Namberg. Students studying in the Eberiy CoQege of Business
and Information Technology have the opportunity to study for one semester
or an academic year at the Numberg University of .Applied Sciences^

Greece. Thessaloniki. Undergraduate students looking for a great aB-
around. European study abroad experience can travel to .American College of
Thessaloniki ( ACT) for one semester or one academic year. Classes are
available for all majors, and the language of instruction is English. .An
.American-sponsored, private, nonprofit educational institution founded m
1886. .ACT closely resembles a traditional New England college.
Thessaloniki combines both city and village-like atmosphere for an
incredible experience!

Hungary. Pecs. Smdents interested in Himgarian culture have the
opportunity to study abroad for a semester or acadeimc year at Janas
Parmonius University. Courses are offered m the following areas: hslixyof
East-Central Europe, political developmenc economic reform, social change.
arts and culture, and Central European studies. The language of instruction is
English.

Ireland. Dublin City. Students majormg in commuoicatioas media and
journalism can attend Dublin City University for a fall or spring g-mg^fr or

a fiill academic year exchange-
Italy. Torino. Looking for an opportunity to learn more about Italy than
pasta and biscotti? Check out this great opportunity for graduate and
imdergraduate students studying busmess administration and economics or
other related fields. Study at Universita Deali Studi di Torino. Scuoia di
.Amministrazione .Aziendale ( S^A-A ) for one or tw o semesters. The languages
of instruction are Itahan and English.

Japan. Osaka. The opportunity to study for a semester or one academic year

at Kansai Gaidai University is available to students mterested in Japanese
culture. A variety of courses are offered m the .Asian Studies PiugiauL The
language of instruction is English.

Jordan. .Amman. Students interested m Jortlanian culture have the
opportunity to study for a semester or an acadeimc year at the Unrvetsity of
Jordan. Courses are offered in business management, accounting, nuismg.
language, educatioa. and humanities.

Jordan. Irbid. Smdents interested in Jordanian culture may also smdy at
Varmouk University for a semester or academic year or may take mtensrve
.Arabic courses during the summer. Courses are offered in .Arabic language,
business, and political science.

Kenya. Eldoret. Smdents studying in the College of EdocatknaDd
Educational Technology have the opportunity to study for one semesler or an
academic year at Moi University in Kenya.

Kenya. Kenyatta. This exchange is for education majors desiring to
expenence .African education while earning credits toward their degree.
Smdy at Keny atta University for a semester or an academic year. Language
of instruction is English.

INDIANA LrNFVERSrn' OF PEN'NS\LVANLA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Pize 43

Republic of Korea. Chonnam. Students interested in Korean culture can
study at Chodang University for a semester or an academic year. The
program is open to all majors, and courses are offered across the curriculum.
The language of instruction is English.

Macau. Taipa. This exchange focuses on business study and offers courses
in the follow ing areas: accounting, computer studies, economics, finance,
management, and mathematics. The language of instruction is English.

.Malaysia. Kuala Lumpur. All students are welcome to attend FNTI
College, a private university, which offers a full curriculum. Exchanges are
available for a fall or spring semester or for a full academic year. Language
of instruction is English.

Mexico. Cucrnavaca. Students who are studying Spanish and ha\e an
interest in experiencing Mexican culture have an opportunity to participate in
a summer study program that is otTered at the Center for Bilingual and
Multicultural Studies, an atTiliate of the University of Morelos. For details
and brochures, contact the Spanish Department.

Mexico, Puebla. Students wishing to enroll in courses in Spanish, business,
international relations studies, anthropology, and hotel and restaurant
management w ith an interest in Mexican culture have the opportunity to
study at the Universidad de las .Americas. Puebla. for one semester or
academic year. The language of instruction is Spanish.

Norway. Kristiansand. Students may take courses offered in art.
economics, social sciences, education, fine arts, and more. The language of
instruction is English. Adger Uni\ersity is available for study in the fall
semester. Contact the Office of International AtTairs for more information.

Philippines. .Mindanao, .'\ttend Mindanao University for a semester or year
exchange. The exchange of students \s ill be open to any area of interest
expressed by either side, although initial emphasis w ill be placed on the
departments of psychology and English philosophy. Language of instruction
is English.

Poland. Opole. This exchange is open to any area of interest expressed,
though initial emphasis will be placed on the departments of psychology and
English philosophy. .Attend Opole University for a semester or and academic
year exchange. Language of instruction is Polish.

Poland. Poznan. Students studying chemistry', criminology. English,
industrial and labor relations, journalism, physics, psychology, and teacher
education have the opportunity to study for a semester or an academic year at
Adam Mickiewicz University in Poznan. The language of instruction is
Polish; however, some courses are offered in English.

Russian Federation, \ladivostock. Students interested in Russian and/or
Caucasian culture ha\e the opportunity to study in the Republic of North
Ossetia, located in the Caucasus Mountains of southern Russia. lUP students
may study at North Ossetia State University for a semester or academic year.
Courses are offered in archaeology, business and economics, education, fine
arts, humanities and social sciences, and natural sciences and mathematics.

Spain. X'alladolid. Students who have completed twelve university credits
in Spanish and have an interest in experiencing Spain's culture have an
opportunity to participate in the Pennsylvania Valladolid Study in Spain
Program during the spring semester. This experience w ill enable students to
spend a period of tw enty weeks immersed in Spanish culture and language at
the University of Valladolid. For details and brochures, contact the
Department of Spanish.

Sweden. Karlstad. Students « ishing to enroll in geography and tourism
courses w ith a desire to experience Swedish culture are invited to study at
the University of Karlstad. The language of instruction is English.

Taiwan. Taipei. Experience life in the capital of Taiwan at Tamkang
University. Across-the-board curriculum is otTered for semester or academic
year exchanges. Language of instruction is Chinese.

Turkey, Ankara. Students studying in the colleges of Education and
Educational Technology. Humanities and Social Sciences, and Natural
Sciences and Mathematics have the opportunity to study for one semester or
an academic year at Middle Eastern Technical University in Ankara. Courses
are taught in Turkish and English.

Zimbabwe, Harare. Students studying in the biological sciences have the
opportunity to study for one semester or an academic year at the University
of Zimbabwe.

International Student Exchange Program

The International Student Exchange Program offers a w ide range of
educational and cultural experiences for one semester or academic year for
participants at over one hundred institutions in thirty-five different countries.
(Summer and longer exchanges are also possible.) If you do not speak a
foreign language, you still have many sites in which the language of
instruction is English. If you do speak a foreign language, you have even
more options.

.National Student Exchange

Under this program. lUP is part of a national university ner\sork that enables
undergraduate students to study for up to one academic year at any of over
one hundred se\enty-one colleges and universities. In addition, this exchange
of students enables lUP students to enroll at any of these universities w ithout
having to pay out-of-state, nonresident tuition fees. While on exchange,
students have the opportunity to experience a ditTerent learning en\ ironment.
to broaden social and cultural awareness, and to live in another part of the
United States. (Alaska. Canada. Guam. Hawaii. Puerto Rico, and the Virgin
Islands are included.) Study abroad sites are also available.

International Student Teaching Opportunities

lUP students enrolled as teacher education majors in all certification areas
are eligible to participate in this half-semester student teaching program in
the follow ing areas; Copenhagen. Denmark; London. England: Worcester,
England; Paris. France: Malahide. Ireland: and Gronigen, The Netherlands.
See the College of Education and Educational Technology section of this
catalou for further information.

Slovaki Republic, Bratislava. Courses in Slovak language. Slovak
literature, culture, and history. English literature. English culture and history,
political science, sociology, physics, and psychology are available to
interested students at Comenius University. The program is for one semester
or an academic year.

Slovenia, Ljubljana. Students studying in the College of Fine Arts have the
opportunity to study for one semester or an academic year at the Academy of
Fine Arts and the Academy of Music at the University of Ljubljana.

Spain. Barcelona. Juniors and seniors, fluent in Spanish, with an interest in
experiencing Spanish culture, have an opportunity to enroll in management,
marketing, and tourism classes at Escuela Superior de Marketing I
Administration. The language of instruction is Spanish.

Internships/Cooperative Learning

W ebsite: wwH.iup.eduAnlermthips

Many departments of the university have developed internship'
cooperative education programs which allow a student to participate in
university-supervised w ork experiences for variable academic credit.
Internships co-ops are viewed as an integral part of a student's academic
preparation. .An internship co-op gives the student an opportunity to apply
theoretical and philosophical tenets of a discipline in a practical job
experience related to the student's academic program.

For general information about university internships, co-ops. and placement
options, the students should consult the internship coordinator in the Office

Page 44

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PEN-NSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

of Career Services, 302 Pratt HalL or their department interaship/co-op
coordinator.

Experiential Education Office fll

Website: twtv.iup.eduAnternships

The Harrisburg Internship Semester (T.H.I.S.)

The Hamsburg Internship Semester is available to an exceptional student
from any ILP major for the fall or spring semester. The program provides a
semester-long experience at the pohc>Tnaking level in the executive or
legislati\ e branches of state govenmient as well as independent boards,
agencies, or conmiissions. Students will earn 15 credits.

Requirements for eligibilitv are 57 or more earned credits and an overall
G?\ of at least 3.0. .Apphcants must also submit a sample of their writing
skills which must be a copy of an lUP writing assignment that has been
graded by an instructor.

T.H.I.S. consists of an internship with a research project for 12 credits and
an academic seminar for 3 credits. The program is directed by a
Peiuisy Ivania State System faculty member elected to direct the program in
Hamsburg. The faculty member will be the site supervisor and teach the
seminar course. Grades and credits vv ill be recorded on the students'
academic progress reports at lUP. See the course descriptions under UVWD
480 and 493."^

Housing w ith kitchenette is arranged through The Harrisburg Internship
Semester Program at mmimal cost to students. Students must first pay lUP
tuition, room, and board and then be partially reimbursed v ia a biweekly
paycheck during the semester. Students are responsible for their own
transportation costs between their home and Harrisburg.

T.H.I.S. is offered through the Internship Center, Office of Career Services,
in conjunction with the academic department of the successful candidate.
.Applications are submined to the Internship Office. 302 Pratt Hall. DeadUne
for submission for fall is March 1; the spring semester deadline is October 1.

INDIA.\A LTsrVTRSFTl' OF PENNSYLVANIA LTsDERGR-ADLATE CATALOG. 2003-04 Page 45

The Eberly College of Business and Information Technology

Robert C. Camp, Dean

Julie A. Moreland. Assistant Dean

Rajendra K. Murthy, Assistant Dean

Cynthia L. Strittmatter. Assistant Dean
Website: yxHw.iup.edu/business

In the spring of 1994. the College of Business was renamed to commemorate
the generous commitment of the Eberly fami!> through the Eberly Family
Trust to the de\ elopmcntal needs of the college. Departments within the
Eberly College of Business and Information Technology include .Accounting.
Finance and Legal Studies. Management. Management Information Systems
and Decision Sciences. .Marketing, and Technology Support and Training.

Mission Statement

The paramount mission of the college is to provide a broad range of high-
value undergraduate and graduate business programs for students seeking
preparation for professional careers in business and business education and
in nonprofit organizations. The college is especially commined to high-
quality instruction. In addition, the college is committed to research acti\ ities
u hich enhance the quality of instruction and contribute to the literature of
businesses and to service activities « hich enhance the economic vitahty of
the region and provide linkages and opportunities for involvement of faculty
and students w ith the business community.

A learning environment that includes opportunities for real-world exposure
» ill be prov ided by the college. Students w ill be exposed to instructors » ith
industrv consulting experience and w ill have opportunities for real-world
exposure through well-developed internship and outreach programs.

The college will provide opportunities for cross-cultural exposure to all
students. This will be achieved by the recruitment of a diverse student body,
maintenance of a faculty » ith diverse cultural backgrounds, and provision of
cross-cultural educational opportunities through a network of international
exchange partners.

Students w ill be exposed to the latest information technology. The college
will provide a high-tech, multimedia learning environment and student
connections to the latest global information bank.

Vision Statement

The Eberly College of Business and Information Technology w ill be clearly
recognized as having one of the premier business programs in the Common-
wealth of Pennsylvania and surrounding states. This w ill be evidenced by the
quality and breadth of its educational programs, the scholarly productivity of
its faculty, and its service contributions to the regional business community.

College Majors and Concentrations

• .Accounting

• Business ( Associate of .Arts )

• Business Education

• Business Technology Support

• Finance

• Human Resource Management

• International Business

• Management (concentrations in Operations Management. General
Management, and Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management)

• Management Information Systems

• Marketing

The Bachelor of Science degree is offered in Accounting. Business
Technology Support. Human Resource Management Finance. Management
Information Systems. Management, and .Marketing. The Technology Suppon
and Training Department offers the Bachelor of Science in Education degree

w ith a Business Education major. Two-year Associate of Arts degrees in
Business w ith a concentration in Computers and Office Information Systems
or in Business specializing in .Accounting are offered at the Indiana campus.

AACSB International .\ccreditation

A.ACSB Intemational-The .Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of
Business has accredited the undergraduate and graduate business degree
programs offered by the Eberly College of Business and Information
Technology. Accreditation shows that a school fulfills its mission, meets its
objectives, and maintains the high standards set by AACSB International.
The outcome is managers w ho know how to think, communicate, solve
problems, and prov ide leadership in the global marketplace.

Bachelor of Science Degree

For those pursuing the Bachelor of Science degree. lUP's training will pro-
vide a broad liberal background in the behavioral sciences; a keen perception
of the socioeconomic world in which we live and work; a foundation of gen-
eral professional education for personally fhiitful and socially usefiil careers
in the varied fields of business; and an opportunity to obtain the specialized
know ledge and skills essential to future occupational growth and advance-
ment. There are eight B.S. degrees offered in business-.Accounting. Business
Technology Suppon. Finance. Human Resource Management, International
Business. Management. Management Information Systems, and Marketing.
Each program includes a variety of business and business-related courses de-
signed to enrich the student's understanding of the modem business system.

A student may not pursue coursew ork in the Eberly College of Business and
Information Technology with the expectation of graduating from the college
unless he'she has been accepted as a degree candidate in the college.

Enrollment in all Eberly College of Business and Information Technology
courses at the 300 and 400 lev el is restricted to students with junior or senior
standing. All students, regardless of major or program affiliation, must meet
course prerequisite requirements in order to enroll for a given course.

Eberly College of Business and Information Technology students may. in
consultation w ith their advisors, plan their program of study to obtain a
minor in an area of business specialization other than their major or a related
area outside the Eberly College of Business and Information Technology.

Bachelor of Science in Education Degree

The college seeks to serve the needs of its students and the needs of business,
industry, and education through its diverse programs. The Bachelor of
Science in Education with a Business Education major is designed to prepare
teachers for comprehensive high schools, area vocational-technical schools,
and community colleges.

Associate of .Arts Degree

Students w ho desire a tw o-year program that prepares them to enter the
business world may elect to pursue the Associate of .Arts degree program in
Business specializing in Computer and Office Information Systems or the
Associate of Arts degree program in Business specializing in Accounting.

Eberly College of Business and
Information Technology Academic Policies
Junior Standing

To be accepted for junior standing a business major must have:

• Accumulated 57 credits or more of academic credit

• Achieved a minimum 2.0 cumulative GPA

Paae 46

INDIANA UNTVBRSrrY OF PEN'NSYLVANIA UNDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

• Successfully completed the following courses; ACCT 20 1 , 202. BLAW
235, BTED/COSC IFMG 101. ECON 121. 122. ENGL 101. 202.
MATH 115. 214. PSYC 101. and QBUS 215.

Business majors (except Business Education) who have not achieved junior
standing are normally not permitted to enroll in 300- or 400-level courses in
the Eberlv College of Business and Information Technology. Those who
have at least 57 credits w ith a 2.0 or better cumulative GP.A but vv ho have
not completed one or more of the required courses listed above may. with
permission, enroll on a one-time-onl\ basis in up to 9 credits of 300-lev el
Eberly College of Business and Information Technology courses.

Distribution Requirement

All Eberly College of Business and Information Technology majors (except
Business Education) must take a minimum of 50 percent of their degree
requirements (i.e.. at least 60 credits) in nonbusiness* coursevvork.

Residency Requirement

All of our college's majors (except Business Education) must take a
minimum of 50 percent of their required business* credits in ILP
coursevvork. lUP credits earned by examination such as CLEP are counted
toward lUP residency.

Restriction for Nonbusiness Majors

Students not majoring in business may count a maximum of 30 credits in
business* coursevvork toward the 120-credit-degree minimum. Business
credits in excess of 30 will be permitted only as credits beyond the 120 for
graduation.

*For purposes of all policies above, "business" coursevvork consists of all
Eberlv College of Business and Information Technology courses except
IFMG 101. QBUS 215. and courses in Business Education (BTED). ECON
334 is also treated as a "business" course. "Nonbusiness" coursevvork
consists of all BTED courses. IFMG 101. QBUS 215. and all non-Eberly
College of Business and Information Technology courses except ECON 334.

Office of .Academic Services

This office provides academic assistance to lower-div ision and probationary
students. The staff includes student peer adv isors and is directed bv the as-
sociate dean of the Eberly College of Business and Information Technology.
Peer advisors are available to ansvv er questions on the processes related to
registration, change of major, removal of incompletes, grade appeals, etc.

The otTice also houses the internship coordinator for the Eberlv College of
Business and Infonnation Technology. lUP offers one of the largest business
internships in Pennsylvania. Students can choose from a wide range of or-
ganizations to gain reai-vv orld experience vv hile earning academic credit. The
internship coordinator counsels students regarding internship prerequisites,
procurement of the internship position, and scheduling to ma.\imum benefit

School of International Management

With the increasing demand for cross-cultural know ledge and international
competence. Eberly College of Business and Infonnation Technologv has
committed itself to a comprehensive strategy of providing future business
leaders vv ith a global foundation so they may become the vv orld-class
managers of tomorrow. The School of International Management otYers a
rich program that u ill strengthen business students and provide regional
businesses vv ith personnel who have a global perspective and intemationalK
competitive management skills. This global perspective is prov ided to our
students through broad exposure to cross-cultural coursevv ork. integration of
international concepts in selected business courses, direct exposure to
indiv iduals from other cultures, and a period of residency in another country .

Business ■■\dvisor) Council

Eberly College's Business Advisorv Council is a select group of more than a
hundred business leaders. The council helps the college in its educational and
serv ice mission through counsel and feedback on matters such as program
objectives, curriculum development, program development and promotion,
and recruitment and retention of students and facult\ ,

Service Units

The Management Services Group is a confederation of consulting units
instituted in \^^\ by the Eberiy College of Business and Information
Technology in support of ongoing and start-up businesses in the Indiana
county region, .^n integral objective of the group is to provide educational
opportunities through an ongoing schedule of seminars and w orkshops for
local businesses.

The Indiana County Small Business Incubator was established in 1986 as
a joint etTon between lUP. the Indiana County commissioners, and several
countv and state agencies. The Ben Franklin Partnership has prov ided
operational capital and other support serv ices since the incubator's inception.
The incubator provides small start-up business with consultation, services,
and space.

The Small Business Institute (SBI) was established to assist existing small
businesses vv ith various types of problem resolution. Through the SBI.
undergraduate and graduate business students w ork imder close supervision
of facullv members to assist clients with accounting systems, market studies,
computer system installation, business planning, and operations
management.

The Government Contract Assistance Program helps area businesses
identify and respond to federal and state requests for bids for products and
serv ices. The program is funded by the Department of Defense. Contract
sales generated through this program add to the vitality of the local economy.

The Center for Family Business was designed to serve the unique needs of
family -owned businesses. Issues such as performance compensation,
establishment of an effective corporate board, conflict resolution,
management of siblings and cousin teams, succession, and estate planning
are critically important and v irtualK ignored by other educational forums.
The center provides an educational program consisting of four meetings per
year which focus on the topics outlined.

Department of .4ccounting

Website: HHW.hip. edit accounting

Germain P. Kline. Chairperson: .Anderson, Bradwick. Ghobashy.

Hyder. Joseph. Kline, Ponko, Pressly. Rahman. Robbins. W oan, ^ erep

.Accounting majors receive instruction in financial reporting system design
and analvsis. managerial accounting, taxation, and nonprofit accounting
leading to career opporttinities in public, industry, and government
accounting.

Bachelor of Science-.Accounting

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: M.ATH 115

Social Science: ECON 121. PSYC lOI

Liberal Studies Electives: 9er. BTED/COSC/IFMG 101.

ECON 122. MATH 214, no courses with ACCT prefix

College: Business Administration Core
Required Courses:

.ACCT 201 .Accounting Principles I 3cr

ACCT 202 .Accounting Principles II 3er

BL.AW 235 Legal Environment of Business 3cr

BTST32I Business and Interpersonal Communication 3cr

FIN 310 Fundamentals of Finance 3cr

IFMG 300 Information Systems: Theory and Practice 3cr

MGMT310 Principles of Management 3cr

MGMT 330 Production and Operations Management 3cr

MGMT 495 Business Policy 3cr

MKTG320 Principles of Marketing 3cr

QBUS 215 Business Statistics 3cr

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGR.ADU.ATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 47

Major: Accounting ( 1 )
Required Courses:

ACCT 303 Financial S>^tems Anal\-sis

ACCT 304 Intermediate Accounting I

ACCT 305 Intermediate Accounting 11

ACCT 3 1 1 Cost Accounting

ACCT 321 Federal Tax I

ACCT 401 Advanced Accounting

ACCT 4? 1 Auditing

Controlled Electives: Two courses from the following:

ACCT 412. 422. 432. 441, 451. 461. 471. BLAW 336

Free Electives: (2)

Total Degree Requirements:

(I)

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
6cr

120

Students must meet the grade prerequisite(s) listed in the course
description section of this catalog prior to advancing to the next course.
(2) Distribution Requirement; All Eberly College of Business and

Information Technologj majors (except those majoring in Business
Education) must take a minimum of 50 percent of their degree
requirements (i.e.. at least 60cr) in nonbusiness coiasework.

(2) MATH 1 1 5 is required in fiilfilUng four-year accounting degree
curriculum requirements.

Minor-.Accounting (1)

(for Business Majors in the Eberlv College of Business and Information
Technology only)

Required Courses:

-ACCT 201 Accountmg Principles I
.ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II
.ACCT 303 Financial Svstems .Analysis
.ACCT 304 Intermediate .Accounting 1
Two courses from the following:
.ACCT 305 Intermediate .Accounting 11
ACCT 3 1 1 Cost Accounting or

ACCT 300 Managerial .Accounting
ACCT 32 1 Federal Tax I ACCT 422 Federal Tax n
ACCT 43 1 Auditing ACCT 432 Forensic and
Internal .Auditing

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

3cr/6cr

.Associate of .Arts in Business Specializing in .Accounting

The Associate of Arts in Business Specializing in .Accounting is designed
with these objectives:

• To provide business occupational education with the opportunity for
specialization in the accoimting area

• To enable the student to enter accoimting positions in business and
government

• To enable the student to upgrade his her skills and knowledge to qualify'
for higher positions in business and government

After successfully completing the program, the student mav apply for
admission into a four-year baccalaureate program. Admission is not
guaranteed. If accepted, all of the credits earned in the associate program
v* ill quahfy towards the four-year degree program in accounting.

Associate of .Arts-Business Specializing in .Accounting

Liberal Studies: As outlined in the Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

English: ENGL 101.202

Fine Arts: ?cr

Health and Wellness: 3cr

Humanities: 3cr ( I )

Mathematics: 4cr(2)

Natural Science: 4cr

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr, ECON 122

Business Requirements
Required Courses:

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles I

ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II

ACCT 303 Financial Systems .AnaKsis

ACCT 304 Intermediate .Accounting 1

ACCT 3 1 1 Cost .Accounting

ACCT 321 Federal Tax I

BLAW 235 Legal Environment of Business

BTST 32 1 Business and Interpersonal Communications

MGMT 3 1 0 Principles of Management

MKTG 320 Principles of Marketing

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

Total Degree Requirements:

( 1 ) ENGL 1 2 1 . H 1ST 1 95. or PH ILULST designated courses.

( I ) Minor course requirements must be completed with a minimum
cumulative GPA of 2.0.

Department of Finance and Legal Studies

\\ ebsite: H-n-H.iup.edufinancelegal

Ibrahim Affaneh. Chairperson: .Ames. Boldin. Chaudhrv. Eastman.

Cart. Ra>. Troxell. \Nelker: and professor emeritus Strock

Finance .Major

The Finance major, leading to a degree of Bachelor of Science, is designed
to educate students who are interested in pursuing one of the manv career
opportunities within the areas of corporate and personal fmancial manage-
ment, banking, insiuance, other financial institutions, and investments.

The objective of the Finance program is to provide students w ith a broad
base of knowledge, both theoretical and practicaL as w ell as the analytical
and technical skills necessarv' to build a successful career in an exciting and
rapidly changing field.

Legal Studies

Legal Studies offers law and law -related courses w ith special emphasis on
business applications. Legal Studies provides the student » ith a broad legal
and ethical foimdation necessary to a career in business or as preparation for
pursuit of a law or law -related career.

Bachelor of Science-Finance (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 55

» ith the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 115

Social Science: ECON 121. PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. BTED'COSC/IFMG 101,

ECON 122. MATH 214, no courses with FIN prefix

College: Business .Administration Core 33

Required Courses:

.ACCT 201 .Accounting Principles I 3cr

.ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II 3cr

BLAW 235 Legal Environment of Business 3cr

BTST 321 Business and Interpersonal Commimications 3cr

FIN 3 1 0 Fundamentals of Finance 3cr

IFMG 300 Information Systems: Theory and Practice 3cr

MGMT 310 Principles of Management 3cr

Page 48

INDLANA LAIXERSm' OF PEN-NSYLVANIA LNDERGR-ADUATE CATALCXi. 2003-04

MGMT 330 Production and Operations Management

MGMT 495 Business Policy

MKTG 320 Principles of Marketing

QBUS 2 1 5 Business Statistics

Major: Finance
Required Courses:

FIN 315 Financial Analysis Using Electronic

Spreadsheets
FIN 320 Corporate Finance

FFN 324 Principles of Investments

FIN 360 Insurance and Risk Management

FIN 410 Financial Institutions and Markets

FIN 422 Seminar in Finance

Controlled Electives:
Three courses from the following:

ACCT 302, 321. BLAW 336, 440. FIN 350. 420,

FIN 424. 425. 48 1 . 493. REAL 382
One course from the following: ECON 325. 334. 345. 356

Free Electives: (*)

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
9cr

120

(*) Distribution Requirements: All Eberly College of Business and
Information Technology majors (except those majoring in Business
Education) must take a minimum of 50 percent of their degree
requirements (i.e.. at least 60cr) in nonbusiness coursework.

Pre-Law Track in Business

The Pre-Law track is intended for the student who is a business major
concentrating in one of the business areas and interested in law as a career.
The pre-law track consists of 21 credits selected by the student from a
predetermined list of courses spread over six areas of Humanities and Social
Sciences. The goals of this track are academic accomplishment, guidance,
and advisement. Interested business students should contact the pre-law
advisor in the Finance and Legal Studies Department.

Bachelor of Scienee-Buslness/Pre-Law Tracli (1)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54-56

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121

Social Science: ECON 121,PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: BTED/COSC/IFMG 101.

ECON 122. MATH 214. no courses with major prefix

College: Business Administration Core 33

Required Courses:

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles 1 3cr

ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II 3cr

BLAW 235 Legal Environment of Business 3cr

BTST321 Business and Interpersonal Communications 3cr

FIN 310 Fundamentals of Finance 3cr

IFMG 300 Information Systems: Theory and Practice 3cr

MGMT 310 Principles of Management 3cr

MGMT 330 Production and Operations Management 3cr

MGMT 495 Business Policy 3cr

MKTG 320 Principles of Marketing 3cr

QBUS 215 Business Statistics 3cr

Major: One Major in Business Administration Areas ( 1 ) 27

Accnunling Major

Business Technology Support Major

Finance Major

Human Resources Management Major

Management Major/Operations Management Track

Management Major/International Business

Management Major/General Management Track

Management Major/Entrepreneurship and Small Business Track

Management Information Systems Major

Marketing Major

Pre-Law Interdisciplinary Program for Business

Seven courses, with at least one course from six areas

Criminologv: CRIM 210. 215. 255

Economics: ECON 121. 122.332

English: ENGL 2 1 2. 220. 3 1 0

WiW/T.- HIST 320. 321.346

Philosophy: PHIL 101. 222. 450

Political Science: PLSC 358. 359. 361

Free Electives:

(#) Total Degree Requirements:

9-21

0-1

124-125

(#) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"

in the section on Requirements for Graduation.
(1 ) This is the generic outline for the pre-law program with any of the

listed Eberly College of Business and Information Technology majors.

Minor-Finance

(for Business Majors in the Eberly College of Business and Information
Technology only)

Required Courses:

FIN 310

Fundamentals of Finance

3cr

FIN 320

Corporate Finance

3cr

FIN 324

Principles of Investments

3cr

Controlled Electives: Two courses from the following:

FIN 315

Financial Analysis Using Electronic

Spreadsheets

3cr

FIN 360

Insurance and Risk Management

3cr

FIN 410

Financial Institutions and Markets

3cr

FIN 420

Investment Analysis

3cr

FrN424

International Financial Management

3cr

REAL 382

Real Estate Fundamentals

3cr

Department of Management

Website: www.iup.edii/managcmenl

Prashanth N. Bharadwaj, Chairperson; Ali, Anderson, Ashanialla,
Falcone, Gibbs, Mohamed, Orife, Osborne, Ryan, Slack, Soni,
Wisnieski; and professors emeriti McGovern, Stevenson

Graduates holding the Bachelor of Science degree in Management may find
employment opportunities in both the public and private sectors.
Opportunities are expected to be especially plentiful in the ser\'ices sector
(e.g., retailing, health care, information technology, finance, and
transportation), where these degrees will be valuable.

The department offers three separate degree programs: Management, Human
Resources Management, and International Business.

The Bachelor of Science degree in Management offers three tracks in
which students can choose to concentrate: General Management. Operations
Management, and Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management.

General Management Track. While both management theory and
application are taught in all of the department's majors, the track is
distinguished by its emphasis upon the achievement of organized goals
through the elTorts of oruani/^ation members.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANL\ UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 49

Operations Management Track. Students in this track are well grounded
in both theory and application, focusing on production, operations, quality
issues, and inventory and capacity' management.

Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management Track. Students
taking this track w ill focus on creation and operation of a small business.
This track is also for graduates who will be working in small businesses
where the manager often must perform several managerial roles and manage
several functions.

The Bachelor of Science in Human Resource Management prepares
individuals in both the theoretical and applied aspects of managing the
human resources function in organizations as a generalist or specialist.
Students will gain expertise in areas such as job design, staffing, training,
compensation, and performance appraisal.

The Bachelor of Science in International Business offers students an
opportunity' to acquire a thorough understanding of managing global
operations in the contemporary business en\ ironment. In addition, students
develop skills in a traditional functional area (finance, human resources,
marketing). The combination of these two objectives enables students to
successfully perform in today's competitive global ecoi'iomy.

Bachelor of Science-Management/General Management Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 55

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 115

Social Science: bCON 121, PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, BTED/COSC/IFMG 101.

ECON 122. MATH 214. no courses with MGMT prefix

College: Business Administration Core
Required Courses:

ACCT201 Accounting Principles 1

ACCT 202 Accounting Principles 11

BLAW 235 Legal Environment of Business

BTST 321 Business and Interpersonal Communications

FIN 3 1 0 Fundamentals of Finance

IFMG 300 Information Systems: Theory and Practice

MGMT 3 1 0 Principles of Management

MGMT 330 Production and Operations Management

MGMT 495 Business Policy

MKTG 320 Principles of Marketing

QBUS 2 1 5 Business Statistics

Major:

Required Courses:

ECON XXX Any advanced 300-400-level ECON course
MGMT 300 Human Resource Management
MGMT 31 1 Human Beha\ior in Organizations
MGMT 351 Iniemalional Management
MGMT 428 Seminar in Management
MGMT/MKTG 432 Business and Society
MGMT'ACCT Any one Management course or
ACCT 300 Managerial Accounting

Controlled Electives: ( 1 )

Students must select two advanced Business electives from
300-level courses or above. No more than 3cr of MGMT 493
may be used to meet this requirement.

Free Electives: (2)

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

Total Degree Requirements:

120

nonbusiness coursework. The first 9cr of Economics (ECON 121, 122,
and the elective, ECON 330 or 334) will be considered "nonbusiness"
for purposes of this calculation. Given the foregoing, a minimum of 5cr
of free electives must be taken in nonbusiness coursework by most
Management Department majors.

Bachelor of Science-Management/Operations Management Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 115

Social Science: ECON 121. PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. BTED COSC1FMG 101,

ECON 122. MATH 214. no courses with MGMT prefix

College: Business Administration Core
Required Courses:

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles 1

ACCT 202 Accounting Pnnciples II

BLAW 235 Legal Environment of Business

BTST 321 Business and Interpersonal Communications

FIN 3 1 0 Fundamentals of Finance

IFMG 300 Information Systems: Theory and Practice

MGMT 3 1 0 Principles of Management

MGMT 330 Production and Operations Management

MGMT 495 Business Policy

MKTG 320 Principles of Marketing

QBUS 2 1 5 Business Statistics

Major:

Required Courses:

ACCT 300 Managerial Accounting
MGMT 300 Human Resource Management
MGMT 334 Quality Management
MGMT 437 Operations Management System
MGMT 438 Seminar in Operations Management
Controlled Electives:

One course from the following: ECON 330, 334
Three courses from the following: ACCT 311, BTST 342,
IFMG 251,350, MGMT 311. 400, 40 1 . 48 1 , 493,
MGMT/MKTG 350, MG.MT/MKTG 432,
MKTG 420, 434, QBUS 380, 401, SAFE 101

Free Electives: ( 1 )

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
9cr

120

( 1 ) Operations Management track majors are required to take a minimum
of 50 percent of their degree requirements-i.e., a minimum of 60cr-in
nonbusiness coursework. The first 9cr of Economics (ECON 121, 122,
and the elective, ECON 330 or 334) will be considered "nonbusiness"
for purposes of this calculation. Given the foregoing, a minimum of 5cr
of free electi\ es must be taken in nonbusiness coursework by most
Management Department majors.

Bachelor of Science-Management/Entrepreneurship and Small
Business Management Track

( 1 ) MGMT 275 will be considered an advanced business elective.

(2) General Management track majors are required to take a minimum of
50 percent of their degree requirements-i.e.. a minimum of 60cr-in

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 115

Social Science: ECON 121, PSYC 101

Page 50

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANU UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Liberal Studies Electhes: 9cr. BTED COSC IFMG 101.
ECON 122. MATH 214. no courses with MGMT prefLX

Collese: Business Administration Core

Required Courses:

ACCT201 .■\ccounnng Principles I

ACCT 202 .Accounting Principles n

BLAW 235 Legal Environment of Business

BTST 32 1 Business and Inteqjersonal Communications

FIN 3 1 0 Fundamentals of Finance

IFMG 300 Information S>-stems: Theor>- and Practice

MGMT 3 1 0 Principles of Management

MGNfT 330 Production and Operations Vfanagement

MGMT 495 Business Polic>

MKTG 320 Pnnciples of Marketing

OBL'S 2 1 5 Business Statistics

Major:

Required Courses:

-ACCT 300 .Managerial .Accounting

MGMT 275 Introduction to Entrepreneurship

MGMT 325 Small Business Management

MGMT 403 Small Business Plaiming

MGMT 492 Small Business Entrepreneurship Internship

Major Area Restricted Electives

3CT

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
6cr
9cr

Free Electrves: ( 1 )

Total Degree Requirements:

120

( I ) Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management track noajors are
required to take a minimum of 50 percent of their degree requirements-
i.e.. a minimum of 60cr-in nonbusiness courses ork. The first 9cr of
Economics ( ECON 1 2 1 . 1 22. and the elective. ECON 330 or 334) will
be considered ""nonbusiness" for purposes of this calculation. Given the
foregoing, a minimum of 5cr of free electives must be taken in
nonbusiness coursework by most Management Department majors.

Bachelor of Science-Human Resources Management

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: VLATH 115

Social Science: ECON 121. PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. BTED COSCTFMG 101.

ECON 122. MATH 214. no courses with MGMT prefix

College: Business Administration Core

Required Courses:

ACCT 201 Accounting Principles I

.ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II

BLAW 235 Legal EnvTTormient of Business

BTST 321 Business and Interpersonal Commimications

FIN 3 1 0 Fundamentals of Finance

IFMG 300 Information Sv^ems: Theory and Practice

MGMT 3 1 0 Principles of Management

MGMT 330 Production and Operations Management

MGMT 495 Business Policy

MKTG 320 Principles of Marketing

OBL'S 2 1 5 Business Statistics

Major: Human Resource Management

Required Courses:

ECON 330 Labor Economics

MGMT 300 Human Resource Management

MGMT 305 Organizational Staffing

MGMT 400 Compensation .Vlanagement

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3CT

3cr
3cr

MGMT 40 1 Management De\ elopment Traming
MGMT 402 Seminar in Human Resource Management or

MGMT 428 Seminar in Management
ControDed Electives: Select three courses from the following;
ACCT 300. BTST 342. ILR 4S0. MG.MT MKTG 432.
MG\rr 31 1. 334. 351. 406. 452. 493. PSYC 390. 41 1.
SAFE 101. SOC 340. 348. 362

Free Electives: (1 1

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr

120

Human Resources Management majors are required to take a minimum
of 50 percent of their degree requirements-i.e.. a minimum of 60cr-in
nonbusiness coursework. Tlte first 9cr of Economics (ECON 121. 122.
and 330) will be considered ""nonbusiness- for purposes of this
cakrulatioo. Giv en the foregoing, a minimimi of 5cr of free electives
must be taken in nonbusiness coursework by most Management
department majors.

Bachelor of Science-International Business

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section 55

w ith the following specifications:

Homanities: PHIL 222

Mathematics: MATH 115

Social Science: ECON 121. PSYC 101.

.ANTH ; \'} ANIH 211 GEOG 104PLSC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. BTED COSC IFMG 101.

ECON 122, MATH 214. no courses with MGMT prefix

College: Business .Administration Core 33

Required Courses:

ACCT 201 .Accounting Principles 1 3cr

.ACCT 202 .Accounting Prmciples n 3cr

BLAW 235 Legal Environment of Business 3cr

BTST 321 Business and Interpersonal Conmiunications 3cr

FIN 310 Fundamentals of Finance 3ct

IFMG 300 Information S>'steni5: Theorv and Practice 3cr

MG.\rr310 Principles of Management 3cr

MGMT 330 Production and Operations Managemetu 3cr

MGNfT 495 Business Policy 3cr

MKTG 320 Principles of Marketing 3cr

QBUS 215 Business Statistics 3cr

Foreign Language Requirement ( 1 ) 0-9

Foreign Residency Requirement i2)

Major: International Business

Required Courses: 12

ECON 345 International Trade 3cr

MGMT MKTG 350 biteraational Business 3cr

MGMT 454 International Competitiv eness 3cr

MG.MT 459 Seminar in International Management 3cr

Concentration area courses: (select one concentration: 9

choose three of the four courses in the chosen area)

Finance Concentration:

FIN 320 Corporate Finance 3cr

FIN 324 Principles of Investments 3cr

FIN 410 Financial bistitutions and Markets 3cr

FIN 424 International Financial Manaaement 3cr

INDIANA LAIXERSm- OF PENNSYLVANIA LADERGR.ADLATE CATALOG. 2003-04

PaaeJl

Human Resources Management Concentration:

MGMT 300 Human Resources Management

MGMT 400 Compensation Management

MGMT 402 Seminar in Human Resource Management

MGMT 452 Comparative Management

Marketing Concentration:

MKTG 32 1 Consumer Behavior

MKTG420 Marl^eting Management

MKTG 42 1 Marketing Research

MKTG 430 International Marketing

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

2-11

120

( 1 ) Candidates must demonstrate a conversational proficiency in a foreign
language. This requirement may be met by; (a) successful completion
of 9 intemicdiate-levcl credits in a specific language, or (b) successful
completion of an exemption or credit examination in lieu of the above.
A foreign student, registered as such at lUP. whose acquired native
language is other than English and who demonstrates an acceptable
proficiency in English, can meet the foreign language requirement by
successful completion of an exemption examination in the acquired
native language.

(2) Candidates must document one semester of foreign residence
(minimum of three months). Normally, the foreign residency
requirement will be met in conjunction w ith a work experience,
internship, or student exchange. A substitute cross-cultural experience
may be permitted with the recommendation of the academic advisor.
The foreign language requirement is a prerequisite to the foreign
residency requirement.

IMinor-.VIanagemcnt 15

(for Business Majors in the Eberly College of Business and Information
Technology only)

Required Courses: 9

ILR 480 Principles and Practices of Collective

Bargaining 3cr

MGMT 300 Human Resources Management 3cr

MGMT 401 Management Development Training 3cr
Two courses from the following: 6

ECON 330 Labor Economics 3cr

MGMT 402 Seminar in Human Resource Management 3cr
SAFE 101 Introduction to Occupational Safety and Health 3cr

{ I ) Minor course requirements must be completed with a minimum
cumulative GPA of 2.0.

Department of Management Information
Systems and Decision Sciences

Wehslle: www.iup.eJii/mis-ilcsci

l.ouisc B. Burky, Chairperson: Albohali, Nahouraii, Pierce, Rodger,

Solak, Wang, Wibowo; and professors emeriti Shildt, Spencer

Management Information Systems prepares students for careers in computer-
based information systems in organizational environments. Newer areas such
as networking, cybersecurity, and usermanager involvement in the global
business environment are integrated with the traditional skills of
programming, analysis and design, database development, various
architectures, and application development. Microprocessor technology, the
mainframe environment, and client server applications are included, as well
as an emphasis on business computing issues such as profitability,
budgeting, collaboration, and project management. These adhere to
standards for a balanced curriculum as promulgated by the Association for

Information Systems (AIS), the technology-accrediting arm of the
Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business ( AACSB). AIS now
comprises organizations such as AITP, SIMS, TIMS, ORSA and ICIS.

Decision Sciences provides students with a knowledge of statistical and
quantitative methods used to enhance the business decision process. The
methodologies include linear programming, forecasting, simulation,
stochastic process, queuing, and network models.

The department creates a learning process that instills in its graduates
respect, integrity, excellence, and a commitment to lifelong learning.
Internship experiences facilitate the student's entry into lull-time
employment in a rapidly changing technological environment.

The department welcomes minors for students who are majoring in other
business programs. The minor program offers other business majors a
technical enhancement to their area of interest, a necessity for today's
business manager.

Bachelor of Science-Management Information Systems (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 55

with the follow ing specitlcations:

Mathematics: MATH 115(1)

Social Science: ECON 121, PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, BTED/COSC 101,

ECON 122. MATH 214 (2). no courses with IFMG prefix

College: Business Administration Core 33

Required Courses:

ACCT20I Accounting Principles I 3cr

ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II 3cr

BLAW 235 Legal Environment of Business 3cr

BTST32I Business and Interpersonal Communications 3cr

FIN 310 Fundamentals of Finance 3cr

IFMG 300 Infomiation Systems: Theory and Practice 3cr

MGMT 3 1 0 Principles of Management 3cr

MGMT 330 Production and Operations Management 3cr

MGMT 495 Business Policy 3cr

MKTG 320 Principles of Marketing 3cr

QBUS2I5 Business Statistics 3cr

Major: Management Information Systems 27-28

Required Courses:

IFMG 2 1 0 Introduction to Front-End Business Applications 3cr
IFMG 230 Introduction to Back-End Business

.Applications or 3cr

cose 220 Applied Computer Programming 4cr

IFMG 250 Business Systems Technology 3cr

IFMG/COSC 352 LAN Design and Installation 3cr

IFMG 450 Data Base Theory and Practice 3cr

IFMG 460 Analysis and Logical Design 3cr

IFMG 475 Project Management and Implementation 3cr

Controlled Electives: 6cr

Select any two courses from the following categories:
Software Development: COSC 1 1 0, 300. 304. 3 i 0,

COSC 344, 345, 362, IFMG 330
Networks and Cybersecurity: COSC 316, CRIM 321, 323,

COSC/IFMG 354, IFMG 368, 382, 480
Database and Decision Support: IFMG 455, 465,

OBUS380,40I,48I
Special Topics, Internships, and Seminars: IFMG 48 1,

485, 493

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

4-5

120

Page 52

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

(*)

(1)

(2)

Distribution Requirement: All Eberly College of Business and
Information Technology majors (except those majoring in Business
Education) must take a minimum of 50 percent of their degree
requirements (i.e., at least 60cr) in nonbusiness coursework.
MATH 115 or 121 or 123.
MATH214or216or217.

Minor-Management Information Systems 15

(for Business .Majors in the Eberly College of Business and Information
Technology only)

Required Courses:

IF.MG 210 Introduction to Front-End Business Applications 3cr
WMG 230 Introduction to Back-End Business Applications 3cr
IFMG 300 Information Systems: Theory and Practice 3cr ( 1 )

Controlled Electives: (2) 6cr

Select 6cr from any IFMG courses except IFMG 101 and 201

( 1 ) IFMG 300 is both a core course and requirement for the minor.

(2) MIS minor should include a concentration in all IFMG courses. .As a
result. QBUS courses will not be counted towards the minor.

Major: Marketing 27

Required Courses:

-\IKTG 32 1 Consumer Behavior 3cr

MKTG 420 Marketing Management 3cr

MICTG421 Marketing Research 3cr

MKTG 422 Seminar in Marketing 3cr

Controlled Electives: Five courses from the following: 15cr

MGMT MKTG 350. .MKTG 430. 43 1, 432, 433. 434."
MKTG 435, 436, 437. 438. 439, 440, 441, 481 (3cr max),
MKTG 482 (3cr max), 493 (3cr max), a maximum of two (6cr)
senior-level non-MKTG prefix courses from complementary
areas (such as ACCT. COMM. ECON. GEOG. JRNL. DAIG.
MATH. MG.MT. PSYC. etc.) to meet individual student
program and career preparation needs (with advisor permission)

Free Electives: I Maximum of 5er in nonbusiness courses) 5

Total Degree Requirements: 120

(*) If the student graduates with no more than a ma.ximum of I20cr, no
more than 50 percent, or 60cr. can be business-related courses. BTED
COSC IFMG 101, QBUS 2 1 5, and all ECON courses are considered
nonbusiness.

Department of Marketing

N% ebslte: yn\-n. iup.edu. marketing

\ incent P, Taianu Chairperson: Batra. Bebko, Garg, Krisbnan,

LaRosa. Sciulli Sbarma. \\ eiers

The Bachelor of Science in .Marketing program is designed to prepare its
majors for a wide range of careers in private and public sector marketing,
including sales management, retailing, brand management advertising,
distribution and logistics, customer relationship management, marketing
research, public relations, marketing for nonprofit organizations,
e-commerce. and international marketing. The program focuses on
integrating technical knowledge in all areas of marketing w ith analytical and
communication skills to prepare students for the challenges of the global
competition in the twenty-first century.

Bachelor of Science-Marketing (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section SS

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: M.ATH 115

Social Science: ECON 121, PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, BTED/COSC/IFMG 101,

ECON 122, MATH 214, no courses with MKTG prefix

College: Business .administration Core 33

Required Courses:

.ACCT 201 .Accounting Principles 1 3cr

ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II 3cr

BLAW 235 Legal Environment of Business 3cr

BTST321 Business and Interpersonal Conununications 3cr

FIN 310 Fundamentals of Finance 3cr

IFMG 300 Information Systems: Theory and Practice 3cr

MGMT 310 Principles of Management 3cr

MGMT 330 Production and Operations Management 3cr

MGMT 495 Busmess Pohcy 3cr

MKTG 320 Principles of Marketing 3cr

QBUS 215 Business Statistics 3cr

Minor-Marketing

(for Business Majors in the Eberly College of Business and Information

Technoloav onlv)

Required Courses:
MKTG 320 Principles of Marketing
.MKTG 32 1 Consumer Behavior
.MKTG 420 Marketing Management
Two additional MKTG courses

3cr
3cr
3cr
6cr

Department of Technology Support and Trainin;

\\ ebslte: n-H-n-.iup.edwiechnolog) support

Linda F. Szul, Chairperson: Denardo, Hemby. McPherson. Moore,
Rowell, Wilkie, \Mllis, \\ oodland; and professors emeriti Beaumont.
Bianco, Patterson Cordera. Mahan. Moreau, Morris, Polesky. Sheeder,
Steigmann, Woomer

This department offers the following degrees: Bachelor of Science in Educa-
tion w ith a Business Education major. Bachelor of Science w ith a major in
Business Technology Support, and a tw o-year .Associate of -Arts degree in
Business with a Computer and Office Information Systems emphasis.

Business Technology Support Major (Bachelor of Science)

The Business Technology Support majors are equipped to be versatile
professionals. The program encompasses the knowledge, skills, and attitudes
required of a professional who provides support to users of information
technology to maintain and improve overall organizational effectiveness.
This program places emphasis on understanding how technology contributes
to individual and w ork group performance and to behavioral factors, such as
communications, ergonomics, training, and change.

The curriculum is designed to challenge students to understand their
dynamic role from both an organizational and indiv idual viewpoint.
Graduates of the program can pursue career paths such as website managers,
technology trainers, help desk administrators, e-business designers, local area
network administrators, and documentation curriculum developers as they
relate to enterprise-w ide solutions, support services, and technology training.

The department welcomes minors. A minor provides Business majors with
the opportunity to complement their major w ith business technology support
courses.

1NDLA.NA UM\ERSiri' OF PENNSYLVANIA L"NDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-<M

Pase 53

Business Education Major (Bachelor of Science in Education)

The lUP Business Education program is accredited by the National Council
tor Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). The program leads to the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Education and Penns\ Ivania teacher certifi-
cation in business, computer, and information technologv for grades K-12.

The program in business education is dedicated to preparing teachers who
will be qualified and certificated to instruct students to live and work in a
business en\ ironment. The business education program recently (2000)
received a national honor as the outstanding program in the nation by the
Association for Career and Technology Education.

The major is intended for those interested in teaching in public elementary,
juniormiddle. and senior high schools, vocational-technical schools, private
business schools, or industry. Students ha\e a choice of the following
certification areas: business, computer, and information technology; or
marketing education.

A student must apply to the dean of the College of Education and Educa-
tional Technology to receive an Initial certificate to teach in Pennsylvania's
public schools. Certification to be a business education teacher is approved
by the dean of the College of Education and Educational Technology when a
student has met all the requirement.' in professional education. Liberal
Studies, and business education major courses. Students must attain a 3.0
overall GPA in order to student teach. See details of the lUP 3-Step Process
In the section "Admission to Teacher Education and Certification" in the
College of Education and Educational Technology section of this catalog.
The candidate for certification must also complete successfully the core
battery and specialization sections of the National Teachers" E.xamination.

All students w ho lake a business education major complete a professional
education core and must also meet the standards set by the College of
Education and Educational Technology (see Department of Technology
Support and Training Student Handbook, page 8).

Before graduation, each business education student must document
completion of 500 hours of business work-related experience. This
experience can be acquired during summer vacations and in offices on the
campus during the regular school term. Previous documented experience
may also be counted.

Bachelor of Science in Education-Business Education (*) (1)

Major: 40

Required Courses:

Business Education Core 22cr

ACCT201 .Accounting Principles 1 3cr

ACCT 202 .Accounting Principles 11 3cr

BL.'\W235 Legal Environment of Business 3cr

BTED309 Keyboarding for Educators Icr

BTST 101 Introduction to Business 3cr

BTST321 Business and Interpersonal Cominunlcations 3cr

IFMG 300 Information Systems; Theory and Practice 3cr

MKTG320 Principles of Marketing 3cr
Select from one of the follow ing U\o certification options;
Business, Computer, and Information

Technology Certification: 18cr

BTED cose IFMG 101 Microbased Computer Literacy 3cr

BTED 370 Technology Applications for Education 3cr

BTST 273 Hardware Support Solutions 3cr

BTST 310 Telecommunications 3cr

BTST 383 Microcomputer Software Solutions 3cr

BTST 401 Web Design 3cr

Marketing Education Certification: (3) 18cr

BTED cose, IFMG 101 Microbased Computer Literacy 3cr
DEDU 413 Methods and Evaluation in Marketing Education 3cr

MKTG 433 Advertising 3cr

MKTG 435 Professional Selling and Sales Management 3cr

MKTG 436 Retail Management 3cr

MKTG XXX Marketing Elective (advisor approved) 3cr

(#) Total Degree Requirements: 120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

( 1 ) According to Pennsylvania Commonwealth guidelines, students must
be certified in K-12 and not in separate areas. An exception is
Marketing Education.

(2) Students electing for Marketing Education certification are not required
to take BTED 3I2.

(3) Students can transfer credit from another regionally accredited
Institution.

(#) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.

Liberal Studies: As outlined In Liberal Studies section

with the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 101 or higher

Natural Science: Option 1 recommended

Social Science: F.CON 121. PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. ECON 122. MATH.

no courses with BTED prefix

College: Professional Education Sequence: (2)
BTED 3 1 1 Methods in Business and

Information Technology I
BTED 3 1 2 Methods In Business and

Information Technology II
EDEX 30 1 Education of Students w ith Disabilities

in Inclusive Secondary Settings
EDSP 102 Educational Psychology
EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures
EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience 1
EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II
EDUC 44 1 Student Teaching
EDUC 442 School Law

3cr

Bachelor of Science-Business Technology Support

College:

3cr

Required Coi

ACCT 201

2cr

ACCT 202

3cr

BLAW 235

BTST 321

3cr

FIN 310

Icr

IFMG 300

Icr

MGMT310

12cr

MGMT 330

Icr

MGMT 495

MKTG 320

QBUS215

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications;

Mathematics: MATH 115

Social .Science: ECON 121. PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. BTED/COSC IFMG 101.

ECON 122. .MATH 214. no courses with BTST prefix

urses: Business .Administration Core

Accounting Principles I 3cr

Accounting Principles 11 3cr

Legal Environment of Business 3cr

Business and Interpersonal Communications 3cr

Fundamentals of Finance 3cr

Information Systems: Theory and Practice 3cr

Principles of Management 3cr

Production and Operations Management 3cr

Business Policy 3cr

Principles of Marketing 3cr

Business Statistics 3cr

Page 54

INDIANA UNIVERSrrV OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Major:

Required Courses:

BTST 273 Hardware Support Solutions
Telecommunications
Training Methods in Business and
Information Technologj' Support
Microcomputer Software Solutions
Technology Support Dexelopment
Enterprise Technology Support
Seminar in Business Technolog) Support

COSC/IFMG 352 Computer Network Installation
and Administration

Controlled Electives: (select two of the following):

BTED201 Internet and Multimedia
Web Design

Website Development and Administration
Internship

Problem Sol\ ing and Structured Programming
Interactive Internet Programming » ith Java

BTST 310
BTST 311

BTST 383
BTST 411
BTST 413
BTST 480

BTST 401
BTST 402
BTST 493
COSC 110
cose 304

3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
6cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

Free Electives: { 1 )

Total Degree Requirements:

120

( 1 ) Business Technologv' and Support majors are required to take a

minimum of 50 percent of their degree requirements-i.e., a minimum
of 60cr-in nonbusiness coursework. ECON 121 and 122 will be
considered "nonbusiness" for purposes of this calculation.

Tech Prep

The Technologv Support and Training Department has signed articulation
agreements w ith high schools throughout Western Pennsvlvania. Graduates
of these approved programs have the opportunity to schedule advanced
courses and develop higher-level skills to enhance emplo>Tnent options. For
additional information, contact the department secretarv' at 724-357-3003.

.\ssociate of .Arts Degree

Offering specialization in computer and office information systems (COIS),
the Associate of Arts Degree in Business is designed to be a rvvo-year
curriculum w ith these objectives:

1. To provide business occupational education with the opportunity for
specialization in COIS.

2. To enable the student to enter COIS positions in business and
government.

3. To enable the student to upgrade hisher skills and knowledge to
qualify' for higher positions in business and government.

4. To provide the foundation to continue education in a four-year degree
program. This program is offered at the Indiana campus only.

Associate of Arts-Business-Computer and Office Infortnation
Systems Specialization

Liberal Studies: As follows:

English: ENGL 101

Fine Arts: one course from list

Humanities: HIST 195 and one course from

LBST list of Philosophy and Religious Studies

Mathemarics: MATH 1 15 or 121

Social Science: PSY'C 101 and one course from

non-v\ estem cultures LBST Social Science list

Liberal Studies Electives: ( I )

BTED/COMM/COSC/IFMG/LIBR 201. COSC/IFMG

ECON 122

.Major: Business (Associate) Core

Required Courses:

ACCT201 Accounting Principles I

01,

ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II
BTST 101 Introduction to Business
BTST 221 Business Technical Writing

Other Requirements: Computer and Office Specialization

BTED 250 Electronic Office Procedures
BTED 273 Word Processing Applications
IFMG 205 Foundations of M IS

Advisor-Approved Elective

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

( 1 ) Students cannot repeat the same prefix in this category.

3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

Minor-Business Technology Support 15

(for Business Majors in the Eberly College of Business and Information

Technology only)

Required Courses:

BTST 273 Hardware Support Solutions
BTST 383 Microcomputer Software Solutions
BTST 310 Telecommunications
BTST 4 1 1 Technology Support Development
BTST 4 1 3 Enterprise Technology Support

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

Business Minors for Eberly College of
Business and Information Technology Students

Minors in Accounting. Finance, Human Resources Management. Manage-
ment Information Systems, Marketing, and Business Technology Support are
offered only for students who are majoring in one of the other majors in the
Eberly College of Business and Information Technology and assume the
common 36-credit Business core.

Minor in Business Administration for Nonbusiness .Majors

The Eberly College of Business and Information Technology offers, as a
joint etTort of its departments, a 21 -credit minor for nonbusiness majors. The
program is designed to give nonbusiness majors a general background in
business with 12 credits of prescribed Liberal Studies courses and 20 credits
of required business courses.

Minor-Business Administration (for nonbusiness majors)

Prescribed Liberal Studies:

Mathematics: MATH 2 1 4 or 2 1 7

Social Science: ECON 121

Liberal Studies Electives: BTED/COSC/IFMG 101. ECON 122

Required Business Courses:

ACCT 201
ACCT 202
FEN 310
MGMT310
MKTG 320

Accounting Principles I
Accounting Principles II
Fundamentals of Finance
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing

Other Requirements:

Two of the following courses with advisement:

BLAW 235 Legal Environment of Business

BTST 32 1 Business and Interpersonal Communications

IFMG 300 Information Systems; Theor> and Practice

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

INDIANA UNrVERSrrV OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 55

The College of Education and Educational Technology

John V\ . Butzow, Dean

Edward \N . Nardi, Associate Dean for Academic Affairs

Judith \\ . Hechtman, Interim Associate Dean for Teacher Education

Lloyd Onyett, Assistant Dean for Information and Communications Technology

Website: www.iup.edii/edtication

Since its founding in 1875 as the Indiana Normal School, Indiana University
of Pennsylvania has been widely recognized for its excellent programs in
teacher education. Although the scope of the university has been greatly
expanded, the College of Education and Educational Technologj' continues
the tradition of preparing outstanding teachers to serve the students of the
commonwealth and the nation.

The college comprises nine multidimensional departments which offer
twenty-five programs leading to the bachelor, master, and doctoral degrees.
Undergraduate programs prepare students in teacher education (elementary,
early childhood, secondarv, vocational, and special education), and
communications media. In addition, a diverse set of graduate programs,
detailed in the Graduate School Catalog, meet the needs of practitioners in
basic education, higher education, counseling, and communications media.

The departments in the college are Adult and Community Education.
Communications Media, Counseling. Educational and School Psychology.
Foundations of Education. Professional Studies in Education. Special
Education and Clinical Services, and Student Affairs in Higher Education.
Each department makes a unique contribution to the total preparation of
students w ithin the college. Some programs provide service courses to
enhance the professional preparation of students; others, such as professional
programs in teacher education, public school administration, and personnel
services, lead to certification for public school teaching or supervision in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

The college is well known for its opportunities to practice "hands-on"
learning. Over five hundred students enjoy early field experiences each
semester. In addition, the college places about six hundred student teachers
each year in public schools which provide a full semester of supervised
teaching experience. Students are encouraged to take advantage of a full
range of activities offered in urban, rural, and multicultural settings.

Practical experiences are important for students majoring in communications
media. Students in this program are prepared in one of the largest internship
programs in Pennsylvania. They select supervised work experiences with
agencies throughout the commonwealth and neighboring states; many
students are so successful in their internship placements, they are hired
immediately upon graduation.

Summary' of Certification Programs Offered

Bachelor of Science in Education (B.S.Ed, with certification)

• Elementarv Education

• Early Childhood Education

• Secondarv Education

English. French, German. Social Science (Citizenship), Social

Studies, Spanish (for details, see the College of Humanities and Social

Sciences)

Bidlogv. Chcmistrv, Earth and Space Science, General Science,

Mathematics, Physics (for cklails, see the College of Natural Sciences

and Mathemalics)

Health and Physical Education, Family and Consumer Sciences

Education (Home Economics) (for details, see the College of Health

and Human Services)

Art, Music (for details, see the College of Fine Arts)

Business (for details, see the Eberly College of Business and

Information Technology)

• Special Education
Speech-Language Pathologj- and .Audiology
Education of Exceptional Persons

Education of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons

• Vocational/Technical Education (for details, see the School of
Continuing Education)

Bachelor of Science Degree (B.S.)

• Communications Media

Graduate Programs (See the Graduate School Catalog)

• .Master's Degree (.VI. Ed. unless otherwise noted): Adult and
Community Education (M.A.), Business, Counselor Education, Early
Childhood Education, Education of Exceptional Persons, Educational
Psychology, Elementary Math Education, Literacy, Masters in
Education. .Mathematics Education. Music Education (M.A.). Speech-
Language Pathology (M.S.), Student Affairs in Higher Education
(M..^.). Teaching/English (M.A.)

• Doctoral Degree (D.Ed.): Elementary Education, School Psychology,
Education Leadership (with Superintendent's Letter of Eligibility)

• Certification Only: Reading Specialist, School Psychologist,
Elementary/Secondary Principal, Superintendent's Letter of Eligibility

Teacher Certification Programs

Programs in teacher education provide students w ith opportunities to gain
competence in both generic and program-specific competencies. Students
who prepare to become teachers should be able to demonstrate:

3.
4.
5.

depth and breadth of knowledge in subject matter content and

pedagogical skills.

an understanding of and the ability to apply the theoretical and practical

aspects of human growth and development as they relate to teaching

and learning.

skills and abilities to work collaboratively with others.

professional commitment to students, colleagues, and the community.

the belief that professional development is an ongoing process.

Teacher education programs at lUP focus on student learners who are taught
and guided by a faculty committed to the preparation of competent teachers.
Students preparing to become teaching professionals must exhibit humanism
and adaptability, practice and communicate critical thinking skills, and
become excellent role models. These qualities are developed through
coursework and activities that emphasize the liberal studies in concert with
appropriate professional pedagogy. Collaboration is modeled as university
faculty, public school personnel, and students work together to accomplish
goals of the [UP teacher education programs.

Degree Requirements

All degree candidates in the College of Education and Educational
Technology (except for three special programs) must satisfactorily complete
a minimum of 1 20 credits in three categories: Liberal Studies, a specialized
major field, and professional education. Program revisions are ongoing in an
attempt to provide teachers in training with the most current information
related to teaching and learning. Students should always consult w ith
advisors to determine what changes, if any, have been made in their chosen
program of study.

Page 56

INDIANA UNIVERSrry OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Liberal Studies^8-54 credits, described in this catalog under

Requirements for Graduation.
Specialized major field-requirements listed under department

otTerings.
Teacher Education Prograin-29 credits, as follows:
Preprofessional Sequence-6 credits

COMM 1 03 Digital Instructional Technology 3cr

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology 3cr

Professional Sequence-21> credits:
EDEX 300 Education of Students with Disabilities in

Inclusive Elementary Classrooms or 2cr

EDEX 301 Education of Students with Disabilities

in Inclusive Secondary Settings 2cr

EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures 3cr

EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience 1 Icr

EDLC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II Icr

EDUC 442 School Law Icr

Methods Course-( Teaching of ) 3cr

EDUC 4XX Student Teaching-( One semester) 12cr

Change of Major to a Teacher Education Program

Currently enrolled students who w ish to make application for a teacher
education program may get an application for a Change of Major from the
college dean's office or department that houses the major. Secondary
education program are housed in the college of their respective discipline. A
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 is required for all education majors by
Chapter 354 of the Pennsylvania Education Code.

Students w ishing to be considered as Elementary Education. Early
Childhood Education, and Special Education majors must also submit with
their application documentation of their successful completion of Pra.\is 1
(PPST). Applications will be reviewed three times a year beginning the third
Monday of September. February, and July. Students approved for a Change
of Major w ill be notified in writing w ithin 14 business days. Students
admitted to the new major w ill be advised by a faculty advisor in the major
and permitted to register for major courses during the next registration
period.

Change of Major applications must be submitted to the appropriate academic
department chairperson. Applications are reviewed by the chairperson and/or
teacher education coordinator. The recommendation is then forw arded to the
college dean's office for final review and action. Students must also comply
with the lUP 3-Step Process to teacher education as appropriate to their
current status. This information can be viewed on the College of Education
and Educational website at www.iup.edu/teachered/certification.

lUP Teacher Education 3-Step Process

To insure that students in IL'P teacher preparation programs are
progressively developing the necessary knowledge, skills, and dispositions to
become a teacher, there is an evaluation and advisement of each candidate at
each of three stages. Student progression to the ne.xt step is predicated on a
positive recommendation by the program coordinator and academic advisor.
As a result, there is an evaluation and advisement at each of the three steps.

When students are admitted to the university and declare an intent to pursue
the teacher certification program, they will be given a program code thai
designates that intention, but at that point, they w ill not be fully admitted to
the teacher certification program.

Initial Requirements

Prior to being formally admitted to the lUP Teacher Certification Program,
the following initial requirements must be met by candidates:

• Complete a minimum of 48 credits of university coursework and
establish a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0.

• COMM 103 vKith a grade of C or better.

• EDSP 102 with a grade of C or better.

• Schedule and pass the Praxis 1 exams.

• Have completed and passed with a grade of C or better 6 credits of
college-level mathematics.

• Have completed and passed with a grade of C or better 6 credits of
English composition and literature.

• Begin to develop a professional portfolio based on the requirements and
expectations of the program department.

Step 1. Admission to Teacher Certification Program
Procedure: During the student's third semester at lUP. candidates must file
an application and personal goals essay with the major academic advisor.
The advisor or departmental program coordinator will review, recommend
approval or denial, and forward the application to the Office of the Associate
Dean for Academic Affairs. College of Education and Educational
Technology. Applications will be reviewed immediately after posting of
semester grades.

Transfer students from either within the university or from another
institution and postbaccalaureate students will have their transcripts
individually reviewed by the associate dean for Teacher Education, College
of Education and Educational Technology, and the coordinator of the
selected certification program to determine a specific, sequenced program of
study that will be in concert with the program and sequence of other
applicants but. to the extent possible, refiective of their previously earned
courses and completed experiences.

Requirements:

A. Completion of at least 48 credits of university coursework and
establishment of a minimum cumulative GPA 3.0 as required by
Chapter 354 of the Pennsylvania Education Code. Transfer students
and students seeking second degree-first certification and second
certification with sufficient credits (48) must complete one semester
(12cr minimum) at lUP to establish a GPA.

B. Completion of COMM 103 with a grade of C or better.

C. Completion of EDSP 102 with a grade of C or better.

D. Completion of ENGL 101 and the lUP Liberal Studies requirement in
ENGL/ENGL 121 with a grade of C or better.

E. Completion of 6 credits of college-level mathematics with a grade of C
or better.

F. An affirmative recommendation from the major academic advisor.

G. Completion of initial speech/hearing screening test.
H. Clearance on TB testing and Acts 34 and 151.

I. Attainment of a satisfactory score on the three components of Praxis 1
exams (Writing, Math. Reading), to be scheduled by the student and
taken no later than the end of the second semester at lUP. The Praxis
exams may be taken a maximum of t\vo times before the student is
ineligible for admission to Ib'P teacher certification programs. The
Writing section of the Praxis 1 exams should not be taken until after
completion of ENGL 101. Note: Praxis information is available from
the Career Services Office.

J. Program department evaluation and approval of the student's
professional portfolio based upon established criteria.

K. Completion of any other program department requirements as outlined
in this catalog.

L. Satisfactory completion of an essay describing personal goals and the
reason for wanting to become an educator.

Results: If the requirements are met. the associate dean for Teacher
Education, College of Education and Educational Technology, w ill send the
student a letter of admission to the Teacher Education Program. The program
code for the student will be changed to reflect the status of admission to the
Teacher Education Program. At this point, the student may consider
enrolling in the following courses from the professional education core:

• EDUC 242

• EDUC 342

• EDSP 477

• EDUC 442

• EDEX 300 for Elementary and Eariy Childhood majors or
EDEX 301 for all other secondary and specialty area majors

• Appropriate program-specific methods courses

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 57

Notes:

1 . EDL'C 242 and 542 must be taken in sequence and may not be taken
stmultaneousK' during the same semester. Acts 34 and 151 clearances
are \alid for onl> one year. After receiving the initial set of clearances.
teacher preparauon students must apply for nc* clearances during the
month of Ma\ of each year to insure that a valid clearance is on file
before going into the schools for any field experience.

2. If the requirements for "Admission to Teacher Education" are not met
by the end of the student's fourth semester or after completing 60
credits, the student u ill not be permitted to continue pursuit of
professional education and will be counseled into another major or
program of study.

Step 2. .Admission to Student Teaching

Procedure: The student must file an application through the department
coordinator with the Office of the .Associate Dean for Teacher Education.
College of Education and Educational Technology, at least one semester
before the actual experience.

Requirements:

A. Completion of all requirements in Step 1 including:

1 . All required professional education core courses with a minimum
grade of C in each:

a. EDEX300or30l

b. CO.MM 103

c. EDSP 102

d. EDLC 242

e. EDLC 342

f. EDL C 442

g. EDSP 477 (where required)

2. Methods courses in major area

B. Satisfactorv completion of at least 91 credits with a minimum
cumulatiN e GPA of 3.0 as required by Chapter 354 of the Pennsyh ania
Education Code. Transfer students w ith suflTicient credits (91 ) must
complete one semester ( 1 2-credit minimum I at lUP to establish a GPA.

C. Completion of the Liberal Studies Science requirement courses with a
minimum of grade of C in each.

D. Attainment of a passing score on the current!) required Praxis n exams
(and other Pennsylvania Department of Education examinations
required for the specific teachmg disciplines), as set annually by the
Pennsylvania Secretary of Education.

E. .AflirmatiNe recommendation b> the student's major departmental
adv isor or program coordinator.

F. Program department evaluation and appro\al of the student's
professional portfolio based upon the respective program's established
criteria.

G. Completion of any other program department requirements as outlined
in this catalog.

Results: If the requirements are met. the associate dean for Teacher
Education. College of Education and Educational Technology, will confirm
approval by letter and process the student teaching placement It is the
student's responsibility to formally register for student teaching during the
registration process.

If the requirements are not met. the student will be informed of the denial b>
lener and be administratively removed from the student teaching placement
The student ma> not register for student teaching until deficiencies are met
andor removed from the student's academic record. It may also be
determined that the student should be counseled into another field of study.

Step 3. Recommendation for Certification
Procedures: Complete application for the Pennsylvania Department of
Education Certification and file v« ith the certification officer (associate dean
for Teacher Education. College of Education and Educational Technology)
by the listed dates appropriate to the anticipated date of graduation.

Requirements:

.A. ,A minimum grade of C in all professional education courses and an
minimum cumulative GP.A of 3.0 for students admitted into teacher

education thereafter as required by Chapter 354 of the Peimsylvania
Education Code.

B. Rev iew and recommendation by the major academic advisor indicating
completion of all departmental teacher education requirements
including final passage of the professional ponfolio.

C. Completion of student teaching w ith a minimum grade of C.

D. Payment of the current processing fees.

E. No criminal charges or convictions.

Appeal Provision: A studoit who believes that any requirement of this
policv has been inequitably applied or that he she merits special considera-
tion mav appeal through the proper sequence of channels: academic advisor,
chairperson, and finally the associate dean for Teacher Education. College of
Education and Educational Technology. Appeals must be made before the
end of the next regular academic semester following the application.

Everv^ effort should be made to resolve the appeal through the process so
described. If. at the conclusion of the appeals process, the student is still in
disagreement with the findings, the student may request rev iew before the
Teacher Education .Appeals Committee of the .Academy for Teacher
Preparation. The committee will be composed of three members representing
the faculty of the .Academy for Teacher Education Preparation, the Teacher
Education Coordinator's Council, and senior teacher preparation students.

To initiate an appeal the student must file a form obtained at the Office of
the Associate Dean for Teacher Education. College of Education and
Educational Technology. Appeals will be heard only during the regular
academic semester. The student will be expected to submit w ritten
documentation of his her complaint about the process of rev iew for
continuation or eligibility in the teacher education program. The committee
vv ill rev iew the materials and make its recommendation to the associate dean
for Teacher Education. College of Education and Educational Technology . A
final decision rests with the associate dean for Teacher Education. College of
Education and Educational Technology, who is the certification officer.

tnd .Notes

In all cases where advisor action is required, departments may choose to use
a committee or other departmentally approved process. In cases where
someone other than the academic adv isor supplies recommendations, the
department needs to place a copv of its policy and procedures on file with
the associate dean for Teacher Education. College of Education and
Educational Technology.

Some departments have additional junior standing requirements in place.
Departments may continue to apply those requirements but need to keep a
current copy of these requirements on file vv ith the associate dean for
Teacher Education. College of Education and Educational Technology.

Federal Higher Education .Act Title II

The Federal Higher Education .Act Title 11 requires all institutions that
educate teachers to publish annually the passing rates on Praxis tests for their
Program Completers. The annual report for lUP can be found at the
foUowing website: www.iup.edu/teachered/certificalion.

Student Teaching

Student teaching is designed to be the culminating learning experience for
prospectiv e teachers. Student teachers practice teaching and managing a
classroom under the superv ision of a full-time master teacher in an off-
campus center. .A university supervisor is assigned to work w ith individual
student teachers and cooperating teachers. To gain admission to student
teaching, applicants must have achieved a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0.
In addition, students must complete all requirements of the 3-Step Process
and should complete all other components of the Liberal Studies and
professional core before student teaching. Some programs have standards
above the minimum 3.0 cumulative GP.A and or course grade expectations
above the minimum grade of C. Each student should counsel with hisher
advisor for information about specific program requirements related to
quahfication for student teaching.

Paae58

INDLANA CNPSERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA L"NDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Student teaching is the capstone experience in the program of the emerging
professional educator. Student teaching assignments are the responsibiUty of
the university. To avoid conflicts of interest, students v.M normally not be
assigned to districts from which they graduated or to districts in which they
permanently reside or to schools in which an inuiediate family member is
employed.

Exceptions to this policy may be made in large urban school districts such as
Pittsburgh and Philadelphia where there are numerous elementary and
secondary schools so avoidance of assigning student teachers to their "home
school area" can be achieved.

Any exception to this policy must be approved by the dean. College of
Education and Educational Technology, or hisher designee.

Field Placements

The Office of Teacher Education determines fmal placements for all
fieldwork conducted in the public schools. In accordance w ith universitv
poUcy. students must be officially enrolled in the course for w hich the
fieldwork is being done. Students entering a classroom w ithout being duly
registered are in violation of universitv policy and may place themselves at
risk legally.

International Student Teaching Opportunities

lUP students enrolled as teacher education majors in all certification areas
are eligible to participate in a half-semester student teaching program.
Students participate in this program during the semester in which they
register to student teach, either in the fall or the spring. They are assigned to
a teaching site in the United States for the first half of the semester. The
second half of the student teaching experience is completed in an overseas
site. The program provides students w ith teaching experiences in one of the
following countries: Copenhagen. Denmark; London. England; Worcester,
England; Paris. France; Malahide. Ireland; and Gronigen, The Netherlands.
Teaching assignments are made for all certification areas.

Students w ishing to participate in this program must have a cumulative GPA
of 3.0 or better and a GPA of 3.0 or better in the professional core subjects
and the major. The student teacher must demonstrate competency in
effective classroom teaching practices, receiving a minimum grade of B in
the midsemester evaluation. Upon approval of the lUP supervisor, the
international student teaching assigtmient is confiimed.

In addition to lUP tuition and partial fees, students must pay a study abroad
fee of S500. Trav el costs, personal expenses, and hving accommodation
costs for room and board (paid to the host family) are the responsibihty of
the student. Living accommodations are arranged with host families near
teaching sites.

Applications may be made anytime; however, preference is given to students
who submit application materials one year before they student teach.
Interviews for tentative acceptance w ill be scheduled w ith the international
Student Teaching Committee tvv o semesters prior to student teaching. For
more information, contact the Department of Professional Studies in
Education, at 724-357-2416.

Removal of a Student Teacher
from a Student Teaching Placement

Purpose: To establish reasons or a process for removal of a student teacher
from the student teaching assignment. The first two items are consistent with
Act 34. Criminal Record Check; item 3 establishes a procedure if student
behavior is not consistent with appropriate expectations of the school
district; item 4 establishes a process and assures that the student teacher
learns of unsatisfactory progress as early as possible; and item 5 is an appeal
process.

Policy: Student teachers are ultimately guests of the cooperating school
districts and may be removed by the district officers. A student teacher may
also be removed by lUP from the student teaching assigiunent for any of the
followina reasons:

1 . If indicted for a felony, w hich is covered in the School Code and .Act
34, there shall be a removal of the student teacher from the school
assigimient until the matter is cleared. When the student is cleared of
the indictment, the smdent teaching assignment w ill be extended to
cover the time missed during student teaching.

2. If convicted of a felony, which is covered in the School Code and
Act 34, the student teacher will be withdrawn from the student
teaching assignment and w ill forfeit the time spent during the smdent
teaching assignment.

3. If the behavior exhibited by the smdent teacher is not acceptable to the
school district, it should be documented by the school administrator/
principal in collaboration w ith the cooperatmg teacher and the
university supervisor/coordinator and director. Student Teaching
Office. If after discussion with the student, improvement is evidenced,
no further action w ill be taken by the Student Teachmg OtTice.

4. If it is determined either by the cooperating teacher or univ ersity
supervisor that the teaching competency of the smdent teacher is at an
unsatisfactory level based on the teaching competencies indicated on
the evaluation form and not in the best interest of the smdents, a three-
way conference of cooperating teacher, university supervisor, and
student will be held to discuss the concern, possible outcomes, and
remedial strategies. If after consultation with the university director
of Student Teaching, removal from this student teaching
placement is necessary, this action shall be done by the director of
Student Teaching and the dean of the College of Education and
Educational Technology. This behavior should be documented and
discussed as early in the student teaching experience as possible.

Decisions made imder this poUcy may be appealed to the dean. College of
Education and Educational Technology (certification officer).

Certification Requirements

College of Education and Educational Technology requirements for
recommendation for certification as a teacher, as » ell as the intermediate
steps leading to commonwealth certification, are outlined in the 3-Step
Process. The requirements include:

• a minimum grade of C in all professional education courses and a
cumulative 3.0 GPA

• review and recommendation by the major academic advisor indicating
completion of all university and departmental teacher education
requirements

• completion of student teaching with a minimum grade of C

• successful completion of the Pra.xis L Praxis IL and Pra.xis Specialty
Area Tests

• competency in working with smdents with special needs (Special
Education)

AppUcations for certification caimot be processed imtil the smdent completes
the B.S.Ed, degree or its equivalent.

Dual Certification

The departments of Professional Studies in Education and Special Education
and Clinical Services have developed guidelines for students w ishmg to
complete academic requirements for a second certification.

Students majoring in Elementary Education may do this in Education of
Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons, Education of Exceptional Persons, or
Early Childhood Education: Early Childhood Education majors may do this
in Education of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons, Education of
Exceptional Persons, or Elementary Education. Majors in Education of Deaf
and Hard-of-Hearing Persons or Education of Exceptional Persons may do
this in either Early Childhood Education or Elementary Education.

.Application forms for dual certification are available in the offices of the two
departments. Applications must be approved by the smdent's advisor and by
the department chairperson or assistant chairperson of both departments.
Smdents are advised that the completion of requirements w ill take
approximately two extra semesters, and they may w ish to explore the
possibihty of completing the second certification at a graduate level.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENIMSYLVANLA UNDERGR.\DUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 59

Commonwealth Requirements for Teacher Certification

(Excludes Vocational Instructional Certification. See "Center for Vocational
Personnel Preparation" in the School of Continuing Education section of this
catalog.)

Certification standards for commonwealth public school teachers are
established by the Pennsylvania Department of Education (PDE) and the
Pennsylvania Board of Education. The academic advisor of the student's
major department must verify for the dean of the College of Education and
Educational Technology that all academic requirements are met. The
student's name is then placed on the graduation list.

Applicants for certification must sign an attestment of United States
citizenship. Applicants who are not citizens must have an immigrant visa
which permits them to seek employment » ithin the United States, and they
must have declared the intent to become citizens of the United States.
Applicants must also submit a physical examination report and certify they
are not in the habit of using narcotic drugs in any form, do not use excessive
amounts of intoxicating beverages, are not currently under indictment by
legal authorities, and have not been convicted of a criminal offense.
Applicants who are unable to meet one or more of these requirements must
submit a full explanation w ith the application. In addition, they must attest to
the fact that all information supplier in the application is accurate.

The Pennsylvania Department of Education issues an Instructional I
certificate to beginning teachers upon graduation from and recommendation
by the College of Education and Educational Technology. All candidates for
the Instructional I certificate must successfully pass the Praxis I and II tests.
Since lUP is a designated test site, registration for the Praxis may be
completed through University Testing Senices in the Career Services office.
After completion of 24 additional credits of collegiate and or in-service
coursework and w ith successful teaching experience, students are eligible to
receive an Instructional II certificate, which is a permanent certification to
teach in the Commonvv ealth of Pennsylvania.

Professional Certification .\pplication Fee

All applicants for Teacher Certification or Professional Education
Certifications from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania through lUP will be
assessed a $75 application fee. Applicants for add-on and second
certifications processed through lUP will also be assessed this fee. Requests
for processing out-of-state teacher certification applications w ill be assessed
a S35 processing fee per request.

The Universit> Clinics

Two clinics under the supervision of the College of Education and
Educational Technology olTer diagnostic testing, remedial services, and
instruction. The Speech and Hearing Clinic is organized and managed by the
Department of Special Education and Clinical Services. The Child Study
Center is housed in the Department of Educational and School Psychology.

The Speech and Hearing Clinic is staffed by Special Education faculty and
supervised graduate students working toward advanced degrees in Speech-
Language Pathology. Using state-of-the-art equipment, clinic personnel
provide diagnosis of speech problems and hearing tests and evaluations, as
well as a regular program of therapy for clients. .As part of this program,
clinic staff members provide testing and necessary therapeutic services to all
teacher education candidates, w ho must meet strict speech and hearing
clearances. Regularly enrolled students at the university, including all teacher
certification candidates, are eligible to receive these services w ithout charge.

I he Child Study Center provides opportunities for School Psychology
graduate students in the post-master's certification and doctoral programs to
acquire professional skills under the supervision of certified faculty
supervisors. Clinic personnel provide psychoeducational assessment for
children and adolescents w ith learning and/or behavior problems. They also
provide consultation for parents and public school personnel involved w ith
these children.

The Literacy Center is housed within the Department of Professional
Studies in Education. This center provides opportunities for graduate
students in the M.Ed, in Literacy program to gain expenence toward a
Reading Specialist Certification. The center offers assessment and
instruction in reading and writing for children and adolescents. These
instructional sessions are offered in the fall, spring, and summer terms.
Family literacy serv ices are also available.

Graduate Programs

Information describing master's and doctoral programs in education may be
found in the current issue of the Graduate School Catalog.

Department of Adult and Communitj Education %

W ebsite: wHw.iup.edivace

Trenton R. Ferro. Chairperson; Dean

The Department of Adult and Community Education is a graduate
department offering tw o tracks leading to the Master of Arts degree; Adult
and Community Education and Adult Education and Communications
Technology.

The Master of Arts degree in Adult and Community Education helps
students develop skills related to teaching and planning educational programs
for adults in a wide variety of senings. including business and industry, the
community, social service organizations, health agencies and hospitals,
colleges and universities, the government, and religious institutions. The
Master of .-Xtts degree in .Adult Education and Communications Technology,
administered jointly w ith the Department of Communications Media,
prepares students to become adult educators w ith an emphasis on the use of
technology, including computers, production design, radio and television,
and distance education technology.

Completion of appropriate requirements allows students in the AECT track
to apply for PDE certification as an Instructional Technology Specialist

Refer to the Graduate School Catalog for further details.

Department of Communications Media jH

\\ ebsite: www.iup.edu/cm

Kurt P. Dudt. Chairperson: .\usel. Davidson. Handler, Kanyarusoke,
Kornfeld, Lamberski, I.eidman-Golub. Lenze. Start \\ilson: and
professors emeriti Klinginsmith, .Maclsaac. Murray, ^ oung

The department offers a Bachelor of Science degree in Communications
Media and two minors, one in Communications Media and one in
Educational Technology. The minor in Communications Media is an 18-
credit program designed to complement any major. The minor in Educational
Technology is a 24-credit program designed for students in the College of
Education and Educational Technology w ho are completing a teaching
degree. The department also serves preservice teachers and other students
who are required to complete COMM 103.

The philosophy of the Communications Media Department is to prepare
generalists in the area of communications. Our students may select from a
number of elective courses, depending on their career interests.

The department faculty offers a w ide variety of experience in all areas of
communications media. With the combination of classroom work and the
optional internship program, departmental graduates are competitive for
positions in various areas. Students graduating with a degree in
Communications Media have obtained positions in such areas as radio,
television, cable television, public relations, advertising media, media
relations, and corporate media relations.

Students changing majors from other academic departments within the
university are required to be in good academic standing before the transfer
w ill be approved.

Page 60

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UTviDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-(U

Bachelor of Science-Communications Media

Minor-Educational Technolog>-

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: 3cr

Social Science: PSVC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, BTED/COSC/IFMG 101 (to

be taken in the fieshman year), no courses with COMM prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

COMM 10! Communications Media in American SocietN'
COMM 1 50 Aesthetics and Theor>' of Communications

Media
COMM 395 Career Planning in Communications Media
COMM 475 Senior Portfolio Presentation
COMM 493 Internship (summer only)
Minimum of one course from the following list:
COMM 302 Research in Communications Media
COMM 303 Scriptwriting
COMM 330 Instructional Design for Training and

De\elopment
COMM 403 Broadcast Newswiiting
Minimum of two courses from the following list:
CONfM 240 Communications Graphics
COMM 249 Basic Audio Recording Techniques
COMM 25 1 Tele\ision Production
COMM 271 Beginning Photography
COMM 340 Advanced Communication Graphics
COMM 349 Radio Production
COMM 35 1 Advanced Video Production
COMM 371 Photography II: The Print
COMM 440 Multimedia Production
COMM 449 Advanced Audio Recording Techniques
COMM 45 1 Broadcast New s Process
COMM 471 Electronic Imaging
Controlled Electives:

Other COMM elective courses including courses from
the above lists not taken as part of those requirements.

51 Required Courses:

BTEDCOSC IFMG 101 Microbased Computer Literacy 3cr

COMM 101 Communications Media in American Society 3cr
COMM 460 Emerging Trends in Communications

Technology 3cr

COMM XXX Electives in Communications Media 15cr

3cr

3cr
Icr
Icr
6. 9. or 12cr

3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
13-19cr

Department of Counseling

\\ ebsite: http: \\H-t\:c(>e.iup.edu.ce

Claire Dandeneau. Chairperson: Fontaine. Guth. L'Amoreaux,

Marshak. McCartv, Rishel. Itay. \\ itchel

The Department of Counseling is a graduate department which offers two
master's degree programs. The Master of Arts degree in Community
Counseling is designed to prepare students to work in a variety of settings
including mental health centers, drug and alcohol treatment programs,
specialized community agencies, vocational education or rehabilitation
programs, correctional institutions, health care setting, social services,
business and industry. This program is also offered at ±e lUP Monroeville
Graduate and Professional Center in Monroeville.

The Master of Education degree in School Counseling Certification is
designed to prepare Elementarv and Secondarv Counselors to quaUfy' for
institutional and commonwealth certification. The 48-credit competency-
based program includes a series of counseling skills courses to indiv idual
and group counseling and a field experience under the supervision of a
certified school counselor. Those students already possessing a master's
degree may apply to the counseling program for "Certification Only" status.
Refer to the Graduate School Catalog for ftirther details.

Department of Educational and Scliool Psychology 4IH

\\ebsite: H-H-w.iup.edu^edip

Mary .Ann Rafoth. Chairperson: Barker. Black. Briscoe. Damiani.
Knickelbein. Kovaleski. Levinson. Rattan: and professors emeriti
Hoellein. Vanuzzi

Other Requirements:

Courses outside Commimications Media that augment the
smdent's major course of study (advisor approval)

Free Electives:

(#) Total Degree Requirements:

2 1 The department provides courses to undergraduate and graduate students.

Undergraduate students may minor in Educational Psychology by making
application to the director of the minor program. Fifteen credits of
Educational Psychology courses are required for the minor. The department
6 also offers the M.Ed, degree in Educational Psychology as well as a post-

master's certification and a Doctor of Education in School Psychology.
120 Refer to the Graduate School Catalog for details.

(#) A ma.\imum of 12cr of COMM 493 can be applied to requirements for
graduation.

Minor-Communications Media

Required Courses:

COMM 101 Communications Media in American Society

COMM XXX Electives in Conununication Media

3cr
15cr

Department of Foundations of Education

Website: KHw.iup.edwfe

Thibadeau: and professor emeritus Chu

The Department of Foundations of Education provides elective coursework
in urban education, curriculum development, and contemporary issues and
trends in education. Graduate courses ofTered by this department include
Comparative. Historical. Philosophical, and Social Foundations of
Education. Refer to the Graduate School Catalog for details.

Department of Professional Studies in Education

Website: H-H-H-.iup.ediipse

Laurie N. Stamp, Chairperson: Bieger. Corbett, Creany, Doverspike,
Farrah. Fello. Fennimorc, Hannibal, Helterbran, Illig-.\viles. Jalongo,
Kaufman. Kerrv-Moran. Kupetz, Millward, Nicholson, Rieg, RotigeL
Tidwell, Mark Twiest, Meghan Twiest, L. \ old. \an: and professors
emeriti Dorsey, Elliott, Gerlach, Glott, Lon, McFeelv. Mott, Reilly,
Rizzo. E. \ old. Walthour

INDIANA LT^ilVERSITY OF PEN-NSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paee6l

Elementan' Education Program

The Elementarv Education program is designed lo pro\ ide learning
experiences which will assist students in developing into highly competent
and effective teachers in grades K-6. Students are able to expand their
know ledge through coursework and field experiences w hich embody
content, knowledge of liberal studies, pedagogy, curriculum, human
development and learning, and a historical and philosophical basis to
undcrgird one's professional behavior. A minimum GPA. in accordance with
Pennsylvania standards, is required to apply for teacher certification, to take
major courses in the department and to student teach.

Early Childhood Education Program

The Early Childhood Education Program is designed to provide learning
experiences which assist students to become competent and effective
teachers in N-Grade 3. It prepares the students to select from among a variety
of techniques and strategies those which appropriately expand children's
cognitive, social, emotional, and physical development. Through lectures,
research, and on-site experiences w ith young children, students are able to
expand their own knowledge of and attitudes toward education of young
children.

A minimum GPA, in accordance w ith Pennsylvania standards, is required to
apply for teacher cenification. to take major courses in the department and to
student teach. Students must meet the requirements leading to teacher
certification as outlined in this catalog.

Graduate Programs

Programs leading to the M.Ed, and D.Ed, degrees are described in the
Graduate School Catalog. Internships and assistantships are available.

Bachelor of Science in Education-Elementary Education (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53

w ith the follow ing specifications:

Fine Arts: THTR 101

Mathematics: MATH 151

Natural .Science: SCI 101. 102. 103, and 104(1)

Social Science: GEOG 101, 102, or 104, PSYC 101

Liberal .Studies Electives: 6cr, MATH 152 (2); no

courses with ELED prefix; not to include CDFR 2 1 8

College: 24

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology 3cr

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology 3cr

Professional Education Sequence:
EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures 3cr

EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I Icr

EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II Icr

EDUC 441 Student Teaching I2cr

EDUC 442 School Law Icr

Major: 36

Required Courses:

EDEX 300 Education of Students with Disabilities in

Inclusive Elementary Classrooms 2cr

EDUC 499 Multicultural Multiethnic Education 2cr

ELED 21 1 Music for the Elementary Grades 2cr

ELED 2 1 3 Art for the Elementary Grades 2cr

ELED 215 Child Development 3cr

ELED 221 Children's Literature 3cr

ELED 222 Reading for the Elementary School 3cr

ELED 257 Pedagogy I 3cr

ELED 312 Teaching of Elementary Science 2cr
ELED 313 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary

School 3cr

ELED 314 Teaching of Health and Physical Education 2cr

ELED 357 Pedagogy II

ELED 41 1 Teaching of Social Studies

ELED 425 Language Arts Across the Curriculum

Other Requirements:

Special electives from a defined discipline (3)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr
3cr

120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education," in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

( 1 ) This sequence of lOcr fulfills the Liberal Studies natural science
requirement.

( 2 ) For students who test out of MATH 152, consult your advisor for
suggested math courses.

(3) More than twenty options are available for groupings in specific
departments or cross-departmental areas. This requirement is also
fulfilled by completion of an approved specialty such as FLISET, math,
or reading.

* FLISET: see requirements in this catalog.

* Mathematics: MATH 317. 420, 456. 457, 458, 459, 471, 483
(math concentration requires 15cr to include MATH 151, 152)

* Reading: ECED 220 or 451, EDUC 408, ELED 422, (reading
concentration requires 15crto include ELED 221, 222, 425)

Students may select a set of special electives from the list of Liberal
Studies electives or non-Western courses that have not been used
previously in their program. With permission of the chairperson of
Professional Studies in Education and a specific department, a student
may be allowed lo create an area of specialty other than those listed.
See department office for full listing; check prerequisites carefully.
Submit plan to advisor for approval.

Dual Certification

Students majoring in Early Childhood Education. Education of Deaf and
Hard-of-Hearing Persons, or Education of Exceptional Persons may
complete academic requirements for certification in Elementary Education
by completing the following requirements. Students are advised that
completion of requirements for a second certification will take approximately
two extra semesters. In certain circumstances, such as for transfer students,
students who must repeat courses, or when students take courses out of
sequence, earning this second certification may take longer.

Dual Certification-Elementary Education for Majors in Early
Childhood Education

EDUC 421
ELED 312
ELED 313

ELED 411
ELED 425

(1)

Student Teaching (Grade 4, 5, or 6) ( 1 ) 6cr

Teaching of Elementary Science (Junior Block) 2cr
Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary

School (2) 3cr

Teaching of Social Studies (Junior Block) 3cr

Language Arts Across the Curriculum 3cr

Student teaching ( 12cr) for the first certification. Early Childhood
Education, in grade K, 1, 2, or 3 will be completed prior to student
teaching for this second certification.
(2) MATH 152 is a prerequisite for ELED 313 and should betaken as a
Liberal Studies elective.

Page 62

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Dual Certification-Elementary Education for Majors in Education
of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons

ECED312

Aesthetic Experiences for Young

Children

3cr

EDUC 342

Pre-student Teaching Clinical

Experience ll(ELED)

Icr

EDUC4:i

Student Teaching

6cr(l)

ELED221

Children's Literature

3cr

ELED 257

Pedagogy 1

3cr

ELED312

Teaching of Elementary Science

2cr

ELED 313

Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary

School

3cr(2)

ELED 357

Pedagogy II

3cr

ELED 411

Teaching of Social Sttidies

3cr

ELED 425

Language Arts Across the Curriculum

3cr

Recommended Electives:

ELED 351

Creative Activities in the Elementary School

3cr

( 1 ) Students are required to do 6cr of student leaching in the regular ele-
mentary classroom in addition to the 12cr required in the EDHL major,
or a total of 1 8cr of student teaching inclusive for both certifications.

(2) MATH 152 is a prerequisite for ELED 313 and should be taken as a
Liberal Studies elective.

Dual Certification-Elementary Education for Majors in Education
of Exceptional Persons

College:

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology 3cr

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology 3cr
Professional Education Sequence:
EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures 3cr

EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I Icr

EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II Icr

EDUC 441 Student Teaching 12cr

EDUC 442 School Law Icr

Major:

Required Courses: (1)

CDFR 426 Techniques of Parent Education 3cr

ECED 200 Introduction to Early Childhood Education 3cr
ECED 220 Language Development and Children's

Literature 3cr

ECED 310 Integrated Curriculum 1 (Math, Science) 3cr

ECED 311 Integrated Curriculum 11 (Social Science) 3cr

ECED 312 Aesthetic Experiences for Young Children 3cr

ECED 3 1 5 Development and Learning Through Play 3cr

ECED 451 Teaching Primary Reading 3cr
EDEX 300 Education of Students with Disabilities

in Inclusive Elementary Classrooms 2cr
EDEX 415 Preschool Education for Children with

Disabilities 3cr

EDUC 499 Multicultural/Multiethnic Education 2cr

ELED 215 Child Development 3cr

ELED 257 Pedagogy 1 ' 3cr

ELED 357 Pedagogy 11 3cr

MATH 320 Mathematics for Early Childhood 3cr

ECED 312

Aesthetic Experience for Young Children

3cr

EDUC 342

Pre-student Teaching Clinical

Experience II (ELED)

Icr

EDUC 421

Student Teaching

6cr(l)

ELED 221

Children's Literature

3cr

ELED 257

Pedagogy 1

3cr

ELED 312

Teaching of Elementary Science

2cr

ELED 313

Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary

School

3cr(2)

ELED 357

Pedagogy 11

3cr

ELED 411

Teaching of Social Studies

3cr

ELED 425

Language Arts Across the Curriculum

3cr

Recommended Electives:

ELED 351

Creative Activities in the Elementary School

3cr

{ I ) Students are required to do 6er of student teaching in the regular ele-
mentary classroom in addition to the 12cr required in the EDEX major,
or a total of 1 8cr of student teaching inclusive for both certifications.

(2) MATH 152 is a prerequisite for ELED 313 and should be taken as a
Liberal Studies elective.

Total Degree Requirements: 120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education," in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

( 1 ) A 3.0 cumulative GPA is required to register for major courses.

Dual Certification

Students majoring in Education of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons,
Elementary Education, or Education of Exceptional Persons may complete
academic requirements for certification in Early Childhood Education by
completing the following requirements. Students are advised that completion
of requirements for a second certification will take approximately two extra
semesters. In certain circumstances, such as for transfer students, or students
who must repeat courses, or when students take courses out of sequence,
earning this second certification may take longer.

Dual Certification-Early Childhood Education for Majors in
Education of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons

Bachelor of Science in Education-Early Childhood Education (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 151

Natural Science: SCI 101, 102, 103, and 104

Social Science: GEOG 101, 102, or 104; PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr, must include MATH 152,

no courses with ECED prefix, not to include CDFR 2 1 8

ECED 200 Introduction to Early Childhood Education 3cr

ECED 220 Language Development and Children's

Literature 3cr

ECED 3 1 0 Integrated Curriculum 1 3cr

53 ECED 31 1 Integrated Curriculum II 3cr

ECED 3 1 5 Development and Learning Through Play 3cr

EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Exp 1 1 cr ( 1 )

EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical E.xp ll(ECED) Icr

EDUC 42 1 Student Teaching (N-3) (2) 6cr

ELED 357 Pedagogy II 3cr

MATH 320 Mathematics for Early Childhood 3cr
Recommended Electives:

ECED 312 Aesthetic Experiences for Young Children 3cr

ELED 35 1 Creative Activities in the Elementary School 3cr

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 63

( 1 ) EDHL majors must complete 1 0 hours of observation in an N-3
classroom.

(2) EDHL majors must complete 6cr of student teaching in ECED (N-3) in
addition to the 1 2cr required in the EDHL major, or a total of 1 8cr of
student teachmg inclusive for both certifications.

Dual Certification-Early Childhood Education for Majors in
Education of Exceptional Persons

ECED 200 Introduction to Early Childhood Education 3cr
ECED 220 Language Development and Children's

Literature 3cr

ECED 310 Integrated Curriculum I 3cr

ECED 3 1 1 Integrated Curriculum II 3cr

ECED 3 1 5 De\ clopment and Learning Through Play 3cr
E.DEX 415 Preschool Education for Children with

Disabilities 3cr

EDUC242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical E.\p I lcr(l)

EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Exp II (ECED) 1 cr

EDUC42I Student Teaching (N-3) (2) 6cr

ELED 357 Pedagogy II 3cr
Recommended Clectives:

ECED 3 1 2 .Aesthetic Experiences for Young Children 3cr

ELED 351 Creative Activities in the Elementary School 3cr

( 1 ) EDEX majors must complete 1 0 hours of observation in an N-3
classroom.

(2) EDEX majors must complete 6cr of student teaching in ECED (N-3) in
addition to the 12cr required in the EDEX major, or a total of 18cr of
student teaching inclusive for both certifications.

2) successfully complete a six-week summer study/internship abroad at a site
approved by the department (usually the summer following the junior year);

3) successfully complete the student teaching experience in a bilingual or
immersion elementary school classroom; and 4) complete the following
minimum number of credits in Spanish:

Required Courses:

SPAN 201 Intermediate Spanish
SPAN 221 Intermediate Spanish Conversation
SPAN 230 Intermediate Spanish Composition
SPAN 290 Spanish for Elementary Teaching
SPAN 32 1 Advanced Spanish Conversation
SPAN 340 Hispanic Civilization Through the

Nineteenth Century
SPAN 390 Teaching of Elementary Content

Through the Spanish Language

Controlled Elective: one course
SPAN XXX Elective (taken abroad)

Other Requirements:

GEOG 252. PLSC 387. or ANTH 474 as the

non- Western course
Study/internship in Mexico for six to eight

weeks the summer following junior year
Student teaching experience in immersion classroom

22(2}

4cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

Ocr

0-6cr
Ocr

0-6

( 1 ) Students interested in the program should contact the director of the
FLISET Program in the Department of Spanish or the FLISET
coordinator in the Department of Professional Studies in Education,

(2) While the total number of credits required in Spanish in order to attain
the desired proficiency level will vary from student to student
depending on the entry level of proficiency, most students can expect to
complete between 25 and 31cr,

Dual Certification-Early Childhood Education for Majors in
Elementary Education

ECED 200 Introduction to Early Childhood Education 3cr

(Spring semester-Sophomore Block only)
ECED 310 Integrated Curriculum I 3cr

(Spring semester-Junior Block only) ( I )
ECED 31 1 Integrated Curriculum 11

(Spring semester-Junior Block only) ( 1 ) 3cr

ECED 3 1 5 Development and Learning Through Play

(Fall semester) 3cr

EDEX 4 1 5 Preschool Education for Children with

Disabilities (Spring semester) 3cr

EDUC 421 Student Teaching (Grade K. I. 2 or 3) (2) 6cr

( 1 ) These are block (field experience) courses. Plan carefully to have lime
for a field placement. Check with your advisor and the coordinator of
the Early Childhood Junior Field Experience.

(2) Student teaching ( 1 2cr) for the first certification. Elementary
Education, in grade 4, 5, or 6 will be completed prior to student
teaching for this second certification.

Foreign Languages and International .Studies for Elementary
Teaching (FLISET) (I)

Elementary Education/Early Childhood majors may develop an academic
specialty in Spanish and International Studies, which will prepare them to
teach in elementary programs in which content teaching in the foreign
language is the objective. To complete this specialty area, students must:
I ) attain a minimum level of intermediate-high on the ACTFL/ETS scale;

Department of Special Education and Clinical Services

Website: www.iiip.edu/speiial-eil

Joseph W. Domaracki, Chairperson; Baker. Benham, Fallon, Ferrell,
Glor-Sheib, Hutson-Fcudale, Jackson. Klein. Lombard. Marshak,
Nolan. Nowell. Robertson. Stein. Tellis. Yost; and professors emeriti M.
Bahn. \V. Bahn. Fiddler. Morris, Shane. Turton

This department offers the Bachelor of Science in Education degree in
Education of Exceptional Persons. Speech-Language Pathology and
Audiology. and Education of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons. Each
of these majors follows a prescribed sequence of courses.

The following grade policy applies to all three undergraduate programs of
study in the Department of Special Education and Clinical Services.
Individual students may appeal any aspect of the policy by making a formal
written request to the Departmental Appeals Committee.

1 . No more than one "D"" in major courses w ill be accepted toward
graduation and certification.

2. No "D'" is permitted as the final recorded grade in any of the following
courses:

EDEX 425 Methods and Curriculum (Mild-Moderate)

EDEX 435 Methods and Curriculum (Severe-Profound)

EDHL 308 Language for Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons

EDUC 42 1 Student Teaching

EDUC 441 Student Teaching

RHAB 322 Rehabilitation Case Study and Interpretation

RHAB 488 Field Training in Rehabilitation I

RHAB 493 Field Training in Rehabilitation II

SPLP 122 Clinical Phonology

The following enrollment policy applies to three undergraduate programs in
the department: Education of Exceptional Persons. Education of Deaf and
Hard-of-Hearing Persons, and Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology.

Page 64

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

To enroll in a 300- or 40O-level course in those programs, a student must
have a mmimum 3.0 cumulative GPA and must meet the other provisions of
the 3-Step Process for admission to teacher education and must either be a
departmental major or have permission of the department chairperson.

A. Education of Exceptional Persons

Completion of the sequence of studv in this major leads to Pennsylvania
Department of Education special education certification (Mentally and or
Physically Handicapped Certificate). Students will be prepared to teach
fyersons with mental retardation, autism, developmental disabilities, learning
disabilities, brain injuries, emotional behavioral disorders, physical
disabilities, and multiple disabilities. .Academic coursework and field
experiences are integrated within the course of study. The program also
pro\ ides a foundation for pursuing additional study at the graduate level.

Bachelor of Science in Education-Education of Exceptional
Persons (*)

Free Electi^es:

Total Degree Requirements:

5
120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education," in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

( 1 ) .A minimum cumulative GP.A of 3.0 is required to enroll in 30O- and
400-level major courses.

Dual Certification

Students majormg m Elementary Education or Early Childhood Education
may complete academic requirements for certification in Education of
Exceptional Persons by completing the following requirements. Students are
advised that completion of requirements for a second certification w ill take
approximately two extra semesters.

Liberal Studies: .\s outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 151 and 152

Social Science: PS'tC 101

Natural Science: laboratory science sequence required

(SCI 105-106 recommended)

Liberal Studies Elective*: Ocr

College:

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology
EDSP 102 Educational Psychology
Professional Education Sequence:
EDSP 477 .Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures
EDUC 242 Pre-Student Teaching Clinical Experience 1
EDUC 342 Pre-Student Teaching Clinical Experience II
EDUC 42 1 Student Teaching ( Mild Moderate)
EDUC 441 Student Teaching (Severe. Profound)
EDUC 442 School Law

Major:

Required Courses:

EDE.X 1 1 1 Introduction to Exceptional Persons

EDEX 1 1 2 Typical and .Atypical Growth and Development

EDEX 22 1 .Methods of Teaching Mathematics to
Persons with Disabilities

EDE.X 222 Methods of Teaching Reading to
Persons w ith Disabihties

EDEX 23 1 Methods of Teaching Content Area
Subjects to Persons with Disabilities

EDEX 32 1 Methods of Teaching Language Arts
to Persons with Disabilities

EDEX 340 Introduction to Behavior Management
in Special Education

EDEX 4 1 6 Education of Persons w ith Emotional or
Beha\ioral Disorders

EDEX 4 1 7 Education of Persons w ith Mental

Retardation or Developmental Disabihties

EDEX 4 1 8 Education of Persons w ith Physical
or Multiple Disabilities

EDEX 4 1 9 Education of Persons w ith Brain Injuries
or Learning Disabilities

EDEX 425 Methods and Curriculum (Mild-
Moderate Disabihties)

EDEX 435 Methods and Curriculum ( Severe-
Profound Disabilities)

EDEX 440 Ethical and Professional Behavior

SPLP 254 Classroom .Management of Language Disorders

3cr

3cr(l)

3cr

3cr
Icr
3cr

48 Dual Certification-Education of Exceptional Persons for \Iajors in

Early Childhood or Elementary Education

Introduction to Exceptional Persons or 3cr

Education of Students with Disabilities
in the Inclusive Elementary Classroom 2cr

Education of Persons w ith Emotional or
Behavioral Disorders 3cr

Education of Persons with Mental
Retardation or Developmental Disabilities 3cr

Education of Persons w ith Physical or
Multiple Disabilities 3cr

Education of Persons w ith Brain Injuries
or Learning Disabihties 3cr

Methods and Curriculiun (Mild-
Moderate Disabilities) 3cr
Methods and Curriculum (Severe-
Profoimd Disabihties) 3cr
Ethical and Professional Behavior Icr
Pre-student Teaching Clinical
Expenence n ( EDEX ) Icr
Smdent Teaching ( EDEX) 6cr (1)
!d Electives:
Introduction to Behavior Management
in Special Education 3cr
Classroom Management of Language Disorders 3cr

( 1 ) The 6cr of student teaching in EDEX with students w ith se\ ere and
profound disabilities are in addition to the I2cr normally required for
Elementary Education or Early Childhood Education majors.

B. Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology

Completion of the sequence of courses m Speech-Language Pathology and
.AucUology serves as a preprofessional program for students plaiming to
become practicing speech-language pathologists or audiologists. Smdents
entering the undergraduate program should be aware of the follow ing:

1 . IL'P is accredited by the Educational Standards Board of the .American
Speech-Language-Hearing .Association and quahfies a person for the
Certificate of Clinical Competence from the .American Speech-
Language-Hearing .Association and Pennsylvania State Licensure.

2. National certification, state licensure, and Pennsylvania Department of
Education Cenification in Speech-Language Impaired are available
only to holders of the master's degree in Speech-Language Pathokjgy.

3. Students will need to project a minimum cumulativ e GP.A of 3.0 to
qualify for admission to most graduate schools.

4. Upon completion of a master's degree at ILT, smdents will be prepared
to provide services in work settings such as hospitals, community
clinics, public health programs, and rehabilitation settings.

EDEX 1 1 1

EDEX 300

EDEX 416

EDEX 41 7

3cr

EDEX 418

3cr

EDEX 419

3cr

EDEX 425

Icr

EDEX 435

6cr

EDEX 440

Icr

EDUC 342

EDUC 421

3cr

EDEX 340

3cr

SPLP 254

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PEN'NSVXVANTA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 65

5. Students who elect to prepare for certification in Speech-Language
Impaired from the Pennsylvania Department of Education must
successfully complete the College of Education and Educational
Technology rev^uirements listed below prior to enrollment in the Master
of Science degree m the Speech- Language Pathology program at lUP.

The University Speech and Hearing Clinic serves as the laboratory for the
undergraduate clinical practicum. Prior to registration for the clinical
practicum course ( SPLP 420). students must earn a minimum cumulative 3.0
GPA and complete the following hours of observation through enrollment in
EDLC 242 and 342:

A. 25 hours of observation in speech-language pathology supervised by an
lUP faculty member who holds a Certificate of Clinical Competence in
Speech-Language Pathology.

B. 20 hours of classroom obser%ation:

1. Five hours in regular education classrooms. K-3.

2. Five hours in special education classrooms.

3. Five hours in regular education classrooms w ith integrated special
students.

4. Five hours in community facilities such as preschools. sheltered
workshops, etc. Services in this category shouid be of a
noneducational nonspeech pathology type.

Bachelor of Science in Education-Speecb-Language Patholog>' and
.\udiology (*)

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w iih the follow ing specifications:

.Mathematics: 6cr. M.ATH 2 1 7 and any course from the

approved list

Natural Science: laboratory science sequence required

(BIOL 1 03- 1 f>4 recommended I

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electrves: 6cr, PSYC 310, no courses

w ith SPLP prefi,\

Pre-Teacher Certification Track only:
Preprofessional Education Sequence:
COMM 103 Technology for Learning Instruction
EDSP 102 Educational Psychology
Professional Education Sequence:
EDLC 442 School Uw
SPLP 412 Organization and .Administration of
Speech and Hearing Programs

Major:

Required Courses:

EDEX 1 1 1 Introduction to Exceptional Persons

EDEX 222 Methodsof Teaching Reading to

Persons w ith Disabilities
EDUC 242 Pre-Student Teaching Clinical Experience I
EDLC 342 Pre-Student Teaching Clinical Experience II
SPLP 1 1 1 Introduction to Communication Disorders
SPLP 122 Clinical Phonology
SPLP 222 Introduction to Audiology
SPLP 242 Speech Science I
SPLP 25 1 .Anatomy and Physiology of the

Speech and Hearing .Mechanism
SPLP 3 1 1 Aural Rehabilitation
SPLP 334 Language Development
SPLP 342 Spe^h Science II
SPLP 406 Articulation and Language Disorders
SPLP 408 Stunering and Voice Disorders

Free Electives: EDLC 499 and SPLP 420 recommended
General Track
Pre-Teacher Certification Track

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr

Icr

3cr

3cr
Icr
Icr
3cr

3CT

3cr
3cr

3cr

3CT(1)
3CT

3cr
3cr
3cr

21 or 31
31cr
21cr

120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to

Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational

Technology section of this catalog.
( 1 ) A minimum cumulative 3.0 GP.A is required to enroll in all 300- and

400-level courses for both pre-teacher certification and noncertiflcation

speech-language pathology majors.

C. Education of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons

Completion of the sequence of courses in Education of Deaf and Hard-of-
Hearing Persons leads to a Bachelor of Science degree in Education and
Pennsylvania Department of Education certification as a "Teacher of the
Hearing Impaired. K-12." Students are provided with the basic skills to teach
in special classes for hard-of-hearing or deaf individuals.

Students enrolled in this sequence of study are prepared to assume positions
as itinerant hearing therapists and classroom teachers for individuals ranging
from preschoolers to adults. Work senings may include public schools,
continuing education programs, and home training situations.

Observations, clinical experience, and practicum are required prior to
placement in a school environment for the student teaching experience. The
student will complete the following 50 hours of observation through
enrollment in EDUC 242.

A. 25 hours of observation of itinerant and self-contained classrooms
for the hearing impaired.

B. 10 hours of observation in regular education classrooms.

C. 10 hours of observation in special education classrooms.

D. 5 hours of observation in a noneducational setting.

The student will complete 30 hours of individual clinical experience through
enrollment in EDHL 329 and 330 and 35 hours of school-based practicum
through enrollment in EDUC 342.

Bachelor of Science in Education-Education of Deaf and
Hard-of-Hearing Persons (*j

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section 34

w ith the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: NLATH 151. VLATH ( 1 )

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. no courses with EDHL prefa.

College: 28

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology 3cr

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology 3cr

Professional Education Sequence:

EDHL 360 General .Methodology for Education of

Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons 1 2cr

EDHL 361 General .Methodology for Education of

Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons 11 2cr

EDSP 477 .Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures 3ct

EDUC 242 Pre-Student Teaching Clinical E.xperience 1 Icr

EDUC 342 Pre-Student Teaching Clinical E.xperience n Icr

EDUC 42 1 Student Teaching-Hearing Impaired ( Pri-Elem) 6cr
EDUC 441 Student Teaching-Hearing Impaired (Jr-SrH.S.) 6cr
EDUC 442 School Uw ' ~ icr

Major:

Required Courses:

EDEX 1 1 1 Introduction to Exceptional Persons 3cr

EDHL 1 14 Introduction to Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing

Persons 3cr

EDHL 1 1 5 Introduction to American Sign Language Icr

EDHL 215 Intermediate American Sign Language I Icr

EDHL 216 Intermediate .American Sign Language II Icr

Page 66

INDIANA L-NlV-ERSm- OF PEN>hSYLVANLA L-\DERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-(M

EDHL 307 Speech for Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons
EDHL 308 Language for Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing

Persons
EDHL 315 Manually Coded English
EDHL 3 1 6 Interpreting for Teachers
EDHL 329 Teaching-Collaborative Practicum I
EDHL 330 Teaching-Collaborative Practicum 11
EDHL 415 ASL Pedagogy
EDHL 451 Teaching Reading to Deaf and

Hard-of-Hearing Persons
EDHL 465 Parent-Preschool Programs for Deaf and

Hard-of-Heanng Persons
SPLP 222 Introduction to Audiology
SPLP 3 1 1 Aural Rehabilitation
SPLP 334 Language Development

Controlled Elective:

One course from: CDFR 2 1 8. EDEX 1 1 2

(#) Total Degree Requirements:

3cr

3cr
Icr
Icr
Icr
Icr
Icr

3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

120

(*) A minimum cumulative and major GPA of 3.0 is required to enroll in
all 300- and 400-le\ el courses. See requirements leading to teacher
certification, titled "Admission to Teacher Education." in the College
of Education and Educational Technology section of this catalog.

(1) Pennsylvania State Department of Education requires two college-level
(6cr) math courses. Students may take any Liberal Studies MATH
course to fulfill this requirement.

(#) See ad\ isory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the Requirements for Graduation section of this catalog.

Dual Certification

Students majoring in Early Childhood Education or Elementary Education
may complete academic requirements for certification in Education of Deaf
and Hard-of-Hearing Persons by completing the following requirements.
Students are ad\ ised that completion of requirements for a second
certification will take approximately rwo extra semesters.

Dual Certification-Education of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing
Persons for Majors in Early Childhood Education

EDHL 1 14 Introduction to Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing

Persons
EDHL 1 15 Introduction to American Sign Language
EDHL 215 Intermediate .American Sign Language 1
EDHL 307 Speech for Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons
EDHL 308 Language for Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing

Persons
EDHL 329 Teaching-Collaborative Practicum I
EDHL 330 Teaching-Collaborative Practicum II
EDHL 415 ASL Pedagogy
EDHL 465 Parent-Preschool Programs for Deaf and

Hard-of-Hearing Persons
EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II
EDUC 421 Student Teaching (EDHL) (1)
SPLP 222 Introduction to Audiology
SPLP 3 1 1 Aural Rehabilitation
Recommended Electives:
EDHL 45 1 Teaching Reading to Deaf and

Hard-of-Hearing Persons
SPLP 242 Speech Science I
SPLP 334 Language De\elopment

3cr
Icr
Icr
3cr

3cr
Icr
Icr
Icr

3cr
Icr
6cr
3cr
3cr

icr
3cr
3er

6cr in a K-3 regular classroom

6cr in K-3 classroom w ith deaf and or hard-of-hearing pupils

included

6cr in upper school classroom w ith deaf and/or hard-of-hearing

pupils

Total = 1 Scr inclusive for both certifications

Dual Certification-Education of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing
Persons for Majors in Elementary Education

EDHL 1 14 Introduction to Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing

Persons
EDHL 1 1 5 Introduction to .American Sign Language
EDHL 215 Intermediate .American Sign Language I
EDHL 307 Speech for Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons
EDHL 308 Language for Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing

Persons
EDHL 329 Teaching-Collaborative Practicum I
EDHL 330 Teaching-Collaborative Practicum II
EDHL 415 ASL Pedagogy
EDHL 451 Teaching Reading to Deaf and

Hard-of-Hearing Persons
EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II
EDUC 421 Studem Teaching (EDHL) ( U
SPLP 222 Introduction to .Audiology
SPLP 3 1 1 Aural Rehabilitation
Recommended Electives:
SPLP 242 Speech Science I
SPLP 334 Language De\ elopment

3cr
Icr
Icr
3cr

3cr
Icr
Icr
Icr

3cr
Icr
6cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr

( 1 ) Student Teaching Configuration-ln addition to their regular require-
ment of I2cr in Elementary Education, dual certification students must
do an extra 6cr placement. The recommended pattern is as follows:

* 6cr in a regular elementary classroom

* 6cr in an elementary classroom w ith deaf and/or hard-of-hearing
pupils included

* 6cr in upper school classroom with deaf and/or hard-of-hearing
pupils

* Total = 18cr inclusive for both certifications

Department of Student Affairs in Higher Education

Website: http://H'HH\iiip.edw\ahe

Ronald Lunardini, Chairperson: Belch, Hall, Mueller

The Department of Student Affairs in Higher Education offers a Master of
.Arts degree in Student .Affairs in Higher Education. Students in this program
prepare to be professional practitioners in tw o- and four-year colleges and
universities in a variety of administrati\e areas; i.e.. admissions, housing and
residence life, student development programs, student acti\ ities and
organizations. Greek alTairs. registration, financial aid. career panning and
development minority affairs, health ser\ ices, athletics. ad\ising and testing,
international student senices. and counseling programs.

Please refer to the Graduate School Catalog for fiirther details.

( 1 ) Student Teaching Configuration-In addition to their regular

requirement of 12cr in Early Childhood Education, dual certification
students must do an extra 6cr placement. The recommended pattern is
as follows;

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Pase 67

The College of Fine Arts

Michael J. Hood, Dean

Douglas E. Bish, Associate Dean
Website: www.iup.edii/finearts

The College of Fine Arts has professional programs in art, music, and theater
and awards the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees.
Programs leading to certitlcation to teach are offered in cooperation with the
College of Education and Educational Technologj' and lead to the Bachelor
of Science in Education degree. The college olTers minors in art. music.
theater, and dance.

With one of the largest arts programs in the commonwealth. lUP's College
of Fine Arts offers members of both the university and the extended
community many opportunities to leam and grow . Dedicated facilities for
each department are augmented by a 1 .600-seat auditorium, tw o theaters,
two art galleries, a university museum, a recital hall, a computer laboratory,
and a dance studio. T)pically. the college sponsors two hundred to three
hundred arts events annually, and our students, who cuirenily enjoy the
strongest academic profile of any of the university's colleges, have
opportunities to develop their talents locally, regionally, nationally, and
internationally through a variety of long-established field-based programs.

There are no additional college requirements for graduation beyond the
university and departmental requirements listed in other sections of this
catalog.

Mission Statement

The mission of the College of Fine Arts at lUP is to provide excellent
programs of study for all of its majors, balancing high professional standards
with rigorous and current educational practice, and to provide coursework
and programs of an equally high standard in service to majors in other
departments which may require arts classes and, as part of the university's
general studies mandate, to the entire university student body.

The College of Fine Arts takes as its special mission the presentation of arts
events including plays, concerts, exhibitions, and recitals, featuring the work
of our students and faculty as well as the work of visiting arts professionals,
as a gift of enrichment and as a celebration of the human spirit for the
university, the community, and the region.

Finally, the college takes as its mandate and its privilege the inclusion in its
presentations, studios, and classrooms the works, thoughts, and
performances of a culturally and ethnically diverse world of art.

College Majors

• An (History or Studio Track >-B. A.

• Interdisciplinary Fine Arts-B.A.

• Theater-B.A.

• Music (History and Literature, Performance, or
Theory and Composition Track)-B.A.

• Art Education-B.S.Ed.

• Music Education-B.S.Ed.

• Music Performance-B.F.A.

• Art Studio-B.F.A.

Interdisciplinar>' Fine Arts Major

An interdisciplmary fine arts major program is available for those students
desiring to take coursework in art. dance, communications media, fashion
merchandising, interior design, music, and theater. This program is offered
in conjunction w ith the College of Education and Educational Technology
and the College of Health and Human Serv ices. This interdisciplinary-
program, including an opportunity for an internship (FIAR 493). is
coordinated through the Office of the Dean. College of Fine Arts, where
additional information is available.

Bachelor of Arts-Interdisciplinary Fine Arts

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the following specifications;

.Mathematics: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. no courses with FIAR prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

Coursework must combine at least three disciplines, one of
which must come from the College of Fine Arts.
Controlled Electives:
Art: Art Education (ARED), Art History (ARHf), Art

Studio (ART)
Music: Applied Music (APMU), Music History (MUHI), or

Music (MUSC)
Theater: Any theater (THTR) courses
Dance: Any Dance (DANC) courses
Communications Media: Any Communications Media

courses (COMM)
Human Development/Environmental Studies: Interior

Design (INDS), Fashion Merchandising (FSMR)

Other Requirements:

At least one-third (12) of the major credits must be in
courses numbered in the 300s and 400s. No course that is
used to fulfill Liberal Studies requirements may be used
again to meet major requirements.

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

30
120

Department of Art 491

\\ebsite: www.iup.edu/an

Vaughn H. Clay, Chairperson; Boerner, Burwell, Ciganko, Gillham,
Hcdman, Kabala, l.aRoche. Mambo, Mannikka, Matsubara, Mitchell,
Nestor, Palmisano, Rode, X'illalobos, Weiland: and professors emeriti
Balsiger, Battaglini, DeFurin, Dongilla, Drnpcho, Hamilton, Innes,
Seeihorst, Vislosky, Wert

The Department of Art provides both general and special courses in art
directed toward the development of the student's creative and expressive
abilities. Degrees offered are the Bachelor of Arts with tracks in Art History
or Art Studio, the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art Studio, and the Bachelor in
Science in Education in Art Education. Art Education is a professional
degree program leading to certification to teach K- 1 2 art in Pennsylvania.
The program reflects contemporary theory and practice in art studio, art
history, criticism, aesthetics, culture, and pedagogy. The program complies
with all Pennsylvania standards needed for certification to teach art in the
commonwealth.

The mission of the B.A. degree in ArL'Art History is to provide art history
majors with a solid foundation in the history of art. from ancient through
modem times. The degree prepares students for graduate study leading to
careers in museums, galleries, fine arts libraries, visual resources, teaching,
and research. Specific goals, objectives, and competencies related to this
degree include the acquisition and demonstration of critical thinking.
research and writing skills: knowledge of terminology, methodology, and

Page 68

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

compelency with various approaches to art historical inquir>'; and the abihty
to conduct art history research through independent investigations.

The department offers a cooperative program with the Art Institute of
Pittsburgh. Students interested in commercial art. w ith departmental
approval, may earn credit towards their major at the Art Institute.

All Art majors are obliged to fulfill the university requirements for Liberal
Studies. Art Education majors must maintain a 3.0 cumulative GPA, and this
is a prerequisite to student teaching.

An exchange program exists between the lUP Department of Art and the
National Art .Academies of Slovenia and Croatia. Qualified and highly
skilled juniors, first-semester seniors, and graduate students may gain
participation through screening and professor nomination.

A minor in art is available, consisting of at least 18 credits in art courses
approved by the chairperson of the Department of Art.

.Acceptance by the Department of Art as a major requires the submission of
a portfolio and approval by the portfolio committee. Detailed information
w ill be sent to the applicant upon request.

Bachelor of .\rts-Art/Histor>' Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 50

with the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. no courses with ARHI prefix

.Major:

Foundation Required: 18

ARHI2n.> .Ancient to Medieval .Art 3cr

ARHI 207 Renaissance through Modem Art 3cr

ARHI 224 Introduction to .Asian Art 3cr

ARHI 413 Senior Seminar 3cr

ART 112 Fundamentals of Draw ing 3cr

ART 114 Color and Two-Dimensional Design 3cr
Controlled Electives: Choose from the following: 27

Up to 6cr (2 courses) of Art Studio, prefix ART

ARHI 100 Arts ofthe Twentieth Century 3cr

ARHI 222 Art in America 3cr

ARHI 300 Native American Art 3cr

ARHI 407 Medieval Art 3cr

ARHI 408 Italian Renaissance Art 3cr

ARHI 409 Baroque and Rococo Art 3cr

ARHI 410 Nineteenth-Century European Painting 3cr

ARHI 41 1 Twentieth-Century European Art 3cr

ARHI 412 Classical Art 3cr

ARHI 416 Northern Renaissance Art 3cr

ARHI 417 Byzantine Art 3cr

ARHI 418 African Art 3cr

ARHI 423 Art of Japan 3cr

ARHI 425 Arts of China 3cr

ARHI 493 Internship 3cr

Foreign Language Required: 12

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( I )

Free Electives: 13

Total Degree Requirements: 120

( 1 ) Intermediate-le\el foreign language may be included in Liberal Studies
Electives.

Bachelor of Arts-Art/Studio (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 50-52

with the following specifications:

Fine Arts: fulfilled by ARHI 205 counted in major

Liberal Studies Electives: ARHI 207; no courses

with ART prefix

Major:

Foundation Required:

ARHI 100
ART 1 1 1
ART 112
ART 113

ART 114

Arts ofthe Twentieth Century

Figure Drawing

Fundamentals of Drawing

Three-Dimension Design

Color and Two-Dimensional Design
Foundation Electives: (select 5 ofthe following 8 courses)
ART211,213, 214. 215, 216. 217. 218, 219
Art History Required:
ARHI 205 Ancient to Medieval Art
ARHI 206 Renaissance to Baroque Art
ARHI 211 Modem Art

ARHI 413 Senior Seminar (to be taken during senior year)
Advanced Studio Required: (4)

Advanced Studio courses to be selected from the following:
ART 42 1 , 45 1 , 452, 453. 454, 455. 457, 459, 460,
481.493(5)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

3cr(l)
3cr(2)
3cr(3)
3cr

12-14

124

(*) This program is currently under revision.

( 1 ) Credits counted in Liberal Studies Fine Arts requirement.

(2) Credits counted under Liberal Studies electives.

(3) ARHI 222 may be substituted for ARHI 211.

(4) Students must complete 3cr within an advanced studio before
permission will be granted to enroll in the 6cr component ofthe
advanced level. Permission ofthe instructor is a prerequisite to all 6cr
advanced studios.

(5) Inclusion of internship credits toward any portion of fulfillment of
degree requirements must be approved by the departmental chair and
student's major advisor. Approval must be obtained in writing prior to
enrollment.

Bachelor of Fine Arts-Studio (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 50-52

with the following specifications:

Fine Arts: fulfilled ARHI 205

Liberal Studies Electives: ARHI 206, no courses

w ith .ART elective

Major:

Foundation Required:

ARHI 100 Arts of the Twentieth Century 3cr

ART 1 1 1 Figure Drawing 3cr

ART 1 1 2 Fundamentals of Drawing 3cr

ART 113 Three-Dimension Design 3cr

ART 114 Color and Two-Dimensional Design 3cr
Foundation Electives: (Select 5 ofthe following 8 courses) 15
ART211,213. 214. 215, 216. 217. 218, 219

INDIANA UNFVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANLA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paae 69

Art Histon Required:

ARHl 205 Ancient to Medieval An
ARHI206 Renaissance to Baroque Art
ARHI211 Modem Art
ARHI413 Senior Seminar
Advanced Studio Required: 1 4)
Primar\ Advanced Studio Concentration
Minor Advanced Studio Concentration
Courses from the following: ART 421. 451. 452. 453. 454.
455. 457. 459. 460. 481. 493 (5)

Free Electives:

(#) Total Degree Requirements:

125

3cr(1)
3cr(2)
3cr(3)
3cr

I8cr

6-8

124-126

(*) This program is currentlv under revision.

( 1 ) Credits counted in Liberal Studies Fine Arts requirement.

(2) Credits counted under Liberal Studies electives.

(3) ARHl 222 may be substituted for ARHl 211.

(4) The foundation-level course must be successftilly completed before a
student » ill be permitted to enroll in the 6cr component of that specific
studio course. Permission of the instructor is a prerequisite to all 6cr
advanced studios.

(#) See ad\ isory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.

Bachelor of Science in Education-Art Education (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 48

with the follow me specifications:

Fine Arts: fulfilled by ARHl 205

Mathematics: 6cr

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal .Studies Electives: Ocr

College: 23

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology 3cr

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology 3cr
Professional Education Sequence:
EDEX 301 Education of Students with Disabilities in

Inclusive Secondary Settings 2cr

EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I Icr

EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II Icr

EDUC 421 Student Teaching Elementary 6cr

EDUC 44 1 Student Teaching Secondary 6cr

EDUC 442 School Law Icr

.Major: 24

ART 112 Fundamentals of Drawing 3cr

ART 1 13 Three-Dimension Design 3cr

ART 1 14 Color and Two-Dimensional Design 3cr

ARHl 207 Renaissance to Modem Art 3cr

ARED 3 1 5 Issues of Art in K- 1 2 Programs 3cr

ARED 317 Art in K-6 Programs 3cr

ARED 318 Art in 7- 1 2 Programs 3cr

ARED 320 Art Criticism, Aesthetics in K- 12 3cr
Controlled Electives: 30

Select 15cr from the following: ARHl 100, ART 111.

ART 211.213. 214. 215. 216. 217. 218, 219 I5cr

Select 12cr from any ARHl or ART prefix 12cr

Select 3cr from any ARED prefix 3cr

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

(#) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.

Department of Music

\>ebsite: www.iup.edu/music

Lorraine P. \\ilson. Chairperson: Bird. Chepaitis. Clew ell, Dearing,
Dickinson. Dietz, Eisensmith, D. Ferguson, L. Ferguson, Fry, Hastings,
Horner, Jennings, Kaufmann, Kuehn, Mantel. Marty nuik, Pcrlongo,
Radell, Sartori, Scandrett, Stamp, Staples, Thorell, \\ acker, W heatley,
>\orzbyt, ^ oung: and professors emeriti .4dams, Becker. Borst.
CasavanI, DiCicco, Intili. Lloyd, Perkins. \ ansteenkist. \\ eber

The Department of Music has a threefold mission: ( 1 ) professional
preparation of music educators, performers, composers, conductors, and
musicologists. (2) liberal studies for the university, and (3) programs,
education, and resources of music for the community. Degrees ofl'ered
include the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, and Bachelor of Science
in Education.

Admission to the Music Department requires satisfactory completion of an
audition in addition to the university general requirements. Detailed
information w ill be sent to the applicant upon request.

The program leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree in Music has been
designed to give the student a general experience in music. The student
seeking this degree has the choice of three tracks: Music General Studies
Track. Music Histor> Literature. Music Theory/Composition, or Music
Performance.

The program leading to the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree in Music
(equivalent to the Bachelor of Music Degree) is a special program with a
major in one of twenty-one areas of performance. The student in this
program prepares to pursue a career as a professional performing musician.

The program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education with a music
major leads to certification to teach in the schools of Pennsylvania.

A student wishing to minor in music must elect a minimum of 1 5 credits in
music courses as approved by the department chairperson.

Special Requirements

1 . Each student must declare a primary performing medium. Those who
elect \ oice as their primar> instrument normally elect piano as a
secondary instmment. Performance juries are held at the end of each
semester. Students are expected to complete the requirements for their
performing area and level. Piano proficiency is required in all degree
programs.

2. Ensemble participation of 5 hours a week is required each semester.
Students may fulfill this departmental requirement by participation in
either 1-credit or 0-credit ensemble(s). In meeting the degree
requirements of 7-8 credits of ensemble credit, enrollment in credit-
bearing ensembles is flexible across semesters.

3. Students must register for MUSC 475 (Music Lab) and attend ( 1 )
departmental meetings or recitals. (2) all department and area recitals,
and (3) eight campus recitals and concerts each semester in attendance.

Page 70

INDL'^NA L-NrVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGR.'VDUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Bachelor of Arts-.Music/Histon' and Literature Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

tt itli the following specifications:

Fine Arts: MUhI 102

Mathematics: MATH 101 or other Liberal Studies

Mathematics

Natural Science: Option II recommended. PHYS 105

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr, MUHI 301, no courses

with ML HI prefix

Major:

Required Courses: (1)

APMU 1 24 (Major) Applied Piano Jury C

NIL'HI 302 Music Historj' II

MLSCllI Theor> Skills I

MUSC 112 Theor> Skills II

MUSC115 Theor> 1

MUSC 116 Theor> II

MUSC 120-136 8 semesters of Music Ensembles

MUSC 21 1 Theop. Skills III

MUSC 212 Theon, Skills IV

MUSC 215 TheoP, HI

MUSC 216 Theoo IV

MUSC 3 1 1 Fundamentals of Conducting

MUSC 475 8 semesters of Recital Attendance

Five courses from the follow ing:

MUHI 322. 323. 324. 325. 420. 421
Controlled Electives:
Music electives (w ith advisor approval)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

Ocr
3cr
2cr
2cr
3cr
3cr
8cr
2cr
2cr
3cr
3cr
2cr
Ocr

I5cr

120

( 1 ) Students ma\ satisfy any Theory Class by passing the final exam prior
to or at the beginning of an\ gi\ en semester and then enrolling in
Section 01 1 of the course for Ocr; the student's grade would be
recorded as "Satisfactory" on the transcript

Bachelor of .\rts-Music/General Studies Track

Liberal Studies: .-Xs outlined in Liberal Studies section 50

w ith the following specifications:

Fine Arts: MLHn02

Mathematics: MATH 101 or other Liberal Studies Mathematics

Natural Science: Option II recommended. PHYS 105

Social Science: PSYC lOI

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr, MUHI 301, no coitfses

with MUSC prefix

Major: 49

Required Courses: ( 1 )

APMU (Major) Applied Music I-VIH (2cr each) 16cr

APMU 122 (Major) Applied Jury A Ocr

MUHI 302 Music Historv II 3cr

MUSC 1 1 1 Theory Skills 1 2cr

MUSC 112 Theory Skills II 2cr

MUSC 115 Theory 1 3cr

MUSC 116 Theory 11 3cr

MUSC 120-136 8 semesters of Music Ensembles 8cr

MUSC 21 1 Theory Skills III 2cr

MUSC 2 1 2 Theory Skills IV 2cr

MUSC 215 Theory lU 3cr

MUSC 216 Theory rv 3cr

MUSC 311 Fundamentals of Conducting 2cr

MUSC 475 8 semesters of Recital .Attendance Ocr

Controlled Electives:

Music Electives (with ad\isor appro\aI or as indicated below ):
MUSC 2 1 7 Keyboard Harmony I and II 2cr

218 (required for piano and organ majors only)

MUSC 35 1 Italian French German Diction and 3cr

353'354 Literature (required for voice majors only)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

120

( I ) Students may satisfy any Theory Class by passing the fmal exam prior
to or at the beginning of any given semester and then enrolling in
Section 1 1 of the course for Ocr; the smdent's grade would be recorded
as "Satisfactory" on the transcript.

Bachelor of .\rts-Music/Theor>- and Composition Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the follow ing specifications:

Fine Arts: MUm 102

Mathematics: MATH 101 or other Liberal Smdies Mathematics

Natural Science: Option 11 recommended, PHYS 105

Social Science: PS^'C 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr, MUHI 301, no courses

with MUSC prefix

Major:

Required Courses: ( 1 )

."Applied Piano l-\"ll

Music History II

Theory Skills 1

Theon Skills 11

Theory 1

Theory II

MUSC 120-136 4 semesters of Music Ensembles
MUSC 211 Theory Skills III

Theory Skills IV

Theory III

Theon IV

Keyboard Harmony I

Keyboard Harmony II

Form Analysis or
MUSC 309 Orchestration 1
MUSC 306 Counterpoint 1

Fundamentals of Conducting

Theor> V

Composition 1

Composition II

Composition 111

Composition IV

8 semesters of Recital Attendance
Controlled Electives:
Music Electi\es (w ith advisor approval)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

APMU
MUHI 302
MUSC 1 1 1
MUSC 112
MUSC 115
MUSC 116

MUSC 212
MUSC 215
MUSC 216
MUSC 217
MUSC 218
MUSC 304

MUSC 311
MUSC 315
MUSC 411
MUSC 412
MUSC 413
MUSC 414
MUSC 475

14cr

3cr

2cr

3cr

4cr

2cr

3cr

Icr

lor

2cr

2cr
2cr
3cr

8cr
Ocr

120

INDIANA UNIVERSITY- OF PENNSYLVANU UNDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paae71

( 1 ) Studenis may satisfy any Theorv' Class by passing the final exam prior
to or at the beginning of any given semester and then enrolling in
Section II of the course for Ocr. the student's grade would be recorded
as ""Satisfactory" on the transcript.

Bachelor of Fine Arts-Music Performance

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

» ilh the t'ollow ing specifications:

Fine Arts: MLhI 102

Mathematics: MATH 101 or other Liberal Studies

Mathematics

Natural Science: Option II recommended. PHYS 105

Social Science: PSVC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. ML^I 301. no courses

with ML SC prcllx

Major:

Required Courses: ( I )

APML (Major) Applied Music lA'lll (4cr each)

APMU 122 (Major) Applied Juo A

MUHI 302 Music History II

MUSC 1 1 1 Theors Skills I

MUSCII2 Theory Skills II

MUSC115 Theory I

ML'SC1I6 Theory II

MUSC 1 20- 1 36 8 semesters of Music Ensembles

MUSC2I1 Theorv Skills III

MUSC 212 Theory Skills IV

MUSC 215 Theory III

MUSC 216 Theorv IV

MUSC 3 1 1 Fundamentals of Conducting

MUSC 4"5 8 semesters of Recital Attendance

Controlled Electives:

Music Electives (u iih advisor approval or as indicated below ):

MUSC 217 Keyboard Harmony 1 and II (required

2 1 8 for piano and organ majors only )

MUSC 351 Italian French German Diction and

353/354 Literature (required for voice majors only)

Total Degree Requirements:

(I)

32cr

Ocr

3cr

2cr

3cr

8cr

2cr

3cr

2cr

Ocr

3cr

120

Students may satisfy any Theory Class by passing the final exam prior
to or at the beginning of any given semester and then enrolling in
Section II of the course for Ocr. the student's grade v^ ould be recorded
as "Satisfactory" on the transcript.

Bachelor of Science in Education-Music Education (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Fine Arts: fulfilled by courses in the major

Humanities: HIST 195 (section for Music majors).

ML HI 102 ( Music Education majors only )

Mathematics: 6cr. MATH 101 or 1 10: M.ATH 217

Natural Science: Option I recommended

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr. MUHI 301. no courses

with MUSC prefix

College:

Professional Education Sequence:

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology

EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience 1

EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II

EDUC 421 Student Teaching Elementary Level

EDUC 441 Student Teaching Secondary Level

EDUC 442 School Law

MUSC 240 Technology in the Music Classroom

MUSC 331 Elementary Methods

MUSC 333 Instrumental .Methods

MUSC 335 Music for Students with Disabilities in

Inclusive Settings

MUSC 337 General Choral Methods

Major: ( 1 )

Required Courses:

APMU (.Major) Applied Music I-VIl

APMU 122 (Major) Applied Jury A

MUHI 302 Music Historv II

MUSC 1 1 1 Theorv Skills I

MUSC 112 Theory Skills n

MUSC 115 Theory I

MUSC 1 16 Theorv'Il

MUSC 1 20- 1 36 7 semesters of Music Ensembles

MUSC 21 1 Theorv' Skills III

MUSC 212 Theory Skills rv

MUSC 215 Theon HI

MUSC 216 Theory IV

MUSC 3 1 1 Fundamentals of Conducting

MUSC 475 7 semesters of Recital .Anendance

Concentration area courses: (select one concentration)

I ocal Concentration

.APMU Piano (minor) 1-IV

APMU 123 .Applied Piano Jurv B

Choose two of the follow ing Class Instrument courses:

MUSC 155. 157. 159. 161 "

.MUSC 351 '353/354

Instrumental Concentration

MUSC 151 Class Voice I

MUSC 152 Class Voice II

MUSC 153 Class Piano I

MUSC 154 Class Piano II

APMU 1 24 Applied Piano Jury C

MUSC 155 ClassSuingsI

MUSC 157 Class Percussion I

MUSC 159 Class Brass 1

M U SC 1 6 1 Class Woodwinds I

Controlled Electives: choose electives from the follow ing

to create a total of 51 cr in Major Required Courses area:

APMU Instrument (minor) l-fV (I cr each)

MUSC 1 20 Music Ensembles (0- 1 cr each )

MUSC 155-162 Class Instruments H (Icreach)

MUSC 163 Class Guitar

MUSC 224 Jazz Improvisation

MUSC 300 Black Music in America and Diaspora

MUSC 306 Counterpoint

MUSC 309 Orchestration

MUSC 3 1 2 Choral Conducting

MUSC 313 Instrumental Conducting

MUSC 315 Theory V

MUSC 340 Instrument Repair

MUSC 41 1 Composition I

MUSC 493 Music hitemship

3cr
Icr
Icr
6cr
6cr
Icr
2cr
2cr
2cr

Icr
2cr

14cr

Ocr

3cr

2cr

3cr

Ocr

2cr

3cr

2cr

Ocr

4cr
Ocr

2cr
3cr

Icr
Icr
Icr
Icr
Ocr
Icr
Icr
Icr
Icr

Icr
Icr
let
2cr
2cr
3cr
2cr
2cr
2cr
2cr
3cr
2cr
Icr
Icr

Total Degree Requirements:

126

PaEe72

INDL\NA UTvIIVERSrrY OF PENNSYLVANIA U"NT)ERGR.\DUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

(*) Also see requirements leading to teacher certification, titled

"Admission to Teacher Education." in the College of Education and
Educational Technolog> section of this catalog.

( 1 ) Students may satisfv an\ Theory Class or Class InstrumentMinor
Instrument requirement b\

A. Theory-Passing the final exam prior to or at the beginning of any
given semester and then enrolling in Section 01 1 of the course for
Ocr; the student's grade would be recorded as "Satisfactory" on
the transcript.

B. Class instrument or minor in applied area-Class instrument or
minor applied area-Passing the B or C required jury (Ocr) before
eiuxiUing in class instruments or a minor apphed course; the stu-
dent's grade would be recorded as ""Satisfactory" on the transcript

Department of Theater and Dance

Website: wwtv.iup.edivtheater

Barbara S. Blackledge. Chairperson: .\ult. Boda. Bowes, Jones,
Liberia, McCrear>, Simpson, Tabish, J. Van D\ke; and professors
emeriti Eisen, Lommock

The Department of Theater and Dance is dedicated to both theater and dance
as collaborati\e and highly disciplined fields offering an extended \iew of
the world as a part of a liberal and humanistic education. Successful students
develop an artistic sensibility and a disciplined work ethic, skills necessary in
most endeavors. The department is committed to:

1 . providing comprehensive coursew ork from introductory through
ad\anced levels of study, in all major areas of theater and dance

2. providing di\erse production opportunities at all levels to challenge
students as artists by developing proficiency in one or more of the areas
of playwriting. research, performance, and production while
stimulating the intellectual growth of both students and faculty

3. augmenting and complementing the aesthetic offerings of the university
community

4. establishing a work ethic of collaboration, personal discipline, and
respect

The Department of Theater and Dance offers a Bachelor of .Arts degree, a
dance minor, and a theater minor. The B.A. in Theater provides for the study
of theater w ithin a broad liberal arts education. The minor in dance totals 18
controlled credits, while a mmor in theater consists of 15 credits in Theater
coursework approved by the chairperson of the department. Theater and
dance courses are also an option in the Interdisciplinary Fine .Arts degree
offered by the College of Fine .\rts.

.As a practical extension of the academic program, the Department of Theater
and Dance offers a variety of production opportunities in the Theater-by-the-
Grove Mainstage and Studio theaters. The lUP Dance Theater performs
tw ice atmually.

.Admission to the Theater program requires satisfactory completion of an
audition or interview, in addition to the university's general admission
requirements. Detailed information will be sent to applicants upon request.

The Department of Theater and Dance is a fuJly accredited institutional
member of the National Association of Schools of Theater (NAST).

.Major: 40

Required Courses:

THTRlll Foundations of Theater 3cr

THTRII6 Fundamentals of Tlieatrical Design 3cr

THTR 205 Classic Theater I or 3cr

THTR206 Classic Theater II

THTR 207 Modem Theater I or 3cr

THTR 208 Modem Theater n

Core Courses: (minimum of 6ct from each area)

Technical Core:

THTR 120 Stagecraft 3cr

TFTFR 122 Costume Workshop 3ct

THTR 22 1 Basic Stage Lighting 3cr

Performance Core:

THTR 130 Stage Voice or jcr

THTR 131 Stage Movement

THTR 240 .Acting I 3cr

THTR 350 Directing 3<:r

Production Practicum: ( 1 )

THTR 4S6 Practicum in Production 4cr

Theater Concentration Electrves: concentrate in

one or tw o of the follow ing areas: 9cr

Area A: DesignTech (in addition to any of the

technical core beyond the 6cr required)

THTR 320 Scene Design Bo-

Stage Lighting Design 3cr

Costume Design 3cr

Sound Design 3ct

.Advanced Stagecraft 3ct

Technical Theater Problems 3cr

Area B: Performance (in addition to any of the

performance core beyond the 6ct required)

THTR 340 Acting D 3cr

.\cting Styles 3cr

.Acting Shakespeare 3cr

Directing Studio 3cr

.Acting Studio 3cr

Area C: \fusical Theater [2) 3cr

D.\N'C 150 Fundamentals of Dance 3cr

Contemporary Dance 3cr

Jazz Dance 3cr

Ballroom and Tap Dance 3cr

Ballet 3cr

Ethnic Dance 3cr

.Acting Styles 3cr

.Acting Studio 3cr

Dance Studio 3cr

Area D: Theater History and Theory ( 3 )

THTR 3 1 0 Theater Criticism 3cr

THTR 350 Directing 3cr

THTR 347 Play-wiiting 3cr

Theater Electives:

Choose an additional course either fitmi an>' THTR couise

listed abo\e or any of the following:

THTR 223. 281. 310. 345. 347, 481, 483, 493

Free Electrves: 27

THTR32I
THTR 322
THTR 323
THTR 324
THTR 489

THTR 341
THTR 342
THTR 484
THTR 487

D.ANC 250
D.\NC 260
D.ANC 270
D.\NC 280
D.AN'C 290
THTR 341
THTR 487
D.ANC 485

Bachelor of .■\rts-Theater

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Fine Arts: ARHI lOI.DANC 102, orMUHI 101

Mathematics: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. no courses with THTR prefix

Total Degree Requirements:
(1)

120

4cr over a miiumum of six semesters including one setnester for senior
>ear project.
(2) In addition to auditioning for limited seats in applied voice lessons
from the Music Department students couW choose at least one acting
class and at least one dance class from the listings in this category. It is
important to note that courses serving this major requireinent cannoc
also serve a dance minor requirement

INDIANA UNTVERSnT OF PENNSYLVANIA LfNDERGR-ADUATE CATALOG. ;003-«M

Pa2e73

(3) iDadditioatotakii^aOfoivoftlieCbssicaodModaiiTheaKrcaBses
for 6 of die 9a required in this cuuLtiMMioo. aa aiMitkiil 3cr can be
dtosea 6vm die conses in diis cMeeory (assumii^ diat diey aie not
alread> serMng anodier miior requirenienil or 6aa specially defined
THTR ;Si 4.X1 4«3 couises.

Danc« Nlinor

The Dance Miner prt«^m proxides a fcundaboc iC€ those miereaed m
teaching daoce. » orking « nh a dance campany . managing a pn\aie dance
sudia woricing »^ dieaier productiaos. or desiiing a broad-tttsed
ednocion vidiin die daice discipline.

The Dance Minor is an l&-credit progian itidi 9 required credits and 9
electiw crediis. The requited crediis include die pertinaa foondatioa oouses
and h^ber-le\«l dieory caoses. The required coorses also prmide design
dements of productian. fimdamemal and historical dieories of dance, and
dioce choieugiaphic and irarhing dieories dot cannot be obtained in any- of
the deciive coorses. The eiecti\« credits inckide die tedmique coutses.

The Dance Maar is based on die National Siaidards for Arts Educatkn
dance lequiiaueuts. L'sing diis bast< for die piugiaiu ensures fimdamental
prepatatioa for a number of student needs, for example, die dance teacher,
the performer, and'or the dance studio osner.

The program is also drsigned lo fulfill the needs of a Liberal .\ns minor in
dance. Through advisemem. the minor piugiam can ser«« the individual
student's needs. The program would be of imerest to secondary and
ckmumuy edncation majors, small business majors, reoeatioo and physical
education nuyots. and anvone else that has an loierest m dance and warns lo
broaden his or her Liberal .Ans edacatioo.

MiMT-Duce (1) 18

Reqnircd Coarxs: 9

THTR1I6 Fundamentals of Theatrical Des^ 3cr
One of die following:

D.ANC 102 introduction to Dance 3cr

D.ANC 150 Fundamentals of Dance 3cr
One of die foOowing:

D.\NC 351 Choreography 3cr

DANC 353 Dance Cunicahm and Instiuctian 3cr
\m\ three of the CilainBg at adviMd: 9

D.ANC 150 FimdamentakofDaiced) 3cr

DANC 250 Comemporaiy Dance 3cr

DANC 260 Jazz Dance 3cr

DANC 270 BaUtoom and Tap Dance 3cr

DANC 280 Ballet 3cr

D.ANC 290 Edmic Donee 3cr

D.ANC 4S5 Dance Studio 3cr

(1) Fundameiaals of Dance cannot be counted twice.

Paae -

[NDL\NA L-NI\TRSrn- OF PEN-NS>X\ A.NLA L-N-DERGR.\DL ATE CAT.-UXK}. 2005^'^

The College of Health and Human Services

Carleen C. Zoni, Dean

Jacqueline A. Beck, Interim Associate Dean

Website: www. iup.edu/healtlihiimanserv

The College of Health and Human Senices comprises eight multifaceted
departments which olTer programs leading to seventeen baccalaureate
degrees and five master's degrees, three minors, two credit-bearing
certificate programs, and one noncredit certificate program. The departments
in the college are Culinarv' Arts; Food and Nutrition; Health and Physical
Education; Hospitality Management; Human Development and
Environmental Studies; Industrial and Labor Relations; Nursing and Allied
Health Professions; and Safety Sciences.

The college offers degrees in areas relevant to workforce needs and prides
itself on having established a learning-centered environment in which the
curricula bridge theory and practice. Hands-on fieldwork. observations,
clinical experiences, internships, cooperative education, and service-learning
opportunities are regular components of the curricula and provide valuable
learning experiences for students. Instructional methods arc often
cooperative and collaborati\e. affording students the opportunity to
understand w hat they can contribute to and gain from collective efforts.
Discovery-based instruction provides opportunities to leani about a
discipline by practicing in the field. Media technology, an ever-expanding
resource, provides access to worldwide information. Faculty members
recognize the central role of the learner in the learning process and strive to
create integrated, holistic learning environments. The focus on learning is a
commitment to the continuous improvement of the quality of education
offered by the college.

The College of Health and Human Services is committed to providing
students w ith challenging academic programs designed to enhance
achievement of educational and professional goals, to develop appropriate
skills and attitudes for future employment, to develop critical thinking skills,
and to promote synthesis of knowledge. Students are encouraged to develop
an understanding of and respect for individuals from diverse backgrounds
and cultures.

College Majors

Child DevelopmentyFamily Relations

Clinical Laboratory Science

Culinary Arts (nondegree Certificate program)

Family and Consumer Sciences Education

Fashion Merchandising

Health and Physical Education

Hospitality Management

Industrial and Labor Relations (graduate program only)

Interior Design

Nuclear Medicine Technology

Nutrition (Tracks available: Dietetics. Nutrition)

Nursing

Physical Education and Sport (Tracks available: Aquatics. Athletic

Training, Exercise Science, Sport Administration)

Respiratory Care

Safety Sciences

College Minors

Child De\elopnicnl
Nutrition
Safety Sciences

Credit Certificate Programs

Driver Education
Gerontology

Department of Culinarj' Arts

Website: www.iup.edu/culinary

Albert S. VA'utsch, Chairperson; Blake, DeMane, Brown, Fitting,

Klinger, Pike, VVygonik

The Department of Culinary Arts offers a four-semester (sixteen calendar
months), competency-based, noncredit certificate program. This distinctive
program provides hands-on learning experiences, including fundamental
culinary theory and on-the-job work experience, giving each student the
necessary skills and know ledge to begin a successful career in the field of
culinary arts. During the last semester of study, students are placed with a
distinguished employer in a prestigious resort or restaurant for a paid
extemship experience. This contemporary approach to learning enables
students to achieve advanced levels of proficiency in both culinary
techniques and business management skills while they advance through the
certificate program. Through internal articulation agreements, graduates may
transfer up to 42 credits of coursework toward a baccalaureate degree in
Hospitality Management and up to 37 credits toward a Bachelor of Science
degree in Nutrition. In addition, an optional summer European Study Tour is
offered through which students may earn 3 credits.

The program holds accreditation by the .American Culinary Federation and is
offered at the Academy of Culinary .Arts in Punxsutawney, Pennsylvania.

Department of Food and Nutrition

\\ebsite: www.iup.edu/foodiiulritinii

Susan S. Dahlheinier. Chairperson; Barker, Cessna, Johnson, Taylor-
Davis, Wagoner; and professors enieritae Minnick, Steiner

The Department of Food and Nutrition offers a degree program in nutrition
with two tracks, dietetics and general nutrition. Within the degree program,
students select a natural science option determined by their academic
preparation and career goals. This curriculum prepares students as
professionals for a diversity of career opportunities in food service, the food
industry, food and nutrition research, and health care.

In addition, the department pro\ ides Liberal Studies courses which are
available to all university students. These include FDNT 143. an option in
the university's Liberal Studies requirements for Health and Wellness;
FDNT 145. a Liberal Studies elective; and three LBST 499 synthesis courses
(Food and Culture. The Battle for Perfection, and Screen Cuisine).

Dietetics Track

Students who complete the Dietetics Track (Didactic Program in Dietetics)
meet the academic requirements as accredited by the Commission on
Accreditation for Dietetics Education of the American Dietetic .Association.
This track will prepare an indi\idual to serve as a translator of food and
nutrition science information for members of the larger community w ith
respect to healthful food preparation, healthy eating behaviors, medical
nutrition therapy, management of nutrition delivery and food sen ice
systems, and advocacy for the profession of dietetics. The individual who
completes this program will exhibit an in-depth knowledge of food,
nutrition, behavioral sciences, and management theory and be able to apply
this knowledge to solve problems.

Nutrition Track

The Nutrition Track allows students to plan a curriculum based upon career
goals other than becoming a registered dietitian. Career opportunities for
these students include public health, food service administration, culinary
arts, journalism, communications, business, and gerontology.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paae 75

Students who wish to pursue a career in food and nutrition research should
select the Natural Science Option II plus the nutrition track to acquire a
foundation for theoretical and applied food science and nutrition. This option
meets the needs of students who wish to enter careers in food/nutrition
which require a graduate education.

Nutrition Minor

This minor sequence is recommended for students majoring in the related
health disciplines such as child development, family and consumer sciences
education, nursing and allied health, food service management, and health
and physical education. Students electing a minor in nutrition must complete
15 credits of coursework from the courses listed. The completion of this
minor neither meets the requirements for practice as a credentialed
nutritionist nor satisfies the academic requirements of the Commission on
Registration for the .American Dietetic Association as a registered dietitian.
For additional information, contact the Food and Nutrition Department.

Bachelor of Science-Nutrition/Dieteties Track

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the follow ing specifications:

Health and Wellness: HPED 143

Mathematics: M.ATH 217

Natural .Science: C HhM 101-102 or 1 11-112

Social Science: hCON 101 or 121. PSYC 101. SOC 151

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr. no courses with FONT prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

FONT no

Careers in Food and Nutrition

Icr

FDNT 1 50

Foods

3cr

FDNT 151

Foods Laboratory

Icr

FDNT 212

Nutrition

3cr

FDNT 213

Life Cycle Nutrition

3cr

FDNT 355

Nutrition in Disease I

3cr

FDNT 362

Experimental Foods

3cr

FDNT 458

Advanced Human Nutrition

4cr

FDNT 470

Human Food Consumption Patterns

3cr

FDNT 484

Senior Seminar

Icr

Controlled F.lectives:

Dietetics Track:

FDNT 364

Methods of Teaching

3cr

FDNT 402

Community Nutrition

3cr

FDNT 430

Professional Topics in Food and Nutrition

3cr

FDNT 455

Nutrition in Disease II

3cr

FDNT 463

Nutrition Counseling

3cr

HRIM 256

Human Resources in the Hospitality Industry

3cr

HRIM259

Hospitality Purchasing

3cr

HRIM 313

Food PrixJuction and Service

4cr

MGMT310

Principles of Management

3cr

Otber Requirements: Natural Science Sequence:

BIOL 105. 155, 241. CHEM 255 I3cr

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

Social Science: ECON 101 or 121, PSYC 101, SOC 151
Liberal Studies Electives: (I)

3cr, no courses with FDNT prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

FDNT 1 10 Careers in Food and Nutrition

FDNT 150 Foods

I'DNT 1 5 1 Foods Laboratory

FDNT 212 Nutrition

FDNT 213 Life Cycle Nutrition

FDNT 355 Nutrition in Disease I

FDNT 362 Experimental Foods

FDNT 458 Advanced Human Nutrition

FDNT 470 Human Food Consumption Patterns

FDNT 4X4 Senior Seminar

Controlled Electives:

Nutrition Track (non-DPD):

FDNT electives (300 level and above, internship of

3cr strongly recommended)
Program minor, certificate, second major, or core

concentration required for program completion (2)

Other Requirements: Natural Science Sequence:

BIOL 105. 155. 241, CHEM 255

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

Icr
3cr
Icr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
4cr
3cr
Icr

10-28

6cr

4-22cr

I3cr

6-24

120

( 1 ) For the Gerontology Certificate. PHIL 405 or 400 or PSYC 378 can be
applied as a Liberal Studies Elective. For the Business Administration
minor. ECON 1 22 can be applied as a Liberal Studies Elective.

(2) Select one of the following:

• Minor in Business Administration. Chemistry, Communications
Media, Educational Technology, Journalism, Natural Sciences,
Psychology, or Psychology Science

• Certificate in Culinary Arts or Gerontology

• Core concentration in Hospitality Management (FDNT 150, 151,
HRIM 101, 256, 259, 306, 313, 401, HRIM 3cr elective) or
Physical Education and Sport (HPED 319, 410, 41 1. 492. and
HPED 343 or 375 or 4 1 2)

Minor-Nutrition 15

FDNT 212

Nutrition 3cr

FDNT 213

Life Cycle Nutrition 3cr

FDNT 245

Sports Nutrition 3cr ( 1 )

FDNT 355

Nutrition in Disease 1 3cr

FDNT 470

Human Food Consumption Patterns or 3cr

FDlslT 402

Community Nutrition

( 1 ) Students not interested in FDNT 245 may select both FDNT 402 and

470 in

place of FDNT 245.

Bachelor of Science-Nutrition/.Nutrition Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Health and Wellness: HPED 143

.Mathematics: MATH 217

Natural Science: CHEM 101-102 or 1 1 1-1 12

Department of Health and Physical Education

Website: www.iup.edu/liea/lhphysetJ

Elaine H. Blair. Chairperson; Alman, Bayles, Black, Celtnieks, Clark,
Corla/zo, Deulschlander, Klingaman, Kostelnik, l.orenzi, McKee,
Rivera, Robinson, Slonigcr, Smith, Temes, Trcnney; and professors
emeriti Aierstock, Beck. Blacksmith, C lark, Dakak, Davis, Dickie, Ellz,
Godlasky, Grove. Hornfeck, Liscinsky, Mill, Moore, Neal, Sledzik,
Slonigcr, Sutton, Tucker

Page 76

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

The Department of Health and Physical Education provides the following
services:

1 . instruction in health and wellness courses as part of the university's
Liberal Studies requirement

2. instruction in health and physical education courses as Physical
Education course electis es

3. an undergraduate major in health and physical education that leads to
the Bachelor of Science degree in Education with potential certification
to teach in the Common* ealth of Pennsyl\ ania

4. Bachelor of Science degree in Physical Education and Sport which
includes the specialty tracks of Aquatics, Athletic Training. Exercise
Science, and Sport Administration

5. Certification program in Dri\er Education

Required Program-Liberal Studies

The department through its Health and Welbiess course in the Liberal
Studies program, seeks to enhance the o\ erall w ell-being of students through
instruction planned to promote and maintain desirable levels of physical,
mental, emotional, and social well-being. Self-responsibility in the following
dimensions of wellness is emphasized: nutritional awareness, stress
awareness and management, e.xercise and fitness, substance use and abuse,
and sexually transmitted diseases. AIDS. The importance of reducing risk
factors for chronic degenerative disease and managing lifestyle factors for
promotion of health is presented » ith implication for both the present and
future. Information is provided during class lectures and enhanced by a
variety of practical learning experiences which give students opportunities
for self-assessment and personal application of the subject matter.

In addition, the department offers a variety of I -credit activit>' courses
focusing on physical fimess and the development of skills essential for
recreation and lifetime sports. Instruction is offered in many activities
including golf, resistive exercise, scuba, sw imming. and tennis.

The university's Liberal Studies requirements, in effect since FalL 1989,
require that each student successfully complete HPED 143 or its alternate,
FDNT 143. Smdents may also elect to take 4 credits of the ROTC program
(MLSC 101-102) as an alternate to the wellness courses. Activity courses
will continue to be offered, although they are no longer required. It is
encouraged and recommended that students choose these courses as elective
credits.

Bachelor of Science Degree-Physical Education and Spoi^

The Bachelor of Science degree in Physical Education and Sport provides
greater emphasis on subject matter content and less on pedagogy. Students
w ho select this major generally apply their know ledge in the areas of
exercise science, community and corporate fitness, cardiac rehabilitation,
sports medicine, and'or executive fimess programming. The sports study
major is a non-teacher certification program. Smdents enrolled in this
program may be required to purchase a personal liabihty insurance policy.
This will be necessary before begirming the preprofessional experience, the
internship, or any other clinical experience on or off campus.

Four specialty tracks of study have been developed for the degree program in
Physical Education and Sport. These tracks, in addition to the Nutrition
minor within the Physical Education and Sport major, and a business minor
in conjunction with the Sport .Administration track, provide students with an
innovative, relevant, and challenging curriculum and at the same time
encourage the promotion of interdisciplinarv- work. Course content is
focused toward specific professions vv ithin the major, as well as toward
different national credentialing possibiUties. Smdent internships and
preprofessional experiences can be more appropriately focused to enhance
opportunities for postgraduate emplov-ment. Furthermore, these tracks
provide emphasis in specific subject content areas and teach skills necessary
for students to assume leadership roles in careers related to the health fimess
industry as well as the sport science industry.

Aquatics Track

This track of smdy is designed to provide students with the knowledge and
skills necessary to obtain leadership roles, both instructional and

administrative, in a verity of professional settings. These opportimities
include school districts, both for profit and nonprofit conmiunity
organizations, and aquatic coaching.

Exercise Science Track

Exercise Science students prepare for a variety of careers in the health and
fimess industry. Positions are available in private and commercial fitoess
clubs, medical fimess facilities, profit and nonprofit community
organizations, cardiac rehabilitation programs, and aging serv ices. Students
may also wish to use this track of study to prepare for graduate education in
such areas as exercise physiologv. physical and occupational therapy, and
other allied health programs.

Sport Administration Track

This program prepares students to use a varietv' of skills to fimction in a
management capacity within the sport industrv'. Through an array of
controlled elective courses, students have the abilitv to tailor their education
to a specific area of interest, e.g.. athletic administratioru coaching, and
sports marketing. Graduates of this program can seek employment in such
areas as school and collegiate athletic departments, commimity recreational
organizations, professional sport teams, as well as a host of other athletic and
sports related industries. Successfiil completion of this track of study will
also award the student w ith a minor in business from lUP's Eberly School of
Business and Information Technology.

.athletic Training Track

njP's -\thletic Training track is accredited by the Committee for
Accreditation of AUied Health Education Programs. This track prepares
students to evaluate, manage, rehabilitate, and prevent injiuies or illnesses to
the physically active individual. Upon successfiil completion of this
educational program, smdents w ill be ehgible to sit for the national athletic
training certification examination.

Selection of a predetermined number of students to the Athletic Training
Track will be based on demonstrated academic achievement and the
evaluation of other criteria as listed below. The minimum standards for
eligibility are: ( I ) sophomore status (minimum of 28 credits). (2) no less than
a 2.6 cumulative GPA, (3) no less than a grade of C in HPED 175, 221, 242,
345, and 346. (4) two letters of recommendation. (5 1 satisfactory completion
of 50 hours of directed clinical observation. (6) a written essay, and in some
cases, a personal interview . Official admission is also contingent upon
obtaining liability insurance, medical clearances, and .Acts 34 and 1 5 1
clearances, all of which are needed for field experience placement. Once
admitted, students must continue to demonstrate above-average academic
performance and acceptable clinical performance in order to remain in good
standing (specific program retention and completion guidelines will apply
and are described in informational admissions packet available from the
department). Students should obtain an informational and admissions packet
from the department for full details.

Bachelor of Science in Education Degree-Health and Physical
Educarion

The Health and Physical Education program is accredited by the National
Council for .Accreditation of Teacher Education, in both Health Education
(with accreditation criteria defined by the American .Association for Health
Education) and Physical Education (w ith accreditation criteria defined by the
.American .Association for Physical Education).

Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education w ith a
major in Health and Physical Education include the universitv "s Liberal
Studies requirements. Professional Education requirements, and the Health
and Physical Education core requirement. Upon completion of the degree
program and successftilly passing the Praxis Exam, the student is qualified
for an Instructional I Certificate in Health and Phv^ical Education, issued by
the Peimsylvania Department of Education in Harrisburg. This certificate is
valid for teaching health and physical education in grades K-12 for three
years in the public schools of Permsylvania. .All students seeking
Pennsylvania certification must follow the 3-Step Process described in the

INDIANA L'NPV'ERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA L^'DERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Pase '''

section "Admissioa to Teacher Education and Certification'' found in the
CoQege of Education and EducationaJ Technology sectioo of this catalog.

Health and Ph\sical Education Core

The Health and Ph^-sical Education curriculum identifies a requited core of
studies which emphasizes a bod>' of knon ledge rele\'ant to the stiuh of
professional health and ph>sical education, as well as the study of phN'sical
education and sport Courses contained in the core are those » hich are
intended to enable students to identify and soNe problems by applying
rele%3nt know ledge and also to engage in self-directed learning.

Candidates for the degree program ui Health and Physical Education must
deiDoastiaie acceptable cogniti\e and psychomotor qualifications as well as
desirable character and personality traits. The professional program seeks to
foster those qualities of individual character and coatpetence diat are
inherent in personal and professional maturity. These cotnpeteiKies are
evaluated at the end of the sophomore >ear. The student is either granted
Advanced Standing in the department or restricted in scheduling advanced
courses for not less than one probanooary semester. Continuation in the
major program is based upon attainment of department Advanced Standing.

DiTver Education

Candidates for the driver education certification must possess, or be a
candidate for. a valid Petinsy Ivania certificate in any area of certification. A
student must currently complete the following four courses: HPED 23 1 . 252.
353. and 354. Students must request the certificate in driver education when
thev' apply for graduation. For students w ho have afaeady graduated, contact
the OfTice of the Dean. College of Education and Educational Technology,
for cocrea procedures.

.\quatics School Course Offerings

Each summer the department offers the annual .Aquatics School. Students

atteitdiitg must possess the necessarv aquatic prerequisites. A fee will be

charged. .-Ml courses may be taken for college credit, if the student is eligible

and pav-s the additional tuition fee. For more information, contact the aquatic

director.

Bachelor of Science-Physical Education and Sport

Liberal Studies: .\s outlined in Liberal Studies section

u ith the follow me specifications:

Heahh and Wellness: FONT 143. HPED 143. or

MLSC 1 0 1 - 1 02 1 recommended FDNT or MLSC )

Mitbematics: SLATH 217

Natural ScieiKe: BIOL 103-104. CHEM 101-102.

or SCI 105-106

Social Science: PSYC 101. SOC 151

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr. FDNT 145. no courses

with HPED prefix

Major:

Core Requirements:

HPED 142

Foundations of Heahh. Physical

Education, and Sport

3cr

HPED 175

Prevention and Care of Injuries to the

Phvsicalh .Active

2cr

HPED 200

Fundamentals of Phv'sicai Activity

Icr

HPED 210

Motor Development

2cr

HPED 221

Human Structure and Function

3cr

HPED 242

Emereencv Health Care

Icr

HPED 263

Aquatics

Icr

HPED 315

Biomechanics

3cr

HPED 341

Evaluation in Heahh and Physical Ed

3CT

HPED 343

Phvsioloev of Exercise

3cr

HPED 441

Psychosocial Implications for Heahh

and Phvsical Education

3cr

HPED 442

Seminar in Heahh. Physical Education.

and Recreation 1

3cr

Professional Requirements:

HPED 230 Aerobic Exercise Leadership

HPED 3 1 9 Preprofessional Experience D

HPED 544 Adapted Phvsical Education

HPED 375 Physiokigical Basis of Strength Training

HPED 4 1 0 Exercise Prescription

HPED 41 1 Phv-sical Fitness Appraisal

HPED 41 2 Physical .Activity and Stress Management

Controlled Elective*: ( 1. 2)

BIOL 151. 155. HPED 333. 335. 413, 492,

PHYS 151. 161. SAFE 347

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

2cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

12
120

(1) Nutrition minor may substitine for Controlled Electives; see
Department of Food and Nutrition.

(2) Specialty tracks w ill substitute for Controlled Electives: see following
descriptions.

Bachelor of Science-Physical Education and Sport-Exercise
Science Track

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 217

Natural Science: BIOL 103-104. CHEM 101-102.

ori>Cl 105-106

Social Science: PSYC 101. SOC 151

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr. FDNT 145, no courses

w :t.h HPED pretlx

Major:

Core Requirements:

HPED 142

Foundations of Health, Physical

Education, and Sport

3cr

HPED 175

Prevention and Care of Injuries to the

Phv'sically .Active

2cr

HPED 200

Fundamentals of Physical Activity

Icr

HPED 210

Motor Dev elopment

2cr

HPED 221

Human Strucuue and Function

3cr

HPED 242

Emergencv Health Care

Icr

HPED 263

Aquatics

Icr

HPED 315

Biomechanics

3cr

HPED 341

Evaluation in Health and Physical Ed

3cr

HPED 343

Physiology of Exercise

3cr

HPED 441

Psychosocial Implications for Heahh

and Phv-sical Education

3cr

HPED 442

Seminar in Heahh. Physical Education.

and Recreation 1

3cr

Sport Science Requirements:

HPED 319

Preprofessional Experience II

3cr

HPED 344

Adapted Physical Education

3cr

HPED 375

Phv-siotegical Basis of Strength Training

3cr

HPED 410

Exercise Prescription

3cr

HPED 412

Phv-sical .Activity and Stress Management

3cr

Exercise Science Track:

BIOL 151

Human Phv-siotogy

4cr

HPED 230

.Aerobic Leadership

2cr

HPED 411

Physical Fitness .Appraisal

3cr

HPED413

Phy-sical .Activity and .Aging

3cr

PHYS 151

Medical Physics Lecture

3cr

PHYS 161

Medical Physics Lab

Icr

Paae'

INDIANA L"M\XRSm' OF PENAS\X\ ANLA L>.DERGRADLATE CATALOG. 2003-*»

One course from the following:

HPED 492 Health Fitness Instruction

SAFE 347 Ergonomics

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr

HPED 430 The American Woman and Sport

Business Minor Requirements:

ACCT 201

ACCT 202

BLAW 235

BTST32I

FIN 310

MGMT310

MKTG 320

Accounting Principles I

Accounting Principles II

Legal En\ironment of Business

Business and Interpersonal Communications

Fundamentals of Finance

Principles of Management

Principles of Marketing

3cr

2cr
Icr
2cr
3cr
Icr
Icr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

3cr
2cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

Total Degree Requirements:

Bachelor of Science-Physical Education and Sport-Sport
Administration Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

\v ith the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 217

Natural Science: BIOL 103-104. CHEM 101-102.

or SCI 105-106

Social Science: ECON 121. PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. BTED COSCTFMG 101,

ECON 1 22. no course with HPED prefix

Major;

Core Requirements:

HPE D 1 42 Foundations of Health. Physical

Education, and Sport
HPED 1 75 Prevention and Care of Injuries to the

Phv^ically .Acti\e
HPED 200 Fundamentals of Ph\?ical Activity
HPED 2 1 0 .Motor De\ elopment
HPED 22 1 Human Structiuis and Fimction
HPED 242 Emergency Health Care
HPED 263 Aquatics
HPED 3 1 5 Biomechanics
HPED 34 1 E\ aluation in Health and Physical Ed
HPED 343 Phs^iology of Exercise
HPED 441 Ps>chosocial hnplications for Health

and Phj'sical Education
HPED 442 Seminar in Health. Physical Education,

and Recreation I
Sport Science Requirements:
HPED 3 1 9 Preprofessional Experience II
HPED 333 Psychology of Coaching
HPED 335 Coaching and Managing of .Athletic Programs
HPED 344 Adapted Ph>?ical Education
HPED 375 Physiological Basis of Strength Training
HPED 412 Phvsical .■\cti\itv and Stress Management or

120

Bachelor of Science-Physical Education and Sport-.\quatic Track

l" Liberal Studies: -As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the following specifications:
•20 Mathematics: MATH 2 1 7

Natural Science: BIOL 103-104. CHEM 101-102, or

SCI 105-106

Social Science: PSYC 101, SOC 1 5 1

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. BTED/COSC TFMG 101.
FONT 145. no course with HPED prefix

Major:
54 Core Requirements:

HPED 1 42 Foundations of Health. Physical
Education, and Sport
Prevention and Care of Injuries to the
Physically Active
Fundamentals of Physical Activity
Motor Development
Human Structure and Function
Emergenc) Health Care
.Aquatics
Biomechanics

Evaluation in Health and Physical Ed
Ph> siology of Exercise
Psychosocial Implications for Health
and Physical Education
Seminar in Health. Physical Education,
and Recreation I
Sport Science Requirements:
HPED 319 Preprofessional Experience n
HPED 344 Adapted Physical Education
HPED 375 Physiological Basis of Strength Training
HPED 410 Exercise Prescription
HPED 41 1 Physical Fimess Appraisal
HPED 412 Physical Activity and Stress Management
.Aquatic Track:
HPED 165 Lifeguarding
HPED 26 1 Water Safety Instructor
HPED 264 .Advanced .Aquatics
HPED 270 Instructor of Handicapped Swimming
HPED 276 Coaching of Swimming
HPED 279 Sw imming Pool Maintenance and Chemistry
HPED 280 .Aquatic Facilities Management
HPED 335 Coaching and Managing of .Athletic Programs

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

HPED 175

HPED 200
HPED 210
HPED 221
HPED 242
HPED 263
HPED 315
HPED 341
HPED 343
HPED 441

HPED 442

3cr

2cr
Icr
2cr
3cr
Icr
Icr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

Icr
Icr
Icr
Icr
Icr
2cr
2cr
3cr

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the follow ing specifications:

Mathemarics: MATH 217

Natural Science: BIOL 103-104 or CHEM 101-102

Social Science: PSYC 101. SOC 151

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. BTED'COSCTFMG 101.

FDNT 145. no course w ith HPED prefix

8
120

Bachelor of Science-Physical Education and Sport-.Athletic
Training Track

INDIANA L"NIVERSm' OF PENNSYLV ANLA LNDERGR.ADU.ATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paiie "9

Major:

Core Requirements:

HPED 1 42 Foundations of Health. Physical

Education, and Sport

Pre\ention and Care of Injuries to the

Physically Active

Fundamentals of Physical Activity

Motor Development

Human Structure and Function

Emergency Health Care

Aquatics

Biomechanics

Evaluation in Health and Physical Ed

Physiology of Exercise

Psychosocial Implications for Health

and Physical Education

Seminar in Health. Physical Education,

and Recreation 1
Athletic Training Track Requirements:
BIOL 151 Human Physiology
HPED 344 Adapted Physical Education

Athletic Training

Athletic Training Lab

Advanced Athletic Training

Physiological Basis of Strength Training

Athletic Training Clinical Practicum I

Athletic Training Clinical Practicum II

Seminar in Sports Medicine

Physical Fimess Appraisal

Therapeutic Modalities

Therapeutic Exercise for Athletic

Injury Management

Athletic Training Clinical Practicum III

Athletic Training Clinical Practicum IV

Medical Physics Lecture

Medical Physics Lab

HPED 1 75

HPED 200
HPED 210
HPED 221
HPED 242
HPED 263
HPED 315
HPED 341
HPED 343
HPED 441

HPED 442

HPED 345
HPED 346
HPED 365
HPED 375
HPED 376
HPED 377
HPED 380
HPED 41 1
HPED 446
HPED 448

HPED 476
HPED 477
PHYS 151
PHYS 161

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr

2cr
Icr
2cr
3cr
lor
Icr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

4cr
3cr
3cr
Icr
4cr
3cr
Icr
Icr
2cr
3cr
4cr

4cr

Icr
Icr
3cr
Icr

120

HPED 263 Aquatics

HPED 315 Biomechanics

HPED 341 Evaluation in Health and Physical Education

HPED 343 Physiology of Exercise

HPED 441 Psychosocial Implications for Health

and Physical Education
HPED 442 Seminar in Health. Physical Education,

and Recreation 1

Professional Requirements:
Health and Physical Education:

HPED 214 Teachmg Health Fitness and Gymnastics
HPED 215 Teaching Rhythmic Activities and Dance
HPED 216 Teaching Elementary Physical Education
HPED 2 1 7 Teaching Middle School Physical Education
HPED 2 1 8 Teaching Secondary Physical Education
HPED 3 1 6 Teaching Elementary Physical Education
HPED 3 1 8 Preprofessional Experience I
HPED 325 School and Community Health
HPED 370 Adapted Health and Physical Education (2)
HPED 426 Health Science Instruction
HPED 450 Curriculum and Programming in
Sexuality Education

College:

Preprofessional Education Requirements:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology

Professional Education Requirements:

EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I

EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II

EDUC 42 1 Student Teaching

EDUC 441 Student Teaching

EDUC 442 School Law

(#) Total Degree Requirements:

Icr

3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

Icr
Icr
2cr
2cr
2cr
2cr
Icr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

3cr
3cr

Icr
Icr
6cr
6cr
Icr

120

Note: The office of the Athletic Training Curriculum Coordinator can
provide additional information related to specific requirements regarding
initial health screening, criminal record checks, and liability insurance needs.

See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled ".Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

( 1 ) Students are required to keep CPR Instructor Certification current from
completion of HPED 242 until graduation.

(2) Teacher education majors must take HPED 370.

(#) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.

Bachelor of Science in Education-Health and Physical
Education (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 2 1 7 and 3 additional cr (must be

approved as Liberal Studies Mathematics courses)

Natural Science: BIOL 103-104 or CHEM 101-102

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: Ocr

.Major:

Required Courses:

H PED 1 42 Foundations of Health. Physical

Education, and Sport
HPED 1 75 Prevention and Care of Injuries to the

Physically Active
HPED 200 Fundamentals of Physical Activity
HPED 2 1 0 Motor Development
HPED 22 1 Human Structure and Function
HPED 242 Emergency Health Care ( I )

3cr

2cr
Icr
2cr
3cr
Icr

Certification-Driver Education

Certification in Driver Education may be added to a valid Pennsylvania
Instructional Certificate w ith the completion of the follovving:
HPED 25 1 Foundations of Safety and Emergency

Health Care

Introduction to the Driving Task

Driving Education Program Management

Application of Driver Education

Instructional Modes

HPED 252
HPED 353
HPED 354

3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

Highway Safety Center

lUP's Highway Safety Center attempts to address the highway safety needs
of the commonwealth through a variety of programs and activities. The
Highway Safety Center programs encompass activity in five major areas:
(I ) research, surveys, and studies, (2) education (teaching), (3) training and
conferences, (4) field and extension services, and (5) traffic safety
communications and information exchange.

Page 80

INDIANA UNIVERSrrY OF PENNSYLVANIA LINDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Teacher Certification in Driver Education

Through cooperative effort \\ ith lUPs Department of Health and Physical
Education, the Highway Safety Center coordinates and directs lUP's
Teacher Certification Program in Driver Education.

lUP Regional Highway Safety Project

The ILP Regional Highway Safety Project is a federally funded program
contracted with the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation's Center for
Highway Safety. Originating at lUP in January. 1987. under the title of the
Indiana County Seat Belt Program, its purpose w as to increase public
awareness and the usage of occupant restraints. The program expanded its
emphasis and territory in 1 989 and now includes the counties of Armstrong.
Jefferson, and Clearfield. Programs for corporations, schools, civic groups,
law enforcement agencies, etc., include topics such as occupant safety,
bicycle safety, pedestrian safety, safe driving characteristics, and DUl. The
project also serves as a resource to other community safety groups by
providing printed materials, audiovisual aids, crash-car dummy costumes,
and the "Seat Belt Convincer." A Car Seat Loaner Program also provides car
seats to residents in Indiana Countv.

Driver Training Programs

From basic driver education programs for beginning drivers to truck driver
training to ad\ anced driver training programs in emergency driving
techniques, the Highway Safety Center provides a cadre of courses, all
designed to meet the needs of the student.

Emergency Services Training

This is a program area designed to meet the training needs of ambulance,
fire, and police personnel in the areas of emergency medical services and
rescue.

Bachelor of Science-Hospitalitj' Management

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section 48

with the following specifications:

Health and Wellness: FDNT 143

Mathematics: M.ATH 101 or higher

Natural Science: Option 1

Social Science: ECON 101. PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr. no course with HRIM prefix

Major:

Required Courses: 44

HRIM 101 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry 3cr

HRIM 1 30 Hospitality Sanitation and Security 3cr

HRIM 1 50 Principles of Hospitality Management 3cr
HRIM 256 Human Resources in the Hospitality Industry 3cr

HRIM 259 Hospitality Purchasing 3cr

HRIM 265 Hospitality Cost Management 3cr
HRIM 3 1 0 Professional Development in the

Hospitality Industry 2cr

HRIM 3 1 3 Food Production and Serv ice 4cr

HRIM 320 Hospitality Marketing 3cr
HRIM 330 Applications of Food Production and Service 4cr

HRJM 335 Legal Issues in Hospitality 3cr

HRIM 413 Advanced Food Production and Service 4cr

HRJM 470 Hospitality Business Model 3cr

HRIM 493 Internship 3cr(l)
Controlled Electives: One track required 16
16cr of non-required HRIM prefix courses

Traffic .Accident Investigation

Traffic Accident Investigation programs are available for safety directors,
insurance adjusters, and police personnel. Courses range from basic
investigation up to and including accident reconstruction.

Department of Hospitality Management

Website: www.iup.edwlioipilality-mgl

Stephen B. Shiring, Chairperson; Miller, Sullivan, T. Van Dyke: and

professors emeriti Simkins, Woods

The department offers students an academic preparation leading to a
Bachelor of Science degree in Hospitality Management. Students complete
required Liberal Studies and core Hospitality Management courses, then take
additional Hospitality Management elective courses based upon their
individual career interests. Graduates from the program are employed in
hotels, resorts, restaurants, clubs, theme parks, contract food service, and
other areas of the travel and tourism industry. The program curriculum has
received accreditation from the Accreditation Commission for Programs in
Hospitality Administration.

Students are required to complete 800 hours of hospitality industry work
experience before graduation. The first 400 hours are accomplished through
a noncredit preintemship vv hereby students are employed in any type of
employment position w ithin the hospitality industry. The final 400 hours are
accomplished through the completion of a formal credit-bearing internship.
The internship is supervised by a department faculty member who assists the
student in developing the learning package to be achieved during the
internship and w ho advises the intern on university, department, and site
requirements.

Professional food preparation uniforms and equipment are prescribed as part
of the dress code for department majors in all food production courses.

Other Requirements:

ACCT20I .Accounting Principles I
FNLG — Foreign Languages

Free Electives: (2)

Total Degree Requirements:

9-11

3cr
6-8cr

1-3

120

( 1 ) Each student must complete 800 hours of work experience, of w hich
400 hours must be through supervised experiences in HRIM 493. See
department internship coordinator for detailed information.

(2) State System Board of Governors" policy states that at least 40 percent
of the coursework in a degree must consist of courses numbered 300 or
above.

Department of Human Development and
Environmental Studies

\\ebsite: wwH.iup.edu/hdes

Linda S. Nelson. Chairperson; Bowers. Gibbs. Gordon, Kesner, Lynn.
McCombie, .\. Nelson. Swinker, \iggiano; and professors emeritae
Cramer, Gallati. Heckroth, Hovis, Kazmer, Streifthau. W ood

The Department of Human Development and Environmental Studies was
created by the merging of the Family and Consumer Sciences Education and
Consumer Services departments. The mission statement of the department is
to empower individuals to support human and environmental needs, enabling
them to perform professionally in a changing, div erse technological and
global society.

The department is composed of majors that are interdisciplinary and share
humanistic values. .All majors have an applied research focus and stress
critical thinking, professional judgment, decision making, and synthesis of
information with direct focus upon career paths.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

PaaeSl

The Human De\elopmeni and En\ironmenial Studies Department ofTers
academic programs leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in the
follow ing majors: Child De\elopment Family Relations. Fashion
Merchandising, and Intenor Design. The Family and Consumer Sciences
Education program leads to a Bachelor of Science in Education. These
majors prepare men and » omen for positions in business, the community,
and education. The majors also prepare students for graduate study in the
areas of interior design, housing, clothing, textiles, consumer economics.
human serv ice. child development, family studies, or education.

Faculty ad\isors » ork closely w ith students in planning and integrating the
academic program to meet the students' career goals and to supplement
classroom experiences. Internships are a\ailable and encouraged so students
can apply academic knowledge to actual situations. International study is
also available to pro\ ide an enriching cultural experience.

Fashion Merchandising

The Fashion Merchandising program provides course emphasis in clothing
and human behavior, apparel production and analvsis. textiles and quality
control, apparel distribution, merchandising and promotUsn. global diversity,
historic textiles and apparel, color and aesthetics, and apparel construction.
Communications, problem soMng. group project organization, professional
presentation, and analytical and critical thinking skills are incorporated in
course content. The Eberly College of Business and Information Technology
complements the Fashion .Merchandising major by pro\ iding studv in one of
three options: Business .Administration, Marketing, and Small Business
Management.

A cooperative program between lUP and the Fashion institute of Technology
in New York City allows students to study one of seven majors: accessories
design. ad\ertising and communications. ad\ertising design, fashion design,
manufacturing management, textile surface design, and textile development
and marketing.

Graduates of the Fashion Merchandising program are being prepared for
entry-level positions such as manufacturer's sales representative, production
assistant. read>-to-»ear quality control analyst, textile testing laboratory
technician, management trainee leading to position of store manager,
executive merchandising trainee leading toward position of buyer
merchandise manager, museum curator assistant, personal color consultant,
and personalized shopping specialist for an upscale retail firm.

3cr

Bachelor of Science-Fashion Merchandising

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: M.ATH 101 or higher le\el M.ATH course

Natural Science: CHEM 101-102 or SCI 105-106

Social Science: ECON 121. PSYC 101. GEOG 1 04 or

.ANTH llOor ANTH21I

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. BTED COSC IFMG 101.

ECON 122; MATH 2 14 or 2 1 7; no course w ith FSMR prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

FS.VIRllO Introduction to Fashion

FSMR 112 Fundamentals of Clothing Construction

FSMR 314 Textiles

FSMR 350 Apparel Industry I

FSMR 3hn Apparel Industry II

FSMR 385 Ready-to-W ear Analvsis

FSMR 434 Quality Control in Textiles

FSMR 456 Historic Costume

FSMR 480 Seminar in Fashion Merchandising

Controlled Electives: Three courses from the follow ing:

FSMR 212. 252. 281. 303. 356. 357. 433. 453. 454.

FSMR 455. 481. 482. INDS 205

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
9cr

Additional Requirements: 21-24

Required Courses:

.ACCT201 Accounting Principles 1

JRNL 120 Journalistic Writing or

ENGL 310 Public Speaking 3cr

MKTG320 Principles of Marketing 3cr

Students will complete courses in one of the following options: 1 2- 1 5cr
Option I: Business Adminisiralion \finor{\ScT)

ACCT 202. FIN 310. MGMT 310. select two from

BTST 321. BLAW 235. IFMG 300 (Note: students

must meet all minor requirements listed in catalog)
Option 2: Marketing ( 1 2cr)

MKTG 321. select three 3cr 400-level MKTG courses
Option 3: Small Business Management ( 1 2cr)

MGMT 275. 325 ( I ). select two from

MGMT 300. 310. 350. 403 (2)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

( 1 ) Prerequisites to be w aived.

(2) Student will need to take ACCT 202 and 300.

6-9

120

Interior Design

The Interior Design program enables graduates to analyze problems,
synthesize information, and implement design solutions supportive of the
needs of people and the environment. The program emphasizes synthesizing
of information and creative problem sol\ ing based on interdisciplinary-
experiences and communicating solutions. The program enables graduates to
adapt to a changing world b> draw ing on history and multidisciplinary
experience and applying principles of research.

The core of the Interior Design program includes courses addressing space
planning, drafting, design graphics, color theor>'. building systems, matenals
and finishes, human factors, computer-aided drafting and design (CADD).
design development, textiles, lighting, residential and contract design, and
professional practice. Detailed information is available from instructors
regarding equipment and supplies to be purchased by students for individual
courses in this program. Internships present an excellent opportunity for
students to gain practical, on-the-job training and are highly recommended.
Experiential learning opportunities in the community augment the program.
Students tour a \ariety of settings including offices, museums, factories,
showrooms, retail outlets, and construction sites. Supporti\e courses are
offered in art and business. Graduates are prepared for entry-level positions
in commercial and residential design, sales, historic preservation, and
showroom management

Bachelor of Science-Inteiior Design

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section 51

w ith the following specifications:

Fine Arts: ARHI 101

Humanities-Philosoph.N or Religious Studies: PHIL 223

recommended

Mathematics: MATH 101 or higher

Natural Science: SCI 105-106

Social Science: PSYC 101, SOC 151

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. ARHI 205 or 207,

ECON 122. no courses w ith INDS prefix

Major: 45

Required Courses:

PSMR3I4 Textiles 3cr

INDS 105 Introduction to Interior Design 3cr

INDS 1 1 8 Drafting for Consmiction I 3cr

INDS 205 Color Theory and Application 3cr

Pages;

INDIANA LMVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

INDS 2 1 8 Drafting for Construction II

INDS 305 Interior Lighting

INDS 310 Human Factors in Interior Design

INDS 313 Materials and Finishes

INDS 3 1 5 Residential Design I

INDS 3 1 9 Residential Design U: Kitchen, Bath.

Media Room Design

INDS 370 Development of Design I

INDS 380 Development of Design U

INDS 405 Interior Design Professional Practice

INDS 464 Contract Design I

INDS 465 Contract Design II

3cr

FONT 150

Foods

3cr

FDNT151

Foods Laboratory

Icr

3cr

FDNT212

Nutrition

3cr

FSMR 112

Fundamentals of Clothing Construction

3cr

FSMR314

Textiles

3cr

INDS 312

Housing and Culture

3cr

ControUed Electives:

3cr

One course

from the following: CNSV 413, 416,

3cr

FSMR 434. INDS 213

3cr

One course

from die follow ing: CDFR 424, 463.

3cr

FDNT

213. 245. FSMR 1 1 0. 252. HRIM 313(1),

3cr

HPED 450. INDS 205

6cr

(#)

8cr

(*)
(I)

120

{#)

Other Requirements: 14

Outside Concentration:

Business: BTST 101. MKTG 320
Art: ART 1 20. 2 1 3: one course from the following:
ART2I4.215,216.218.219

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

Family and Consumer Sciences Education

The FamiK and Consumer Sciences Education major prepares students for
the teaching of family and consumer sciences-related subjects in the public
schools. Coursew ork is required in all areas of family and consumer
services, including child development and family relations, consumer
economics, clothing, foods, and interior design. Professional education
courses are also required.

Bachelor of Science in Education-Family and Consumer Sciences
Education (*)

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications: 51

Mathematics: MATH 151

Natural Science: CHEM 101-102

Social Science: PSYC 101. SOC 151

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr, CNSV 315, MATH 152,

no courses w ith FCSE prefix

College: 32

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology 3cr

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology 3cr

Professional Education Sequence:
EDEX 301 Education of Students with Disabilities

in Inclusive Secondary Programs 2cr

EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures 3cr

EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience 1 Icr

EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II Icr

EDUC 43 1 Student Teaching in Family and

Consumer Sciences 6cr

EDUC 441 Student Teaching 6cr

EDUC 442 School Law Icr

FCSE 350 Teaching Family Life Education 3cr

FCSE 450 Teaching Vocational and Family 3cr

Consumer Ser\ ices Education

.Major: 34

Required Courses:

CDFR 218 Child Development 3cr

CDFR 224 Marriage and Family Relations 3cr

CDFR 321 Preschool Education 3cr

CNSV 101 Personal and Family Management 3cr

Free Electives:

(#) Total Degree Requirements:

3
120

See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "".Admission to

Teacher Education."" in the College of Education and Educational

Technology section of this catalog.

Must take the prerequisite HRI.M 259.

See advisory paragraph ""Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"

in the section on Requirements for Graduation.

Child Development/Family Relations .Major

The Child Dev elopmenl Family Relations program leads to a Bachelor of
Science degree. Primarv objectives of the program are to prepare
professionals to administer and or w ork in programs that entail aspects of
child development and family relationships: teach at the aduh level; or
administer human sen ices agencies at federal state, or local level. The
program also provides preparation for students w ho w ant to pursue graduate
study in child development or family studies.

Bachelor of Science-Child Development/Family Relations

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section 51

with the following specifications:

.Mathematics: 3cr

Natural Science: CHEM 101-102

Social Science: .ANTH 1 10. PSYC 101. SOC 151

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. no courses with CDFH prefix

Major: 39-40

Required Courses:

CDFR 218 Child Development 3cr

CDFR 224 Marriage and Family Relations 3cr

CDFR 317 Infant Development 3cr

CDFR 419 Teaching in Child Development Centers 4cr

CDFR 426 Techniques of Parent Education 3cr

CDFR 463 Family and the Community 3cr

CNSV 3 1 5 Consumer Economics and Family Finance 3cr

FDNT 212 Nutrition 3cr

Controlled Electives: (one track) 14-15cr

Track A: Child Development/Family Relations

CDFR 321. 324. 4 1 8, 422. 424
Track B: Child Development I bv permission only)

CDFR 321. 418. 420. 422
Track C: Family Relations (by permission only)

CDFR 324. 424. 493

Other Requirements: 10

Outside Courses:

BIOL 155 Human Physiology and .Anatomy 4cr

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology 3cr

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology 3cr

INDUNA UNIVERSITY OF PEN-NSYLVANIA UNDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Pa°e83

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

19-20
120

Minor-Child Development/Family Relations

Required Courses:
CDFR 218 Child Development
CDFR 224 Marriage and Family Relations
CDFR XXX Any combination of four additional
courses with CDFR prelix

3cr
3cr

12cr

Department of Industrial and Labor Relations _^

Website: Hww.iup.eihi/ilr

Jennie K. Bullard. Chairperson; fJayior, McCollester, McPherson,

Piper; and professor emeritus Morand

The Department of Industrial and Labor Relations offers a graduate program
within the College of Health and Human Services leading to the degree of
Master of Arts in Industrial and Labor Relations. The 42-crcdit program
consists of a required core of 27 credits, including an elective thesis and
elective course offerings totaling 1 5 credits. Internships are available and
strongly encouraged.

The program is multidisciplinary, combining analytical and human relations
skills with knowledge drawn from social sciences and business disciplines.
The degree is designed to prepare professional industrial and labor relations
practitioners in public and private management, unions, neutral agencies,
government agencies, and arbitration panels. It has as a special emphasis
labor relations in the public sector.

While the department does not offer coursework leading to an undergraduate
major or degree, it does offer several undergraduate courses which are open
to students of any major or college.

Department of Nursing and Allied Health Professions

Website: www.iup.etlu/rn-allietlhetilth

.Michele .\. CJerwick, Chairperson; Barlow, Beck, Bellak, Gazza,
Hartman, Holmes, Kostelnik, Kuzneski, Labant, Palmer, Polansky,
Poorman. Rossiler. .Sadler, Seltlenijer, Shellenbarger, Twal, Walz,
Welsh, iCuraikat; and professors emcritae Blair, Krcsak, iVlurray,
Smatlak, Snyder, Thistlethwaite

The College of Health and Human Services offers a curriculum leading to
the Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing, Students are admitted to the
nursing major as freshmen. Transfer students and those with a previous
degree may also be admitted. L'pon completion of the program, the graduate
is prepared to write the examination for licensure as a Registered Nurse in
Pennsylvania and all other states. The program is accredited by the
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education.

The nursing curriculum has as its primary goal the development of
professional nurse generalists who are liberally educated, clinically
competent, and aware of their social responsibilities as health professionals.
The program is designed to provide a broad background in liberal education,
coupled with the specialized knowledge and skills required for professional
nursing practice. Additionally, the curriculum prepares the nurse to practice
within the professional code of nursing ethics, to function effectively as a
member of the health care team, and to utilize scientific principles in
planning, implementing, and evaluating health care. The nursing curriculum
emphasizes concepts in primary, secondary, and tertiary prevention of health
problems.

The first two semesters are devoted mainly to Liberal Studies and science
courses considered essential to the nursing major. Throughout the last six
semesters, clinical experiences in patient care are provided in acute and long-
term care facilities as well as community settings.

The Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing is offered for registered nurses
who are graduates of accredited diploma or associate degree nursing
programs and who have inet llJP's admission requirements. The track for
registered nurses awards advanced standing based on prior » (irk completed
in a nursing program. Registered nurse students will fulfill all degree
requirements set by the university. The track is designed to prepare the
professional nurse to function as a provider, designer, manager, and
coordinator of care in a variety of health care settings.

Detailed information is available in the department office regarding
requirements such as health screening, liability insurance, legal clearance,
transportation, and professional uniforms.

Bachelor of Science-Nursing

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 217(1)

Natural .Science: CHKM 101-102

Social Science: PSYC 101, SOC 151

Liberal Studies Klectives: .3cr. PSYC 3 1 0. no

courses with NURS prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

NURS 21 1 Nursing Practice 1

NURS 212 Professional Nursing I

NURS 2 1 3 Nursing Practice II

NURS 214 Health Assessment

NURS 236 Foundations of Nursing

NURS 312 Professional Nursing II

NURS 316 Research Utilization in Nursing

NURS 336 Adult Health I

NURS 337 Adult Health Clinical I

NURS 338 Maternal-Child Health

NURS 339 Maternal-Child Health Clinical

NURS 412 Professional Nursing 111

NURS 432 Psychiatric/Mental Health

NURS 434 Community Health

NURS 435 Community/Psychiatric/Mental Health Clinical

NURS 436 Adult Health II

NURS 437 Aduh 1 leallh Clinical II

NURS 450 A Cognitive Approach to Clinical
Problem Solving (2)

Other Requirements:
Science Sequence:

BIOL 105 Cell Biology

BIOL 150
BIOL 151
BIOL 241
FDNT2I2

Free Electives:

Human Anatomy
Human Physiology
General Microbiology
Nutrition

(#) Total Degree Requirements:

Icr
2cr
Icr
2cr
3cr
2cr
3cr
4cr
5cr
4cr
5cr
2cr
2cr
2cr
5cr
4cr
5cr

3cr

3cr
3cr
4cr
3cr
3cr

52-55

1-4

120

(1)

(2)

The Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing requires two units of high
school mathematics (one of which is algebra) for admission to the
nursing major.

Students who achieve a higher score than a specified miniinum on a
department-required standard tcst(s) are exempt from NURS 450.
These students would need 4cr of Free Electives.

Page 84

INDIANA UNP/ERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

(#) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.

Synthesis: not required
^\ riting Intenshe: not required
Liberal Studies Electives: one course.
BTEDCOSC IFMG 101 recommended

Bachelor of Science-Nursing/Registered Nurse Track

Liberal Studies: As outlmed in Liberal studies secnon

with the following specifications:

Health and \\ ellness: Fulfilled by the major

Mathematics: MATH 217

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr. no course with NURS prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

NURS 3 1 6 Research Utilization

NURS 334 Transitions in Professional Nursing

NURS 411 Advanced Health .Assessment

NURS 4 1 2 Professional Nursing III

NURS 434 Communitv Health

NURS 454 Health Promotion of Families Across

the Lifespan

NURS 455 Introduction to Nursing Informatics

NURS 467 Leadership Practicum

NURS 469 Community Practicum

NURS 480 Seminar in Nursing

NURS XXX Electives

NURS Credits via articulation

Free Electives: ( 1 )

Total Degree Requirements:

( I ) 3cr must have non-nursing prefix.

3cr
3cr
3cr
2cr

2cr

3cr
3cr
2cr
2cr
3cr
3cr
30cr

13
120

Allied Health Professions Programs

Jodell L. KuzneskL Coordinator

Respiratory Care

Respiratorv therapists assist physicians in the care of patients who have
respiratory system problems or illnesses that relate to breathing. Their
assistance includes administering gaseous drugs and executing therapeutic
procedures. Included are the operation and maintenance of specialized
equipment.

The program leads to the Bachelor of Science degree in Respiratory Care.
Presented jointly by lUP and the Western Pennsylvania Hospital in
Pittsburgh, the program offers intensive theoretical and applied know ledge to
produce highly skilled graduates who are prepared to enter the profession as
therapists or instructors.

Two academic years of university studies, followed by two academic years
of hospital studies and clinical practice, constitute the program. Students
must earn a GPA of 2.25 in Natural Sciences and Mathematics courses to be
considered for admission into the clinical years in Respiratory Care.
However, since admission to the hospital is competitive. lUP carmot
guarantee admission into the hospital program.

Bachelor of Science-Respiratory Care (*)

Liberal Studies: .As outlined m Liberal smdies section 45-47

with the following specifications:

Humanities: PHIL 222 recommended

Mathematics: M.ATH 105 or higher level

Natural Science: CHEM 101-102

Social Science: PSYC 101, SOC 151. non- Western course

Major:

Required Courses: (1, 2)

RESP 101 The Profession of Respiratory Care

RESP 326 Respiratory Care Chnical Practice I

RESP 327 Pharmacology

RESP 328 Introduction to Respiratory Care

RESP 329 Respu^tory Care Equipment

RESP 330 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation

RESP 333 Respiratory Care CUnical Practice U

RESP 334 Respuatory Care Instrumentatioii

and .Apphcation

RESP 335 Pauent Care Skills

RESP 336 Cardiopulmonary Evahiatioa and

Clinical Correlation

RESP 337 Introduction to Pulmonary Function Studies

RESP 425 Clinical Case Smdies

RESP 426 Respuatory Care Clinical Practice ffl

RESP 428 Essentials of Electrocardiology

RESP 429 Design and FunctioD of a Respiratory

Care Program

RESP 430 Pulmonary Function Studies

RESP 43 1 Pediatric Respiratory Care

RESP 433 Respiratory Care Clinical Practice I\'

RESP 434 Neonatal Respiratory Care

RESP 436 Respiratory Care Teaching

RESP 437 Methods in Critical Care

RESP 438 Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitatiaa

Other Requirements:
Science Courses:

BIOL 105 CeU Biology
BIOL 150 Human .Anatomy
BIOL 1 5 1 Human Physiology
BIOL 241 General Microbiology
PH\'S 151 Medical Physics Lecture
PHYS 161 Medical Physics Lab

Free Electives:

(#) Total Degree Requirements: ( I )

Icr
3cr

3cr
4cr
4cr
2cr
4cr

4cr

3CT
4CT

Icr
3cr
5cr

2CT

2cr
3cr
Icr
5cr
3cr
2cr
2cr
Icr

jcr
3cr
4cr

3cr
3cr
Icr

124-126

{*)
U)

(2)

(#)

Program revision is pending.

Qualified students are encouraged to elect RESP 342, in which case

total credits would be 126-130.

RESP 300- and 400-level courses are completed at Western

Permsylvania Hospital in Pittsburgh. The courses are consistent with

the requirements of. and the program is accredited by. the Joint Review

Committee for Respiratory Therapy Education.

See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Reqtiirements"

in the section on Requirements for Graduation.

Clinical Laboratory Science

Clinical Laboratory Science encompasses the study of analytical and
diagnostic procedures used m clinical laboratories and in medical research.
Clmical Laboratory Scientists (also knowTi as .Medical Technologists)
perform a variety of laboratory tests upon » hich the physician depends for
accurate diagnosis, prognosis, and proper treatment of the pauenL The
program of studies, presented jointly by ILP and accredited clinical
laboratory science programs in hospitals, prepares the student to enter the
profession. Upon completion of the four-year program, the Bachelor of
Science degree in Clinical Laboratory Science is granted. The pn^ram also
prepares the student for graduate and professional schools.

INDUNA L'NIN'ERSm' OF PEN'NSYXV.ANLA UNDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paae85

[UP maintains afTiliations with accredited Schools of Clinical Laboratory
Science Medical Technologv-. To be competitive for clinical placement the
student must have a minimum overall GPA and Math Science GPA of 2.5.
Since admission to any hospital program is on a competitive basis, lUP
cannot guarantee admission.

The following programs maintain agreements of affiliation with ILP;
Abington Memorial Hospital. Abington; Altoona Hospital. Altoona;
Conemaugh Memorial Medical Center. Johnstown; Graduate Hospital.
Philadelphia; Lancaster General College of Nursing and Health Sciences,
Lancaster; Reading Hospital and Medical Center. Reading; St. Vincent
Health Center. Erie; and York Hospital. York.

Completion of academic studies at lUP and of one year of clinical
experience qualifies the student to take a national certification examination.
Successful results on this examination lead to certification as a professionally
qualified medical technologist/clinical laboratoiy scientist.

Bachelor of Science-Clinical Laboratory Ser\ices

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal studies section

with the folknimg specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 217

Natural Science: CHEM 111-112

Synthesis: not required

Writing Intensive: one required

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. PHYS 1 1 1, no courses

with MEDT prefix

.Major:

Required Courses: ( 1 1

MEDT 494 Clinical Microbiology

MEDT 495 Clinical Chemistry

MEDT 496 Clinical Hematology- Coagulation

MEDT 497 Clinical Immunohematology

MEDT 498 Clinical Immunology'Serology

MEDT 499 Clinical Seminar

Other Requirements:

BIOL 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I

BIOL 150 Human .Anatomy

BIOL 151 Human Physiology

BIOL 250 Principles of Microbiology

BIOL 364 Immunology

CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II

CHEM 323 Analvtical Methods

CHEM 351 Biochemistry

PHYS 121 Physics I Lab

PHYS 112 Physics II Lecnire

PHYS 1 22 Physics II Lab

Free Electives:

(#) Total Degree Requirements:

8cr

lOcr

6cr

4cr

2cr

4cr
3cr
4cr
3cr
3cr
4cr
4cr
4cr
4cr
Icr
3cr
Icr

120

(#) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.

( 1 ) These courses are offered by affiliating hospital-based Schools of Clini-
cal Laboratory Science (also known as Medical Technology). Areas of
sludv are consistent with requirements of the National Accrediting
Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences and are completed during the
final twelve months of the degree program at an affiliating school.

Nuclear Medicine Technology

Nuclear Medicine Technology is a medical specialty in which allied health
care professionals, under the direction of a nuclear medicine physician, use

radioactive materials in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. They are
responsible for patient education and preparation regarding the nuclear
medicine procedures, administration of radiopharmaceuticals, performing
complex computer imaging studies, and radiation safety procedures for both
patients and staff. The nuclear medicine technologist's skills complement
those of the nuclear medicine physician.

The College of Health and Human Services offers a curriculum leading to
the Bachelor of Science degree in Nuclear Medicine Technology. Students
are admitted to the nuclear medicine technology major as freshmen. Transfer
students and those with a previous degree may also be admitted. The
program of study leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Nuclear
Medicine Technology consists of three years of pre-clinical study on the lUP
main campus and one year of clinical study at the Nuclear Medicine
Institute. University of Findlay. Findlay, Ohio. The Nuclear Medicine
Institute program is fully accredited by the Joint Rev iew Cortunittee on
Educational Programs in Nuclear Medicine Technology. Graduates of the
program are eligible to take the Nuclear Medicine Technology national
certificate examination offered by the Nuclear Medicine Technology-
Certification Board (NMTCB) and the .American Registry of Radiologic
Technologists (.ARRT). The granting of the degree is not contingent upon
passing the examinations.

Students must achieve a GPA of 2.25 in the Natural Sciences and Mathe-
matics and an overall GP.A of 2.5 to be considered for admission to the
Nuclear Medicine Institute. Admission is competitive; lUP carmot guarantee
admission into the institute's program. Information regarding special
requirements for the clinical year is available in the department's office.

Bachelor of Science-Nuclear Medicine Technology

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 105

Natural Science: CHEM 101-102

Social Science: PSYC 101, SOC 151

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. BTED COSC IFMG 101.

MATH 217. PHYS 1 1 1. no courses with N.MDT prefix

Major:

Required Courses: (1)

NMDT 427

Nuclear Scintigraphy

3cr

NMDT 428

Radiation Physics

3cr

NMDT 429

Nuclear Medicine Instrumentation

3cr

NMDT 430

Radiation Biology and Radiation Protection

2cr

NMDT 431

In Vivo In Vitro Non-Imaging

Icr

NMDT 432

Radiopharmaceuticals

3cr

NMDT 433

Introduction to Tomographic Imaging

Icr

NMDT 434

Clinical Nuclear Medicine

16cr

Other Requirements: (2)

BIOL 105

Cell Biology

3cr

BIOL 150

Human Anatomy

3cr

BIOL 151

Human Physiology

4cr

PHYS 121

Physics 1 Lab

Icr

PHYS 112

Physics II Lecture

3cr

PHYS 122

Physics II Ub

Icr

ENGL 310

Public Speaking

3cr

Free Electives: (3)

Total Degree Requirements:

120

( 1 ) These courses are offered at the University of Findlay 'Nuclear

Medicine Institute. Findlay, Ohio. These areas of study are consistent
w ith requirements of the Joint Review Committee on Educational
Programs on Nuclear Medicine Technology (JRCNMT). All eight of
these areas of study are completed during the final twelve months of
the degree program.

Page 86

INDIANA LN^-ERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

(2) Students are also required to complete a medical terminology course/
program. Options to fulfill this requirement must be approved by the
Coordinator of Allied Health Professions.

(3) Two Writing-Intensive courses are required. Both courses may be from
either Liberal Studies or Free Electives.

Gerontology Certificate Program
Jodell L. Kuzneski, Coordinator

The Gerontology Certificate program provides an interdisciplinary approach
to the systematic study of the aging and is designed to be combined with any
undergraduate major at lUP. The 2 1 -credit program entails three core
courses, three elective courses, and an internship that w ill provide
experiential learning in an agency or program ser\ ing older adults. Many
courses ftilfiU the requirements for the Liberal Studies program. Applications
are available at 244 Johnson Hall. For information, call 724-357-7647.

Gerontology Certificate Program

Core Courses:

HPED350 Health .A.spects of Aging

PSYC 3 1 2 Adult Development and Aging

SOC 357 Sociology of Aging

Controlled Electives:

ANTH 340, 444. CDFR 324. CNSV 315.

GERN28I.481,482. HPED413. MGMT300. 311.

PHIL 400. 405. PSYC 376. 378. RHAB 312.

SAFE 380. SOC 336. 342, 345

Other Requirements:

Internship (GERN 493 or internship in student's major)

3cr
3cr
3cr

9cr

3cr

Department of Safety Sciences

Website: h'h'm'. iup. edu/safetysciences

Lon H. Ferguson, Chairperson; Engler, Janicak. Joseph. McClosky,

Rhodes, Rivers, Soule; and professors emeriti Christensen, .McClay,

Pacalo

The department offers the Bachelor of Science degree in Safet>' Sciences
tt ith specialization in occupational safety and health. The program in Safety
Sciences prepares the student for professionaL administrative, managerial,
and supers isorj positions in industr>. manufacturing, insurance,
transportation, utility, government, construction, trade service industries, and
others. There remains a need in Pennsylvania and the nation for uni\ersit>-
educated occupational safet> and health professionals. The curriculum
includes a major of 41 credits in Safety Sciences and an additional 15 credits
in related professional courses. A variety of elective courses are available in
both the major and professional fields that enable students to strengthen their
primary interest areas.

Major:

Required Courses:

S.AFE 1 0 1 Introduction to Occupational Safety and Health

S.AFE 1 1 1 Principles of Industrial Safety I

S.AFE 2 1 0 Environmental Safety and Health Regulations

SAFE 2 1 1 Principles of Industrial Safety- n

SAFE 301 Health Hazard Identification

SAFE 303 Control of Health Hazards

SAFE 3 1 1 Fire Protection

SAFE 345 Systems Safety Analysis

SAFE 347 Ergonomics

SAFE 402 Health Hazard Evaluation

S.AFE 412 Hazard Prevention Management

SAFE 488/493 hitemship

Other Requirements:

Additional Science and .Mathematics:

BIOL 155 Human Physiology and .Anatomy

PHYS 1 1 1 Physics I Lecture"

PHYS 1 12 Physics U Lecture

PHYS 121 Physics I Lab

PHYS 122 Physics II Lab

Professional Courses:

BTST 321 Business and Interpersonal Communications

MGMT 3 1 1 Human Behavior in Organizations

Three courses that form a concentration in a

professional area

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr

3CT

3cr
4cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
4cr
6cr

4CT

3cr
3cr
Icr
Icr

3cr

9cr

120

The minor in Safety Sciences consists of 18 credits in Safety Sciences
courses as identified below. The minor in Safety Sciences has improved job
opportimities for students in Enviroimiental Health. Environmental
Geoscience. Criminology, Human Resource Management. International
Business, and Management.

Minor-Safety Sciences

Required Courses:

S.AFE 101 Introduction to Occupational Safety and Health 3cr

SAFE 1 1 1 Principles of Industrial Safety I 3cr

SAFE 301 Health Hazard Identification 3cr
Controlled Electives:

Three S.AFE courses approved by department chair 9cr

Bachelor of Science-Safetj' Sciences

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: .MATH 2 1 7

Natural Science: CHEM 101 and 102

Social Science: PSYC 101, SOC 151, non-western culture required

Liberal Studies Electives: 7cr, ECON 122, MATH 121,

no courses w ith S.AFE prefix

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANLA UNDERGRADU.ATE CAT.ALOG. 2003-04

Paae S^

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences

Y aw A. Asamoah, Interim Dean

Alphonse N. Novels, Associate Dean

Veronica T. Watson, Dean's Associate
Website: wm'w. iup. edu/humanities

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences provides a liberal education
as an essential foundation for the student's preparation for a satisfying
career. The college maintains an emphasis on the fundamental understanding
of our cultural heritage, combined with development of a thorough
background of knowledge in the student's specific area of interest. It seeks to
promote in students critical and objective thinking, analytical skills, and a
keen awareness of their responsibilities to society.

College Majors

Anthropology

Criminologv'

Economics

English

French for International Trade

French

Geography

German

Government and Public Service

History

International Studies

Journalism

Philosophy

Political Science

Regional Planning

Religious Studies

Social Science Education

Social Studies Education

Sociology

Spanish

Spanish for International Trade

College .Minors

Anthropology

Applied Social Research

Asian Studies

Criminology

Economics

English

French

German

Geography

History

international Studies

Information Assurance

Journalism

Latin American Studies

Pan-.African Studies

Philosophy

Political Science

Regional Planning

Religious Studies

Sociology

Spanish

Degrees

The departments of .Anthropology. Criminology, Economics, English,
French and German. Geography and Regional Planning. History. Journalism,
Philosophy. Political Science. Religious Studies. Spanish, and Sociology
offer w ork leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree. The Bachelor of Science
degree is olTcrcd in Regional Planning. The Bachelor of Science in
Education is offered in English, French, German, Social Science, Social
Studies, and Spanish.

Master of .Arts or Master of Science degrees are offered by Criminology,
English, Geography and Regional Planning, History, Political Science, and
Sociology. The English and Criminology departments offer the Doctor of
Philosophy degree. Information about these programs may be obtained from
the School of Graduate Studies and Research.

Junior-Year Review

All students w ho are candidates for a degree offered by the College of
Humanities and Social Sciences must meet with their faculty advisors and
complete a junior-year review of their academic record upon earning 72
credits. The purpose of the review is to verify that, by the planned graduate
date, the student's graduation requirements will have been met. Completed
junior-year review reports must be approved by the department chairperson
and the associate dean. Juniors w ho are eligible for the review will not be
permitted to register w ithout completing this checkout.

// remains the student 's responsibility to complete a form to apply for
graduation and submit it to the department chairperson early in the term

prior to graduation. Failure to meet the graduation application deadline

may result in a delay in the student 's graduation

Degree Requirements

In addition to the university's Liberal Studies requirements, all students
seeking a baccalaureate degree in the College of Humanities and Social
Sciences must complete the requirements for a major as established by the
department through which they wish to specialize. Statements of these
requirements, and the requirements for those minoring in a specific field,
appear in the department sections that follow. .A double major or minor may
encompass a discipline outside as well as w ithin the college but should be
selected only with advisor approval. As a general principle, there is
considerable latitude in course choice for Humanities and Social Sciences
majors. The intermediate-level foreign language requirement (a description
follows) applies without exception to all Humanities and Social Sciences
four-year degree programs.

College Foreign Language Requirements

Students in the colleges of Natural Sciences and Mathematics and
Humanities and Social Sciences must demonstrate an intermediate level of
foreign language proficiency as a college requirement for graduation. They
may choose any of the languages offered, including self-instruction in the
Critical Languages, described below. Intermediate-level foreign language
courses in French, German, Italian, and Spanish will also count as Liberal
Studies electives.

For students w ith prev ious foreign language instruction or experience, indivi-
dual placement into foreign language courses may he done during placement
testing and registration prior to the first semester at IUP. Students w hose
placement test demonstrates competence equivalent to the intermediate level
are considered to have fulfilled the foreign language requirement. Students
with no previous foreign language background will take entry-level courses,
which may be counted as free electives in the total required for graduation.

Any foreign student, registered as such at IUP, whose acquired native
language is other than English and who demonstrates an acceptable
proficiency in English, is exempt from the foreign language requirement if
the department of the student's major does not require a specific foreign
language.

Critical Languages Program

The Critical Languages program is a self-instructional/tutorial approach to
less commonly taught foreign languages. Students meet w ith a tutor three
hours per w eek in addition to practicing w ith audiocassettes. Most tutors are
native speakers of the language. Professional teachers of the specific
language may be brought in from other universities to evaluate student
performance. The final grade is based on final examination as well as on
performance during the tutorial sessions. Interested students must contact the
coordinator before registration. Each course carries 3 credits of credit.

The following languages may be available for study: Arabic, Chinese, Dutch.
Finnish. Modem Greek, Hebrew, Hindi, Hungarian, Japanese, Korean,
Portuguese, Russian, Swahili, and Swedish.

Foreign Study Programs

College majors may be interested in the various Foreign Study Programs and
Tours offered. Credits obtained through such arrangements normally are
applicable toward a Humanities and Social Sciences degree. Also of interest
are the college's credit-awarding programs at Valladolid (Spain), Duisburg
(Germany), and Nancy (France), as well as the Summer Study in Mexico

Page 88

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Program. For further information, contact the chair of the appropriate
language department.

IL P at \aUadolid: Through the Spanish Department, the university has
offered a spring semester of study at the University of Valladolid. Spain, for
more than thirt>'-fi\e years. The participants live in pnvate homes. For
details and brochures, contact the Spanish Department.

lUP at Duisburg: lUP has a study abroad program at the University of
Duisburg. West Germany. The program is open to German majors and other
students ha\ ing specific interest in a foreign study experience. Students must
register for FN'LG 1 00 and pay a foreign exchange fee for each semester in
the program. For further information, contact the French and German
DepartmenL

lUP at Nancy: lUP has established a study program with the University of
Nancv. France. Participants in the Nancy program must pay a foreign
exchange fee for each semester in the program. For details, contact the
French and German Department.

ILP at Mexico Summer Program: The Spanish Department sponsors a
program of study in Spanish language in Mexico. The program is located at
Cuemavaca. and the cost of the program includes transportation, complete
room and board, insurance, and tuition. The student may eara up to 6 credits
of undergraduate or graduate credit. Internship opportunities are available for
students w ith fluency in Spanish. For details and brochures, contact the
Spanish Department.

lUP at Costa Rica Summer Program: The Department of Spanish has also
established a four-week study program at the National University of Costa
Rica, located in Heredia. Participants live with Costa Rican famihes and take
classes at the universitv. This program is intended for students w ho are going
abroad for the first time, and preference is given to beginning students.
Participants earn four transfer credits in Spanish from the UNA. For details
and brochures, contact the Spanish Department.

Pre-Law Track

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences offers a pre-law track that
prepares the student for application to law school. This track is in the
following Social Sciences. Humanities, and Business departments: Busmess.
Criminolog>, Economics. English. History-, Philosophy, and Pohtical
Science. All tracks are designed as part of a baccalaureate degree and as
preparation for law school.

Coursework in the pre-law track centers upon a carefully developed
interdisciplinary minor. For detailed guidance in pre-law , students should
consult the pre-law advisor in their major department

Internship Programs

Humanities and Social Sciences departments have extensive internship
programs which allow students to engage m supervised off-campus work
experience for credit. lU'P students have w orked in Harrisburg as aides to
state legislators, with the Governor's Justice Commission and the Local
Government Commission, and w ith the Investigations Division.
Permsylvania Department of Justice. Others have worked at correctional
institutions in Pittsburgh. Greensburg. and Warrendale. as peer group
counselors on the local campus, as assistants to the Permsylvania state
Republican chairperson, as on-site guides at the United Nations, as workers
on an Israeli kibbutz, and as student aides for the Department of Education
in Puerto Rico. Other students have worked in the Pittsburgh federal
probation office. Many students have worked w ith major political parties
and candidates at the local and state levels. At the count> level, they have
been attached to the offices of the countv planner, the Common Pleas Court.
the coroner, the treasurer, commissioners, and the borough manager.
Students ha\ e also w orked in the Washington offices of Pennsylv ania
congressmen and in many federal and international organizations in
Washington as well. Opportunities for internships in other countries also
exist. For more information about specific internship programs, students
should consult with the chair of the department in which the student is
majoring.

.Asian Studies Minor

The .Asian Studies Minor is designed to increase awareness of the world's
largest, most populous, and most diverse continent. Its purpose is to combine
an area focus w ith liberal studies requirements of the lUP curriculum. The
minor provides an opportunitv to increase awareness and understanding of
Asian cultures. en\ ironments. and peoples. It adds depth to the liberal studies
portion of the smdents" program, enhances job skills, and prepares students
for postgraduate programs w ith area or regional themes.

Smdents complete a minimum of 1 8 credits outside of their major. At least
four courses ( 12 credits), including three different departmental prefixes,
must come from Category A; Exclusively .Asia-Focused. One Asian "Critical
Language" course may apply to the Categorv- A requirement Other courses
may come from either Categorv .A or Category B: Substantially Asia-
Focused. Special topics and independent study courses may be applied to
either category with the approval of the Asian Studies Committee.

Category A: Ezclu$ivel>' Asia-Focused Courses are devoted to a
combination or subset of the following topics: the continent of Asia (as
defined b> International Geographical Union convention), its physical
environments, and the human systems and cultures indigenous to the region.

Categorv B: Substantially .Asia-Focused Courses have significant
material specificallv about the continent of Asia, its physical envirorunents.
and the human sy-stems and cultures indigenous to the region. The remainder
of the course material establishes relevant comparisons and contexts for
Asian themes.

Categorj- A: Exclusively Asia-Focused: 12-20

ANTH S'OC 273 Cultural .Area Studies: Southeast Asia 3cr

GEOG 256 Geography of East Asia 3cr

GEOG257 Geography of South and Southeast Asia 3cr

HIST 206 History of East Asia 3cr

HIST 330 History- of the Islamic Civilization 3cr

HIST 331 Modem Middle East 3cr

PLSC 383 Pohtical Systems: Asia 3cr

PLSC 384 Political Systems: Middle East 3cr

RLST 3 1 1 Eastern Philosophy 3cr

REST 370 Religions of China and Japan 3cr

RLST 375 Religions of India 3cr

SOC 272 Cultitral .Area Smdies: China 3cr

Asian Critical Languages: 3cr each
CRLG 101/151/201/251 Arabic L II. UL FV
CRLG 102'152,202'252 Chinese L n. UL IV
CRLG 105 155 205 255 Hindi I. in. FV
CRLG 108 158/208/258 Japanese L IL ID. IV
CRLG 109 159/209/259 Korean I. IL ffl. FV

Category B: Substantially .\sia-Focused: 0-6
ECON 339 Economic Development I 3cr
ECON 345- W International Trade (.Asia case study) 3cr
ECON 346-W International Finance (Asia case study) 3cr
ECON 350 Comparative Economic Systems 3cr
GEOG 104 Geography of the Non- Western World 3cr
GEOG 254 (jeography of Russia and the Soviet Sphere 3cr
LBST 499 .Asian .American Culmre 3cr
LBST 499 Cross-Cultural Communication with Asia 3cr
PLSC 101 World PoUtics 3cr
PLSC 285 Comparative Government 11: Non-
Western Political Systems 3cr
RLST 110 World Religions ' 3cr
RLST 380 Islam 3cr

For further information on the Asian Smdies .Minor, contact the College of
Humanities and Social Sciences. 201 McElhanev Hall. 724-357-2280.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA L^'DERGR.ADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paae89

Latin American Studies Minor

The Laun Amencan Studies Minor is a muhidisciplinarv program that brings
together courses focusing on the histor>; literature, culture, geographv .
political economv and social organization of Latin .America. This minor is
designed to increase a» areness and understanding of Latin .American
peoples. en\Tronmenis. and cultures. Its purpose is to combine an area focus
with the liberal studies requirements of the lUP curriculum. The minor helps
lUP students to enrich their understanding of world cultures and of the
complexit> of cultural di\ersit\ in a changing worid. In addition, one goal is
to expand student awareness of the contributions persons of this region have
made to the United States and internationally. .A Latin .American Studies
Minor is thus \aluable in an increasingly di\erse society, especially since
people of Hispanic descent represent the largest minority population in the
United States.

Students must complete 1 8 credits to earn a minor in Latin .American Stu-
dies. In keeping » ith the multidisciplinaiy approach of the program, students
are encouraged to take courses from departments throughout the university.
Students can count no more than 9 credits from the same department (or 6
credits within their major) toward the minor. .At least three courses (9
credits) must come from Categorv A: Exclusively Latin .America-Focused.
Other courses may come from either Category .A or Caiegor\ B: Substan-
tially Latin .America-Focused. Special topics and independent study courses
may be applied to either category with the approval of the Latin .American
Studies Committee. Students enrolled in the colleges of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics and Humanities and Social Sciences who are considering a
minor in Latin American Studies are strongly encouraged to take SP.AN 201
to complete their Liberal Studies language requirement. Students should con-
suh w ith the program coordinator to determine if there are any prerequisites
for the courses listed below . Through counseling, the program coordinator
will w otk with indi\idual departments to determine if students might be
qualified for prerequisite exemptions. Students who complete courses
through established study-abroad centers in Latin .America can apply for
credit tow ards the Latin .American Studies Minor. Each request for transfer
credit w ill be considered on a case-by -case basis by the program coordinator

• Category A: Exclusively Latin .America-Focused courses are devoted to
a combination or subset of the follow ing topics: the countries w hich
compose Latin .America, its physical en\ironments. and the human
systems and cultures of the region.

• Category B: Substantially Latin .America-Focused courses have sig-
nificant material specifically about the countries which compose Latin
.America, its physical en\ ironments. and the human systems and cul-
tures of the regions. The remainder of the course materials establishes
relevant comparisons and contexts for Latin .American themes.

MiDor-Latin .\inerican Studies

Required Course:

L.AS 480 Latin American Studies Seminar

Category A: Exclusively Latin .America-Focused

.ANTH SOC 2'^A Cultural .Area Studies; Latin .America
ANTH LAS 370 Latinos and Diasporas
.ANTH 460 Ethnographic Field School ( 1 )
ENGL 344 Ethnic .American Literature ( I )
GECXj 252 Geography of Latin America
GEOG 484 Field Studies in Geography and

Social Studies ( 1 1
HIST 208 Survey of Latin .American History
HIST 350 History of Latin .America; Colonial Period
HIST 351 History of Latin .America; National Period
LAS 281 Special Topics in Latin .American Studies

LAS 481 Special Topics in Latin American Studies

LAS 482 Independent Study

LAS 493 Internship (2)

PLSC 387 Political Sy^ems; Latin .America
PLSC 389 Developing Nations

3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3CT

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

9-15

SP.AN 244 Modem Mexico

SP.AN 260 Introduction to Hispanic Literature

SP.AN 340 Hispanic Civilization Through the

Nineteenth Century
SPAN 344 Tw encieth Century Spanish-American

Civilization and Culture
SP.AN 364 Surv ey of Spanish-.American Literature
SP.AN 420 Modem Hispanic Theater
SP.AN 421 Modem Hispanic Short Story
SP.AN 430 Tw entieth-Centurv Spanish-American Prose
SP.AN 43 1 Spanish- American Poetry

Category B: Substantially Latin .America-Focused

ECON 339 Economic Development I

ECON 345 International Trade

ECON 346 International Finance

ECON" 350 Comparative Economic Systems

ENGL FNLG 396 The Literature of Emerging Nations

MGMT MKTG 350 International Business

MGMT 35 1 International Management

MGMT 452 Comparative Management

MGMT 454 International Competitiveness

MKTG 430 International Marketing

PLSC 285 Comparative Govertunent U;

Non-Westem Political Svstems

3cr
3cr

3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

3CT

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

0-6

( 1 ) The topic of ENGL 344. GEOG 484. and ANTH 460 varies (check

» ith instructor). WTien concerned w ith Latin .America or the Hispanic
experience in the United States, these courses w ill count towards the
Latin .American Studies Minor.

(2) With the program coordinator's approval 3cr of an internship (LAS
493) mav be counted towards the Latin .American Studies Minor.

For fiirther information on this minor, contact the College of Humanities and
Social Sciences. 201 McEIhanev Hall. 724-357-2280. '

Pan-.African Studies Minor

The Pan-.African Studies minor is a multidisciplinary program that brings
together courses focusing on the vitality and accomplishments of pre-
colonial .African societies, the cultural and racial heritages of people of
.African descent in relationship to western societies, and aspects of modem-
day African cultures. The cluster of courses included in this program
represents a broad, diverse look at the diaspora of people of African origin.

The minor helps lUP students to enrich their cross-cultural studies; to
heighten their aw areness of. and sensitivity to. cultural diversity- and to
expand their knowledge of world contributions of persons of .African
heritage. .A Pan-.African studies minor is thus v aluable in an increasingly
diverse society and attractive to employers and graduate schools alike.

.Minor-Pan-.African Studies

Required Courses:

HIST 365 History of Black .America Since Emancipation 3cr

PN.AF 131 Introduction to Pan-.African Studies 3cr
Controlled Electives: Four courses from the following:

ANTH SOC 2~ 1 Cultural Area Study: Africa 3cr

COMM 380 History of .African .Americans in Fibn 3cr

ECON 339 Economic Development I 3cr

ENGL 348 African-.American Literature 3cr

GEOG 255 Geography of .Africa 3cr

HIST 355 .African History 1: Antiquity to 1600 3cr

HIST 356 African History II; 1600 to Present 3cr

HIST 366 .African-.American Women 3cr

PLSC 382 Political Systems: Africa 3cr

PNAF28I Special Topics in Pan-.African Studies 3cr

PNAF 481 Special Topics in Pan- African Studies 3cr

12(1)

Pace 90

INDIANA L'NTVERSmt' OF PEN^SYL\ .A,\LA L"NDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

PNAf 482
RLST 360

Independent Study
African Religions

jcr

3cr

( I ) With the program coordinator's approval. 3cr of an internship may be
counted towards the Pan-Atrican studies minor.

Social Science: GEOG 104 ( recotnntended^

Uberal Scndies Electrves: 9cr. BTED COSC. IFNKilOl

(recommended), no courses wtth .-VNTH ptelxi

College:

Foreisn Lansuase InKrmediae Le%d ( I )

»«

For further information on the Pan AfHcan Smdies minor, contact the
College of Humanities and Social Sciences. 201 McElhaney HalL "'24-357-
2280r

Department of .\nthropolog>

Website: www.iup.edu/anihropology

Phillip D. -Neusius. Chairperson: Chaiken. Conelly. Garcia. Kruckman.

S. Neusius: and professors emeriti Lanham. Olin-Fahle

The Anthropology Department promotes awareness of anthropological
knowledge and methods and seeks to fiirther the discipline and its
applications to the problems of the contemporary world. Through teaching,
research, and tnvoKement in campus and commumt> events and programs.
the anthropology facultv members contribute to the liberal education of ILT
students. The .\nthropology major itself equips students with know ledge and
skills needed for ftill participation m the global environment of the twentv-
first centurv .

-\nthropology emphasizes the study of human biok>gical and cuhural
di\ersitv within its four subtields: sociocultural anthropolog>. biological
anthropology, linguistics, and archaeology. .A.11 students receive a solid
foundation in the disciphne of anthropologv and tailor their major to specific
interests by follow mg one of the three tracks.

The General .Anthropology Track ensures that students receive a strong
foundation in all four subdisciplines of Anthropology w hile simultaneously
permitting them a great deal of freedom to explore a varietv of issues in
Anthropology and to tailor the cumculum to the students" own raterests. The
General Track is suitable for any .Anthropology major or students seeking to
double major in .Anthropology.

The Archaeology track provides an emphasis on the study of culture through
the material remains of human behavior. This track provides training for
careers in the grow ing fields of cultural resource management and histonc
preservation, with opportunities for employment in both government and the
private sector. .A w ide \ anety of internship opportunities provide hands-on
training in these areas.

The .Applied Anthropology track provides students w ith a background in
anthropological method and theory, a cross-cultural perspective, and an
a\enue to translate this know ledge into action through intemships and
research. E.xamples of career opportunities include program design,
implementation, and evaluation; policy analysis and administrative and
managenal development assessment of current and fiiture human needs; and
creation of strategies for social intervention and advocacy. In consultation
with an advisor, each student will develop his or her own curriculum in order
to build e.xpertise in a specific topical area.

The department also offers preparation for teaching social studies with a
concentration in anthropology . This program leads to a Bachelor of Science
in Education degree. With its emphasis on cross-cultural comparisons, the
realities of contemporarv global cultures, and cultural resource management,
anthropology prov ides a solid foundation for teaching social science at the
secondary level. The department also otTers a minor m anthropology.

Bachelor of .\rts-General .Xnthropolosy Track

Liberal Studies: .As outlined m Liberal Studies section

w ith the follow ing specifications;
Mathematics: MATH 2 1 7

Major:

Required Courses:

ANTH 2 1 1 Cultural .Antfaropology

.ANTH 222 Biological .Anthropologv-

ANTH 233 Language and Culture

A.\TH 244 Basic .Archaeologv

.A.NTH 456 Ethnographic Researcb Methods or

.ANTH 3 1 7 Aicfaaeolo© Research Des^ aod Analysis
ANTH 480 .Anthropologv Seminar
ControOed Electives:
Tw o courses in Topical .Area Ethnography such as

.A.\TH27I.273.274.314
Three additional .ANTH electives (300 oc 400 level*
One additional .ANTH elective (any fevef)

Free Electrves:

Total Degree Reqairemeots:

3cr
3cr
Jcr
3cr
3cr

3cr

6CF

9cr
3cr

25-31 (2)
120

( 1 ) biteniiediate-level Foreign Language mav be included ia Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) State Svstem Board of Governors' policy stales thai at least 40 penxot
of the coursework in a degree must consist of coiBses umiUaed 300
and above.

Bachelor of .\rts-.Ajithropology/Arctiaeoiog> Track

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies secnon

with the foUowmg specit'icanons:

Mathematics: \LATH 217

Natural Science: GEOS 121-122 and 131-132 (lecommendedi

Social Science: SOC 151 ( reconnnended)

LOieral Studies Electives: 9cr. BTED COSC IFMGIOI

( recommendedK. no courses with .ANTH prefix

College:

Foreign Langoage Intermediate Lev el ( 1 >

Major:

Required Courses:

ANTH 2 1 1 Cntaital Anttaopotogy

ANTH 222 Bioiogical .Antfatopotogv

.ANTH 233 f angnagp aid CoiEaie

ANTH 244 Basic .Arcfaaeoto^

Controlled Electrves:

Three methods courses;

.AN'TH 3 1 ' Archaeological Research Design
and .Analysis

.ANTH 320 -Archaeological FieW Sciuol

.ANTH 415 Cultural Resource Management

One theory course; .ANTH 480 or SOC 44" 1 3 1

Tw o area courses, one in archaeology and one in
ethnography, such as: .ANTH 213 or 315 aod
.A.NTH 314' or .ANTH 271 272273.2"'4

One topical course such as: .ANTH 401 or 420

FreeElecthe9:(4)

Total Degree Requirements:

»«

jcr

3cr
3cr
3cr

6cri2)

3cr

6cr

24-30

120

INDLANA LTNTVERSm OF PEN'NSVLV.A.NU L^DERGR-ADLATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paae'^l

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electi\es.

(2) For approv al by advisor, an equivalent field school of another
uniNcrsity must have a lab component.

(3) SOC 447 may be taken onl> with approval of the advisor.

(4) A minor in Geoscience. Geograph>. History, or other appro\ed field is
recommended. .An internship (.ANTH 493) also is recommended. Your
advisor should be consulted.

Bachelor of .Arts- .Anthropology /.Applied .Anthropology Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 217

Social Science: GEOG 104 (recommended)

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. BTED COSC/IFMGlOl

(reconunended). no courses with ANTH prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)

Major:

Required Courses:

ANTH 211 Cultural .Anthropology
ANTH 222 Biological Anthropology
ANTH 233 Language and Culture
ANTH 244 Basic .Archaeology-
Two methods courses: ANTH 360. 456
One theor> course: ANTH 480
Controlled Electives:

One area course: ANTH 314 or ANTH 271/273/274
Two additional ANTH electises (300 or 400 level)
.ANTH 493 Internship in Anthropology (2)

Free Electives:

0-6

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
6cr
3cr

3cr
6cr
6cr

Total Degree Requirements:

25-31 (3)

120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) Internship is highl\ recommended but may be replaced by 6cr of
pragmatic skill courses upon approval of advisor.

(3) State System Board of Go\emors' policy states that at least 40 percent
of the coursew ork in a degree must consist of courses numbered 300
and above.

Bachelor of Science in Education-Social Science
Education/.Anthropology Concentration (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 48

with the follow ing specifications:

Humanities/History : fulfilled by required courses in major

.Mathematics: 3cr

Natural Science: BIOL 103-104 or two of the following:

GEOS 101-102. GEOS 103-104. GEOS 105-106

Social Science: ANTH 211. ECON 121. PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. PSYC 310 or 330.

SOC 362 or 363. no courses w ith ANTH prefix

College:

3 additional cr of MATH 1 00 level or above

(in addition to Liberal Studies Math ( I )

Preprofessional Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology

EDS? 1 02 Educational Psychology

Professional Education Sequence:

EDEX 301 Education of Students with Disabilities

In Inclusive Secondary Programs
EDSP 477 .Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures
EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience 1
EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience 11
EDUC 441 Student Teaching
EDUC 442 School Uw
EDUC 455 Teaching of Social Studies in Secondary

Schools

Major:

Required Anthropology Courses:

ANTH 2 1 1 Cultural .Anthropology
ANTH 2 1 3 World Archaeology
ANTH 222 Biological Anthropology
One additional subdisciplinary course:
ANTH 233 Language and Culture or

ANTH 244 Basic .Archaeology
Tw o area ethnography courses: ANTH 27 1 . 272. 273. or 3 1 4
Two additional Anthropology courses ntmibered 300 or above

History Distributional Requirements:

HIST 202 Western Civilization suice 1600
HIST 204 United States Histon' to 1877
HIST 205 United States History since 1877

Social Science Distribution Requirements:

GEOG 230 Cultural Geography

PLSC 280 Comparative (josemment I: Western Political

PLSC 285 Systems or Comparative Government H:
Non-Westem Systems
SOC 1 5 1 Principles of Sociology or

SOC 231 Contemporary Social Problems

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr

3cr
3cr

2cr

3cr

Icr

12cr

Icr

3cr

•cr(2)

3cr

6cr
6cr

3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

( 1 ) Students are required to take an additional 3cr or MATH be\ ond the
Liberal Studies requirements for a total of 6cr, all of which must be 100
level or above.

(2) Courses counted toward Liberal Studies credits do not receive dupUcate
credit in major.

Minor-Anthropology

Required Course:

.ANTH 110 Contemporary Anthropology

Controlled Electives:

Four additional courses in Anthropology

3cr

12cr

Page 92

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Department of Criminology

Website: www.iup.etlu/criminoloi^'

Dennis M. Giever. Chairperson; Austin, Gibbs. Gido, Gossett,
Hanrahan, Lee, J. Martin. R. Martin, McCauley, Mcrlo, Mutchnick,
Myers, Roberts, Wilson, Zimmerman; and professor emerita Mover

The Department of Criminology offers students seeking careers in
criminology a broad liberal arts education that encourages them to think
critically about crime and justice issues and also prepares thein for careers in
the criminal justice system. The degrees offered are the Bachelor of Arts
with a major in Criminology and the Bachelor of Arts with a major in
Criminology Pre-Law track. Additionally, students may minor in
Criminology. Through the School of Graduate Studies and Research, the
department also offers graduate work at both the master's and doctoral level.

The program in Criminology has a fivefold objective:

1 . The education of students for employment and leadership in the
expanding field of criminology and criminal justice

2. The education of presently employed criminal justice personnel who
recognize a need for furthering their education

3. The instruction of students who wish to acquire an understanding of
the processes of criminal justice as a cultural part of their higher
education

4. The instruction of students who wish to prepare for graduate study
and/or research in criminology

5. A curriculum that provides an excellent foundation for students
preparing for a career in law

Nearly every level of government offers opportunities for professional
careers in criminology. For example, employment opportunities normally
exist in more than fifty federal agencies (e.g.. Federal Bureau of
Investigation, U.S. Departinent of Treasury, Federal Bureau of Prisons).
Graduates also will find employment in local and state organizations
including law enforcement (e.g., Pennsylvania State Police, various
municipal police departments) and correctional agencies (e.g.. probation,
parole. Pennsylvania Department of Corrections). Additionally, there are a
wide variety of opportunities in the expanding fields of private, commercial,
and industrial security, including cybersecurity. Furthennore. many
governmental agencies have specialized units dealing with juveniles,
community relations, training, education, and research.

Career opportunities also are available in research and teaching at the college
and university levels and in research divisions of various agencies.

Students who wish to change their major to Criminology or Criminology/
Pre-Law track, or to minor in Criminology, must have an overall GPA of 2.5
at the time of application to be accepted formally by the department.

Bachelor of Arts-Criininology

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 217

Natural Science: CHEM 1 1 1-1 12 or BIOL 103-104 recommended

Social Science: CRIM 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. no courses with CRIM prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( I )

Major:

Required Courses:

CRIM 102 Sur\ey of Criminology

CRIM 306 Criminological Research Methods

CRIM 400 Theoretical Criminology

CRIM 40] Contemporary Issues in Criminology

0-6

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
CRIM 403 Dilemmas in Criminology and Criminal Justice 3cr

CRIM 215

CRIM 225
CRIM 235
CRIM 255

Controlled Eleetives: select two from each group

Croup A: The Criminal Justice System

CRIM 205 Law Enforcement and the Community

Survey of Courts and the Criminal

Justice System

Survey of Corrections

Survey of Juvenile Justice and Juvenile Law

Law. Social Control, and Society
Group B: Critical Issues in Criminology
CRIM 354 White Collar Crime
CRIM 374 Environmental Crime and Justice
CRIM 384 Violence and Victimology
CRIM 394 Crime and Delinquency Prevention
Group C: Diversity Issues in Criminolog)'
CRIM 410 Race. Ethnicity. Social Strticture. and Crime
CRIM 450 Women and Crime
CRIM 470 Comparative Study of Justice
Two CRIM electives

Minor/Concentration:

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

6cr

6cr(2)

18-21

3-12

120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) No more than 6cr of CRIM 493 may be applied to 39cr minimum in
major.

Bachelor of Arts-Criminology /Pre-Law Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 51

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 217

Natural Science: CHEM 1 1 l-l 12 or BIOL 103-104 recommended

Social Science: CRIM 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr, no courses with CRIM prefix

College: 0-6

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )

Major: 39

Required Courses:

CRIM 102 Survey of Criminology 3cr

CRIM 306 Criminological Research Methods 3cr

CRIM 400 Theoretical Criminology 3cr

CRIM 401 Contemporary Issues in Criminology 3cr

CRIM 403 Dilemmas in Criminology and Criminal Justice 3cr
Controlled Electives: select two from each group
Group. 4: The Criminal Justice System 6cr

CRIM 205 Law Enforcement and the Community
CRIM 2 1 5 Surv ey of Courts and the Criminal

Justice System
CRIM 225 Survey of Corrections
CRIM 235 Survey of Juvenile Justice and Juvenile Law
CRIM 255 Law, Social Control, and Society
Group B: Critical Issues in Criminolog\' 6cr

CRIM 354 White Collar Crime
CRIM 374 Environmental Crime and Justice
CRIM 384 Violence and Victimology
CRIM 394 Crime and Delinquency Prevention
Group C: Diversit}- Issues in Criminology 6cr

CRIM 410 Race. Ethnicity. Social Stnicturc. and Crime
CRIM 450 Women and Crmie
CRIM 470 Comparative Study of Justice
Two CRIM electives 6er (2)

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 93

Other Requirements: Pre-Law interdisciplinary' track 15-21

Seven courses, including at least one from each of six areas:

Business: ACCT 201. ACCT 202. BLAW 235

Economics: ECON 121. 122, 332

£ng/is/i. ENGL 212. 220. 310

//ij/on. HIST 320. 321.346

Philosophy: PHIL 101. 222. 450

Political Science: PLSC 358, 359, 361

Free Electives: 3-15

Total Degree Requirements: 120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) No more than 6cr of CRIM 493 may be applied to 39cr minimum in
major.

Minor-Criminologj (1.2)

Required Courses:

CRIM 101 Crime and Justice Systems 3cr(3)

CRIM 102 Survey of Criminology 3cr

CRIM 401 Contemporary Issues in Criminologj' 3cr
CRIM 403 Dilemmas in Criminology and Criminal Justice 3cr

Two additional CRIM electives. one chosen from 6sh (4. 5)
Controlled Electives Group B and one from Group C.

( 1 ) Must have formal Criminology Department approval to be admitted to
minor in Criminologj'.

(2) Must have an overall 2.5 GPA to declare the minor.

(3) Meets Liberal Studies Social Science requirement.

(4) For students in the Computer Science Information Assurance major.
CRIM 321 may be substituted for Group B elective.

(5) For students in the Computer Science Information Assurance major,
CRIM 323 may be substituted for Group C elective.

Minor-Information .Assurance (1) 18

Required Courses:

COSCIIO Problem Solving and Structured Programming 3cr(2)

COSC316 Cybersecurity Basics 3cr

cose 352 LAN Design and Installation 3cr

CRIM 101 Crime and Justice Systems (2) or 3cr

CRIM 102 Survey of Criminology (2)

CRIM 321 Cybersecuritj' and Loss Prevention 3cr

CRIM 323 Cvljersecurity and the Law 3cr

(1 ) Computer Science majors in the Information Assurance Track are not
eligible to take this minor: instead, they must take a Criminology
minor.

(2) Computer Science majors cannot count COSC 1 10: instead, they must
take one additional course from the follow ing: CRIM 300. 355. 400,
401.481.482.

(3) Criminology majors cannot count CRLM 101 or 102; instead, they must
take one additional course from the following: COSC 341. 356. 362,
427, 432, 482, IFMG 382.

Department of Economics

Website: www.iup.edu, economics

Nicholas Karatjas, Chairperson: Asamoah. DyaL Halvorson,

J. Jozefowicz. S. Jozefowicz, Potts, KadelL Yerger: and professors

emeriti Martel. Stonebraker, \\ alker

Economics pro\ ides a background and educational base that open a broad
range of professional, educational, and \ocational opportunities. As part of a
Humanities and Social Sciences degree, a Bachelor of .Arts degree in
Economics provides a liberal arts education, as well as professional and
technical training. Indeed, many students completing an undergraduate major
in Economics do not pursue careers as professional economists; they enter
such fields as law . management, finance, and labor relations. By helping to
develop a student's abilit>' to think and communicate, economics provides a
firm foundation upon which the student can build any one of a large number
of possible careers.

Four different degree programs are available: a Bachelor of Arts degree in
Economics that prepares students for immediate emplovTnent or graduate
school: a Bachelor of .^rts degree in Economics Pre-Law track for students
who wish to attend law school; a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics
Mathematics combining courses in both areas to prepare students for
graduate study in economics or possible immediate emplovtnent; and the
Bachelor of Science in Education that prepares students to teach economics
and other social sciences in secondar>' schools.

Either ECON 101 or 121 counts as a Liberal Studies social science course.
However. ECON 101 is intended for students who w ill take onl\ one course
in the field. Students w ho anticipate taking more than one economics course
should schedule ECON 121. ECON 101 will not count toward either a major
or minor in economics and may not be taken after the successful completion
of, or in concurrent registrations w ith, any other economics course.

Economics majors are encouraged to minor in one of the other Social
Sciences. Business Administration. Mathematics, or Applied Statistics.

The Department of Economics houses the Center for Economic Education.
The center is a nonprofit, nonpartisan organization affiliated with both the
Pennsylvania Partnership for Economic Education and the National Council
on Economic Education. Its mission is to upgrade the quality of economic
education in kindergarten through tw elfth grade. The center performs the
follow ing functions: teacher training, consulting services, research, materials
development, and programs in economic education for adults. Dr. James J.
Jozefowicz is the director of the center.

Bachelor of Arts-Economics

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121(1)

Social Science: ECON 121

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, no courses with ECON prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (2)

-Major:

Required Courses:

ECON 122 Principles of Microeconomics
ECON 355 Statistics for Economists
ECON 42 1 Macroeconomic Analysis
ECON 422 Microeconomic Analysis
Controlled Electives:
Five other ECON courses (4, 5)

0-6

3cr

3cr(3)
3cr
3cr

15cr

Free Electives:

33-39

Total Degree Requirements:

120

Page 94

INDL\NA UNIVERSITY OF PEN-NSYLVANbV LiNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

(1 ) MATH 1 15 or 123 may be substituted for MATH 121.

(2) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electi\es.

(3) NL\TH 2 1 4. 2 1 7. or 363 may be substituted for ECON 355.

(4) No more than 6cr of internship credit may be applied toward major.

(5) No more than one ECON Controlled Elective may be a 20O-level
course.

Bachelor of .Arts-Economics, Pre-Law Track

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: NLATH 121 (1)

Social Science: ECON 121

Liberal Studies Electrves: 9cr. no courses with ECON prefix

CoUege: (W

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (2)

Major: 24

Required Courses:

ECON 122 Principles of Microeconomics 3cr

ECON 355 Statistics for Economists (3) 3cr

ECON 42 1 Macroeconomic .Analysis 3cr

ECON 422 Microeconomic .Anal>^is 3cr

Controlled Electives:
Four other ECON courses (4. 5) 12ct

Mathematics 4ct

NLATH 171 fannxhictian to Linear .Algebra 3cr

NLA TH 216 Probabilitv and Statistics for Natural Sciences or

ECON 355 Statistics for Ecanotnics
Economics Electives: 1 1. 2)

Students are especialh encouraged to take ECON 334
and 356, but any course except ECON 101 mav be used.
>latheiiiatics Electives:
At least one of (he follow ing t« o-semester sequences:

NLATH 241 and 371. NLATH 363 and 364, or

NLATH 445 and 446
Three additional courses eitber Erom the above or fimn

the following: NLATH 271. 272. UZ 417 or 418,

421. 422. 423. 425. 42". 451. 465. 476. 477

Other Requirements: College:
Foreign Language Intermediate Lev^ (3)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

3-4cr
12cr

I5-I6cr

12-20
120

(1) No more than 6cr of internship credit may be applied towaid miyor.

(2) No more than one ECON Controlled Elective mav be a 200-levid
course.

(3) Intennediate-level Foreign langiage may be included in Liberal
Studies efectries.

Other Requirements: Pre-Law interdisciplinary track

Seven courses, including at least one from each of six areas:

Business ACCT 201. .ACCT 202. BLAW 235

Cnminology: CRIM 210. 215. 255

English: ENGL 212. 220. 310

//is/on. HIST 320, 321.346

Philosophy: PHIL 101. 222. 450

Political Science: PLSC 358, 359, 361

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

6-21

15-36

120

( 1 ) NLATH 1 1 5 or 1 23 mav be substimied for NLATH 1 2 1 .

(2) Intermediate-level Foreign Language mav be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

(3) .MATH 2 14. 217, or 363 may be substituted for ECON 355.

(4) No more than 6cr of internship credit may be appUed tow ard major.

(5) No more than one ECON Controlled Elective ma\ be a 200-level
course.

Bachelor of Arts-Economics-Mathematics

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Social Science: ECON 121

Mathematics: MATH 123

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, no courses with ECON or MATH prefix.

Major:
Core:

ECON 122
ECON 42 1
ECON 422

46-18

Principles of Nlicroeconomics
NIacroeconomics .Analvsis
Microeconomics .AnaN-sis

3cr
3cr

3cr

Bachelor of Science in Edocatioit-Social Studies Edacatioa/
Economics Track (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section with

the foUowing specifications:

Social Science: ANTH 1 10, ECON 121. and PSYC 101

Mathematics: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr, GEOG 230. SOC 337.

no courses with ECON prefix

MATH 124 Calculus II for Phvsics. Chemistry, and

College:

3 additional cr of MATH 1 00 level or aboft e

(in addition to Liberal Studies NLATHi (1)

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology

EDSP 1112 Educational Psychotogv

Professional Edncation Seqaence:

EDEX 301 Education of Students w ith Disabilities in

Inclusive Secondary Programs
EDSP 477 .Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interprefatioa of Educational Nleasures
EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience 1
EDL C 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience 0
EDL C 44 1 Student Teaching
EDLC 442 School Uw
EDUC 455 Teaching ofSocial Studies in

Secondary Schools

Major:

Required Courses:

ECON 1 22 Principles of Microecooomics
ControDed Electives: Upper-level Economics courses
including at least one » riting-intensive course and at
least one course from each of the following three groups:
Imemational courses: ECON 339, 345, 346, 350, 351
Slocroeconomic courses: ECON 325. 326. 343. 421
\riCToeconomic courses: ECON 330. 331. 332. 333
ECON 334. 335, 336, 361. 373, 383

3cr

3cr
3cr

.;cr

3cr

Icr

12cr

Icr

3cr

3cr
15cr

INDLANA L>.I\'ERSm' OF PENNSYLVANIA L'NXJERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Pa2eV5

Other Requirements:
Social Studies Distribution:

GEOG XXX 20n-lcvel or higher Geography course
HIST 204 United Slates History to 1877
HIST 205 United Slates History Since 1 877
PLSC 280 Comparative Government I: Western Political
PLSC 285 Systems or Comparative Government II:
Non-Western Systems
Social Science Minor

Free Electivcs:

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
6cr (2)

120

(•) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog. In order lo student teach, students
must have a 3.0 cumulative GPA in their major (social science and
history courses). To be licensed to teach History, Geography,
Economics, Civics, and Government, Social Studies Education/History
majors must apply for Citizenship Education certification.

( 1 ) Students are required to take and additional 3cr of malh beyond the
Liberal Studies requirement for a total of 6cr. all of which must be at
the 1 00 lev el or above.

(2) History is the recommended choice for a minor. Students may complete
a minor in a second Social Science of their choice. This will require
additional credits.

IM inor-Economics

Required Courses:

ECON 121 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECON 122 Principles of Microeconomics
Three courses from ECON 200 or higher

3cr
3cr
9cr

Department of English

\\ ebsitc: HHn\enf;lish.iiip.eilii

Gail I, Berlin, Chair: .Vghbar, Alvine. Bell, Bencich. Berlin, L. Black,
Bower. Cahalan, Camp, Carse, Chow. Comfort, Craig, Dandurand,
Donna, Downing, Emcrick, Farrington, Gaiti, Gebhard, Goebel,
Hanauer, M, Hayward, \. Hayward. Hudson. Hurlbert, S, F. Johnson.
Kraszcwski. Marsden, Masiello, Mc.Andrew, McCTenahan, McPhcrson,
Murphy. Nienkamp, Norris, Orchard, Pagnucci, Perdue, Huddleston
Powers, Rafoth, Savova. Sell, Shafer, Sitler. Slater, Smits, Stilwell,
Tannacito. \ clla, Mlla. Ware, Watson, Welsh, Wesley, M. M.
W illiamson. M. T. W illiamson. J. \Mlson, Vang; and professors emeriti
Belts. .). Bright, I,. Bright, Brown, Craig, Davis, Freund. Gray, B,
Hudson, Miller. Nania. Ray. Roumm, Seinfelt, Smith, Swigart, Watta,
K. Wilson, \\oodworth

The program of studies in the English Department at lUP focuses on critical
thinking and effective reading and writing at all levels. English majors study
a wide variety of subjects ranging from literary theory to practical pedagogy,
in an atmosphere that encourages and fosters a high degree of professional
commitment.

Course choices depend upon a student's career goals; three specialized
majors are offered, each of w hich undergoes regular revision to reflect the
needs of students and the structure of a changing, competitive job market.

The Bachelor of Arts degree in English Humanities offers a wide range of
courses in both traditional and nontraditional areas, which allows students to
tailor their programs to reflect their own interests and career plans.

English/Pre-Law track offers specialized training for those interested in a
career in law or some related field.

The English Education program otTers special training for prospective
secondary school teachers. lUP's consistent success in placing graduates
from this major in teaching positions suggests that the program is highly
regarded among educators outside the university.

English Humanities

The English Department's Bachelor of Arts degree in Humanities curriculum
emphasizes the traditional concems of English literary study by providing a
common core of four courses that provide students with a uniform
background in English and American literature, after which ihcy are offered
a wide range of choices in six substantial areas of required study. These
required and conlrolled-elective courses constitute 30 credits of a major that
totals 36; the remaining courses can be any upper-level English elective
offerings, but students are urged to explore possibilities carefully with their
advisors so as lo complete the program best suited to their future goals.

Specifically, after completing the four prerequisite courses and the Liberal

Studies English requirements, students must take
one Period Course (Category A)
one Form and Theory of Genre Course (Category B)
one Alternative Literatures Course (Category C)
one International Literatures Course (Category D)
one Major Western Authors Course (Category E)
one Writing. Speech, Linguistics Course (Category F)
a minimum o( hvo courses beyond these group requirements. These two
courses may be from one or more of the groups or may be Topics
Courses in literature, film, or literary theory.

Students, especially those for whom the B.A. is a terminal degree, are
encouraged to seek an internship in their junior or senior year as a means of
developing and demonstrating the skills Ihey have acquired.

Since the major can be completed with 36 credits of coursework. students
have 25-3 1 credits outside of the Liberal Studies requirements, depending on
their foreign language status, of unspecified coursew ork. Students should
explore their options carefully w ith their advisor. Beyond the basic
requirements of the major, opportunities exist for students to elect courses
allow ing them to concentrate further in such areas as writing, film, and
British or U.S. literature.

English/Pre-Law Track

Successful lawyers possess excellent skills in writing and speaking and can
analyze a problem and explain its solution in clear, logical terms. Pre-Law
English prepares the student especially well in these areas and provides the
skills and knowledge needed to do well in the law school admissions
examination.

Most graduates have had successful internships in the offices of practicing
attorneys and government agencies, although an internship remains optional.
Students wishing an internship should contact the department director of
internships early in their career at lUP.

Education Program

The English Department offers a program leading to the Bachelor of Science
in Education degree in English Education. This program has been accredited
by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Graduates
are prepared to teach in middle, junior high, and senior high schools.

English Education majors fulfill all of the requirements for state
certification, including practical experience in methods courses and student
teaching; content preparation in a variety of literature, language, and
composition courses; and philosophical background in curtent theories of
teaching. Although most students choosing an English Education major will
be best prepared for the secondary school classroom, those who opt not to
teach will find that their speaking, writing, and management skills may also
be useful to the media, governmental services, and business.

Page 96

INDIANA UNFVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Program requirements are available at the English Department office and in
the English Education Handbook. Majors must maintain a minimum
cumulative GPA of 3.0. They must be formally admitted to English
Education, a process that includes application and screening within the
English Department as well as an application to the Teacher Certification
Program in the College of Education. This screening involves review of the
student's portfolio of written work and faculty evaluations as well as an
interv iew w ith English Education faculty. Refer to the section "Admission to
Teacher Education and Certification" in the College of Education and
Educational Technology section of this catalog and the English Education
Handbook.

Minor in English

To minor in English, 1 5 credits in English are required beyond the Liberal
Studies requirement of ENGL 101. 121, and 202.

Students w ho choose to minor in English should, if their major department
concurs, substitute ENGL 122 for ENGL 121.

Bachelor of .\rts-English

Liberal Studies: As outUned in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Humanities-Literature: ENGL 122

Mathematics: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, no courses with ENGL prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )

Major:

Required Courses:

ENGL 210 Bntish Literature to 1660 3cr

ENGL 2 1 1 British Literature 1 660- 1 900 3cr

ENGL 212 American Literature: Beginnings to 1900 3cr

ENGL 2 1 3 British and .American Literature Since 1900 3cr

ControUed Electives: (2, 3) 24cr

One course from Category A (Period): ENGL 301, 302,

303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 3 1 5, 3 1 6, 3 1 7, 3 1 9
One course from Category B (Form and Theory of Genre):

ENGL 208, 214, 215, 216. 217, 332. 335. 337. 338
One course from Category C (.Alternative Literatures):

ENGL 225. 344.''348. 385, 386, 396
One course from Category D (International Literatures):

ENGL 349. 354.^387. 391, 393. 394. 395. 397. 398. 399
One course from Category E (Major Western Authors):

ENGL 430, 432,^434, 436
One course from Category F (Writing, Speech,

Linguistics): ENGL 220, 22 1 , 3 1 0, 3 1 1 , 3 1 2, 3 1 3, 320,

322, 325. 326. 329. 330, 333, 334, 336, 420, 422
Two courses from Category G: Any combination of 6cr

from ENGL 281, 356, 357, 390, 401,

460, 46 1 , 462, 48 1 , 482, 493. andor any other

courses hsted above under categories A through F.

Free Electives: (3) 25-31

Total Degree Requirements: 120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) Any ENGL 28 1 . 48 1 . or 482 course must have prior approval from
department chair if it is to apply to the student's major other than in
Category G.

(3) An internship, aside from counting for 6cr toward the major, makes the
B.A. degree recipient much more employable by providing job
experience. Students should see the EngUsh B.A. Program Internship
Director for advice about available openings.

Bachelor of .\rts-English/Pre-Law Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section S3

vs ith the follow ing specifications:

Humanities-Literature: ENGL 122

Mathematics: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. no courses with ENGL prefix

CoUege: 0-6

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )

Major: 36

Required Courses:

ENGL 2 1 0 British Literature to 1 660 3cr

ENGL 2 1 1 Bntish Literature 1 660- 1 900 3cr

ENGL 212 .American Literamre: Beginnings to 1900 3cr

ENGL 213 British and American Literature Since 1900 3cr
Controlled Electives: (2. 3) 24cr

One course from Category A (Period): ENGL 301. 302.

303. 304. 305, 306, 307. 315. 316. 317. 319
One coiuse from Category B ( Form and Theory of Genre):

ENGL 208, 214, 215, 216. 217. 332. 335. 337, 338
One course from Category C (Alternative Literatures):

ENGL 225, 344,^348, 385. 386. 396
One course from Category D ( International Literatures):

ENGL 349. 354, 387, 391. 393, 394, 395, 397,

398, 399
One course from Category E (Major Western Authors):

ENGL 430. 432. 434. 436
One course from Category F (Writing. Speech, Linguistics):

ENGL 220. 221, '3 10, 31 1, 312, 313, 320, 322, 325,

326, 329, 330, 333, 334, 336. 420. 422
Two courses from Category G: Any combination of 6cr

f^om ENGL 281. 356. 357. 390. 401. 460. 461. 462.

48 1 , 482, 493, and'or any other courses Usted abov e

under categories A through F.

Other Requirements: Pre-Law interdisciplinary track 3-21

Seven courses, including at least one from each of slx areas:

Business: ACCT 201 . ACCT 202. BLAW 235

Criminology.: CRIM 210. 215. 255

Economics: ECON 121. 122, 332

History: HIST 320, 32 1 , 346

Philosophy: PHIL 101. 222. 450

Political Science: PLSC 358, 359. 361

Free Electives: (3) 4-28

Total Degree Requirements: 120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) Any ENGL 28 1 , 48 1 , or 482 course must have prior approval from
department chair if it is to apply to the student's major other than in
Category G.

(3) .An internship with a law firm, public agency, or legislative office
greatly strengthens law school applications.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANLA L7\DERGR,ADUATE CATALtX), 2003-04

?3SS9~

Bachelor of Science in Education-English Education (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the following specifications:
Humanities-Literature: BNGL 122
Mathematics: 6cr. MATH 101 or higher ( 1 1
Natural Science: Option I recommended (Option 11

also permitted, but will exceed credit limit)
Social Science: PSYC 101
Liberal Studies Electivcs: Ocr

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (2)

College:

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology

EDSP 102 Kducational Psychology

Professional Education Sequence:

EDEX 301 liducation of Students with Disabilities in

Inclusive Secondary Settings
EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures
EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I
EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience 11
EDUC 44 1 Student Teaching
EDUC 442 School Law
EDUC 452 Teaching of English and Communication

in the Secondary School

Major:

Required Courses:

ENGL 212 American Literature: Beginnings to 1900

ENGL 220 Advanced Composition 1

ENGL 314 Speech and Communication in the

Secondary English Classroom
ENGL 3 1 8 Literature for Adolescents
ENGL 323 Teaching Literature and Reading in the

Secondary School
ENGL 324 Teaching and Evaluating Writing
ENGL 329 The History of the English Language
ENGL 330 The Structure of English
ENGL 434 Shakespeare
Controlled Elcctives:
Choose one Genre course from Category B
Choose one British Literature Survey: ENGL 210, 21 1
Choose one Altemative Literature course from Category C
Choose one general English elective (any category)

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr

icr

3cr

Icr

I2cr

Icr

3cr

3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
Icr
3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education," in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

(1) The second MATH course is a teacher certification requirement and
counts as Liberal Studies credits for Mathematics.

(2) If a student is able to exempt this requirement, an additional 6cr of free
electives are necessary. Students with no previous foreign language
background, or those who lack proficiency, will need to take the entry-
level courses, which w ill increase the total number of cr required for
the degree.

Department of French and German

Website: www.iup.edu/french-german

Charles R. McCrcary, Chairperson; Brode, Henry, Hurt, Jones,

Sullivan, Wallaert; and professors emeriti Fisel, Ready, Whitmer

The Department of French and German offers a varied curriculum designed
to provide not only basic language instruction but also the more advanced
competencies needed by language specialists and students hoping to take
advantage of an international study experience.

French

For the French major, the department has three degree programs: the B.A.
degree in French, the B.A. degree in French for International Trade, and the
B.S.Ed, degree in French Education (K-12). The degree program in French
for International Trade provides the solid undergraduate training preparatory
to an M.B.A. in International Marketing and Finance.

Students majoring in French will acquire proficiency in all phases of
language and enter more deeply into the history, culture, and literature of
Francophone countries. They will also gain knowledge of the linguistic
development of the language throughout the centuries. French majors
generally find employment in government work, librarianship. journalism,
foreign trade, airlines, tourism, business, and teaching. Students choosing
careers as teachers will find the close supervision and advanced methodology
offered by the department a distinct asset.

College Language Requirements

Students in the College of Humanities and Social Sciences and in most
departments of the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics must pass
the intermediate sequence of a foreign language (in French, FRNC 201-202
or FRNC 203) or demonstrate that they have somehow acquired the
equivalent proficiency level. Students from the other colleges may choose to
take French (FRNC 201 and 202 or the accelerated FRNC 203) to fulfill a
Liberal Studies elective. Any student who chooses French has an option to
enroll in the traditional 3-credits-per-semester courses or the accelerated 6-
credit track.

Placement/Exemption

The student with no previous French study will take FRNC 101 (4cr) as a
prerequisite. Students with previous French study will be placed into the
appropriate course level by means of a written departmental exam
administered in the summer for entering freshmen and during the first week
of the semester for other students. No student judged to be a native speaker
of French will be allowed to enroll in any course below the 300 level, with
the exception of FRNC 254.

Study Abroad-Nancy, France

lUP has established a study abroad center in Nancy, France. All majors are
encouraged to participate in the Study Abroad Program, especially those
seeking the International Trade degree. Students have an option to participate
in a full-year or one-semester (spring) program. A six-week summer session
has also been added to the options available. Nonmajors may be accepted
into any of the programs and, unless they have advanced proficiency, must
enter the language courses offered in the Cours pour etrangers (Courses for
Foreign Students). All foreign program credits are evaluated by the
department as transfer credits. For further information about cost and
application procedures, contact the French and German Department.

Internships

The Department of French and German, through contacts with certain
French companies and through its affiliation with the ICN (Institut
Commercial de Nancy), is able to place interns in Paris and other sites in
France. The internship (generally 6 to 12 credits) is viewed as a highly
desirable culminating experience following study in Nancy. For information,
contact the department at least six months in advance.

Page 98

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

FRNC 254
FRNC331
FRNC 341
FRNC 353
FRNC 370
FRNC 373
FRNC 375

FRNC 376

FRNC 441

Free Elective^:

Total Degree Requirements:

Bachelor of Arts-French for International Trade

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: 3cr. except MATH 217

Social Science: ECON 121. PLSC 101. PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. BTED COSC IFMGIOI.

ECON 1 :;. MATH 214. no course with FRNC preftx

College:

Foreign Language (included in major)

Major:

Required Courses:

FRNC 202 College French II

FRNC 254 Ci\ilization of Modem France

FRNC 331 Intermediate French Conversation

FRNC 341 French Grammar

FRNC 353 Intermediate French Composition

FRNC 354 Business French

FRNC 370 Introduction to French Literamre

FRNC 373 French Civilization

FRNC 44 1 .Advanced French Grammar

Controlled Electives: ( 1 )

One course from: FRNC 375. 376

Two additional FRNC electives (advanced levels)

Other Requirements:

Business Sequence: |2)

.ACCT 20 1 Accounting Principles 1

ACCT 202 Accounting Principles II

BL.AW 235 Legal En\ ironment of Business

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
6cr

3cr
3cr
3cr

Bachelor of .Arts-French

Liberal Studies: As outlined In Liberal Studies section

with the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. no courses with FRNC prefix

College:

Foreign Language (included in major)

Major:

Required Courses:

FRNC 202 College French U

Civilization of Modem France

Intermediate French Conversation

French Grammar

Intermediate French Composition

Introduction to French Literature

French Civilization

French Literature thjra Medieval through

Seventeenth Century

French Literature from Eighteenth

through Twentieth Cenmry

.Ad\anced French Granmiar
Controlled Electives:

One course from: FRNC 43 1 . 432. 460. 462. 463
Any other 3cr from FRNC 253 and above (or study abroad)

120

BTST32I
FIN310
MGMT3I0
.MGMT 350
MKTG 320

Free Electives:

Business and Interpersonal Communications
Fundamentals of Finance
Principles of Management
International Business
Principles of Marketing

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

Total Degree Requirements:

120

(1) Most students earn additional language credits (up to 18) in semester or

year abroad programs.

(2) Students not majonng in business may count a maximum of 30cr in
business coursework toward the 120cr-degree minimum. Business
credits in excess of 30 will be permitted only as credits bevond the 120
required for graduation.

Bachelor of Science in Education-K-12 French Edacation (*)

Liberal Studies: .\s outlmed in Liberal Studies section 50

with the follow mg specifications;

Mathematics: 6cr. .MATH 101 or higher

Social Science: ANTH 1 10. PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr. no courses with FRNC prefix

College: 29

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COVLVI 103 Digital Instructional Technoloa>- 3cr

EDSP 102 Educational Psychologv 3cr

Professional Education Sequence:

EDEX 301 Education of Students with Disabilities in

Inclusive Secondar> Settings 2cr

EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures 3cr

EDUC 242

Pre-student Teachmg Climcal E.xpenence I

Icr

EDUC 342

Pre-student Teachmg Clinical E.xperience n

Icr

EDUC 441

Student Teaching

12c

EDUC 442

School Law

Icr

EDUC 453

Teaching of Foreign Lanauaaes in the

Secondary School

3cr

Major:

Required Courses:

FRNC 202

College French 11

3cr

FRNC 331

Intermediate French Conversatioa

3cr

FRNC 341

French Grammar

3cr

FRNC 353

Intermediate French Composition

3cr

FRNC 370

Introduction to French Literature

3cr

FRNC 373

French Civilization

3cr

FRNC 390

Teachins Elementarv School Content m

French and German Education

3cr

FRNC 432

French Phonetics and Phonologv-

3cr

FRNC 441

.Advanced French Grammar

3cr

Controlled Electives:

.Aji\ other 9cr from FRNC 253 and above

9cr

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled ".Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational
Technologv section of this catalog.

( I ) EDUC 453 IS offered only m fall semester.

INDIANA LNrVERSITY OF PEN^NSYLVANLA L'NDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2(XI3-<M

Paae9<l

Minor-French

Bachelor of Arts-German

Required Courses:

FRNC 201 College French I

FRNC 202 College French I

FRNC 33 1 Intermediate French Conversation

FRNC 341 French Grammar

FRNC 353 Intermediate French Composition

FRNC 370 Introduction to French Literature

Controlled Elective:

One course from: FRNC 253, 373, 375, 376, 431,

432

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

German

For the German major, the department has three degree programs: the B.A.
degree in German, the B.A. degree in German for International Trade, and
the B.S. in Education degree in Secondary German Education.

While majoring in the German, students will acquire proficiency in all
phases of the language and develop an understanding and appreciation of the
history, culture, and literature of the Gcnnan-speaking countries. They will
also gain knowledge of the linguistic development of the language
throughout the centuries. German majors may look forward to rewarding
careers in teaching, government, journalism, foreign trade, tourism, business,
and librarianship.

The degree program in German for International Trade provides an excellent
way to combine language proficiency and cultural awareness in Gemian w ith
professional training in busmess. With this undergraduate background,
students may enter MB. A. degree programs and pursue careers in
international business and trade. Study abroad for one or tw o semesters is
strongly urged and is an integral part of the program. Qualilled students may
also choose to participate in internship programs with German-based
corporations and financial institutions.

College Language Requirements

Students in the departments of the College of Humanities and Social
Sciences and in most departments of the College of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics must pass the intcmicdiate sequence of a foreign language
(GRMN 251 and 252) or demonstrate by the CLEP exam in German that
they have acquired the equivalent proficiency level. Students from the other
colleges may elect to take two courses in German at the intermediate (III/IV)
level toward fulfilling the requirement for Liberal Studies elcctives. Any
student who chooses Geniian can meet the requirement through enrollment
in the traditional, 3-credit courses or in the combined 6-credit courses.

Study Abroad

The department encourages all students who study German at lUP to
consider study abroad for one or two semesters. German majors are strongly
urged to study two semesters or one academic year at a German university.
To provide this opportunity at a relatively modest cost, the university has
arranged an exchange of students between Duisburg University and lUP. By
participating in this or other approved programs, students can earn from 1 2
to 14 credits per semester. For information regarding the cost and application
procedures, contact the office of the dean of the College of Humanities and
Social Sciences.

Minor in German

Students completing 18 credits beyond GRMN 152 will be recognized as
having minored in German. Nine of the twelve credits must be taken at the
300 level with only 3 credits from the conversation sequence, GRMN 221,
222, 321, 322. This achievement will be noted on the student's transcript
and thus provide more career flexibility.

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, no courses with GRMN prefix

College:

Foreign language (included in major)

Major:

Required Courses:

GRMN 221 Conversation III

GRMN 222 Conversation IV

GRMN 251 German III

GRMN 252 German IV (1)

GRMN 321 Advanced Conversation I

GRMN 322 Advanced Conversation II

GRMN 351 Advanced German Language I

GRMN 352 Advanced German Language II

GRMN 361 Development of German Culture and

Literature I
GRMN 362 Development of German Culture and

Literature 11
Controlled Electives:
Other GRMN electives (advanced levels)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

2cr
2cr
3cr
3cr
Icr
Icr
3cr
3cr

3cr

12cr(2)

( 1 ) GRMN 253 or 254 may be substituted for GRMN 252.

(2) Department recommends at least one additional literature course
(GRMN 363-371) and one linguistics course (GRMN 410 or in
Germany).

Bachelor of Arts-German for International Trade

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: 3cr, any Liberal Studies Mathematics

course except MATH 217

Social Science: ECON 121

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, BTED/COSC/IFMG 101,

ECON 122. MATH 214, no courses with GRMN prefix

College:

Foreign language (included in major)

Major:

Required Courses:

GRMN 221 Conversation 111 2cr

GRMN 222 Conversation IV 2cr

GRMN 251 German 111 3cr

GRMN 252 German IV 3cr

GRMN 253 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3cr

GRMN 254 Business German 3cr

GRMN 321 Advanced Conversation I Icr

GRMN 322 Advanced Conversation II Icr

GRMN 351 Advanced German Language I 3cr

GRMN 352 Advanced German Language II 3cr

GRMN 361 Development of German Culture and

Literature I 3cr

120

Page 100

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

GRMN 362 Development of Gennan Culture and

Literature II 3cr

Controlled Electhes:
Jv. o additional GRVrN electives (advanced levels) 6cr ( 1 )

Other Requirements:

Business Sequence: ( 2 ) 24

ACCT201 Accounting Principles I 3cr

ACCT 202 Accounting Principles 11 3cr

BLAW 235 Legal Environment of Business 3cr
BTST321 Business and Interpersonal Communications 3cr

FIN 310 Fundamentals of Finance 3cr

MGMT3I0I Principles of Management 3cr

MGMT 350 International Business 3cr

MKTG320 Principles of Marketing 3cr

Free Electives: 6

Total Degree Requirements: 120

(1 ) Most students earn additional language credits (usually 12-14) in
semester study abroad.

(2) Students not majoring in business may count a maximum of 30cr in
business coursework toward the 120cr-degree minimum. Business
credits in excess of 30 will be permitted only as credits beyond the 120
required for graduation.

Bachelor of Science in Education-Secondarj
German Education (*)

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: 6cr. MATH 101 or higher

Social Science: PS'lC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr. no courses with GRMN prefix

College:

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology

E DSP 102 Educational Psychology

Professional Education Sequence:

EDE.X 301 Education of Students w ith Disabilities in

Inclusive Secondary Settings
EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures

3cr
3cr

3cr

EDUC 242

Pre-student Teaching CUnical Experience 1

Icr

EDUC 342

Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience 11

Icr

EDUC 441

Student Teaching

1 2c

EDUC 442

School Law-

Icr

EDUC 453

Teaching of Foreign Languages in the

Secondary School

3cr

Major:

Required Courses:

GR-VfN 221

Conversation III

2cr

GRMN 222

Conversation IV

2cr

GRMN 251

German III

3cr

GR.M\ 252

German W'

3cr

GR.MN 321

Advanced Conversation I

Icr

GRMN 322

.Advanced Conversation 11

Icr

GRMN 351

Advanced German Language I

3cr

GRMN 352

Advanced German Language n

3cr

GRMN 361

Development of German Culture and

Literature I

3cr

GRMN 362

Development of German Cultiu^e and

Literature II

3cr

GRMN 390 Teaching Elementary School Content in

French and Gennan 3cr

Controlled Electives:

Other GRMN electives 9cr

Free Electhes:

Total Degree Requirements:

5
120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

Department of Geography and Regional Planning «

Website: tww.iup.edu/geography

Robert P. Sechrist. Chairperson: Begg. Bencloski. Benbart.

Buckw alter. .Masilela. Oke>, Patrick, G. Sechrist, Shirey. Watts,

W ilson; and professors emeriti Forbes, Gault, .Miller. Tepper, Weber

The Department of Geography and Regional Planning offers three separate
degree programs for the geographer, planner, and teacher.

Geography has several traditions of study. Tw o of the more important
traditions are the study of relationships betw een humans and environment, or
the ecological tradition, and the study of spatial organization, w hich involves
the way people use space on the earth's surface. In both traditions the focus
is on understanding regions of the world and the interactions within and
between them. Geographers make important contributions to the
understanding of all aspects of humankind's use of and impact on the earth's
surface.

Regional Planning involves preparing for the future. The demands and
effects of a large and growing population require that land use, resource use.
settlement patterns, transportation systems, and economic activity be
planned. Regional planning is concerned with the social Ideational, and
environmental aspects of these planning decisions. Today, economic
development has become an important focus for planners.

The geography track in social studies education offers a geography major
equivalent for the student interested in teaching at the junior or senior high
levels. The Pennsylvania certification will be in citizenship. New education
requirements instituted for the commonwealth specify tjiat geography be
taught at all levels in Pennsylvania. Nationally, geography is one of the core
subject areas named in the National Education Goals program.

Geography and Regional Planning are in the same department, because
"Plaiming is the art of which geography is the science." Emplovtnent
oppommities for geographers and regional plaimers are excellent Geography
and plaiming occupations have been identified among the fastest-grow ing
job fields by C.5. .\>ivs and World Report. .Alumni occupv a wide variety of
positions in government, business, industry, planiung. and education.
EnvironmentaL locationaL and spatial know ledge gained in the department's
programs provides skills desperately needed in today's job market Students
interested in obtaining additional career information should visit the
departmental office in Room 10. Leonard Hall or visit our website at
www. iup.edu/geography.

Three degree programs are offered by the department: Bachelor of .Arts
degree in Geography. Bachelor of Science degree in Regional Planning, and
Bachelor of Science in Education in Social Studies Education Geographv
Track.

In addition to the geography core (GEOG). there are four tracks for specific
geographic competencies: GIS Cartographer. Environmental Geographer,
Economic Geographer, and General Geographer. The regional planning
(RGPL) major offers specific career opportumties in four somewhat parallel
tracks: GIS Cartographer. Environmental Planner, Economic Plaimer, and
Town Manager.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA LfNDERGRADU.ATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Pase 101

A minor in geography or regional planning is appropriate for majors in all
other fields of the natural and social sciences. Students in marketing and
information systems will find a minor in either field relevant. A minor
consists of 15 credits in GEOG or RGPL courses. The department suggests
students take the core in either program if graduate study is anticipated.

Department resources, which include the James E. Payne GlS/Cartography
Lab. offer access to advanced geographic analysis equipment and resources.
The fully equipped computer lab also houses color printers, digitizers, large-
format plotters and scanners, and appropriate mapping softw are. The most
heavily used software includes ARC/INFO, ArcView, Maplnfo, Atlas*GlS,
IDRISI. AutoCAD, and MiniCAD.

An important part of student education is involvement in community service
projects. The Spatial Sciences Research Center (SSRC). Robert Wilson,
director, coordinates these projects and student skills and interests. Students
are usually compensated for their efforts. The SSRC has facilities for GIS
database development and. GIS analysis, atlas production, map compilation,
and cartographic production. Examples of SSRC projects include:
Huntingdon County GIS; Cranberry Twp.. Butler County GIS; Indiana
Borough GIS; P.\ One Call System (call before you dig) GIS; Blacklick
Creek Watershed Plan and Implementation; Pennsylvania Soil Mapping
Project; Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry; and United States
Department of Transportation Pipeline Mapping Repository.

The department also houses the Census Documents and Data Library,
coordinated by Rebecca Reinhold. In conjunction with Stapleton Library,
holdings include population Tiousing'socioeconomic mapping database CDs
and other publications used for teaching, research, and planning in
community service and local and county governments. The department is
also an affiliate of the Bureau of Economic Analysis at the Census Bureau
and a repository for USGS digital data.

The department houses both the National Council for Geographic Education
(NCGE). which serves geography educators at all levels with activities and
programs that address geography learning and instructional and research
issues in North America, and the Pennsylvania Geographic Alliance (PGA),
which is supported by the Pennsylvania Department of Education. PGA
provides leadership and professional development opportunities in geography
teaching and learning in Pennsylvania. Ruth Shirey is executive director of
NCGE and one of two PGA coordinators in Pennsylvania.

A strong internship program directed by John E. Benhart offers placement in
industry, engineering, conservation, land management, and planning
agencies at the local, state, and federal levels.

Specific core requirements in Geography and Regional Planning offer a
structured approach for majors. Appropriate subfields or tracks are available
in both programs to prepare students for graduate work and to support
different career options for majors. There are four tracks for the geography
major and four tracks for the regional planning major.

• Geography-General Geography Track

The General Geography Track encourages the major to sample courses from
different subfields of the discipline. This track prepares the major for
graduate work in geography and related fields of employment. Job options
include report u riting. research analysis, and data gathering. In government
employment, the State Department, Department of Commerce, and the
Census Bureau are significant places for geography skills.

• Geography-Geographic Information Systems and
Cartographer Track

• Regional Planning-Geographic Information Systems and
Cartographer Track

The Geographic Information Systems and Cartographer Track prepares
students for employment as Geographic Information System Specialists,
Facilities Managers. Cartographers, and Remote Sensing professionals.
Coursework includes methods for identifying, modeling, and analyzing the
spatial organization of human and environmental systems from both

practical and theoretical perspectives. Data collection, spatial information
management, and graphic presentation are integral skills taught m track
courses. Such skills could be used, for example, for analysis of wildlife
habitat, utility facility management, or transportation system design and
maintenance.

• Geography-Economic Geographer Track

• Regional Planning-Economic Developer Track

The Economic Track provides a broad framework of ideas and theories in
addition to a task-oriented approach to location analysis. Site planners
articulate the needs of the community for economic space, the demands for
convenient transpon. the role of private enterprise, and the management of
growth. This interrelated group of courses is useful to students, because
economic geographers and developers are expected to analyze the
interactions of concepts and variables. Market analysis for the location of
new shopping centers, for example, requires understanding of economic
principles, population characteristics, and the local political milieu, all in a
spatial context.

• Geography-Environmental Geographer Track

• Regional Planning-Environmental Planner Track

The Environmental Track is designed to prepare majors in geography or
regional planning for careers in environmental fields or graduate study that
leads to a variety of environmental positions. Students who elect this track
will acquire knowledge of the physical and human processes that shape the
environment, strategies for analyzing env ironmental issues, and concepts that
underlie strategies for ameliorating environmental problems. The skills
acquired in this track will enable students to assess the causes, consequences,
and solutions to a wide variety of environmental issues such as water
pollution, acid rain, or tropical deforestation.

• Regional Planning-Town Manager Track

The Tow n Manager Track is designed to prepare planning students for
careers in local government and graduate work in public administration.
Students electing this track will become familiar with the structure,
operation, and actions of municipal government and the political,
organizational, and institutional basis of municipal management and decision
making. Skills acquired with this track will enable students to undertake a
variety of analytic activities designed to describe, project, and prescribe
courses of action for municipal improvement.

Bachelor of Arts-Geography/General Geography Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121 or 21 7

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, no courses with GEOG prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )

Major:

Required Courses:

GEOG 213 Cartography I

0-6

GEOG 230 Cultural Geography

GEOG 231 Economic Geography

GEOG 411 H istory of Geography

GEOG 412 Research Seminar

Controlled Electives:

One course from GEOG 251-257

One course from GEOG 34 1 -342

Five courses ( 1 5cr) from any GEOG courses

(only one GEOG lOO-level course permitted)

Free Electives:

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr

I5cr

25-31

Page 102

INDL\NA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Total Degre* Requirements: 120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies eleccives.

Track Courses:

GEOG 53 1 Population Geography
GEOG 332 Urban Geography
GEOG 333 Trade and Transportation
GEOG 334 Political Geography
GEOG 464 Land Use Pohcv

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

Bachelor of Arts-Geography /GIS and Cartographer Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121 or 217

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. BTED/COSC/TFMGIOI recommended: no

courses » ith GEOG prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)

Major:

Required Courses:

GEOG 213 Cartography! 3cr

GEOG 230 Cultural Geography 3cr

GEOG 23 1 Economic Geography 3cr

GEOG 411 Histor\ of Geography 3cr

GEOG 412 Research Seminar 3cr
Controlled Electives:

One course from GEOG 251-257 3cr

One course from GEOG 34 1 -342 3cr
Track Courses:

GEOG 3 1 3 Canography D 3cr

GEOG 3 14 Map and Photograph Interpretation 3cr
GEOG 316 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems 3cr

GEOG 415 Remote Sensing 3cr

GEOG 41 7 Technical Issues in GIS 3cr

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

Bachelor of Arts-Geography Tconomic Geographer Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: NLA.TH 121 or 21 7

Social Science: ECON 121

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, ECON 122; no courses

w ith GEOG prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)

Major:

Required Courses:

GEOG 213 Cartography I
GEOG 230 Culmral Geography
GEOG 23 1 Economic Geography
GEOG 411 H istory of Geography
GEOG 4 1 2 Research Seminar
Controlled Electives:
One course from GEOG 251-257
One course from GEOG 341-342

0-6

25-31
120

0-6
36

jcr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr

Free Electives: 25-31

ECON 383 Urban'Regional Economics (recommended)

Total Degree Requirements: 120

{ n Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

Bachelor of .Arts-Geography/Environmental Geographer Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121 or 217

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. COSC TFMG/BTED 101

recommended; no courses w ith GEOG prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (I)

Major:

Required Courses:

GEOG 2 1 3 Canography I 3cr

GEOG 230 Cultural Geography 3cr

GEOG 231 Economic Geography 3cr

GEOG 411 Hi stop, of Geography 3cr

GEOG 412 Research Seminar 3cr

Controlled Electives:

One course from GEOG 25 1-257 3cr

One course fi-om GEOG 34 1 -342 3cr (2)

Track Courses: Five courses from the following: I5cr

GEOG 314 Map and Photograph Interpretation

GEOG 3 1 6 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems

GEOG 335 Geograph> of Energy

GEOG 341 CUmatology

GEOG 342 Phv^iography

GEOG 343 Geograph) of Fresh Water Resources

GEOG 4 1 5 Remote Sensing

GEOG 440 Consenation: Environmental Analysis

Free Electives:

0-6

Total Degree Requirements:

(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Smdies electives.

(2) The same course cannot also coimt in the track.

Bachelor of Science-Regional Planning/GIS and Cartographer
Track

Liberal Studies: .\s outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: M.\TH 121 or 217

Liberal Studies Electives: -Jcr. BTED COSCTFMG 101

recommended, no courses w ith RGPL prefix

25-31

120

INDL\NA LNI\ ERSrrr OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADU.\TE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paee 103

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 ) 0-6

Major: 42

Required Courses in Planning:

RGPL213 Cartography I 3cr
RGPL316 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems 3cr

RGPL 350 Introduction to Planning 3cr

RGPL 352 Planning Methods 3cr

RGPL 353 Planning Design 1 3cr

RGPL 412 , Research Seminar 3cr

RGPL 454 Planning Design II 3cr

RGPL 458 Land Use Law 3cr

RGPL 464 Land Use Policy 3cr

RGPL 46X Planning Theory 3cr
Track Courses:

RGPL 313 Cartography II 3cr

RGPL 314 Map and Photograph Interpretation 3cr

RGPL 415 Remote Sensing 3cr

RGPL 417 Technical Issues in GIS 3cr

Free Electives: 19-25

RGPL 493 Internship (strongly recommended) I - 1 2cr

Total Degree Requirements: 120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

Bachelor of Science-Regional Planning/Economic Developer Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121 or 21 7

Social Science: ECON 121

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. ECON 122, no courses

with RGPL prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )

Major:

Required Courses in Planning:

RGPL 213 Cartography I 3cr

Introduction to Geographic Information Systems 3cr
Introduction to Planning 3cr

Planning Methods 3cr

Planning Design I 3cr

Research Seminar 3cr

Planning Design II 3cr

Land Use Law 3cr

Land Use Policy 3cr

Planning Theory 3cr

Track Courses: Four of the following: 12cr

GEOG 23 1 Economic Geography
Population Geography
Political Geography
Urban Geography
Trade and Transportation

0-6

RGPL 316
RGPL 350
RGPL 352
RGPL 353
RGPL 412
RGPL 454
RGPL 458
RGPL 464
RGPL 468

GEOG 33 1
GEOG 334
RGPL 332
RGPL 333

Free Electives:

RGPL 493 Internship ( strongly recommended)

Total Degree Requirements:

19-25

1-I2cr

120

1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

Bachelor of Science-Regional Planning/Environmental Planner
Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121 or 217

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. BTED/COSC/IFMGIOI

recommended, no courses with RGPL prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )

Major:

Required Courses in Planning:

RGPL 213 Cartography! 3cr

Introduction to Geographic Information Systems 3cr

0-6

RGPL 316

RGPL 350 Introduction to Planning

RGPL 352 Planning Methods

RGPL 353 Planning Design I

RGPL 412 Research Seminar

RGPL 454 Planning Design II

RGPL 458 Land Use Law

RGPL 464 Land Use Policy

RGPL 468 Planning Theory

Track Courses: Four courses from the following:

GEOG 335 Geography of Energy

GEOG 341 Climatology

GEOG 342 Physiography

GEOG 343 Geography of Fresh Water Resources

GEOG 440 Conservation: Environmental Analysis

RGPL 314 Map and Photograph Interpretation

RGPL 415 Remote Sensing

Free Electives:

RGPL 493 Internship (strongly recommended)

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
I2cr

19-25

-I2cr

120

(I) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

Bachelor of Science-Regional Planning/Town Manager Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121 or 217

Social Science: PLSC 1 1 1 recommended

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, BTED/COSC/IFMGIOI,

GEOG 230, no courses with RGPL prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( I ) 0-6

Major: 42

Required Courses in Planning:

RGPL 213 Cartography! 3cr

RGPL 316 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems 3cr

RGPL 350 Introduction to Planning 3cr

RGPL 352 Planning Methods 3cr

RGPL 353 Planning Design I 3cr

Page 104

INDL«iNA UNFVERSITY OF PEIvfNSYLVANL^ UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

RGPL 4 1 : Research Seminar

RGPL 454 Planning Design n

RGPL 458 Land Use Uw

RGPL 464 Land Use Policy

RGPL 468 Planning Theory

Track Courses:

Either:

PLSC 354 and 355 Metropolitan Problems/

lntergo\ emmenial Relations
Or:
PLSC 370 and 371 Introduction to Public Admia'

Issues in Public Administration
And two courses from the following:
GEOG 23 1 Economic Geography
RGPL 332 Urban Geograph\
RGPL 333 Trade and Transportation

Free Electi\es:

PLSC 25 1 State and Local Political
S\-stems (recommended)
RGPL 493 Internship (strongly recommended)

jcr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

_>cr
3cr

3cr
3cr
6cr

Social Science Distribution Requirements:

19-25

3cr
l-12cr

HIST 201
HIST 202
HIST 204
HIST 205
PLSC 280
PLSC

W estem Ci\ ilization Before 1 600 ( 1 )
Western Ci\ ilization Since 1600 (1)
United States Histor> to 1877
United States History Since 1877
Comparati\e Government 1: Western Political
85 Systems or Comparati\ e Cjo\enunent U:
Non-Westem Systems

3cr in History sufficient to meet the requirements

for a History minor

Free Elective:

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr

120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to

Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational

Technologv section of this catalog.
(1) For students who have received credit for HIST 195 prior to becoming

Social Studies Education majors, this course may not be appropriate.

Consult advisor.

Total Degree Requirements: 120

(1) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Smdies electives.

Bachelor of Science in Education— Social Studies
Education Geographv Track (*)

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the follow ing specifications;

Mathematics: 6cr

Humanities-History: fiilfiUed by required courses in minor

Social Science: ECON 121. GEOG 102. PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr. ECON 122. no courses

w ith GEOG prefix

Department of Historj'

\\ebsite: HuH.iup.eJu history

Garv L. Bailev. Chairperson: Baumier, Bodle. Botelho. CashdoUar,
Finegan. Franklin-Rahkonen. Lu. Mannard. McDonough, Moore,
Ricketts, Schroeder. \\ ang. \\ hited: and professors emeriti Cord,
Fricke, Gallanar. Gelbach. Goodrich. Hatfield, Landon, Lamer,
Lehman. Marcus. Mastro. Miller, Oliver, Rife, Smith. \ogeL VVUey

Programs in historv are designed to give both those who major in histon. in
the College of Humanities and Social Sciences and those who concentrate in
historv in the College of Education and Educational Technologv an
opportunity to smd\ in some depth the past storv of peoples and their w orld.
Degrees otTered by the Historv Department are the Bachelor of .Arts degree
in Historv and the Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in Social
Studies, concentrating in historv . The first program is under the College of
Humanities and Social Sciences, and the second is under the College of
Education and Educational Technolosv.

College:

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology

Professional Education Sequence:

EDEX 301 Education of Students with Disabilities

m Inclusive Secondarv Programs
EDSP 477 Assessment of Smdent Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures
EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I
EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II
EDUC 441 Smdent Teaching
EDUC 442 School Uw
EDUC 455 Teaching of Social Smdies in

Secondary Schools

Major:

Required Courses:

GEOG 213 Cartography I

GEOG 230 Culmral (Geography

Controlled Electives:

.At least tvvo courses fix)m each of the following three groups:

Emironmental Geographw GECXj 34 1 . 342. 343. 440

Human Geography: GEOG 231. 331. 332. 333. 334.

335.336.337.431
Regional Geography: GECXj 251. 252. 253. 254.

255. 256"^ 257'

jcr

3cr

jcr

Icr

12cr

Icr

3cr

3cr
3cr

The historv student w ill find that the program is excellent preparation for
govenraient service, for pre-law training, for broad business opportimities.
for work in varied fields of journalism, for public historv positions, and for
teaching. Not only the storv- of the people of the United States but also that
of other peoples is covered, in the belief that global historical understanding
is essential for the future of civilization.

Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of .Arts degree in History are 36
credits in historv . Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Education with a major in Social Studies, concentrating on historv. are a
minimum of 27 credits in historv within the 54 credits required for social
smdies certification. The requirement for a minor in history is 15 credits of
courses with an HIST prefix. For majors in historv' programs, courses in
history in Liberal Smdies are applicable only if numbered 300 or higher. .All
programs should be planned with an advisor. Every major and concentrate in
history w ill be advised by History Department faculty members.

.Admission to HIST 482 and 483. initiation in the local chapters of Phi Alpha
Theta and Pi Gamma Mu. participation in smdy tours and smdy abroad
programs, and other activities should be investigated by every history
smdent. The department is commined to the ideal of a brxjad liberal arts
education.

PvDLANA LNI\ ERSrr>' OF PEN-NSYLVAMA UNDERGR-ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 105

0-6

Bachelor of Arts-History

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the tbllowing specifications:

Humanitics-Historj': Fulfilled by required courses in major

Mathematics: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, no courses with HIST prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( I )

Major:

Required Courses:

HIST 200 Introduction to History

HIST 480 Senior Seminar (2)

Controlled Electives:

At least three foundation courses from the following: (3)

HIST 201 Western Civilization Before 1600 (4)

HIST 202 Wesiem Civilization Since 1600 (4)

HIST 204 United States History to 1877

HIST 205 United States Histon Since 1 877

H 1ST 206 H istory of East Asia

HIST 208 Suney of Latin American History

One course from HIST 401-404 (Topics)

One Non-Western HIST course: Latin America. Africa,

Asia, Middle East, or Russia, 300 or 400 le\el
Five additional history courses (5)

3cr
3cr

9cr

3cr
3cr

15cr

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

28-34

120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) This requirement may be fulfilled by completing either the
departmental honors program or graduate seminar with a concluding
paper.

(3) No more than 1 2cr in foundation courses may be counted towards the
major.

(4) For students who have taken HIST 195, 210. 212. or214 priorto
becoming History majors, this course may not be appropriate. Consult
Histor>' advisor before scheduling.

(5) Courses selected from 300- and 400- level offerings; no more than 6cr
from HIST 493 as major elective. Students w ho have taken three
foundation courses must lake at least seven 300-400 level HIST courses
in addition to HIST 480. Those with four foundation courses need take
only six 300-400 level HIST courses in addition to HIST 480.

Bachelor of Arts-Histoiy/Pre-Law Track

Liberal Studies: Ai outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, no courses w ith HIST prefix

Humanities-History: Fulfilled by required courses in major

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )

Major:

Required Courses:

HIST 200 Introduction to History

HIST 480 Senior Seminar (2)

0-6

3cr
3cr

Controlled Electives:

At least three foundation courses from the following: (3)

HIST 201 Western Civilization Before 1600 (4)

HIST 202 Western Civilization Since 1600 (4)

HIST 204 United States Histon,' to 1 877

HIST 205 United States History Since 1 877

HIST 206 H istory of East Asia

HIST 208 Survey of Latin .American History

One course from HIST 401-404 (Topics)

One Non-Western HIST course: Latin America, Africa,

Asia, Middle East, or Russia, 300 or 400 level
Five additional history courses (5)

Other Requirements: Pre-Law interdisciplinary track

Seven courses, including at least one from each of six areas:

Business: ACCT 201, .ACCT 202. BLAW 235

Crimmohsi-: CRIM 210, 215, 255

Economics: ECON 121, 122, 332

English: ENGL 212, 220, 310

Philosophv: PHIL 101, 222, 450

Political Science: PLSC 358, 359, 361

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

9cr

3cr
3cr

15cr

3-21

7-31

120

(1)
(2)

(3)
(4)

(5)

Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal

Studies electives.

This requirement may be fulfilled by completing either the

departmental honors program or graduate seminar with a concluding

paper.

No more than 1 2cr in foundation courses may be counted towards the

major.

For students w ho ha\ e received credit for HIST 1 95, 2 1 0 or 2 1 2, prior

to becoming history majors, this course may not be appropriate.

Consult History advisor before scheduling.

Courses selected from 300- and 400-level offerings; no more than 6cr

from HIST 493 as major elective. Students w ho have taken three

foundation courses must take at least seven 300- and 400-level HIST

courses in addition to HIST 480. Those w ith four foundation courses

need take only six 300- and 400-level HIST courses in addition to

HIST 480,

Bachelor of Science in Education-Social Studies Education/
History Track (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the follow ing specifications:

Humanities-History : Fulfilled by required courses in major

Mathematics: 3cr

Social Science: ANTH 1 10, ECON 121. and PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. ECON 122, GEOG 230,

no courses w ith HIST prefix

College:

3 additional cr of MATH 100 level or above 3cr

(in addition lo Liberal Studies MATH) (I)

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology 3cr

EDS? 102 Educational Psychology 3cr

Professional Education .Sequence:

EDEX 301 Education of Students with Disabilities in

Inclusive Secondary Programs 2cr

EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures 3cr

EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I Icr

EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II Icr

Page 106

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLV.ANLA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

EDUC441 Student Teaching 12cr

EDUC442 School Law Icr
EDUC 455 Teaching of Social Studies in

Secondary Schools 3cr

Major:

Foundation Courses: (2)

HIST 201 Western Civilization Before 1600(3) 3cr

HIST 202 Western Civilization Since 1600(3) 3cr

HIST 204 United States Histoo' to 1877 3cr

HIST 205 United States History' Since 1877 3cr

Research Courses:

HIST 200 Introduction to History 3cr

HIST 401-404 Topics or

HIST 480 Senior Seminar (4) 3cr

Controlled Electives: 9cr

One Non-Western History course: Latin America,

Africa, Asia. Russia. 300 or 400 level
One United States History course at the 300 or 400 level
One History course at the 300 or 400 level

Social Science Distribution:

GEOG XXX 200-level or higher Geography course 3cr

PLSC 1 1 1 American Politics 3cr

PLSC 280 Comparative Government I: Western Political

PLSC 285 Systems or Comparative Government II:

Non-Western Systems 3cr

SOC 337 World Societies and VV'orld Systems or 3cr

SOC 362 Racial and Ethnic Minorities or

SOC 23 1 Contemporary Social Problems

Free Electives:

admission must be made, normally early in the junior year. The program is
particularly encouraged for students intending to seek admission to graduate
or professional schools. Honors coursework is designated on university
transcripts; students completing the departmental honors program are
recognized at departmental commencement ceremonies.

History Honors Track

HIST 483 Honors ThesisTndependent Study
HIST 487 Honors Colloquium in History

( I ) Two semesters, 3cr each

9cr

6cr(I)
3cr

Department of Journalism n^^K

Website: www.iup.edu/joumalism

Robert H. Russell. Chairperson: .Ankney. Heilman. Jesick. Mukasa;

and professors emeriti DeCeorge, Furgiuele, Truby

Students interested in a career in news-editorial or public relations fields,
with opportunities in such related areas as magazines, ad\ertising. desktop
publishing, computer-assisted reporting, and marketing, should enjoy this
itmovative, fle.xible program. The joumahsm major combines journalism
elective courses, the student's choice of a variety of courses from other
imiversity departments, plus internships which provide on-the-job
experience.

The IL'P journalism major is flexible for the individual student, w ho decides,
w ith an advisor, w hat directions his or her education w ill take for a mass
conmiunication career.

Total Degree Requirements:

120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education," in the College of Education and Educational
Technologv' section of this catalog. In order to student teach, students
must have a 3.0 cumulative GPA in their major (social science and
history courses). To be licensed to teach History. Geography,
Economics, Civics, and Government, Social Studies EducatioaHistory
majors must apply for Citizenship Education certification.

( 1 ) Students are required to take an additional 3cr of MATH beyond the
Liberal Studies requirement for a total of 6cr. all of w hich must be 1 00
level or above.

(2) In exceptional cases, the student's advisor may give special permission
to substitute two upper-le\el courses for one of the foundation courses.

(3) For students who have received credit for HIST 195. 210. or 212 prior
to becoming Histon. majors, this course may not be appropriate.
Consult History advisor before scheduling.

(4) This requirement may be fulfilled by completing either the depart-
mental honors program or graduate seminar with a concluding paper.

Histor>' Honors Track

Open by depanmental permission to History, History Pre-Law. and Social
Studies Education/Historv majors with at least a 3.25 GP.^ in total university
coursework and a 3.5 GP.A in History courses. Students complete at least
one semester of HIST 487 Honors Colloquium (a variable-topic course open
also to students in the Robert E. Cook Honors College) and two semesters of
honors thesis research and w riting. Honors theses are completed individually
under the direction of a department professor who specializes in the
student's area of interest and are approved by a thesis committee comprising
the director and two other readers, one of whom may come from outside the
History Department. Honors History courses count toward the major;
completion of an honors thesis substitutes for HIST 480 Senior Seminar.

Students interested in the History Honors track should discuss this
opportunity as early as possible w ith their advisors. Students may file a
declaration of intent during the sophomore year; a formal application for

A student wishing to enter the program becomes a journalism major in the
College of Humanities and Social Sciences. Then, the student chooses an
individual program within a large group of elective journalism courses, plus
a much larger group of courses from various other areas of the imiversity. \
student who completes the major graduates w ith a B.A. degree in
Joumahsm. Because journalism itself covers all areas of hfe. the journalism
major covers many areas of study preparation. There are only four required
courses, so the student is free to mold the program to his/her own special
interests through both major and fi^e electives.

The joumahsm major will use journalism courses to fiilfill the minimum of
30 hours required for the major. All journalism majors must complete the
intermediate sequence of a foreign language. This may be done in one of
three w ays: by examination, by earning credit in third and fourth levels of a
foreign language, or by completing four levels of a new language. If the last
procedure is used, the tw o begirming foreign language courses mav be
appUed as free electives to the total mmiber of credits needed for graduation.

The Department of Journalism offers an 18-credit minor designed to
complement any major. Three 3-credit courses are required: JRNL 105, 102,
and 120. The remaining 9 credits may be taken from the following Ust of
Journalism major courses: JRNL 326, 338, 344, 347, 375, and designated
Special Topics courses. Internship credits do not apply toward the 18-credit
minor; however, a student in the minor program may take an internship and
apply the credits as free electives.

Course Sequence

The journalism faculty offers the following operational policy for its course
sequence and prerequisites. The basic idea is for students to lake Level 1
courses prior to Level fl courses, etc. We ask that special attention be given
to course prerequisites to avoid scheduling students w ithout proper
experience into courses. We do retain flexibility of waiving sequence and
prerequisites in individual cases.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paae 107

Level I

JRNL 102 Basic Journalistic Skills*

JRNL 105 Journalism and the Mass Media*

JRNL 120 Journalistic Wnting**

JRNL 220 Wnting tor the Print Media*
*required for all journalism majors and minors
** for journalism minors and nonmajors

Level II

JRNL 243 History of the American Press

JRNL 250 Women and the Press

JRNL 321 Feature Writing

JRNL 326 Public Relations I

JRNL 327 Layout. Design, and Production

JRNL 328 News Reporting (required for all journalism majors)

JRNL 337 Editing

JRNL 344 Issues and Problems

JRNL 345 Sports Journalism

JRNL 375 World New s Coverage

JRNL 393 Document Design 1

Level III

JRNL 347 Journalism Law

JRNL 348 The Editorial Page

JRNL 423 Management in Mass Communications

JRNL 427 Publications

JRNL 430 Public Opinion and the News Media

JRNL 446 Research Methods in Journalism

JRNL 450 Advertising Writing

JRNL 482 Independent Study

JRNL 490 Public Relations II

JRNL 491 Presentation Making

JRNL 492 Problem Solving in PR

JRNL 493 Internship

JRNL 494 Document Design II

Bachelor of Arts-Journalism

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53-55

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, no courses with JRNL prefix

College: 0-6

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( I )

Major: 30

Required Courses:

JRNL 102 Basic Journalistic Skills 3cr

JRNL 105 Journalism and the Mass Media 3cr

JRNL 220 Writing for the Print Media 3cr

JRNL32X News Reporting 3cr

Controlled Electives:
Other JRNL courses (as listed in this catalog) (2) 1 8cr

Other Requirements: Department recommends a planned 0

program of dual major. minor(s). or electives. (3. 4)

Free Electives: 29-37

Total Degree Requirements: 120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) Maximum of 6cr of internship applied to major.

(3) Students may take no more than 1 5cr outside the College of
Humanities and Social Sciences w ithout prior approval of advisor.

(4) Majors in the public relations sequence should make every effort to
schedule BTST 321, MKTG 320, and MKTG 433.

Minor-Journalism

Required Courses:

JRNL 102 Basic Journalistic Skills

JRNL 105 Journalism and the Mass Media

JRNL 120 Journalistic Writing

Controlled Electives: Three courses from the following:

JRNL 243. 326. 338. 344. 347, 375. 481 (3)

18(1)

3cr(2)
3cr(2)
3cr(2)
9cr

(1)

(2)
(3)

Internship credits do not apply toward the 1 8cr minor; however, a

student in the minor program may take an internship and apply the

credits as free electives.

The above three courses are to be taken in sequence.

Minors may substitute only with departmental permission.

Department of Philosophy

Website: www.iup.edu/philosophy

Daniel N. Boone. Chairperson: Begres, Caraway. MacLeod,

Rubenstein: and professor emeritus Hermann

The program in philosophy is designed to provide the student with a capacity
for thinking clearly, a critical attitude, and the ability to reason theoretically.

Major

The major offers the background required for graduate work in philosophy.
Those w hose primary interests are in other disciplines will find philosophy
courses which relate directly to their fields on a theoretical level. Both the
minor and double major are especially desirable for their reflective benefits
and because of the essentially interdisciplinary nature of philosophy.

Individually Designed Philosophy Minor

As a minor, philosophy has much to offer in helping individuals of various
backgrounds better understand the fundamental assumptions of their
disciplines. For that reason, the minor in philosophy w ill be individually
designed to meet special career needs and personal interests. Selection of
courses will be accomplished through discussions with and approval of the
department advisor. Students must expect careful planning in any program
approved. For further explanation and suggestions, see explanation under
Philosophy Minor program requirements and consult department advisor.

Liberal Studies Offerings

The Philosophy program's Liberal Studies courses are all introductory in
nature: none of them presupposes any philosophical background. The student
may choose from PHIL 101, 120, 221, 222. 223.

Pre-Law Track

The Department of Philosophy participates in the University Pre-Law Track
program whereby a student majors in one of several academic disciplines
including philosophy and also meets the pre-lav^ track requirements.
Students interested in the philosophy major/pre-law track should consult the
departmental pre-law advisor. Philosophy courses included in the pre-law
track program are PHIL 101, 222, and 450.

Bachelor of .\rts-Philosophy

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications;

Mathematics: 3cr

Philosophy: included in major

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. no courses with PHIL prefix

Page 108

INDL\NA UNP/ERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

College: 0-6

Foreign Language Inteniiediate Level ( 1 )

Major: 30

Required Courses:

PHIL 221 Symbolic Logic I 3cr

PHIL 222 Ethics 3cr

Controlled Electives: eight PHIL courses: 24cr

PHIL 324 or 325 and one other from list: (6cr)

PHIL 324 Ancient Philosophy

PHIL 325 Modem Philosophy

PHIL 326 Phenomenology and Existentialism

PHIL 410 Contemporary Analytic Philosophy
PHIL 420 or 42 1 and one other from list: (6cr)

PHIL 330 Philosophy of Science

PHIL 420 Metaphysics

PHIL 42 1 Theory of Knowledge

PHIL 460 Philosophy of Language
Four other PHIL courses ( I2cr) (may be from the above lists)

(with restrictions) (2, 3)

Free Electives: 31-37

Total Degree Requirements: 120

Other Requirements: Pre-Law interdisciplinary track

Seven courses, including at least one from each of six areas:

Business: ACCT 201, ACCT 202. BLAW 235

Criminology': CRIM 210, 215, 255

Economics: ECON 121, 122. 332

English: ENGL 2 1 2, 220. 3 1 0

///5tonv HIST 320. 321,346

Political Science: PLSC 358, 359, 361

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

15-21

10-22

120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal

Studies electives.

(2) No more than four 100-200 le\el courses may be counted toward the
major. Only PHIL courses may be counted toward the major. Unless
otherwise indicated in the Course Descriptions, all 300-400 level
courses require either philosophy major or minor status, junior or senior
standing, or permission of the instructor.

(3) No more than 9 non-classwork credits may be counted toward the
major. Non-classwork credits include independent study, independent
honors project, and internship in philosophy.

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) No more than four 100-200 level courses may be counted toward the
major. Only PHIL courses may be counted toward the major. Unless
otherwise indicated in the Course Descriptions, all 300-400 level
courses require either philosophy major or minor status, junior or senior
standing, or permission of the instructor.

(3) No more than 9 non-elasswork credits may be counted toward the
major. Non-classwork credits include independent study, independent
honors project, and internship in philosophy.

Bachelor of Arts-Philosophy/Pre-Law Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: 3cr

Philosophy: included in major

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. no courses with PHIL prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( I )

Major:

Required Courses:

PHIL 101 Informal Logic: Methods of Critical Thinking

PHIL 222 Ethics

Controlled Electives:

PHIL 324 or 325. and one other from list: (6cr)

PHIL 324 Ancient Philosophy

PHIL 325 Modem Philosophy

PHIL 326 Phenomenology and Existentialism

PHIL 410 Contemporary Analytic Philosophy
PHIL 420 or 421. and one other from list: (6cr)

PHIL 330 Philosophy of Science

PHIL 420 Metaphysics

PHIL 421 Theory of Knowledge

PHIL 460 Philosophy of Language
Four other PHIL courses ( 12cr) (may be from the above lists)

(with restrictions) (2, 3)

0-6

3cr
3cr
24cr

Minor-Philosophy

Controlled Electives:

Five PHIL courses (with restrictions) (1,2)

15cr

(2)

No more than three 100-200 level courses may be counted toward the
minor. Only PHIL courses may be counted toward the minor. Unless
otherwise indicated in the Course Descriptions, all 300-400 level
courses require either philosophy major or minor status, junior or senior
standing, or permission of the instructor.

No more than 3 non-classw ork credits may be counted tow ard the
minor. Non-classwork credits include independent study, independent
honors project, and internship in philosophy.

Department of Political Science ■

\V ebsite : iinir. iup. edu/politicalscience

Steven F. Jackson, Chairperson; Bahgat, Chambers, Kuffner-Hlrt.
Martin, McKechnie, Sitton, Torges, Wheeler: and professors emeriti
Chaszar, Morris, Palmer, Piatt, Smith

Political scientists focus upon political systems, including the effect of
environment on the system, inputs, the decision-making agencies w hich
render binding public policies, and system outputs. .iXpproaches to the study
of government and politics include the normative approach, in which
philosophical attention centers on values by asking the question "What ought
to be?" and the behav ioral approach, in w hich an attempt is made to develop
verifiable theories through scientific methods b\ asking the questions
"How?" and "Why?"

Students majoring in political science have employment opportunities in
federal, state, and local governments and w ith private ci\ ic groups, interest
groups, and political groups. Students w ho go on to graduate w ork find
appointments at higher levels and in college teaching. Smdents graduating in
political science, as in any of the social sciences, are in demand by
employers in business and industry. Students completing the Political
Science Internship Program ha\e experienced considerable success in
finding employment upon graduation. The political science major is also
especially suitable for the pre-law student.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 109

D^rees offered by the Political Science Department are the Bachelor of Arts
degree in Political Science, in Go\emment and Public Service, and in
Political Science Pre-Lau track. .A.n interdisciplinan major and a minor in
International Studies are sponsored b> the Political Science Department The
department also offers a minor in political science.

Bachelor of .\rts-PoUtical Science

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section SO

» ith the following specifications:

Mathematics: 3cr

Social Science: PLSC 1 1 1

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr, no courses with PLSC prefix

College: 0-6

Foreign Language Intermediate Le\ el ( I )

Major: 33

Required Courses:

PLSC 101 World Politics 3cr(2)

PLSC 1 1 1 Amencan Politics *cr (3)

Controlled Electives: 30ct

M least one course in three of first four areas;
American Studies: PLSC 251. 300. 346. 350. 351. 353.

354. 355. 356. 357. 358. 359
Political neon: PLSC 360. 361, 362
Public Policy and Administration: PLSC 250, 370. 371. 444
International Studies: PLSC 280. 282. 283. 285. 320, 321.

380. 382. 383. 384. 385, 386. 387. 388. 389 (4)
General Political Science: PLSC 300 (strongly recommended),

PLSC 377. 480. 481. 482. 485. 493

Controlled Electives:

At least one course in three of the first four areas:
American Studies: PLSC 251. 300. 346. 350. 351. 353.

354. 355. 356. 357. 358. 359
Political neory: PLSC 360. 361. 362
Public Policy and Administration: PLSC 250, 370, 371, 444
International Studies: PLSC 280. 282. 283, 285. 320,

321. 380. 382. 383. 384, 385. 386. 387. 388. 389 (4)
General Political Science: PLSC 300 (strongly

recommended). PLSC 377, 480. 481. 482, 485, 493

Other Requirements: Pre-Law interdisciplinarv track

Se\en courses, including at least one from each of six areas:

Business: ACCT 201. ACCT 202. BLAW 235

Criminology: CRIM 210, 215. 255

Economics: ECON 121. 122, 332

English: ENGL 212. 220. 310

//ij/on-. HIST 320. 321.346

Philosophy: PHIL 101. 222. 450

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

30cr

15-21

9-21

120

( 1 ) totermediate-Ievel Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electises.

(2) PLSC 101 satisfies non- Western requirement.

(3) Credits for PLSC 1 1 1 are counted in the Liberal Studies Social Science
requirements.

(4) PLSC 280 and/or 285 recommended as prerequisite to PLSC 380
through 389.

Other Requirements: 1 8-27

Second major, minor, or concentration as approv ed by
advisor with maximum of 15cr outside College of Humanities
and Social Sciences unless specificalK approved

Free Electives: 4-19

Total Degree Requirements: 120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) PLSC 101 satisfies non- Western requirement

(3) Credits for PLSC 1 1 1 are counted in the Liberal Studies Social Science
requirements.

(4) PLSC 280 and or 285 reccwnmended as prerequisite to PLSC 380
throueh 389.

Bachelor of .\rts-Political Science/Pre-Law Track

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

» ith the follow ing specifications;

Mathematics: 3cr

Social Science: PLSC 1 1 1

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. no courses with PLSC prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Le\ el 1 1 1

Major:

Required Courses:

PLSC 101 World Politics

PLSC 1 1 1 American PoUtics

0-6

Bachelor of .\rts-Governiiient and Public Service

3cr(2)
•cr(3)

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Smdies section

w ith the follow ing specifications;

Mathematics: MATH 217

Social Science: ECON 121. PSYC 101, SOC 151

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr, COSC 101, no courses

w ith PLSC prefLx

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1)

Major:

Required Courses:

ECON 3,^5 Public Finance

ECON 336 State and Local Finance

PLSC 1 1 1 .American Politics

PLSC 250 Public Policy

PLSC 25 1 State and Local Political Systems

PLSC 300 Research Methods in Political Science

PLSC 370 Introduction to Public Administration

PLSC 371 Issues in PubUc .Administration

PSYC 330 Social Psychology

SOC 458 Political Sociology

Controlled Electives: Three courses from the following:

PLSC 350. 351. 352. 353. 354. 355. 358. 377.

444,481,482,485,493

Other Requirements:

One course from communications areas (English. Journalism.

Communications Media) as approved by advisor
Interdisciplinary minor Government Management. Personnel

Administration. Financial Administration. Planning

0-6

3cr(2)

3cr

3cr(3)

9cr

3cr

I8cr

PagellO

INDIANA LTvTVERSrrV OF PEN-NSYL\'.ANL\ LNDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

4-10
120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in the Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) Approved substitutes for ECON 335 and 336: ECON 332. 333, 361,
373.

(3) Approved substitutes for SOC 458: SOC 303, 335, 345.

Minor-International Studies

Required Courses:

PLSC 101 World Politics
PLSC 1 1 1 .American Politics
Controlled Electives:
Interdisciplinary sequence (see major)

3cr
•cr(l)

15cr

(I) Credits counted with Liberal Studies Social Sciences.

Bachelor of .Arts-International Studies/Political Science

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: 3cr

Social Science: PLSC 1 1 1

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. no courses with PLSC prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )

.Major:

Required Courses:

PLSC 101 World Politics
PLSC 1 1 1 American Politics
Interdisciplinan, sequence
Cultural specialization sequence

Other Requirements:

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

0-6

3cr

*cr(2)

15cr(3)

15cr(4)

0(5)

il-37

120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives. OnK courses 300 level and bevond ma> count in the
culmral specialization sequence.

(2) Credits for PLSC 1 1 1 are counted in the Liberal Studies Social Science
requirements.

(3) The interdisciplinarv sequence includes an introductory or comparative
international course from each of fiv e social science disciplines:
anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, and
sociology. Selection depends on goal(s) of major and should be planned
in consultation with the International Studies advisor.

(4) The specialization sequence focuses on one area or culture and three
disciplines: economic systems, political systems, language, literature.
history, geography. Currently, three specializations are offered: Latin
America, the Far East, and Soviet Studies. Consuk with advisor for
planning course selection.

(5) Majors are strongly encouraged to take advantage of the study abroad
opportunities available through IL P department programs and
exchange opportunities available through the Center for International
Studies.

Minor-Political Science

Required Courses:

PLSC 101 World Politics

PLSC 1 1 1 .American Politics

Controlled Electives: Three additional PLSC courses

jcr
3cr
9cr

Department of Religious Studies

Website: www.iup.edu/religiousstudies

Theresa S. Smith, Chairperson: Chandler, Gibson. Holm, Mlecko,

\'irenkyi: and professors emeriti Chan, Schaub

The program in Religious Studies is designed to provide a balanced,
nonsectarian. cross-cultural approach leading to a better understanding of the
phenomenon of religion in human experience. It emphasizes an
interdisciplinary approach and encourages the minor or a double major, as
well as a single major in Religious Studies.

The program is valuable for those planning to teach about religions or
religious studies in schools at the primary-, secondary, or college level. The
program also prov ides an excellent background for graduates planning to
enter Catholic. Jew ish. or Protestant seminanes. .Additionally. Religious
Studies is a good complement to majors in such fields as .Anthropology.
English. Fine Arts, History. International Smdies, Music. Philosophy.
Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology. Religious Studies is one
significant way to integrate course studies within the university curriculum.

In addition to the 27 credits of Religious Studies courses in the major. 3
credits must be taken from a number of courses offered by other departments
vv hich complement those offered in Religious Studies. Opportunity for
interdisciplinarv and cross-cultural study is implicit in the study of religious
themes and is required in the Religious Studies program at lUP.

Minor

The requirements for a Minor in Religious Studies are 1 5 credits that must
be taken from the Religious Studies offerings, vv hich include certain required
courses (see below).

Liberal Studies Offerings

The Religious Studies program's Liberal Studies courses are all introductory
in nature; none presupposes any Religious Studies background. The student
may choose from REST 100, 1 10, 250, and 290.

Bachelor of .Arts-Religious Studies

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 53

w ith the follow ing specifications:

.Mathematics: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. no courses with REST prefix

College: 0-6

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )

Major: 30

Controlled Electives: (2)

One Core: REST 1 00 or 1 1 0 3cr

Western: REST 260. 290. 380, 4 1 0, or 440 3cr

Eastem:REST311,370, or, 375 3cr

Indigenous: REST 360 or 365 3cr

Five additional REST courses (3) 15cr

One religion-related course (3) 3cr

INDI.ANA LTS'lVERSfFY OF PENNSYLVANIA L'^■DERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paee 1 1 1

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

31-37
120

( 1 ) lnteniiediaie-le\el Foreign Language may be included in the Liberal
Studies electi\es.

(2) Other courses may be approved in consultation with advisor.

(3) Consult Religious Studies advisor.

Minor-Religious Studies

Core: RLST 100 or 1 10

Western: RLST 260. 290. 380. 410. or 440

Eastern: RLST 31 1. 370. or. 375

Indigenous: RLST 360 or 365

Electiv e: one RLST course ( I )

( 1 ) Consult Religious Studies advisor.

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

Department of Sociology

Website: wwH-.iup.edu/sociology

D. .\lex Heckert. Chairperson: Ackerman. Boser, Bonach. Case.
Chang. Crane. Darling. Gondolf. Heasley. Holtz, Mabry. No«ak.
Sanderson. Snvder

The Department of Sociology seeks to develop both the scientific and
humanistic foundations of sociology, to educate the voider cotmnunity as to
the significance of sociological know ledge, to apply sociological knowledge
to current social problems, and to advance the profession by promoting the
welfare of individuals and society. The discipline of sociology focuses
primarily on the analysis of modem industrial societies by examining their
basic patterns of social organization, the various changes that occur within
these patterns, and the impact of the panems on indiv idual thought and
action. Students are prepared for employment in human service fields or for
graduate study in sociology or related fields.

Students majoring in Sociology may select one of three tracks: General
Sociology. Human Services, and .Applied Social Research. The general track
attempts to broadly educate those students w ho may wish to pursue graduate
training in sociology and make sociology a career and profession. Because of
its flexibility, it is also appropriate for students who w ant to pursue double
majors that would include such fields as psychology or criminology. The
general track gives students the broadest possible training in sociology.
Students graduating with majors in general sociology often find employment
in business, industry, and government.

The Human Services track in sociology seeks to help students understand the
causes of many of the problems that plague modem societies, such as
poverty, racial discrimination, substance abuse, and domestic violence. It is
designed to provide students w ith the know ledge and skills necessary to
become practitioners in various human services areas (e.g.. juvenile
delinquency, medical sociology, gerontology, and interpersonal dynamics
and family sociology).

The Applied Social Research track emphasizes the development of research
and assessment skills in students. Such skills are important in carrying out
program assessments, needs assessments, program development, and other
activities that focus on gathering, analyzmg, and interpreting data important
for pohcymakers.

The department also prepares teachers for secondary school social studies
with a concentration in sociology. The program leads to the degree Bachelor
of Science in Education. With its emphasis on patterns of social organization

in modem industrialized societies, sociology provides a solid foundation for
teaching social science at the secondary level. Minors are available in
sociology and in applied social research.

Bachelor of .Arts-Sociology/General Sociology Track

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: M.ATH 21'? recommended

.Social Science: SOC 151

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, no courses with SOC prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )

Major:

Required Courses:

SOC 151 Principles of Sociology

SOC 320 Sociological Theory

SOC 380 Social Research Methods

One of the following courses:

SOC 361 Social Stratification

SOC 362 Racial and Ethnic Minorities

SOC 363 Sociology of Gender

At least one different course fi'om four of the following

substantive areas:

Social Inequality and Social Change:

SOC 303, 337. 361. 362, 363, 448. 458
Deviance and Social Problems:

SOC 23 1 . 333. 335. 427. 428. 452
Indiiidual and Society: SOC 251. 345, 357
Social Organization and Institutions: SOC 286, 336,

339, 340, 341 . 342. 348, 352, 421, 458
Comparalise Sociology: SOC 233, 271, 272, 273,

286,303,314,337,342
Free Sociology Electives: (3)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

0-6

*cr(2)
3cr
3cr
3cr

12cr

9cr

31-37

120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) Credits counted in Liberal Studies, not in the major.

(3) Internships in Sociology (SOC 493) will not count as part of the
required Free Sociology electives and must count as credits beyond the
30cr required for the major (out of Free Electives). The student must
write a one-page justification explaining the selection of his her 9cr of
Free Sociology electives as it relates to the internship experience.

Bachelor of .Arts-Sociology /Human Services Track

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the follow ing specifications:

.Mathematics: M.ATH 217 recommended

Social Science: SOC 151 required, ANTH 1 10 and

PS^C 101 recommended

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, no courses w ith SOC prefix

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (I )

a«

Paeeli:

INDIANA CNrVERSrn" OF PEN>.S'\X\'.ANLA L"SX)ERGR.ADLATE CATALOG, 2003-04

^lajor:

Required Courses:

SOC 151
SOC301
SOC 302
SOC 303
SOC 320
SOC 380
SOC 493

Pnnciples of Sociology
Foundations of Sociological Practice
Clinical Sociological Practice
Social and Cultural Change
Sociological Theor\
Social Research Methods
Internship in Sociology (3)
Controlled Electives: One substanti\e area (4)
Medical Sociology: ANTH 444 or SOC 342. and four courses
from the following: ANTH 222. 444. BIOL 151 or 155,
ECON 335. FONT 212. PSYC 321. 378. RGPL 350,
SOC 231. SOC 336. 342. 357. 448, 457
Gerontology PSYC 378 or SOC 357. and four courses
from the following: ANTH 444. ECON 335.
PSYC 312. 378. RGPL 350. SOC 231. 251. 336.
SOC342. 352. 357.448. 457
Jmenile Delinquency: SOC 333. and four courses from
the following: CRIM 102. 270. 361. 370. 451.
GEOG432. HIST 3''4. SOC 231. 333. 335. 336.
SOC 345. 361. 362. 428. 448. 457
Interpersonal and Family Sociolog}': SOC 336 or 345.
and four courses from the following: CDFR 2 1 8,
CDFR 224. PSYC 3 1 1 . 32 1 . 330. SOC 251.335,
SOC 336. 345. 361. 363. 427. 428. 448. 452. 457
Labor and Industry: SOC 340 or 348. and foitf courses
from the following: ECON 330. 350, 371. 372. 373,
HIST 373, ILR 426, 480, PSYC 390,
SOC 231, 340, 348, 361. 448. 457. 458
Community De\elopmem: SOC 23 1 and PLSC 354. and
three courses from the following: ANTH 271, 272,
ANTH 314, ECON 336, 383, FONT 402,
GEOG33I, 332. PLSC 251. RGPL 350,
SOC 333. 336. 341. 363. 448, 457

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

*cr(2)

3cr

I2cr

I5cr(5)

19-25

120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) Credits counted in Liberal Studies, not in the major.

(3) SOC 301 and 302 must be taken before SOC 493. Generally, SOC 493
is taken in the summer before the senior year.

(4) Students ma\ create their own substantive area with the approval of the
department chairperson.

(5) .At least three courses in any substantive area must be SOC courses.

SOC 457 Computer Use in Sociology

SOC 458 Political Sociology

SOC 493 Internship in Sociology (3)

Controlled Electives: One substantive area (4)

Medical Sociology: ANTH 4-M or SOC 342. and four courses

from the following: ANTH 222. 444. BIOL 151 or

155. ECON 335. FONT 212. PSYC 321. 378,

RGPL 350. SOC 231. 335, 336, 342, 448, 452
Gerontology: PS'l'C 378 or SOC 357, and four courses

from the following: ANTH 444. ECON 335. 360,

PSYC 312. 378. RGPL 350. SOC 231. 251. 336,

SOC 342, 352, 357, 448
Juvenile Delinquency: SOC 333. and four courses from

the following: CRIM 102. 270. 361. 370. 451.

GEOG 432. HIST 374. SOC 23 1 . 333. 335. 336.

SOC345. 361.362. 428
Interpersonal and Family Sociology: SOC 336 or 345.

and four courses from the following: CDFR 218. 224,

PSYC 3 1 1 , 32 1 , 330, SOC 25 1 , 33"5, 336,

SOC 345, 361, 363. 427. 428. 448. 452
Labor and Industry: SOC 340 or 348. and four courses

from die following: ECON 330. 350. 371, 372, 373,

HIST 373, ILR 426, 480, PSYC 390,

SOC 231. 303. 340. 348. 361. 448. 458
Community Development: SOC 23 1 and PLSC 354.

and three courses from the following: ANTH 271,

ANTH 272, 314, ECON 336, 383, FONT 402,

GEOG 331. 332. PLSC 251. RGPL 350.

SOC333. 336. 341.363.448

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr

12cr
15cr(5)

19-25

120

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies elective.

(2) Credits counted in Liberal Studies, not in the major.

(3) SOC 380. 456. and 457 must be taken before taking SOC 493.
Generally. SOC 493 is taken in the summer before the senior year.

(4) Students may create their own substanti\e area w ith the approsal of the
department chairperson.

(5) At least three courses in any substantive area must be SOC courses.

Bachelor of Science in Education-Social Science Education/
Sociologv Concentration (*)

Bachelor of .A.rts-Sociology/.\pplied Social Research Track

Liberal Studies: .\s outlined in Liberal Studies section 53

w ith the following specifications:

Mathematics: W.MW 217

Social Science: SOC 151 required. .^NTH 110 recommended

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. COSC 101. no courses

with SOC prefix

College: 0-6

Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 )

.Major: 42

Required Courses:

SOC 151 Principles of Sociology *cr(2)

SOC 320 Sociological Theory 3cr

SOC 380 Social Research Methods 3cr

SOC 456 Field Research Methods 3cr

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section
with the follow ing specifications:
Humanities: History is fulfilled by courses in the major
Mathematics: M.ATH 217 (recommended)
Natural Science: BIOL 103-104 (recommended)
Social Science: ECON 121. PSYC 101. SOC 151
Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. PSYC 3 10 or 330.
no courses w ith SOC prefix

College:

3 additional cr of MATH 1 00 level or abo\e

(in addition to Liberal Studies Mathematics) (1)

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COM VI 103 Digital Instructional Technology

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology

Professional Education Sequence:

EDEX 301 Education of Students w ith Disabilities

in lnclusi\e Secondary Settings
EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures

3cr

3cr
3cr

2cr

3cr

IN'DLiiNA UNIVERSITY OF PENTMSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paee 113

EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I 1 cr

EDLC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II I cr

EDLC441 Student Teaching 12cr

EDLC 442 School La« Icr
EDLC 455 Teachingof Social Studies in

Secondars Schools 3cr

SOC 458 Political Sociology

CoDtroUed Electives:

Any research course in College of Humanities and
Social Sciences, as appro\ed by department chair
Optional internship. ANTH 493 or SOC 493

3cr

3cr
6cr

Major: i2 i

Required Sociolog} Courses:

SOC 23! Contemporarv Social Problems

SOC 320 Sociological Theoo

SOC 336 SociologN of the Family

SOC 3 SO Social Research Methods

Controlled Electhes:

One course flxxn the follow ing on Social Equity:

SOC 361. 362. 363
Select t» o additional courses: one each from any mv
of the follow ing three categories:
Deviance and Social Problems:

SOC 269. 333. 335. 357. 427. 428. 452
Indriidual in Society: SOC 251. 345
Social Organizations and Institutions:

SOC 286. 303. 337. 340. 341. 342. 348. 352,

361.3f':. 363. 4:i.-U^. 45S
Histor> Distributional Requirements:
HIST 202 W estem Civilization since 1600
HIST 204 Lniied States History to 1877
HIST 205 United Stales H istoiy since 1877

Social Science Distribution Requirements:
ANTH 2 1 1 Cultural .Anthropology
GEOG 230 Cultural Geography

PLSC 280 Comparative Government 1: \\ estera Pobtical
PLSC 285 Systems or Comparative Government 11:
Non-Western Systems

Free Electiv e:

Total Degree Requirements:

(*)

3cr
3cr
3ct
3cr

3cr

6cr

3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr
3cr

3cr

120

See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the CoU^e of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

( 1 ) Students are required to take an additional 3cr of M.ATH beyond the
Liberal Studies requirements for a total of 6cr. all of which must be 100
lev el or abov e.

(2) Courses counted tow ard Liberal Studies credits do not receive dupUcate
credits in the major.

Minor-Sociology

Required course:

SOC 1 5 1 Principles of Sociology

Controlled Electives:

One course from list SOC 23 1 . 320. 380

Three additional courses in Sociology

3cr

3cr
9cr

Minor-Applied Social Research

Required Courses:

SOC 380 Social Research Methods
SOC 456 Field Research Methods

SOC 457 Computer Use in Sociology

15-21

3cr
3cr
3cr

Department of Spanish .:|B

N\ebsite: H-ytH-.iup.edu 'Spanish

R. Roger Smith. Chairperson: Barton. Broad. Carranza. Delbrugge.
Drescher. Foltz, Glisan. Hernandez, .lurewicz. McDaniel. Rodriguez.
Ryan-Sams. Thornton, ^ oung; and professor emeritus Mendizabal

The Department of Spanish offers a varied curriculum designed to provide
not onlv' basic language instruction in Spanish, but also the more advanced
competencies needed by language speciaUsts and students hoping to take
adv antage of an international studv experience. For the undergraduate
Spanish major, the department has three degree programs: the B.S. in
Education, the B..\. degree in Spanish, and the B..A. degree in Spanish for
International Trade. The latter degree program provides solid undergraduate
degree training preparatorv to an M.B..'^. in International Management

Students majoring in Spanish will acquire proficiency in all phases of the
language and enter more deeply into the history, culture, and literature of
Spanish-speaking coiuitries. Spanish majors generally find employment in
gov emment w ork. librarianship. journalism, foreign trade, airlines, tourism,
business, criminology, and teaching. Students choosing careers as secondary
school teachers w ill find the close supervision and advanced methodology
offered by the department a distinct asset.

College Language Requirements

Students in the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics and College of
Humanities and Social Sciences, who must pass an intermediate-level
language course requirement for graduation, may choose anv one of the four
languages offered bv the Foreign Language departments: French. German.
Italian, and Spanish. Those choosing the Spanish option w ill fulfill the
requirement by successfully completing SP.AN 201 or 21 1 *. The student
with no previous foreign language study will take SP.AN 101-102 or 1 1 1* as
a prerequisite; the credits w ill not be applicable to any college or department
requirements (except for students in Hospitality Management who may
fiilfill their 3-9-credit language requirement » ith SPAN 1 1 1 * or 2 1 1 * or
1 3 1 - 1 32 or w ith tw o 4-credit courses ) but may be counted as general
electives in the total required for graduation. Students in the other colleges
mav choose to take one of the languages offered (at the intermediate level) in
fulfilling the requirements of Liberal Studies electives.

*Course is currently inactive.

Students with previous Spanish study in high school w ill be placed into the
appropriate course levels by means of a written departmental exam,
administered prior to the beginning of the semester. Students w ho have taken
an OPI (.ACTFL Oral Proficiency Interview i in addition to the departmental
placement exam, and placed at the intermediate-mid level, mav receive 4
credits for either SP.AN 102 or 201 depending on their placement on the
written exam. In addition, as deemed necessary, especiallv in the case of
native or heritage speakers, students' w riting and speaking proficiency w ill
be assessed by one or more faculty members in the Department of Spanish.
Each student's individual requirements and the judgment of the classroom
instructors will also be considered in placement. Native or heritage speakers
are not eUgible for credit on the basis of an OPI. No student w ill be allowed
to register for or lake a DF repeat in SP.AN 101. 102. or 201 when credit
has already been receiv ed for a higher numbered course.

Spanish for Elementary Education

A student in Elementarv Education may elect a concentration of 19 credits of

Spanish, consisting of the following:

SPAN 201 or equivalent 4cr

SPAN 221 Intermediate Spanish Conv ersation 3cr

SPAN 230 Intermediate Spanish Composition 3cr

Paeell4

INDIANA UNrVERSrrV OF PENTviSYLVANU UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

SPAN 260 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3cr

SPAN 321 Advanced Spanish Conversation 3cr

SPAN 404 Ad\anced Spanish Grammar 3cr

Elementary- Education students wishing to prepare to teach in elementary
programs where content teaching in Spanish is the objective should enroll in
the Foreign Languages and International Studies for Elementary Teaching
(FLISET) program described under the Department of Professional Studies
in Education.

Study Abroad and Internships

Study Abroad: The university has established study-abroad centers in
Spain. Mexico, and Costa Rica. The program in Valladohd. Spain, is a
second-semester-only program. \\ hereas the ones in Mexico and Costa Rica
are summer programs. All majors are required to participate in study abroad;
nonmajors are also accepted into these programs. The 1 8 credits in Spain. 7
credits in Mexico, or 4 credits in Costa Rica are applicable, all or in part, to a
major or a minor in Spanish. Students interested in more information should
contact the Department of Spanish.

Internships: Internships in Spain, Mexico, and Costa Rica are available
through the department. All internships take place during the summer and
vary from six weeks to two months in duration. Internship is a credit-bearing
course, SPAN 493, and all interns are enrolled in the first session of summer
school. Noncredit internships cannot be considered. Students enrolled in the
Spanish for International Trade program are strongK urged to do an
internship in order to gain credibility in the field of international business.
Internships are available in banking, goxemment. social work, communica-
tions, education, marketing, and many other fields. .Arranging an internship
abroad takes considerable long-range planning, and anyone interested should
contact the Department of Spanish at least three months in advance.

Bachelor of Arts-Spanish

Liberal Studies: As outlined in the Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. no courses with SPAN prefix

College:

Foreign Language (included in major)

Major:

Study Abroad (11
Required Courses:

SPAN 201 or equivalent

SPAN 22 1

SPAN 230

SPAN 260

SPAN 321

SPAN 340

0
37

SPAN 342/

4c r
Intermediate Spanish Conversation 3cr
Intermediate Spanish Composition 3cr
Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3cr
Advanced Spanish Conversation 3cr
Hispanic Civilization Through the
Nineteenth Century 3cr
Twentieth-CentuPi' Spanish Civilization
SPAN 344 and Culture Twentieth-Century Spanish-
American Civilization and Culture 3cr
SPAN 362/ Sur\ ey of Peninsular Literature/

SPAN 364 Survey of Spanish American Literature 3cr

SPAN 404 Advanced Spanish Grammar 3cr
Controlled Electives:

At least two literature courses from those numbered 410-481 6cr

Any other 3cr in SPAN courses 342 or above 3cr
except SPAN 390

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

120

(I) Students in the B.A.-Spanish major must successfully complete a
program of language study in a Spanish-speaking countrv'. This
program must, as a minimum, last four w eeks and cany 3 or more cr
extending beyond the intermediate level. Students may fulfill this
requirement by participating in any of lUP's study abroad programs in
Spain. Mexico, or Costa Rica, or by transferring credits from another
accredited program. Students w ishing to fulfill this requirement
through a non-IUP program should obtain prior approval from the
department. Based on demonstration of adequate oral proficiency and
significant cross-cultural experience, students may be exempted from
this requirement with the approval of the advisor.

Bachelor of Arts-Spanish for International Trade

Liberal Studies: .'\s outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 1 1 .S

Social Science: ECON 121. PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. BTED/COSC/IFMG 101,

MATH 214, no course with SPAN prefi.x

College:

Foreign Language (included in major)

Major:

Study Abroad (1)
Required Courses:

SPAN 222 Intermediate Span Conversation-Business
SPAN 230 Intermediate Spanish Composition
SPAN 260 Introduction to Hispanic Literature
SPAN 32 1 Advanced Spanish Conversation
SPAN 340 Hispanic Civilization Through the

Nineteenth Centur>'
SPAN 344 Twentielh-Centur>' Spanish-American

Civilization and Culture
SPAN 354 Commercial Spanish
SPAN 402 Translation and Interpretation
SPAN 404 Advanced Spanish Grammar
Controlled Electives: .'\ny 3 Spanish credits in courses
362 or above except SPAN 390

Other Requirements: Business Sequence

ACCT 201 .Accounting Principles 1

■ACCT 202 .Accounting Principles II

BLAW 235 Legal Environment of Business

BTST 32 1 Business and Interpersonal Communications

ECON 122 Principles of Microeconomics

FIN 3 1 0 Fundamentals of Finance

IFMG 300 Information Systems: Theor>' and Practice

MGMT 31 1 Human Behavior in Organizations

MGMT 330 Production and Operations Management

MGMT 495 Business Policy

MKTG 320 Principles of Marketing

QBUS 2 1 5 Business Statistics

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

120

( 1 ) Smdents in the B. A. -Spanish for International Trade major must suc-
cessfully complete a program of language smdy in a Spanish-speaking
country. This program must, as a minimum, last four weeks and earn,' 3
or more cr extending beyond the intermediate level. Students may fulfill
this requirement b\ participating in any of IUP"s study abroad
programs in Spain. Mexico, or Costa Rica or by transferring credits
from another accredited program. Students w ishing to fulfill this
requirement through a non-IUP program should obtain prior approval

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paee 1 1 5

from the department. Based on demonstration of adequate oral
proficiency and significant cross-cultural experience, students may be
exempted from this requirement with the approval of the advisor.

B.S.Ed.-Secondan Spanish Education

The following additional requirements for Spanish Education in the
Admission to Teacher Education and Certification Process are required.
Please see the remainder of the requirements for all B.S. Education majors in
the Admission to Teacher Education and Certification Process in the College
of Education and Educational Technology section of this catalog.

Mid- Program Review: Progress is reviewed in the semester in which
students complete EDUC 242 with a grade of C or better and have at least
60 credits. At that point, students must meet the follow ing departmental
requirements.

1 . Successfully complete an English essay. Students read a recent article
dealing with innovations in teaching and are asked to respond to certain
questions in light of their coursework and teaching experiences at lUP.

2. Attain an intcmiediate-mid or higher level on an individual Oral
Proficiency Interview in Spanish (ACTFL-ETS).

3. Satisfactorily complete an interview in English with the Spanish
Education Coordinator, a second faculty member from the Department
of Spanish, and one cooperating teacher, in order to assess ability to
interact with others on a professional level.

4. Hold at least a 3.0 GPA in Spanish.

Admission to Student Teaching:

1 . Attain an advanced-low rating or higher on an individual Oral
Proficiency Interview in Spanish (ACTFL-ETS).

2. Hold at least a 3.0 GPA in Spanish.

3. Earn a grade of C or higher in SPAN 353 and SPAN 404.

SPAN 342/ Twentieth-Century Spanish Civilization

SPAN 344 and Culture/Twentieth-Century Spanish-
American Civilization and Culture
SPAN 353 Spanish Phonetics and Phonemics
SPAN 390 Teaching of Elementary Content
Through the Spanish Language
SPAN 404 Advanced Spanish Grammar
Controlled Electives:
Any other 3cr from SPAN 300 or above
SPAN 362, 364, or a 400-level literature course

Free Electives:

3cr
3cr

Total Degree Requirements:

120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education," in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

( 1 ) Students who do not wish to select a MATH course under the Liberal
Studies Electives must still take a second MATH course in order to
fulfill the state requirements.

(2) Students in the B.S.Ed.-Secondary Spanish major must successfully
complete a program of language study in a Spanish-speaking country.
This program must, as a minimum, last four weeks and carry 3 or more
cr extending beyond the intermediate level. Students may fulfill this
requirement by participating in any of lUP's study abroad programs in
Spain. Mexico, or Costa Rica or by transferring credits from another
accredited program. Students wishing to fulfill this requirement
through a non-lUP program should obtain prior approval from the
department. Based on demonstration of adequate oral proficiency and
significant cross-cultural experience, students may be exempted from
this requirement with the approval of the advisor.

Bachelor of Science in Education-Secondary Spanish Education (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: 3cr

Social Science: ANTH I 10, PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, MATH course ( I ). no

courses with SPAN prefix

College:

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology
EDSP 102 Educational Psychology
Professional Education Sequence:
EDEX 301 Education of Students with Disabilities

in Inclusive Secondary Settings
EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures
EDUC 242 Pre-Studenl Teaching Clinical Experience 1
EDUC 342 Prc-Student Teaching Clinical Experience II
EDUC 44 1 Student Teaching
EDUC 442 School Law
EDUC 453 Teaching of Foreign Languages in the

Secondary School

Major:

Study Abroad (2)
Required Courses:

SPAN 201 Intermediate Spanish or equivalent
SPAN 221 Intermediate Spanish Conversation
SPAN 230 Intermediate Spanish Composition
SPAN 260 Introduction to Hispanic Literature
SPAN 321 Advanced Spanish Conversation
SPAN 340 Hispanic Civilization Through the
Nineteenth Century

3cr
3cr

2cr

3cr
Icr

Icr

12cr

Icr

3cr

4cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

Minor-Spanish

Required Courses:

SPAN 201 or equivalent
SPAN 221 Intermediate Spanish Conversation
SPAN 230 Intemiediate Spanish Composition
SPAN 260 Introduction to Hispanic Literature
SPAN 32 1 Advanced Spanish Conversation
SPAN 342/ Twentieth-Century Spanish Civilization
SPAN 344 and Culture/Twentieth-Century Spanish-
American Civilization and Culture
Controlled Electives:
One course from the following:
SPAN 340. 342, 344, 362, 364, 353

4cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

Page 116

INDIANA UNPVF.RSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

The College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

John S. Eck. Dean

Aleksandra B. Kaniast>, Assistant Dean
Jacqueline L. Gorman. Dean's Associate

Website: \\-w^\.iup.edii natsciandmath

One of the characteristics of the twenty-first centur>' is the marlced change in
the relation of citizens to their environment Space probes, orbiting satelUtes.
and productive research on the structure and synthesis of living maaer have
brought to the forefront for reexamination such time-honored queries as.
"What is the nature of the uni\erseT" or "Can people control their natural
environment?" or "How did life begin?" Scientifically found answ ers to
these and other questions, coupled w ith proper application of this knowledge
for humankind's betterment, must be a significant part of the goal of
educated people evervivhere.

The objectives of the college are to acquaint the student with the kinds of
problems » hich lend themselves to possible solutions through the use of
science; to introduce different scientific techniques through significant
illustrative experiences: to give a sense of perspective in the development of
science; and to develop an understanding of the basic community of all
scientific disciplines.

Degrees Offered

.Applied Mathematics

.Applied Physics

Biochemistry

Biology

Biologv Education

Chemistry

Chemistry Education

Computer Science (Tracks available: AppHed, Information Assurance,

Languages and Systems)

Earth and Space Science Education

Economics Mathematics

Electro-Optics (.Associate in Applied Science and Associate in Science)

Environmental Health Science

General Science Education

Geology (Tracks available: Geology. Envirotunental)

Mathematics

.Mathematics Education

Natural Science

Physics

Physics Education

Psychology

Degrees

The departments of Biology. Chemistrv. Computer Science, and Phy'sics
offer w ork leading to either a Bachelor of Science or a Bachelor of Arts
degree, depending upon the specific course program pursued. The Bachelor
of Science degree is awarded for successfiil work in the departments of
Geoscience, Mathematics, and Natural Science. The Bachelor of Arts degree
is awarded by the Department of Psychology. An Associate of .Applied
Science and an Associate in Science are awarded in Electro-Optics.

Several departments in the college sponsor Master of Arts or Master of
Science degrees. The Department of Psychology offers the Doctor of
Clinical Psychology degree. Information on these programs can be obtained
from the School of Graduate Studies and Research.

the department through which they wish to specialize. Statements of these
requirements and those for minoring in a specific field appear in the
department sections that follow . .A double major or minor may encompass a
discipline outside as well as w ithin the college but should be selected only
with advisor approval. As a general principle, there is considerable latitude
in course choice for Natural Sciences and Mathematics majors; for
specifically required courses, substitution in any program must have the
written approval of the student's department chairperson or the college dean.

The Foreign Language Requirement

Unless otherw ise indicated, each department adheres to the following foreign
language requirement:

A candidate for a Bachelor of .Arts or Bachelor of Science degree must
demonstrate a proficiency in a foreign language equivalent to that attained
upon completion of two years of college instruction in that language. This
requirement may be met by one of the following:

a. successful completion of the mtermediate level in a specific language

b. successfiil completion of an exemption or credit examination

.Any foreign student registered as such at lUP. whose acquired native
language is other than Enghsh and w ho demonstrates an acceptable
proficiency in English, is exempt from the foreign language requirement for
a Natural Sciences and Mathematics degree if the department he she is
majoring in does not require a specific language not thus covered.

Preprofessional Programs

The college offers programs for the preparation of students for acceptance by
a professional school: pre-medical ( including osteopathic medicine ) and pre-
veterinarv- medicine. In addition, the college offers a major in the Natural
Sciences for those students w hose goal is dentistry, pharmacy or
pharmacology. optometr>, podiatry, chiropractic medicine, or physical
therapy. All programs are so designed that, should w ork at a professional
school not ensue, the student may earn an ILP baccalaureate degree,
provided he/she has been faithful to faculty advisemenL

The preprofessional health programs in the college presuppose that the
student has an excellent background in the high school sciences and
mathematics and w ill prove to be an excellent college student Smdents
should identify their proposed field of study upon admission to lUP.

Internship Programs

Several departments in the College of Natural Sciences and .Mathematics
have estabhshed extensive internship programs under which students engage
in an off-campus supervised work experience for credit.

For more information about specific internship programs, students should
consult w ith the chairperson of the department in which the student is
majoring. Students eligible for internships may receive federal or state
fundins.

Cooperative Programs

Degree Requirements

In addition to the university's Liberal Studies requirements, all students
seeking a baccalaureate degree in the College of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics must complete the requirements for a major as established by

lUP has been fortunate to enter into cooperative agreements with a number
of outstanding institutions to provide significant career opportunities to our
students. These formal agreements provide for accelerated graduate or
professional degree programs or carefully platmed and coordinated
imdergraduate programming w ith the cooperating institution. Programs are
intended to assure acceptance of properly qualified students by the
cooperating professional schools. .Additional information concerning the
specific programs can be found under the appropriate academic department
in this catalog.

INDIANA LAlVERSir*- OF PEN-NSYLV.ANLA CNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2(D03-<M

Paae II'

Chiropractic (See Natural Science): The New York Chiropractic
College and Logan Chiropractic College programs are designed to
accelerate the professional training of IL P students in the field ot
chiropractic medicine.

Dentistr> (see Natural Science). The Temple University School of
Dentistr> program is designed to accelerate the professional training of
ILP students in the field of dentistr\.

Engineering-Dreiel L'niversin (See Department of Phy-sics); The
program with Dre.xel University combines the opportunity for two years
of study at lUP with the remaining three vears of study as part of the
Drexel plan of cooperative education. Students completing this program
» ill receive a bachelor's degree in engineenng from Drexel University.
Engineering-Lniversity of Pittsburgh (See Natural Science)
Family Medicine (See Department of Biology): The program with
Jetferson Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University increases the
opportunities for lUP students to be admitted to Jefferson Medical
College in the Familv Medicine Program.

Forestry and Environmental Studies (See Department of Biology):
The program with Duke University is designed to coordinate the
education of students from lUP with the graduate programs in forestry
and environmental management otTered at Duke University in Durham.
North Carolina.

Lake Erie College of Osteopathic .Medicine (See Department of
Biology I. Lake Ene College of Osteopathic .Medicine and lUP have a
cooperative ■■3-4"' program. Students w ill be awarded a Bachelor of
Science degree in Biology from lUP upon successful completion of the
first-vear curriculum at Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine and
of the undergraduate requirements at lUP.

Marine Science Consortium: College majors may be interested in the
programs available through the Marine Science Consortium. The Marine
Science Consortium was established in 1968 for the purpose of
promoting teaching and research in the marine sciences. Although no
separate major in the Marine Sciences exists, elective courses may be
taken and credited toward undergraduate curricula in Biology. Geology.
Geographv. and Earth Science. The Marine Science Consortium offers
five three-w eek sessions during the summer at the N.AS.A -Wallops
Island Station. Virginia. Normally, several research cruises are offered
each summer. Students must register for credit and pay credit fees to a
participating institution. Room and board fees are paid to the
consortium. .Applications for all summer sessions must be submitted to
the institutional director by .April 1 . Students must be accepted by the
consortium before registering at a participating institution. See section
on Marine Science Consortium for a listing of courses. .Although lUP is
not currently a member institution, students may register for courses
offered at the consortium through any participating institution. (For a
complete listing, see wM-ii.msconsortium.orgfyelcome.htm.)
Optometry (See Natural Science): The Pennsylvania College of
Optometry program accelerates the professional training of lUP students
in the field of optometry.

Pharmacy (see Natural Science). The Shenandoah University School of
Pharmacv or Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine School of
Pharmacv programs are designed to accelerate the professional training
of lUP students in the field of pharmacy.
Physical Therapy (see Natural Science). The Gannon University
School of Phvsical Therapy program is designed to enhance the
professional training of lUP students in the field of physical therapy.
Podiatry (See Natural Science): The Temple University School of
Podiatric Medicine program accelerates the professional training of lUP
students in the field of podiatry.

Primary Care Partnership: The program with The Pennsylvania State
University College of Medicine enables the college to identify- students
w ith primary care potential and prov ide these students w ith the
opportunity to interact w ith primarv care faculty at the Pennsylvania
State University College of Medicine. Contact Dr. .Allan .Andrew for
specific information.

Piimary Care Scholars Program: The Philadelphia College of
Osteopathic Medicine (PCOM) has established the Primary Care
Scholars Program with six Peruisylvania State System of Higher
Education universities. The program will enable students who have

demonstrated both academic excellence and a commitment to the
practice of primary care in PennsyKania to gain early admission to
PCOM Contact Dr. .Allan .Andrew for specific information.

Department of Biology- >:«•«».#< m,

Website: h-m-k. iup.edu/biology

Carl S. Luciano. Chairperson: .Andrew, .\vebo. Bharathan.
Brenneman. Browc. Butler. Ciskowski. Dietrich. Gendron. Hinrichsen,
Hulse. Humphrevs. .lack. Kesner. Linzev. Lord. Newell. Peard.
Peterson. Pickering. Pistole. Simmons. \\ instead: and professors
emeriti GallatL Liegey, Moore, Schrock

Degrees offered by the Department of Biology are the Bachelor of Science
degree in Biology, the Bachelor of .Arts degree in Biology, the Bachetor of
Science degree in Environmental Health Science, and the Bachelor of
Science in Education with a Biology certification. The first three degree
programs are under the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, and
the fourth is under the College of Education and Educational Technokigy.
The department also offers a Biology minor.

The program leading to a B.S. degree in Biology is designed to provide
maximum depth in the sciences and mathematics with less opportunity for
free electives. Students w ho plan to attend graduate school or professional
schools, such as those in human or veterinary medicine, most often choose
this program of studies.

Further, the B.S. degree in Biology automatically qualifies a student for a
minor in chemistry and thus represents more than adequate preparation for
employment opportimities that require expertise in both biology and
chemistry.

The B..A. degree in Biology program is designed to allow greater opportunity
for free electives. This fi^edom could be used to pursue interests in areas
outside of biology, allowing for a more broadly based Liberal .Arts education.
Alternatively, the B..A. degree student would have the flexibility to pursue in
depth (to minor in or perhaps even to double major in) another discipline. -A
Biology major combined w ith other sciences such as Biochemistry. Chemis-
try. Computer Science. Physics. Geoscience. .Mathematics, or Psychology, or
disciplines such as .Art, English. Business, or a foreign language can make
attractive packages for the student and for potential future employeis.

B.S.-Environinental Health Science

The Env ironmental Health Science program provides a strong foundation in
the natural sciences and mathematics, on which an understanding of
environmental health issues is bulk. The program focuses on environmental
factors that can adversely impact human health. Such factors include
ambient and indoor air pollutants, food and w ater contaminants, solid and
hazardous wastes, vector-bome and communicable diseases, housing and
shelter hazards, and ecological and global stressors. The curriculum stresses
analytical and problem-solving skills to identify, evaluate, and manage these
environmental factors. Graduates are prepared for employment as
environmental health specialists and practitioners m industry, government
and academia and for entry into graduate school programs in environmental
and public health.

B.S. in Education-Secondary Biology

The Department of Biology, in conjunction w ith the College of Education
and Educational Technology, provides a program leading to the B.S. in
Education with certification to teach biology. The program is committed to
preparing teachers w ho possess a strong foundation in biology, a broad back-
ground in associated sciences, and an extensive preparation in pedagogy.

Foreign Language Requirement

Except for Biology Education end Environmental Health Science majors.
Biology majors must complete intermediate lev el or tw o semesters of foreign
language starting at the highest level recommended by the freshman Pre-
registration Placement Test in that language (may be included in Liberal
Studies electives). This requirement can aLso be met by demonstrating
proficiency in a foreign language equivalent to the intermediate level.

Paae 118

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA L'NDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Cooperative Programs

The Biolos> Department cooperates in programs with Jefferson Medical
College. Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine. Duke University'
School of Forestrv- and Environmental Studies, and Pymatiming Laboratory
of Ecologv .

• Duke Cooperative College Program in Forestrv and Environmental
Studies: The Cooperative College program with Duke Universitv'
School of the Environment {HM-H.env.duke.edii) is designed to
coordinate the undergraduate education of students at lUP w ith graduate
programs in the areas of resources and environment otTered at Duke.
Undergraduate majors in one of the natural sciences, mathematics,
economics, business, or political science are suited to the program.
Preparation for the Duke program should include at least one year each
of biology with work in botany, economics with a significant component
of microeconomics, and mathematics which should include calculus,
computer science, and statistics. AppUcants to the Duke program w ho
have completed courses in ecology, chemistry, geology, phv'sics. and a
foreign language or additional courses in biology, economics, and
mathematics will be given preferential consideration. Students are
accepted in either of tw o degree programs at Duke: the Master of
Forestry or Master of Environmental Management.

Students may be accepted into the Duke graduate program after three
years of high-qualitv undergraduate study at lUP or upon completion of
the baccalaureate. Smdents w ho qualify after three years w ill have
completed most of the undergraduate degree requirements at lUP except
for total hours. Courses at Duke will be applied to the bachelor's degree
at lUP. Dr. Jerry L. Pickering. Department of Biology, is the faculty
advisor at ILP and assists students in program planning.

• Jefferson Medical CoUege-ILT Physician Shortage .\rea Program:

A cooperative Family Medicine Physician Education Program has been
established bv ILP and Jefferson Medical College of Thomas Jefferson
University in Philadelphia for the purpose of improving the distribution
of phv-sicians in Pemisyivania. The program is designed to increase the
oppommities for young women and men to practice family medicine in
the rural cotmnunities of PennsyKania where there is a shortage of
physicians. Smdents interested in this program should enroll as Family
Medicine majors.

The program at Jefferson Medical College will admit approximately four
graduates of lUP and twenty graduates of other colleges each year.
Students from lUP w ill be admitted only if properly qualified according
to the admission standards and pohcies of JelTerson Medical College.
Apphcations are reviewed by the Joint lUT-Jefferson Subcommittee and
recommendations made to the Jefferson Committee on .Admissions.

• .\dmission to Jefferson Medical College: .A strong preparation in the
sciences and mathematics basic to medical school studies is required. .A
variety of college course formats and combinations, including biology,
general and organic chemistry, and physics are a minimum. Courses
taken to meet the basic requirements should be rigorous and. in general,
comparable to courses accepted for concentration in these disciplines.
Courses taken should be supplemented by laboratory experiences.
Students mav take upper-level science courses out of educational interest
or to fulfill the requirements of their major. Taking additional science
courses that cover material taught w ithin the medical school curriculimi
is not helptlil to gaining admission.

Breadth of education is expected. Piusuit of some discipline in depth is
encouraged. .A successful medical smdent must actively acquire,
synthesize, apply, and communicate information. These are skills that
can be developed through a great v ariety of academic disciplines.
Studies in the humanities and the social and behavioral sciences and
development of etTective writing skills are strongly suggested.
.Additional requirements for admission can be found in "information for
Prospective Students," published by Jefferson Medical College.

Students who quality for the Physician Shortage Area Program must
certify their intentions to adhere to the following plan of education and
practice: (a) complete the family medicine curriculum during their four
years of medical education at Jefferson Medical College, including a six-
week clerkship in a rural area; (b) complete a three-year family medicine
residencv; and (c) agree to practice family medicine in an undersened
area. Preference will be given to Pennsylvania residents w ho are
interested in this program, with highest priority given to those who
acmally liv e, at the time of application, in the imderserv ed area in which
they hope to practice. Dr. .Allan .Andrew, pre-medical advisor in the
Biology Department, w ill assist smdents in program platming.

• Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine: Lake Erie College of
Osteopathic Medicine and ILP have a cooperative ""3+4" program.
Students will be awarded a Bachelor of Science degree in Biology from
lUP upon successful completion of the first-year curriculum at Lake
Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine and of the undergraduate
requirements at lUP. In order to be considered for the program, smdents
must be in the top 25 percent of their graduating class, have a minimum
S.AT score of 1 1 50 (recentered). and have additional documented
evidence of scholarly professional potential, leadership, and community
involvement. While at lUP. these smdents must meet the following
requirements:

1 . Cumulative GP.A of 3.2 or better overall

2. Cumulative GP.A of 3.2 or better in prescribed science courses

3. A grade of C or better in all courses

4. Successful completion of Liberal Studies and required courses by
the end of the third year

5. Successftil completion of MCAT (Medical College .Admission
Test) no later than the spring semester of the third year with
desired scores of 7 or better in each subtest and an ov erall score of
24 or better

6. Favorable letter of recortunendation from the Premedical .Advisory-
Committee

7. Completion of AACOMAS application

• Marine Science Consortium: Biology majors interested in marine
biology are encouraged to inv estigate summer courses offered through
the Marine Science Consortiimi at Wallops Island. Virginia. Although
lUP is not ciurently a member institution, smdents may register for
courses offered at the Marine Science Consortium through any
participating institution. (See HMM.msconsortmm.org Welcome.hrm for
a complete listing of these.) These courses count as biology electives.

• Py matuning Laboratory of Ecologv : Biology majors can expand their
selection of course offerings by participating in a cooperative program

w ith the University of Pittsburgh's Field Station at the Pymamning
Laboratory of Ecology located in northwestern Pennsylvania. These
elective courses center on ecological and en\ ironmental topics, i.e..
Behavioral Ecology. .Aquatic Entomology. Ecological Management,
Ecology of Birds, Ecology of Reptiles and .Amphibians. .Aquatic
Ecology. Microbial Ecology. Forest Ecology, and Vertebrate Ecology.
Application and registration for both sunmier sessions must be
completed by .April 1 . Smdents register for credit and pav fees at RIP.
Books, lab fee. and room and board are paid to the Pymatuning
Laboratory of Ecology. The faculty advisor for this cooperative program
assists smdents in program planning, application, and registration.

rUP Department of Biology/University of Zimbabw e
Department of Biological Sciences Exchange Program

The Department of Biologv reciprocal exchange program vv ith the University
of Zimbabwe Department of Biological Sciences encourages both faculty
and student exchanges in the major disciplines of biology. Smdents register
and pay the cost of housing and meals, as well as any other mandatory
semester fees in their home instimtion, and are then covered bv the one-for-
one exchange by the host institution. Coiuse credits are transferable.
Exchange of faculty and professional staff is also based on the principle of
reciprocity. Dr. Amadu Ayebo, coordinator, w ill assist smdents in program
planning.

INDIANA LNIN ERSrn- OF PENNSYLV.ANLA L?<DERGR.ADUATE CAT.ALOG. 2003-04

Paae 119

Mentor Program and Biology Residence Floor

The Department of Biology offers a Peer Mentor Program that allow s
incoming students, new to lUP and new to Biology, to quickly gain an
academic home. New students are assigned an upper-le\ el Peer Mentor to
help guide them through the curriculum, requirements, and programs w ithin
our department and college. A fall off-campus retreat is an important
component of our Mentor Program, and students are expected to attend.

Eikin Hall, just behind Weyandt Hall (the home of the Department of
Biology), has a single residence lloor dedicated to Biology. Biology
Education. Environmental Health Science, and Preprofessional I Pre-Med.
Pre-Vet) students. Students w ith similar professional and academic interests
can share life experiences by being part of this component of our academic
community. Undeclared or Natural Science students w ith interests in Biology
may also apply to be on this floor.

Degree Programs

In the programs of study that follow, no more than 6 credits total from
internships, independent study, and special topics can be counted toward
biology course requirements. Credits beyond six earned from these sources
are counted as general electives. Note; Students changing into the majors of
Biology. Biology Education, or Environmental Health Science are required
to have a 2.5 cumulative GPA or permission of the chairperson.

Bachelor of Arts-Biology

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121

Natural -Science: CHEM 111-112

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr. no courses w ith BIOL prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

BIOL I 1 1 Principles of Biology I

BIOL 1 1 2 Principles of Biology II

BIOL 210 Botany

BIOL 220 General Zoology

BIOL 250 Principles of Microbiology

BIOL 263 Genetics

Controlled Electives:

Biology electives (major courses only)

Other Requirements:

Chemistry Sequence:

CHEM 23 1 Organic Chemistry I

CHEM 35 1 Biochemistry (2)

4cr
4cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

12cr(l)

4cr
4cr

Other Requirements:
Chemistry Sequence:

CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II (2)

CHEM 351 Biochemistry (3)

Physics Sequence:

PHYS 121 Physics I Lab

PHYS 112 Physics II Lecture

PHYS 122 Physics II Lab

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (4)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

Bachelor of Science-Biology

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121

Natural Science: CHEM 111-112

Liberal Studies Electives: 7cr. PHYS 111 and either

MATH 122 or 216. no courses with BIOL prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

BIOL 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I

BIOL 1 12 Principles of Biology II

BIOL 210 Botany

BIOL 220 General Zoology

BIOL 250 Principles of Microbiology

BIOL 263 Genetics

Controlled Electives:

Biology electives (major courses only)

4cr
4cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

18cr(l)

4cr
4cr
4cr

Icr
3cr
Icr

0-6

6-12

120

( 1 ) No more than 6cr total from Independent Study. Special Topics, or
Internship applies to major; excess applied as free electives.

(2) Students may substitute a third math course (MATH 122 or 216) for
CHEM 232.

(3) The two-semester (6cr) sequence of BIOC 301-302 can be substituted
for CHEM 351 to meet the biochemistry requirement.

(4) See Foreign Language requirement. Intermediate-level foreign language
may be included in Liberal Studies electives. Introductory-level foreign
language courses count as free electives.

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (3)
Free Electives:

0-6

25-31

Bachelor of Science in Education-Biology (*)

Total Degree Requirements:

120

( 1 ) No more than 6cr total from Independent Study, Special Topics, or
Internship applies to major; excess applied as free electives.

(2) The two-semester (6cr) sequence of BIOC 301-302 can be substituted
for CHEM 351 to meet the biochemistry requirement.

(3) See Foreign Language requirement. Intermediate-level foreign language
may be included in Liberal Studies electives. Introductory-level foreign
language courses count as free electives.

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications;

Mathematics: MATH 1 10 or 121

Natural .Science: CHEM 111-112

-Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. MATH 217. PHYS 151. one

course with GEOS prefix from the Liberal Studies Natural Science

(Option II) Nonlaboratory List; no courses with BIOL prefix

College of Education:
Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology
EDSP 102 Educational Psychology

3cr
3cr

Page 120

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Professional Education Sequence:

EDEX 301 Education of Students with Disabilities in

Inclusive Secondarv Senings
EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures
EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I
EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II
EDUC 44 1 Student Teaching ( 1 )
EDUC 442 School Law
EDUC 45 1 Teaching Science in the Secondary Schools

Major: ( I )
Required Courses:

BIOL 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I

BIOL 1 1 2 Principles of Biology II

BIOL 210 Botany

BIOL 220 General Zoology

BIOL 250 Principles of Microbiology

BIOL 263 Genetics

BIOL 480 Biolog>' Seminar

Controlled Electives: (2)

BioIogN' electives: (major courses only)

Other Requirements:
Cheraistrv Sequence:
CHEM 231 Organic Chemistn I
CHEM35I Biochemistrv (3)

(#) Total Degree Requirements:

2cr

CHEM 231

PHYS 1 1 1

3cr

PHYS 121

Icr

PLSC 250

Icr

PLSC 370

12cr

MGMT3

Icr

SAFE 101

3cr

SAFE 210

4c r
4cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
Icr

8cr

4cr
4cr

120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational
Technologv section of this catalog.

(1) Ehgibility for student teaching and certification in secondary biology
education » ill require a grade of C or better in all biologv- courses and a
cumulative combined GPA of 2.75 or better in biolog>' and education
courses.

(2) No more than 6cr from Independent Study (BIOL 482), Special Topics
(BIOL 481 ), or Internship (BIOL 493) applies to major: excess applied
as free electives.

(3) The two-semester (6cr) sequence of BIOC 301-302 can be substituted
for CHEM 35 1 to meet the biochemistry requirement.

(#) See advisor> paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.

Bachelor of Science-Environmental Health Science

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: .MATH 121

Natural Science: CHEM 1 1 1-1 12

Social Science: ECON 101, PSYC 101 or SOC 151

Liberal Studies Electives: 7cr, BTED COSC TFMG 101.

MATH 216. no courses with ENVH prefix

-Major:

Required Courses:

BIOL 1 1 1

Pnnciples of Biology I

4cr

BIOL 112

Principles of Biology' II

4cr

BIOL 241

General Microbiology

3cr

BIOL 480

Biolog> Seminar

Icr

BIOL 493

Biolog> Internship ( 1 )

5cr

ENVH 221

Environmental Health and Protection I

3cr

ENVH 222

Environmental Health and Protection II

3cr

ENVH 323

Introduction to Toxicology and Risk

Assessment

3cr

ENVH 460

Fundamentals of Environmental Epidemiology

3cr

Other Requirements: 38

Required Courses:

Organic Chemistry I 4cr

Physics I Lecture 3cr

Physics I Lab Icr

Public Policy 3cr

Introduction to Public Administration or
MGMT 3 1 0 Principles of Management 3cr

Introduction to Occupational Safety and Health 3cr
Environmental Safety and Health Regulations 3cr

Controlled Electives: Six courses from the following: 18cr

BIOL 220. CHEM 323. ENVH 281, 310. 481. 482,

GEOS 121, 122. 331, PHYS 112, 122,

RGPL 213, 316, 350, SAFE 301, 402, 461, 462

Total Degree Requirements: 120

( 1 ) Eligibility for a summer internship requires a minimum GPA of 2.5 and
a grade of C or better in all BIOL and ENVH courses.

Minor-Biology 20

Required Courses:

BIOL 1 03- 1 04 General Biology 1 and II or

BIOL 1 11 - 1 1 2 Principles of Biology 1 and II 8cr

Additional BIOL courses (1,2) 1 2cr

Other Requirements:

Snident must have at least a 2.0 GPA in all BIOL

courses for the minor.
Student must take at least 6cr of biology courses at lUP.
Must have permission of biology department chairperson

( 1 ) With approval of department chairperson.

(2) At least 8 of the 1 2 required additional BIOL cr must come from 200
level or higher courses.

Biochemistrj' Program

\\ ebsite : b'M'K'. iup. edu/biochemistry

Jonathan N. Southard and N. Bharathan, Co-Coordinators; Butler,
Dietrich. Hinrichsen, Luciano. Sowa. Biology and Chemistry faculties;
and professor emeritus Harding

The B.S. in Biochemistry is a four-year degree curriculum offered as a
cooperative program by the Biology and Chemistry departments. This
Biochemistry Program also offers a minor in Biochemistry.

The curriculum leading to a B.S. in Biochemistry begins with foundation
courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, and physics in the first two
years. Specialization in biochemistry commences in the third year with
courses in biochemistry, genetics, physical chemistry. Special Topics in
Biochemistry, and Biochemistry Seminar.

A unique feature of this undergraduate program is that Biochemistry
research is a requirement. After consultation with faculty, the students will
define a problem and devise an experimental plan through library research.
Laboratory research will be done under the direct supervision of a faculty
member. Finally, the student » ill report on the results of the research in both
written and oral forms.

The B.S. degree in Biochemistry program is intended for those students
whose interests lie in a most exciting field of modem science. Graduates of
this program can expect to be qualified to enter graduate programs in
biochemistry, biology, chemistry, and molecular biology, professional

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADU.ATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 121

schools in the health sciences, and positions in industrial and government
research laboratories and in industrial production facilities.

Bachelor of Science-Biochemistry

Liberal Studies: As outlined in the Liberal Studies section 50

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 123

Natural Science: PHYS 131-141 and 132-142

Liberal Studies Electives: 4 cr. MATH 124

no courses w ilh BIOC prefix

Major: 51

Required Courses:

BIOC 30 1 -3 1 1 Biochemistry I and Lab 4cr

BIOC 302-312 Biochemistn' II and Lab 4cr

BIOC 480 BiochemistrN' Seminar I 1 cr ( I )

BIOC 481 Special Topics in Biochemistry 3cr

BIOC 482 Independent Research in Biochemistry 2cr

BIOC 490 Biochemisto Seminar II lcr(l)

BIOL 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I 4cr

BIOL 263 Genetics 3cr

BIOL 250 Principles of Microbiology' 3cr
BIOL 401 Laboratory Methods in Biology and

Biotechnology 3cr

CHEMII3 Concepts in Chemistry I 4cr

CHEM 1 14 Concepts in Chemistry II 4cr

CHEM231 Organic Chemistry 1 4cr

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II 4cr

CHEM 323 Analytical Methods 4cr
CHEM 340 Physical Chemistry for the Biological Sciences 3cr
Controlled Electives: 6-7

Advanced Biology course chosen from;

BIOL 33 1 . 350. 352. 364. or 453 3cr

Either MATH 2 1 6 or COSC 1 1 0 3-4cr

Other Requirements:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level 0-6

Free Electives: 6- 1 3

Total Degree Requirements: 120

( I ) 1 cr each semester of senior year.

Minor-Biochemistr}' 17-20

Total credits w ill depend on the controlled electives used
(9cr minimum required to 1 2cr for three 4cr electives).

Required Courses: 8

BIOC 301 Biochemistry Ida) 3cr

BIOC 302 Biochemistry II 3cr

BIOC 31 1 Biochemistry Laboratory I (la) Icr

BIOC 312 Biochemistry Laboratory II Icr

Other Requirements: 9-12

At leasi three controlled electives from following: ( I )

BIOC 480 Biochemistry Seminar I Icr

BIOC 481 Special Topics in Biochemistry l-3cr

BIOC 490 Biochemistry Semmar II Icr

BIOL 250 Principles of Microbiology ( I b, d) 3cr

BIOL 263 Genetics (lb) 3cr

BIOL 350 Cellular Physiology 3cr

BIOL 352 Comparative Animal Physiology (Id) 3cr

BIOL 364 Immunology (Id) 3cr

BIOL 401 Laboratory Methods in Biology and

Biotechnology (Id)
BIOL 453 Plant Physiology (Id)
CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry 11(1 c)
CHEM 322 Instrumental Analysis (led)
CHEM 323 Analytical Methods

3cr
3cr
4cr
4cr
4cr

(1) Or other 200-level or higher Biology or Chemistry courses w ith

permission of chairperson of offering department. A minimum of 9cr is
required.

a. BIOL 1 1 1 and CHEM 232 are prerequisites.

b. Required for Biology major.

c. Required for Chemistry major.

d. These courses have prerequisites not needed for the required
courses.

Department of Chemistry

\Nebsitc: www.iup.editchemhtr)-

Ruiess \'. F. Ramsey, Chairperson: .i^sting, Crumm. Eddy. Elcesser.
Ford, Ko. Kendo. Kupchella, Lake. LeBrond, Long. See, Southard,
Sowa. N'arughese. \N cod. \\ oolcock; and professors emeriti Bordas,
Costa, Fazio, Harding, Marks, McKelvey, Patsiga, Scroxton, Syty,
Tackett. Wunz, Zambotti

Degrees offered by the Department of Chemistry are the Bachelor of Science
degree in Chemistry, the Bachelor of Arts degree in Chemistry, and the
Bachelor of Science in Education w ith a Chemistry major. The first two
degrees are under the College of Natural Science and Mathematics, and the
third IS under the College of Education and Educational Technology. The
department otTers a formal pre-medical concentration in the B.A. curriculum
and a Chemistry minor.

The B.S. degree in Chemistry is a professional degree and is certified by the
American Chemical Society. The student completing this major should be
qualified to assume a position in industry or government as a chemist or to
pursue graduate studies leading to the M.S. or Ph.D. degree in chemistry,
biochemistry, materials science, forensic science, or an associated field.

The curriculum leading to the B.A. degree in Chemistry is designed to allow
for the workable union of other disciplines with chemistry in such a way as
to retain the fundamental science and mathematics requirements needed for a
career in chemistry. A careful selection of electives will qualify the student
for entrance into many fields in which there is an acute need for persons
with scientific training, and. at the same time, satisfy the entrance require-
ments of various professional and graduate schools. This degree may also be
of interest to students who have completed a significant number of credits in
another degree program and decide they want to earn a degree in chemistry.

The B.A. degree in Chemistry can incorporate a complementarv' program in
almost any other field in the university: some disciplines which make useful
combinations include biology, business administration, computer science,
criminology (forensic science). English (technical writing), geoscience.
government, physics, and safety science. In particular, a student seeking a
career in forensic science should major in chemistry.

The B.A. program offers a concentration in Pre-Medicine. This
concentration includes all courses required for entrance into medical school
and is sequenced to prepare students to take the MCAT in the spring of their
junior year. A degree in chemistry, w ith Pre-Medical concentration, gives
students the flexibility of choosing medical school, graduate school, or
employment in the chemical industry after graduation.

Both degrees in chemistry also provide excellent preparation for entrance
into a variety of other professional schools, including dental, \eterinary.
pharmacy, chiropractic, and law. Students considering going to one of these
professional schools after completion of a chemistry degree should work
closely with their advisor and select additional courses as required by the
professional school.

Page 122

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

The curriculum leading to the B.S. in Education with a Chemistry major is
designed to prepare the student to teach chemistry at the secondary school
level. Upon completion of the specified coursework and the requirements of
the teacher certification process, the student is eligible for Pennsylvania
certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Education. Additionally, the
curriculum in this degree program is designed so that students have the
opportunity to obtain a B.S.Ed.-Chemistry degree certified by the Amencan
Chemical Society.

Bachelor of Arts-Chemistry

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 49

w ith the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 123

Natural Science: PHYS 1 11-12! and 1 12-122 or

PHYS 131-141 and 132-142

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr. no courses with CHEM prefi.x

Major: 30-33

Required Courses:

CHEM 113 Concepts in Chemistry I 4cr

CHEM 114 Concepts in Chemistry II 4cr

CHEM 214 Intermediate Inorganic Chemistry 2cr

CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I 4cr

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II 4cr

CHEM 321 Quantitative .Analysis 4cr

CHEM 341 Physical Chemistry I 4cr

CHEM 343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I Icr
Controlled Electives (2)

At least 3cr from the following: CHEM 301. 322. 342. 3-6cr
CHEM351.410. 411,BIOC301,302, 311

Other Requirements:

MATH 124 Calculus 11 for Physics. Chemistry, and
Mathematics

Planned program (with advisor approval) in
complementary field of at least 15cr, with
at least 6cr of 300/400-level courses (3)

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (4)

Free Electives:

19-22

4cr

15cr
0-3cr

Major:

Required Courses:

CHEM 1 13 Concepts in Chemistry I

CHEM 1 14 Concepts in Chemistry II

CHEM 214 Intermediate Inorganic Chemistry

CHEM 23 1 Organic Chemistry I

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II

CHEM 301 Introduction to Chemical Research

CHEM 321 Quantitative Analysis

CHEM 322 Instrumental Analysis

CHEM 34 1 Physical Chemistry I

CHEM 342 Physical Chemistry II

CHEM 343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I

CHEM 344 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II

CHEM 410 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory

CHEM 4 1 1 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry

CHEM 498 Problems in Chemistry

Controlled Electives: (2)

Additional Chemistry electives from the following:

CHEM 331,421,435,441,481

Other Requirements:

B1OC301 Biochemistry I

BIOL 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I

MATH 124 Calculus II for Physics, Chemistry, and

Mathematics
One additional mathematics elective from the following:

MATH 171,241,342
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (3)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

4cr

4cr ( 1 )

2cr

4cr

Icr

4cr

3cr

Icr

3cr

14-18

3cr

4cr

3-4cr
0-3cr

8-12

120

(1 ) CHEM 1 1 1 and 1 12 can be substituted for CHEM 1 13 and 1 14,
respectively, for the B.S. -Chemistry degree.

(2) Qualifying students can also use 500- or 600-level CHEM courses to
meet this requirement.

(3) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies elective.

16-22

Total Degree Requirements:

120

(1 ) CHEM 1 1 1 and 1 1 2 can be substituted for CHEM 1 1 3 and 1 1 4,
respectively, for the B.A.-Chemistry degree.

(2) Students electing a concentration in Pre-Medicine must take CHEM
351 (4cr) or BIOC 301 and 302 (6cr)

(3) Students electing a concentration in Pre-Medicine must take BIOL 111,
151, 263, 331 and a 300-level BIOL elective.

(4) Intermediate-level foreign language may be included as Liberal Studies
elective.

Bachelor of Science-Chemistry

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 123

Natural Science: PHYS 131-141 and 132-142

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr, no courses with CHEM prefix

Bachelor of Science in Education-Chemistry (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 123, 124

Natural Science: PHYS 1 1 1-121 and 1 12-122

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: Ocr

College:

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instnictional Technology 3cr

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology 3cr

Professional Education Sequence:
EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures 3cr

EDEX 301 Education of Students with Disabilities in

Inclusive Secondary Settings 2cr

EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I Icr

EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II Icr

EDUC 441 Student Teaching I2cr

EDUC 442 .School Law Icr

EDUC 45 1 Teaching Science in the Secondary School 3cr

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 123

Major:

Required Courses:

CHEM 1 1 3 Concepts in Chemistry 1(1)

CHEM 1 14 Concepts in Chemistry IK 1 )

CHEM 214 Intermediate Inorganic Chemistr\'

CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II

CHEM 321 Quantitative Analysis

CH EM 34 1 Physical Chemistry I

CHEM 343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I

CHEM 499 Problems in Chemistry Education

Controlled Electives: (2)

Additional 4cr from the follow ing:

CHEM 322. 342. 344. 351. 410. 411: BIOC 301. 31 1

Other Requirements:

BIOL 1 1 1 Pnnciples of Biology

GEOS 1 1 1 Earth Science for Educators I or

GEOS 1 1 3 Earth Science for Educators II
GEOS 1 1 2 Earth Science for Educators Lab I or

GEOS 1 14 Earth Science for Educators Lab II

Free Elective:

(it) Total Degree Requirements: (3)

4cr
4cr
2cr
4cr
4cr
4cr
4cr
I or
Icr
4cr

4cr
3sh
Ish

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

(1) CHEM 111 and 1 1 2 can be substituted for CHEM 113 and 114
respectively for the B.S.Ed.-Chemistry degree.

(2) A minimum of 6sh of Controlled Electives. including either CHEM
35 1 or BIOC 30 1 . is required for the ACS-certified degree in
Chemistry Education.

(*) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.

Minor-Chemistry 20

Required Courses:

CHEM 111 General Chemistry I or 4cr

CHEM 1 13 Concepts in Chemistry I
CHEM 112 General Chemistry 11 or 4cr

CHEM 1 14 Concepts in Chemistry II
CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I 4cr

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II 4cr

At least 4 additional cr from the following;
CHEM 321, 323, 341. 351 4cr

32 with sufficient supervised practice so that our graduates are productive at the

time they graduate but ready and willing to change with the field.

Most applied computer scientists work in cooperation w ith professionals
trained in other areas and w ith managers. Hence, the ability to work and
communicate with others of different educational backgrounds is an
important characteristic. To that end. we encourage Computer Science
majors to take a strong minor (or area concentration) in a second area of
interest. Some students may w ish to double major. Majors in other
disciplines at lUP are also welcome to take Computer Science courses for
which they are qualified or a Computer Science minor.

Students majoring in Computer Science should set their goals beyond simple
programming and should be preparing to:

1 . program w ell. both in design and implementation phases, and
document what they have programmed

2. analyze real-w orld problems in preparation for program design and
implementation

3. manage activities that are strongly computer dependent

4. improve the tools that programmers and systems analysts use. i.e., to
develop

a. better software systems

b. better graphical user interfaces

c. better languages for communicating w ith computers

d. better web-based interfaces and databases

e. better methods for solving intractable problems

5. teach about computers at college or high school level

6. advance the fundamental theory of digital information processors

7. increase awareness of information assurance education and issues.

120

Department of Computer Science

\\ ebsite: H-H-H-.iup.edu/compsci

James L. Wolfe, Chairperson: .\li, EzekieL Micco, Oblitey, O'Neil,

Shim, Shumba, Shubra; and professor emeritus Tompkins

The programs in Computer Science at lUP lead to the B.S. or B.A. degree
and are designed primarily to prepare graduates for productive » ork in
highly computer-dependent areas of business. go\emment, and industry. In
recent years, majors graduating from the program have attained their first
jobs in business applications, programming and systems analysis, computer
software development, scientific and applied mathematical programming,
and other computer-related areas and have gone to graduate school.

In a rapidly developing field such as Computer Science, it is important that
the graduate's education be broad and fundamental so that new trends can
more readily be followed. Our goal is to balance fundamentality and breadth

Bachelor of Arts-Computer Science

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 50

w ith the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 123(1)

Liberal Studies Electives: 4cr, MATH 216 (1),

no courses with COSC prefix

Major: 36

Required Courses:

COSC 105 Fundamentals of Computer Science 3cr
COSC 110 Problem Solving and Structured Programming 3cr

COSC 210 Object-Oriented and GUI Programming 3cr

COSC 220 Applied Computer Programming 4cr

COSC 300 Assembly Language Programming 3cr

COSC 310 Data Structures and Algorithms 3cr
COSC 34 1 Introduction to Database Management Systems 3cr

COSC 380 Seminar on the Computer Profession Icr

COSC 480 Seminar on Technical Topics Icr
Controlled Electives: Select 6cr from the following: (2)

COSC 250 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3cr

COSC 304 Interactive Internet Programming with Java 3cr

COSC 316 Cybersecurity Basics 3cr(3)

COSC 319 Software Engineering Concepts 3cr

COSC 320 Softw are Engineering Practice 3cr
COSC 344 Productiv ity Tools and Fourth

Generation Languages 3cr

COSC 345 Data Communications 3cr

COSC/IFMG 354 Testing and Controlling LANs 3cr

COSC 355 Computer Graphics 3cr

COSC 356 Network Security 3cr

COSC 360 IBM Job Control Unguage Icr

COSC 362 UND( Systems 3cr

COSC 481 Special Topics in Computer Science l-4cr

(only sections approved for majors)

COSC 482 hidependent Study l-4cr

COSC 493 Internship In Computer Science 12cr(4)

IFMG 455 Data Warehousing and Mining 3cr

Page 124

INDL\NA UNIVERSITV OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Upper-level Electives by Categories: 6cr (5)

Computer Architecture: COSC 410

Theory of Languages: COSC 419. 420, 424, 460

Systems Programming: COSC 430, 432

Numerical Methods: COSC 427. 450, 451

Artificial Intelligence: COSC 405

Database Management: COSC 4 1 5

Other Requirements: 6-12

Additional W riting:

ENGL 322 Technical Writing 3cr

Foreign Language Intermediate Level 0-6cr

Additional Mathematics: MATH 219 Discrete Mathematics 3cr (1)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

22-28

120

( 1 ) MATH 1 23 can be substituted by taking both MATH 1 2 1 and 1 22.
MATH 216 can be substituted by taking both M.ATH 214 and 417 or
both MATH 217 and 417. The 3cr minimum applies to students who
take M.ATH 123 and 216. The 9cr maximum applies to students who
do not take M.ATH 123 and MATH 216 but choose alternatives in
addition to MATH 219.

(2) Select at least 6cr from the list of controlled electives. Note: Only 4cr of
COSC 493 may be counted toward these 6cr.

(3) COSC 3 1 6 cannot be counted for major credit if a student does an
Information Assurance minor.

(4) COSC 493 may be selected in either the second semester of the junior
year or the first semester of the senior year. If COSC 493 is selected
and approved, COSC 380 should be taken in the immediately
preceding semester.

(5) Select at least two additional courses, from at least two different
categories, from the list of upper-level electives.

Controlled Electives: Select 3cr from the following: (5)
COSC 250 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3cr

COSC 3 1 6 Cybersecurity Basics 3cr (6)

COSC 345 Data Communications 3cr

COSCTFMG 354 Testing and Controlling LANs 3cr

COSC 355 Computer Graphics 3cr

COSC 356 Network Security 3cr

COSC 360 IBM Job Conttol Language Icr

COSC 362 LTMLX Systems " 3cr

COSC 48 1 Special Topics in Computer Science 1 -Act

(only sections approved for majors)
COSC 482 Independent Study l-4cr

IFMG 455 Data Warehousing and Mining 3cr

Upper-level Electives by Categories: select 3cr from
the following: 3cr (7)

Artificial Intelligence: COSC 405
Computer Architecture: COSC 410
Database Management: COSC 4 1 5
Numerical Methods: COSC 427, 450, 45 1
Systems Programming: COSC 430. 432
Theory of Languages: COSC 419, 420, 424, 460

Other Requirements: 6-12

.Additional Writing:

ENGL 322 Technical Writing 3cr

Foreign Language Intermediate Level 0-6cr

.Additional Mathematics: MATH 219 Discrete Mathematics 3cr (I )

Minor: Complete a minor from one of the following areas from: 7-18

Information .Assurance I8cr
.Any department in the College of Natural Sciences

and .Mathematics 7-18cr

Designated Business courses 18cr

Designated Economics courses 15cr

Designated Geography courses 1 5cr

Designated Communications Media courses 18cr

Bachelor of Science-Computer Science/Applied Computer Science
Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 123 (1)

Liberal Studies Electives: 4cr. MATH 216(1),

no courses w ith COSC prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

COSC 105 Fundamentals of Computer Science

COSC 1 10 Problem Solving and Structured Programming

COSC 2 1 0 Object-Oriented and GUI Programming

COSC 220 Applied Computer Programming

COSC 300 Assembly Language Programming

COSC 3 1 0 Data Structures and Algonthms

COSC 3 1 9 Softw are Engineering Concepts

COSC 341 Introduction to Database Management Systems

COSC 380 Seminar on the Computer Profession

COSC 480 Seminar on Technical Topics

Select one of the following two courses: (2)

COSC 304 Interactive Internet Programming with JAVA

COSC 344 Productivity Tools and Fourth

Generation Languages
Select one of the following two courses: (3)
COSC 320 Software Engineering Practice
COSC 493 Internship in Computer Science

3cr

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

1-18

120

(2)

3cr

(3)

3cr
3cr

(4)

4cr

3cr

3cr
3cr

(5)

3cr
Icr

(6)

Icr

( 1 ) .VLATH 1 23 can be substituted by taking both MATH 1 2 1 and 1 22.
MATH 2 1 6 can be substituted by taking both .MATH 2 1 4 and 4 1 7 or
both M.ATH 2 1 7 and 417. The 3cr minimum applies to students who
take MATH 1 23 and 216. The 9cr maximum applies to students w ho
do not take M.ATH 123 and MATH 216 but choose alternatives in
addition to M.ATH 219.

Credit for both COSC 304 and 344 may be counted toward the degree,
but only one will be counted toward the major requirements.
Credit for both COSC 320 and 493 may be counted toward the degree,
but only one w ill be counted tow ard the major requirements.
COSC 493 may be selected m either the second semester of the junior
year or the first semester of the senior year, if COSC 493 is selected
and approved. COSC 380 may be taken in the immediately preceding
semester.

Select at least 3cr from the list of controlled electives and or the list of
upper-level electives.

COSC 3 1 6 cannot be counted for major credit if a student does an
Information .Assurance minor.

(7) Select at least one additional course from Ust of upper-level electives.

3cr
I2cr(4)

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paee 125

Free Electives:

9-15

Bachelor of Science-Computer Science/Languages and Systems
Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section SO

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 123 (1)

Liberal Studies Electives: 4cr, MATH 124,

no courses with COSC prefix

Major:

Required Courses: 42

COSC 105 Fundamentals of Computer Science 3cr

COSC 110 Problem Solving and Structured Programming 3cr

COSC 2 1 0 Object-Oriented and GU 1 Programming 3cr

COSC 220 Applied Computer Programming 4cr

COSC 300 Assembly Language Programming 3cr

COSC 310 Data Structures and Algorithms 3cr

COSC 319 Software Engineering Concepts 3cr

COSC 341 Introduction to Database Management Systems 3cr

COSC 380 Seminar on the Computer Profession Icr

COSC 480 Seminar on Technical Topics Icr
Select 9cr from the follow ing upper-le\el electives:

COSC 405 Artificial Intelligence 3cr

COSC 410 Processor Architecture and Microprogramming 3cr

COSC 420 Modem Programming Languages 3cr

COSC 424 Compiler Construction 3cr

COSC 432 Introduction to Operating Systems 3cr

COSC 460 Theory of Computation 3cr
Controlled Electives: Select 6cr from the follow ing: (2)

COSC 250 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3cr

COSC 304 Interacti\e Internet Programming with Java 3cr (3)

COSC 316 Cybersecurity Basics 3cr(4)

COSC 320 Softw are Engineering Practice 3cr (5)

COSC 344 Productivity Tools and Fourth

Generation Languages 3cr (3)

COSC 345 Data Communications 3cr

COSC'IFMG 354 Testing and Controlling LANs 3cr

COSC 355 Computer Graphics 3cr

COSC 356 Network Security 3cr

COSC 360 IBM Job Control Language Icr

COSC 362 UNIX Systems 3cr

COSC 415 Internet Architecture and Programming 3cr

COSC 419 Software Development with Ada 3cr

COSC 427 Cryptography 3cr

COSC 430 Introduction to Systems Programming 3cr

COSC 450 Applied Numerical Methods 3cr

COSC 45 1 Numerical Methods for Supercomputers 3cr

COSC 481 Special Topics in Computer Science

(as approved for majors) l-4cr

COSC 482 Independent Study l-4cr

COSC 493 Internship in Computer Science 12cr (5, 6)

IFMG 455 Data Warehousing and Mining 3cr

Other Requirements: 13-19

Additional W riling:

ENGL 322 Technical Writing I 3cr

Foreign Language Intermediate Level 0-6cr

Mathematics: A minor in mathematics including the 1 Ocr (7)

follow ing:
MATH 123 Calculus I for Physics. Chemistry, and

Mathematics (MATH 121 and 122 may

be substituted)
MATH 124 Calculus II for Physics. Chemistry, and

Mathematics
MATH 171 Introduction to Linear Algebra
MATH 2 1 6 Probability and Statistics for Natural Sciences
MATH 219 Discrete Mathematics

Total Degree Requirements:

120

(1) MATH 123 can be substituted by taking both MATH 121-122.

(2) Select at least 6cr from the list of controlled electives. Note: Only 4cr of
COSC 493 may be counted toward these 6cr.

(3 ) Credit for both COSC 304 and 344 may be counted toward the degree,
but only one w ill be counted toward the major requirements.

(4) COSC 316 cannot be counted for major credit if a student does an
Information Assurance minor.

(5) Credit for both COSC 320 and 493 may be counted toward the degree,
but only one w ill be counted tow ard the major requirements.

(6) COSC 493 may be selected in either the second semester of the junior
year or the first semester of the senior year. If COSC 493 is selected
and approved, COSC 380 may be taken in the immediately preceding
semester.

(7) In addition to M.ATH 171. 216 and 219. MATH 123-124 (taken as
Liberal Studies requirement) are also counted towards the minor.

Bachelor of Science-Computer Science/Information .Assurance
Track

Liberal Studies: .^s outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 123 (2)

Social Science: CRIM 101 (1)

Liberal Studies Electives: 4cr. MATH 216 (2),

no courses w ith COSC prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

COSC 105 Fundamentals of Computer Science
COSC 110 Problem Solving and Structured Prograimning
COSC 210 Object-Oriented and GUI Programming
COSC 220 Applied Computer Programming
COSC 300 Assembly Language Programming
COSC 310 Data Structures and Algorithms
COSC 3 1 9 Software Engineering Concepts
COSC 341 Database Management
COSC 380 Seminar on the Computer Profession
COSC 480 Seminar on Technical Topics
Information Assurance Required Courses:
COSC 3 1 6 Cybersecurity Basics
COSC 356 Network Security
Select one of the following:
COSC 320 Software Engineering Practice
COSC 493 Internship (Information Assurance) or
Controlled Electives: Select 3cr from the following:
COSC 345 Data Communications
COSCTFMG 354 Testing and Controlling LANs
COSC 362 Unix Systems
COSC 481 Special Topics in Computer Science
(as approved for majors in this track)
IFMG 382 IT Audit and Control
L'pper-Level Electives: Select 3cr from the follow ing:
COSC 415 Internet Architecture and Programming
COSC 427 Cryptography
COSC 432 Introduction to Operating Systems
COSC 482 Independent Study
COSC 400-level course with department approval

Minor in Criminology

3cr
3cr
3cr
4cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
Icr
Icr

3cr
3cr

3cr
12cr(3)

3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

15(1)

Page 126

INDIANA LTViWERSfrY OF PENNSYLVANIA LTslDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Other Requirements: 6-12

Additional Writing:

ENGL 322 Technical Writing 3cr

Foreign Language Intennediate Level 0-6cr

Additional Mathematics: MATH 219 Discrete Mathematics 3cr (2)

Free Electives: 1-7

Total Degree Requirements: 120

(1) CRIM 101 (taken as part of the social science requirement) is counted
as part of the 18cr Criminology minor. 15 additional cr of CRIM are
required.

(2) MATH 1 23 can be substituted by taking both MATH 1 2 1 and 1 22.
MATH 2 1 6 can be substituted by taking both MATH 2 1 4 and 4 1 7 or
both MATH 2 1 7 and 4 1 7, The 3cr minimum applies to students who
take MATH 123 and 216. The 9cr maximum applies to students who
do not take MATH 123 and MATH 216 but choose alternatives in
addition to MATH 219.

(3) Only 4cr of COSC 493 may be counted towards the major. COSC 493
may be selected in either the second semester of the junior year or the
first semester of the senior year. If COSC 493 is selected and approved,
COSC 380 may be taken in the immediately preceding semester.

Department of Geoscience )|^^H

Website: www.iup.edii/jieoscience

Darlene S. Richardson, Chairperson; Cercone, Hovan, Kulessa, Taylor;

and professors emeriti Hall, Park

Geology is a far-ranging science and encompasses various aspects of the
Earth system, including the oceans, the atmosphere, and the solid Earth.
Professional geologists are thus engaged in a wide range of activities,
depending upon their interests. The problems with which geologists are
faced include the evolution of life, the origin of volcanic activity, the
assessment of volcanic and earthquake hazards, the evolution of our
planetary neighbors, and perhaps most important, the human impact on our
environment.

The department offers a degree in Geology that is divided into two tracks:
Geology and Environmental. Either track gives students the necessary
foundation to pursue a wide variety of career goals. In addition, we offer
degrees in secondary education for those students who are interested in
teaching. The degrees and courses in our program emphasize hands-on
learning, including outdoor instruction and student-oriented research. In
addition to on-campus instruction and class-related field trips, the
department otTers several regional geology field courses, which take place in
Newfoundland, the Yellowstone region, the Bahamas, and the American
Southwest.

Minor-Compufer Science

Required Courses:

COSC electives (I, 2, 3)

I5cr

(1) The minor in Computer Science consists of I5cr of COSC electives. At
least 9 of the 15cr must be COSC courses numbered higher than 200.

(2) COSC 101 is an appropriate entry course for minors or for students
who wish to take only one course. However, COSC 101 cannot be
counted as part of a Computer Science minor by Management
Infonnation Systems (MIS) majors.

(3) See Computer Science minor advisor for suggestions.

Minor-Information Assurance (1) 18cr

Required Courses:

COSC 110 Problem Solving and Structured Programming (3) 3cr

COSC 316 Cybersecurity Basics 3cr

COSC 352 LAN Design and Installation 3cr

CRIM 101 Crime and Justice Systems (2) or 3cr

CRIM 1 02 Survey of Criminology ( 2 )

CRIM 32 1 Cybersecurity and Loss Prevention 3cr

CRIM 323 Cybersecurity and the Law 3cr

( 1 ) Computer Science majors in the Information Assurance Track are not
eligible to take this minor; instead, they must take a Criminology
minor.

(2) Criminology majors cannot count CRIM 101 or 102; instead, they
must take one additional course from the following; COSC 341, 356,
362, 427, 432, 482, IFMG 382.

(3) Computer Science majors cannot count COSC 1 10; instead, they must
take one additional course from the following: CRIM 300, 355. 400,
401,481,482.

The B.S. in Geology/Geology Track is designed for students who are
interested in pursuing any of the various subdisciplines in Geology, including
Oceanography/'Marine Geology. Climate Change. Volcanology.
Paleontology, Meteorology, and Geophysics. There is also considerable
overlap between geology and astronomy; it is primarily geologists who
explore the evolution of other planetary bodies, such as the Moon. Mars, and
Venus. Our curriculum reflects various interdisciplinary links and provides
the foundation needed to pursue a wide variety of career goals. Career
options include teaching, graduate school/research, and employment as a
professional geologist (associated with a private business, an environmental
firm, or as a consultant for a federal or state agency).

The B.S. in Geology/Environmental Track is designed for students who wish
to pursue a career in the environmental field. In spite of our brief residence
time, our presence has had a significant, and in some cases negative, impact
upon our environment. Geologists play a key role in dealing with
environmental issues, and our Environmental Track prepares students to
address various environmental problems. Graduates from this track will be
prepared for direct entry into jobs with federal or state agencies and private
environmental consulting firms, as well as postgraduate studies.

The Minor in Geology is designed for students who desire some background
in Geology, in conjunction w ith a degree in business or one of the social or
physical sciences. The department also serves public education by preparing
qualified and certified teachers in the field of Earth and Space Sciences and
General Science Education.

Minor in Geology

The minor in Geology consists of 1 7 credits. Required are GEOS 121-122
and GEOS 131-132. Three upper-level (300 or higher) courses in geology
(total 9cr) make up the remaining requirements for the minor.

Bachelor of Science-Geology/Geology Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications;

Mathematics: MATH 121 or 123

Natural Science: CHEM 1 1 1-1 12 or 1 13-1 14

Liberal Studies Electives: 4cr, MATH 122 or 124;

no courses with GEOS prefix

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Pane 127

Major:
Geoscience Core:

GEOS 121

Physical Geology

3cr

GEOS 122

Physical Geology Laboratory

Icr

GEOS 131

Historical Geology

3cr

GEOS 132

Historical Geology Laboratory

Icr

GEOS 220

Mineralogy

3cr

GEOS 320

Igneous and Melamorphic

: Petrology

3cr

GEOS 325

Structural Geology

3cr

GEOS 326

Field Geology

3cr

GEOS 380

Research Methods in Geoscience

2cr

GEOS 411

Sedimentary Petrology

3cr

GEOS 412

Stratigraphy

3cr

GEOS 480

Geoscience Seminar

Icr

Geologj' Track:

GEOS 330

Paleontology

3cr

GEOS 362

Plate Tectonics

3cr

PHYS 111

Physics I Lecture

3cr

PHYS 121

Physics 1 Lab

Icr

PHYS 112

Physics II Lecture

3cr

PHYS 122

Physics II Lab

Icr

Controlled Electives:

9-l(

Select three courses from the following:

GEOG316,

MATH 216, GEOS courses

300 or above ( 1 )

23-24

Ocr

Other Requirements:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (2)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

0-6

0-6cr

11-18

120

( 1 ) Up to 3cr of a summer field camp, internship, or independent study, all
of which must be approved by the department, may be applied to
controlled electives.

(2) 6cr of computer language may substitute for the foreign language
requirement: COSC 1 10 and 310 (recommended), other higher-level
cose courses with department permission in consultation with the
Computer Science Department.

Bachelor of Science-Geology/Environmental Track

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121 or 123

Natural Science: CHEM 1 1 1-1 12 or CHEM 113-114

Liberal Studies Electives: 7cr, MATH 122 or 124, PHYS 111;

no courses with GEOS prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

GEOS 121

Physical Geology

3cr

GEOS 122

Physical Geology Laboratory

Icr

GEOS 131

Historical Geology

3cr

GEOS 132

Historical Geology Laboratory

Icr

GEOS 220

Mineralogy

3cr

GEOS 320

Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology

3cr

GEOS 325

Structural Geology

3cr

GEOS 326

Field Geology

3cr

GEOS 380

Research Methods in Geoscience

2cr

GEOS 411

Sedimentary Petrology

3cr

GEOS 412

Stratigraphy or

GEOS 327 Geomorphology

3cr

GEOS 480

Geoscience Seminar

Icr

GEOS 310
GEOS 331
GEOS 332
PHYS 121

Environmental Track:

BIOL 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I

Environmental Geology

Hydrogeology

Geochemistry

Physics I Lab
Controlled Electives: (1,2)
Select three courses from the following: (3)
Biolog).' Electives: BIOL 1 12, 250, 321. 322. 362,
Chemistry Electives: CHEM 231, 232, 322, 323, 341,
Allied Fields: GEOS courses 300 or above (4),
COSC 250, GEOG 3 1 6, 4 1 5, MATH 2 1 6,
PHYS 112-122, SAFE 101

Other Requirements:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (5)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

22-23

4cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
Icr
8-9 cr

0-6

0-6cr

9-16

120

(1)

(2)

(3)
(4)

(5)

Some courses have prerequisites that may be taken as free electives.

Students who plan to pursue graduate-level studies are encouraged to

take PHYS 112-122.

Select one each from the Biology and Chemistry electives lists, and a

third from any of the three elective lists.

Up to 3cr of a summer field camp, internship, or independent study, all

of which must be approved by the department, may be applied to

controlled electives.

6cr of computer language may substitute for the foreign language

requirement: COSC 1 10 and 310 (recommended) or other higher-level

COSC courses with department permission in consultation with the

Computer Science Department.

Minor-Geology 1 7

Required Courses:

GEOS 121 Physical Geology 3cr

GEOS 122 Physical Geology Laboratory Icr

GEOS 131 Historical Geology 3er

GEOS 132 Historical Geology Laboratory Icr

Three upper-level (300 or higher) courses in Geology 9cr

Bachelor of Science in Education-Earth and Space Science (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlmed in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121

Natural Science: CHEM 1 1 1 - 1 1 2

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr, MATH 217, PHYS 111;

no courses with GEOS prefix

College:

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

C'OMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology
EDSP 102 Educational Psychology
Professional Education Sequence:
EDEX 301 Education of Students with Disabilities in

Inclusive Secondary Settings
EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures

3cr
3cr

2cr
3cr

Page 128

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I Icr

EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II Icr

EDUC 441 Smdent Teaching 12cr

EDUC 442 School Law Icr

EDUC 45 1 Teaching Science in the Secondary School 3cr

Major: 39

Required Courses:

BIOL 103 General Biology I 4cr

GEOS 121 Physical Geology 3cr

GEOS 122 Physical Geology Laboratory Icr

GEOS 131 Historical Geology 3cr

GEOS 132 Historical Geology Laboratory Icr

GEOS 341 Solar System 3cr

GEOS 342 Stellar Astronomy 3cr

GEOS 350 Operation of the Planetarium Icr

GEOS 361 Physical Oceanography 3cr

GEOS 371 Meteorology 1 3cr

PHYSI12 Physics n Lecture 3cr

PHYS121 Physics I Lab Icr

PHYS 122 Physics II Lab Icr
Controlled Electives:

Geology electives (200 level or higher) 9cr

Total Degree Requirements: 120

{*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

Bachelor of Science in Education-General Science Education (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined m Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121 (1)

Natural Science: CHEM 111-112

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr, MATH 217, PHYS 111:

no courses with prefix of chosen track in major

College:

Preprofessional Education Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology

Professional Education Sequence:

EDEX 301 Education of Students with DisabiUties in

Inclusive Secondary Settings
EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures
EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I
EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II
EDUC 441 Student Teaching
EDUC 442 School Law
EDUC 45 1 Teaching Science in the Secondary School

Major:

Required Courses:

BIOL 103 General Biology I

BIOL 104 General Biology 11

GEOS 1 1 1 Earth Science for Educators I

GEOS 1 1 2 Earth Science for Educators I Laboratory

GEOS 1 1 3 Earth Science for Educators II

GEOS 1 14 Earth Science for Educators II Laboratory

PHYS 112 Physics II Lecture

PHYS 121 Physics 1 Lab

PHYS 122 Physics II Lab

3cr
3cr

icr

3cr

Icr

I2cr

Icr

3cr

36-38

4cr
4cr
3cr
Icr
3cr
Icr
3cr
Icr
Icr

Controlled Electives:

Sio/ogv track: BIOL 210. 220, 250, 272. 480. BIOL elective
Chemistry track: CHEM 23 1 . 32 1 . 35 1 , 232 or 340 or 34 1
Geoscience track: GEOS 121. 122, 131, 132, 341 or 342,

361.371
Physics track: PHYS 222. 231. 242, 331, 350 (1)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

15-17cr

1-3

120

( *) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled '.-Vdmissioa to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educatioaal
Technology section of this catalog.

(I) Note: If Physics track is elected. NL\TH 123 and 124 are required in
place of .VLA.TH 121 resulting in additional total cr.

Department of Mathematics

Website: H-wK-iup-edu-'math

Gary S. Stondt, Chairperson: Adkins. Alarcoo. Anderson. Baker.
Balenovich. Buriok. Burkett Donley. Dubovsky. Early. Feldman.
Frank. Gorman, Kosler, Kuo, LamberskL Lattanzio. Maier. Mitchell.
Morgan, My ers, P. Ray , Short, Steelman. Stempien. Walker. NV isloski.
Zhang: and professors emeriti Angelo. Arms. Broughton. Davis,
Duncan. Gibson. Hartman. Massey, D. McBride, R. McBride. Mueller.
Cakes. Rettig. Shawer. E. Smith. W. Smith. Stilwell. VV illison. W oodard

The Department of Mathematics prepares smdents for w orfc in industry .
graduate school mathematics, and teaching. Degrees offered by the
department are the Bachelor of Science degree m Mathematics, the Bachelor
of Science degree in Applied Mathematics, the Bachelor of .Arts degree in
Economics Mathematics, and the Bachelor of Science in Education » ith a
major in Mathematics Education. The first two degree programs are offered
within the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, the third is shared
w ith the Economics Department and the fourth is in coojunctioo with the
College of Education and Educational Technology. The department also
offers a minor in Mathematics, a minor in .Applied Statistics, and a
concentration in Mathematics for Elementary Education majors.

The program for a mathematics major m the College of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics is two-phased. A student may pursue a degree m .Applied
Mathematics or Mathematics. Those completmg a degree m Mathematics
w ill be prepared to continue their studies in mathematics in graduate scbooL
though some may enter business, industry, or gov emment service. Those
students receiving a degree in .Applied Mathematics wiQ be primarily
prepared to enter business, industry, or government service in an area w here
mathematics or computer science is used or to continue their studies in
appUed mathematics or computer science in graduate schooL This student
w ould not be expected to continue graduate studies in pure mathematics.

The department shares in a joint degree w ith the Economics DepartmenL
Students w ith abihty and interest in economics discover that a solid
background in mathematics is an essential prerequisite for advanced
theoretical and applied work in the discipline. Similarly, students » ith talent
and interest in mathematics find economics an excellent field in which to
employ their skills and know ledge. The B..A. degree in Mathematics
Economics allows students to combine these complementary subjects in a
joint degree program administered cooperatively by the departments oi
Mathematics and Economics. Enrolled students w ill be assigned an advisor
in each department.

Those completing the program will have an exceptional background for
graduate study in economics and such related fields as busmess. public
policy, or operations research. They also will be ideally prepared to fill a
wide variety of technical and quantitative positions in both government and
private industry.

INDIANA UNIVERSFTY OF PENNSYLVANLA UNDERGR.ADL ATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paael29

The program leading to the B.S. in Education with a major in Mathematics
Education prepares the student for teaching mathematics in junior or senior
high school. Many graduates, however, continue their formal education in
mathematics at the graduate level or work in government or industry.

Elementary Education majors may elect to take a concentration of at least 1 5
credits in mathematics. The program of courses for this concentration in
mathematics is as follows: in addition to MATH 151 and 152. select 9
credits from the following courses: MATH 3 1 7, 420. 456. 457. 458. 459.
471. or 481.

Total Degree Requirements: 120

( 1 ) A student may select courses to fulfill requirements for specialized
track.

Actuarial/Slatislks: MATH 363, 364, 366. 371. 421. 446. 465
Math Anatyst/Engineenng: MATH 342/COSC 450, COSC 451,

MATH 371. 423, 447. 451
Operations Research: MATH 37 1 . 42 1 . 445/446. 447

(2) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

Minor in Mathematics

The minor in Mathematics consists of a minimum of 17 credits in
mathematics. The minor in Mathematics may offer preparation for advanced
study in areas such as Economics. Computer Science, Physics, and other
natural sciences. Any student who is required to take a year of calculus
should consider this minor.

Minor in Applied Statistics

The minor in Applied Statistics, consisting of 16 credits, may be of interest
to students who are required to take a calculus course and a course in
probability and statistics. This includes, but is not limited to. students in the
Eberly College of Business and Information Technology, Safety Science
majors, and Computer Science majors.

A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 in MATH courses is required for a minor
in Mathematics or Applied Statistics. The Mathematics Department will not
certify a minor for a transfer student unless at least two of the courses
counting for the minor have been completed in the lUP Mathematics
Department.

Bachelor of Science-Applied .Mathematics

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 123

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, no courses with MATH prefix

Major: 36-37

Required Courses:

MATH 124 Calculus II for Physics, Chemistry, and

Mathematics 4cr

MATH 1 7 1 Introduction to Linear Algebra 3cr

MATH 2 1 6 Probability and Statistics for Natural Science 4cr
MATH 241 Differential Equations 3cr

MATH 271 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs 1 3cr

MATH 272 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs II 3cr

MATH 480 Senior Seminar Icr

Controlled Electives: ( I )
Two courses from the following: 6cr

MATH 371, 421, 422, 423. 424, 427, 476, 477
One of the following two-course sequences: 6-7cr

MATH 342/COSC 450 or COSC 451 or

MATH 451; MATH 363-364; MATH 445-446
A minimum of 3 additional cr from the list of
controlled electives above or the following:

MATH 353. 425. 447. 465. 481 3cr

Other Requirements: 6-12

Computer Science:

COSC 1 1 0 Problem Solving and Structured Programming 3cr
COSC 250 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3cr

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (2) 0-6cr

Free Electives: 1 7-24

Bachelor of Science-Mathematics

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 54

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 123

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. no courses with MATH prefix

Major: 36-37

Required Courses:

MATH 1 24 Calculus 11 for Physics, Chemistry, and
Mathematics

MATH 171 Introduction to Linear Algebra

MATH 2 1 6 Probability and Statistics for Natural Science

MATH 241 Differential Equations

MATH 27 1 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs I

MATH 272 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs 11

MATH 480 Senior Seminar

Controlled Electives:

Four courses from the following:

MATH 371, 421. 422, 423, 424. 427. 476, 477

A minimum of 3 additional cr from the list of

controlled electives above or the following: MATH 342,
350. 353. 355. 363. 364. 425, 445, 446, 447, 465, 481

4cr
3cr
4cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
lor

12cr

3-4cr

Other Requirements:
Computer Science:

COSC 1 10 Problem Solving and Structured Programming 3cr
Foreign Language Intermediate Level ( 1 ) 0-6cr

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

( 1 ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

Bachelor of Arts-Economics/Mathematics

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ilh the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 123

Social Science: ECON 121

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr. no courses with

ECON or MATH prefix.

3-9

20-27

120

Major:
Core:

ECON 122
ECON 421
ECON 422
MATH 124

46-48

Principles of Microeconomics 3cr

Macroeconomics Analysis 3cr

Microeconomics Analysis 3cr
Calculus II for Physics, Chemistry, and

Mathematics 4cr

Page 130

bJDL^NA UNIVERSFTY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

MATH 171 Introduction to Linear Algebra 3cr

MATH 2 1 6 Probabilitv and Statistics for Natural Sciences or

ECON 355 Statistics for Economics
Economics Electives: (1.2)

Students are especially encouraged to take ECON 334
and 356. but any course except ECON 101 may be used.
Mathematics Electives:
.At least one of the following two-semester sequences:

MATH 241 and 371. M-ATH 363 and 364. or

MATH 445 and 446
Three additional courses either from the above or

from the followmg: VUTH 271, 272, 342, 417 or 418.

421, 422, 423. 425. 427. 451, 465, 476, 477

Other Requirements:

College:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (3)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

3-4cr
12cr

15-16cr

12-20
120

( 1 ) No more than 6cr of internship credit may be applied toward major.

(2) No more than one ECON Controlled Elective may be a 200-level
course.

(3) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

Other Requirements:

COSCUO Problem Solving and Structured Programming 3cr

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

120

(*) See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled ".-Vdmission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.

Minor-Applied Statistics li

At least 16cr selected as follows:

a) Introductory calculus course: NLATH 1 15 or 121 or 123

b) Introductory statistics course: \LATH 214 or216 or2I7

c) \L\TH417

d) \L\TH418

The remaining hours may be chosen firom the foUowing:

a) .A second calculus course: MATH 122 or 124

b) MATH 171

c) QBUS 215

d) .'Vny course for mathematics majors approved by the .Applied Statistics
Advisor-

Bachelor of Science in Education-Mathematics Education (*)

Liberal Studies: .^s outlined m Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: M.4TH 123

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. no courses with MATH prefix

College:

Professional Education Sequence:

EDEX 30 1 Education of Students with Disabihties in

Inclusive Secondary Settings
EDSP 1 02 Educational Psychology
EDSP 477 .Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures
EDUC 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I
EDUC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II
EDUC 44 1 Student Teaching
EDUC 442 School Law
EDUC 456 Teaching Math in the Secondary Schools

Major:

Required Courses:

M.ATH 124 Calculus II for Physics. Chemistry, and

Mathematics
MATH 1 7 1 Introduction to Linear Algebra
MATH 216 Probability and Statistics for Natural Science
MATH 271 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs 1
MATH 272 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs II
MATH 340 Principles of Secondary School Mathematics
M.ATH 350 History of Mathematics
MATH 353 Theory of Numbers
MATH 355 Foundations of Geometry I
MATH 430 Seminar in Teaching Secondary School

Mathematics
MATH 460 Technology in Mathematics Instruction

3cr

3cr
Icr
Icr
Ho-
ler
3cr

4cr
3cr
4cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

Minor-Mathematics

Required Courses:

NLATH i:i and 122 or MATH 123 and 124

Controlled Electives:

Other courses for math majors, MATH 219 may be included

8cr

9ct(I)

(I) The following courses are excluded: MATH 100, lOI. 105. 1 10, 1 15,

117, 214, 217, 417. 418. and courses for the Elementary Education
concentration in Mathematics.

Natural Science

Website: Htin%:iup.edu,preprofessional
-\ndrew C. Browe, Coordinator

The program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Natural Science is
designed to prepare students for admission to professional schools—
optometry, podiatry, chiropractic, physical therapy, pharmacy, and dentistry.
.Another separate track prepares students for fiirther study in engmeering.
The Bachelor of Science degree in Natural Science will be earned by
students w ho transfer to professional schools w hich have an articulatioo
agreement with ILT. In some cases, students mterested in obtainmg a four-
year baccalaureate degree before entering a medical or professional school
should enroll in a program leading to a Bachelor of .Arts or Bachelor of
Science degree in the departments of Biology or Chemistry. Students
considering a professional career in a high-technology business or health-
oriented businesses or industries may wish to obtain a foundation in the
Natural Sciences while using then- tree electives to pursue additional work, in
areas such as Molecular Biology. Biochemistry. Psychology. Economics.
Pre-Law . or .Athletic Training. The Bachelor of Science in Namral Science
may not be used for a second major or a second degree by majors m the
College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics. For further information,
contact the coordinator of the Natural Science Program.

INDIANA L."NI\'ERS1TY OF PENNSYLV.ANLA U\DERGR.ADUATE CATALOC. 2003-04

Pise 131

Principles of Biology 1
Principles of Biology II
Human Anatomy
Human Physiology
General Microbiology
Genetics

Organic Chemistr> 1
Organic Chemistry 11 or
CHEM351 Biochemistry
Physics:

Physics 1 Lecture
Physics 1 Lab
General Physics 11
General Physics II Lab

PHYS 1 1 1
PHYS 121
PHYS 112
PHYS 122
Mathematics
MATH 2 16

Probability and Statistics

Other Requirements:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

Bachelor of Science-Natural Science

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the follow ing specifications;

Mathematics: MATH 121

Natural Science: CHEM 111-112

Social Science: PSYC 101

Synthesis: not required for three-year students who transfer

to a professional school w ith an articulation agreement

Writing Intensive: w riting-intensive course only required

for three-year students w ho transfer to a professional

school w ith an articulation agreement

Liberal Studies Electives: BTEDCOSC/IFMG 101;

no courses with SCI prefix

-Major:

Required Courses:

Biology:

BIOL i 1 1
BIOL 112
BIOL 150
BIOL 151
BIOL 241
BIOL 263
Chemistry:
CHEM 231
CHEM 232

4cr
4cr
3cr
4cr
3cr
3cr

4cr

3cr
Icr
3cr
Icr

4er

0-6cr

0-6

24-30

120

Bachelor of Science-Natural Science/Pre-Chlropractic Track (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: 4cr. MATH 121

Natural Science: CHEM 111-112

Social Science: PSYC 101

Synthesis: not required for three-year students who transfer

to a professional school with an articulation agreement

Writing Intensive: writing-intensive course only required

for three-year students who transfer to a professional

school w ith an articulation agreement

Liberal Studies Electives: COSC 101, no courses

with SCI prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

BIOL 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I
BIOL 1 12 Principles of Biology 11
BIOL 150 Human Anatomy
BIOL 151 Human Physiology

BIOL 241
BIOL 263
CHEM 231
CHEM 232
CHEM
PHYS III
PHYS 121
PHYS 112
PHYS 122
MATH 216

General Microbiology
Genetics

Organic Chemistry 1
Organic Chemistry II or
351 Biochemistry
Physics 1 Lecture
Physics I Lab
Physics II Lecture
Physics II Lab
Probability and Statistics

3cr
3cr
4cr
4cr

3cr
Icr
3cr
Icr
3cr

Other Requirements:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level

Free Electives: ( I )

Electives to meet minimum of 90 lUP cr and minimum
of 24cr in Humanities and Social Sciences for
admission to affiliated chiropractic colleges after three
years at lUP

Maximum cr for work at affiliated chiropractic school

Total Degree Requirements:

0-6

0-30

30cr.

120

(*) Accelerated three-year New York Chiropractic College (NYCC) and
Logan Chiropractic College (LCC) programs. A maximum of 30cr of
work may be transferred after the first year at NYCC or LCC. Upon
completion of the first year of studies at NYCC or LCC, a transcript
from NYCC or LCC is to be sent by the student to the dean of the
College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics with a note requesting
application materials for graduation.

( 1 ) Student is to work with his/Tier advisor to select appropriate free
electives for professional school. Additional courses in Biology and
HPED 315 or 345 are recommended.

Bachelor of Science-Natural Scicnce/Pre-Dentistry Track (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121

Natural Science: CHEM 1 1 1-1 12

Social Science: PSYC 101

Synthesis: not required for three-year students who transfer

to a professional school with an articulation agreement

Writing Intensive: writing-intensive course only required

for three-year students who transfer to a professional

school with an articulation agreement

Liberal Studies Electives: COSC 101, no courses

with SCI prefix

4cr
4cr
3cr
4cr
3cr
3cr
4cr
4cr

3cr
Icr
3cr
Icr
3cr

Major:

Required Courses:

BIOL 1 1 1

Principles of Biology 1

BIOL 112

Principles of Biology 11

BIOL 150

Human Anatomy

BIOL 151

Human Physiology

BIOL 241

General Microbiology

BIOL 263

Genetics

CHEM 231

Organic Chemistry 1

CHEM 232

Organic Chemistry' 11 or

CHEM 351 Biochemistry

PHYS III

Physics 1 Lecture

PHYS 121

Physics I Lab

4cr

PHYS 112

Physics II Lecture

4cr

PHYS 122

Physics 11 Lab

3cr

MATH 216

Probability and Statistics

Page 132

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Other Requirements:

Foreiffli Language Intermediate Level

0-6 Mechanical Engineering:
Technical electives

6-8cr

Free Electives: ( 1 )

Electi%es to meet minimum of 90 lUP cr and minimum
of 24cr in Humanities and Social Sciences for
admission to affiliated dental school after three
years at lUP

Maximum cr for work at affiliated dental school

Total Degree Requirements:

0-30

30cr

120

(*) Accelerated three-year Temple University School of Dentistry program.
A maximum of 30cr of work may be transferred after the first year at
Temple Uni\ersity School of Dentistry. Upon completion of the first
year of studies at Temple University School of Dentistry, a transcript
from Temple University is to be sent by the student to the dean of the
College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics with a note requesting
application materials for graduation.

( 1 ) Student is to w ork w ith hisher advisor to select appropriate ft^ee
electives for professional school. Ceramics and additional courses in
Biology are highly recommended.

Other Requirements:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (I)

Free Electives:

Other Requirements:

Tw o years at University of Pittsburgh School of
Engineering (2. 3)

(#) Total Degree Requirements:

0-6

9
about 64

159-161

(1) hitermediate-le\ el Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

(2) A 2.8 cumulative GPA is required for transfer to the University of
Pittsburgh.

(3) For curriculum information about the cooperative program in
engineering with Drexel University, refer to the catalog section for the
Physics Department.

(#) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.

Bachelor of Science-Natural Science/Pre-Engineering Track

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 123

Humanities/Philosophy and Religious Studies: PH222

Natural Science: CHEM 111-112

Social Science: ECON 121,PLSC 101 or 111

Synthesis: not required for three-year students

Writing Intensive: one course required for

three-year students

Liberal Studies Electives: MATH 124. no courses

with SCI prefix

Major: 33-35

Required Courses:

COSC 1 10 Problem Solving and Structured Programming 3cr

COSC 250 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3cr

MATH 171 Introduction to Linear Algebra 3cr

MATH 241 Differential Equations 3cr

MATH 342 .Advanced Mathematics for Applications 4cr

PHYS131 Physics I-C Lecture 3cr

PHYS 132 Physics 11-C Lecmre 3cr

PHYS 141 Physics I-C Ub (or PHYS 121 Lab) Icr

PHYS 142 Physics Il-C Lab Icr

PHYS 33 1 .Modem Physics (2) 3cr
Controlled Electives: one package, depending on program
Chemical Engineering:

CHEM 23 1 Organic Chemistry I 4cr

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II 4cr
Civil Engineering:

MATH 216 Probability and Statistics for Natural Science 4cr

Technical elective 3-4cr

Electrical Engineering:

MATH 216 Probability and Statistics for Natival Science 4cr

Technical elective 3-4cr

Industrial Engineering:

MATH 2 1 6 Probability and Statistics for Natural Science 4cr

Technical elective 3-4cr

Materials Science and Engineering:

CHEM 23 1 Organic Chemistry I 4cr

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry U - 4cr

Bachelor of Science-Natural Science/Pre-Optometry Track (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 49

w ith the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121

Natural Science: CHEM 1 1 1-1 12

Social Science: ECON 101. PSYC 101

Synthesis: not required for three-year students w ho transfer

to a professional school w ith an articulation agreement

Writing Intensive: w riting-intensive course only required

for three-year students w ho transfer to a professional school

w ith an articulation agreement

Liberal Studies Electives: COSC 101, no courses

with SCI prefL\

Major: 41

Required Courses:

BIOL 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I 4cr

BIOL 1 1 2 Principles of Biology D 4cr

BIOL 1 50 Human Anatomy 3cr

BIOL 151 Human Physiology 4cr

BIOL 241 General Microbiology 3cr

BIOL 263 Genetics 3cr

CHE.M231 Organic Chemistry I 4cr

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry H or 4cr

CHEM 35 1 Biochemistry

PHYS 1 1 1 Physics I Lecture 3cr

PHYS 121 Physics I Lab Icr

PHYS 112 PhUics II Lecture 3cr

PHYS 122 Physics II Lab Icr

MATH 2 16 Probability and Statistics 3cr

Other Requirements: 0-6

Foreign Language Intermediate Level

Free ElecHves: ( I ) 0-30

Electives to meet minimum of 90 lUP cr and minimum

of 24cr in Humanities and Social Sciences for

admission to affiliated optometry school after

three years at lUP
Maximum cr for w ork at affiliated optometry school 30cr

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENT>iSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 133

Total Degree Requirements:

120

(*) Accelerated three-year Pennsylvania College of Optometry (PCO)

program. A maximum of 30cr of w ork may be transferred after the first
year at PCO. Upon completion of the first year of studies at PCO, a
transcript from PCO is to be sent by the student to the dean of the
College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics with a note requesting
application materials for graduation.

( 1 ) Student is to work with his/her advisor to select appropriate free

electives for professional school. Neurobiology and Optics are highly
recommended courses.

Bachelor of Science-Natural Science/Pre-Pharmacy Track (*)

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the follow ing specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121

Natural Science: CHEM 111-112

Social Science: PSYC 101. ECON 101

Synthesis: not required for three-year students who transfer

to a professional school with an articulation agreement

Writing Intensive: writing-intensive course only required

for three-year students w ho transfer to a professional

school w ith an articulation agreement

Liberal Studies Electives: COSC 101.

no courses with SCI prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

BIOL 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I

BIOL 1 1 2 Principles of Biology II

BIOL 150 Human Anatomy

BIOL 151 Human Physiology

BIOL 241 General Microbiology

BIOL 263 Genetics

CHEM 23 1 Organic Chemistry I

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II or

CHEM 351 Biochemistrv'

PHYS 1 1 1 Physics I Lecture

PHYS 121 Physics I Lab

PHYS 112 Physics II Lecture

PHYS 122 Physics II Lab

MATH 2 1 6 Probability and Statistics

4cr
4cr
3cr
4cr
3cr
3cr
4cr
4cr

3cr
Icr
3cr
Icr
3cr

Other Requirements:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level

Free Electives: ( I )

Electives to meet minimum of 90 lUP cr and minimum of
24cr in Humanities and Social Sciences for admission
to affiliated pharmacy school after three years at lUP

Maximum cr for work at affiliated pharmacy school

Total Degree Requirements:

0-6

0-30

30cr

120

( • ) Accelerated three-year Shenandoah University School of Pharmacy
(SUSP) or Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine School of
Pharmacy (LECOMP) program. A maximum of 30cr may be
transferred after first year at SUSP or LECOMP. Upon completion of
the first year of studies at either SUSP or LECOMP, a transcript from
SUSP or LECOMP is to be sent by the student to the dean of the
College of Natural Science and Mathematics at lUP with a note
requesting application materials for graduation.

1 ) Student is to work with his/her advisor to select appropriate free

electives for professional school. Additional courses in Chemistry and
COMM 101 are recommended.

Bachelor of Science-Natural Science/Pre-Physical Therapy
Track (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121

Natural Science: CHEM 111-112

Social Science: PSYC 101

Synthesis: not required for three-year students who transfer

to a professional school with an articulation agreement

Writing Intensive: writing-intensive course only required

for three-year students w ho transfer to a professional

school with an articulation agreement

Liberal Studies Electives: COSC 101, no courses

with SCI prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

BIOL 1 1 1 Principles of Biology 1

BIOL 1 1 2 Principles of Biology 11

BIOL 150 Human Anatomy

BIOL 151 Human Physiology

BIOL 241 General Microbiology

BIOL 263 Genetics

CHEM 23 1 Organic Chemistry I

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II or

CHEM 351 Biochemistry

PHYS 1 1 1 Physics 1 Lecture

PHYS 12! Physics I Lab

PHYS 112 Physics II Lecture

PHYS 122 Physics II Lab

MATH 2 1 6 Probability and Statistics

Other Requirements:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level

Free Electives: ( 1 )

Electives to meet minimum of 90 lUP cr and minimum of
24cr in Humanities and Social Sciences for admission
to affiliated physical therapy school after three years
atlUP

Maximum cr for work at affiliated physical therapy school

Total Degree Requirements:

4cr
4cr
3cr
4cr
3cr
3cr
4cr
4cr

3cr
Icr
3cr
Icr
3cr

0-6

0-30

30cr

120

(*) Accelerated three-year Gannon University School of Physical Therapy
program. A maximum of 30sh of work may be transferred after the
first year at Gannon University School of Physical Therapy. Upon the
completion of the first year of studies at Gannon University School of
Physical Therapy, a transcript from Gannon University is to be sent by
the student to the dean of the College of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics with a note requesting application materials for
graduation.

{ 1 ) Student is to work with his/her advisor to select appropriate free
electives for professional school. Neurobiology, Biomechanics, and
Athletic Training are highly recommended.

Page 134

INDIANA b-NIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Bachelor of Science-Natural Science/Pre-Podlatrj' Track (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the follov^ing specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 121

Natural Science: CHEM 111-112

Social Science: PSYC 101

Synthesis: not required for three-year students who transfer

to a professional school with an articulation agreement

Writing Intensive: writing-intensive course only required

for three-year students w ho transfer to a professional

school with an articulation agreement

Liberal Studies Electives: COSC 101. no courses

with SCI prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

BIOL 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I

BIOL 1 1 2 Principles of Biology II

BIOL 1 50 Human Anatomy

BIOL 1 5 1 Human Physiology

BIOL 241 General Microbiology

BIOL 263 Genetics

CHEM 23 1 Organic Chemistry I

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistrv n or

CHEM 351 Biochemistry

PHYS 1 1 1 Physics I Lecture

PHYSI21 Physics I Lab

PHYS 1 12 Physics H Lecture

PHYS 122 Physics II Lab

MATH 2 1 6 Probability and Statistics

Other Requirements:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level

Free Electives: ( 1 )

Electives to meet minimum of 90 ILTP cr and minimum of
24cr in Humanities and Social Sciences for admission
to affiliated podiatry school after three years at RJP

Maximimi credits for work at affiliated podiatry school

Total Degree Requirements:

4cr
4cr
3cr
4cr
3cr
3cr

4CT

4cr

3cr
Icr
3cr
lo-
ser

0-6

0-30

30cr

120

(*) Accelerated three-year Temple University School of Podiatry program.
A maximum of 30sh may be transferred after the first at Temple
University School of Podiatry . Upon completion of the first year of
studies at Temple University School of Podiatry, a transcnpt from
Temple University is to be sent by the student to the dean of the
College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics at lUP with a note
requesting application materials for graduation.

( I ) Student is to w ork w ith his/her advisor to select appropnate free
electives for professional school. .Additional courses m Biology are
recommended.

Department of Physics

V\ ebsite: n-H-K.iup.edu physics

Kenneth E. Hershman. Chairperson: .\ba El-Haija. Freeman. Karimi.
Numan. Ramsey. Sherman. SobolewskL Taiwan VVijekuraar: and
professors emeriti Berry. Buckw alter. Fox. Gaggini. Matous.
McNamara. RJban. Roberts. VVaddell

The goal of the Department of Physics is to prepare fiiUy qualified
individuals for productive careers in physics. Five degrees are offered within
the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics: the Bachelor of Science
degree in Physics, the Bachelor of Arts degree in Physics, the Bachelor of
Science degree in Applied Physics, the .Associate m ."Xpplied Science in

Electro-Optics, and the .\ssociate in Science in Electro-Optics^ The first
three programs offer very good preparation for grad)uaie study m physics or
for research m industrial technology. The applied physics degree provides a
strong technical background for work in solid-state electronics or eJectro-
optics or for interdisciplinary research in the areas of composer soeoce.
chemistry, biology, and geology. .A Bachelor of Science in Edocalioa with a
major in Physics is also offered. .A. two-year pre-engineeraig poogfam is
offered in cooperation w ith Drexel University whoem anilpiw»> tiansferto
Drexel after tw o years. The department also offers a minor in PIqisics. as
» ell as general science courses that satisfy the Nattnal Sctence i
of the Liberal Studies program.

The two associate degrees in Electro-Opucs. .Associate m .\pp..rc ■-. e- .i
Electro-Optics (.\.-\-S.E.O.) and .\ssociate in Science in Electr - t .-
(.'X.S.E.O.), are designed to produce tramed and skilled worker-
move into senior technician slots m the electro-opncs 'Ir.d-jstr. -
and nationally. With the .\.S.E.O. degree the studer . :
going directly to w ork or matnculating at the ILT rr .; - . - . ' .
Electro-Optics track in .Applied Physics. The two associate degrees.
A^A.S.E.O and A.S.E.O.. are offered at the .Armstrong Branch Campus of
RiP.

Minor in Phvsics

To minor in Physics, a student must successfully complete 1 5 credits m
Physics, which must consist of al least three courses at the 20<j level or
higher.

Cooperative Pre-Engineering (ChemicaL ChiL ElectricaL
.Materials, .Mechanical) Program with Dreiel Universitv

Common to all pre-engmeenng prograrns are tiie follow mg science and
mathematics requirements: 'PHYsls 1-141, PHY'S 132-r42. PHY'S 322.
PFTV'S 342, *\L\TH 123, *VLATH 124. \L\TH 171. VLATH 241. •CHEM
HI. *CHEM 112 Cor appropriate substitute).

Further requirements depend on the particular engineering program chosen.
Complete information regarding a specific program may be obtained from
the Physics Department.

For information on the Cooperative Pre-Engineering ptuaam witfi ike

University of Pittsburgh, see the catalog section for Natural Science and the
program outline for ""Bachelor of Sctence degree in Natural Science Pte-
Enaineerina."

Bachelor of .\rt5-Physics

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies sectioa

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: \LATH 123

Natural Science: PHYS 131-141 and 132-142

Liberal Studies Electives: 4cr. \LATH 124.

no courses with PHYS prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

PHYS 1 3 1 Physics I-C Lecnire

PHYS 132 Physics U-C Lecmre

PHYS 141 Physics I-C Ub

PHY'S 142 Physics U-C Lab

PHYS 222 Mechanics I

PFTV'S 223 Mechanics II

PHYS 231 Electronics

PHYS 322 Electncity and Magnetism I

PFH'S 323 Electricity and Magnetism Q

PHY'S 331 .Modem Physics

PFTYS 350 Intermediate Experimental Physics I

PHY'S 351 Intermediate E-xperimental Physics n

PHY'S 473 Quantum Mechanics I

•crlD

•cr(l)

^x(l)

•cr(l)

4cr

3cr

4cr

INDIANA UNIVERSfTY' OF PENNSYLVANIA L"SDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2lX)3-04

PaaelJf

Controlled Electives:

One additional PHYS majors course

Other Requirements:

Additional mathematics and computer science:

cose 1 10 Problem Solving and Structured Programming

MATH 241 DitTerential Equations

MATH 342 Advanced Mathematics for Applications

Additional natural science sequence

Additional social or natural science sequence (advanced)

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (2)

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr

22-28

3cr
3cr
4cr
6cr
6cr
0-6cr

14-20

120

(1) Credits are counted in the Liberal Studies Natural Science requirement.

(2) lntermediate-le\el Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

Bachelor of Science-Physics

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

Mathemarics: MATH 123

Natural Science: PHYS 131-141 and 132-142

Liberal Studies Electives: 4cr. MATH 124.

no courses with PHYS prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

PH\S 1 3 1 Physics 1-C Lecture

PHYS 132 Physics ll-C Lecture

PHYS 141 Physics l-C Lab

PHYS 142 Physics ll-C Ub

PHYS 222 Mechanics I

PHYS 223 Mechanics II

PHYS 231 Electronics

PHYS 242 Optics

PHYS 322 Electricity and Magnetism I

PHYS 323 Electricity and Magnetism II

PHYS 331 Modem Physics

PHYS 342 Thermal and Statistical Physics

PHYS 350 Intermediate Experimental Physics I

PHYS 35 1 Intermediate Experimental Physics II

PHYS 473 Quantum Mechanics I

Controlled Electives:

One course from the following: PHYS 472 or 490
One additional PHYS majors course

Other Requirements:

cose 1 10 Problem Solving and Structured Programming
MATH 241 Differential Equations
MATH 342 Advanced Mathematics for Applications
One course from the following:

COSC 250: MATH 1 7 1 . 363. 42 1 , 423
Foreign Language Intermediate Level (2)

Free Electives:

•cr(l)

*cr(l)

2cr

4cr

3cr

2cr

3cr

4cr

3cr
3cr

13-19

3cr
3cr
4cr

3cr
0-6cr

14-20

Total Degree Requirements: 120

( 1 ) Credits are counted in the Liberal Studies Natural Science requirement.

(2) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

Bachelor of Science-Applied Physics

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the follow ing specifications:

.Mathematics: MATH 123

Natural Science: CHEM 111-112 (replaced by

CHEM 113-1 14 for Chemislrv track)

Liberal Studies Electives: 4cr. MATH 1 24.

no courses with PHYS prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

PHYS 1 3 1 Physics l-C Lecture

PHYS 1 32 Physics ll-C Lecture

PHYS 141 Physics I-C Lab

PHYS 142 Physics II-C Lab

PHYS 222 Mechanics I

PHYS 231 Electronics

PHYS 242 Optics

PHYS 322 Electricity and Magnetism I

PHYS 331 Modem Physics

PHYS 352 Applied Physics Laboratory

PHYS 355 Computer Interfacing

Controlled Electives: According to Track
Solid State Electronics Track: COSC 300.

MATH 342. PHYS 323. 342. 353. 432. 475. 476
Computer Science Track: COSC 300, 310, 410, 450,

PHYS 342, 353, 432, 475, 476
Chemistry Track: CHEM 231. 232. 323. 341,

342. 343. MATH 342
Biolog\- Track: BIOL 1 1 1. 120. CHEM 231. 323. 351.

Two biology electives from the following:

BIOL 250r263. 350.401.472
Geolog}- Track: GEOS 121. 122. 131. 132

Five Geoscience electives from the following:

GEOS 220, 325, 326. 362. 412. 440, 481

3cr
3cr
Icr
Icr
2cr
4cr
3cr
2cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

23-27

24 cr
27 cr
24 cr
27 cr

23 cr

Other Requirements:

COSC 1 1 0 Problem Solving and Structured Programming 3cr

COSC 250 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3cr

MATH 241 Differential Equations 3cr

Foreign Language Intermediate Level (1 ) 0-6cr

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

( I ) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

Bachelor of Science In Education-Physics (*)

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

with the following specifications:

.Mathematics: MATH 123

Natural Science: CHEM 1 1 1 - 1 1 2

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 9cr, MATH 241; BIOL 103

or 1 14 or 1 15; GEOS 1 1 1 or 1 13, no courses with PHYS prefix

9-15

0-10

120

Page 136

INDIANA LNrVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

College:

Preprofessional Education Seqaence:

COMM 105 Digital Instructional Technology

EDSP 1 o: Educational Psychology

Professional Edacalion Seqaence:

EDEX 301 Education of Students with Disabihties in

Inchisi\e Secoodar>' Settings
EDSP 477 Assessment of Student Learning: Design

and Interpretation of Educational Measures
EDL'C 242 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience I
EDCC 342 Pre-student Teaching CUnical Experience n
EDUC 44 1 Student Teaching
EDLC 442 School Uw
EDL'C 45 1 Teaching Science in the Secondary School

Major:

Required Courses:

PH'i S 131 Ph>sics I-C Lecture

Physics D-C Lecture

Physics I-C Lab

Physics n-C Lab

Mechanics I

Mechanics D

Electronics

Optics

Electricity and Magnetism I

Modem Ph>^ics

Thermal and Statistical Ph>sics

Intermediaie Experimental Physics I

PHYSIOO

PHYS 115

PHYS1I6

PHYS 132

PHYS 141

PHYS 142

PHYS 222

PH\S 223

PHYS 23 1

PH'^'S 242

PHYS 322

PHYS 331

PH^S 342

PmS 350

Controlled Electhes:

Physics electi\es

Other Requirements: Additional Math Course:

MATH 124 Calculus II for Physics. Chemistr>, and
Mathematics

(#) Total Degree Requirements:

(*)

3CT

Icr

12cr

Icr

3cr

3cr
3cr
Icr
Icr
2cr
2cr
4cr
3cr
2cr
3cr
3cr
3cr

2cr

4cr

120

See requirements leading to teacher certification, titled "Admission to
Teacher Education." in the College of Education and Educational
Technology section of this catalog.
(~) See advisory paragraph "Timely Completion of Degree Requirements"
in the section on Requirements for Graduation.

Associate in Applied Science-Electro-Optics (.A^\.S.E.O.)

Liberal Studies: The folkming are the required 23-24

Liberal Studies courses:

English Composition: ENGL 101

Mathematics: SLATH 110 or 121

Humanities: 3cr

Natural Science: CHEM 1 1 1

Social Science: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electi^es: SAFE 145. COSCBTED/IFMG 101

or COSCBTED CO.\LM IFMG 201

Major:

Required Courses:

EOPT 1 05 Computer Interfacing in Electro-Optics 3cr

EOPTllO Geometric Optics 3cr

EOPT 120 Wave Optics 3cr

EOPT 125 Introduction to Electronics 4cr

EOPT 2 1 0 Detection and Measurement 3cr

EOPT 220 bitroduction to Lasers 3cr

EOPT 240 Fiber Optics 3cr

EOPT 250 High-\'acuum Technology 3cr

EOPT 260 Industrial Applications of Lasers 3cr

Prelude to Physics
Physics I for Electro-Optics
Physics n for Electro-Optics

Other Requirements:

.VIGMT 234 Introduction to Quality Control

Total Degree Requirements:

3cr
3cr
3cr

3cr

63-64

.Associate in Science-Electro-Optics (.A.S.E.O.)

Liberal Studies: The foUoning are the required

Liberal Studies courses:

English Composition: ENGL 101

Mathematics: NLATH 121

Humanities: 3cr

Fine Arts: 5cr

Natural Science: CHEM 1 1 1

Social Science: 3cr

Health ^\ellness: 3cr

Liberal Studies Electi^es: S.\FE 145. COSC BTED

IFMG 101 or COSC BTED COMM IFMG 201

Major:

Required Courses:

EOPT 105 Computer Interfacing in Electro-Optics

EOPT 1 1 0 Geometric Optics

EOPT 120 Wave Optics

EOPT 125 bitroduction to Electronics

PHYS 1 00 Prdude to Physics

PHYS 1 1 5 Physics I for Electro-Optics

Pmi'S 1 1 6 Physics U for ElectroOptics

Choose two of the following three courses:

EOPT 2 1 0 Detection and Measurement

EOPT 220 Introduction to Lasers

MG\rr 234 Introduction to Quahty Control

Choose two of the folkming three courses:

EOPT 240 Fiber Optics

EOPT 250 High- Vacuum Technology

EOPT 260 Industrial AppUcatioos of Laseis

Total Degree Requirements:

3CT

3cr
3cr
4cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
6cr

6cr

Bachelor of Science-Applied Physics'Electro-Optics Track

Liberal Studies: -As outlined in Liberal Smdies section

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: NLATH 121

Natural Science: CHEM 111-112

Liberal Studies Electives: 4cr. M-ATH 122. no course

with PHYS prellx

Major:

Required Courses:

EOPT 105 Computer Interfacing in Electro-Optics

EOPT 1 1 0 Geometric Optics

EOPT 120 Wave Optics

EOPT 125 bitroduction to Electronics

PHYS 1 00 Prehide to Ph>sics

PHYS 1 1 5 Physics 1 for Electro-Optics

PH>S 1 16 Physics 11 for Electro-Optics

PH^'S 222 Mechanics I

PH^'S 322 Electricirv and Maenetism 1

3cr
3cr
3cr
4cr
Bcr
3cr
3cr
2cr

2CT

INDLVNA L'SIYERSm OF PEN'NSYLVANU L"NDERGRADLATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paee 13"

PHYS33I

Modem Phvsics

3cr

PHYS 350

Intermediate Experimental Physics 1

3cr

Choose two

of the followine three courses;

eopt:io

Detection and Measurement

3cr

EOPT 220

Introduction to Lasers

3cr

MGMT 234

Introduction to Qualitj' Control

3cr

Choose t» 0

of the following three courses:

EOPT 240

Fiber Optics

3cr

EOPT 250

High-Vacuimi Technology-

3cr

EOPT 260

Industrial Applications of Lasers

3cr

Other Requirements:

COSC BTED 1B.1G 101 or

COSC BTED COMM IFNIG 201

COSC 1 1 0 Problem Solving and Structured Programming

COSC 250 Introduction to Numerical Methods

MATH 241 DifTerential Equations

SAFE 145 Workplace Safety Today and Tomorrow

Foreign Language-Intermediate Le\el

Free Elective*:

Total Degree Requirements:

15-21

3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
3cr
0-6cr

5-11

120

Department of Psycholog>

\\ebsite: H-nw.iup.edu/p^xhology

Mary Lou Zanich. Chairperson: Berman. Federoff. Gallen. Goodwin,
Hart. Husenits. Kanlasty. LaPorte. Luo. Marquette. McHugh. MeiL
Pavloski. Raeff. Robertson. Roehrich. Ruffner. Sadler. Sherburne.
Stires. Tayyabkhan. Thornton. Zimn> : and professors emeriti Magee.
Panon. Rich. Rittle. Schneider. Sussmano. \\ alz

The program in ps>chology leads to a Bachelor of Arts degree and is
designed to gi\e the student an understanding of the methods and major
findings in the science of behavior and mental processes. The major offers
the background required for graduate w ork in psychology and also
preparation for such related fields as social w ork, personal w ork. advertising,
medicine, law . and theology. The department also offers a minor in
psychology.

A track in applied psychology offers students a firm background in the
science of psychology . preparation for nonclinical applications of psychology
to the solution of human and social problems in private and public
organizations, and preparation for graduate study in the applied area of
psvchology . The core for the track is the same as for the psychology major
coursework in applied psychology is provided b\ enrolling in appropriate
psychology electives and a carefully designed concentration of courses
outside the department

An honors program has been developed to eruich the education of qualified
psychology majors and to assist students in gaining entrance to graduate
school. The core for the program is the same as for the psychology major;
special seminar classes and independent research experiences culminating in
an Honors Thesis are required.

AU psychology majors are required to lake a minor or a concentration in
another discipline.

Bachelor of Arts-Ps>'chology'

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section 48

with the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 217

Natural Science: BIOL 103-104 recommended

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr. no course w ith PSYC prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

PS'iC 290 Research Design and Analysis I
PS^C 291 Research Design and .^alysis II
Controlled Electives: .\ minimimi of one course from
each of the follow ing six core areas: ( 1 )

A. De\elopmenlal Psychology: PSYC 310. 311.312,315

B. Individual Differences: PSYC 320. 321. 325

C. SociaL'Environmenlal: PSYC 330, 331. 335

D. CognitiowZeaming: PSYC 341, 342, 345

E. Biological Bases of Behavior:

PSYC 350. 352. 355. 356. 359

F. Melatheoretical Perspectives in Psychology:

PSYC 410. 411
Other PSYC electives beyond PSYC 101

Other Requirements:

Foreign Language Intermediate Level
Minor/concentration :

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

34-39

4cr

3-4cr(2)
3-4cr
3-kr(3)
3-»cr(4)

3^r(5)

3cr
6-8cr

15-21
0-6cr(6)
15cr

12-23

120

( 1 ) At least two must be content-based laboratory courses.

(2) Credit toward the major will be given for only one of PSYC 3 1 0. 3 1 1 .
or 315.

(3) Credit toward the major will be given for only one of PSYC 330 or
335.

(4) Credit toward the major will be given for only one of PSYC 342 or
345.

(5) Credit toward the major will be given for only one of PSYC 350 or
356.

(6) Intermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electives.

38^1

Bachelor of .\rts-Psychology/.\pplied Psychology Track

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section

w ith the following specifications:

Mathematics: MATH 217

Natural Science: BIOL 103-104 recommended

Social Science: ECON 121. PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr, no course w ith PSYC prefix

Major:

Required Courses:

PSYC 290 Research Design and .-Vnaly^is I 4cr

PSYC 291 Research Design and .Analysis U 4cr

PSYC 421 Psychology of Work 3cr

PSYC 425 Experimental Organizational Psychology 4cr

PSYC 493 Psychology Practicum 3cr (1 )

Controlled Electives: .A minimum of one course from

each of the following six core areas: (2)

A. De\elopmental Psychology: PSYC 3 1 0. 3 1 1 , 3 1 2, 3 1 5 3-4cT (3)

B. Individual Differences: PSYC 320. 32 1 . 325 3-4cr

C Social/Emironmenlal: PSYC 330. 33 1 . 335 3-4cr (4)

D. Cognitiow'Leaming: PSYC 341. 342, 345 3-4cr (5)
£ Biological Bases of Behavior:

PSYC 350, 352,355, 356, 359 3-4cr (6)
F. Melatheoretical Perspectives in Psychology:

PSYC 410. 41 1 3cr

Pace 138

INDIANA L'NIN'ERSm' OF PEN7>.'SYLVANL\ LTsiDERGR-ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Other Requirements:

Outside Concentration:

ECON 122 Principles of Microeconomics

ECON 330 Labor Economics

ILR 480 Principles and Practices of Collective

Bargaining
Two courses, as approved by advisor
Foreign Lanauaae Intermediate Level

15-21 (5) Credit toward the major will be given for only one of PSYC 330 or

335.

3cr (6) Credit toward the major will be given for only one of PSYC 342 or

3cr 345.

(7) Credit toward the major will be given for only one of PSYC 350 or

3cr 356.

6cr (7) (8) hitermediate-level Foreign Language may be included in Liberal

0-6cr f8) Studies electives.

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

10-19
120

(1) Department recommends at least 6cr of PSYC 493.

(2) At least tw o must be content-based laboratory courses.

(3) Credit toward the major w ill be given for only one of PSYC 3 1 0. 3 1 1 .
or 315.

(4) Credit toward the major w iU be given for only one of PSYC 330 or
335.

(5) Credit toward the major will be given for only one of PSYC 342 or
345.

(6) Credit toward the major w ill be given for only one of PSYC 350 or
356.

(7) Department highly recommends PSYC 424 and recommends one
course from business or another applied area.

(8) Intennediate-le\el Foreign Language may be included in Liberal
Studies electi\es.

Minor-Psychology

Required Courses:

PS'tC 1 0 1 General Psychology ( 1 )

PSYC 280 Psychological lnquir> or

PSYC 290 Research Design and Analysis I (2)

Four other PSYC electives beyond PSYC 101 (3, 4)

18-19

3cr
3cr
4cr

12cr

(1) Meets Liberal Studies requirement

(2) Prerequisite: MATH 2 1 7.

(3) Selected in consultation with the director of the undergraduate
program.

(4) Credit tow ard minor will be given for only one of PSYC 3 1 0, 3 1 1 , or
315.

Bachelor of -\rts-Psycholog\ /Honors Program in Psychology

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section 48

» ith the following specifications:

Mathematics: M.\TH2I7

Natural Science: BIOL 103-104 recommended

Social Science: PS^'C 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 3cr. no course with PSYC prefix

Major: 40-43

Required Courses:

PS^ C 290 Research Design and Analysis I 4cr

PSYC 291 Research Design and .Analysis n 4cr

PSYC 480 Honors Seminar 6cr(l)

PSYC 4S3 Honors Thesis 6cr (2)

Controlled Electives: .A minimum of one course from
each of the following six core areas: (3)

A. De\elopmental Pncholog\: PSYC 3 1 0. 3 1 1 . 3 1 2. 3 1 5 3-tcr (4)

B. Indhidual Differences: PSYC 320. 32 1 . 325 3-4cr

C SocialTmironmenlal: PSYC 330. 331.335 3-kr (5)

D. Cognition learning: PSYC 34 1 . 342. 345 3-4cr (6)
f . Biological Bases of Behavior:

PSYC 350. 352. 355. 356. 359 3-4cr (7)
F. Metatheorelical Perspectives in Psychology:

PSYC 410. 411 3cr

Minor-Psychological Science

Required Courses:

PSYC 101 General Psychology

PSYC 290 Research Design and Analysis I

One course fi-om core areas .\, B. or C

One course from core areas D or E

One PSYC elective

17-18

3cr(l)
4cr(2)
3-4cr (3)
3-4cr(3)
3-4cr

(1) Meets Liberal Studies requirement.

(2) Prerequisite; .MATH 2 1 7.

(3) At least one course must be a content-based laboratory course.

Other Requirements:

Foreign Language Intermediate Le\el
Minor/concentration:

15-21
0^r(8)

15cr

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

8-17
120

(1) Students will enroll in PSYC 480 for 3cr in each of two semesters.

(2) Students will enroll in PSYC 483 for 3cr in each of two semesters.

(3) At least tivo must be content-based laboratory courses.

(4) Credit tow ard the major will be gisen for only one of PS>'C 3 1 0. 3 1 1 .
or 315.

INDUNA UNUXRSm' OF PENNSYLV.\NU UNDERGRADU.\TE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 139

The School of Continuing Education

Nicholas E. Kolb. Associate Provost and Dean

George E. Rogers, Assistant Dean
\\ ebsite: mn* . iup.edu- continuing-ed

The mission of the School of Continuing Education is to sene the lifelong
educational needs of nontraditional students, working adults, professional
organizations, local and state agencies, and the citizens of the common-
wealth by providing access to the academic and human resources of lUP.

The School of Continuing Education was created by the lUP Board of
Trustees in May. 1966. Today, the school comprises Credit Programs.
Conferences and Noncredit Programs, and the X'ocational Personnel
Preparation Center. The school is characterized b> its commitment to
academic excellence and high-quality programs. The school maintains a
dynamic en\ ironment w hich fosters inno\ ation and experimentation in order
to improve programs continually and respond to the ever-changing needs of
society.

Credit Programs

George E. Rogers, .\ssistant Dean

The Credit Programs area offers a variety of opportunities for the adult and
nontraditional learner to access the academic resources of lUP on a part-time
basis. Courses may be selected fi'om da\ or evening offerings.

.Associate of .Arts-General Studies

The .Associate of .Arts degree in General Studies is designed for the
nontraditional or adult learner w ho seeks to acquire a broad base of
know ledge in the liberal arts. This program consists of the core of Liberal
Studies requirements of the bachelor's degree programs plus 10 credits of
electives. The student is encouraged to develop a plan of study w ith his or
her academic ad\ isor which w ill bring focus to his or her interest in a
particular area or subjecL No more that 30 credits may be transferred into
this degree program from other colleges.

Full-time students admined to the Associate of Arts degree program through
the .Admissions Office will be advised by personnel in the Learning
Enhancement Center during their freshman vear at lUP.

.Associate of .Arts-General Studies

Liberal Studies: .As oudined in the Liberal Studies section

w ith the following specifications:

Fine .Arts

3cr

Health and \\ ellness/ROTC

3cr

Humanities

9cr

Learning Skills

lOcr

Natural Science

7cr

Social Science

9cr

Controlled Liberal Studies Electives

9cr

Free Electives:

Total Degree Requirements:

Bachelor of Science-General Studies

The Bachelor of Science degree in General Studies is designed for the
mature adult studenL w ho under faculty advisement can explore and develop
an individualized plan of study which does not approach any existing lUP
major. This individually designed plan of study must be based on a specific
theme which incorporates basic and applied coursework within a theoretical
framework culminating in a senior-vear independent research project. At the
time of application for degree candidacy through the School of Continuing
Education or transfer from another major, the student must submit a plan of

study which contains the proposed theme, rationale, and courses needed to
satish the Special Interest .Area. .A faculty member w ill be assigned to assist
with the plan of study prior to acceptance to degree candidacy. Students
other than School of Continuing Education students must have completed
45cr before a request for transfer will be honored.

The student's plan of study, which is designed to fulfill the Special Interest
Area, must be approved by the student's advisor and the assistant dean of the
School of Continuing Education.

Bachelor of Science-General Studies

Liberal Studies: As outlined in Liberal Studies section

General .Area of Study: (1.2)

Choose at least 6cr from three of the four areas listed below .

.At least 12cr must be 300-level or above. Courses should

relate to theme developed in Special Interest Area.

Arts. Letters, and Culture .Area: .An, Communications

Media, English. French, German, Journalism. Music.

Philosophy. Religious Studies. Spanish. Theater
Human Beha\ior and Development .4rea: .Anthropology.

Education. Health. Family and Consumer Sciences.

Psychology. Sociology
Science. Mathematics, and Technology .Area: Biology.

Chemistry. Computer Science. Geoscience. Mathematics,

Physics, and relevant courses in education
Social and Political Systems .irea: Economics. Education,

Geography and Regional Planning. History. Industrial

and Labor Relations. Political Science

Special Interest Area: (3)

With approval of advisor, smdent may select from any
department listed above, courses w hich focus on a particular
need or interest. .At least 1 2cr must be 300-le\ el or abov e.
The program must include either one research coiu^e w hich
provides opportunities for extensive writing or an independent
study project. Some courses will not be available to General
Studies majors.

Electives:

At least 6cr must be 300-level or above

Total Degree Requirements:

120

( 1 ) Individually planned theme may not duplicate any existing degree
programs which are otherw ise available at lUP. nor may they be used
to circumvent specific requirements within an existing major.

(2) No more than 30cr taken in any one department w ill count toward
graduation.

(3) In the application of university policies, the Special Interest Area is
considered as the major. Specifically, in order to graduate, students
must be in academic good standing and attain a 2.0 GPA in the Special
Interest Area,

Paee 140

INDLANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Part-time Studies Program (Nondegree)

15 lUP credits

:.0 GPA

9 [UP credits

:.0 GPA

9 lUP credits

;.OGPA

15 lUP credits

:.0 GPA

Tlie Part-time Studies Program is designed to otTer the adult and
nontraditional learner the opponunit> to begin or renew a college education
at lUP. Through this program an indi\ idual may enroll in undergraduate
credit courses to pursue personal interests, acquire new skills, or work
toward formal admission to degree candidacy. Credit earned in this program
may be applied to a degree upon formal admission to an lUP degree
program. Please see the Adinissions section of this catalog for information
on the application requirements.

A student in the Part-time Studies Program is limited to a semester
enrollment of no more than 1 1 credits and must apply for formal admission
to degree candidacy must apply for formal admission to a degree program
before 30 lUP credits have been earned. .Applications for degree candidacy
must be filed by the midterm point of the fall or spring semester preceding
candidacy. Specific requirements for GPA and lUP credit \ary by degree
program. The minimum credit criteria to apply for consideration for degree
candidacy are as follow s:

High School Diploma or GED

\eteran (DD-214 required)

Transfer (w ith 12 or more credits)

Transfer (w ith 1 1 or less credits)

Postbaccalaureate Program

The Post-Baccalaureate Program is designed to pro\ ide access to
undergraduate courses to indi\ iduals w ho ha\e an earned baccalaureate
degree. Students may be seeking a second bachelor's degree, additional
teacher certification, or personal enrichment. Post-Baccalaureate students
may anend ILP on a part-time or full-time basis. Please see the Admissions
section of this catalog for application information.

Program for N'isiting High School Students

lUP permits the exceptional high school student to preview university life
and earn regular college credit on a limited nondegree basis. The student
must have completed the sophomore year w ith a minimum of a "B" a\erage
and have the w ritten support of the high school principal or guidance
counselor. The parameters of the student's enrollment are defined in
consultation with the appropriate high school otTicial and are limited to a
maximum of 9 credits per semester. For further information, contact the
School of Continuing Education.

Center for Vocational Personnel Preparation

Vocational-Technical Professional Studies

\\ebsite: www.iup.edu/voced

Karen S. Rivosecchi. Chairperson: Boyd. Debow, Dolecki, Gamble.

.Monaco, Spewoek. Sylves

The Vocational-Technical Professional Smdies program otTers under-
graduate curricula that prepare preserv ice teachers. in-ser\'ice teachers,
supervisors, and administrators in \ ocational-technical education. Students
enrolling may specialize in an area related to interest and or pre\ lous w ork
experience. Programs may lead to either a Bachelor of Science in Education
degree w ith certification or to professional certification only. Program
graduates ha\ e a broad range of employment opportunities as teachers
trainers in secondary schools. \ ocational-technical schools, postsecondary
schools, and business and industry.

Certification to teach vocational-technical education in the commonwealth's
secondary schools is issued to indiv iduals w ho meet statutory requirements,
demonstrate occupational technical proficiency on a nationally standardized
occupational competency examination, and complete 60 credits of the
Pennsylvania Department of Education's approved uni\ersity program. In
the lUP program, a plan of studies will be tailored to each student's unique
background (i.e.. electrical, electronics, data processing, drafting, welding,
dental, etc.) and professional needs.

Certification to serve as a cooperative education teacher-coordinator in the
commonw ealth's secondary schools can be earned by completing a program
of studies tailored to each student's individual background and professional
needs. The program prepares indi\ iduals for managing industrial cooperative
training and school-lo-w ork transitional expenences. For persons holding a
\alid Pennsyhania Instructional Certificate, the program of studies will be
indiv idualized based upon educational credits earned.

Each program otTcred b\ the Center for Vocational Personnel Preparation

requires completion of the following credits:

Bachelor of Science in Education 120cr

Cooperative Education Teacher Coordinator Certificate 75cr
Vocational Technical Education Certificate 60-62cr

Bachelor of Science in Education- Vocational-Technical Education

Liberal Studies: .As outlined in Liberal Studies section 51

w ith the following specifications:

Mathematics: ?cr

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: 6cr. no courses with VOED prefix

College: 6

Professional Educational Sequence:

COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology or

FDED 102 American Education in Theory and Practice 3cr
EDSP102 Educational Psychology 3cr

Major: 30

Required Courses:

VOED 100 Preparation of the Vocational Professional 1 15cr

VOED 400 Preparation of the Vocational Professional II 1 5cr

Other Requirements: 27

\ ocational Technical:

ENGL 310 Pubhc Speaking 3cr

VOED 450 Technical Preparation of the Vocational

Professional 24cr

Free Electives: 6

Total Degree Requirements: 120

Certificate- Vocational-Technical Education

Liberal Studies: As follows: 21-2

Mathematics: MATH 101

English: ENGL 101

Humanities: one course from lists

Fine .Arts: one course from list

Natural Science: one course, lab or non-lab

Social Science: PS^C 101

Liberal Studies Electives: one course, no course

w Ith VOED prefix

College:

Professional Educational Sequence:

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology 3cr

FDED 102 American Education in Theory and Practice or 3cr
COMM 103 Digital Instructional Technology

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 141

Major: 33

Required Courses:

ENGL 310 Public Speaking 3cr

VOED 100 Preparation of the Vocational Professional I 15cr

VOED 400 Preparation of the \ocational Professional U 1 5cr

Total CertiTication Requirements: 60-^2

Certincate as Secondary' School Cooperative Education Teacher/
Coordinator

Liberal Studies: As follows:

Mathematics: M.ATH 101

English: ENGL 101

Humanities: one course from lists

Fine Arts: one course from list

Natural Science: one course, lab or non-lab

Social Science: PSYC 101

Liberal Studies Electives: one course, no courses

with VOED prefu

College:

Professional Educational Sequence:
EDSP 102 Educational Psychology-
FDED 102 American Education in Theory and Practice or
COMM 1 03 Digital Instructional Technology

Major:

Required Courses:
ENGL 3 1 0 Public Speaking

VOED 100 Preparation of the Vocational Professional I
VOED 400 Preparation of the Vocational Professional U
VOED 402 Special Topics in Vocational Pedagogical
Preparation

Total CertificatioD Requirements:

21-23

3cr
3cr

3cr

15cr

I5cr

75-77

Conferences and Noncredit Programs

George E. Rogers, .\ssistant Dean

The School of Continuing Education offers a w ide \ariet>' of noncredit
programs which meet business, industry, and community- needs in the areas
of workforce training and development, professional deselopment, personal
enrichment, and public service.

Community -L'niversity Studies

Noncredit courses and w orkshops are offered in Indiana throughout the year.
Personal growth and ennchment topics include creative leisure, self-
improvement, fimess and dance, culinary arts, languages, outdoor pursuits,
and Great Decisions. There are no exams, no grades, and the instructors are
knowledgeable and enthusiastic about introducing others to their areas of
expertise. Computer literacy and professional development courses are also
available. In addition, the Academy of Living and Learning, a collaborative
effort betueen the School of Continuing Education and Calvary Presbyterian
Church of Indiana, offers trips, lectures, and discussions on a w ide variety of
subject matter. Held during the day. all classes are open to interested
commimity people and are provided as a service to the community.

Special Programs

The education and training needs of health and human service professionals
are met through course offerings, one-day workshops, seminars, and
conferences. In addition. Youth Experience in Summer provides educational
enrichment for youth in elementary grades.

Conferences

The professional staff of the Office of Conferences assists in planning and
implementing experiences for a variety of professional, subject matter-
related, and general interest groups. .Assistance in budgeting, marketing,
designing of brochures, on-site registration, and evaluation are examples of
services available to our clients. Coordination of off-campus events is also a
serv ice available to conference planners.

Workforce and Economic Development WKJtMk

\\ebsite: u .iii.i.r t j'.-i i^unnni.ing-^J
Robin .\. Gorman. Director

The Office of Workforce and Economic Development provides for the
training of Pennsylvania's workers for a growing economy. It offers a
comprehensive collection of workforce skill development tools as well as a
Workforce Learning Resource Center (VMILC ) specifically designed to serve
business and industry. Employers can tap into WLRC for training and grant
ftinding initiatives, advice for planning job training to meet company goals
and objectives, the latest research on best industry practices, complete on-
line and instnictor-led training courses, and rental facilities.

Criminal Justice Training Center fllH

N\ebsite: H-H-H-.iup.edu/crimjustice
Gary M. Welsh. Director

The Criminal Justice Training Center provides high-quality education and
training programs for the continuing professionalism of the criminal justice
system. These programs include seminars for in-service personnel in
fulfillment of mandatory continuing education requirements. They are
conducted on an "as needed" basis covering an unlimited range of topics,
such as vehicle and criminal law updates, search and seizure, accident
investigation, alcohol enforcement and driver proficiency. Special programs
offer the basic 750-hour academy training required for law enforcement
service under Mandatory Act 120. Training under the Lethal Weapons Act
235 pro\ides the basic requirements and mandatory recertification for armed
security personnel.

Paee 142

INDLANA CSrVERSFTV OF PENNSYLVANIA L'NDERGR.^DUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Course Descriptions

Credit designation at nght of title is expressed in (c) class hours per week, (1) lab or (d) discussion section hours per week, and (cr) credits of credit per semester.

.\CCT: .\ccounting

Department of .\ccounring

Eberly College of Business and Information Technologj-

Note: Except for .Accounting. Business Education, and non-business majors
who have met the required prerequisites, students scheduUng 300 and 400
courses are expected to ha\ e achie% ed junior standing as described in the
Eberly College of Business and Information Technologj .Academic Policies.

.ACCT 201 .Accounting Principles I 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Sophomore status (except for Accoimting majors)
introduces the basic financial accounting concepts, principles, and practices
applied to the preparation and interpretation of the major financial
statements. Includes complete co\erage of the accounting cycle which is
designed to satisfy the information requirements of external decision makers.
Topics covered are asset valuation, liability measurement, income
determination, and equity activities. Integrated throughout is a discussion of
ethical issues and considerations.

.ACCT 202 .Accounting Principles 11 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: .ACCT 201

.An introduction to traditional managerial accoimting concepts and proce-
dures utilized in the organization and processing of accoimting information
for management decision-making purposes. Topics include managerial
accounting and the business env ironment cost terms and concepts, cost
systems, cost behav ior. and cost-volume-profit analysis. .Also covers the
master budget, standard costing and variance analvsis. performance evalua-
tion, responsibility accounting, relevant cost analysis, and decision making.

ACCT 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are otTered on an experimental or temporarv basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may be

offered under anv special topic identity no more than tliree times. Special

topics numbered 281 are otTered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

.ACCT 299 Cooperative Education I Oc-OI-2cr

Prerequisites: Completion of 55cr with a minimum 2.0 GP.A including a
grade of C or bener in .ACCT 201. .ACCT 202. and IFMG 241. and approval
of the cooperative advisor

The initial experience in a program designed to combine classroom theory
with practical application through job-related experiences. Students are
actively emploved in the accounting area in business, industrv . gov emment,
and a varietv of organizations and agencies with a work focus which relates
to their academic training and career objectives in accounting. The student is
expected to complete subsequenth .ACCT 399 or an internship.

ACCT 300 Managerial .Accounting 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: .ACCT 202 (not open to .Accounting majors)
Emphasizes the use of accounting information in performing the managerial
functions of planning, control, decision making, and performance evaluation.
Note: .Accounting majors will not be granted degree credit for .ACCT 300.

ACCT 303 Financial System .Analysis 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Grade of C or better m .ACCT 202
Focuses on preparation and analv-sis of financial information for business
performance and financial condition decisions. Financial accounting
software is integrated tJiroughout the course to demonstrate financial
accounting system design. Basic accounting standards, concepts, and current
issues underlying financial reporting are reviewed.

-ACCT 304 Intermediate .Accounting I 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in .ACCT 303

Primarily focuses on financial reporting for asset wealth typically found in
business environments. Coverage includes recognition and measurement of
such assets as cash, receiv ables. investments, inventories, plant assets, and
intangible assets. Present value concepts in fmancial reporting are also
emphasized. (OtTered as ACCT 301 prior to 2002-03)

ACCT 305 Intermediate .Accounting 11 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in ACCT 304
Concentrates on financial reporting of creditor and investor claims on
business assets in the form of liabilities and equitv . Specialized financial
reponmg topics such as earnings per share, stock options, income tax,
pension, and lease accounting are also covered. (Offered as ACCT 302 prior
to 2002-03)

ACCT 3 1 1 Cost .Accounting 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in ACCT 202
Studies the aggregation and use of financial information for internal
management decision-making. Discussions concentrate on cost management
svstem design, cost estimation methods for budget preparation and
achievement, cost accumulation methods for manufactiuing and serv ice
organizations, inventorv control procedures, transfer pricing administration,
and managerial performance ev aluation techniques.

ACCT 32 1 Federal Tax I 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Grade of C or t)etter in ACCT 202

Introduces the student to the ftindamental concepts of federal taxation, with
special emphasis on individuals. Creates an awareness and recognition of the
ta.x consequences involved in financial decision-making, w ith special
emphasis on use of professional tax software and Internet resources.
(Offered as AG 421 prior to 1999-2000)

.ACCT 399 Cooperative Education II 0c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: .ACCT 299. completion of S5cr w ith a cumulative 2.0 GP.A,
a 2.3 GPA in ACCT 304. 305, and 31 1 with a grade of C or beaer in each
course, and approval of the cooperative advisor
The subsequent course in cooperative education is designed to combine
classroom theorv with practical application tfu-ough job-related experiences.
Students are activ elv employed in the accounting area in business, industrv .
government, and a varietv of organizations and agencies with a work focus
which relates to their academic training and career objectives in accounting.

.ACCT 40 1 Adv anced .Accounting 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ACCT 305

.A study of accoimting issues of specialized nature including partnerships,
organization and liquidation, agencv and branch accounting, accounting for
business combinations, preparation of consolidated financial statements,
accounting for government and not-for-profit entities, accounting for estates
and trusts, and receivership accounting.

ACCT 412 Advanced Cost .Accounting 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: Grade of C or bener m .ACCT 31 1

A studv of budgets, standard costs, direct and absorption costing, analv'sis of
cost variances, and extensive analysis of various cost control and profit
plarming programs.

ACCT 422 Federal Tax II 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: ACCT 321

Introduces the student to the fimdamental concepts of federal taxation of

corporations, parmerships. estates, and gift transactions. Creates an

aw areness and recognition of the tax consequences involved in financial

decision-making, w ith special emphasis on use of professional tax software,

the Internal Revenue Code and Regulations, and Internet research.

INDIANA UNIVERSfTY OF PENNSYL\'.AN1A LiNDERGR-ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 143

ACCT 431 Auditing 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: ACCT 304

A stud> of auditing theon and practical application of auditing standards
and procedures to the review, testing, and evaluation of accounting controls
and to the verification of transactions and balances to express an opinion in
an audit report on the fairness of financial statements' presentation.

ACCT 432 Forensic and Internal .Auditing 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ACCT 43 1

Introduces students to forensic auditing in fraudulent financial reporting and
emplovee theft. Also covers the foundation of internal auditing and
operational audits perfomied by internal auditors.

ACCT 441 .Accounting for Government and

Nonprofit Organizations 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: .ACCT 305

Presents the views of authoritative professional organizations as to desirable

standards of accounting and reporting for governmental and nonprofit

entities. Topics include budgeting and budgetarv- accounts, accounting for

V arious funds, the general fixed assets group of accounts, the financial

reporting process, and application of the principles of fund accounting in

specific areas.

.\CCT 451 Seminar in .Accounting Standards 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ACCT 305

.A studv of professional standards having authoritativ e support in the field of
accounting. APB opinions. F.ASB interpretations, and SEC Accounting
Series Releases are discussed.

ACCT 461 Accounting Systems 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: ACCT 305^ 31 1. IFNIG 300

.A study of concepts, principles, and procedures of accounting system design,
installation, implementation, auditing, and maintenance in relating to sy-stem
objectives, information requirements, constraints, system elements, and
consideratioas on a computerized basis.

ACCT 471 International Accounting 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: .ACCT 3 1 1 for Accounting majors or
ACCT 300 for non-.Accounting majors

A comparative study of the effects of differences in cultural and business
philosophies on national and international accounting policies. Specific
financial accounting controversies, such as accounting for transactions
involving foreign currency exchanges, are discussed. International
management accounting topics include international transfer pricing policies,
performance evaluations of multinational managers and divisions, and
management information systems. International aspects of financial
plaiming. auditing, and taxation practices are also reviev^ ed.

ACCT 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. .A giv en topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

ACCT 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students w ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum mav propose a plan of study in conjunction v* ith a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

ACCT 488 Internship in Accounting (Industrial and Government) 6cr
Prerequisites: Consent of departmental chairperson and dean. Eberly
College of Business and Information Technology, cumulative 2.75 GPA and
3.0 GP.A in accounting courses

Practical experiences, generally totaling 400 hours, in an industrial or
government accounting setting.

ACCT 493 Internship in .Accounting (Public) 6cr

Prerequisites: Consent of departmental chairperson and dean. Eberly

College of Business and Information Technology ; 3.00 cumulative

GPA and 3.00 GP.A in .Accounting courses

Practical experiences, generally totaling 400 hours, with a public accounting

firm.

ADVT: Advising aad Testing
Advising and Testing Center
Division of Student .Affairs

AD\T 170 Career Exploration lc-01-lcr

Introduces students to the theoretical and practical framework with which to
explore careers compatible with overall academic skills, aptitudes, and life
goals. Students examine the world of work, assess their interests and abili-
ties, and make realistic decisions on academic majors and careers. Notes:
(1 ) Certain sections of this course will be restricted to specific enrollment
groups. (2) Offered as ED 170 prior to 1997-98. (3) Cross-listed as LRNC
1 70. These courses may be substituted for each other and may be used inter-
changeably for D or F repeats but may not be counted for duplicate credit.

ANTH: .Anthropology

Department of .Anthropology

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

ANTH 110 Contemporary .Anthropology 3c-0l-3cr

An introduction to the nature of anthropological inquiry. By using the
anthropological perspective, current relevant topics are discussed. Topics
could include, but are not limited to. changing myths and rituals, legal
anthropology, cross-cultural aspects of aging, gender roles, evolutionism and
crealionism, cultural extinction, and world himger.

.ANTH 211 Cultural Anthropology 3c-0l-3cr

Explores the nature of culture as a human surv ival technique. Provides a
fi^mework for appreciation and understanding of cultural differences and
similarities in human societies, past and present.

ANTH 213 World Archaeology 3c-OI-3cr

A survey of the prehistory of Western and non- Western cultures with an
emphasis on the development of technology and on the ev olution of adaptive
strategies with particular attention to the origins of agriculture. Exposes the
students to the diversity of past cultural systems and to the methodological
and theoretical questions of concern to archaeologists.

ANTH 222 Biological .Anthropology 3c-OI-3cr

An introduction to the goals and techniques of biological anthropology with
an emphasis on primatology. paleoanthropology, genetics, and osteology.
Prov ides a basis for evaluating the role of biology in human behavior.

ANTH 233 Language and Culture 3c-0l-3cr

Focuses on social and cultural functions of language. Particular emphasis
given to problems in anthropology with respect to non- Western languages.

ANTH 244 Basic Archaeology 3c-0l-3cr

An introduction to the goals and methods of anthropological archaeology I

with particular attention to the analysis of cultural chronology, past lifeways,
and cultural process. Provides laboratory experience with artifacts and other
archaeological data.

ANTH 271 Cultural Area Studies: Africa 3c-01-3cr

Explores the cultural diversity of the continent of Africa. The first unit
examines the historical processes which shape modem society, including the
formation of indigenous African empires, the evidence for trade routes, slave
trading, and colonialism. The second unit examines the nature of African
traditional societies, including analyses of forager and agricultural groups.
The last unit covers issues of contemporary dev elopment in Africa such as
famine and agricultural policy, the status of women in economic ■

development, and apartheid. Reading includes ethnographic and historical I
accounts of African socierv as well as selections bv African writers on the

I\D1A.\A L^Nr^TRSfFY OF PENNSYLVANIA CNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04 j

Page 144

issues of contemporary society. (Also offered as SOC 271 ; may not be taken
for duplicate credit)

ANTH 272 Cultural Area Studies: China 3c-01-3sli

Designed to assist the student in de\ eloping an understanding of contem-
porarv- China. While the course begins with prehistoric and historic asp)ects
of China, the focus is on contemporar> issues presented in the context of
anthropological theor>. Specific Chinese cultural components that are inves-
tigated include values, attitudes, norms, social organization, linguistics, and
folklore. (.Mso offered as SOC 272: may not be taken for duplicate credit.)

An introduction to theory and method in archaeological research through
lecture, laboratory exercises, and indi\ idual projects. Provides students with
actual experience analyzing and interpreting archaeological data sets.

ANTH 318 Museum Methods 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: ANTH 1 10 or 21 1 or 244

Lecture and laboratory course surveying the role of museums as social and
educational institutions, types of museums, museum administration, and
museum architecture. Procedures for collection, curation, preservation, and
storage of anthropological and natural history specimens examined.

ANTH 273 Cultural Area Studies: Southeast .\sia 3c-0l-3cr

An introduction to the peoples and cultures of Southeast Asia. Prehistory and
the development of indigenous states in the area and analysis of impact of
world rehgions. such as Islam, and Western colonialism. Also examines
modem hunter-gatherer and farming societies and discusses contemporary
issues in social and economic change, including the Green Revolution,
tropical deforestation, the struggle of ethnic minority tribal peoples, and the
plight of Indochinese refugees. (Also offered as SOC 273; may not be taken
for duplicate credit. I

A.NTH 274 Cultural .Area Studies: Latin .'Xmerica 3c-OI-3cr

.An introduction to the peoples and cultures of Latin .America. Focuses on the
prehistory and development of pre-Colimibian complex societies in
Mesoamerica and the .Andes and analyses the impact of European
colonialism on these major regions. .Also examines contemporary issues,
such as civil wars, economic development, rural-urban migrations, and
migration and immigration of Latin .American peoples into the United States.
(Also offered as SOC 274: may not be taken for duplicate credit. )

.ANTH 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the estabUshed curriculum. .A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

.A.NTH 286 .Marriage, Kinship, and the Family 3c-0l-3cr

A sociological and anthropological study of patterns of marriage, kinship,
and family life, emphasizing the relationship between family patterns and
other social institutions. Topics covered include the family and marriage in
historical and comparative perspective, worldwide patterns of gender
stratification, incest and incest avoidance, class and race contexts of family
patterns, mate selection and love, parenthood and child rearing, domestic and
sexual violence, alternative family hfestyles. and the current crisis and
possible future of the family. Intended for a broad audience but also open to
sociology and anthropology majors and minors. (Also offered as SOC 286:
may not be taken for duplicate credit.)

ANTH 314 Natrve .\mericans 3c-0l-3cr

.A survey of culture historv and culture area characteristics of the Indians of
North America. Detailed study of representative groups related to historicaU
fiinctional. and ecological concepts.

ANTH 315 North .American Archaeology 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: .ANTH 1 10 or 244 or permission of the instructor
A survey of North .American prehistory with an emphasis on cultural ecology
and technology . Attention is given to all geographic areas north of Mexico,
but the focus is on the Eastern Woodlands.

.ANTH 316 Anthropology of Religion 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ANTH 1 10 or 21 1

Explores nature, function, and universal characteristics of religion in human
society by utilizing cross-cultural approach. Theones concerning religious
phenomena serve as topics for discussion.

ANTH 317 Archaeology Research Design and .Analysis
Prerequisite: ANTH 244 or permission of the instructor

ANTH 320 Archaeological Field School var-6cr

Prerequisites: .ANTH 1 10, 244, or instructor permission
.An introduction to archaeological survey, field excavation, and laboratory
processing. Field school students participate in one or more of the ongoing
research projects of the lUP .Archaeology Program.

ANTH 340 Anthropology of Aging 3c-01-3cr

Introduces the student to various experiences faced by elderly people in
numerous world societies. Explores the impact of such factors as ethnicity,
nationality, race, and class and the processes of cultural change on the lives
of people growing old. Comparative, cross-cultural perspectives are stressed.

ANTH 350 Anthropology of Women 3c-0l-3cr

Designed for any student « ith an interest in the lives of women around the
w orld. regardless of w helher or not he or she has a strong background in
anthropology. Examines the social roles, nghts. and responsibilities of
women cross-culturally, viewing both women's productive (economic)
functions as well as reproductive fimctions. Reading describes the position
of women in technologically simple societies and addresses the comparative
position of women in the industrialized socialist and capitaUst countries. The
central theme of the course is an exammation of how the position of w omen
changed in the twentieth century.

ANTH 360 .Applied Anthropology 3c-OI-3cr

.Applied anthropology focuses on the anthropologist as an agent of social
change and bridges the gap betw een theories of cultural behavior and the
policies which affect contemporary cultures. E.xamines the historical role of
anthropologists in early public administration and then examines at length
the work of contemporary applied anthropologists in programs of
international economic development (health, agriculture, and education), in
domestic human service planning and delivery, in cultural resource
preservation, and in their role as adv ocates for unempow ered minorities.

.ANTH 365 Native North .American Religions 3c-OI-3cr

.An introduction to the indigenous religions of North .America and to the peo-
ples vv ho practice these rich and varied approaches to the sacred. Not only
examines major religious themes and dimensions (myth, ritual, ethics, etc. ),
but also includes a historical perspective on North American Indian lifeways.
This perspective involves discussion of the clash with Euro-.American values
and contemporary native religious responses to social crisis and change.
(Also offered as REST 365: may not be taken for duplicate credit)

ANTH 370 Latinos and Diasporas 3c-OI-3cr

Introduces students to the global and local dimensions of the changing
Latino commimities in the United States and examines the communities"
multiple connections and dynamic interactions w itij Latin American
diasporas. Toward this end. the course covers: ( 1 ) theories on transnational
conununities. diasporas. the state, and citizenship: (2) Latino cultures and
geography: (3 1 Latin American immigration and labor migration to the
United States: and (4) the impact of Latin .American diasponc networks on
Latino and non-Latino communities. (Cross-listed as LAS 370)

ANTH 401 Social and Cultural Change 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite: .ANTH 1 10 or SOC 151

Explores current theoretical perspectives on social and cultural change.
Special attention given to planned change at the local or regional level.

3c-01-3cr

.ANTH 415 Cultural Resource Management
Prerequisite: ANTH 244 or instructor permission

3c-0l-3cr

INDIANA UNIVERSm OF PENTMSYLVANLA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 145

Provides an understanding of how cultural resources are being presers'ed and
managed under current American laws and regulations w ith particular
emphasis on historic properties, such as historic buildings and archaeological
sites. Case studies and field trips are incorporated so that students gain a
thorough understanding of key problems and issues in historic presen ation
and cultural resource management.

ANTH 420 Cultural Ecolog> 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ANTH 1 10 or 21 1

Introduces the student to the field of ecological anthropology by exploring

the concept of the ecos\stem in relationship to \arying human adaptive

strategies. Illustrates the importance of understanding man-environment

interactions both in studying the developing world and in investigating the

past.

ANTH 430 Anthropology of Food 3c-OI-3cr

.Ml humans must obtain food in order to ensure their subsistence, but the
ways in w hich we satisfy this basic physiological need are not the same for
everyone. Examines how human evolutionary history influences
contemporar, consumption patterns. Discusses how patems of human
migration influenced the development of cuisines and how what we eat is
often determined by historical panems of colonization and contemporary
political struggles. Discusses the cultural basis for definitions of w hat is
edible and w hat is prohibited. Examines patterns of food use in our culture
and how science may influence our patterns in years to come.

ANTH 444 Medical Anthropologj 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: "^cr in .ANTH or permission

Focuses on the stud> of human confrontation with disease and illness and on
the adaptive arrangements made by various human groups for dealing w ith
these dangers. Health and disease are \iewed from a broad array of micro
and macro perspectives, e.g.. evolutionary, ecological, and psychosocial.
Designed for nursing and social work students as well as social and
biological sciences students.

.ANTH 456 Ethnographic Research Methods 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: 9cr in .ANTH

Provides a background in qualitative and quantitative techniques used in
anthropological research. Concentrates on the ethics of research with people,
the formulation of hypotheses, design and use of appropriate research tech
niques. and data analysis. Emphasizes development of field notes, inter-
viewing techniques, developing genealogies, and participant observation.

ANTH 460 Ethnographic Field School 6c-0l-6cr

Prerequisite: ANTH 456 or instructor permission
Ethnographic research training in the field. Emphasizes the application of
qualitative research methods, the recording of data in research journals and
the maintaining of field dianes. the categorizing and organizing of data, and
the writing of research reports.

■ANTH 480 .Anthropology Seminar var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Vcr in .ANTH or permission

A seminar approach to the integration of the fields of anthropology.

Designed to assist the advanced student in understanding the nature of

anthropology, the major theoretical issues, and the history of intellectual

development.

ANTH 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Pnor approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

.ANTH 493 Internship in .Anthropology var-3-12cr

Prerequisite: Instructor permission

Designed to offer students practical experience in any of the specialized
fields of anthropology (physical, social-cultural, archaeology, or linguistics).
Each student develops objectives in consultation with a particular

departmental faculty member who is supervising the internship. Detailed
field notes and a major paper based on the experience are required.

APMU: .Applied Music
Department of Music
College of Fine .Arts

APMU Applied Music (.Major Area)
Instrument/A'oice l-\ II
APMl 101. 151. 201, 251. 301, 351, 401,
APMl 102, 152, 202, 252, .102. 352, 402,
APML 103, 153, 203, 253. 303, 353, 403,
APMl 104, 154, 204, 254, 304, 354, 404.
APML 105, 155, 205, 255, 305, 355, 405.
APML 106, 156, 206, 256, 306, 356. 406.
APML 107, 157, 207, 257, 307. 357, 407,
AP.ML 108, 158, 208, 258, 308. 358, 408.
AP.ML 109, 159, 209, 259, 309. 359. 409.
APML 110. 160.210,260,310.360,410.
APML 111,161,211,261,311,361,411.
APML 112, 162,212,262,312,362,412.
APML 1 13, 163, 213, 263, 313, 363, 413.
APML 114, 164,214,264,314,364,414,
APML 115, 165,215,265,315,365.415
.APML 116. 166. 216. 266, 316, 366, 416
APML 117, 167, 217. 267. 317. 367. 417
APMU 118. 168. 218. 268. 318. 368. 418
APML 1 19. 169. 219, 269, 319. 369. 419
APML 120. 170. 220. 270, 320. 370. 420,
APML 121. 171. 221. 271. 321, 371, 421

var-2 or 4cr

451 Piano I-VUI

452 Organ l-MIl

453 Harpsichord l-VIII

454 Harp l-MIl

455 \ oice I-Mll

456 \ iolin I-VIII

457 Mola I-\ 111

458 CeUo I-\ III

459 String Bass l-\ III

460 Flute I-MII

461 Clarinet I-\ III

462 Oboe l-\ III

463 Bassoon I-MII

464 Saxophone I-\ III

465 Trumpet I-VIII

466 French Horn I-MII

467 Trombone I-\ III

468 Euphonium I-MII

469 Tuba I-MII

470 Percussion I-MIl

471 Guitar I-MII

APMU 122 Applied Jury A Oc-01-Ocr

Prerequisite: .AP.ML' .Applied Music (Major .Areai-all required levels
.Adjudicates the performance of students in their respective major perfor-
mance area (on a "Pass" or "Fail" basis) as panial fulfillment of the gradua-
tion requirements in the B.S.Ed.-Music and B.F.A.-Music degrees. Students
are expected to attain a professional level of performance on all of their
required major area juries in order to receive a passing grade in this course.

APMU 123 AppUed Jury B Oc-Ol-Ocr

Prerequisite: .APMU .Applied Music (Major Area)-all required levels
Adjudicates the performance of students in their respective major
performance area (on a "Pass" or "Fail" basis) as panial fulfillment of the
graduation requirements in the B.S.Ed.-Music degree. Students are expected
to attain a functional level of performance on all of their required minor area
juries in order to receive a passing grade in this course.

APMU 124 Applied Jury C Oc-01-Ocr

Prerequisite: MUSC Class Piano I and II or APMU Applied
Music (Minor) 1 and II

Adjudicates the performance of students in their respective major
performance area (on a "Pass" or "Fail" basis) as partial fulfillment of the
graduation requirements in the B.S.Ed.-Music degree program. Students are
expected to attain a fundamental level of proficiency on piano as indicated
by passing the Piano C Jury.

APMU 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite for initial semester of study: Audition and acceptance
to the area of concentration

Prerequisite for subsequent semesters: Grade of C or better in the
previous semester of study

Priv ate instrumental or vocal instruction for music majors in their primary
area of concentration for up to eight semesters. Includes technical studies,
musical repertoire, and performance experiences at the professional level.
Weekly half-hour lessons are given (2cr) for students eitrolled in the B.S. and
B.A. degree programs. Weekly one-hour lessons (4cr) are given for students
enrolled in the B.FA. degree program only. Students w ith interest in an
independent study of a topic not offered in the curriculum may propose a
plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member. Approval is based on
academic appropriateness and av ailability of resources.

Page 146

INDIANA UNIATRSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

ARED: Art Education

Department of Art

College of Fine Arts „ .;:,^,.,^>,,jus^^ij.ia.i ■r.-.^ii-t;

ARED 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporar\ basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 28 1 are ofTered primarily for low er-le\ el undergraduate

students.

ARED 315 Issues of Art in K-12 Programs 3c-OI-3cr

.A semmar to introduce the art education major to the principles and practices
of teaching \isual arts K through 12. Field experiences, pre-student teaching
activities, introduction to literature, and history and philosophies of art
education emphasized- (Prerequisite to student teaching! Taught Fall
semester only. (Titled Survey in .Art Education prior to 2003-04)

.ARED 317 Art in K-6 Programs lc-3l-3cr

Examines children's artistic development, art programs, planning, motiva-
tion, and evaluation. Weeklv teaching experience is an integral part of the
course. ( Prerequisite to student teaching) Taught Fall semester only. (Titled
Art Education Methodology at the Elementary Level prior to 2003-04)

.ARED 318 Art in 7-12 Programs lc-3J-3cr

The relationship of art education to the total secondary curriculum is studied
to determine goals of junior-senior high school art. The adolescent creative
products are analvzed to help the prospective art teacher to identify- w ith
problems of students. (Prerequisite to student teaching) Taught Spring
semester only. (Titled .Art Education Methodology at the Secondary Level
prior to 2003-04)

.\RED 320 An Criticism and .Aesthetics in K-12 Programs 3c-01-3sh
Prerequisites: .ARED 315 (minimum C grade) and .Art Education major
The purpose is to secure the knon ledge and skills necessary to teach a
program of comprehensive art that includes the discipline of art criticism.
Establishes theoretical frameworks for writing intelligentlv and talking about
art V* ith students from a critical perspective. .Also provides opportunities for
developing curricular and pedagogical materials appropriate for teaching art.

ARED 321 Art History Inquiry for K-12 Art Programs 3c-OI-3sh

Prerequisites: .ARED 315 (minimum C grade) and An Education major
Explore methods, media, and activities that integrate art history content into
the school art curriculum. Students plan and execute lessons which are
appropriate at various grade lev-els and which emphasize art history and
knowledge of artistic diversity worldwide. Students prepare one unit on a
selected theme, in addition to other written or artistic assignments.
Preparation of art history -related projects and instructional materials for
classroom use are also components of the course.

ARED 322 Studio Inquiry for K-12 Programs 3c-fll-3sh

Prerequisites: .ARED 315 (minimum C grade) and .Art Education major
.Art processes, media, and techniques suitable for teaching art to elementary
and secondary students are examined and researched as modes of learning
and creating. .A major focus is on developing curricula and pedagogical
materials relating to the theory and practice of teaching art, as well as
integrating studio experiences w ith art criticism, art history, and aesthetics.
Students applv demonstrated techniques and processes to sample projects
and combine these w ith research into a portfolio for teaching studio art
within comprehensive art lessons.

ARED 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 48 1 are primarilv for upper-lev el undergraduate students.

ARED 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students w ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

ARHI: .Art History
Department of .Art
College of Fine .Arts

ARHI 100 .Arts of the Twentieth Century lc-3l-3cr

Designed to expand student response to visuaL auraL and kinetic art forms of
this century with special emphasis on recent decades. Includes lecture,
studio, and field experiences. (Offered as ART 100 prior to 2003-04)

ARHI 101 Introduction to .Art 3c-OI-3cr

Designed to introduce the student to the significance of art as related to
contemporary- living and our historical heritage.

ARHI 205 Ancient to Medieval Art 3c-01-3cr

.A study of art from prehistoric times to the Middle .Ages. Humankind's
artistic development is seen in relation to politicaL social, economic, and
religious events.

.ARHI 207 Renaissance through Modern .Art 3c-01-3cr

Studies art from the Renaissance through the .Modem periods in western
Europe in hght of historical events and in the broader context of political,
philosophical, religious, and social developments, including w omen and
imderrepresented groups as subjects, creators, and patrons of the arts. Issues
of exoticism. Orientalism, and colonialism are discussed.

.ARHI 222 Art in .America 3c-01-3cr

Surveys .American art and its relation to the development of American ideas
and ideals.

ARHI 224 Introduction to Asian Art 3c-01-3cr

Surveys a selection of art and architectural forms from China. Japan. India.
Korea, and Southeast Asia. Students are introduced to religious and secular
sculpture, painting, and ceramics, as well as the philosophical, political, and
social forces that prompted their creation.

ARHI 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered imder any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

ARHI 300 Native American .Art 3c-fll-3cr

Prerequisites; ARHI 101. junior standing, or permission

.A surv ey of the broad forms of visual arts and crafts that reflects the

lifeways of Native .Americans from paleo-indian origins to A.D. 1 900.

ARHI 407 .Medieval Art 3c-01-3cr

Art and architecture of Europe during the Middle Ages, begimiing w ith early
Christian and B>-zantine and concluding w ith the Gothic period. Dual listed
for graduate credit as ARHI 507.

ARHI 408 Italian Renaissance Art 3c-OI-3cr

Italian art fi-om 1400s through 1650 and Mannerist movement. Special
anention paid to great masters of the period. Dual listed for graduate credit
as ARHI 508.

ARHI 409 Baroque and Rococo Art 3c-0l-3cr

A general survev of art from 1575 to 1775. includes architecture, sculpture,
painting, and other arts. Dual listed for graduate credit as .ARHI 509.

INDIANA CNTVERSn^- OF PEN^NSYLVANLA L'N'DERGRADL ATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paee 14''

ARHI 410 Nineteciitb-Ceiimo Enropcao Painting 3c-0I-3cr

Preregptitt: JuaioT sanding or msmictor penmsswo
Siirv«>s the hisaar\' of Westen pamtmg fitm the kale eivlttritU oanun- to
the inni of the i«-cnbedi. The antes aod nKn«ineni5 ca««fed n^ fi«n neo-

rl»t«irkmnimm«i«W-icm in-nKoii rtif P^^J^»^1llal^ily pamlfiy illl|lie«inn-

ism. symbolism, aod poa-im|iiessiaaism. Frendi paimiiif is mosl heavily
nepusemed. AciivTties iaciode lecnoe mixed vvb discussicn trf'readiiKS^
ddMies about issues, practice m "leadii^" im^es. and otbeis.

ARHI 41 1 T«eatietlHCeat«r> Earopeaa .\rt 3c-01-3cr

StuOKS TBaHKtb-centun painting, sculpoiiie. photoeraph\. and film in
Fraiice. GeiTnan>. and Itah m light of historical e%eiiis and m the broader
oouKxt of pobbcaL philosophicaL lel^iaus. and social de\«lopoieats.
jnr-fculiiio women and mdaiqatisetiied snwps as subjects. ocatofSs and
patroDS of the arts.

ARi0 4I2aaHkalATl 3c-«-3cr

A hiaorical sun«> of ibe anfaitectme. paimii^ soilpQiie. and mioor aiG of
tbe classical period of Giceoe aid Rome, inrliiding ibe Mmoan. M>\»]aean.
and Enuscan cukwes.

AIUn4l3ScBM-SeMBar 3c-0t-3cr

hMmrtpri IP help siadfiws develop n^eqanie vocabulaiies and mediods to be
used in disrussifln aod diacistD of woits of an.

ARm 416 NTthtTB Rfaiiiiif r Art 3c-ei-3cr

Exptocs phenomena of an notfa irf'tfae Alps from 1400 to 1600. especialh
as it appears in the Um lands, as weO as side ctpkaations inlD an of Fraoce.
Gennan>'. Aosnia, aod the coon at Ptasue.

.\RH1 41- B>zaMaw Art 3c-*l-3cr

Prereqnisite: ARHI 205 or instrooor piTmissinn

lin«siK3Us tbe an and acliiiecture pitiduoed in tbe Byzantine Empiie. with
a u—Wiation oo the years between 324. the year ConsuMiue (bonded
Constantinople, and 1453. the dale the ToAs oooquered the city. Consisting
of lectMies. diynvsioos. \ideos. and field trips, the course enyhasiyts croes-
cnkual rontacts bet« een Byzanliimi. Islam, aid the West

ARHI 4 1 8 .\f ricaa .Art 3c-01-3cr

txpiores she aesthetics and meanings of Amcan An through a hisJodcalh
and cufturaih hased survey ofzn from >e-kci£d A mean cuJaires. Evampies
of sculptures, masks, arxj other muaj c>t';ecLs.. •.oc'is asd jslnana.". obiecis,
clachn^ je« eir\ arxi adcmmer.t painting, ar^d archiieicture inxn across die
cotBinem are studied. Philosophical aaad lelkious beliefe. sacioecaoamic,
lusKncaL aod poBticail farces are examined as to hew they ha^'e impwtwt
the creation of an in traditional and ujuiempumyAfiica. Connections
beta em the \isial aits and the other fine arts are an iniesial pan of the study
asweO.

ARHI 413 Art of Japan 3c-0l-3cr

liMroduces tbe bisioiy and aesuietics o: .'apar>ese an. irotn antiquiiy to the
present. Lectures focus oo major »orks of painting, sculpture, ardiilecture.
prints, ceramics, aod other wotts from anti(|niiy to the preseni. Close
anentinn is paid to then- historical coMBUs and underlyiig themes. These
include irligioiis iiifloeiice&. ifae impeiial court, the tea ceremony, and
modem Gfe. Tbe interactioo of Japan «-idi its oeigUiats b also cocisideied.

ARHI 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prere<|iiisite: Prior appixnal through ad\isor. faculty member,
department diairpersoii. dean, and Pro\ost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in tbe cur-
liculiim may ptopose a plan <^ study in conjunaian with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropiiateness and availabiUty of resources.

ART: Art (Studiol
Department of Art
CoUese of Fine .\rts

.\RT 1 1 1 Figure Drafting 0c-61-3cr

A foundation oourx in drawing, including a study of the structure of
cbav'ing and oomposition « ith a \anety of media and subject matter.

.\RT 112 Fnndainentak of Drawing 0c-61-3cr

Seeis to integrate bask principles and fimdaiDentals of drawing and design.

.\RT 113 Three-DimensioD Design 0c-61-3cr

Basic ekmeots and pnocipies of design are studied. A course in design in
three dmicDsions.

ART 1 14 Color and Two-Dimensional Design 0c-6l-3cr

Focuses on the consstem propoties of color and the manner in w hich two-
dimeitsioaa] design can be organized. Specific attention is gi^ en to die
con^iiex interactioDS of color within t«'o-dimaisioDal design.

ART 120 Principles of Design Oc-4l-2cr

Prmciples of design aod colar are studied and af^bed to a crafted object
Major empbasb on aesthetic quality inherent in designing « ith materials.

.\RT 21 1 Painting 0c-6l-3cr

-An introductory course m painting in w hich a variety of materials,
techniques, and approacbes are explored.

.ART 213 \%ood«orking: Function and Form Oc-6l-3cr

Inxiohes the study of «ood« oiling and fiimitiire design as it relates to the
individual designer-artist. Students experience a fortnal background in both
w ood« oildi^ tedmique and tbe appUcation of design.

.\RT 214 Ceramics 0c-6l-3cr

A general introducuoo to the techniques and aesthetics of clay. Tbe studem
worlcs both at the wheel and with hand building methods.

.ART 215 Sculpture 0c-6l-3cr

An introductory course in soilptune with an emphasis on study of form as
w ell as visualizing in the third dimensian.

.ART 2 16 Basic Metals 0c-6l-3cr

An introductioo to metal woilc with an emphasis upon creatioo of ftinctional
and nonfimctianal an ofajecc Approached irom the view-point of beginner
leammg basic processes of metal £abricatiaiL

ART217Printmaking 0c-6l-3cr

An iniroductioo to basic techniques of production of fine ^vints including
wotic in reliefl intadio. litfaograph. and sengraph ^K-ocesses.

.\RHI 425 Arts of China 3c-4»-3cr

Surv eys ar. Si l% ■.;.%: :- : - v^e five millennia of Chinese an and culture.
Examaies scuipoire. archiiectuie, and p'™'™g from tbe Neolilfaic period
ihioudi the tweiKieth oeixuiy. Issues ofirHgion. [■i«ii«»jy aod popular
cukure are included.

ARHI 481 Special Tapics vir-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriaie to coose cameat

Special topics courses are ofTered oo an eipaimenial or temporary basts to
etpkie topics not inrlndfd in the rstaMisliftI avriailmiL A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics mmbered 4S] are primarily for ugiper-level uodergraduaie students.

ART 218 Graphic Design 0c-6l-3cr

Students explore various techniques and their ^jplicaaon to such commercial
an projects as package design, trademark, and other design problems.
Lettering is stressed, both insiani type and hand leaering.

.\RT 219 Fibers 0c-61-3cr

Provides students with introductory working knon ledge in design and
execution of projects in non 4 harness loom « eaving and related fabnc
areas. Other fiber techniques. iiKhiding handmade paper, available for
students to expiate as deared.

Paeel48

INDIANA L^TVERSm' OF PES'NS'^X\ ANLA l."NDERGR.\DL ATE CATALOG. 2003-04

ART 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

ART 421 Advanced Drawing 0c-6l-3cr

Prerequisites: .ART 1 1 1 and 1 12

Designed to meet the needs of the student who has some background in the
field. Problems of composition, two- and three-dimensional relationships,
and surface are on an individual basis.

.\RT 451 .\dvanced Woodworking: Function and Form 0c-61-3cr

Prerequisite: .\RT 213

OtTers advanced training and skills involving the study of contemporary
fiimiture design and woodworking. Emphasizes a technical and aesthetic
point of view.

ART 452 .\dv anced Ceramics 0c-6l-3cr

Prerequisite: .ART 214

Continued exploration of the field of ceramic production, along with kiln
firing and glaze formulation.

.\RT 453 .\dvanced Sculpture 0c-61-3cr

Prerequisite: .ART 215

Gives the student an opportunity to pursue independent studv in sculpture.
Materials and processes are indiv idually chosen and the work related to
broadening concepts.

ART 454 Advanced Painting 0c-6l-3cr

Prerequisite: ART 211

Indiv idual experimentation and exploration by the painter and investigation
of the various technical approaches.

.ART 455 Advanced Graphic Design 0c-61-3cr

Prerequisite: .ART 2 1 S

Stresses advanced techniques in layout and illustration. The student explores
ideas, such as creation of trademarks and how products are designed.
Layouts are anah-zed as to their quality. Package design is studied.

.ART 457 Advanced Printmaking 0c-61-3cr

Prerequisite: ART 217

Student elects to study one of the printmaking processes in greater depth and
works toward development of own techniques, working processes, and ideas.

.ART 459 Advanced Fibers 0c-61-3cr

Prerequisite: ART 219

Provides students with a working knowledge in design and execution of
projects in weaving and related areas. Other fiber techniques, including
handmade paper, are available for the students to explore as desired.

ART 460 .Advanced .Metals 0c-61-3cr

Prerequisite: .ART 216

Design and processes associated with art of metal are given greater
concentration. The developing artist is encouraged to investigate, in depth,
one or more of the metal arts as an extension of the basic course.

ART 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

May provide an in-depth study of a narrowly defined area of the discipline.
Subject matter mav change w ith repeated offering of the course. May be
repeated for credit.

.ART 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approv al through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's OtTice
Students » ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of studv in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

.ART 493 Internship var-3-12cr

Designed for art majors who wish to receive practical experience working
within professional situations which relate to the student's artistic and
occupational goals.

BIOC: Bioehemistr>'

Biocheraistrj' Program

College of Natural Sciences and .Mathemarics

BIOC 301 Biochemistry I 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 1 1 and CHEM 232

.An introduction to biochemistry emphasizing the structure and function
relationships of proteins, enzvines. and vitamins; bioenergetics: and the
metabolism of carbohydrates and lipids.

BIOC 302 Biochemistry II 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOC 301

A continuation of BIOC 301 concerning the metabolism of nitrogen, amino
acids, nucleotides, and nucleic acids and the function of cell membranes,
hormones, and specialized tissues.

BIOC 311 Biochemistry Laboratory I Oc-41-lcr

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 1 1 and CHEM 232

A companion to BIOC 301 including experiments in photometry, enzyme
kinetics and purification, lipid isolation and characterization, electron
transport in respiration and photosynthesis, and use of radioisotopes.

BIOC 312 Biochemistry Laboratory II Oc-41-lcr

Prerequisite: BIOC 311

A companion to BIOC 302 including experiments in membrane
characterization, properties of amino acids, isolation and function of nucleic
acids, and synthesis of proteins and nucleic acids.

BIOC 480 Biochemistry Seminar I Ic-OI-lcr

Prerequisites: BIOC 302 and 3 1 2

A discussion of recent trends in biochemical thought. Oral and w ritten
reports on assigned readings, librarv or laboratorv research. Guest lecturers.
The combination BIOC 480 and 490 counts as one w riting-mtensive course.

BIOC 481 Special Topics in Biochemistry var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOC 302 or CHEM 351

.A lecture-discussion course of recent biochemical topics or those of unique
interest. Topic and instructors to change annually.

BIOC 482 Independent Research in Biochemistry var-l-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOC 302 and 312, permission by program coordinator
Student conducts a research project in any area of biochemistry. U'ork
supervised by faculty. Does not involve regular class or lab hours.
Enrollment by permission only.

BIOC 490 Biochemistry Seminar II Ic-OI-lcr

Prerequisites: BIOC 302. 3 1 2. and 480

A discussion of recent trends in biochemical thought. Oral and written
reports on assigned readings, librarv or laboratory research. Guest lecturers.
The combination BIOC 480 and 490 counts as one writing-intensive course.

BIOL: Biology

Department of Biology

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

BIOL 103 General Biologv 1 3c-2l-4cr

Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors only

A basic introduction to ecology, biochemistry, and cell biology, genetics, and

evolution.

BIOL 104 General Biology II 3c-21-4cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 103. non-Biology majors only
.A basic introduction to plant and animal phvsiology. neurobiology, animal
behavior, and plant and animal reproduction and development.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paae 149

BIOL 105 Cell Biologj 3c-«l-3cr

Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors only

An introductory course to provide concepts and applications for understand-
ing huinan biological function from the point of view of cellular biology.

BIOl, 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I 3c-3l-4cr

Prerequisite: Musi be taken after or concurrent with CHEM 1 1 1
introduces the student to principles of biology, specifically in the topics of
cell structure and function, genetics, and physiology. Develops skills in the
use of the scientific method. Designed for biology majors.

BIOL 1 12 Principles of Biology 11 3c-3l-4cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 1 1 1

Introduces the student to principles of biology, specifically in the topics of
reproduction, de\elopment, evolution, ecology, and animal behavior. De-
velops skill in the use of the scientific method. Designed for biology majors.

BIOL 1 13 Genetics in Modern Society 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors and non-Biology minors only
Intended primarily to provide the student with an appreciation and
comprehension of the field of genetics as it applies to the human condition.
Introduces the topic of human heredity as a means to understand genetic
disorders, genetic therapies, and alternative reproductive strategies. Provides
an introductory background of the field of genetics and current
biotechnology related to genetics, which is suitable for nonmajors. Using this
background, the student is presented with the most recent events in the field
of human genetics and its effect on society.

BIOL 1 14 Environmental Science 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors only

An introduction to environmental science with an emphasis on human
impacts. Uses an interdisciplinary approach to the consideration of
population growth, pollution, preservation of species, and establishment of
public policy. Students learn basic principles in ecology as the basis for
understanding problems of the environment.

BIOL 1 1 5 Biotic Diversity of North America 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors and non-Biology minors only
An introduction to the biological diversity of North America from Barrow.
Alaska, to Tehuantepec. Mexico. All major aquatic and terrestrial biomes
occurring in North America are examined with regard to plant forms, animal
composition, and environmental (abiotic) conditions.

BIOI. 116 Introduction to Marine Biology 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Non-Biology and non-Biology Education majors

and non-Biology minors only

An introduction to the world of marine biology. Topics covered include a

discussion of the major groups of plants and animals found in the marine

environment and a discussion of the major communities that make up the

oceans of the world.

BIOL 117 Understanding HIV Biology and AIDS 3c-0l-3cr

An introduction to the AIDS virus in which the mode of infection,
transmission, and prevention will be used as an illustration of biological
principles. Profiles biological indicators for HIV disease and its progression
to AIDS. Therapeutic and nontherapeutic approaches to treat HIV infections
are emphasized,

BIOI. II « The History of Pain 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors, non-Biology Education majors,
and non-Biology minors only

Despite its many individual, social, and cultural characteristics, pain is based
on an anatomical and physiological foundation. Looks at the history of
scientific theories and hypotheses about understanding the pain mechanism.
Through this type of study, students learn about the status of pain in various
societies throughout the ages.

BIOL 119 Lmerging Diseases 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors and non-Biology minors only
Intended primarily to provide the student with an understanding of the
biological basis of infectious diseases and the social, historical, and ethical
consequences of these t>pes of afflictions. Covers background material such
as the germ theory of disease and the cell theory at an introductory level.
Includes specific cases of emerging or reemerging infectious diseases with
emphasis on current events relating to disease outbreaks.

BIOL 123 Perspectives in Cell and Molecular Biology Ic-OI-lcr

Prerequisite: BIOL 1 1 1

Designed for those who are interested in entering the Cell and Molecular Bi-
ology Track. Introduces the latest advances in the fields of molecular biology
and biotechnology, as well as the career possibilities and professional
responsibilities in these fields. Designed to aid students in clarifying career
goals and introduce ihem to the literature of molecular biology, including
electronic resources. Includes field trips that might take place on weekends.

BIOL 150 Human .Anatomy 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors only

A study of the functional systematic anatomy of the human. Lab studies

center on nonhuman mammals whose anatomy is then related to the human

condition.

BIOL 151 Human Physiology 3c-2l-4cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 103, or 105, 1 1 1. or HPED 221, or instructor
permission. Non-Biology majors and controlled elective for Biology majors
The study of the mechanisms but with the human organism functions. Mech-
anisms covered range from the molecular/subcellular to the tissue, organ, and
organism levels. Organ systems examined include the nervous, muscular,
cardiovascular, respiratory, endocrine, renal, digestive, and reproductive.
Emphasizes three major themes: { 1 ) that organ functions are dependent upon
the underlying molecular and cellular processes. (2) that all organ systems
utilize biological control systems to maintain organ homeostasis, and (3) that
each organ function is closely controlled and dependent upon the interaction/ i
integration w ith functions from other organ systems. '

BIOL 155 Human Physiology and Anatomy 3c-31-4cr

Prerequisite: Non-Biology majors only (Food and Nutrition, Dietetics,
Family and Consumer Sciences Education, Physical Education, and
Safety Sciences majors)

A study of structure and function of the human body. Emphasizes normal
function, with particular attention to functional anatomy, control
mechanisms, and interrelationships among systems. Laboratory studies
include experimentation and dissection. For students w ith little or no science
background.

BIOL 210 Botany 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 I l-l 12 or Instructor permission
A survey of the major plant groups, their physiology, structure, life cycles,
evolution and ecology, and economic roles of plants. Combined lecture-
laboratory.

BIOL 220 General Zoology 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 1 1-1 12 or instructor permission
An examination of the evolution, form, and function of all major animal
phyla, from sponges through chordates. Interactive lecture-laboratory
sessions follow a phylogenetic approach to the Animal Kingdom and
incorporate essentials of animal ecology, physiology, functional morphology,
and behavior.

BIOL 232 Fundamentals of Microbiology 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: CHHM 101 or equivalent, non-Biology majors only

(Food and Nutrition, Dietetics, Family and Consumer Sciences

Education, and Hospitality Management majors)

A study of microorganisms and the role they play in water, food disease, and

infection. Food spoilage, poisoning, and disease are emphasized. General

methods and techniques are emphasized in the laboratory.

Page 150

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

BIOL 241 General Microbiology 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: Non-Biology majors only (Environmental Health

Science. Nursing, and Respiratory Therapy majors). BIOL 105.

CHEM 101. or equivalent

.A study of microorganisms and the role they play in viater, soil. food, and

infection. Microbes and disease are emphasized. Standard methods and

techniques are emphasized in laboratory.

BIOL 242 Comparative \ertebrate Anatomy 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 220

.■\n mvestigation of the comparative structure and function of the vertebrate
body emphasizing the div erse solutions to the problem of design for surv ival
and the evohitionary mechanisms that provide those solutions. Meets tw ice
per week for two and one-half hours. Each meeting includes both lecture and
laboratory e.xpenences. (Offered as BI 432 prior to 1999-2000)

BIOL 250 Principles of Microbiology 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 1 1-1 12 or instructor permission
.\ study of the structure, nutrition, and biochemical activities of microbes. A
survey of viruses, blue-green bacteria, bacteria, algae, fungi, and protozoa
and their diversity in natural environments. Designed for Biology and
Biology Education majors.

BIOL 251 Field Botany 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 210

The collection. preservatioiL identificatioiu and distribution of selected
herbaceous and w oody plants of Western Pennsy Iv ania. Emphasizes
ta.xonomic principles, the use of key^ and manuals, and the recognition of
local flora.

BIOL 252 Field Zoology

Prerequisite: BIOL 220

Field natural history of vertebrates; identification, collection, and

preservation techniques.

2c-3l-3cr

BIOL 261 Ornithology

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 1 1-l 12 or BIOL 103-104

-■\ study of birds of the region. Indoor laboratory as well as early morning

and possibly weekend field trips required.

BIOL 262 General Entomology 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 220

Morphology, anatomy, ecology. ta.\onomy. and economic and public health
importance of insect orders, particularly those of Western Peimsyivania:
student collection and field trips required.

BIOL 263 Genetics 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 1 1 1

Deals with the distribution and function of the hereditary material: special
emphasis on microbial viral, and molecular genetics.

BIOL 269 Bioethics and Coevolution 3c-0t-3cr

A discussion and exploration of the coevolution of humans and nature.
.Areas covered include the concepts of coevolution, bioethics. resource utili-
zation, and possible future Ufestyies. Designed for majors and nonmajors.

BIOL 271 Evolution 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 1 1-1 12 or 103-104. 263

Histoncal development of evolutionary thought; evidence and operational
mechanisms involved; origin and phylogenetic relationships of biological

groups-

BIOL 272 Conservation of Plant and Animal Resources 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 1 1-l 12 or 103-104
.A study of accepted practices in soil water, forest and wildlife
conservation. Saturday field trips.

BIOL 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore
topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be
offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 28 1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate
students.

BIOL 310 .\pplied Entomology and Zoonoses 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 220 or permission

.A study of the measures for abatement or control of arthropods, rodents,
birds, and other disease vectors of public importance; selection, chemistry,
formulation, and safe application of insecticides, rodenticides. and fiimi-
gants; pesticiding equipment; application of biological and other measures of
control. (Also offered as ENVH 310; may not be taken for duplicate credit)

BIOL 323 Introduction to Toxicology and Risk .'Assessment 3c-OI-3sh
Prerequisites: BIOL 104 or 1 12; CHE.M 102 or 1 12; or permission
-A study of uptake, distribution, metabolism, and excretion of environmental
chemicals; mechanisms of their toxicity; and their effects on major organ
systems. Knowledge of these topics is applied to risk assessment procedures.
(Also offered as ENVH 323; may not be taken for dupUcate credit)

BIOL 331 .\nimal Developmental Biology 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 220 or permission

Comparative and molecular development of vertebrate animals are the major
considerations. General principles of development are illustrated using
vertebrate, invertebrate, and plant materials.

BIOL 350 Cellular Physiology 2c-3I-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 11. CHEM 231

Topics include cell membrane systems, bioenergetics. and information
processing systems as well as growth and differentiation of cells and their
organelles. Complements plant and animal physiology and biochemistry.

BIOL 352 Comparative .\nimal Physiology 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 220. CHEM 231

.■\ comparative study of homeostatic mechanisms and systems in animals and
their relation to fundamental chemical and physical events in cells.

BIOL 362 Ecology 2c-3I-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 111-112. BIOL 210 or BIOL 220
A study of interrelations and adaptations of organisms; includes
consideration of physical and biotic environmental factors. Field trips.

BIOL 363 Medical Microbiology 2c-3I-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 250 or permission

A study of disease caused by microorganisms with an emphasis on human
pathogens. Both epidemiology and aspects of host-parasite relationships are
discussed. Lab stresses methods of isolation and identitication of pathogens.

BIOL 364 Immunology 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 250. CHEM 232. or permission
Physical and chemical properties of antigens and antibodies; nature of
antigen-antibody interactions; mechanism of antibody formation; and
immime reaction and disease. Lab employs serological techniques.

BIOL 401 Laboratory Methods in Biology and Biotechnology 2c-4l-3cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 351

Theory and practice in a number of major analytical and preparative tech-
niques currently in use in physiology, molecular biology, and biotechnology.

BIOL 410 Molecular Biology Topics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 263 or BIOC 301 or CHEM 351
Involves the study of biological phenomena in molecular terms. Focuses on
recombinant DNA principles as they relate to prokaryotes and eukaryotes.
Emphasizes the modem methods used in recombinant DN.A technology.

BIOL 425 Herpetology 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 220

A comprehensive siu^ey of the classes Amphibia and Reptilia, including
their classification, structure, origin, evolution, phylogenetic relationships.

INDL\NA LTMI\'ERSrri' OF PENTSSYLV-ANU LTMDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 151

distribution, and natural history. Special emphasis is on the herpetofauna of
Pennsyh-ania.

BIOL 450 P>matuning: Field Studies var-3cr

Dunng the summer session, \anous I'leld courses are ofTered through the
Pvtnatiming Laboratory of Ecology. The offerings \ary depending on the
summer. Some of the possible offerings include Experimental Design. Fish
Ecology. Behavioral Ecology. .Aquatic Botany, and Ecological Genetics.
Information regarding specific offerings available from the Biology
Department in the spring.

BIOL 453 Plant Physiology 2c-3W3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 210. CHEM 231

Studies physiological processes occurring in plants considered in relation to
growth, development, and ecology of plants.

BIOL 455 .\nimal Behavior 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 220 or permission

The biological study of animal behavior. Topics include the mechanisms,
development, ecology, and evolution of behavior.

BIOL 460 Fundamentak of Environmental Epidemiology 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 104 or 1 12; M.ATH 216 or21";
or instructor pennission

A study of the health consequences of involuntary exposure to harmfiil
chemical and biological agents in the general env ironmenL Disease etiology,
occurrence, and interv ention in human populations are examined through
epidemiologic study using analytical methods and apphcations. (.Mso offered
as ESVH 460: may not be taken for duplicate credit)

BIOL 463 Limnology 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 362

An inv estigation into the physical. chemicaL and biological aspects of inland
waters and their interrelationships. In the laboratorv the student gains
experience in the techniques invohed in aquatic sampling and the analysis of
data. ( Saturday or Sunday labs may be required. )

BIOL 466 Principles of \ irology 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 26? or equivalent course in Genetics, or CHEM 351 or
equivalent course in Biochemistry, or instructor permission
Topics include structure, classification, assay, and transtnission of viruses:
tnetbods used in the study of viruses: viral replication, gene expression, and
gene regulation; host-viral interactions and subviral pathogens.

BIOL 471 Dendrology of the Eastern I .S. 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 210 or instructor pennission

.■\ comprehensive survey of the tree species in the eastern portion of North
.\merica w ith an emphasis on Pennsylvania forests.

BIOL 475 Mammalogy 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 220

A general discussion of mammals emphasizing systematics. distribution, and

stnictural and fiinctional modifications related to ev olution of this group.

Lab work samples numerous techniques that can be appUed to manunaUan

biology.

BIOL 476 Parasitology 2c-3I-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 220

Structure, physiology, ecology, life cycles, pathology, and treatment of
parasitic protozoa and flatvkonn and roundvkorm species of man. Dissection
of bost,« ffM- parasites.

BIOL 4" Neurobiology 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 1 1 or 105. or 151. or PSYC 350 or

instructor permission

Presents the underlying mechanisms through which the nervous system

mediates behavior, from the molecular to the organismal lev el. Emphasizes

tv»o major themes: ( 1 ) the roles of synapses and neuronal excitability m

shaping the input output fiinctions of neurons and neuronal networks and

(2) the role of neuronal development and neuronal experience upon resultant
neuronal organization.

BIOL 480 Biology Seminar Ic-OI-lcr

.•\ discussion oi' recent trends in biological thought and research. Students
report on assigned readings and/or personal research.

BIOL 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .\s appropnate to course content

Course v aries from semester to semester cov ering diverse topics in specific
areas of biology.

BIOL 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisites: Pnor approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office. A 2.5 cumulative
GP.A and in major courses required.

Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty
member. .Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of
resources. Work is supervised by a faculty member but does not involve
regular class or laboratory hours.

BIOL 493 Biology Internship var-3-12cr

Prerequisites: Biology major v\ith at least 57cr. 2.5 cumulative GPA,
and permission of the director of internships and the chairperson
Selected students have opportunity, under department supervision, to gain
off-campus practical experience in area of interest Only 6cr may be appUed
toward major, total number of credits is decided in consultation inv olving
student, his/her advisor, and director of internships.

BL.\NN : Business Law

Departinent of Finance and Legal Studies

Eberly College of Business and Information Technolog>' ^

Note: Except for .Accounting. Business Education, and non-business majors
who have met the required prerequisites, students scheduling 300 and 400
coiu^es are expected to hav e achiev ed jimior standing as described in the
Eberly College of Business and Information Technology Academic Policies.

BL.\\\ 235 Legal Environment of Business 3c-0l-3cr

Explores the current .Amencan legal system by providing students with an
introduction to a v ariety of legal topics important to all individuals and
businesses. Topics must include sources of law. the court system and basic
procedures, tort law. criminal law. and contracts. Topics may also include
legal research and intellectual property. Ethical issues and international law
are integrated throughout the course.

BLAW 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

BL.AW 336 Law of Business Organizations 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: BL.AW 235

.A study of the law dealing with commercial paper, agency, parmerships.
corporations, and bankruptcy.

BLAW 337 Consumer Law 3c-OI-3cr

Nature of law as it pertains to the consumer. .Attention to consumer
protection relationships: real and personal property: credit; environmental
law : law pertaining to employment: landlord-tenant relationships; product
liability- insurance; and family law .

BLA%% 440 Business Negotiations 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: BL.AW 2.i5. junior standing

Open to all majors meeting the prerequisites. Covers the basic theories and
strategies of negotiation in the busmess env ironment and provides instruction

Paffl 152

INDIANA CNIXXRSm OF PEN>.SYLV.ANTA LAT)ERGR.ADL"ATE CATALOG. 2003-04 I

and practice to develop negotiation skills. Focuses on the knowledge and
skills needed in intercompany and intracompany negotiations. Focuses on
neither collective bargaining nor labor negotiations.

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate
students. (Offered as BEDU 281 pnor to 2001-02)

BL.AW 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established cumculum. A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

BL.AW 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Pnor approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students w ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and a\ailability of resources.

BTED: Business and Technolog>' Education
Department of Technology' Support and Training
Eberly College of Business and Information Technology

Note: Except for .Accounting. Business Education, and non-business majors
who have met the required prerequisites, students scheduling 300 and 400
courses are expected to have achieved junior standing as described in the
Eberly College of Business and Information Technology Academic Policies.

BTED 101 Microbased Computer Literacy 3c-OI-3cr

An introductory course designed to pro\ ide students with a fundamental
understanding of computers. Familiarizes students with the interaction of
computer hardware and software. Emphasizes the application of
microcomputers, the use of producti\ ity software (word processing,
spreadsheet management, file and database management), and the social and
ethical aspects of the impact of computers on society. Note: Cross-listed as
cose 101 and IFMG 101 . Any of these courses may be substituted for each
other and may be used interchangeably for D or F repeats but may not be
counted for duplicate credit. (Offered as BEDU 101 prior to 2001-02)

BTED 132 Computer Keyboarding and Formatting 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: BTED 309 or successful completion of proficiency exam
Focuses on the development of correct techniques in keyboarding. Empha-
sizes proofreading, formatting tabulations, business letters, business reports,
business forms, rough drafts, and manuscripts; an additional emphasis on
production, accuracy, and speed. (Offered as BEDU 132 prior to 2001-02)

BTED 201 Internet and Multimedia 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: BTED COSC IFMG 101 or prior exposure to word
processing and electronic mail

Focuses on the evaluation of information and multimedia resources available
on electronic networks when doing research in an area of one's choice.
Information literacy course is designed for students to gain a more in-depth
understanding of the information resources available electronically and of
how to utilize them more effectively in communicating. Students leam how
to access and utilize these resources for two-way communications and
support for decision making while incorporating selected elements in
multimedia presentations of their own design. (BTED COMM.COSC/IFMG/
LIBR 201 may be used interchangeably for D or F repeats and may not be
counted for duplicate credit.) (Offered as BEDU 201 prior to 2001-02)

BTED 250 Electronic Ofnce Procedures 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: BTED 131 orequnalent

A study of the theory and practice of the systems in an electronic office:
records management, office env ironment, communication transmittal
systems, reprographics, and office procedures. (Offered as BEDU 250 prior
to 2001-02)

BTED 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropnate to course content

Special topics are offered on an expenmental or temporary basis to explore
topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

BTED 309 Keyboarding for Educators Ic-OI-lcr

Corequisite: BTED 312

Designed to provide Business Education students with the fijndamental skills
to keyboard information quickly and accurately. Students are introduced to
the basic pedagogy^ of keyboarding in a K- 12 classroom. Techniques of basic
formatting, speed, and accuracy building are also covered. Course is open to
Business Education majors only. (Offered as BTED 130 Keyboarding prior
to 2003-04 and BEDU 1 30 prior to 2000-0 1 )

BTED 311 Methods in Business

and Information Technology I 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: EDSP 102, PSYC 101, and completion of the
freshman and sophomore courses in the student's major areas
Includes instruction in the general methods of teaching and evaluating
business courses. Major emphasis is on the planning for instruction. Creative
techniques and procedures for effectively teaching and managing the class-
room are evaluated. Current issues in vocational education such as advisory
committees, adult education, and federal legislation are included. (Titled
Methods and Evaluation in Business and Marketing Education 1 prior to
2003-04; offered as BEDU 31 1 pnor to 2001-02)

BTED 312 Methods in Business

and Information Technology II 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: BTED 311

Corequisite: BTED 309

Emphasizes the development of methods and strategies for making effective

classroom presentations and working with students in both the skill and

cognitive areas. Students are provided opportunities to undertake the many

responsibilities assigned to the business classroom teacher. (Offered as

BEDU 312 prior to 2001-02)

BTED 370 Technology Applications for Education 3c-0l-3cr

Provides a prospective business educator w ith concepts, applications, and
methodologies needed to be effective in today's classroom including ad-
vanced »eb page coding, advanced computer applications, creation of an in-
quiry-oriented activity in w hich the information that learners interact with
comes from Internet resources, and a learned society's rules for records man-
agement. .Also includes instruction in the pedagogy of computer applications.
The end product of the course will be additions to students' e-portfolios.

BTED 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
(Offered as BEDU 481 prior to 2001-02)

BTED 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Pnor appro\al through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students w ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty
member. .Appro\ al is based on academic appropriateness and availability of
resources. (Offered as BEDU 482 prior to 2001-02)

BTST: Business Technology' Support and Training

Department of Technology Support and Training

Eberly College of Business and Information Technology SS^

Sole: Except for .Accounting. Business Education, and non-business majors
who have met the required prerequisites, students scheduling 300 and 400
courses are expected to have achieved junior standing as described in the
Eberly College of Business and Information Technology Academic Policies.

INDIANA UNIVERSFTY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paee 153

BTST 101 latrodactiofi to Bosmesi 3c-(H-3cr

An overview of die pnnciples. practices, aid metfaods oonmiaa to most
business finns in a pm3te emeiprise s>'SiaiL (Kot open to junioK and
seniofs in Busmessi (Ofiocd as .\DMS 101 prior to 2001-02)

people of anodier cuhure tfanii^ speaking, listening, writing, and nonverbal
means. PraUems of intercuhural mmmnnicalion situations for business are
pinpointed, elements of the problems claiified, and guidelines {Hojected for
pnMem mitigaiiaa. (Offered as ADMS 342 prior to 2001-02)

BTST 221 BasiMSS Tecbaical W riting 3c-0l-Jcr

PiowiMile; ENGL 101

Appbcabon of business and tedmical «Tiliog si>les. letters. meiDO& leporc
prooedaresi, and "t«wit3ik ate some areas of cmcan. Emphasizes clear,
concise mitii^ st>'ie. (Max- not be used as a suhslitiBe for BTST 321; offered
as .\DMS 221 prior to 2001^)2)

BTST 231 Speech Ciim— 'witiaB far fnttsaom^ Ic-OI-I cr

Students stud> llieorj and principles of effecti>v oral presenlalions in a
professional setiiiK. Cooient inchidfs audience anahsis. man^emem of
speech aiixiet\'. topic setection and refinemenL proper selection and use of
x-isual aids, and speech forms. Students buiM professional presoHatian sidDs
as they fiilfill cause assigmnents to de\«lop. aitique, and detix'er
professiooal pieseniatioiK. (Ofieied as ADMS 31 prior to 2001-02)

BTST 273 Hardware SapportSolMMWf 3c-0l-3cr

PlM«|WHle: BTEDCOSCIFMG 101

Emphasizes s>stems hadn^are. espedalh' the microcampiBer. Concepts and
des^ principles cnmmnn Ki aO microprocessofs are saidied. Anxihaiy
hardware sudi as priuKis, modfms scanners, and laser tedmolog}' will be
nduded. Basic network tecfanologv' coocepis and peer-to-pecr netwoik
oanteaaiian. maintenaoce. and tnnMesfaootii^ are also indnded. (Offered
as BTST 313 Ofiioe Systems TechDobgies prior to 2003-04)

BTST 2«1 Special Topics \ar-l-3cr

PiiiniMiiii As appropriate to cause codaa

Special topics are offered on an eipaiuieiaal or temporary basis to explote
topics not included in the esiablisfaed cuniculum. A pvcD topic may be
offered onder any special topic identity no more than tlnee times, ^lecial
topics numbered 2S1 are offered primarily for lo«er-le%«l undergraduate
studoas. (Offered as OSYS 281 prior to 2001-02)

BTST 31> Teleto—Mic«i—s 3c-6t-3cr

Prercqaisite: BTEDCOSCIFMG 101

Provides an intnMlnctioa to tflfmnimnnicatioos in the business enviionniettt.

Inrlnrtfs an o\er\iew of electnnic cnmmnnicatioo systems indndii^ a

twnrriiiMl framework as weO as haods-on experience. Concepts of

trir, .mMiBiirMinng lecfanotogy. applications, and manaeemem as they apply

ID business and mdustiy are addressed. ( Offered as OS Y S 400 prior to 2000-

2001 aid OSYS 310 diirine 20004)1)

3c-M-3cr

BTST 311 Traiuig Methods ia Basioess and
Informatioa Technology Sappon
PrcrcquHles: PSYC 101. junior standii^

Includes the applicatioa of theories of aduk leaniii^ to plamii^ delivering,
and evukaang. trainiiK for education and information technology. Maior
aiyliavisisontfaeptanniiigof instnidion- Topics include needs assessment:
five and mediaied insuuctioa: classroom managrment: ex'aluatian aid
foOow-uf> mnhods: and evahiatian of uainiiK stiat^ies. (Offiacd as OSYS
311 prior to 2001-02)

BTST 321 B«une» and Interpersonal Comnmmir alioM 3c-M-3cr

Prcrcqwalcs: ENGL 101. 202

A study ofconCTHiiration theory and piiatiples as apfriied to business
situaiiotis and piactioes: de\«lopmem of ooimnunication skills in areas of
coauBDicatian such as spraiking. writing. K^*™*^ and nonvetfaal
communicatii^ Emphasizes building effective inieipeisonal relatioDS in a
business artiroamenl. (Offered as .ADMS 321 prior to 2001-02)

Commoucation

3c-01-3cr

BTST 342 iBtercakwai 1

Prereqahite: Juniar standii^

Provides an n-depih study and theoretical uidetstandii^ of mtercutanal

business ftwwnnniration. iocludiM jntenatJonaL imional, ethnic racial and

socioeconooiic cnlnnes. Smdaas explore practices, trends, and difficulties

of people primarily identified with one cuhure;. attempiii^ to interact with

BTST 383 Microcomputer Software Solutions 3c-01-3cr

Prereqaisite: BTST 273 or instnicior permission
An in-depth study of all the salient ftmctions and features of selectiiig.
'''<«»nino configuring, and maintaining the microconipuler operating
systems and resoKing conflicts. Students also devdop sldlls for msiailuig.
customizing, and optimizing a \^ei> of application, multimedia. Internet.
and utility softn are programs, as w eU as coafjguring. managing and
troubleshooting PC security issues. (Offered as BTST 283 prior to 2003-04.
BTST 301 prior to 2002.^13. and OSYS 301 prior to 2001-O2 •

BTST 401 Web Design 3c-01-3cr

Focuses on » et> design researcls and evpemnentalion with basic lo leadmg-
edge design techniques enabling the creation of user-focused w eb sites.
Emphasizes w^eb desi^ ledaiiques resuhiiig in fast-loading and well-placed
graphics, cohesive color and typography across platforms and brow sers.
clear na%igatioiial interface, and ai^opriaie use of sound, animalion. and
video. A \-ariety of software productioo programs is introduced and used.

BTST 402 W ebsite Development and Administration 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: BTED COMM COSC IFMGLIBR 201 or
instructor permission

Guides the student through a hands-on. step-by-step process of creating an
attractiv e. » el)-designed « ebsite for an enteri^ise. The student learns how to
install and configure a WWAk serv er. pubhsh web pages using the latest
tcols. and set up mechamsms to manage and update a wdisite and content.
(Offered as OSYS 402 prior to 2001-02)

BTST 411 Technologv Support Development 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: BTST 2"3. 3&3. and COSC IFMG 352
CoreqnJsite: BTST 413

Lochides dimensions of study relative to a technical support center-facilities
management, woikplaoe ei^ooomics. end-user needs assessment, and end-
user si^iport. Incotporales practical applications for building customer care.
tifjiniral and lepottiug skiUs tfaroi^ the development of various projects.
mrhnling needs analysis, computer documentation, ergonomic facility
desi^L and project man^emenL (Titled Micnxoiiipiiter Support pricv to
2003-04: offered as OSYS 41 1 prior to 2001-02)

BTST 413 Enterprise Tecbnologv Support 3c-OI-3cr

Preneqaishes: BTST 273. 385. COSC IFMG 352 or instnictor

permission

Coreqntsite: BTST 411

Prov ides a comprehensive and {tactical knowledge of enterprisewide

lechnoiogy. Topics covered include knowled^ management, remote user

sipporL teleconfeiendng, and network management and enhancement.

Students have hands-on expetienoe w orking nith sofm are. customizing user

enviran-menls, manapn^ tedmok^y security, and enhancing and

trouMeshooling the computing environment (Offered as OSYS 413 prior to

2001-02)

BTST 480 Sengunar in Business Tecbnologv Support 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: Oadualing seniors onl> or instrucior permission
Emphasizes solving of office management problems. Provides an
oj^xMTunilv to integrate and apply the skills and know ledge previously
gained m the Business Technology Si^jport msyor. (Offered as OSYS 480

prior to 2001-021

BTST 481 Special Topics var+3cr

Prerequisite: .\s a^^nnpriaie to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporarv' basis to explore
tofncs not included in the esiabUsbed curriculunL A given topic may be
ofieiBd trader any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics mmdiered 481 are offered primarily for upper-level undergraduate
studems. (Offered as ADMS OSYS 481 prior to 2001-02)

P^el54

INDIANA CSIN-ERSm' OF PEN'NS'iXN ANL\ CNT>ERGR.\DLATE CATALOG. 2003.04

BTST 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students w ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty
member. Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of
resources. (Offered as ADMS/OSYS 482 prior to 2001-02)

BTST 493 Internship var-3-6cr

Prerequisites: .Approval of internship coordinator, chairperson,

and dean and 2.75 cumulative GPA and 3.0 GPA in Business

A supervised office experience program with an approved agency (business,

industry, and government). (Offered as OSYS 493 prior to 2001-02)

CDFR: Child Development/Family Relations

Department of Human Development and Environmental

Studies

College of Health and Human Services

CDFR 218 Child Development 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: PSYC 101

Focuses on the normal development and behavior of children. A survey
made of physical, emotional, social, and intellectual development of children
from conception through early adolescence. Pertinent child development
research analyzed. (Offered as HMEC 218 prior to 2002-03)

CDFR 224 Marriage and Family Relations 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PSYC 101

Focuses on principles of human relations basic to marital decisions and

adjustment. Explores influence of community and family experiences on

personal development and adjustment. (Offered as HMEC 224 prior to

2002-03)

CDFR 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore
topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be
offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate
students. (Offered as HMEC 281 prior to 2002-03)

CDFR 317 Infant Development 2c-2l-3cr

Prerequisite: CDFR 218

A study of characteristic developmental changes of human infants from birth
to approxiiTiately two and a half years. Participation as teacher assistant in
infant/toddler child care center provides experience in developmentally
appropriate guidance and planning for very young children. (Offered as
HMEC 3 1 7 prior to 2002-03)

CDFR 321 Preschool Education 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: CDFR 218

An examination of the child development philosophy as the basis for the
developmentally appropriate decisions and methods in preschool education
programming. Emphasizes play as a developmental process and as the major
aspect of the preschool curriculum. May not be interchanged with ELED
353. (Offered as HMEC 32 1 prior to 2002-03)

CDFR 324 Family Dynamics 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: C DFR 224 or equivalent

Emphasizes processes and models of family development topics. Focuses on
approaches and dynamics of principles related to familial and marital
adjustment and coping. (Offered as HMEC 324 prior to 2002-03)

CDFR 418 Advanced Child Development 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: CDFR 218

A study of trends and research in the field of child development based on a
review of major theorists and current literature. (Offered as HMEC 418 prior
to 2002-03)

CDFR 419 Teaching in Child Development Centers 2c-4l-4cr

Prerequisite: CDFR 2 1 8 or equivalent

Techniques in planning for and teaching preschool children. Participation as
teacher-assistant provides experience in applying principles of child
guidance and developinent needed by teachers in preschool centers or
secondary school child development laboratories. (Offered as HMEC 220
prior to 2002-03)

CDFR 422 Early Childhood Education 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: CDFR 218

Current educational theories and research reviewed in terms of implications
for the preschool and their effect on luatcrial. equipment, and activity
selection. (Offered as HMEC 422 prior to 2002-03)

CDFR 424 Family Issues 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: CDFR 224

A concentrated study of selected areas of family life, w ith emphasis on
current personal and social issues affecting the family. (Offered as HMEC
424 prior to 2002-03)

CDFR 426 Techniques of Parent Education 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: CDFR 2 1 8 or ELED 2 1 5

An examination of nature, extent, and significance of parent education.
Interrelationships of home, .school, and community agencies are examined in
light of various programs, methods, and techniques of parenting education.
(Offered as HMEC 426 prior to 2002-03)

CDFR 427 Administration of Child Development Centers 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: CDFR 2 1 8 or equivalent, juniors or seniors only
De\elopment of special knowledge and competencies needed only by
successful administrators of child care programs including proposal writing,
budgeting, management, staff selection and training, appropriate curriculum
materials, philosophy, parent involvement, child advocacy, and program
evaluation. (Offered as HMEC 427 prior to 2002-03)

CDFR 463 Family and the Community 3c-01-3cr

A study of community agencies and problems that affect families and their
contributions to comtriunity. An investigation of ways group dynamics,
communication media, and other resources aid understanding of human
behaviors. Field experience is an integral part of the course. (Offered as
HMEC 463 prior to 2002-03)

CDFR 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are olTered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 48 1 are primarily for upper-lev el undergraduate students.
(Offered as HMEC 481 prior to 2002-03)

CDFR 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

Upper-level students w ith high scholastic achievement pursue their particular
interests outside the realm of the organized home economics education
curriculum. May be taken more than once to a maximum of 3cr. Approval is
based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources. (OtTered as
HMEC 482 prior to 2002-03)

CDFR 493 Internship var-6-12cr

Prerequisites: Permission of department, college dean, and university

internship coordinator; upper-level standing

Practical experience related to the student's major area of study. Objectives
are developed individually in consultation w ith a university faculty member
who supervises the internship. Log and major paper required. May be
repeated up to a total of 1 2cr; however, these credits arc not applicable
toward the 120cr required for graduation if student receives 12cr in student
teaching. (Offered as HMEC W prior to 2002-03)

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 155

CHEM: Chemistrj

Department of Chemisto

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

CHEM 101 College Chemistr> 1 3c-2l-4cr

Basic principles and concepts of inorganic chemistr>- are developed from the
standpoint of atomic and molecular structure » ith illustrative examples from
descriptive chemistrv. The laboratorv portion of the course illustrates
ph>^ical and chemical properties in a qualitati\e and quantitali\e manner.
Designed for selected majors within the College of Health and Human
Services and to fulfill the Liberal Studies Natural Science Laboratoiv
Sequence requirement.

CHEM 102 College Chemistrv 11 3c-2l-4<:r

Prerequisite: CHEM 101

Basic fundamental principles and concepts of organic and biochemistrv are
developed. Deals primarily with structural features of organic compounds,
the chemistr> of functional groups, and practical examples and uses of
organic compounds. The laboratorv portion illustrates properties and
reactions of represenuti\e organic compounds. Designed for selected majors
within the College of Health and Human Services and to fulfill the Liberal
Studies Natural Science Laboratory Sequence requirement

CHEM 1 1 1 General Chemistrv I 3c-3l-4cr

A lecture-discussion of pnnciples of chemistry, including theory and
applications. The lab illustrates principles discussed. Topics discussed
include scientific measurements, simple definitions and concepts, the mole,
stoichiometry. gas laws, electronic structure of the atom, bonding,
thermochemistry, and descriptive chemistrv of the elements.

CHEM 112 General Chemistry II 3c-3l-4cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 1 1 1

A continuation of General Cheinistrs I. Topics discussed include the solid
and liquid state, solutions, kinetics, equihbria, acids and bases, solubility
equilibria, thermodynamics, electrochemistry, and descriptive chemistry of
the elements.

CHEM 1 13 Concepts in Chemistry I 3c-3l-4cr

••Vn introductory course for Chemistry majors. This is the first half of a two-
semester sequence designed to give students the foundation of know ledge
and laboratory techniques required to successfully complete a chemistry
degree program. Topics include atomic theory, an introduction to chemical
reactions, stoichiometry. thermochemistry, chemical bonding, and molecular
geometry, transition metal complexes, polymers, and biomolecules.

CHEM 1 14 Concepts in Chemistry II 3c-3Mcr

Prerequisite: CHEM 1 1 1 or 1 13

.An introductory course for chemistry majors. This is the second half of a
two-semester sequence designed to give students the foundation of
know ledge and laboratory techniques required to successftilly complete a
chemistry degree program. Topics include kinetic-molecular theory of gases,
the liquid and the solid states, solution theory, kinetics, equilibrium,
thermodynamics, acids and bases, and electrochemistry.

CHEM 116 Basic Inorganic Chemistry 3c-3l-2cr

Prerequisites: CHE.M 111 and 1 12

Required for chemistry majors who have taken CHEM 1 1 1 and 1 12. A
systematic study of the chemistry of the elements is presented in both the
lecture and the laboratory. .Also includes the chemistry of coordination
compounds. Starts at the beginning of the second half of the spring semester
and is taught concurrently with CHEM 1 14.

CHEM 214 Intermediate Inorganic Chemistry lc-3l-2cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 1 12 or 1 14

Presents the characteristic reactions and compounds of elements from across
the periodic table. For the main-group elements, both discrete molecular
compounds and non-molecular materials are discussed. For the alkali,
transition and inner-transition metals, the focus is on non-molecular species
such as ionic compounds, ceramics, superconductors and other inorganic-
based materials. The solid-state structure of inoreanic-based materials is also

presented. Laboiatoiy activities are used to reinforce concepts presented in
lecture, and to stimulate interest through discovery-based exercises.

CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I 3c-41-4cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 112 or 1 14

.\ study of compounds of carbon, with a special emphasis on structure-
reactivity relationships. Laboratory w ork emphasizes methods of separation
and purification of organic compounds.

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry U 3c-»Mcr

Prerequisite: CHEM 231

.A continuation of Organic Chemistry I with an introductioa to spectroscopic
techniques. Laboratory work emphasizes the synthesis of representative

compounds.

CHEM 255 Biochemistry and .Nutrition 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 102

For Family and Consumer Sciences Education majors. Studies chemistry and
biological fimction of biologically active compounds w ith respect to
nutritional requirements.

CHEM 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropnate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics nimibered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

CHEM 301 Introduction to Chemical Research Ic-OHcr

A discussion of current technical literature and current research problems of
faculty members. Lectures by outside chemists and student presentations are
included. Open to junior or senior chemistry majors and to others by
permission of the chairperson. (Titled Chemistry Seminar prior to 2003-04)

CHEM 321 Quantiutive. Analysis 3c-4l-4cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 1 12 or 1 14

Theor> and practice of quantitative analysis, including gravimetric and

volumetric analysis: a special emphasis on perfecting student's labotaioty

techniques and application of general chemical knowledge through problem

solving.

CHEM 322 Instrumental Anahsb 3c-»l-4cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 341

Modem uistrumenial methods of chemical analysis. Student leains theory
behind the instrument, principles of operation, interpretation of data
obtained, and limitations of methods.

CHtM 323 Analytical Methods 3c-4l-kr

Prerequisites: CHEM 1 12 and non-Chemistry major
Principles of precipitation, acid-base, oxidation-reduction, and equiUbna are
applied to problem solving and to laboratory determinations; instrtimental
methods of analysis, such as colorimetry, atomic absorption and flame
emission, gas chromatography, etc.

CHEM 331 Organic .Molecular Structure Determination 4c-\ar-3cr
Prerequisites: CHEM 231-232 (CHEM 232 may be taken concurrently)
Gives the student experience in systematic identification of \ arious classes of
organic compounds by both chemical and physical methods.

CHEM 335 Advanced Organic Chemistry 3c-<ll-3cr

Prerequisites: CHEM 232 and 341

Selected topics of current interest covered. Possible topics include reaction
mechanisms, molecular spectroscopy, stereochemistry, natural products,
heterocyclics, polymer chemistry, and organic synthesis.

Paee 156

INDLA.\A CNnTRSm' OF PENNSYLWANLA L^DERGR.ADL ATE CATALOG. 2003-04

CHEM 340 Physical Chemistry for the Biological Sciences 3c-OI-3cr
Prerequisites: MATH 122 or 124 or 128, and PHYS 1 12 or 132;
CHEM 232

A one-semester course for Biochemistry and Biology majors. Chemical
thermodynamics, equilibria, kinetics; quantum mechanics; and spectroscopy
especially as applied to biomechanical systems.

CHEM 341 Physical Chemistry 1 4c-0l-4cr

Prerequisites: MATH 122, 124, or 128 and PHYS 1 12 or 132;

CHEM 1 12 or 114

Chemical thermodynamics with applications to solutions, phase, and

chemical equilibria-kinetic theory.

CHEM 342 Physical Chemistry H 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 341

A study of solids, liquids, surfaces, chemical kinetics, electrochemistry,
atomic and molecular structure.

CHEM 343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I Oc-31-lcr

Prerequisites: CHEM 321, 341

Experiments illustrating application of fundamental laws to actual systems.
Carries writing-intensive credit.

CHEM 344 Physical Chemistry Laboratory H Oc-31-lcr

Prerequisites: CHEM 342, 343

An extension of Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1; experiments related to

chemical kinetics, molecular spectroscopy, and other topics of physical

chemistry.

CHEM 351 Biochemistry 4c-01-4cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 231

A study of chemistry and biological functions of carbohydrates, lipids,
proteins, minerals, vitamins, and hormones.

CHEM 410 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory Oc-31-lcr

Prerequisite: CHEM 322

A laboratory course in which the techniques used in the synthesis and
characterization of inorganic compounds are explored. Emphasizes the
preparation of a wide variety of inorganic compounds and the methods by
which they are identified and characterized.

CHEM 411 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 341

A study of advanced principles of inorganic chemistry including atomic
structure, symmetry, advanced bonding theories, acids and bases,
coordination chemistry, and organometallic chemistry.

CHEM 412 Advanced Structural and

Synthetic Methods in Inorganic Chemistry 2c-21-3cr

Prerequisites: CHEM 41 1 and either CHEM 410 or 322
Advanced techniques used in the synthesis and characterization of inorganic
compounds are explored. In lecture, an emphasis is on the theory and appli-
cation of structural and spectroscopic methods of characterization. In lab, an
emphasis is on advanced methods of synthesis and structural characterization
using representative examples of important classes of inorganic compounds.

CHEM 421 Advanced Instrumental Analysis 4c-var-3cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 322

A study of modem chemical analysis, using advanced instrumental
techniques; with an emphasis on theory, principles of operation, capabilities,
and limitations of advanced analytical instruments used.

CHEM 441 Advanced Physical Chemistry 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 342

A study of fundamental ideas of quantum and statistical mechanics,
molecular structure, and other topics of current interest.

CHEM481 Special Topics

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

var-I-3cr

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to

explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are priinarily for upper-le\'el undergraduate students.

CHEM 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

CHEM 493 Internship in Chemistry var-4-9cr

Prerequisites: CHEM 113, 1 14, 231," 232, 321, 341, and

departmental approval

Full-time involvement in an actual "on-the-job" situation in an industrial or

research laboratory under the tutelage of a selected preceptor. A department

faculty member works closely with the student and preceptor and assumes

responsibility for making the final evaluation and assigning a grade.

CHEM 498 Problems in Chemistry var-l-2cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 231 and permission of chairperson
.A. course of super\'ised undergraduate research, in conjunction with a faculty
member in the chemistry department.

CHEM 499 Problems in Chemistry Education var-lsh

Prerequisite: Chemistry Education major; permission of chairperson
A course of independent study on selected problems in chemistry education,
including library reading, lab work, and conferences with a chemistry
education faculty member who is supervising the study.

CNSD Counseling and Student Development
Counseling Center
Student Affairs Division

CINSD 150 Life Skills: Improving Your

Social and Emotional Intelligence Ic-OI-lcr

Prerequisite: Instructor permission

Provides students with practical, hands-on, cognitive, emotional, and
interpersonal skills which help them to increase their abilities to process and
respond to environmental demands and stresses of their social and academic
environment. These skills include mindfulness, emotion regulation, behavior
management, and handling relationships by understanding emotions in
others. The goals are to understand basic principles of emotion regulation
and interpersonal effectiveness, improve students" ability to focus, and attend
to one's own thoughts and feelings as they apply to the skills described
above.

CNSV: Consumer Affairs

Department of Human Development and Environmental

Studies

College of Health and Human Services

CNSV 101 Personal and Family Management 3c-0l-3cr

Management as a system and its relationship to individuals and families.
Formulation of goals, values, and standards; use of decision-making process;
utilization of resources.

CNSV 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are otYered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

CNSV 315 Consumer Economics and Family Finance 3c-01-3cr

Economic, sociological, and psychological principles are applied to family
money management problems. Information needed to manage finances
effectively and to become a rational consumer is presented.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Pane 157

CNSN' 413 Problems in Consumer Economics 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: CNSV 3 1 5 or Economics

Problems of consumer-seller relationships studied with an emphasis given to
etTects of current economic and social forces. Governmental and private
protection agencies which aid the consumer are review ed. Individual
investigations required. Taught Fall semester only.

CNSV 416 Problems in Family Finance 3c-01-3er

Prerequisite: CNSV 315

In-depth theories and principles in personal and family t'lnance and the rights
and responsibilities of consumers are emphasized. Opportunities are
provided for students to explore specific areas of interest. Taught Spring
semester only.

CNSV 433 Study Tour var-l-6cr

Prerequisite: Upper-level standing

An opportunity is prov ided to v isit business establishments and cultural
centers concerned with household equipment, furnishings, textiles, clothing,
and housing in America as well as abroad. Museums, factories, designers"
showrooms, distribution centers, stores, cultural events, and seminars are in-
cluded. May be repeated for a total of 6cr. (Cross-listed as FSMR/INDS 433)

CNSV 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

CNSV 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

Particular consumer considerations are independently investigated in the area
of housing, home equipment, interior design, clothing, and textiles or in the
management of resources. Course may be repeated for a total of 3cr.
Students meet with a faculty member at least 5 hours per credit,

CNS\ 493 Internship var-l-12cr

Prerequisites: .Approval of instructor and department chairperson; upper-
level standing

A practical experience related to the student's major area of study with
objectives, supervised experience, and evaluation. Course may be repeated
for a total of 1 2cr.

COMM: Communications .Media

Department of Communications Media

College of Education and Educational Technology

COMM 101 Communications .Media in .\merican Society 3c-01-3cr

Required of Communications Media majors. An introduction to the
evolution, status, and future of communications media. Students explore
intrapersonal communication through self-assessment, values clarification,
and feedback: interpersonal communication through interv lews,
observations, case studies, and gaming; and mass communications through
the examination of the processes and the technology utilized to disseminate
and manage information. Career paths, field applications, professional
associations, and the primary literature are investigated.

CO.M.M 103 Digital Instructional Technology 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: Education major

Introduces freshman pre-ser\ ice teachers to the ever-changing world of
digital instructional technology. Learners are exposed to computer-based
tools of the trade used by teachers in the delivery and management of
instruction. Does not count towards credits needed for Communications
Media major.

E.xamines the theoretical assumptions of sight, sound, and motion as applied
to the design of communication products for different media formats. Within
the course, strategies for creative composition are demonstrated.
Psychological and physiological implications of images are discussed.
(OtTered as CM 200 images prior to 1999-2000)

COMM 201 Internet and Multimedia 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: BTED COSC IFMG 101 or prior exposure to word
processing and electronic mail

Focuses on the evaluation of information and multimedia resources available
on electronic networks when doing research in an area of one's choice.
Information literacy course is designed for students to gain a more in-depth
understanding of the information resources available electronically and of
how to utilize them more effectively in communicating. Students learn how
to access and utilize these resources for two-way communications and
support for decision making while incorporating selected elements in
multimedia presentations of their own design. (BTED/COMM/COSC/IFMG/
LIBR 201 may be used interchangeably for D or F repeats and may not be
counted for duplicate credit. )

COMM 205 Media Presentation Skills 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: COMM 150, COMM majors only

Introduces students to basic presentation skills, emphasizing the use of

media to enhance presentations. Students research, organize, and write

presentations, design appropriate media, and deliver presentations in various

settings, including to large groups, on camera and in groups with other

students.

COMM 230 Issues in International Communication 3c-0l-3cr

A survey of international communications with particular emphasis on
communications flow, four-press theories, ownership, structure and access to
media, government/media relationships, and the impact of communications
on developed and developing countries.

COMM 240 Communications Graphics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: COMM 101 or permission

An introduction to graphic design concepts and related processes and
techniques for a variety of forms of presentation media including television,
multimedia, and on-line communications for educational, corporate training,
and communications specialists. Both two- and three-dimensional design and
basic animation concepts are explored. Hands-on experiences using a variety
of graphic software applications. (Offered as CM 440 prior to 1999-2000)

COMM 249 Basic Audio Recording Techniques 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: COMM 101. permission

Theory and practice of recording sound, developing an understanding of the
language of sound recording as well as the ability to make sound recordings.
Offers exposure to recording for various media including radio, music,
motion pictures, television, and multimedia production. Material also
appropriate for teachers who w ish to make use of tape recorder in the
classroom. Students gain hands-on experience through labs and projects to
be completed outside of class. Students are expected to provide an audio tape
recorder. (Offered as CM 449 prior to 1999-2000)

COMM 251 Television Production 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: COMM 101. permission

Develops basic skills in television production and direction. Consideration
operating problems of a television studio, as well as functions, limitations,
and capabilities of television equipment and facilities. (Offered as CM 451
prior to 1999-2000)

or (

COMM 150 Aesthetics and Theory of
Communications .Media
Prerequisite: COMM 101

3c-01-3cr

COMM 271 Beginning Photography 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: COMM 101 or permission

W orking « ith black-and-» hile materials, the student learns to operate a
camera, develop film, make contact prints and enlargements, and mount
prints for display. Ancillary topics are introduced such as filtration, print
spotting, fiash. and the use of accessory lenses. Student is required to have a
35mm camera, preferably a single-lens reflex, with fully manual focusing
and exposure capability.

Page 158

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

COMM 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 28 1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

COMM 302 Research in Communications .Media 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: COMM 150. ENGL 101 and 202 (gradeof C orbetteri
Designed to provide knowledge of the resource materials and research
strategies used in the communications media field. Students design basic
data gathering instruments, collect data, and assimilate information from
various sources and data into communication products, services, or
documents.

CO<V(M 349 Radio Prodoctioa 3c-«-3cr

Prereqsisite: COMM 1 30 or instnictor pemnssioa
An introducticfi to prodoctioa tedmiques as ibey penain lo radio. The
student is exposed to ptoeianiming, scriplii^ producii^ proetams, intitis.
ontiDS. comtiieicials. pubfic servke anDOuncenieiiis. sialioo idealificaDans.
aid promotiaiial amiuuuuanenis- .Also deals widi the inteiactiao of a radio
station wilfa natknal netnoffcs and witfa the leai-life ancems of deadHnes.
( Offered as CM 405 prior to 19W-2000)

COMM 351 Advanced \ ideo Production 3c-M-3cr

Prerequtsite: COMM 15 1

.\ production course that emphasizes advanced field productkn techniques.
Some topics covieted inchide field bgblii^ video post-pnxhictioa editinz
with A-B roO. on-line editing, and ncolnear editing. Students min bands-oo
experience through projects and field nips.

COMM 303 Scriptw riting 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: COMM 101. ENGL 101 and 202 (grade of C or

better) or instructor permission

.An introduction to the design of media materials and scnpt wTidng. Style

and techniques of writing are analyzed. Classroom emphasis is on writing.

critiques, and revision of designs and scripts. Scripts for audio, multimedia

presentations, and motion picture and television productions will be written.

COMM 305 Electronic .Media Programming and Sales 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: COMM 150

Explores two primary fimctions of the electronic media: providing
programming for audiences and providing economic viability to media
outlets by selling commercial time to clients. Students explore topics such as
program development scheduling, and promotion. .Also explores the basic
strategies used in the electronic media to sell commercial time and the use of
audience and ratings analysis in the processes of programming and sales.

COMM 330 Instructional Design for

Training and Development 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: COMM 101. ENGL 101 and 202 (grade of C or better) or

permission or instructor

Examines the systems approach for the design, dev elopment. and ev aluation

of instructional material. Students leam about the history of instructional

design and development and the current status of the field. Each student

produces a self-instructional prototype that requires the student to

systematically and creatively apply the concepts and rules learned in the

class. (Previouslv titled Communications Media m Trairung and Education)

COMM 335 Communications Consulting

and Project Management 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: CO.MM 101

Presents the theoretical views and clinical applications of consulting skills

and practices associated with and needed by communication professionals.

Presented are the fimctions and role of the consultant, the client's perspectrve

on consulting, hiring a consultant, ethics in consulting, personal assessment

tests, and related literature and models.

COMM 340 .Advanced Communication Graphics 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: COMM 240. permission

Provides in-depth experience in plannmg and preparing graphic materials
commonly used in the communications profession; graphic materials include
design, photosketching. lenering. slide titling and duphcation. preparation of
camera-ready art, lithographic film and master layout sheets, professional
slide flat production and photocopy, large-fomiat transparency production,
color key. and color systems. (Offered as CM 441 prior to 1999-2(X)0)

COMM 345 Television Criticism 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: COMM 1 50 or instructor permission

The medium of television offers a unique environment for development and
delivery of information. entertainmenL and news. Explores and analyzes
television programming. Includes examination of genres ranging from
situation comedv to drama, to mini-senes and made-for-T\' movies.

CO\rM 354 Broadcast RegalatiMi 3e-il-3er

Prerequisite: CONLM 1 50 or instructor pennission
Deh es into the areas of law affecting bniadcasteis. Topics cov^eied are bws
pertaining to cable television, station licensing and lenew^ political
broadcasting. UbeL copyright, the right of reply, and privacy. The historical
development of the FCC and its jurisdictioos are also examined. Case studies
are discussed akng with the relevancy of some laws as they pertain (o
today s society. (Offeied as CM 454 prior to 1999-2000)

COMM 3'1 Photography II: The Print 3c-M-3cr

Prerequisites: COMM 2"1. permission

Students develop camera and ptint-niaking skills to die deaee that they can
prochice sakm-quahty pholosiaphic prints. Studons wiD mdeistaod die
photographic processes utilized in producing a high-quality nesaliv« aad
print to the extent that they can manipulae those processes to commnnicate
an intended message v> ith their photogiaplis. FinilMsiiiKs camera and priot
control as weU as compcsitioo and negative and print nanipulalian. (Offeied
as CM 472 prior to 1999-2000)

COMM 375 Mass Media and Behavior 3c-«l-3cr

Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and junior or senior status
Theory and research on the influence of the mass media on human behavior
and attitudes. Topics inchide the effects of news and political adv^enisiiig on
pubhc opinioD; the effects of racist and sexist pottrayals: and the effects of
violence and pomogiaphy on aggiessivie behavior. ( .Also offeied as PSYC
375: may be taken only once)

COM>I 3M The History of .AfrkaB Anericass ia F^ 3c4l-3cr

Traces the historical dev^efopmem of the roles of .Afiican Americans m film
and television. Students examine the early sttieolypic poitiavals of this
group, the origins of these stereotypes, and the oiKoing Changs. posHivie and
negative, that have occurred reganiing the media representation through
research. fthiL and archetypal analysis, observ^tioa. and discussion- The new
generation of .African .American fibnmakers and their creative effoits to
promote mote realistic portrayals are analysed.

COMM 390 Practicum in Commnnicatiow var-1-3cr

Prerequisites: CONLM 101. wnnen permissioo

.An opportunity with credit for students to make contributioas to department
and campus media-related facilities and offices including WTCP-T\'. >MUP-
F\L Perm. Media Relations, and Media Resources. RepeataMe for a
ma.ximum of 6cr.

COMM 395 Career Planning in Communications Media Ic-OHcr

Prerequisite: Minimum 20 CONfM credits

Serves as a primary skiU-building and strategy -seeking experience for the
internship program and later career entry and growth. E.xiensiv e antmg.
research, and tndividuai counseliiig are involved. Trav^el may be necessary.

COMM 403 Broadcast Newswriting 3c*-3cr

Prerequisites: COMM 101. ENGL 101 and 202 (giadeof C orbeneDor
instructor permission

.Acquaints students with the various styles and script fonnals used m wntHK
news scripts for radio and television. Includes instructioa in writing new s

INDIANA L'NrVERSm OF PENNSYLV ANIA L"SDERGR.ADLATE CATALOG. 2003-(M

Paael59

stories for radio and television and an introduction to broadcast news
production. Students practice and work to improve writing skills in this area
of broadcast writing.

COMM 408 Media Field Studies 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: COMM 101. junior standing, and instructor permission
A hands-on course designed to help the students learn about the production
process involving on-location production. Has three distinct phases: students
begin with research and pre-production tasks on campus: students may travel
to a remote site to collect additional information and images and use those
images to complete a production: and students are responsible for travel
expenses. (Offered as CM 401 prior to 2000-2001 )

COMM 440 Multimedia Production 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: COMM 240 or instructor permission
The student learns the processes and techniques of planning, designing, and
producing used vv ith interactive multimedia. Provides hands-on experiences
in the use of graphics, audio, animation, video, and authoring software
applications to produce an aesthetically acceptable product that meets
specific objectives. Designed to meet the needs of educational media,
corporate training, and communications specialists.

COMM 445 .Applications and Techniques of .Motion Pictures 3c-0I-3cr
Prerequisite: COMM 1 50 or instructor permission

A survey of the role that motion picture film production plays in society. A
major emphasis is on the variety of applications with special consideration
given to motion pictures as a tool to support research.

COM.M 449 Advanced .Audio Recording Techniques 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: COMM 249. pwrmission

Sound recording utilizing advanced techniques and concentrating on specific
applications. Student participates in an intensive lab experience utilizing the
most advanced equipment available. Emphasizes application, editing, signal
processing, and multi-track recording. Student is expected to produce a
sound recording for a specific use of professional quality. (Offered as CM
450 prior to 1999-2000)

COM.M 451 Broadcast News Process 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: COMM 251, 349, permission

Reporting and presenting radio and TV news programs. Analysis of news
and public affairs broadcasting. (Offered as CM 453 prior to 1 999-2000)

COMM 460 Emerging Trends in Communication Technology 3c-01-3cr
Prerequisite: COMM 150

An introduction to the ever-changing world of telecommunication
technologies, focusing on modem, computer-driven modes of information
exchange. Students get an opportunity to synthesize several of the
technologies covered in the course and integrate them into a workable
solution to a practical telecommunication problem.

COMM 470 .Management Practices in

Electronic Communications 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: COMM 1 50, any COMM writing-intensive coiu^e.

and junior or senior standing

Presents the theory and practice of media management. Areas covered

include problem-solving, documenting and reporting, career systems,

budgeting, personnel, ownership, unionization, market analysis, and special

topics as directly related to communications media industries. Students

conduct case study research related to their career direction.

COMM 471 Electronic Imaging 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: COMM 271 or permission

An introduction to the use of electronic still photography (ESP) for the cap-
ture, recording, and transfer of still images and the use of computers for the
storage, manipulation, and output of color and black and white photography.
Extensive training in the use of software packages for image enhancement,
restoration, and manipulation w ill be provided. Students learn the applica-
tions of this technology to the print media and examine the ethical and legal
issues of image manipulation. (Offered as CM 479 prior to 1 999-2000)

COMM 475 Senior Portfolio Presentation lc-01-lcr

Prerequisites: Communications Media majors only and COMM 395
Students compile and present a series of works produced through previous
Communications Media courses and activities. The result is a portfolio
suitable for presentation to a potential employer. The ponfolio may include
examples of student works from a variety of subject areas.

COMM 480 Seminar in Communications .Media 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing, other prerequisites as
appropriate to course content.

A seminar in selected communications issues or problems. Includes the
reading and review of the current literature as appropriate to the major topic
presented in the seminar.

COM.M 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identitv no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

COM.M 493 Internship var-6, 9, 12cr

Prerequisites: CO.MM 395. department approval

Superv ised professional summer work experience in communications media.
Sites reflect the academic goals of the department and are approved and
administered by a department coordinator. Location, duties, length of
internship, and hours are indiv iduallv tailored to student career goals. Sites
represent wide application of process and technology of communications in
business, education, allied health, or other agencies. Students must complete
40 hours of the internship work experience per credit earned. A ma.\imum of
1 5cr is applicable to an undergraduate degree program from any combination
of internship and practicum experience.

COSC: Coinputer Science

Depai^ment of Computer Science

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

COSC 101 Microbased Computer Literacy 3c-0l-3cr

An introductory course designed to prov ide students with a fundamental
understanding of computers. Familiarizes students with the interaction of
computer hardware and soflw are. Emphasizes the application of micro-
computers, the use of productivity software (word processing, spreadsheet
management, file and database management), and the social and ethical
aspects of the impact of computers on society. (Does not count toward Com-
puter Science major.) Note: Cross-listed as BTED 101 and IFMG 101 . Any
of these courses may be substituted for each other and may be used inter-
changeably for D or F repeats but may not be counted for duplicate credit.

COSC 105 Fundamentals of Computer Science 3c-0l-3cr

The first course for Computer Science majors. Required of all Computer
Science students and appropriate for other Natural Sciences and
Mathematics students. Topics include the fundamental concepts of computer
architecture, algorithm development and analysis, programming languages,
software engineering, data organization and representation, and systems
software. Hands-on introduction to computer usage w ith an emphasis on
terminology and the underlying coimections within the discipline.

COSC 110 Problem Solving and Structured Programming 3c-0l-3cr

For Science. .Mathematics, and Computer Science majors and for others who
have a sufficiently quantitative orientation. Basic structure of modem digital
computers; problem analysis and computer solution using flowcharting and
the C+-^ language. Exemption or credit bv' examination possible.

COSC 201 Internet and Multimedia 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: BTED/COSC'IFMG 101 or prior exposure to word
processing and electronic mail

Page 160

INDIANA UNrVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA LTviDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

how to utilize them more effectively in communicating. Students leam how
to access and utiHze these resources for two-way communications and
support for decision mailing while incorporating selected elements in
multimedia presentations of their own design. (BTED,COMM/COSC<lFMG/
LIBR 201 may be used interchangeably for D or F repeats and may not be
counted for duplicate credit.)

cose 205 Programming Languages

for Secondary Education 3c-0l-3cr

Prcrequisife: Education major

Provides an introduction to the three high-le\el programming languages most
commonly used in secondary education: Pascal. LOGO, and BASIC, w ith
particular emphasis on Pascal. Also includes a comparative study of the
control structures and data structures present in these three languages.
Intended to establish a solid foundation to prepare prospective teachers of
computing courses K-12. (Note: Previous experience with microcomputers is
strongly recommended. Does not count tow ard a Computer Science major.
Credit tow ard graduation is not given if this course is taken after completing
6cr or more of COSC courses.)

cose 210 Object-Oriented and GUI Programming 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 110

An in-depth introduction to the Object-Oriented Programming (OOP)
paradigm. Focuses on designing, implementing, and using objects. Covers
function and operator overloading, templates, inheritance, and
polymorphism. Also includes an introduction to Graphical User Interface
(GUI) design and programming.

COSC 220 Applied Computer Programming 4c-01-4cr

Prerequisite: COSC 1 10 or equivalent.

Structured programming principles and techniques, as implemented through
the ANSI COBOL language; program design using top-down techniques;
program and project documentation; introduction to sequential and random
file algorithms and integrated file systems.

COSC 250 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: COSC 110. MATH 122 or 123 or 127
Algorithmic methods for function evaluation, roots of equations, solutions to
systems of linear equations, interpolation. cur\e fitting, numerical
differentiation and integration; errors in computation. Introduction to
FORTRAN90 programming and introduction to the use of a mathematical
software package to graph functions.

COSC 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .fXs appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-le\el undergraduate

students.

COSC 300 Assembly Language Programming 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 1 10 or equivalent

An examination of structure and languages of machines; representation of
data, addressing techniques, symbolic coding, assemblers, macros, etc.;
problem solution using assembly language.

COSC 304 Interactive Internet Programming with Java 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 1 10 or equivalent

An introduction to interacti\e Internet programming using Ja\ a. Focuses on
writing plallbmi-independent multimedia applications that are useable across
the Internet. Uses a w rite-once. run-anyw here approach w hile pro\ iding
adequate security. Co\ers event-based processing, multithreading. MIME
file handling, exception handling, sandbox security, networking, and
component architectures.

COSC 310 Data Structures and .\lgorithms 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 210

Fundamental concepts of data design and implementation, data abstraction,
data structures, arrays, linked-lists. stacks, queues, recursion, trees, graphs.

and hashing. Also covers sorting algorithms, di\ ide and conquer techniques,
greedy methods, and analysis of algorithms. The object-oriented paradigm is
employed in this course using an object-oriented language.

COSC 315 Large File Organization and Access 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 220

The organization of large computer files for business systems, information
systems, and other applications. The use of advanced COBOL for efficient
file access. An evaluation of file access methods and directory organization.
An introduction to random file algorithms and integrated file systems.

COSC 316 Cybersecurit) Basics 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: COSC 1 10 or equi\alent programming course, junior
standing or instructor permission

Provides an introduction to the theory and concepts of computer security in
networked s>'stems. Looks at security issues and policies w ith regard to
hardw are. software de\elopment. databases, operating sjstems. and
networks as well as the use of encPiption. The more common attacks on
systems are covered. Vulnerability assessment tools and techniques for
defending systems are explored in various projects.

COSC 319 Software Engineering Concepts 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: COSC 220 and 310 or instructor permission
Software engineering concepts include the collection of tools, procedures,
methodologies, and accumulated know ledge about the de\elopment and
maintenance of software-based systems. Strongly suggested for any student
planning to take an internship in Computer Science. After an o\er\iew of the
phases of the software lifecycle. current methodologies, tools, and techniques
being applied to each phase is discussed in depth w ith localized exercises
given to reinforce learning of concepts.

COSC 320 Software Engineering Practice lc-2d-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 3 1 9 or instructor permission
Planning, design, and implementation of large software systems using
software engineering techniques. Students work in project teams on real or
realistic software de\'elopment projects. Credit for either COSC 320 or 493
may count tow ard computer science major requirements for graduation but
not both; the other course credits are free electi\ es.

COSC 341 Introduction to Database .Management Systems 3c-01-3cr
Prerequisites: COSC 220 (or equivalent) and 3 10 or instructor permission
Study of database concepts. Detailed study of information concepts and the
realization of those concepts using the relational data model. Practical
experience gained designing and constructing data models and using SQL to
interface to both multi-user DBMS packages and to desktop DBMS
packages. (Offered as COSC 441 prior to 2002-03)

COSC 344 Productivity Tools and Fourth

Generation Language 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 341 or IFMG 450

De\elop an understanding of producti\ity issues and how Fourth Generation
Languages (4GL) impro\e producti\ity as contrasted with 3GLs. .Ad\ances
in the programming paradigm such as event-dri\en programming, objects,
reusability, graphical user interface (GUI) design and development,
information systems based on relational databases, and client sener
technology are addressed. Students gain a practical experience w ith these
concepts through an in-depth stud\ of Visual Basic and the development of a
GUI interface to a relational database using Visual Basic. (OtTered as COSC
444 prior to 2002-03)

COSC 345 Data Communications 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: COSC 110 or 220; MATH 121 or 123;

MATH 214 or 216 or 21 7; or equivalents

Communication of digital data between computers and to and finm terminals

and other peripherals; computer networks; small design projects or term

paper.

COSC 352 LAN Design and Installation

Prerequisite: IFMG 250 or BTST 273 or any COSC course

numbered 300 or higher

3c-01-3cr

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 161

A study of fundamental local area netw orking concepts. A detailed study of
the basics of local area network ( LAN ) technology. Comparative study of
commercially available LAN systems and products. Features a hands-on
laboratory implementation of a LAN. Cross-listed as IFMG 352. Either
course may be substituted for the other for D/F repeats but may not be taken
for duplicate credit.

cose 354 Testing and Controlling LANs 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 352 or IFMG 352 or equivalent
Fxplores local area network (LAN) topologies and their associated protocols.
Introduces w ays of interconnecting, securing, and maintaining LANs.
Provides students w ith hands-on experience in the interconnection of
multiple LANs. Also presents a hands-on approach to design, testing, and
administration of interconnected LANs. Cross-listed as IFMG 354. Either
course may be substituted for the other for D/F repeats but may not be taken
for duplicate credit.

COSC 355 Computer Graphics 2c-ll-3cr

Prerequisites: COSC 310 and junior status

The use of computer graphics hardware and software. An overview of
current applications and experience with representative software w ill
introduce current practice. Foundations in primitives, geometry, and
algorithms of passive computer graphics are the principal focus. A brief
introduction to interactive computer graphics is included.

COSC 356 Network Security 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 316 or COSC/IFMG 352

Explores mechanisms for protecting networks against attacks. Emphasizes
nerw ork security applications that are used on the Internet and for corporate
networks. Investigates various networking security standards and explores
methods for enforcing and enhancing those standards.

COSC 360 IB.M Job Control Language Ic-OI-lcr

Prerequisite: COSC 220 or instructor permission
A detailed study of the job control language (JCRLG ) of the IBM OS
operating system; comparison of OS » ith the locally available DEC
operating system. VAX VMS.

COSC 362 Unix Systems 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 3 10 or instructor permission

An introduction to the features, syntax, applications, and history of UNIX.
Coverage includes utilities, system administration, development
environments, and networking concerns including distributed systems,
client-server computing, and providing Web serv ices.

COSC 380 Seminar on the Computer Profession Oc-ld-lcr

Prerequisite: Permission

Reading, review, and discussion of the current literature of computer science

and industr) trade journals: effective oral presentations; emplo>'ment

prospects. Should be taken the semester before an internship or the first

semester of the senior year. Should not be taken at the same time as COSC

480.

COSC 415 Internet .Architecture and Programming 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisites: COSC 304 and 310 or instructor's approval
Corequisite: COSC 341

Covers the fundamental architecture of Internet systems and the process of
developing computer applications running on the Internet in general and on
the World Wide Web in particular. Students first gam basic understanding of
the TCP' IP protocols and the client/server technology. Methods, languages,
and tools for developing distributed applications on the Internet are
evaluated. Programming projects developing distributed applications, using a
representative suite of development tools and languages, are an integral part
of this course.

COSC 419 Software Development with .Ada 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 3 1 0

An introduction to the Ada programming language as a tool of the software
engineer. Projects use the advanced programming constructs resident in Ada,
including packages, multi-tasking, generic units, exception handlers, and
concurrent programming.

COSC 420 .Modern Programming Languages 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: COSC 220 and 310

A comparative study of the properties and applications of a range of modem
higher-level programming languages, including Ada, APL. C. LISP. LOGO,
Pascal. PROLOG, and SNOBOL. Comparison with older languages such as
ALGOL. BASIC. COBOL. FORTRAN, and PL I.

COSC 424 Compiler Construction 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisites: COSC 300 and 310

Relates the formal concepts of automata and language theory to the
practicality of constructing a high-level language translator. The structures
and techniques used in lexical analysis, parsing, syntax directed translation,
intermediate and object code generation, and optimization are emphasized.

COSC 427 Cryptography 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: COSC 310. MATH 122 or 123
Fundamental concepts of encoding and'or encrypting information,
cryptographic protocols and techniques, various cryptographic algorithms,
and security of information are covered in depth.

COSC 430 Introduction to Systems Programming 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: COSC 300 and 310

Concepts and techniques of systems programming with an emphasis on
assembly, linking, loading, and macro processing for user programs.
Overview of higher-level language translation and system control.
Programming and research projects.

COSC 432 Introduction to Operating Systems 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisites: COSC 300. COSC 310 or equivalents
An introduction to the principles of operating system design and
implementation. Topics include interrupt service, process states and
transitions, spooling, management of memory and disk space, virtual storage,
scheduling processes and devices, and file systems.

COSC 405 Artificial Intelligence 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 310

.>\n introduction to the field of artificial intelligence, i.e.. the study of ideas
that enable computers to process data in a more intelligent way than
conventional practice allows. Covers many information representation and
information processing techniques. Students explore the underlying theory
including matching, goal reduction, constraint exploration, search, control,
problem solving, and logic.

COSC 410 Processor Architecture and Microprogramming 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: COSC 300 and 310

The logical description of computer processor structure (architecture), with

an emphasis on the microprogramming approach. Project assignments using

minicomputer.

COSC 450 Applied Numerical Methods 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: COSC 250. MATH 171. and 241. or equivalents
Polynomial approximations using finite differences, w ith applications in
numerical integration and differentiation. Numerical solution of initial value
ordinary differential equations. The APL language is introduced and used,
along with FORTRAN, in programming selected algorithms.

COSC 451 Numerical Methods for Supercomputers 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 121 and 122. or MATH 123 or 127,
MATH 171, COSC 250

Supercomputers make use of special computer architectures-vector and
parallel processors-in order to achieve the fastest processing speed currently
available. Students are introduced to these features and learn how numerical
algorithms can be constructed to exploit supercomputers" capabilities.
Students gain practical experience in programming for the Cray. YMP, in
incorporating existing scientific software packages into user-written
programs, in submitting remote jobs to the Pittsburgh Supercomputer Center,

Page 162

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

and in producing animated graphical output to summarize the typically large
volume of output data generated by large scientific programs. (Also otTered
as MATH 45 1 : may not be taken for duplicate credit)

cose 460 Theory of Computation 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 3 10 or instructor permission
Formal methods for describing and analyzing programming languages and
algorithms. Backus-Naur forms; productions: regular expressions;
introduction to automata theory". Turing machines; recent concepts in
algorithm theory computabiUty.

COSC 480 Seminar on Technical Topics Oc-ll-lcr

Prerequisites: See text below

Reading. rcMew . and discussion of the current literature of computer science
and industry professional and technical journals; oral presentations. Should
be taken the last semester of the senior year. Should not be taken at the same
time as COSC 380.

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 28 1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate
students.

COUN 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

COUN 482 Independent Study >ar-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior appro\al through ad\isor. faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjimction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

COSC 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

A seminar in advanced topics of computer science; content varies depending

on interests of instructor and students. May be repeated for additional credit.

Special Topics numbered 48 1 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate

students.

COSC 482 Independent Study var-l-4cr

Prerequisite: Pnor appro\ al through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent smdy of a topic not offered in the cur-
ricuhim may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
-\pproval based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

COSC 485 Independent Study var-12cr

Prerequisites: Permission of a computer science faculty member who
agrees to supervise the student's project. Arrangements for selection of a
specific topic must be made.

COSC 493 Internship in Computer Science var-12cr

Prerequisites: COSC 300. 310. 315. 319. 380, other courses
depending on type of internship position desired, completion of
application, and selection by committee

Positions with participating companies provide students w ith paid
experience in computer science imder the supervision of the companies and
faculty. Requirements include three on-site consultations, two university
consultations, completion of progress reports, oral presentation, and a final
cumulative paper. Offered only to students during the second semester and
summer of the junior year or the summer and the first semester of the senior
year. No more than 4cr of COSC 493 may be applied tow ard the credit
requirements for the major in Computer Science.

COUN: Counselor Education

Department of Counseling

College of Education and Educational Technology

COUN 250 Developing Interpersonal Relationship Skills Ic-OI-lcr

Teaches interpersonal relationship skills: listening, communicating, group
dynamics, decision making, leadership, assertiveness, time-use management,
problem solving, and conflict resolution. Restricted to residence hall
counselors.

COUN 253 Counseling in School Settings 3c-OI-3cr

.An elective course designed to provide in-service teachers and school
personnel, other than counselors, with a basic understanding of the
know ledge, information, and skills appropriate to counseling with
individuals and groups. Restricted to peer mtors.

COUN 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore
topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

CRIM: Criminologj

Depat^ment of Criniinolog>'

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

CRI.M 101 Crime and Justice Systems 3c-OI-3cr

Introduces the field of criminology through the examination of histoncal
data, statistical information, theories of criminal causation, social control of
behavior, development of laws, evaluation of criminal justice system
policies, procedures, and trends. Students leam the terminology of the field,
gain an awareness of the methods of inquiry utihzed in the field, and have
die opportunity to examine personal attitudes and values regarding crime and
responses to crime.

CRLM 102 Survey of Criminology 3c-0I-3cr

Provides an understanding of the discipline of criminology through an
examination of its theories, basic assumptions, and definitions.

CRIM 205 Law Enforcement and the Community 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 102

Introduces students to the history, fiinction. and role of law enforcement in
American society. The multidimensional work of policing is emphasized
w ith particular attention to strategies employed to combat and present crime
through computer technologv and ad\ ancements in nonlethal and lethal
methods. Organizational and personal factors of policing, such as work-
related stress and personnel selections, also are covered, as these are
intimately connected to the structure and composition of the communities
serviced. Practical and critical approaches to law enforcement are undertaken
to explore prevailing and dissenting perspectives on the issues covered.

CREVI 210 Criminal Law 3c-OI-3cr

A study of the history and sources of criminal law coupled with an analysis
of the substantive elements of specific crimes.

CRIM 215 Survey of Courts and the Criminal Justice System 3c-OI-3cr
Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 102

Examines the historical background, the traditions, and the legal principles
that underlie the courts as an integral component of the .American system of
criminal justice. Both differences and similarities inherent within the state
and federal court processes w ill be analyzed, and the procedures through
which the criminal couns uphold the basic rights and liberties of all United
States citizens, both victims and the accused, are explored. The dynamics of
the judiciary are considered through examination of the critical foundations
of the judicial process. .\ primary focus is placed upon understanding the
respective roles played by judges, prosecuting attorneys, defense counsel,
police, and probation officers and other court-related personnel in the
criminal court process.

CRIM 225 Survey of Corrections 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 102

Introduces students to correctional policy and practices in the United States
and emphasizes the role of corrections in the social control of human
behavior. Includes the history of corrections, classic and contemporary

INDIANA UNIVERSfTf OF PENNSYLVANIA LfNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paae 163

thought about the role of corrections in the criminal justice system, and a
survey of correctional methods and alternatives with an emphasis on the use
of incarceration.

CRIM 235 Survey of Juvenile Justice and Juvenile Law 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 102

Provides students with an understanding of thejuvenile justice system and
the various cases and legislative initiatives that have affected juvenile justice
policy. In addition to examining the evolution of the juvenile justice system
and the transformation of the juvenile court, students gain an understanding
of the current issues in juvenile justice in the United States. Attention is also
focused on juvenile justice policies and procedures in other countries.

CRIM 255 Law, Social Control, and Society 3c-0l-3cr

The evolution and development of the modem legal system. Topics include
civil, criminal, and administration law. the legal profession, legal systems m
American society, and the law as one of many instruments of social control
and social change. (Offered as CRIM 357 prior to 2003-04)

CRIM 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 28 1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

CRI.M 300 Theory of Complex Criminal

Justice Organizations 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: CRIM 102 or instructor permission

The study of the evolution and theories of organizational alternatives and

their application to the administration of justice.

CRIM 306 Criminological Research Methods 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: CRIM 102 or instructor permission

An mtroduction to the basic criminological research methods designed to
prepare the student to understand and participate in quantitative and
qualitative research.

CRIM 321 Cybersecurity and Loss Prevention 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: CRIM 101 or 102

Addresses the cybersecurity threat from a more comprehensive standpoint.
Students be challenged to recognize and understand security concerns from
multiple perspectives, ranging from the insider threat to threats involving the
actual physical components. Exposure to a design methodology, associated
system components modules, and basic security principles is featured.
Students also be exposed to the private and public responses to computer
security problems, including the insider threat, domestic and foreign
terrorism, and a number of unique computer crimes and solutions to deal
with these crimes. The importance of a sound security policy in the overall
management of any organization is addressed.

CRIM 323 Cybersecurity and the Law 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: CRIM 101 or 102

Examines the scope of cybercrime and its impact upon today's system of
criminal justice. Topics to be studied include cybercrime and the Bill of
Rights, computer-based economic crime, electronic commerce, ethical
challenges, and the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act. Includes an analysis of
the legal considerations facing law enforcement and cybersecurity
professionals who deal with the problem of discovering, investigating, and
prosecuting cybercrime.

CRIM 354 W bite Collar Crime 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 102

Introduces students to various topics and issues relating to white-collar
crime. Theories and measurements of white-collar, corporate, organizational,
occupational, workplace, and organized crimes are presented and compared.
Prevention, legal issues, and control strategies are presented.

CRIM 374 Environmental Crime and Justice 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 102

Introduces students to the developing area of criminological solutions to en-
vironmental problems. Issues addressed include the nature of environmental
offenders and victims, the variety of approaches to achieving environmental
justice, and criminal justice solutions to specific environmental problems

CRIM 384 Violence and Victimology 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 102

Introduces students to the leading theories and research in the area of violent
criminal behavior and victimization. Special emphasis is on patterns of
violent offending and victimization over time, victim-offender relationships,
and the experience of victims in the criminal justice system. Addresses
major violent crimes including murder, rape, robbery, and assault.

CRIM 391 Substance Use and Abuse in Criminal Justice 3c-0l-3cr

A study of substance use and abuse confronting American society. Alcohol
and drug use and abuse education, philosophy, physiological effects, and
social aspects are examined in terms of control measures and public safety.

CRIM 394 Crime and Delinquency Prevention 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 102

Examines various crime and delinquency prevention policies and programs.
Topics include the historical development of crime and delinquency
prevention methods, theoretical applications to prevention efforts, and
research findings on program effectiveness. The importance of research
design in evaluatmg prevention programs also will be considered.

CRIM 400 Theoretical Criminology 3c-0l-3cr

A review and critical analysis of the major criminological theories beginning
with the Classical School; psychological, sociological, economic, biological,
and political theories of crime and its causes are included.

CRIM 401 Contemporary Issues in Criminology 3c-OI-3cr

An examination of the nature and extent of crime in modem Westem
society. Emphasizes issues selected from, but not limited to. emerging
patterns of violence, organized crime, white-collar crime, victimless crime,
corruption, and those crime control strategies deemed appropriate in a
democracy.

CRIM 403 Dilemmas in Criminology and Criminal Justice 3c-OI-3cr
Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 102

Overview of prominent ethical issues facing professionals in criminology
and criminal justice, with an emphasis on encouraging individual students to
explore their own ethical and moral systems and how they make ethical/
moral decisions. Primarily discussion/seminar oriented.

CRIM 410 Race, Ethnicity, Social Structure, and Crime 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 102

Introduces students to the art of thinking critically about the social
constraction of race, ethnicity, and social class in crime and crime control,
with special focus on the United States.

CRIM 450 Women and Crime 3c-0l-3cr

A study of the nature and extent of women's crime, theories of female
criminality, processing of women offenders through the criminal justice
system, the response of police and court officials to women as victims of
crime, and opportunities for women as employees in criminal justice
agencies. (Offered as CRIM 390 prior to 2003-04)

CRIM 470 Comparative Study of Justice 3c-0l-3cr

Comparison of American systems of administration of justice with those of
other nations.

CRIM 480 Seminar in Criminology— The

Administration of Justice 3c-OI-3cr

A study of selected topics in criminology-the administration of justice. May
be taken more than once for a maximum of 6cr. Not for credit after prior
CRIM 480.

Page 164

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

CRIM 481 Special Topics in Criminology var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Department consent

A seminar providing study of selected topics not emphasized in other
courses. May be taken more than once to a maximum 6cr.

CRIM 482 Independent Study in Criminology var-I-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior appro\al through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
.Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

CRIM 493 Internship var-3-12cr

A structured field placement designed to broaden the student's educational
experience through observation and participation in work assignments in
government or pri\ ate sectors. 6cr of credit can be applied to the major
requirements.

CRLG: Critical Languages

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

Critical Languages are offered in four levels. See program description in the
opening section of the College of Humanities and Social Sciences. Specific
languages are offered as available.

CRLG 101-120 Critical Languages I 3c-01-3cr

Basic vocabulary and pronunciation in the target language. Oral aural skills

are stressed.

CRLG 101 Arabic I

CRLG 102 Chinese I

CRLG 103 Dutch I

CRLG 104 Finnish I

CRLG 105 Hindi I

CRLG 106 Hungarian I

CRLG 108 Japanese I

CRLG 109 Korean I

CRLG 110 Modern Greek I

CRLG 1 1 1 Portuguese I

CRLG 112 Russian I

CRLG 113 Swedish 1

CRLG 114 Hebrew 1

CRLG llSSwahilil

CRLG 151-170 Critical Languages II 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Le\el I or acceptable equivalent

A continuation of the first-semester course. Depending on the language

being studied, reading and writing may be introduced at this level.

CRLG 151 Arabic II

CRLG 152 Chinese II

CRLG 153 Dutch II

CRLG 154 Finnish IT

CRLG 155 Hindi U

CRLG 156 Hungarian II

CRLG 158 Japanese II

CRLG 159 Korean II

CRLG 160 Modern Greek II

CRLG 161 Portuguese II

CRLG 162 Russian II

CRLG 163 Swedish II

CRLG 164 Hebrew II

CRLG 165Swahilill

CRLG 201-220 Critical Languages III 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: Level II or acceptable equivalent

At this first intermediate level, students begin to develop a degree of oral

proficiency that varies w ith the language studied. Reading and writing are

studied in all languages by this level.

CRLG 201 Arabic III

CRLG 202 Chinese III

CRLG 203 Dutch III

CRLG 204 Finnish III

CRLG 205 Hindi HI
CRLG 206 Hungarian III
CRLG 208 Japanese III
CRLG 209 Korean III
CRLG 210 Modern Greek III
CRLG 211 Portuguese III
CRLG 212 Russian III
CRLG 213 Swedish III
CRLG 214 Hebrew III
CRLG 215 Swahili III

CRLG 251-270 Critical Languages l\ 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: Level HI or acceptable equivalent

By the end of this course the student should be able to cotnmunicate in

simple terms w ith an educated native speaker on a topic w ith w hich the

student is familiar. .Ability in readmg and wnting varies with language.

CRLG 251 Arabic I\

CRLG 252 Chinese IV

CRLG 253 Dutch IV

CRLG 254 Finnish I\

CRLG 255 Hindi l\

CRLG 256 Hungarian IV

CRLG 258 Japanese l\

CRLG 259 Korean I\

CRLG 260 Modern Greek I\

CRLG 261 Portuguese I\

CRLG 262 Russian I\

CRLG 263 Swedish IV

CRLG 264 Hebrew I\

CRLG 265 Swahili l\

DANG: Dance

Department of Theater and Dance

College of Fine .\rts

DANC 102 Introduction to Dance 3c-0I-3cr

Examines dance as a performing art in both the historical and cultural
conte.xts. .Also includes the analysis of a major piece of choreography,
attending live performances, and viewing select works of dance. No previous
dance experience is required. (Offered as THTR 102 prior to 2001-02 )

D.ANC 150 Fundamentals of Dance 3c-0I-3cr

A basic dance technique that sequentially develops the elements of
movement (space, time, force) into a variety of dance gem^s and period
sty les. Covers special care and safety of the instrument-the body. ( Offered
as THTR 1 50 prior to 200 1 -02)

DANC 250 Contemporary Dance 3c-0l-3cr

Contemporary dance techniques, improvisation, and choreography-
Examines the histoncal development and cultural uifluences on the changing
philosophies of contemporary dance performance today . Performance of
creative work required. (OtTered as THTR 250 prior to 2001-02)

DANC 260 Jazz Dance 3c-«l-3cr

Jazz techniques, dynamics, and style for theater dance from the 1920s
through the present. Emphasizes analysis of music for choreography.
(Offered as THTR 260 prior to 2001-02)

DANC 270 Ballroom and Tap Dance 3c-OI-3cr

A sequential development of lap and ballroom dance techniques m the
context of historical development and period styles. Performance for an
audience is required. (Offered as THTR 270 prior to 2001-02)

DANC 280 BaUet 3c-fll-3cr

Sequential development of barre and center techniques that progress to
linking moves, tummg. and jumps, to dance sequences and choreography.
The historical periods of development and the status of the art today are
examined in a cultural context w hich includes gender and minority
influences. (Offered as THTR 280 prior to 2001-02)

INDIANA LiNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA LTNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paae 165

DANC 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are ottered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

ottered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

DANC 290 Ethnic Dance 3c-0l-3cr

Includes dance techniques from a variety of indigenous forms from Western
and Hastem cultures. Presented in the historical and social context. An
emphasis is given to the needs of theater production. (Offered as THTR 290
prior to 2001-02)

DANC 351 Choreography 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: One of the following introductory or advanced-level dance
classes: DANC 150, 250, 260, 270, 280, 485; or instructor permission
Introduces the necessary choreographic tools needed to manipulate dance as
a medium to create dance works. The class learns and uses various
approaches to the choreographic process to create dance works, one of which
is presented in a public showing at the end of the semester. (Offered as
THTR 351 prior to 2001-02)

DANC 353 Dance Curriculum and Instruction 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: One of the following theater courses:
DANC 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, or 485; or instructor permission
Introduces the necessary teaching skills and curriculum development needed
to understand the pedagogical structure for teaching dance. The class learns
the approaches to teaching that are unique to dance and learns how to design
dance curriculum. (Offered as THTR 353 prior to 2001-02)

DANC 481 Special Topics var-l-6cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to

explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic

maybe offered under any special topic identity no more than three times.

Special topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate

students.

DANC 482 Independent Study var-l-6cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Independent study in dance may be either purely academic or may be a
practical production project, supported by a written document giving
evidence of significant scholarly investigation or original, creative efTort.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6cr. Approval is based on academic
appropriateness and availability of resources.

DANC 485 Dance Studio 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: DANC 250, 260, 270, or 280 (beginning technique
class taken must be the specific dance genre of the Dance Studio class
offered); or by instructor permission

Furthers the development of the dancer at the intermediate level of a
specified genre of dance. Development in dance requires the integration of
both technique and artistic development. The specific genres vary from
semester to semester, including modem, ballet, tap, and jazz as alternating
semester options. May be repeated with a different focus each time. (Offered
as THTR 485 prior to 2001-02)

DEDL: Distributive Education

Department of Teclinology Support and Training

Eberly College of Business and Information Technology

Sote: Except for Accounting, Business Education, and non-business majors
who have met the required prerequisites, students scheduling 300 and 400
courses are expected to have achieved junior standing as described in the
Eberly College of Business and Information Technology Academic Policies.

DEDU 281 Special Topics

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

var-l-3cr

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore
topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be
offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 2X1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate
students.

DEDU 331 Modern Merchandising 3c-0l-3cr

Techniques for planning and controlling inventory, analyzing sales, working
w ilh modern systems for handling cash, and using color, line, and design.
Practice in preparing merchandise display units.

DEDU 413 Methods and Evaluation in Marketing Education 3c-0l-3cr
Prerequisites: BTED 111, DEDU 333, EDSP 102, and MKTG 320
Includes two sections of special methods and evaluation in this field.
Objectives are to acquaint students with the basic prmciples of group and
individual instruction in various subject matter areas, as well as methods of
presentation. Unit plans, lesson plans, demonstrations, and evaluations are
prepared. Students select sections needed for certification. (Titled Methods
and Evaluation in Distributive Education II prior to 2003-04)

DEDU 481 Special Topics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

DEDU 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

ECED: Early Childhood Education

Professional Studies in Education

College of Education and Educational Technology

Note: Courses in Eariy Childhood Education are restricted to majors with a
2.5 cumulative GPA, except w ith departmental pennission.

ECED 200 Introduction to Early Childhood Education 3c-0l-3cr

An introductory course for prospective teachers of young children. Provides
students with the opportunity to gain knowledge of historical, sociological,
and political aspects of early childhood education. Emphasizes systematical-
ly observing, recording, and evaluating children's behavior in classrooms.

ECED 220 Language Development and Children's Literature 3c-0l-3cr

Includes the study of children's language acquisition and children's literature
within the context of a developmentally appropriate language arts curricu-
lum, preschool through the primary grades. Strategies for developing child-
ren's linguistic competence and integrating literature throughout the eariy
childhood program are emphasized. Observations, interviews, and teaching
experiences are an integral part of the course. (Offered as writing-intensive)

ECED 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

ECED 310 Integrated Curriculum I 3c-0l-3cr

Examines the sequence of cognitive development in children and the
implications for instructional programs. Stages of cognitive understanding
are applied to the basic components of numerical concepts and science
concepts. Classroom management strategies that can be utilized in varied
environments are stressed.

Page 166

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

ECED 311 Integrated Curriculum 11 3c-OI-3cr

Enables students to realize the importance and rele\ance of content area
subjects as related to the early childhood years. Planning for teaching with
specific emphasis is on methods and materials for social and environmental
living is introduced. The integration of music and an is emphasized. Values
systems and self-esteem are integral to social living.

ECED 312 .Aesthetic Experiences for Young Children 3c-OI-3cr

An interdisciplinary approach to different forms of creatise expression in
yoimg children. Art music, and movement are analyzed as aesthetic
elements in a comprehensive early childhood curriculum. Development of
creative potential in both teachers and children » ill be promoted as a means
of enhancing the artist's experiences. Students expand their use of the arts to
enhance the self-esteem and self-worth of the children.

ECED 315 Development and Learning Through Play 3c-01-3cr

Provides early childhood educators w ith the knowledge and skills necessary
to promote and guide children's play behavior as the child's basic learning
mechanism. Emphasizes definitions, theories, and stages of play within the
context of social, emotional, physical, and intellectual growth for children
aged 0-8 years. Students observe children at play, design specific learning
activities that utilize a playvgames format, and direct educational experiences
during a supen ised field component.

ECED 451 Teaching Primary Reading 3c-01-3cr

A methods course designed to assist students in developing the reading
abilities of young children. Deals with instructional issues related to teaching
reading and introduces students to varying reading and pre-reading processes
which are etTective w ith yoimg children. Also emphasizes diagnostic and
assessment strategies for teaching reading.

ECED 481 Special Topics var-3cr

Prerequisite: Pnor appro\al through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

A course seminar on topics in education appropriate for the Early Childhood
Education setting.

ECED 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Pnor approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent smdy of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Appro\ al is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

ECON: Economics

Department of Economics

College of Humanities and Social Sciences 'mibJii'^himi'S

ECON 101 Basic Economics 3c-01-3cr

Scarcity, role of prices in determining production and the allocation of
resources, business cycle analysis, policy options for reducing unemploy-
ment and inflation, economic role of government, international trade, and
selected current economic problems are studied. For those w ho do not plan
to take more than 3cr of economics. Note: May not be taken after successful
completion of or concurrent registration in any other Economics course.

ECON 121 Principles of Macroeconomics 3c-0I-3cr

Nature and methodology of economics; mixed capitalism and market
economy: national income; employment theory, including economics of
fiscal policy: money, banking, and Federal Reserve System; international
trade and finance.

ECON 122 Principles of Microeconomics 3c-01-3cr

Economics of the firm; theory of consumer demand; determination of price
and output in different market structures: distribution of income: economic
growth.

ECON 223 Economics of Crime 3c-OI-3cr

Economic analysis of criminal activity and its impact on the allocation of
scarce resources. Uses fundamental economic models to explam crimes
against people, property crime, "victimless crime," and organized crime.

ECON 239 Economics of Sports 3c-01-3cr

The purpose is to gain a bener understandmg of the sports industry. Explores
how economics applies to both amateur and professional sports. Students
learn about a variety of areas, including the labor issues in sports (e.g., free
agency, reserve clause, unions, strikes, and discrimmation). the legal
relationship between sports and the government (e.g.. Title DC and antitnist
law), and pubhc fmance issues (e.g., location of sports franchises and public
ow nership of stadiums and arenas). Guest speakers and a multimedia
approach are used.

ECON 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established cumculum. A given topic may be

offered imder any special topic identity no more than tfiree times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

ECON 325 Monetary Economics I 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ECON 121, 122

Organization, operation, and economic significance of U.S. monetary
institutions; commercial banks and Federal Reserve System; survey of
monetary theory and policy; mechanism of international payments.

ECON 326 -Monetary Economics n 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 325 or instructor permission

Detailed study of monetary theory; tasks of central banking: principal objec-
tives of monetary policy; intensive study of recent monetary experience;
complementary and competing aims of monetary and fiscal policy.

ECON 330 Labor Economics 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ECON 121, 122

History , structure, and operation of trade unions and employer organizations;
major federal labor legislation; collective bargammg theory; wage
determination; current labor problems.

ECON 331 Industrial Organization 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 122 or instructor permission

Social effectiveness of industries analyzed tfirough measures of market

structure, market conduct, and market performance.

ECON 332 Government and Business 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 122 or instructor permission
An analysis of the antitrust laws focusing on the maintenance of
competition, the prohibition of unfair business conduct, and the achievement
of desirable economic performance.

ECON 333 Regulation of Industry 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ECON 121. 1 22 or instructor permission
Examines the theory and practice of regulation, emphasizing effects of
regulation on economic performance and efficiency in the U.S.

ECON 334 Managerial Economics 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ECON 121, ECON 122, MATH 121 or equivalent
.Applications of economic theory usmg algebra, elementary statistics, and
calculus to solve managerial optimization problems including problems of
forecasting and risk.

ECON 335 Public Finance 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ECON 121, 1 22 or instructor permission
Taxation and expenditure theory at the federal level; federal budget and debt
considerations; public sector impact upon economy.

INDI.ANA LNI\ ERSir*' OF PENNS"VXVAN[A UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paae 167

FCON 336 State and Local Finance 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 122 or instructor permission
An analysis of character and impact of state and local government revenue
sources, expenditures, and fiscal systems: intergovernmental fiscal relations.

F.CON 33<> Economic Development I 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisites: ECON 121. 122

Theory of growth; theory of economic development of underdeveloped

countries.

ECON 343 Economic History of the United States 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 101 or 121 or 122

.Applications of economic theory and models of economic development to
the main patterns of U.S. postrevolutionary growth; emphasizes the history
of economic development as a laboratory for testing economic hypotheses.

ECON 345 International Trade 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ECON 121 and 122 or instructor permission
A study of the microeconomic segment of international specialization and
exchange, including theories of international trade and their application to
commercial policies, historical survey and examination of current problems
of international trade, and the institutional setting of international trade.

ECON 346 International Finance 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: ECON 121 anil 1 22 or instructor permission
A study of the macroeconomic segment of international specialization and
exchange, including analysis of balance of payments, exchange rates, and the
mechanism of international economic and monetary adjustments;
international macroeconomic policy; historical survey and examination of
current international financial problems; and the institutional setting of
international payments.

ECON 350 Comparative Economic Systems 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 101 or 121 or 122

An evaluation of premises, practices, institutions, and performance of

capitalist, socialist, and mi.xed economies using economic theory and

measurement.

ECON 351 Russian Economic Development 3c-0l-3er

Prerequisite: ECON 101 or 121 or 122

A study of the theory, institutions, and performance of the Russian economy
including comparison of present and past patterns of economic development.

ECON 355 Statistics for Economists 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 121 or 122 or instructor permission
An introduction to economic statistics, including frequency distributions,
probability, distributions of random variables, functions of random variables,
and tests of economic hypotheses.

ECON 356 Introduction to Econometrics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: EX'ON 355 or its equivalent or instructor permission
An introduction to econometrics, including linear normal regression models
of two or more random variables, special econometric problems, and
solutions of simultaneous equations.

ECON 360 Economics of Health Services 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 101 or 122 or instructor permission

An analysis of the allocation of resources in the health sector using demand

and supply techniques. Pricing and output decisions by physicians, hospitals,

and other health agencies arc considered along w ith other current policy

issues.

ECON 361 Environmental Economics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 101 or 122

An examination of economic costs and benefits of environmental control and
modification. Techniques of economic analysis are used to understand
economic aspects of environmental problems and contribute toward their
solution. (Offered as ECON 283 prior to 2003-04)

ECON 369 Contemporary Economic Issues 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 101 or 122

A rigorous but nontechnical analysis of a variety of economic problems and
a formulation and evaluation of possible corrective policies. (Offered as
ECON 241 prior to 2003-04)

ECON 371 Economics of Labor Legislation 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 330 or instructor permission
Economic background and effects of governmental regulation of labor
relations, emphasizing a detailed examination of National Labor Relations
Act as amended.

ECON 372 Economics of Wages and Employment 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 330 or instructor permission
An analysis of wages and employment under various market structures.
Also, analysis of the impact of labor market forces on wages, prices, and
distributive shares.

ECON 373 Economics of Human Resources 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 101 or 122

An inquiry into economic demographics and related factors affecting

growth, structure, and distribution of an economy's labor force into different

occupations.

ECON 383 Urban/Regional Economics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ECON 121 and 122

Location theory, land use patterns, urban economic/regional growth change,
and urban economic problems and policies.

ECON 421 Macroeconomic Analysis 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ECON 121. 122 or instructor permission
Emphasizes aggregate income levels and problems of unemployment,
inflation, and growth. Covers consumption and investment theories and the
role of fiscal and monetary policy.

ECON 422 Microeconomic Analysis 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ECON 121. 122, MATH 121 or equivalent
Consumer behavior, theory of the finn, theory of exchange, market
structures, distribution, general equilibrium theory, welfare economics.

ECON 480 Seminar

Prerequisite: Instructor permission

A seminar in selected economic issues or problems.

3c-0l-3cr

var-l-3cr

ECON 481 Special Topics

Prerequisite: Instructor pemiission

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to

explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may

be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

ECON 482 Independent Study var-l-6cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, facuhy member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

ECON 493 Internship in Economics var-2-12cr

Prerequisites: Economics major who has completed at least 12cr in
ECON and who has at least a 2.5 GPA in the major and in all coursework
Provides on-the-job experience in economics positions with private and
governmental employers. The student is also required to complete related
academic work in the form of papers and selected readings. Number of
credits earned depends upon the nature of the job and amount of time
involved in internship. A maximum of 6cr earned in this course may be
counted toward the 30cr in economics requirement for Economics majors.

Page 168

INDL\NA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

EDEX: Education of Exceptional Persons
Department of Special Education and Clinical Services
College of Education and Educational Technology

EDEX 1 1 1 Introduction to Exceptional Persons 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Department majors and official incoming transfers only
Sur\eys characteristics, needs, problems, and behavior patterns of any
person w ho deviates sufficiently from "normal" to be considered
exceptional. Consideration to those who fall intellectually both above and
below average and to those who are handicapped visually, acoustically,
behaviorally, orthopedically, neurologically, or in respect to speech patterns.

EDEX 112 Typical and Atypical Growth and Development 3c-0l-3cr
Prerequisites: EDEX 111, PSYC 101

Presents foundations of human growth from conception, including basic
embryogenesis. up to but not including adolescence. Considers the
biological, cultural, educational, and parenting influences that shape the
child, as well as selective examples of normal and deviant physical and
intellectual development.

EDEX 221 Methods of Teaching

Mathematics to Persons with Disabilities 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: M.ATH 151. EDEX 1 1 1

Emphasizes recent de\elopments in elementary curriculum and instructional

techniques for developing concepts; implications of recent resource

developments and materials helpful to the prospective special education

teacher. Also emphasizes methods of helping children learn mathematical

concepts through physical activity and on ways to adapt regular classroom

materials to meet needs and abilities of slow and disabled learners.

student characteristics on secondary-level school performance and
instructional methods proven to be effective in educating students with
disabilities and learning style differences.

EDEX 321 Methods of Teaching Language Arts

to Persons with Disabilities 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: EDEX 111. 222. and SPLP 254, 3.0 GPA

A review of typical and atypical characteristics of the handicapped in

relationship to the language arts. Deals with preparation and execution of

units of instruction in language arts for mentally and/or physically

handicapped persons. Diagnostic and prescriptive approaches are included;

integration of language arts with a highlight on reading is stressed.

EDEX 340 Introduction to Behavior

Management in Special Education 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: EDEX 111.112, EDSP 102, 3.0 GPA

An overview of systematic behavioral change techniques for use with

students in a variety of special education settings including integrated,

resource, self-contained, special school, and residential. Emphasizes a case

analysis approach to creating and evaluating behavioral changes for students

with mild to severe disabilities.

EDEX 415 Preschool Education for Children with Disabilities 3c-0l-3cr
Prerequisites: Departmental permission, 3.0 GPA

Provides information on assessment, intervention strategies, curriculum, and
prescriptive planning for preschool children with disabilities. Serves as a
course for departmental majors who are specifically interested in early
childhood education, as an elective for other interested students in related
fields, and as a priority course for Early Childhood Education majors.

EDE.X 222 .Methods of Teaching Reading

to Persons with Disabilities 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Sophomore status or above

Presents basic concepts of developmental reading instruction and systematic

coverage of the methods of teaching reading from readiness stages through

eighth grade. Diagnostic-prescriptive techniques are included.

EDEX 231 .Methods of Teaching Content

Area Subjects to Persons with Disabilities 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: EDEX 1 1 1. 3.0 GPA

Presents methods for teaching science and social studies to the mentally and/
or physically handicapped. Scope and sequence of content, as well as evalua-
tive techniques for each content area, are studied. Integration of other content
areas and skill areas is stressed. Also stresses teaching in both resource room
and less restnctive environments. (Offered as EX 322 prior to Spring, 1998)

EDEX 300 Education of Students w ith Disabilities
in Inclusive Elementary Classrooms 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisites: Early Childhood and Elementary Education majors only; to
be taken only during the semester of the designated methods courses
Examines the issues associated with education of students with diverse
learning needs, particularly those with disabilities or who are at risk for
school failure. Emphasizes special education, particularly the legal rights of
students with exceptionalities and their parents, and the responsibilities of
educators in addressing those rights. Examines the differential impact of
student characteristics on elementary-level school performance and
instructional methods proven to be effective in educating students w ith
disabilities and learning style differences.

EDEX 301 Education of Students with Disabilities

In Inclusive Secondary Settings 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisite: Secondary Education majors and others who will be

certified to teach content from K-12

Recommendation: It is strongly recommended that students take this course

in the same semester as the designated methods course.

Examines the issues associated w ith education of students with diverse

learning needs, particularly those with disabilities or who are at risk for

school failure. Emphasizes special education, particularly the legal rights of

students with exceptionalities and their parents, and the responsibilities of

educators in addressing those rights. Examines the differential impact of

EDEX 416 Education of Persons with

Emotional or Behavioral Disorders 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: Junior status or above, 3.0 GPA

Focuses on major theoretical positions regarding etiology of emotional and

behavioral disorders, definition and identification of the population, and

educational approaches. Reviews research in the field, including current

issues, trends, practices, and services.

EDEX 417 Education of Persons with Mental

Retardation or Developmental Disabilities 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: Junior status or above, 3.0 GPA

Focuses on major theoretical positions regarding etiology of mental

retardation and developmental disabilities, including autism. Definition,

identification, and educational approaches are discussed. Reviews research

in the field, including current issues, trends, practices, and services.

EDE.X 418 Education of Persons with Physical

or Multiple Disabilities 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: Junior status or above, 3.0 GP.'k

Focuses on major theoretical positions regarding etiology of a wide and

diverse range of physical/multiple disabilities, the definition and

identification of the population, and educational approaches. Reviews

research in the field, including current issues, trends, practices, and services.

EDEX 419 Education of Persons with Brain

Injuries or Learning Disabilities 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: Junior status or above. 3.0 GPA

Focuses on major theoretical positions regarding etiolog)' of neurological and

learning disabilities, definition and identification of the population, and

educational approaches. Reviews research in the field, including current

issues, trends, practices, and services.

EDEX 425 Methods and Curriculum

(Mild-Moderate Disabilities) 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: EDEX 22 1 , 222. 231.321. 340, 3.0 GPA
Provides in-depth examination of assessment methods, strategies, and
curricula. Emphasizes assessment methods and strategies used in a variety of
service models that sene elementary- and secondar\-le\el students w ith
learning disabilities, behavioral disorders, mild mental retardation, and high-
function autism.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 169

EDEX 435 Methods and Curriculum

(Severe-Profound Disabilities) 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: EDEX 22 1 . 222. 231,321. 340. 3.0 GPA

Emphasizes methods designed to facilitate the development of an integrated,

functional, and community-based curriculum that prepares students for

participation in a wide variety of poslschool environments.

EDEX 440 Ethical and Professional Behavior Ic-OI-lcr

Prerequisites: Departmental permission. 3.0 GPA
Emphasizes ethical and professional behavior for student teachers and
professional employees. Possibilities for and methods of initialing and
profiting from postbaccalaureate study are indicated. Student teachers are
required to complete and present a curriculum book regarding each student-
teaching experience.

topics numbered 28 1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate
students.

EDHL 307 Speech for Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons 3c-01-3cr
Prerequisites: EDHL 1 14, 3.0 GPA

Techniques for developing, diagnosing, analyzing, and correcting the speech
and voice problems of persons who are deaf or hard of hearing. Includes
lecture, demonstration, and special projects.

EDHL 308 Language for Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons 3c-0l-3sh
Prerequisites: EDHL 1 14. 3.0 GPA

Development and remediation of language of the hearing impaired.
Language sampling and diagnostics, sentence patterning, and analytic versus
natural teaching methods. Structuring a communicative environment.

EDEX 480 Seminar in Special Education var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Departmental permission

Interested students may use this course for the pursuit of knowledge
regarding specific concerns of the exceptional which are not ordinarily
considered in such detail during regular classroom instruction. Students
wishing to enroll are expected to submit a written proposal regarding their
desire for study at the lime permission for enrollment is sought. With
permission, the course may be repeated for credit.

EDE.X 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

EDHL: Education of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons
Department of Special Education and Clinical Services
College of Education and Educational Technology

EDHL 114 Introduction to Deaf and

Hard-of-Hearing Persons 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisites: EDHH majors only

Deals w ith the different approaches used in teaching students w ho are deaf
or hard of hearing-manual language, oral language, and total communica-
tion. The historical background of each approach is presented with its
strengths and weaknesses. Criteria for the use of each approach established
in consideration of degree of loss exhibited by the pupil, the age of onset,
and the social and psychological implications.

EDHL 115 Introduction to .American Sign Language Ic-ll-lcr

Development of manual dexterity and fluency using fingerspelling.
Acquisition of basic American Sign Language syntax, semantics,
vocabulary, and pragmatics. Practice in acquiring general information from a
signed message and conversing informally on commonly used topics.

EDHL 215 Intermediate .\merican Sign Language I Ic-li-lcr

Prerequisites: EDHL 115, 3.0 GPA

Emphasizes comprehension of signed information and development of
fluency in conveying a message in American Sign Language. Modification
of signs and individualization of techniques for instruction/communication
w ith learning-impaired or multihandicapped deaf learners. (Offered as
EDHL 244 prior to 2003-04)

EDHL 216 Intermediate American Sign Language H Ic-ll-lcr

Prerequisites: EDHL I l."!. 215. 3.0 GPA

Development of expressive and receptive skills in American Sign Language,
focusing on idiom-like expressions, number systems, rules, grammar, and
conversational language. Total immersion approach is used.

EDHL 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore
topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be
offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

EDHL 315 Manually Coded English Ic-ll-lcr

Prerequisites: EDHL 114, 1 15. 215. 3.0 GPA

Provides students with the basics of using Manually Coded English (MCE)
as an instructional tool. Rationale for MCE is emphasized with special
consideration of reasons for appropriateness of approach. Sign systems used
with deaf and hard-of-hearing persons, as well as other exceptional
individuals, are included with emphasis on signing according to acceptable
syntactical English structure.

EDHL 316 Interpreting for Teachers Ic-H-lcr

Prerequisites: EDHL 115.215.315

Provides future teachers of deaf and hard-of-hearing students with basic

competency in interpreting from spoken English to sign language and from

sign language to spoken English. Includes ethics of interpreting, the role of

an interpreter, and basic interpreting principles. Extensive practice is

required.

EDHL 329 Teaching-Collaborative Practicum I var-lcr

Prerequisites: EDHL 114. 1 15, 215, 216, 360; 3.0 GPA
Provides the students with actual contact with children who are deaf or hard
of hearing. Practica will be set up in appropriate school/clinic/itinerant
programs where the academic needs of students who are deaf or hard of
hearing are being addressed. Behavioral observation and collaboration skills
are developed initially to prepare students to work in instructional pairs.
Guidance in the development and execution of lesson plans is provided.
Instructional collaboration is emphasized. Written reports of the practica are
submitted and discussed.

EDHL 330 Teaching-Collaborative Practicum II var-lcr

Prerequisites: EDHL 329, 3.0 GPA

Provides the students with actual contact with children who are deaf or hard
of hearing. Practica will be set up in appropriate school/clinic/itinerant
programs where the academic needs of students who are deaf or hard of
hearing are being addressed. Behavioral observation and collaboration skills
are developed initially to prepare students to work in instructional pairs.
Guidance in the development and execution of lesson plans is provided.
Instructional collaboration is emphasized. Written reports of the practica are
submitted and discussed. A continuation of EDHL 329 and includes peer
support and supervision of students in EDHL 329.

EDHL 360 General Methodology for

Education of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons I 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisites: LDIIL 114. 1 15. 215. 3.0 GPA

Provides a systematic coverage of the basic procedures for maintaining legal

educational mandates (IDEA) and teaching curriculum subjects. Included are

the development of an Evaluation Report and Individualized Education Plan,

and adaptive methods of instmclion for teaching mathematics and science.

The Pennsylvania IC-12 Academic Standards are used to guide the

construction of lessons that are developmentally appropriate and follow

current best practices in education.

Paee 170

INDLANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANLA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

EDHL 361 General Methodologv for

Education of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons O 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisites: EDHL 114. 1 15. ;i5. :i6. 3.0 GPA
Provides a systematic coverage of the basic procedures for teaching
curriculum subjects to deafer hard-of-hearing students. Includes the
technologv-enhanced development of lesson plans and unit plans as well as
adaptive methods of instruction for teaching language arts t reading-writing-
listening-speaking signing), social studies, deaf studies, and health. The
Peimsylvania K-I2 .Academic Standards are used to guide the construction
of lessons that are developraentally appropriate and follow current best
practices in the education of deaf or hard-of-heanng students. The second
half of a tw opart general methods course sequence.

EDHL 415 ASL Pedagogv Ic-ll-lcr

Prerequisites: EDHL 1 14. 1 15. 215. 216. 315. 316. 3.0 GPA
Studies the ev olution of signs; dialectical sign sy^ems. .Analysis and com-
parison of the linguistic similarities/ differences of various sign langiiages.
Direct translation of viritten or spoken information on specific topics using
American Sign Language or Signed English. Practice using conversation on
both a social and academic level. (Offered as EDHL 331 prior to 2003-04)

EDHL 451 Teaching Reading to Deaf and

Hard-of-Hearing Persons 3c-0^3cr

Prerequisites: EDHL 308. 3.0 GPA

Presents basic concepts of developmental reading instruction and systematic

coverage of the methods of teaching reading to students w ho are deaf or hard

of hearing from readiness stages through upper school. (Offered as EDHL

351 prior to 2003-04)

EDHL 465 Parent-Preschool Programs for

Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: EDEX 1 12. EDHL 1 14. 307, 308. SPLP 334. 3.0 GPA
Developmg home preschool programs for parents and infants who are deaf
or hard of hearing (0-3 years). Teachmg speech, language, speechreadmg.
use of residual hearing, and dev eloping readiness skills at the preschool
level. (Offered as EDHL 365 prior to 2003-04)

EDHL 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .\s appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may
be otTered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 48 1 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

EDHL 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Pnor approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Smdents w ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

EDSP: Educational and School Psychologj
Department of Educational and School Psychology
College of Education and Educational Technology'

EDSP 102 Educational Psychology 3c-01-3cr

Designed to promote an understanding of the pnnciples of psychology
governing human behav ior. w ith particular emphasis on their relation to
learner, learning process, and learning situation in an educational
environment. (OtTered as EDSP 202 prior to 2001-02)

EDSP 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropnate to course content

Special topics are otTered on an expenmental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 28 1 are otTered pnmarily for low er-lev el undergraduate

students.

EDSP 373 Psychology of .Adolescent Edncatioa 3c-4M-3cr

Prerequisite: EDSP 102

.\ study of significant characteristics, behavior, and educalianal and social
problems of adolescents.

EDSP 3"6 Behavior Problems 3c-«-3cr

Prerequisite: EDSP 102

An examinatioo of emooonal and social aspects of bebavior proUems

encountered in classnxxn siiuaiioDS and potential remedial techniques.

EDSP 3^8 Learning 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: EDSP 102

E.xplores leammg theories and educational applicatioa in the classnnai.

EDSP 4""' .Assessment of Student Learning:

Design and Interpretation of Educational .Measures 3c-0(-3cr

Prerequisites: PSVC 101 or permission

Designed to acquaint students w ith major methods and lecimiqiies of

evaluation used to assess and report growih. deveiopment aid academic

achiev ement of learners in elementary and secoodaiy schools, inchidiiig

interpretation of standardized test mfortnatioD. (Offered as EDSP 377

Educational Tests and Measurements prior to 2001-02)

EDSP 481 Special Topics in Educational Psychology var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included m the established cumcuhniL .A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more thmi ttsee times. Special

topics numbered 48 1 are offered primarily for upper-teviel uodergradoate

students.

EDSP 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students w ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in ibe cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjtmctioa with a ficnhy member.
.Approval is based on academic appiopriateness and availability of lesources.

EDSP 499 Independent Study

EDUC: Education

College of Education and Educational Technology

var-l-3cr

var-lcr

EDUC 242 Pre-Stndent Teaching Clinical Experience 1

Prerequisite: Admission to leacher ccmficatioc

Observation participation in a basic education classroom 'peanrimg not uiier

than the sophomore year. Transfer students ( and other selected students as

the recommendation of the teacher education coonhnator of the pn^iam)

may register later than sophomore y«ar upon admissioa to teacher

certification.

EDUC 281 Special Topics Yar-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropnate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to expiate

topics not mcluded m the established curricuhim. .A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three tunes. Special

topics numbered 28 1 are offered ptimaiily for lower-level undex^iaduaie

students.

EDLC 342 Pre-student Teaching Clinical Experience II var-lcr

Prerequisites: EDLC 242 and admission to junior standing

Students w ork tow ard the dev elopment of specific competencies that relate

to individual major fields of teaching.

EDUC 389 Field Experience Intervention 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: Permission of department and insouctor Elementary
Education or Early Childhood Education major
Designed to assist the student in achieving the compeieiKies within the
major necessary for performance in student teachmg. Teachmg skills are
developed through one-on-one tutoring and a field experience. Each sOident

INDIANA LTMrVERSm' OF PEN^NSYXVANIA L^DERGR.ADLATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paae I'l

works in collaboration with the instructor to develop a personal learning
contract thai provides a means for demonstrating those competencies
identified by the instructor and student. Students are expected to show com-
mitment to self-development and teaching. Only offered on a pass/fail basis.

EDI C 408 Reading in the Content .4reas 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ELED 222

Problems related to teaching students reading and study skills specifically
needed in each of the subject areas at the elementary level. Content teachers
leam how to develop students" competence in these skills as part of their
regular classroom instruction.

EDIC 415 Computers in the School Curriculum 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: BTED COSC IFMG 101 or instructor permission
Students use a \ariety of computer software including word processing,
record management programs, and simulation programs. Emphasizes the
application of computer programs within the K-12 school curriculum.

EDIC 421 Student Teaching var-6cr

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching

.\n evpenence in teaching at the elementary level: coordination and visitation
by a university faculty member w ith daily supervision by a cooperating
classroom teacher.

EDL'C 423 Professional Practicum. Including School Law var-3cr

.■\ series of conferences and related activities to prepare students for actual
teaching expenences. Parallels student teaching experience in junior and
senior years. ( Elementary Education majors only)

EDLC 431 Student Teaching in Family and

Consumer .Sciences var-6cr

Prerequisite: .\dmission to Student Teaching

An experience in teaching family and consumer sciences at the secondary

level.

performance-based language assessments and to adapting instruction to
address the special needs of learners. Taught fall semester only.

EDIC 455 Teaching of Social Studies in Secondary Schools 3c-01-3cr
Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching

A study of modem methods and techniques for teaching social studies and of
current curricula in social studies.

EDI C 456 Teaching Math in the Secondary Schools 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: .Admission to Student Teaching

A study of modem methods and techniques for teaching mathematics and
current curricula.

EDL'C 462 Issues and Innovations in Education 3c-01-3cr

A study of issues and innovations w hich influenced education is included.
Educational innovations and issues which deal w ith curriculum, school
organization, and materials of instruction are examined.

EDUC 481 Special Topics 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: By permission only

Pro\ ides an oppwrtunity for students to investigate in-depth an area of
education under professional supervision.

EDLC 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students w ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum ma\ propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

EDUC 495 International Study Tour in Education var-3cr

A study of various peoples through their cultural settings and educational
systems: on-site visitation to selected schools and other social agencies and
institutions: seminars w ith school officials and directed readings.

EDUC 441 Student Teaching var-6-12cr

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching

.An expenence in teaching at the elementary or secondary level; coordination
and V isitalion by a univ ersity faculty member w ith daily supervision by a
cooperating classroom teacher.

EDUC 442 School Law lc-01-lcr

Required of all teacher certification students. Includes overview of legal
principles that apply to special areas of education. Must be taken prior to
student teaching.

EDUC 451 Teaching Science in the Secondary School 2c-2l-3cr

Prerequisite: .Admission to Student Teaching

Background to help science majors meet the problems of teaching science.
Various inquiry approaches usefijl in meeting objectives of a contemporary
science class are taught and exemplified.

EDUC 452 Teaching of English and

Communication in the Secondary School 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 314. 323. and 380 and admission to Student Teaching
A prerequisite lo student teaching in English. Introduces the student to
current professional practices in the teaching of English and communications
in high school.

EDUC 453 Teaching of Foreign Languages

in the Secondary School 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: Grade of C or better in SPAN 390 or FRNCGRMN 390:

instructor permission

Designed to help students develop an understanding of current theories of
foreign language learning through exploration of relevant research. Students
read about and discuss the implications of key research for teaching in
secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for students to use
the theoretical base to design and present classroom lessons and to reflect on
the effectiveness of their teaching. Special attention is given to designing

EDUC 499 Multicultural/Multiethnic Education 2c-01-2cr

Prerequisite: One methods course must be taken prior to. or
concurrently with. EDUC 499

Provides students with an understanding and appreciation of cultural
diversity in the United States. Students gain the ability to locate and develop
curricular materials appropriate to this country's diversity.

ELED: Elenientar>' Education

Professional Studies in Education

College of Education and Educational Technology

.Vote: Courses in Elementary Education are restricted lo majors with a 2.6
cumulative GPA. except with departmental permission.

ELED 1 10 Pathways to Teaching Ic-OI-lcr

Prerequisite: Freshmen with a declared major of Elementary Education or
Early Childhood Education or instructor permission
An orientation to the profession of teaching for incoming freshman majors.
Designed lo enhance av4areness of the skills, attitudes, and behaviors majors
need for success as university students and as elementary and early
childhood educators. In light of the increasing complexity of the teaching
profession, familiarizes students w ith the program options and career-
enhancing specializations available lo them through the Professional Studies
in Education Department. Introduces students lo the Conceptual Framework
of the College of Education and Educational Technology and provides
knovv ledge about the foundational elements of Content. Collaboration, the
Learner. Commitment, and Competence, which are regarded as crucial
aspects of a professional identity for teaching.

ELED 211 Music for the Elementary Grades 2e-01-2cr

Geared for elementary education students. Includes basic ideas for
understanding, development, and confidence for future classroom teachers
and their pupils in areas of music education.

Page 1 72

INDIANA UNPV'ERSrTY OF PEN-NSYLVANIA L^'DERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

ELED 213 Art for the Elementar> Grades 2e-01-2cr

The creative use of art matenals and an understanding of development of
capacities of children through art.

ELED 215 Child Development 3c-01-3cr

A survey of human development, from conception to adolescence, in terms
of basic scientific data. Development, growth, and behavior are studied and
their implications for home, school, and community are considered.

ELED 221 Children's Literature 3c-01-3cr

Acquisition of a wide acquaintance with children's literature, old and new.
Poetry selections, annotated stories, and bibliographies w ill be assembled.
Ways and means to develop, stimulate, and guide children's reading of
literature presented. Principles and techniques of successful storytelling are
studied and practiced.

ELED 222 Reading for the Elementarv School

3c-01-3cr

A systematic coverage of the teaching of reading, including methods,
techniques, and materials.

ELED 257 Pedagogy I 3c-01-3cr

Competencies specific to the science of teaching are introduced. Students
become familiar w ith the fundamentals of teaching at the elementary level.
Areas explored include models of teaching, including lesson and unit plan-
ning, and creating a classroom environment that is conducive to learning.

ELED 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. ."K given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 28 1 are offered primarily for low er-level undergraduate

students.

ELED 312 Teaching of Elementary Science 2c-OI-2cr

Emphasizes science as it relates to child and cumculum, planning for
teaching science, and recent innovations in science teaching. Course offered
on the junior block only.

ELED 313 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School 3c-01-3cr
Prerequisites: MATH 151. 152. ELED 257
Recent developments in curriculum and methods of instruction of
contemporary elementary school mathematics programs. Students become
acquainted w ith books, materials, and other resources helpful to prospective
teachers. Includes observations of master teachers.

ELED 314 Teaching of Health and Physical Education 2c-0I-2cr

Games, stunts, rhythms, relays, tumbling, dances, and skills suitable for the
elementary school child. Teaching of health in elementary school is
emphasized, including methods, materials, and lesson planning.

ELED 322 Teaching of Reading II 3c-01-3cr

The second course of a tw o-course sequence. Systematic coverage of
teaching of reading, including methods, materials, and lesson planning.

ELED 351 Creative .Activities in the Elementary School 3c-01-3cr

Provides students with a w ide range of creative experiences in fields of art,
crafts, music, rhythmics, dramatics, and games in elementary school. Stress
is placed upon need to help children in developing their capacities for
creative expression in these areas.

ELED 357 Pedagogy II 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior status

Principles based on classroom experience. Instruction includes classroom
management skills, integration of computers in the elementary curriculum,
contemporary issues in education, the role of research in elementary
classroom teaching, and teacher professionalism during and after field
experiences. (Course is writing intensive.)

ELED 411 Teaching of Social Studies 3c-0l-3cr

.An overview of social studies in elementary school. Includes study of
objectives, trends, areas of content, patterns and principles of organization,
and techniques of teaching. Variety of learning e.xperiences and materials
used and evaluated.

ELED 422 Diagnostic and Remedial Reading 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: ELED 222

Causes of reading disability; methods of diagnosis; procedures and materials
for remedial work, group and individual.

ELED 425 Language Arts .Across the Curriculum 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ELED 222

Emphasizes the view that the art of communication is an interrelated
process, and the task of classroom teachers is not only integrating the
language arts among themselves but also integrating them throughout the
entire curriculum. Techniques for teaching oral and written conummication.
spelling, handwriting, vocabulary development, listening, and linguistics are
presented. Special emphasis given to recent trends and research. Offered as a
writing-intensive course.

ELED 481 Special Topics var-3cr

Prerequisite: .Approval of instructor and department

A course seminar on topics in education appropriate for the Elementary

Education setting.

ELED 482 Independent Study var-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approv al through advisor, faculty member.
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
.Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availabiUty of resources.

ENGL: English

Depai^ment of English

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

ENGL 100 Basic \\ riting 3c-OI-3cr

Designed to develop the basic English skills necessary for clear and effective
commimication. Restricted to fi^shmen w hose placement testing essay or
portfolio score is a four or under. Does not meet General Education English
or Liberal Studies writing requirements.

ENGL 101 CoUegc Writing 3c-var-4cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 100. where required by placement testing
Normally to be taken the first semester at lUP. Courses use readings in the
nature and history of language, semantic and linguistic analysis, and
problems in rhetoric and other approaches to composition. Seven theme-
length expositors- papers (or the equivalent) are written, in addition to shorter
exercises and a written final examination.

ENGL 121 Humanities Literature 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 101

Introduces students to literature of various genres through a careful analysis
of poetry, fiction, and drama. Includes literature of various time periods.
nationalities, and minorities.

ENGL 122 Introduction to Literary Analysis 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 101

.Acquaints students with the literary genres (especially fiction, poetry, and
drama) by means of examples of each and provides them with some of the
various critical approaches to the interpretation of literature so that they may
gain the ability to applv them. .At the conclusion of the course, students are
expected to be able to read literature percepti\ ely and to write critical papers
about it. (Offered as EN 210 prior to Spring. IWS)

ENGL 150 English for Foreign Students 3c-OI-3cr

Provides international students with an oppottimity to improve their ability to
speak and write English before they take ENGL 100 and ENGL 101 .

INDIANA UNrVERSIT\' OF PENNSYLV.ANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 173

Emphasizes individualized exercises and assignments. Carries graduation
credit but does not meet Liberal Studies English requirements.

ENGL 202 Research Writing 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101, sophomore standing

Teaches students to read. analy:ze. and e\aluate nonflction sources and to
present the results of their analysis in clear, organized, carefully documented
research papers. The focus of reading and research in each section is
determined by the instructor.

ENGL 208 The .Art of the Film 3c-01-3cr

Concentrates on the 111m as an artistic medium. Eight to twelve motion
pictures are shown during semester and are analyzed in class discussions.

ENGL 210 British Literature to 1660 3c-0i-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101. 122. or permission

Surveys British literature from its beginnings to about 1660, acquainting
students with the experience of reading many of the primary materials
(whole works whenever possible or full, free-standing parts) and provides
them with background information concerning the development and
flowering of the various genres, the dominant ideas of each period, and the
social and cultural context of the separate works.

ENGL 211 British Literature 1660-1900 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101, 122, or permission

Surveys British literature from about 1660 to the beginning of the twentieth
century, acquainting students with the experience of reading many of the
primary materials (whole vnorks whene\er possible or full, free-standing
parts) and providing them with background information concerning the
development and flowering of the various genres, the dominant ideas of each
period, and the social and cultural context of the separate work.

ENGL 212 .American Literature: Beginnings to 1900 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101. 122. or permission

Provides an understanding of American literature fix)m its begiiming to about
1900. Concentrates primarily upon a relatively small number of major
works, each of which helps to illustrate the "spirit of the age" it represents.

ENGL 213 British and American Literature Since 1900 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101. 122. or permission

A survey of major authors and works in British and American literature
since 1900. Begins w Ith the shift from Victorianism and late nineteenth-
century literature into modernism, as exemplified by w riters such as Woolf.
Hemingway, and O'Neill, and continues w ith postmodernism and
contemporary literature.

ENGL 214 The Novel 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101. 1 22, or permission

Surveys the development of the no\el from Cervantes" Don QuLxoie to the
present w ith an emphasis on major writers and forms in English. Includes
consideration of teaching the novel.

ENGL 215 Poetry 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101, 122, or permission

A study in appreciation of poetry; with special attention to the technique of
the poet and structure of poetry. Includes consideration of teaching poetry.

ENGL 216 Short Fiction 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101. 122, or permission
A study of the development of the short story from the middle of the
nineteenth century to the present with attention to form, structure, and types
of the story. Includes consideration of teaching short fiction.

ENGL 217 Drama 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: HNGL 101, 1 22, or permission

The study of selected plays from various periods in an attempt to understand
the function of drama. Includes consideration of teaching drama.

ENGL 220 Advanced Composition I
Prerequisite: ENGL 202

3c-0l-3cr

Primarily seeks to improve writing style, particularly in the more utilitarian
forms, such as magazine article and personal essay.

ENGL 221 Creative W riting 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 202

A seminar course in which students are expected to produce a substantial
body of written work in one or more of the creative genres, the particular
kind of w ritmg chosen w ith regard to the special interests and abilities of
each student.

ENGL 225 Introduction to Literature by Women 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 121 or 122 and 202
Major trends and motifs across genres ( fiction, nonfiction, poetry,
autobiography) which reflect themes and subjects of continuing interest to
women wnters. The intersection of genre with race, ethnicity, and social
class will be of particular significance.

ENGL 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .■\s appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established cumculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

ENGL 301 British Medieval Literature 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 210. 211.212.213

Examines particular literary traditions in England from the eleventh to the
fifteenth centuries, excluding Chaucer. The purpose is to acquaint students j

with the di\ersity of materials, ranging from prose to verse, oral to written, 1

and serious to comic. Most texts are taught in the original Middle English,
accompanied by side glosses. Translations are used where appropriate.
Rather than survey the period comprehensively, the purpose here is to focus
closely on particular aspects or writers as selected by the instructor.

ENGL 302 Renaissance Literature 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 210. 21 1, 212, 213 j

Examines major works and genres in Elizabethan literature such as pastoral
and tragedy and key fiction writers, dramatists, and poets during 1558-1603.
Rather than survey the period comprehensively, the purpose here is to focus
closely on a specific literary period and on the writers of this period as
selected by the instructor.

ENGL 303 British Enlightenment Literature 3c-0i-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 210, 21 1, 212. 213

British Enlightenment Literature refers to the imitation of the Greek and
Roman authors of antiquity. Begins with the assumptions and goals of
neoclassical literature and integrates the intellectual debates and
contemporary politics (patriarchy, nascent capitalism, empire, slavery, class
divisions) that flourished alongside of (and that shaped the emergence oO
new genres (the slave narrative, the novel, gothic tales, the periodical essay).
Rather than survey the period comprehensively, the purpose here is to focus
closely on particular aspects or writers as selected by the instructor.

ENGL 304 British Romantic Literature 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202, 210, 21 1, 212. 213
Emphasizes the relationship between literature and its milieu. Focuses
primarily on English Romantic Poets but considers development in
Germany, France, and America and examines its continuing manifestations
in literature, culture, and politics. Rather than survey the period
comprehensively, the purpose here is to focus closely on a specific literary
period and on the writers of this period as selected by the instructor.

ENGL 305 British Victorian Literature 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 210. 21 1, 212. 213

Examines literary works against a background of rapidly changing social,
economic, religious, and political forces. Counterculture movements, such as
the Pre-Raphaelites. are examined against "high Victorianism" to develop a
sense of the tremendous intellectual and political energy of the period. Roots
of recent concerns such as feminism, political literalism, and capitalism are

Page 1 74

INDIANA U'NIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

explored to help us better understand our own as well as the Victorian age.
Rather than sur%ey the period comprehensively, the purpose here is to focus
closely on particular aspects or writers as selected by the instructor.

ENGL 306 Modern British Literature 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 210. 21 1. 212. and 213
Examines major works and trends in modem British literature, such as
modernism or key fiction writers, dramatists, or poets during the first half of
the twentieth centur> . Rather than survey the period comprehensively, the
purpose here is to focus closely on particular aspects or writers as selected by
the instructor.

ENGL 307 Contemporary British Literature 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 210. 211. 212. 213

Examines major works and trends in contemporar\ British literature, such as
late modernism, postmodernism, the age of diminishmenl, or key novelists,
dramatists, and or poets from the period 1 945 to the present. Rather than
survey the period comprehensively, the purpose here is to focus closely on
particular aspects or writers as selected by the instructor.

ENGL 310 Public Speaking 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 101

Fundamental principles of public speaking, audience analysis, interest and
anention. and selection and organization of speech material.

ENGL 31 1 Oral Interpretation 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 310

Emphasizes understanding and appreciation of literature through develc^ing
skill in reading aloud.

ENGL 312 Speech-Persuasion

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 310

Advanced study of problems involved in influencing an audience.

3c-01-3cr

ENGL 313 The Rhetorical Tradition

Prerequisites: ENGL 101.310

Survey of rhetorical theory Irora Greek and Roman through modem times.

ENGL 314 Speech and Communication in

the Secondary English Classroom 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 122. 202

Offers students practical and theoretical approaches to relationships between

oral and written communication. The course is [)erformance based (involving

a variety of communication activities) and knowledge based (invoking study

of research on language arts relationships). Emphasizes integration of the

four language arts for improving teachers' own cotnmunication skills as well

as those of their students.

ENGL 315 .American Literature to 1820 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 210. 21 1. 212, 213

The beginnings of .Amencan literary cultures from sixteenth-century pre-
Columbian indigenous contacts w ith European explorations, through diverse
colonializations (Hispanic. French, and British) including the importation of
African slaves, up to the .American Revolution and emergent U.S. literary
nationalism in the first decades of the nineteenth century. Rather than survey
the period comprehensively, the purpose here is to focus closely on particular
aspects or writers as selected by the instructor.

ENGL 316 American Literature 1820-1880 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 210. 211.212. and 213
Examines major works and trends in U.S. literature, from the Federalist,
Romantic, and or Realistic periods. Rather than survey the period
comprehensively, the purpose here is to focus closely on particular aspects or
writers as selected by the instructor.

ENGL 317 American Literature 1880-1940 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 210. 21 1, 212, 213

Examines representative U.S. writers during 1880-1940. Includes traditional
figures as well as writers vv ho have recently entered the canon. Rather than

survey the period comprehensively, the purpose here is to focus closely on
particular aspects or writers as selected by the instructor.

ENGL 318 Literature for Adolescents 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101. 122. or permission, EngUsh Education major
Surveys poetry, drama, and fiction with which the adolescent is famiUar
through school w ork and personal reading.

ENGL 319 American Literature 1940-Present 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202 and at least two from ENGL 210, 211, 212, 213
Additional prerequisites for B..A. English majors: ENGL 210, 21 1, 212,

213

Focuses on vanous movements, themes, genres, and authors writing in the
United States since 1940. Not a survey course: each section develops an
extended treatment of a particular topic selected by the instmctor.
Emphasizes writing by living writers to develop an understanding of the
diversity, formally and thematically, of ciurent U.S. literary production
across genders and ethnicities.

ENGL 320 Advanced Composition II 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 220

A w orkshop and tutorial atmosphere for students w ho intend to wnte or
teach w riting.

ENGL 322 Technical W riting I 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 202

Focuses on helping the student to acquire and to apply commimication skills
essential to the technical and professional writer.

ENGL 323 Teaching Literature and Reading

in the Secondary School 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 122. 202

Introduces students to the theory and research on teaching literature and

reading in the secondary school. Rev iew s reader-response literary theory and

classroom-based research on teaching literature. Also reviews socio-

psycholinguistic reading theory and classroom-based research on teaching

reading.

ENGL 324 Teaching and Evaluating \\ riting 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 122. 202. English Education major or permission
A study of modem approaches to the teaching of w riting. including current
theories on the composing process, as well as instmction in evaluating,
including hohstic scoring. Includes practice in w riting.

ENGL 325 Creathe W riting: Poetry 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 221. instructor permission based on samples of
students work

A writing workshop for students who w ish to focus intensively on the writ-
ing and revision of poetry and on developing an audience for one's works.

ENGL 326 Creative Writing: Fiction 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 221. insuiictor permission based on samples of
student's work

A w riting w orkshop for students who w ish to write fiction imder the
guidance of an instmctor. Focuses intensively on the writing and revision of
prose fiction and on developing an audience for one's works.

ENGL 329 The History of the English Language Ic-OI-lcr

Prerequisite: ENGL 202

Studies historical development of the English language, as a basis for a better
understanding of modem .American English.

ENGL 330 The Structure of English 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 202

An introduction to the fundamentals of language study with an equal
emphasis on the sound, w ord. sentence, meaning, and discourse patterns of
English. Educationally relevant topics, such as applications of linguistics to
the teaching of English language and hterature. \ arieties of grammar, and
linguistic descriptions of styles and registers are an integral part of the
course. Course is a prerequisite for EDUC 452.

INDIANA LAIVERSm' OF PEN74SYLVAN1A UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paae 1 75

ENGL 332 Advanced Film 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101, 208

Offers a close examination of classic and contemporary films and film
theor>' from a variety of critical perspectives: spectatorship. cinematic
authorship, feminism, historiography, genre, and cultural studies. Pays
special attention to the treatment of women and African-Americans in film.

ENGL 333 Psycholinguistics 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 202

Concerns the interrelation between language system and behavior and
various factors of human psychology. Surveys developments since the
1940s, including relationships between language and perception, biology,
memory, meaning, and cognition, as well as oral and w ritten behavior.
Students of language and literature may impro\e their assumptions about
how human beings use language.

ENGL 335 The Essay 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 2 1 0. 2 1 1 . 2 1 2. 2 1 3

Focuses on the creation and development of the essay in English, its form
and content, from its beginnings to the present. Students begin by studying
Francis Bacon, the first English essayist, and follow the evolution of the
form to the present day.

ENGL 336 Language, Gender, and Society 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202, junior standing

Insestigates the \arious ways that language and gender interact and intersect
in society. Examines such questions as: Does society use language to favor
one sex over the other? Why is language a crucial component in formulating
constructs of masculinity and femininity? What stereotypes of gender-based
language are promoted in our society? How can we analyze language to
reveal disparate views and treatment of the sexes?

ENGL 337 .Myth 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202 and at least two from ENGL 210, 21 1, 212. 213
Additional prerequisites for B..A. English majors: ENGL 210, 21 1, 212,

213

Examines the nature and function of the mythic experience and explores the

archetypal patterns of myths from various cultures.

ENGL 338 Oral Literature 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 2 1 0, 2 1 1 . 2 1 2, 2 1 3

Acquaints students with the nature of oral composition, the habits of thought
that orality fosters, and the particular mode of awareness the oral dimension
of literature demands of an audience (and awakens in a reader). At the con-
clusion of the course students should have an understanding of the formulaic
nature of such purely oral forms as the ballad and the epic and an awareness
of the manner in which orality patterns thought differently from writing, and
they should be able to detect oral features and patterns in works of literature
from cultures not primarily oral but containing a high "oral residue."

F.NGI. 344 Ethnic American Literature 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202 and at least two from ENGL 210, 21 1. 212, 213
Additional prerequisites for B.A. English majors: ENGL 210, 21 1. 212,

213

Concerned with ethnic U.S. experiences as expressed in poetry, fiction,
drama, and autobiography. The topic varies and is announced in advance.
Examples include Asian-American. Hispanic, Irish-American. Jewish-
American, and Native-American literatures.

ENGL 348 African-American Literature 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: KNGL 121 or 122 and 202

Primarily nineteenth- and twentieth-century African-American literature
(poetry, fiction, nonfiction): includes works by Frederick Douglass. W.E.B.
Du Bois. spirituals and folk poetry. Harriet B. Wilson. Jean Toomer. Richard
Wright, Audrey Lorde. and Toni Morrison. Emphasizes historical context
and an Afrocentric approach.

Considers literary aspects of the English Bible by relating earlier translations
to the Authorized Version of 161 1 and by tracing some of the major
influences of the King James Bible upon writers and speakers of modem
English. Offers a close reading of the major narrative and poetic portions of
the Old Testament.

ENGL 354 Classical Literature in Translation 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 122. 202

Masterpieces studied range from those of ancient Greece to Middle Ages.
English literature and American literature excluded.

ENGL 356 Film Theory 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101.208

An introduction to major film theories, studied in relation to representative
films. Details the complex relationship between film production and film
theory: i.e., how theonsts have attempted to explain what appears on the
screen, its impact, and its relation to "reality," and how filmmakers have
responded to the works of theorists (with the two sometimes being the
same). Goes far deeper into understanding film than ENGL 208. which
focuses mainly on how film is constructed through aesthetic and institutional
processes.

ENGL 357 Major Figures in Film 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101. 208

Studies major artists and their contributions to the development of film as an
art form from its beginnings to the present. Close analyses of directors,
cinematographers. editors, screenwriters, or actors-as individuals or as
representatives of a movement in film. Topics vary from semester to
semester; thus, one semester may concentrate on a specific director such as
Alfred Hitchcock; another semester might study women (as directors,
actresses, and editors); and yet another semester might study a collective
movement such as film noir.

ENGL 385 Advanced Women's Literature 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202 and for nonmajors ENGL 225
Considers issues of genre and canon revision and why particular genres may
have particular appeal for women writers. While many of our readings are by
"literary women," we also consider works by women w ho were professionals
in nonliterary disciplines.

ENGL 386 Regional Literature in English 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202 and at least two from ENGL 210, 21 1, 212, 213
Additional prerequisites for B.A. English majors: ENGL 210, 21 1, 212,
213

Examines the contributions of a particular region to national literature. The
course focus of the course might be any of the following: Appalachian
writers, local color writers. New England writers. Southern wnters, writers
of the American West, or Canadian writers.

ENGL 387 Irish Literature 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202, 2 1 0, 2 1 1 , 2 1 2, 2 1 3

An introduction to Irish literature since 1 800, with particular emphasis on
the Literary Revival in the early tw entieth century. Key authors include
Yeats, Joyce. Synge. OXasey. Edgeworth. Somerville and Ross. Gregory.
Beckett, and Heaney. The development of Insh writing is examined within
the contexts of Irish history, language, culture, and politics.

ENGL 390 Literary Tour: Britain var-3cr

Offered selected summers, for five weeks during the first or second summer
session. Visits London. Stratford, and Cambridge or Oxford, as well as other
places important in English literature.

ENGL 391 Selected Works from the Medieval Period 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGUTNLG 121 or ENGL 122. ENGL 202
Comparati\e study of selected works of major importance per se and as
representative of major themes of medieval European literature. Also listed
asFNLG391.

ENGL 349 English Bible as Literature
Prerequisites: ENGL 121 or 122 and 202

3c-0l-3cr

Page 1 76

INDIANA LTMIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA L'NDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

ENGL 393 Romanticism 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL FN LG 121 or ENGL 122. ENGL 202

A studj of the pnncipal authors and works of late eighteenth-century and

early nineteenth-century Europe and the unique national characteristics of

the Romantic movement in lyxic. drama, and prose. .-Mso listed as PMLG

393.

ENGL 394 Nineteenth-Century European

No\ el in Translation 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGLENLG 121 or ENGL 122. ENGL 202

A suAey of major nineteenth-centmy European novels in translation

(excluding English), emphasizmg the rise of realism and naturalism and the

cultural, historical, social and anistic relationships between the various

national literatures. Also listed as FNLG 394.

ENGL 395 Selected Writers from Twentieth-Centurj- Europe 3c-0l-3cr
Prerequisites: ENGLTNLG 121 or ENGL 122. ENGL 202
Comparati\ e study of selected w orks of major importance per se or as
representatives of major trends in twentieth-century hterature. Also listed as
FSLG 395.

ENGL 396 The Literature of Emerging Nations 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL FNLG 121 or ENGL 122. ENGL 202
.A comparative studv of a selection of literature written in major European
languages but origmating in the nations of the developing w orld. Works are
mainK prose fiction (although essay, theater, and poetry may be included)
and reflect a diversity of geographicaU cultural, and prior colonial
circumstances. Also listed as FNLG 3%.

ENGL 397 Global Literature 3c-«l-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 202

Examines major works m English of a particular topic in global literature by
focusing on the transnational contexts of history' and culture surrounding the
production and reception of literature. Topic of global hterature to be
announced in advance.

ENGL 422 Technical Writing II 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 322

An ad\anced wortcshop tutorial that provides intensive instruction in
technical w riting. Technical Writing II builds on the basics of audience,
readability, proposals and reports, letters, memos, and resumes w hich are
covered in Technical Writing I. Describes the writer's role in such areas as
legal and ethical aspects of technical communication: planning, testing,
reviewing, and evaluating documents: and proofreading and editing.

ENGL 426 ESL Methods and Materials 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite: Senior standing or instructor permission

An introduction to English as a Second Language theory and practice. Aims:

(1) general understanding of current theory and methods of teaching ESL:

(2) ability to select appropriate, and adapt existing, materials for elementary
and high school ESL students. (Offered as ENGL 334 prior to 2003-04)

ENGL 430 Major British .Author 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 210. 21 1. 212. 213

Examines major works of a single major author, including biographical,

hterary. and cultural contexts. Places the author within both

intellectual cultural history and literary developments. Major author studied

in a particular semester to be announced in advance.

ENGL 432 Chaucer 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 210. 21 1.212. 213

Studies Chaucer, his hfe. his language, the development of his literary style,
and his art. w ith and through his major poetical works.

ENGL 434 Shakespeare 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202 and at least two from ENGL 210, 21 1, 212, 213

.\dditional prerequisites for B..\. English majors: ENGL 210. 21 1. 212.

213

Studies Shakespeare's development as a poetic dramatist against background

of Elizabethan stage; examines audience, textual problems, language

imagery, and philosophy.

ENGL 398 Global Genres 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 202

Focuses on a specific literary genre (including, but not limited to. poetry,
drama, film, the short story or the novel) as it has been developed and
transformed in global contexts beyond the typical domains of the British or
American literary traditions. Situates the use of a genre within transnational
literary and historical developments. The global genre studied in a particular
semester to be announced in advance.

ENGL 399 Major Global Authors 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 202

Examines major works in EngUsh of a single major global author not
included in the British or American Uterary traditions. Situates the author
within major transnational literary and historical developments. Major author
to be studied in particular semester to be announced in advance.

ENGL 401 Advanced Literary Theory and Criticism 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 2(j2. 210. 21 1. 212. 213

.Acquaints students with major issues and problems in literary theory. Rather
than survey the history of criticism and theory, this course focuses on
modem and contemporary critical schools and methods. The purpose is to
introduce students to a select group of influential theories and theorists and
how such theories impact the way we read, study, and teach literatiu-e and
cultural studies.

ENGL 420 Special W riting .AppUcations 3c-0»-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 220

Offers students who are well into their disciplines "forums" for advanced
reading and writing about the cultural, professional, and personal uses of
textual know ledge. Students read, analyze, and compose essayfs that build
meaning around disciplinary knowledge, independent reading, and personal
or preprofessional experience. They are encouraged to make connections
between discipUnary knowledge and emerging knowledge or experience.

ENGL 436 Major .American .Authors 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 210. 21 1. 212. 213

Studies in the literary output of a major .American author or authors against
the background of the social and literary miUeus in which the works were
created. Specific subject or subjects to be announced by the instructor.

ENGL 460 Topics in Film 3c-<)I-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101. 208

Selected films dealing with a specific, advanced topic are viewed and
assessed to explore the different roles that film plays. Topic to be announced

in advance.

ENGL 461 Topics in British Literature 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 202. 210. 21 1. 212, 213

Examines major works of a particular topic in British literamre by focusing
on its cultural and literary contexts. Topic to be announced in advance.

E.NGL 462 Topics in American Literature 3c-OI-3cr

PrerequUites: ENGL 202. 210. 21 1. 212. 213

Examines major works of a particular topic in .American literature by focus-
ing on its cuhiwal and literary contexts. Topic to be aimounced in advance.

ENGL 480 Seminar: Studies in English and

.American Literature var-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101, 122,202

Corequisites: ENGL 21 1, 212. 213. or permission

.A seminar experience designed for advanced students. Students considering

graduate work in English might well wish to enroll, but students with a

variety of career goals-business, industry, law , government serv ice-can take

advantage of this opportunity to plan a schedule of independent study with

the help of a faculty mentor.

INDLANA L^TV ERSm OF PEN-NSYLVANLA LNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Pa« 177

ENGL 481 SpecUl Topics »ar-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content
\ar\ from semester to semester covering such diverse topics as
autobiography, science fiction, folklore, the political novel black theater, etc.

ENGL 482 Independent Studv var-l-6cr

Prerequisite: Pnor appro\al through ad\ isor. facuttv member.
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students » ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
ricultim may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
.Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

ENGL 493 Internship var-3-12cr

On-ihe-job training opportunities in related areas. .Application and
acceptance to internship program required.

ENVH: Environtnental Health Science

Department of Biology

College of -Natural Sciences and .Mathematics

EN\ H 221 Environmental Health and Protection I 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 1(M or 1 12. CHEM 102 or 1 12
.A survey of env ironmental disease hazards as they relate mostly to the out-
door environment Environmental health and safety concerns are addressed
from the standpoint of their source and nature, human and ecological effects,
measurement, and control. (Offered as BIOL 321 prior to 2003-04)

ENXTI 222 Environmental Health and Protection 11 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 104 or 112. CHEM 102 or 112
A survey of en\ironmenial disease hazards as they relate mostly to the indoor
environmenL Env ironmental health and safety concerns are addressed from
the standpoint of their source and nature, human health effects.
measuremenL and control. (Offered as BIOL 322 prior to 2003-04)

EN\H 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level imdergraduaie

students-

EN\H 310 .\pplied Entomology and Zoonoses 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: BIOL 220 or permission

-■\ study of the measures for abatement or control of arthropods, rodents,
birds, and other disease vectors of public importance: selection, chemistry,
formulation, and safe application of insecticides, rodenticides. and fumi-
gants: pesticiding equipment: application of biological and other measures of
control. (Also offered as BIOL 310: may not be taken for duplicate credit)

ENN H 323 Introduction to Toxicology and Risk .Assessment 3c-OI-3sh
Prerequisites: BIOL 104 or 112: CHEM 102 or 1 12: or permission
A smdy of uptake, distribution, metabolism, and excretion of environmental
chemicals: mechanisms of their toxicity- and their effects on major organ
systems. Knou ledge of these topics is applied to risk assessment procedures.
(Also offered as BIOL 323: may not be taken for dupUcate credit)

ENA H 460 Fundamentals of Environmental Epidemiology 3c-OI-3cr
Prerequisites: BIOL HM or 1 12; M.ATH 216 or 2r: or instructor
permission

.A study of the health consequences of involuntary exposure to harmful
chemical and biological agents in the general environment Disease etiology,
occurrence, and intervention in himian populations are examined through
epidemiologic study using analytical methods and applications. (.Also offered
as BIOL 460: may not be taken for duplicate credit)

ENA H 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to exptore
topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are offered primarily for upper-level undergraduate
students.

EN\ H 482 Independent Study var-l-.3cr

Prerequisites: Pnor approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculimi may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
.Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Work is supervised by a faculty member but does not involve regular class or
laboratorv hours

EOPT: Electro-Oprics . "TTSC: w-.«*&25-

Department of Phvsics

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

EOPT 105 Computer Interfacing in Electro-Optics 2c-3I-3cr

Designed to teach the fundamentals of interfacing the personal computer to
its physical surroundings such as electro-optics equipment. Students do
graphical programming and leam how to use virtual instruments in order to
collect data and to control expenments. Students use a program that employs
graphical block diagrams that compile into machine code. Includes a lab
component

EOPT 110 Geometric Optics 2c-3l-3cr

Corequisite or Prerequisite: PHYS 100

Introduces the student to the principles and theory of Ught as a geometric ray
and gives an elementary treatment of image formation. Topics include
reflection, refraction, prisms, lenses, mirrors, pupils, stops, aberrations,
optical instruments, aspherical surfaces, and optical system design and
evaluation. Includes a lab component

EOPT 1 20 Wave Optics 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: EOPT 110

Corequisite or Prerequisite: \LATH 1 10 or 121

Designed to prov ide the student with the basic knowledge of the wave nature

of light Topics include spectral characteristics of light propagation of light

interference, diffraction, polarization, windows, filters, beam splitters, and

gratings. liKludes a lab comp>onent

EOPT 125 Introduction to Electronics 3c-31-4cr

Corequisite or Prerequisite: SLATH 1 10 or 121
Designed to introduce students to basic analog and digital electronics.
Emphasizes direct current (DC) circuits and networks utilizing Ohm's Law
and focused upon the use of electronic instrtmientation and design using
operational amplifiers as 'i'lack box" building elements. In addition, the
digital component of the course covers basic digital logic and its
implementation in hardw are using integrated circuit-based logic gates and
counters. Includes a lab comf)onent

EOPT 210 Detection and Measurement 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: EOPT 120 and 125

Coven electronic amplification, optical detectors, and the measurement of
small distances using interference effects. Operational amplifiers are used to
build circuits to measure the output of photon and thermal detectors. In order
to accurately measure properties such as wavelengths, absorption of
wavelengths, defects in lenses, prisms, and flat plates, the following
instruments are used by the students: monochromators. spectrophotometers,
and interferometers. Includes a lab component

EOPT 220 Introduction to Lasers 2c-3I-3cr

Prerequisite: EOPT 1 20

Different types of incoherent light sources are discussed and investigated.
The concepts of laser safety are introduced. The elements and operation of
an optical power meter are covered. The enerey-level diagrams and the
energy-transfer processes in the active medium are discussed. The spatial
and temporal properties of lasers are investigated along with other
characteristics such as modes of oscillation. Some applications of lasers are
investigated. Includes a lab component

Pace 178

INDIANA L'NIVERSm' OF PEN^SYL\'.ANIA L7vDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

EOPT 240 Fiber Optics 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: EOPT 120

Co\ers basic concepts in fiber optics such as dispersion, attenuation, and
single-mode and multimode propagation. Fiber optic test equipment such as
optical time domain reflectometers and optical pow er meters is discussed
and investigated. Sources, detectors, and optical amplifiers are covered.
Includes a lab component.

EOPT 250 High-Vacuum Technologv 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: PHVS 1 16

The student learns how to produce and measure a vacuum. The propenies of
gases and the concepts of fluid flow and pumping are presented. Man\
different kinds of vacuum pumps are discussed in detail. The concept of
measuring a vacuum is introduced through the discussion of vacuum gauges
and gas anaKzers. The techniques of leak detection and thin film deposition
are covered. The concept of ultrahigh vacuum is touched upon. Includes a
lab component.

EOPT 260 Industrial .Applications of Lasers 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisite: EOPT 220

Laser pow er and energv' measurements are made. The theory and
applications of mdustrial lasers are covered. Material processing such as
welding, cutting, and hole drilling w ill be discussed, implemented, and
analv-zed. The role of optics in laser machining is co\ered. Laser safety is
emphasized throughout the course. Includes a lab component.

FCSE: Family and Consumer Sciences Education

Department of Human Development and Environmental

Studies

College of Health and Human Services

FCSE 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporarv- basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic ma> be

offered under any special topic identitv no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be otTered under any special topic identitv no more than three times. Special
topics nimibered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

FCSE 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through ad\ isor. faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

Upper-le\el students w ith high scholastic achievement pursue their particular
interests outside the realm of the organized home economics education
curriculum. May be taken more than once to a maximum of 3cr. Approval is
based on academic appropriateness and availabilit> of resources.

FDED: Foundations of Education
Department of Foundations of Education
College of Education and Educational Technology

FDED 102 .American Education in Theory and Practice 3c-0l-3cr

Designed to familiarize prospective teachers w ith the history and philosophy
of American education and with some of the practical aspects of teaching in
the American public school classroom. (Offered as FDED 202 prior to 2001-
02)

FDED 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under an> special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

FDED 440 Orientation to Teaching in Urban Centers 3c-01-3cr

Provides students with an understanding of learners and their unique
learning needs and conditions. Emphasizes understanding the origin of
attitudes and values and how these affect the relationships w hich exist
between students and teachers. Special anention to practical application of
theoretical information to problems of urban education. Field trips and guest
speakers are emphasized.

FCSE 350 Teaching Family Life Education 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: FCSE 250. EDLC 242
Corequisite: EDSP 302

Emphasizes teaching family life education in family and consumer sciences
classrooms and through commimity organizations and agencies. Lessons are
plaimed and implemented using a variety of instructional methods
incorporating adaptations and modifications for special needs learners, basic
skills, global concerns, and use of a problem-solving decision-making
approach. Planning of content, learning activities, instructional materials,
and evaluation based on clearly stated objectives are emphasized. A
microcomputer spreadsheet is utilized to manage a department budget and a
gradebook. Participation in professional organization activities is expected.

FCSE 450 Teaching \ ocational and

Family Consumer Services Education 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: FCSE 350

Emphasizes teaching vocational familv and consumer sciences in consumer/
homemaking and occupational family and consumer sciences programs.
Federal legislation impacting on family and consumer sciences is analyzed
for use in program decisions. Emphasizes program development using
CBVE model, dev elopment of indiv idual learning packets, vocational youth
organizations, advisorv committees, family and consumer sciences and
vocational educational priorities, professional organizations, proposal
development for funding, impact on public policy, marketing family and
consumer sciences, and development of a personal philosophy of family and
consumer sciences education. (Titled Teaching Vocational Home Economics
prior to 2003-04)

FCSE 481 Special Topics

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

var-l-3cr

FDED 441 Field Experiences in Urban Centers var-l-6cr

Prerequisite: FDED 440

Provides specialized experience for students desiring to teach in inner-citv
schools. Aspects to be emphasized include physical characteristics of com-
mimit>. background and aspirations of children and youth, and specialized
teacher competencies, classroom management, planning, instructional
materials, teaching strategies, and evaluations. Records of comprehensive
experiences in urban areas are considered in making field experience assign-
ments. Schools selected for student experience are located in Pittsburgh.

FDED 442 Interpreting Urban/Field Experiences var-3cr

Prerequisites: FDED 440. 441

Evaluation of learning and behavior problems encountered during field
experience in urban schools. Flexible approach stressed to encourage wide
range of investigation and exploration of psychological and sociological
problems as they affect education. Supers ision and guidance for
investigating specific problems provided bv specialists from psychology,
sociologv . and education w ho function as resource personnel giv ing
direction. Enables students to combine experiences gained by teaching in
urban schools vv ith recent and pertinent theoretical information.

FDED 454 Public School Administration 3c-0i-3cr

The study of the development of public school administration; current organ-
izational patterns for public education at the local, county, state, and national
levels: and the impact of administration upon the total educational program.

FDED 456 Issues and Trends in Education 3c-01-3cr

Critical analysis of issues and trends in education with emphasis on
philosophical and social dimensions of topics covered. Attention to work of
some major contemporary critics of education.

INDIANA L'NIVERSrri OF PENNSYLVANIA LNDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paae 179

FDED 481 Special Topics >ar-l-5cr

Prereqai^ife: As appropnaie to course ocmait

Specui upacs courses ae offered on an e:xpenniental or lemporarv basis to
expiofc topics not included in die established canicuhim. A aven topic ma\
be offeted tmder an> special topic ideiitit>' no mofc than three times. Special
topics iannbeied 481 aie primarily for i^jper-levd ondeigraduaie stiideiits.

FDED 482 Indepeodeoi Snid> \-w-l-3cr

Pnwyiiiilf ■ Piior appnn^al througfa ad\isor. &cult>' member.
depanmenl rtwiipfrsnn dean, and Prmost's Office
<?««**it^ wirii inlaesl in indepeDdeofl saidy of a topic not offered in the cur-
rioiJuni may- pixipose a plan of study m coojooctioo witfa a faadty monber.
.Approval is based on academic jppiopiijttmfss and ax-ailability of resources.

FONT: Food aod Nutrition ^^H

Department of Food and Nutrition
College of Health and Human Seoices

FDVT 110 Career? in Food and Nnn-ttion

lc-«Hcr
yred- Students are guided is
acquainted wnh the

educatiaoal and expeiie' ^nients necessaiy to attain tbese goals.

Special topics are offered on an experimental ex temporary' basis to explore
topics not included in the established curriculum. A gi\en topic may be
offered undo' any special topic identity no more than three tunes. Special
topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lo»er-le>el undeip^aduate
smdents.

FONT 355 Nutrition in Disease I 3c-0i-3cr

Prerequisites: FDNT;12. BIOL 155 or 150-151

Basic tools for diet modification; food exchange systems: interviewing

techniques: nutrition assessment: professional practice: dietary treatment of

caloric imbalance, diabetes, and caidio%-ascuiar disease. Taught Fall semester

only.

FONT 35' Special Problems in Foods 0c-tl-3cr

Prerequisite: FDNT 150

Indrvidual problems in foods investigaied witfa emphasis on identified

weaknesses in the student's knowledge of food.

FD-Vr 362 Eiperimenul Foods 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: FDNT 150. FDNT 355 or concurrently. M.ATH 217
Tlie experimental study of foods, relating chemical and physical properbes to
reactions and processes occurring in food systems.

FDNT 143 Nntrition and W ellness 3c-0l-3cr

inHDitoces the student lo the major ooa^Knents of weUness: coaienqxirary
iwailiuii issties as Ihey retale to personal food choices. (^lysical fitness.
stress niimi»MHmwni sexualh transmitted diseases. .\IDS. and substance
abnseL Con^tedao of FDNT 143 fulfills the Liboal Studies Health and
WeQness reqnireiaetK.

FDNT 364 Methods of Teaching 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: FDNT 213

Current leaching techniques and resource materials in nutiitioD education are
emphasized. Emphasizes all forms of nutrition educaticm. including
classroom instruction, in-service training of employees, and community -
based education.

FDNT 145 latradacliM to NatiMM 3c-01-3cr

Provides studeiBs wiifa an mderstanding of essential nutrients and their roles
in the body, as wdl as the ■■lumgiiig nutrilioQal needs of an indrvidual
tlBoagboia the lifespan, hwlndfs the impact of exeicise and food cfaoioes oo
metabofian, body cxanposiiiaiu and weight oaanol: nutiition
misiiifmnanop; ansnuier issues: oonmieicially prepaied foods; and major
discjisfs that are affected by eatii^ befaaviors.

FDNT 150 Foods 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 101 or 1 1 1

Coreqnisite: FDNT 151

Basic piiuciplcs of food: uiiposition, sanitatian. piqiaialiop, and

presei\'alion.

FDNT 151 Foods Laboratory lc-31-lcr

Corequisite: FDNT 150

.Applicaiian of basic princqri^ of food ptqiaialioiL

FDNT 212 NotritioB 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: CHEM 1 02 or 1 12

SoiMoes and ftuxtioos (tf nutrients, interdepeiidence of dietary essentials, and
marilive value of an optimum diet aie studied Atlentico given to varied
oonfitions in human life.

FDNT 2 13 life Cycle Nntrition 3k-«l-3cr

Prerequate: FDNT 212

A detailed study of nutrition wfaicfa ^ipiies infonnation from FDNT 212 to
all soses of dK life cycle; cunent issues and leseandi as tbey inqnct on

these deNietopmental stages.

FONT 245 SporuNutritioii 3c-0l-3cr

Prereqnisite: FDNT 145 or 212

Fmphasiyfs knon ledge and appbatioD of spons nutrinoa pnncipies. The
impact of the uncio- and miatMiuiiienis on physical perfonnance will be
disnissfd in h^ of cmrenl scientific research and applied to realisbc dietary
reoonmendation for all types and levels of adiletes.

FDNT 281 Special Topics

Prereqoisite: As appropriaie to course content

var-l-3cr

FDNT 402 Community Nutrition 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: FDNT 212

Nutritional iit^lications of both good and poor nutrition for all age groups in
home and community situaticms are studied. Corrective and preventive
measures emphasized. Taught Sprmg semester only .

FDNT 410 Food. Nntrition. and .4giiig 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior status

Relabonship of food to health maintenance and special dietary problems
during the middle and later years.

FDNT 430 Professional Topics in Food and Nutrition 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: FDNT 355. 364. HRJM 256. and PS^C 101
Topics include pronxMing food and nutribon services and programs, career
planning and development, ethical challenges to dietitians, quality assuraiKe
standards, and impaa oo the legislative process.

FDNT 444 Food Composition and Biochemistry 3c-0l-3cr

Prereqnisite: CHEM 255

Basic chemistry and biochemistry of essential components of food
originating from plant and animal sources.

FDNT 447 Nutritional Aspects of Food Technology 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 241 and FDNT 212: jumor status
A study of current known effects of food processing techniques on the
nutritiooal value and safety of foods.

FDNT 455 Nutrition in [>isease 11 3c-*l-3cr

Prerequisite: FDNT 355

Dietary treatment of disorders of the gastroiniestinaL renaL cardiovascular,
and hepatic systems: inbcwn errors of metabolism; allergies: cancer. Thera-
peutic quackery. Food sampling experiences. Taught Spring semester only.

FDNT 458 .\dvanced Human Nutrition 4c-01-4cr

Prerequisites: CHE.M 255 or 351. FDNT 355. .MATH 217
In-depth study of the nutrients and their functicm within the celL
Incorporation of the principles of physiology and biochemistry in the study
of nutrition. Emphasizes af^lying current research and evaluation of
research methodology. (Does not count toward M.S. Food and Nutrition
d^ree reqimements)

p^iao

INDLiLNA L"NT\'ERSm' OF PENNS^X\ .AMA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

FDNT 461 Microwave Cooking Technolog) 2c-2I-3cr

The stud\ of the electronic technolog>. selection, care, and use of the
microwa\e o\en. Basic physical and chemical concepts related to microwave
cooking are included. Individual investigative research problems are
required.

FDNT 462 Advanced Experimental Foods lc-4l-3cr

Prerequisites: CHEN! :31. FDNT 362

.\n experimental approach to the many factors influencing the chemical and
phvsical properties of food. Use of the scientific method in developing an
individual project combining an evaluation of current literature and
appropriate sensory and analvtical methodology.

FDNT 463 Nutrition Counseling 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisites: FDNT 355. PS'tC 101. FDNT 455 or concurrently
Use of intervention strategies in prevention and treatment of disease through
diet. Supers ised practicum (3 hours per week) counseling clientele in normal

and therapeutic nutrition.

FDNT 464 Food and Nutrition Research .Methods 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: CHEM 351. FDNT 362. 458. and NUTH 217
An introduction to research methodology in foods and nutrition. Includes
theory and techniques of phv^ical. chemical, and instrumental analysis.
Applications of these methods to food and animal models with statistical
analv-sisof data.

FDNT 470 Human Food Consumption Patterns 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: One social science course and junior standing
Exploration of human food consumption behaviors from food production to
individual and societal consumption patterns. Influencing factors discussed
include agronomic, economic, geographic, sociologic. nutritional, political,
and psychological factors. The ethics and morality of food distribution are
discussed. Students mav not enroll in this course if they have taken the
corresponding section of LBST 499.

FDNT 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an expenmental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be otTered imder anv special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are pnmarilv for upper-level imdergraduate students.

FDNT 482 Independent Study var-l-6cr

Prerequisites: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, department
chairperson, dean, and Provost's OtTice: must have earned 60cr
Students vv ith interest in independent studv of a topic not otTered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of stud> in conjunction with a facult) member.
.Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

FDNT 484 Senior Seminar lc-01-lcr

Prerequisite: Senior status

Emphasizes indiv idual review of food and nutrition literature with formal
presentation and discussion of current research.

FDNT 493 Internship var-6-12cr

Prerequisite: Must have earned 57cr

.An opponunity for students to work away fi-om the university in supemsed
job situations at health care facilities, restaurants, or other institutional food
serv ice or lodging establishments. Objective is to provide students with job-
related experiences. Must meet university internship requirements.

Note: White uniforms including white shoes are required for all lab courses
where food is prepared. Students must meet the professional dress
requirements of the department.

FIAR: Fine .Arts
College of Fine .\rts

var-l-3cr

FIAR 281 Special Topics

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are otTered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

FLAR 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be otTered imder anv special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics nimibered 481 are primarily for upper-level imdergraduate students.

Fl.AR 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students vv ith interest in independent study of a topic not otTered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of studv in conjunction vv ith a faculty member.
.Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

FLAR 493 Internship

Covers the areas of the visual and performing arts.

var-3-12cr

FIN: Finance

Department of Finance and Legal Studies

Eberly College of Business and Information Technology

Mote: Except for .Accounting. Business Education, and non-business majors
who have met the required prerequisites, students scheduling 300 and 400
courses are expected to hav e achiev ed junior standing as described in the
Eberly College of Business and Information Technology .Academic Policies.

FIN 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are otTered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

FIN 310 Fundamentals of Finance 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites for Business majors: .ACCT 202. M.ATH 214
Prerequisites for non-Business majors: .ACCT 202, MATH 214 or 217
(M.ATH 214 recommended)

The study of valuation models, financial statement analysis and forecasting,
capital budgeting methods, and working capital management. .Also includes
an introduction to risk and return, capital markets and institutions, and
security valuation.

FIN 315 Financial .Analysis Using Electronic Spreadsheets 3c-01-3cr
Prerequisite: BTED Co'sC IFMG 101

Develops the financial students' computer modeling and analysis skills.
Smdenii are taught how to utilize current computing resources, electronic
spreadsheet, and other computing software to analyse, model, and solve a
variety of financial problems. (OtTered as FIN 355 prior to 2002-03)

FIN 320 Corporate Finance 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: FIN 310

The study of corporate financial management and decision-making, its
theory, and application. Provides a higher level of study and many of the
same topics covered in Fundamentals of Finance, particularlv in the area of
capital budgeting. Other topics covered include capital asset pricing models,
costs of capital, capital structure, leasing bond refunding, and financial
distress.

INDIANA UNIVERSITl OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paae 181

nN 324 Prnopks rf la^^HtveMs 3e-«l-3cr

Pr«requate:FIS3IO

A.-. -iTcductiaa lo securities mnArK mdii^ aad vahaDon. Topics include

security npes and dnfacteristics.. die ntexiatacs of tiada^ valoatioa models

for fixed-iDCoaie securities aid oommon stodL nuanal fiaid evaloatian.

basics of ofiiiaos and fimres.. and tsx-td^tai^sd investmenB.

FIN 350 Sfcort-Temi naaacial Maugenent 3c-01-3cr

Prercqoalcs: FIN 310. 315

Pro-.-i.^ die coocepiual fianeworiL and aoahiical tecteiques for the sboit-
(enn fioaocial dectgons made by die piacticii^ managier as related lo the
t^pwale cash aod maifceiaUe seoaities, invetaoiy. accounts leceivaUe.
accmnis pov^Me. and ifae sbon-unn bummiiM and imesiiiK activities.

n\ 36* Imsmnmet awl Risk MaaaseoKiil 3c-«-3cr

PrerequHKs: FIN 3 1 0. 3 i 5

Coders the nature of risk, the appbcabon of tbe risk mameement process to
tBKifffss "<t mamwiiiiipi* IMiililginn and die eeamriak of msmanoe
ouuuaus and insaianoe tnaAi-K Appropriaie uMhwK of rak oontrol and
risk finaDciiK are Ascussed. The primary focus is on accidental losses
lesukoffi fion situations io^tihit^ pure risks, aMwngh financial risk
manraemem techniques for dealins iriifa specidatiw risks are inwodnrwl

FIN 419 Financial InMilnliiint aad Markets 3c-«l-3cr

Prereqaisile: FIN 324

A retien'ofibestnictureof fmanctal insiinaiaDS and manor and capital
oHricets. Provides students with the knowileifae of the theory and piactioes of
ii»jmjwiiic fiimif Lai instflutiaos, wiih paiticular emphasb on the manajyiiiait
of fiiBncial tisic&

FIN 420 Inmift Analysis 3c-4l-3cr

Prereqaisitcs: FIN 320. 324

faieenKs the wofk of the various cooises in the fimnoe areas and
familial izes the student wtb the toots and techniques of research in the
difTerem areas of invesimenis.

FCS 422 Seminar in Finance 3c-OI-3cr

Prereqnsites: FIN 320, 324. seniocs ooK-

Primaril)' for die senior FinaDce nnaior. coveis topics in aD areas of finance
by usii^ recent anides. cases, discussions, speakeis. and a financia]
snnGlaZioo game.

n> 424 iBteraatioaal Financial .Management 3c-OI-4cr

Prcreqoisite: FIN 310

Tx nndDcial mataeanent concepts, nsefid in a sii^le-countiy context, are
adapted for die inKmational variables and uaisiiaims caused by being
imeniationaL Piovides an iis^hi nio miqiie issues aod problems die
maDi^er of the muUBational eiaeipTise wiB &ce. such as woikiiffi capital
manuonem; capital btidgfting process; financing and in\«stii^ abroad;
capital and mooev- maikeis: foreMn etchai^ maikels; and risk iiw^neiuent

FIN 425

3c-«l-3ar

I Derivnives
; FIN 320, 324

Intended to provide the student with an imderstanding of bow the derivatives
oBriceis work, how ihev- are used, and bow prices are de«a mined. Topics
include the common tvpes of derivatives, their cfaaacserisiics and properties,
and uadiiK methods and stiaKgies, Also covered are findamemal pricn^
models based on aibiti^e priciK theor)-, binomial, and Bbck-Sclioles
models. (Offered as FIN 385 Securities and CommoditifsMaricets prior tt>
2002-03)

FTN 4«1 Special Tapics var-3cr

Prerequisite: .As approptiaK lo course content

Special topics are offered on an eipeiiiiiemal or teuyaiy basb to gqilore

topics not included io the estaMisbed cutriculnm. A given topic may be

offered under anv- special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics uuMibeied 4S1 are offered primaiily for npper-lewel midetgndmie

studoMs.

FIN 482 Indepeodent Stiid> >ar-3cr

Prerequisite: ?r;:'r arrr:'->2; ihrouzh idM>or. facuJr. member,
oqji-imeri; c.-vi^.TerscCi. oaar.. ariC Pro'. c>a"i Office
Students with iuetesi in independeiK study c^a topic not offened in the aa-
riculum mav' propose a plan of stud)' in oonjuictioa with a facult>' member.
.Approval is based on ar^tAmir- appiupiijieness and availability of resounces.

FIN 493 Finance Intentsbip Tar-3-12er

Prereqaisites: FIN 310. 315. 324. prior ^iproval tfatoiffih advisor.
facukv member, department cfaaitperson. and dean. Minimum overall
iOGP.\;nB9or2^CH»A

IrtynA-rf lo provide practical experience m the ftiance field to develop
knowlettee and provide applicatian of theory to actual proUems in a non-
dasaoom situation. 3cr are awarded for at least 120 hours of on-site work,
up to 12crfaratleast480woikhours. AinaxiiiBimof3crmaybeappbed
toward the finance ntqor area dective reqtiiiertietHs. Additional intmi'Jiip
credits nust be used as business dectives only.

F\LG: Study .Abroad aod Comparative Litei^ture (Foreign

Language)

College of Humanities aod Social Sciences

F>LG IftOSmd^ \broad v»r-l-I2cr

.Ted ciedil ; " as proMded in

-. broad pto^. -.aied through the
hMemational ACfaiis Office.

FM.G 121 Hamaaities Uteratare 3e-0l-3er

Introduces the student to works, aiofaors. and genres of general literary
s^iificance in the Wesuia tradition. Not organized faistoricalh' but trains the
q^MipM in dtf fri'y^i fMi"g "^ "IT" '""'•'^ nftju-rxttm- fiom thepreseu
and other periods. .Andiors. works, and themes are studied with reelect to
cukmal oootexL aesdietic form, and (hematic s^nificance. Taa^a in
Endish. Substinnes for ENGL 121.

FNLG 391 Selected W orks from the .Medieval Period 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGLFNLG 121 or ENGL 122. 202
Cooftaiativesiudyof selected works of major in^Mttance per se and as
nepresemalive of maiar dieiiKS of medieval European literacure. .Also listed
as ENGL 391.

FNLG 392 RenaissaDce/Baraqne/Clasacal 3c-4H-3cr

Prtreqaisites: ENGLFSTjG 121 or ENGL 122. 202
literary works represerdii^ various gemes fiom both periods are studied and
compared for dietrihemes. maii& and stylistic features, applyii^ ptmciples
set forth in H. Wolffin^s Renaissance andBcmgue.

FNLG 393 Romaotictsm 3c-Ol-3cr

Prvreqnsites: ENGLFSLG 121 or ENGL 122. 202
The study of the principal aadiors and « orks of late eiglfyiah- and early
nineieenth-oeniuiy Europe aid the unique oatioiial cfaaacterisbcs of the
Romamic movement in biic drama, and prose. Also listed as ENGL 393.

FNLG 394 Nineteentb-Centary

Earopean No% el in Translation 3c-01-3ct

Prereqaisites: ENGL FNLG 121 or ENGL 122, 202

A suTvev of major nineteenth-century European noveb in oanslauon

lexdudii^ Et^ltsh), emphasizii^ the rise of realism and naturalism and the

cuhntal, ht««9'if^' social, and artistic relationships bemeen the various

national Utetaiures. Also listed as ENGL 394.

FNLG 395 Selected W riters from Twentietb-Centiir> Eorope 3c-OI-3cr
Prerequisites: ENGLFNLG 121 or ENGL 122. 202
Comparative study of selected works of major imponanoe per se or as
representatives of major trends in twentieth-ceotuty Uteralure. .Also listed as
ENGL 395.

1S2

IST)LVNA L'NTX'ERSm' OT PEN'SSYXV.ANTA L>.T)ERGR.\DL ATE CATALOG. 2003-04

FNLG 396 The Literature of Emerging Nations 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL/FNLG 121 or ENGL 122. 202
A comparative study of a selection of literature written in major European
languages but originating in the nations of the developing world. Works are
mainly prose fiction (although essay, theater, and poetry may be included)
and reflect a diversity of geographical, cultural, and prior colonial
circumstances. Also listed as ENGL 396.

FNLG 421 Language and Society 3c-0l-3cr

Considers salient facts of language and its role in society and culture.
Language families, linguistic change, and reciprocal influences of culture
and language are presented.

FNLG 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

FRINC: French

Department of French and German

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

FRNC 101 Basic French 4c-0l-4cr

For the student beginning the study of French or who needs remedial study
before beginning the intermediate sequence. Primary emphasis is on the
mastery of French pronunciation and oral communication. Students learn to
converse in simple present time and become acquainted with location of
Francophone populations and elements of their daily lives. Attendance and
Foreign Language Learning Enhancement Center practice is required.

FRNC 201 College French I 3c-0I-3cr

The initiation of college-level mastery of basic language skills and exposure
to cultural materials. Supplements beginners' oral competency with more
advanced reading and writing. Emphasizes narration in the past. Efforts are
made to practice skills and comprehend texts in authentic cultural contexts.
Liberal Studies elective credit is given for this course.

FRNC 202 College French II 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 201 or equivalent

Continues the college-level mastery of language skills. The ability to narrate
present and past is intended to express opinion and hypothesis. Emphasizes
acquiring greater skill in reading literary and cultural texts. Liberal Studies
elective credit is given for this course.

FRNC 203 Accelerated College French 6c-0l-6cr

Develops listening and speaking skills through an immersion method. Stu-
dents use present, past, and future to indicative tenses in intensive aural/oral
interaction and are expected to make use of the audio and video capabilities
of the Foreign Language Learning Center on a weekly basis. Liberal Studies
elective credit is given for this course.

FRNC 253 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3c-0l-3cr

Intermediate course in grammar, reading, composition, and some oral work.
Can substitute for or he in addition to FRNC 202 for majors or serious
students.

FRNC 254 Civilization of Modern France 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 202 or equivalent

A study of modem French culture and civilization-social institutions,
government, industry, economics, and geography. Development of all
language skills for use in business situation in French-speaking environment.
Emphasizes acquisition of an active knowledge of the business world.

FRNC 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

topics numbered 2X1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate
students.

FRNC 301 Portraits of Women in the French Novel 3c-OI-3cr

Explores the polarity of the treatment of female characters in the French
novel. Explores differences of treatment by male and female writers through
inclusion of women novelists. Provides a chronological sur\ey of the
development of the novel in France from the seventeenth to the twentieth
centuries.

FRNC 331 Intermediate French Conversation 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 202

Emphasizes development of communication skills, vocabulary, and
discourse strategies. Activities include directed conversations, video- and
audio-based listening comprehension, and role play and other simulations.

FRNC 341 French Grammar 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 202

Students review and refine their knowledge of French grammatical structure,
including question formation, description, comparison, and present and past
narration. Emphasizes written expression.

FRNC 353 Intermediate French Composition 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 202

Includes intensive practice in written expression in French. Emphasizes the
development of communicative skills as well as knowledge of French
structure. Taught in French.

FRNC 354 Business French 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 254 or instructor permission

The study of principles and practices of business communication in French
secretarial and administrative procedures with an emphasis on the planning
and writing of business letters, reports, and abstracts of articles in business
and economics.

FRNC 370 Introduction to French Literature 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 341 or 353

Designed to develop students' French reading skills, to provide tools for
literary interpretation of texts, and to introduce major literary w orks of
France and the French-speaking world.

FRNC 373 French Civilization 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 202

Covers the historical development of French high culture exclusi\e of literary
genres (i.e.. prose, poetry, theater). Presents an over\iew of political and
intellectual history, music, art. and architecture. Certain content areas receive
special emphasis at the instructor's discretion.

FRNC 375 French Literature from

Medieval through Seventeenth Century 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 370

Introduces students to the major developments in French literature and

thought from the Medieval through the seventeenth century. Includes an

overview of major French literary genres: novel, poetry, and theater.

Readings and discussion are in French.

FRNC 376 French Literature from

Eighteenth through Twentieth Century 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 370

Introduces students to major developments in Krench literature and thought

from the eighteenth century to the present. Includes an o\er\ie\v of major

French literary genres: novel, poetry, and theater. Readings and discussion

are in French.

FRNC 390 Teaching Elementary School

Content in French and German 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Instructor permission

Students explore issues relevant to the teaching and learning of French and

German in the elementary school (grades K-8). Current theories of child

second- language acquisition w ill be treated. These theoretical foundations

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANL\ UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paae 183

tbrm the basis for the development of objectives and activities that integrate
the teaching of foreign language and culture with elementar>' school subject
content. Students gain practical experience in planning and implementing
lessons, assessing student learning, and selecting materials appropriate to the
needs and interests of young learners.

FRNC 431 .Advanced French Conversation 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: KRNC33I

Builds on the communication skills acquired in FRNC 331. Focuses on the

development of advanced vocabulary and discourse strategies. Activities

include in-depth discussion and debate of current events and real-life

problems.

FRNC 432 French Phonetics and Phonology 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 331 or equivalent

Presents an introduction to the sound system of French and provides training
in standard French pronunciation. Basic issues on phonological theory and
description are examined. Students refine their own pronunciation of French
through classroom practice, oral presentations, and tape recordings.

FSMR: Fashion Merchandising

Department of Human Development and Environmental

Studies

College of Health and Human Services

FSMR 111) Introduction to Fashion 3c-0l-3cr

A survey of aesthetic, cultural, sociopsychological, and economic factors
related to the meaning and use of clothing for the individual and society.

FSMR 112 Fundamentals of Clothing Construction lc-3l-3cr

Principles and techniques involved in fundamental clothing construction and
fitting are analyzed. Directed laboratory experiences provide an opportunity
to solve individual problems in garment structure through the application of
principles.

FSMR 212 Advanced Clothing Construction lc-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: FSMR 1 12 or placement (by exam)
Principles of advanced fitting and clothing construction are applied and
analyzed. Offered even years. Fall semester.

FRNC 441 Advanced French Grammar 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 341

Students build upon their previous knowledge of French grammar, with a
view to perfecting their control of more complex structures. These structures
include complex sentences, the subjunctive, hypothetical statements, and
passive voice. Emphasizes written expression.

FRNC 460 Studies in French Literature 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 375 or 376

Provides a flexibly designed syllabus permitting instructors and students to
explore areas of special interest in French literature and culture. Content
varies according to the in.structor's desired focus for a given semester.
Conducted in French or English at the instructor's discretion.

FSMR 252 Aesthetics of Fashion lc-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing

The study of contemporary apparel design and the relationship of design

elements and principles to personal characteristics and social/professional

orientation.

FSMR 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

FRNC 462 Studies in French Language and Linguistics 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 353 or equivalent

Students explore some topic relevant to French language and linguistics.
Possible topics include: French around the world, history of the French
language, French applied linguistics. (Total pages read in French for the
course should be more than 150.)

FRNC 463 Studies in French Culture and Civilization 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: FRNC 353

Aspects of current French culture and civilization are explored and assessed
particularly in relation to French governmental and cultural institutions.

FRNC 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

FSMR 303 Visual Merchandising 3c-0l-3cr

Design and arrange display and selling areas in relationship to merchan-
dising trends and consumer demands. Emphasizes promotion techniques and
merchandise sales through effective use of space, design, and color.

FSMR 314 Textiles 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: CHEM 101 and 102 or SCI 105 and 106
An interpretation of basic textile knowledge with emphasis on fiber, yam,
fabric structure, coloration, and fabric finishes. Discussions include impor-
tance of factors related to consumer information, protection, and satisfaction.

FSMR 350 Apparel Industry I 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: FSMR 1 10, completion of 57cr

Introduces the student to the design, production, and distribution of apparel,
including primary textile markets; women's, men's, and children's wear;
accessories; fashion centers; retailers of fashion; apparel wholesale selling
process; fashion store image; and future trends.

FRNC 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
An opportunity to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic dealing with
the French language and culture through consultation with a faculty member.

FRNC 493 Internship var-3-l2cr

Prerequisite: One semester of study in France

A supervised field experience in France w ith approved public agencies and
institutions or private firms; no longer than one semester and no less than
one month. Positions are matched as closely as possible with the intern's
personal interests and professional goals. For more information, contact the
director of the Internship Abroad Program.

FSMR 356 Historic Textiles 3c-OI-3er

A study of the development of textiles from ancient times to present day with
special emphasis on techniques used in constructing historic textiles.
(Offered as FSMR 457 prior to 2002-03)

FSMR 357 Global Issues in Textiles and Apparel 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 1 2 1

The study of the global textiles and apparel industry with emphasis on the
U.S. textile complex and the U.S. market within an international context.

FSMR 360 Apparel Industry II 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: FSMR 350 and Liberal Studies math requirements
Introduces the student to the merchandising and promotion of apparel,
including organization, buying responsibilities, techniques, and resources:
various retail institutions, resident buying offices, apparel dollar planning
and control, apparel merchandise assortment planning, apparel buying
practices, application of apparel planning and buying, and apparel
advertising and promotion. (Offered as FSMR 450 prior to 2002-03)

Paac 1 84

INDIANA UNFVERSrrY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

FSMR 385 Ready-to- Wear Analysis lc-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: FSMR 1 12. 350

An examination and evaluation of the qualit> of ready-to-wear apparel
through construction, style, fit, marketability, and pnce.

FSMR 433 Study Tour \ar-l-6cr

Prerequisite: Upper-level standing

Opportunity is provided to visit business establishments and cultural centers
concerned with household equipment, furnishings, textiles, clothing, and
housing in America as well as abroad. Museums, factories, designers"
showrooms, distnbution centers, stores, cultural events, and seminars are
included. Course may be repeated for a total of 6cr. (Cross-Usted as
CNSVTNDS433.I '

GEOG 104 Geography of the Non-Western V\ orld 3c-OI-3cr

Relates theones of the disciplme of geographv to problems in the developing
world. Emphasizes geographic components of dependency theorv".
indigenous-versus-industrial strategies of resource management; w orld
systems theorv- spatial legacies of colonialism; and development ecooomics,
theories of migration, and urban structure to explore causes, characteristics,
and consequences of underdevelopment.

GEOG 213 Cartography I 3c-OI-3cr

Introduces students to principles of thematic map coostructioo. Emphasizes
techniques of choropleth mapping and the production of scientific graphs
and charts. (Also offered as RGPL 213; may not be taken for dupUcate

credit)

FSMR 434 Quality Control in Textiles 2c-21-3cr

Prerequisite: FSMR 314

Physical properties explored tfu-ough microscopic examination and use of
textile testing equipment for fabric analysis.

FSMR 453 Flat Pattern Design lc-3i-3cr

Prerequisite: FSMR 1 12 or 21 2

Garment design achieved by use of flat pattern techniques. .An understanding
is developed of the interrelationship of garment design, figure analysis,
fabric, fit, and construction processes. Offered even years. Spring semester.

FSMR 456 Historic Costume 3c-«I-3cr

Chronological studv of historic costume from ancient times to the present
day with emphasis on the effect of aesthetic, economic, geographic, political,
religious, and social factors upon the design of clothing w ora.

FSMR 480 Seminar in Fashion Merchandising 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Senior standing

Kjiow ledge gained in major and additional requirement courses is applied to
indiv idual career goals. Students have the opportunity to pursue related areas
not directly covered in previous coursevvork. w ith emphasis upon
independent research, analytical thinking, and communication skills.

FSMR 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

FSMR 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Pnor approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

Particular consumer considerations are independently investigated in the area
of housing, home equipment, interior design, clothing, and textiles, or in the
management of resources. Course may be repeated for a total of 3cr
Students meet with a faculty member at least 5 hours per credit.

GEOG: Geography ^ ~ .-■•'- ^ ■ ~^Mim

Department of Geography and Regional Planning

College of Humanities and Social Sciences fiS

GEOG 101 Introduction to Geography: Human Environment 3c-01-3cr

Throughout historv. human life and society have been shaped bv the physical
env ironment. Today, human activ ity threatens that env ironment. The
relationship betvv een humans and environment is examined in the context of
the surface processes of weather. cUmate. plate tectonics, population
distribution, and soil formation. Topics include agriculture, acid rain, global
warming, deforestation, desertification, erosion, volcanism, and pollution.

GEOG 102 Geography of United States and Canada 3c-OI-3cr

The cultural landscape of North .America is studied- The relationship
between man and environment is examined and spatial patterns of
environment, economy, society, and politics are considered.

GEOG 230 Cultural Geographv 3c-«l-3cr

An introduction to cultural geography, including population, settlement,
histoncaL urban, and political geography, human relationships with the
natural envirocmient. and the literature and methods of cuhural geography.

GEOG 231 Economic Geography 3c-0l-3cr

.An introduction to geographic concepts, methods, and skills related to spatial
patterns of production, consumption, and exchange over the earth's surface.

GEOG 251 Geography of Pennsylvania 3c-0I-3cr

Regions of Pennsylvania are examined in detail to identify man-enviraunent
relationships. Soils, topograph) . climate, vegetation, population, and
economic patterns are studied.

GEOG 252 Geography of Latin .America 3c-0l-3cr

Impact of rapid population growth and economic development oo the
environment and spatial organization of Latin .America are considered. The
resource base and cuhural heritage of the region are studied.

GEOG 253 Geography of Europe 3c-0I-3cr

Investigates relationships underlying land use. dominant international prob-
lems, bcmndaiy disputes, and regional complexes of the European continenL

GEOG 254 Geography of Russia and the Soviet Sphere 3c-0l-3cr

E.xammes the Russian Repubhc and the former Soviet empire mcluding the
new- nations emerging from the U.S.S.R. and former satellite nations. Settle-
ment patterns, economics, culmres. and physical environments are studied.
Contemporary topical emphasis is on efforts at transformation from com-
mimist to market economics and the geopolitical status of the new natioDS,

GEOG 255 Geography of Africa 3c-01-3cr

Sy^ematic survey of the physical, economic, pohtical-historicaL and cultural
geography of the continent is followed by regional studies of countries and
peoples in Africa, south of the Sahara.

GEOG 256 Geography of East Asia 3c-0l-.V:r

Studies China. Japan. Korea. Outer Mongolia. Taiwan. Geographic
background for development and wise use and restoration of natural

resources are dealt \v ith.

GEOG 257 Geography of South and Southeast .\sia 3c-01-3cr

India. Pakistan. Bangladesh. Sri Lanka. Burma. Thailand, Laos. Cambodia.
Viemam. Malaysia, and Indonesia are studied vv ith special anention to
regional similarities and ditTerences. particularly as they pertain to human
adjustment.

GEOG 261 Geography of W ine 3c-0»-3cr

The geography of the grape, its production, products, social significance, and
consequences of the global wme trade are explored. Students develop an
appreciation for the environmental constraints and characteristics of wines
and w ine regions. Field trips to visit wineries are an essential element of the
course. Verifiable proof of 21 years of age required for voluntary wine
tasting activities.

GEOG 281 Special Topics

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

3c-0l-3cr

INDIANA fNIVERSrrV OF PEN74SYLVANIA LNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 185

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore
topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be
offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate
students. (May also be offered as RGPL 28 1 : may not be taken as duplicate
credit under same title)

GEOG 313 Cartography II 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: GEOG 213

Gives an understanding of the compilation and use of maps and quantitative
data. Develops skills essential to the construction of various types of maps.
(.Also offered as RGPL 313; may not be taken for duplicate credit)

GEOG 314 Map and Photograph Interpretation 3c-OI-3cr

Maps and air photographs, along w ith remote sensing materials, permit
inventory, and analysis of geologic, land use. urban development, and other
landscape phenomena. The understanding of these materials and associated
tools for their use is presented. (Also offered as RGPL 314; may not be taken
for duplicate credit)

GEOG 316 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems 3c-0l-3cr
Prerequisite: GEOG 213. or equivalent, or instructor permission
■Automated methods for creating, maintaining, and analyzing spatial data are
presented. Topics include ( I ) specialized GiS hardv^are and software.
(2) vector vs. raster vs. object-oriented spatial data structures. (3) creation
and manipulation of geographic data files. (4) database design and
management concepts, (5) spatial analysis, and 6) cartographic design.
(Also offered as RGPL 3 16; may not be taken for duplicate credit)

GEOG 331 Population Geography 3c-0l-3cr

Spatial variations in numbers, characteristics, and dynamics of human popu-
lation, models, and theoretical constructs relevant to demographic structures
and processes are studied, as well as major world and regional problems.

GEOG 341 CUmatology 3c-0I-3cr

Examines the elements of weather and climate on Earth. The location and
causes of global climatic regions are examined in relation to movmg pressure
and wind systems. Also considers the climatic history of the planet and
recent human modifications of the atmospheric environment.

GEOG 342 Physiography 3c-OI-3cr

Focuses on landform types and their spatial distribution. Emphasizes the
tectonic forces that build landforms and the weathering and erosional
processes that erode and shape surface features. The relationship between
human activities and landforms is also considered.

GEOG 343 Geography of Fresh Water Resources 3c-0l-3cr

Learn about surface and groundwater as a resource w ith unique properties.
Fresh water is defined physically by storage in the hydrologic cycle and the
values assigned by different cultures. Problems featured relate to
consumptive and withdrawal water uses, the problems of water supply and
scarcity, water law and its inconsistencies, flooding and fioodplain
management, sources of contamination and pollution, wetlands, and case
studies of selected river basins. (Offered as GE 340 prior to 1998-99)

GEOG 352 Planning .Methods 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: RGPL 350 or instructor permission
Research, analytical design, and plan-making techniques in urban and
regional planning. Examines basic items necessary to prepare urban and
regional comprehensive plans. (Also offered as RGPL 352; may not be taken
for duplicate credit)

GEOG 371 Aerospace W orkshop 3c-OI-3cr

Develops an appreciation and provides information related to aerospace ac-
tivities and contributions; offers background for teaching aerospace courses;
discusses aviation space careers; and presents the basic principles of flying
(usually including some flight instruction). Taught in the Summer only.

GEOG 332 Urban Geography 3c-0l-3cr

Basic concepts of urban geography including site, situation, function, urban
land use. urban structure, and urban hierarchy are introduced. Relationships
between urban geography and urban planning are explored. (Also offered as
RGPL 332; may not be taken for duplicate credit)

GEOG 333 Trade and Transportation 3c-0l-3cr

Deals with the spatial aspects of transportation systems and their use. Circu-
lation, accessibility, time and distance concepts, and trade patterns are dis-
cussed. (Also offered as RGPL 333; may not be taken for duplicate credit)

GEOG 334 Political Geography 3c-01-3cr

Geographic factors and conditions are analyzed as they relate to the character
and function of states. Political institutions are evaluated in light of
geographic conditions.

GEOG 335 Geography of Energy 3c-01-3cr

Covers patterns and problems of energy production and consumption in
human societies. Descriptions of what, where, and how much are combined
with issues such as technological change, conservation, allocation, environ-
ment impacts, and economic development. Specific topics include global
history and trends of energy development, pricing systems, types of energy,
locations of production areas, and the energy status of the United States.

GEOG 336 Social Geography 3c-0l-3cr

Focuses on Spatial dimensions of the American society. The distribution of
various social groups and their impact on the landscape are considered.

GEOG 337 Historical Geography 3c-OI-3cr

Studies of past geographies, geographical change through time, and
historical perspectives on the cultural landscape are included. Historical
geography of the United States is emphasized.

GEOG 411 History of Geography 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: GEOG 213. 230. 23 1 , and 34 1 or 342
Course dealing with history of the discipline, great ideas, leading problems,
and unresolved issues.

GEOG 412 Research Seminar 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: GEOG 41 1

This senior seminar and w orkshop is a capstone course that focuses on
recent research in the major field. Students cany out a research project on a
topic of local or regional importance. (Also offered as RGPL 412; may not
be taken for duplicate credit)

GEOG 415 Remote Sensing 3c-01-3cr

Deals with air photographs, satellite imagery, thermal sensing, and radar
imagery and their application to deriving information about the earth's
physical and cultural landscapes. (Also offered as RGPL 415; may not be
taken for duplicate credit)

GEOG 417 Technical Issues in GIS 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: GEOG 316

A project-based class in which students leam the skills to develop and
maintain a Geographic Information System. Through cooperative learning
students design and implement functional systems. Methods for designing
GIS systems to user specification, data collection, data input, project
management, and system documentation are covered. (Also offered as RGPL
417; may not be taken for duplicate credit)

GEOG 431 Geography of American Indians 3c-OI-3cr

Focuses on the historicaLcultural geography of Native Americans.
Population, resources, land use, development, settlement patterns, and other
selected topics are covered.

GEOG 432 Geography of Crime 3c-OI-3cr

The geographical context of crime is examined from historical and
contemporary viewpoints. Relevant concepts and analytical approaches are
introduced.

Page 1 86

INDIANA UNfVERSrrY OF PENNSYLVANIA LTviDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

GEOG 440 Conservation: Enwonmental Anahsis 3c-0l-3cr

Problems ot exploitation and utilization of regional resources such as soils.
minerals, forests, and wildlife are considered in relation to population growth
and regional planning and de\ elopment.

GEOG 464 Land L se PoUc\ 3c-OI-3cr

Introduces students to and pro\ides an overview of land use issues at the
regional, state, and federal levels. Emphasizes the evolution of contetnporarv
policy strategies, constitutional issues, and regional controversies involved in
the regulation of metropolitan growih. central dtv decline, and management
of public lands. (.Also offered as RGPL 464; may not be taken for dupUcate
credit)

GEOG 4S1 Special Topics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experunental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the estabUshed cumculimi. .\ given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 48 1 are pnmanly for upper-lev el undergraduate students.
(May also be offered as RGPL 48 1 : mav not be taken for duplicate credit
under same title)

GEOG 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Pnor approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson. deaiL and Provost's Office
Students with interest m independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study m conjunction with a faculty member.
.Approve is based on academic appropriateness and availabiUty of resources.

GEOG 484 Field Studies in Geography and Social Studies \ar 1-3 cr

Prerequisite: Instructor permission

Immerses the student in a regional environment. Helps the student to see
criticaliy and to interpret a cultural landscape. The expenence is
predominanllv oft' campus. Lsing a combmation of structured field
exercises, culturally specific readings, primary and secondary data, and
standard geographic field techniques, the course strives to develop for the
student a deeper atTective and cognitive understanding of a cultural region.
Mav be repeated under a dift'erent study area title.

GEOG 493 Internship var-3-12cr

Professional learning experience with emphasis on application of academic
background. Open to majors and minors in geography with a total of 57cr
and 15cr in the major. See internship supervisor for additional information.

GEOG 499 Independent Study var-3-6cr

Independent research and study under faculty direction. Interested students
should approach department chairperson for information.

GEOS: Geoscience

Department of Geoscience

College of Natural Sciences and .Mathematics

GEOS 101 The Dynamic Earth 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite: No Geoscience majors minors

Examines the constant changes that aft'ect the rocky surface of our planet.
From volcanic eruptions and catastrophic earthquakes to the slow drift of
continents and passage of ice ages, earth processes have shaped the history
of life and ahered the development of human civilization.

GEOS 102 The Dynamic Earth Lab Oc-2Hcr

Prerequisite: No Geoscience majors minors

Corequisite: GEOS 101

Introduces students to the techniques geologists use to study the earth and

reconstruct its pasL Labs cover minerals, rocks, map interpretation, fossil

identification. liKludes field trips during the scheduled lab period.

GEOS 103 Oceans and Atmospheres 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: No Geoscience majors minors

The earth's oceans and atmosphere play a crucial role in determining the
pace and extent of changes occurring to our global environment E.\amines

the composition and character of these components and their interaction with
other major components of the earth system.

GEOS 104 Oceans and .Atmospheres Lab Oc-21-lcr

Prerequisite: No Geoscience majors/minors

Corequisite: GEOS 103

Introduces students to the techniques oceanographers and meteorologists use

to study the earth's oceans and atmospheres and reconstruct their evolution.

Labs cover seawater processes, oceanic circulation, marine life, atmospheric

structure, and w eather.

GEOS 105 Exploring the Universe 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: No Geoscience majors minors

Examines the history of time, the reasons for the seasons, the charactenstics

of the planets, moons, stars, and galaxies, and the history and future of space

exploration.

GEOS 106 Exploring the Universe Lab Oc-21-lcr

Prerequisite: No Geoscience majors minors

Corequisite: GEOS 105

Introduces students to the techniques astronomers use to study the celestial

sphere. Constellations, seasons, motions of Sun, Moon, planets, and stars,

characteristics of stars and galaxies. Includes tw o observations which are

held at night.

GEOS 1 1 1 Earth Science for Educators I 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: Natural Science Science Education majors only
.An in-depth treatment of introductory oceanography and geology designed
specifically for Secondary Science Education majors. Focuses on
fundamentals of the earth's physical processes and histoiy and on the
ocean's dynamics, chemistry, and tectonics.

GEOS 112 Earth Science for Educators 1 Lab Oc-31-lcr

Prerequisite: Natural Science/Science Education majors only
Corequisite: GEOS 1 1 1

Lab experiences in various aspects of oceanography and geology, designed
to provide concepts and skills for future teaching to Secondary Education
majors. Includes field trip(s).

GEOS 113 Earth Science for Educators 11 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Natural Science. Science Education majors only
-An m-depth treatment of introductory meteorology and astronomy designed
specifically for Secondary Science Education majors. Focuses on
atmospheric processes and climate change and on the earth's place in the
solar system and imiverse.

GEOS 114 Earth Science for Educators II Lab Oc-31-lcr

Prerequisite: Natural Science. Science Education majors only
Corequisite: GEOS 113

Use of the weather station and planetarium highlights a series of exercises
designed to aid Secondary Science Education majors in developing concepts
and laboratory skills for future teaching.

GEOS 121 Physical Geology 3c-OI-3cr

Corequisite: GEOS 12:

A semi-quantitative introduction to the earth sciences, including the phv^ical
properties of the earth's interior and crust, plate tectonics, surface processes,
and the complex geologic interactions that shape and modity our planet.
Designed to prepare students for upper-level coursework in geology, physical
geography, and anthropology.

GEOS 122 Physical Geology Laboratory Oc-31-lcr

Corequisite: GEOS 121

Selected problems in rock and mineral identification, topographic and
geologic mapping techniques, geologic landforms. and deformation
structures. Designed to prepare students for upper-level coursew ork in
geology, physical geography, and anthropology. Includes field trips.

INDIANA L^r^ ERSm OF PENAS'>L\ ANIA UNDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Pane 187

GEOS 123 Applied Mathematics in the Geosciences Ic-Oi-lcr

Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment in MATH 121 or MATH 123,

or instructor permission

For Geoscience majors enrolled in either MATH 1 2 1 or MATH 1 23.

Applications of the calculus to problems in geochemistry and geophysics.

Topics involve Geoscience applications of limits, differentiation, Taylor

series, exponential functions, integration, and advanced topics.

GEOS 131 Historical Geology 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: GEOS 121 and 122
Corequisite: GEOS 132

An introduction to the history of Earth, including the fossil record and the
history of biologic evolution. Topics also include the growth and tectonic
interactions of oceans and continents and the physical evolution of the
earth's atmosphere, lithosphere, and hydrosphere. Designed to prepare
majors and minors for upper-level geology classes.

GEOS 132 Historical Geology Laboratory Oc-31-lcr

Prerequisites: GEOS 121-122

Corequisite: GEOS 131

Selected problems in stratigraphic analysis, paleontology, and structural

geology; designed to prepare students for upper-level geology classes.

Includes field trips.

GEOS 141 Introduction to Ocean Science 3c-0l-3cr

Introduces physical, chemical, biological, and geological processes in
oceanography and the interactions among them. Impact of exploitation of the
oceans, coastal areas, marine, physical, and living resources on the
environment and on humankind. Includes field trips which may involve a fee
and may occur on weekends.

GEOS 150 Geology of National Parks 3c-OI-3cr

Studies geological processes and earth history as documented by the classical
geological features of U.S. and Canadian national parks. Includes Badlands,
Glacier, Grand Canyon, Great Smokies, Gros Mome, Mammoth Cave, Yel-
lowstone, Yosemite, and others. Not open to Geoscience majors or minors.

GEOS 151 The Age of Dinosaurs 3c-0l-3cr

A thorough introduction to dinosaurs and the world they inhabited. Topics
include the most current theories regarding dinosaurian biology (behavior,
metabolism, evolution), ecology (greenhouse climate, associated plants and
animals), and extinction (asteroid impact, volcanism, climate change). Not
open to Geoscience majors and minors.

GEOS 220 Mineralogy 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: GEOS 121

Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 111 or 1 13, or instructor permission
An introduction to crystallography, crystal chemistry, optical properties, and
mineral associations and phase equilibria. Emphasizes minerals pertinent to
geology. Earth resources, and technology. Laboratory topics emphasize
mineral identification m hand specimen, use of the petrographic microscope,
and x-ray diffraction techniques. Includes field trips, which may occur on
weekends. (Offered as GEOS 321 prior to 2001-02)

GEOS 22 1 Physical Resources of the Earth 3c-OI-3cr

An introduction to mineral, energy, and water resources of the earth; genesis
of ore depositions; exploration, exploitation, and utilization of resources;
impact of exploitation of resources on the environment and on humankind.
Includes field trips which may occur on weekends.

GEOS 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

The application of geologic information to the accommodation and reduction
of natural hazards, to land-use planning, and to the utilization of earth
materials. Includes field trips which occur on weekends.

GEOS 320 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: GEOS 1 3 1 and 32 1 , or instructor permission
An introduction to the origin and evolution of igneous and metamorphic
rocks based upon a plate tectonic framework. Topics include the evolution of
Earth, the Moon, Mars, and other terrestrial planetary objects. Planetary
evolution is examined through analysis of phase equilibria and the physics of
magma transport. Laboratory topics emphasize quantitative methods in
petrology and the identification and interpretation of rocks and rock textures
in hand specimen and thin section. Includes field trips, which may occur on
weekends. (Offered as GEOS 322 prior to 2001-02)

GEOS 325 Structural Geology 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: GEOS 131 and 132-133 or instructor permission
The study of primary structures, contacts, rock mechanics, joints, faults,
folds, foliation, and lineation. Includes work with geologic maps and
structure sections. Brunton compass, orthographic and stereographic
projections. Includes field trips which may occur on weekends.

GEOS 326 Field Geology 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: GEOS 325

Principles and techniques of field geology with emphasis on developing field
skills using Brunton compass, aerial photographs, topographic maps,
altimeter, Jacob staff, and rock color charts. Field projects involve
techniques of field note-taking, measuring and describing stratigraphic
sections, geologic field mapping and analysis, construction of geologic maps
and structure sections, and report writing. Includes field trips which may
occur on weekends.

GEOS 327 Geomorphology 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisites: GEOS 121,131

A study of the origin of the earth's land forms, including relationship of
geologic structure to landform types and role of geomorphic processes in
landscape development.

GEOS 330 Paleontology 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisite: GEOS 1 3 1 or instructor permission

The study of the morphology, evolution, geologic significance, and

paleoecology of fossil organisms. Includes field trips which may occur on

weekends.

GEOS 331 H>drogeology 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 121-122, GEOS 121-122/123, or permission
An overview of groundwater geology, including flow equations, graphical
solutions to flow problems, and computer modeling of flow systems, as well
as the geotechnical and social implications of groundwater utilization.
Includes field trips which occur on weekends.

GEOS 332 Geochemistry 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: CHEM 111-112, GEOS 121-122/123. or permission
An introduction to low-temperature chemistry of the earth's surface and
near-surface; includes discussions of chemical activity, solution chemistry,
organic geochemistry, trace elements, isotopes, and the chemistry of natural
waters.

GEOS 336 Geology of the Northern Rockies var-3cr

Prerequisite: Instructor permission required; at least 14cr of GEOS
courses recommended

A field study of the major geologic features and relationships involved in the
development of the northern Rocky Mountains. National Park and
Monument areas of South Dakota, Wyoming, and Montana are included
among the areas investigated. (Three weeks, taught in the Summer only)

GEOS 310 Environmental Geology
Prerequisite: 8cr in geology or permission

2c-3l-3cr

GEOS 337 Geology of Newfoundland

Prerequisite: Instructor permission required; at least I4cr of

GEOS courses recommended

var-3cr

Page 188

INDIANA UNIVERSITV OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

A field course designed to utilize the exceptional and diverse geologic
features of New foundland for instruction of departmental majors and minors
in tectonic analysis utilizmg sedimentologic. stratigraphic. and paleontologic
observations. (Three weeks, taught in the Summer only)

GEOS 338 Geologj- of the .\merican Southwest var-3cr

Prerequisite: Instructor permission required; at least I4cr of

GEOS courses recommended

A field study of the major geologic features and relationships exposed in the

.\mencan Southwest, including the Colorado Plateau, the Rio Grande Rift,

Death Valley, and parts of the Southern Rocky Mountains. (Three weeks,

taught in the Summer only)

GEOS 341 Solar System 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 121 and PHYS 1 1 1

Fundamentals of astronomy, with emphasis on observational methods,
mechanics, and origin of the solar sy^em and spatial relationship of the solar
system to the other members of the univ erse.

GEOS 342 Stellar .\stronomy 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 121 and PHYS III

Fundamentals of astronomy, w ith emphasis on sun. stars, galaxies, the
sidereal universe, and use of spectroscopy for gathering astronomical data.

GEOS 350 Operation of the Planetarium var-lcr

Prerequisites: GEOS 1 10. 34!. 342. or instructor permission
Designed to acquaint the student with methods of operation and repair of a
Spitz .A-3-P planetarium. Content includes topics suitable for lectures to
various age groups. Students write and present a demonstration program.
Meets once a week with occasional evening observations.

GEOS 361 Physical Oceanography 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisites: PHYS 1 1 1 and VLATH 121 or instructor permission
.An introduction to physical, chemical geological, and biological nature of
ocean: topography, submarine geology, and bonom deposits. Includes field
trip<s) which may occur on weekend(s).

GEOS 362 Plate Tectonics 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: PHYS 111-112 and a minimum of 20cr of geologv'

An introduction to formal theory of plate tectonics. Topics include magnetic

anomalies, first motion studies, thermal structures of the plates, kinematics,

crustal generation, sea floor spreading, collision, and subduction

deformation.

GEOS 371 Meteorology I 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisite: One year of physical science or physics

-■\n introduction to meteorological sciences: composition and structure of the

atmosphere; radiation principles; elementary thermodynamics and heat

balance.

GEOS 380 Research Methods in the Geosciences 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisites: 75ct or instructor permission

For students enrolled in all majors w ithin the Geoscience Department. Stu-
ents leam the methods of research in the geosciences by working on a project
of their choosing. Students define a problem, propose several hypotheses,
collect data, and perform a quantitative analysis to test their hypotheses and
propose a solution. Final results are submitted in professional manuscript
form. .As preparation, students examine various geoscience problems and
data sets through the semester. Cannot be taken subsequent to GEOS 480.

GEOS 41 1 Sedimentary Petrology 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: GEOS 321 or instructor permission

The study of sediments and sedimentary rocks with emphasis on interpreting
ancient environments of deposition utihzing sieve analysis, hand lens, and
petrographic microscope. Includes field tnps w hich may occur on weekends.

Principles and processes involved in development and description of strati-
fied rock sequences, principles and problems of correlation, and selected
stratigraphic problems. Includes field trips which may occur on weekends.

GEOS 440 Subsurface Geology 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisite: Minimum 20cr of geology

An introduction to the geology of petroleum, its origin, migration,
entrapment, and production. Lab is designed to provide practical experience
in subsurface mapping techniques and the use and evaluation of geophysical
logging devices. Includes field trips which may occur on weekends.

GEOS 441 Carbonate Geology-Florida var-3cr

Prerequisite: 1 7cr geology courses or w ritten instructor permission
Two to three w eeks of field study in Florida Keys. Conducted from base
camp in Florida Keys and consists of both land and water work as the
different carbonate environments in the Keys. Florida Bay, and the Atlantic
reef tract are studied.

GEOS 480 Geoscience Seminar var-lcr

Prerequisites: GEOS 380. senior standing

For seniors majoring in some aspect of geoscience. The seminar ( 1 ) prov ides
the student with an opportunity to prepare, formally present, and defend a
scientific paper based either on hisher ow n research or on a topic chosen
with the approval of instructor and (2) provides opportunity to discuss topics
presented by other students, facuhy. or guests.

GEOS 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

It is the department's intention to use this course to schedule extended field
trips and for teaching special courses which utilizes the specialties of the

Geoscience faculty.

GEOS 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Independent study provides the student w ith an opportunity to use Ubrary.
laboratory, or field research in an area w hich is of interest under the
supervision of a designated faculty member. .Approval is based on academic
appropriateness and availability of resources.

GEOS 493 Geoscience Internship var-l-12cr

Summer or semester w ork expenence with cooperating firms or agencies.
May be scheduled only after consultation w ith advisor and chairperson.
Requirements include up to three on-site consultations, depending on credits
and location's site; completion of up to three oral progress reports; and
submission of a detailed work diary. Restricted to junior and senior
department majors; only 3cr may be applied tow ard major.

GERN: Gerontology

Department of Nursing and .\llied Health Professions

College of Health and Human Ser-vices .

var-l-3cr

GEOS 412 Stratigraphy

Prerequisite: GEOS 41 1 or instructor permission

2c-3l-3cr

GERN 281 Special Topics

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered imder any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

GERN 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropnate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

GERN 482 Independent Study

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member.

var-l-3cr

INDIANA LTsWERSm- OF PENNSYLVANIA L-NDERGRADLATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paee 18*)

department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
neulum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

GERN 493 Internship 3cr

Prerequisites: Senior standing, all required courses

Supervised experience in public or private agency that serves aging clients.

GRMN: German

Department of French and German

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

GRMN 101 Elementary German var-6cr

Students complete levels I and II sequence in one semester (6cr). Emphasizes
the mastery of spoken language as well as basic language skills. Classes meet
M,W,F for 60 minutes and T.R for 90 minutes.

GRMN 151 German I 3c-0l-3cr

For beginners, the objectives include grammar, pronunciation, reading,
speaking, and writing.

GRMN 152 German II 3c-0l-3cr

For students who have had German I or its equivalent, the objectives are to
enhance and develop the four skills of listening, speaking, reading, and
writing.

GRMN 201 Intermediate German var-6cr

Students complete levels III and IV sequence in one semester (6cr). Students
develop language skills with emphasis on oral competency. Classes meet
M,W,F for 60 minutes and T,R for 90 minutes.

GRMN 221 Conversation 111 2c-OI-2cr

Two-hours-weekly conversation practice in small groups emphasizing the
use of greetings, idiomatic expressions, and communication skills to improve
vocabulary and pronunciation.

GRMN 222 Conversation IV 2c-OI-2cr

Two hours of weekly conversation designed as a continuation of the practice
in small groups, focusing on speaking and listening skills and on
participation in discussions and dialogues. May enroll without having taken
GRMN 221.

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore
topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be
offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate
students.

GRMN 321-322 Advanced Conversation 1 and II each 2c-OI-lcr

Designed to increase speaking ability. The variety of content permits
repetitions ofthe.se relatively informal courses.

GRMN 351 Advanced C;erman Language I 3c-0l-3cr

Aims to review and expand the student's grammatical skills, to apply these
skills to extensive cultural and short literar>' readings, and to produce
frequent themes on these readings.

GRMN 352 Advanced German Language II 3c-0l-3cr

Continues to expand the student's grammatical skills and to apply them by
the writing of longer themes ba.sed on cultural and literary readings.

GRMN 361 Development of German

Culture and Literature I 3c-0l-3cr

Designed to provide a background in German literature, music, art,
architecture, and history. Surveys the period from the migrations of the
Germanic tribes to the rise of Prussia as a European power.

GRMN 362 Development of German

Culture and Literature II 3c-01-3cr

A continuation of GRMN 361. Covers the period from the French
Revolution and its effects on Germany up to the present, with an emphasis
on German literature, history, and music.

GRMN 363 Introduction to German Literature i 3c-0l-3cr

Selected readings in German poetry to acquaint the student with formal and
thematic aspects of German verse from the Middle Ages to the present.

GRMN 364 Introduction to German Literature II 3c-0l-3cr

Selected readings in German fiction and drama to acquaint the student with
representative w orks and techniques of interpretation.

GRMN 367 Nineteenth-Century German Literature 3c-OI-3cr

A survey of the major works of German poetry and prose with an emphasis
on the literary movements of Romanticism. Realism, and Naturalism.

GRMN 251 German III 3c-01-3cr

Continued training in basic skills, with the possible addition of the study of
specific topics; consult the department for topics of interest.

GRMN 252 German IV 3c-0l-3cr

A continuation of German III with some emphasis on literary works.

GRMN 253 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3c-0l-3cr

Can be taken instead of or in addition to 252. Designed for majors or serious
students. Taught Spring semester only.

GRMN 254 Business German 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: GRMN 251 or equivalent

A one-semester course which can be taken instead of or in addition to.
GRMN 252 by students interested in business or as part of the Liberal
Studies requirement (equivalent to German IV). Business practices and
specialized business vocabulary, letter writing, and problems of translation
are emphasized.

GRMN 256 Scientific German 3c-OI-3cr

Designed to substitute for GRMN 252, course is offered in the second
semester. Primanly for science majors; it may be taken as an elective by
German majors.

GRMN 281 Special Topics

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

var-l-3cr

GRMN 368 Twentieth-Century German Literature 3c-0l-3cr

A study of representative works of German poetry and prose from
Expressionism through World War II.

GRMN 369 Contemporary German Literature 3c-0l-3cr

A study of the literary achievement of postwar Germany up to the present.

GRMN 370 The Age of Goethe 1 3e-0l-3cr

A study of representative works from the Enlightenment and Storm and
Stress periods.

GRMN 371 The Age of Goethe II 3c-01-3cr

A study of selected works of German Classicism with an emphasis on the
prose and poetry of the first decades of the nineteenth century.

GRMN 381 German Drama in English Translation 3c-0l-3cr

Representative works of major dramatists in English translation. Primanly
intended for students of English literature and comparative literature and not
considered as credit toward a German major.

GRMN 390 Teaching Elementary School

Content in French and German 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Instructor permission

Students explore issues relevant to the teaching and learning of French and

German in the elementary school (grades K-8). Current theories of child

second-language acquisition are treated. These theoretical foundations form

the basis for the development of objectives and activities that integrate the

Page 190

INDIANA UNFVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

leaching of Foreign language and culture with elementary school subject
content. Students gain practical experience in planning and implementing
lessons, assessing student learning, and selecting materials appropriate to the
needs and interests of young learners.

GRMN 410 History of the German Language 3c-OI-3cr

History and development of German language, with special emphasis on
relationships with Hnglish. Analysis of annals in Gothic. Old High German,
and Middle High German usmg methods of historical and contemporary
linguistics.

GRMN 481 Special Topic var-l-.3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three limes. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.
Designed to meet the special needs of a student group.

GRMN 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member.

department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

An opportunity to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic dealing with

the German language and culture through consultation with a faculty

member.

GRMN 493 Internship in Germany var-3-12cr

Prerequisites: 1 2cr in 300- or 400-level courses and a minimum of one
semester study in Germany

A supervised field experience in Germany with approved public agencies
and institutions or private firms, no longer than one semester and no less
than one month. Positions are matched as closely as possible with the
intern's personal interests and degree of proficiency in the German language.
Academic work at the Gesamlhochschule in Duisburg must precede the
internship. Open to students in other disciplines, such as Political Science.
International Relations. Business, etc.. with advisor approval.

HIST: History

Department of History

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

HIST 195 The Modern Era 3c-0l-3cr

Interprets the development of two centers of civilization, Europe and
America, w ithin a global context and extends from at least the Age of
Enlightenment through the present. (History majors should substitute HIST
202 for HIST \^5 to meet the Liberal Studies humanities requirements.)

HIST 200 Introduction to History 3c-01-3cr

For History majors and concentrates. Topics include philosophy of history,
important .schools of history and historians, and methods of historical
research. Student is encouraged to become a better historian and to identify
with historical profession. For History majors only.

HIST 201 Western Civilization Before 1600 3c-0l-3cr

A survey course presenting in various forms the origin and development of
major political, social, religious, and intellectual institutions in Western
Civilization to approximately 1600. For History majors or by instructor's
permission.

HIST 202 Western Civilization Since 1600 3c-0l-3cr

Development of Western civilization from the expansion of Europe to the
present, including political, diplomatic, economic, social, and cultural areas.
Introduces issues and interpretations encountered in upper-level courses. For
History majors or by instructor's permission.

HIST 203 United States History for Historians 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite: History majors or instructor permission
Introduces aspiring historians to United States history since 1763.
Emphasizes the issues, methods, and problems that currently concern
professional historians.

HIST 204 United States History to 1877 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: History. History Pre-Law. or Social Studies Education majors
An introduction to United States history from the Colonial period through
Reconstruction, covering such main currents as the founding of American
society, the American Revolution, the making of the Constitution, the market
revolution, westward expansion, slavery, the Civil War. and Reconstruction.

HIST 205 United States History Since 1877 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: History. History Pre-Law. or Social Studies Education majors
An introduction to United States history 1877 to the present covering such
main currents as industrialization. Progressivism. World War 1. the Great
Depression and New Deal. World War II and the Cold War. the l%0s, the
Vietnam War. and post-Vietnam political, social, and economic
developments.

HIST 206 History of East Asia 3c-0l-3cr

History of China and .lapan from ancient times. Buddhism, medieval .lapan.
Chinese communism, industrialization. Some consideration of peripheral
Asia from 1500. Open to History and non-History majors. (Offered as HIST
335 prior to 2002-03)

HIST 208 Survey of Latin American History 3c-01-3cr

A survey course presenting in various forms the origin and development of
major political, social, cultural, religious, and intellectual institutions in Latin
America from pre-Columbian times to the present. Introduces issues and
interpretations encountered in upper level courses. Open to History and non-
History majors.

HIST 210 Ancient Civilization:

The Middle East and the Eastern Mediterranean 3c-OI-3cr

Not open to History and Secondary Social Studies Education majors. An
examination of the development and the spread of ancient civilization in
ancient Middle East and the Eastern Mediterranean. Topics of study include
the characteristics of civilization and the development of political, social,
economic, and cultural institutions in the river valley centers and the
diffusion to the fringe areas.

HIST 212 Ancient and Medieval Europe 3c-OI-3cr

Not open to History and Secondary Social Studies Education majors. .An
examination of the development of civilization in Europe during the ancient
and medieval periods. Focuses on the Ancient Greek and Roman
civilizations and the medieval European civilization. The characteristics and
institutions of civilization are stressed as well as the political history.

HIST 214 Themes in American History 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: HIST 195

Open only to non-History majors. Designed to give students an appreciation
of the basic themes and issues in the making of .American society. Examines
themes such as the fruition of democracy, the .American dream, slavery and
freedom, the tensions between liberty and order, and the role of the United
States in a world setting.

HIST 251 United States Military History 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: Not applicable toward the HIST major

A survey of the history and transformation of the .American military from the
Colonial period to the present lime. .American militan. history is analyzed
within the context of the nation's political, social, economic, and cultural
development. Central themes include war-making, civil-military relations,
and military professionalism.

HIST 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are otTered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 191

HIST 301 History of Ancient Greece 3c-0l-3cr

Analyzes major political, social, and economic developments in ancient
Greek civilization from Bronze Age to death of Alexander.

HIST 302 History of Ancient Rome 3c-0l-3cr

Traces Roman history from early Republic down to fall of Empire. Roman
political theory is particularly emphasized.

HIST 303 Medieval Europe I, 400-1000 3c-01-3cr

History of early Medieval Europe, from decline of Rome to beginnings of
High .Middle Ages; emphasis on political, social, economic, religious, and
intellectual developments.

HIST 304 .Medieval Europe II. 1000-1300 3c-01-3cr

History of late Medieval Europe, from High Middle Ages to Renaissance
period; emphasis on political, social, economic, religious, and intellectual
developments.

HIST 305 Renaissance and Reformation 3c-01-3cr

History of Europe from c. 1250; rise of commercial city, kings, and
pressures on Christian Church to 1600. Some consideration of technology
and voyages.

HIST 306 Early Modern Europe 3c-01-3cr

Greatness of France under Louis XIV; Sweden; Thirty Years" War.
Emergence of modem society; French Revolution.

HIST 307 History of Europe: 1815-1914 3e-01-3cr

The study of Europe in nineteenth century, with emphasis on the emergence
of major thought patterns. Romanticism. Nationalism. Socialism, and
Positivism.

HIST 308 TwenHeth-Century Europe 3c-0l-3cr

Political, economic, and diplomatic trends in Europe since 1900, with major
emphasis on causes and results of war and search for security.

HIST 3 1 1 Rise and Fall of Hitler's Empire 3c-0l-3cr

In-depth study of Hitler and the Nazi order; offers an analysis of nineteenth-
century ongins of Nazi ideology and intensively analyzes domestic and
foreign totalitarian policy (1920-1945), including Holocaust, Resistance, and
the postwar Nuremberg Trials.

HIST 320 History of England to 1 688 3c-0l-3cr

A survey of the growth of the English nation, with emphasis on political,
social, and economic developments leading to seventeenth-century conflict
between Crown and Parliament.

HIST 321 History of England, 1688 to Present 3c-0l-3cr

A survey of the growth of England as a democratic constitutional monarchy.
Attention directed to industrial revolution and to imperial expansion and
England's role in twenty-first-century world. Attention given to social and
cultural history.

HIST 322 French Revolution and .Napoleon 3c-0l-3cr

Brief sketch of Old Regime, concentration on Revolution and Empire, with
emphasis on politics, social structure, diplomacy, and economics.

HIST 323 France, 1815 to the Present 3c-01-3cr

Provides a survey of French history from the end of the Napoleonic era to the
present. Pays special attention to the revolutionary tradition in politics,
changes in the lives of workers and peasants, the French experience in the
two world wars, and recent social and political trends.

HIST 324 History of Germany to 1848 3c-0l-3cr

The study of the development of Germany politically and culturally from
ancient times, emphasizing medieval and early modem periods to 1 849.

HIST 325 History of Germany: 1849 to the Present 3c-0l-3cr

The study of the political and cultural development of modem Germany from
the Revolution of 1848, including impenal, republican, and totalitarian
phases, to post- World War II East and West Germany.

HIST 326 History of Russia 3c-0l-3cr

General suney of Russian history, culture, and institutions. Special consid-
eration given to study of historical forces formative of Revolution of 1917.

HIST 327 Soviet Union and Contemporary Russia 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, completion of HIST 195 (nonmajors)
Analyzes the period from 1 855 to the present, including the attempts at
modernization by Imperial Russia, the creation of the Soviet Union and
further modernization, and the collapse of the Soviet Union.

HIST 330 History of the Islamic Civilization 3c-0l-3cr

An approach to learning about a non- Western culture: Muhammad. Arabs,
and Muslims as creators of a great civilization from rise of Islam to 1 800;
emphasis on cultural institutions of Islam and their interrelationships within
Middle East.

HIST 331 Modern Middle East 3c-0l-3cr

A surv ey of changes that has e taken place in Middle East and in Islam since
eighteenth century and of contemporary problems in that region.

HIST 332 History of Early China 3c-01-3cr

China from the daw n of history to the Tang Dynasty. Focuses on the creation
of the intellectual and political systems that have dominated China and East
Asia down to the present. Looks in depth at the origins of Chinese
philosophy and the imperial system.

HIST 334 History of Modern China 3c-01-3cr

The history of China from the late Ming to the present. The Late Imperial
political economic and social systems and the problems they faced in the
nineteenth century. Reforming China from Self-Strengthening to Mao.
Revolutionary society and its discontents. The Reform era and China today.

HIST 337 History of Modern Japan 3c-01-3cr

The history of Japan from the beginning of the Tokugawa period to the
present. Japan's early modem political, economic, and social systems, their
transformation in the Meiji era. and the Japanese people's struggles and
successes in the twentieth century.

HIST 340 Colonial America 3c-0l-3cr

A survey of original thirteen states from their inception as colonies within
the British empire to 1 763. the eve of Independence. Attention is given to
their political development; economic position w ithin the empire; relations
with Indians; and evolution of social, educationaL and religious life.

HIST 341 American Revolution 3c-01-3cr

An examination of Whig-Tory participants of American Revolution.
Examines events from 1763 to 1783. Changmg interpretations of the causes
and effects of the revolution are discussed.

HIST 342 The Early Republic 3c-0l-3cr

A survey of United States history from 1 783 to 1 850, with special attention
on constitutional, political, economic, and social trends.

HIST 343 CivU War and Reconstruction 3c-01-3cr

The study of the failure of American democracy to cope with issues of mid-
nineteenth century, followed by political, economic, military, and social
developments during war and reconciliation of North and South.

HIST 344 Industrializing America 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: Sophomore standing; HIST 195 (nonmajors)
A study of the industrial revolution and its consequences in America through
1917. Topics include new technology and entrepreneurship. the development
of middle and working class consciousness, immigration and ethnicity,
gender, urban growth, the beginnings of consumer culture and

Page 192

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANL\ UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

commercialized leisure, intellectual developments, protest movements, and
the Progressive Era's political reforms.

HIST 345 .America in War and Depression, 1914-1945 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: Sophomore standing; HIST 195 Inonmajors)
.■\ study of the social, economic, political and cultural response to w ar and
depression in .America. Topics include the First World War. the 1920s, the
Depression, the New DeaL and the Second World War.

HIST 346 Recent United States Hlstorv 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: Sophomore standing: HIST 195 (nonmajors)
Examines the major poUticaL economic, social, and cultural changes in
America since 1 945 w ith a focus on their causes, character, and
significance; also explores the role of the United States in global relations.

HIST 350 Historj- of Latin America:

Colonial Period. 1450-1820 3c-0l-3cr

A study of life of people. Indian cultures, conquest by Spaniards and
Portuguese, government during Colonial Period, and Wars of Independence.

HIST 351 Historj of Latin .America:

National Period. 1820-Present 3c-OI-3cr

A study of the history of nations which have emerged since independence;
emphasis on economic, political, cultural, and social developments of these
nations, as well as relationships of these nations to others in the hemisphere.

HIST 355 African History I: Antiquity to 1600 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, completion of HIST 195 (nonmajors)
A 5urve\ of the sociocultural. political, and economic life of precolonial
African societies. Focus is on ancient kingdoms and cultures, precolonial
states, internal and Atlantic trade networks.

HIST 356 African History 11: 1600 to Present 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, completion of HIST 195 (nonmajors)
A survey of .African sociocultural. political, and economic developments
during the colonial and modem periods. Covers imperialism, the struggle for
control for Africa, the t» o global wars and their repercussions for Africa,
decolonization, and modem .African states.

HIST 360 History of Pennsylvania 3c-0l-3cr

Emphasizes the culmral. economic. pohticaL and social development of our
state in its various penods from colonial to today. Special attention given to
diversity of Pennsylvania's people, their institutions and problems.

HIST 361 History of American Diplomacy. 1775-1900 3c-0l-3cr

Traces foreign relations of the United States from Independence to
emergence as a world pow er. Topics concentrate on themes of commercial
relations, political isolation, expansion, and debate over imperialism.

HIST 362 History of American Diplomacy, 1900-present 3c-fll-3cr

Treats primarily our rw enty-first-centurv involvement in world affairs and
domestic debate ov er that inv olvement. Special emphasis is on the role of
interest groups and increasing power of Executive Department over foreign
affairs.

HIST 363 Thought and Culture in Early America 3c-01-3cr

Selected topics in early .Amencan intellectual and cultural grow th. with
emphasis on Puntanism. Enlightenment, cultural nationalism, and Romantic
movement.

HIST 364 Thought and Culture in Modern America 3c-OI-3cr

Selected treatment of historical development of modem Amencan
movements in social and political thought, religion, philosophv. fine arts, and
Uterature.

HIST 365 History of Black .America Since Emancipation 3c-OI-3cr

Descnption and analysis of the role of blacks in the history of the United
States since the Civil War: emphasis on key leaders, major organizations,
leading movements, and crucial ideologies of blacks in modem America.

HIST 366 African-American W omen 3c-01-3cr

Major economic, social, and political issues which have affected black
women since their introduction into North America to the present.

HIST 367 Native American History 3c-01-3cr

An unfamiliar perspective on a familiar tale. Presents the "new Indian
History"-North America from Native American materials and points of
view . Identification, analysis, and synthesis of Indian reaUties and options
over time are at the heart of this course.

HIST 369 \\ omen in America 3c-0l-3cr

A study of the activities of v\ omen from the colonial era to the modem era-
evaluating cultural, societal, religious, economic, and political framev^ orks.
Reviews women's involvement in movements for feminism, social reform,
unionism, and the abolition of slavery.

HIST 370 Religion in America 3c-0l-3cr

A history of religious behef and practice in the United States from the colo-
nial period to the present, with an emphasis on the last one hundred years.

HIST 372 History of the Early American Working Class 3c-0l-3cr

Description and analysis of the nature and significance of the working class
of the United States in the eighteenth and nineteenth centunes. The work
settings and communities of workers are examined as well as unions such as
the National Labor Union and the Knights of Labor.

HIST 373 History of the .Modern .American Working Class 3c-OI-3cr

Description and analysis of the nature and significance of the working class
of the United States in the twenty-first century. Work senings and stnkes are
examined and analvrzed as well as unions such as the United .Mine Workers
and the United Auto Workers and labor leaders including Samuel Gompers.
John L. Lewis, and George Meany.

HIST 374 History of Organized Crime 3c-0l-3cr

Studies the relationship between urban, entrepreneurial crime and the
evolution of industrial America.

HIST 390 History of W omen-W orld Cultures 3c-OI-3cr

Explores religious, legal, political, economic, and mythic dimensions of
women in society from ancient to modem times, including Western and non-
Western experiences.

HIST 391 Film as History 3c-01-3cr

Particularly concerned w ith probing the relationship between cinema and
society. History of film is explored and student is given some background in
fihn interpretation and cinematography, the western, science fiction, police
films, and great foreign and .American detective films.

HIST 401 Topics in United States History 3c-«l-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior/senior History. History Pre-Law . or Social Studies
Education majors or by instructor permission

An upper-division course emphasizing lecture, reading, discussion, and
writing on specialized topics relating to historical issues of the United States
of America. The theme varies from semester to semester according to the
expertise of the faculty member teaching the course.

HIST 402 Topics in European History 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior senior Historv. History Pre-Law or Social Studies
Education majors or by instructor permission

An upper-div ision course emphasizing lecture, reading, discussion, and
writing on specialized topics relating to European historical issues. The
theme varies from semester to semester according to the expertise of the
facult) member teaching the course.

HIST 403 Topics in Non-Western History 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior senior History. History Pre-law or Social Studies

Education major or instructor permission.

An upper-division course emphasizing lecture, reading, discussion, and

writing on specialized topics relating to non-Westem historical issues. The

INDIANA L'NFS'ERSrri OF PEN-NSYL\ .ANIA L-NDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paee 193

ifaeine varies from sfmrgfT to semester acconJing to the expertise of the
faciik>' mendwr ifarhing the course.

HIST -MM Topki in Comparathe Hi$tor> 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequsite: Junior senior Histoi>. Hisiotn Pic-Law or Social Studies
Educatioo major or insmictor permission

An iipper-di\isico course emphasizing lecture, reading, discussion, and
w-fiting on specialized topics telatiiig to comparatrve hisu^cal issues. The
tbeme varies from semester to semester according the expertise of the faculty
meii4>er teadiing the course.

HIST 480 Senior Seminar 3c-0l-3cr

A regnnen of research resulting in a wTitten paper. Students nork on a
program sdected b> the instructor. For History- m^ors or by instructor's
pomissioiL

HIST 481 Special Studies in History var-l-3cr

Prereqnsite: As appropriate to course content

Each semester, courses are ofTered in interest areas that are not part of the
regular program. Some examples of cojrses of this type are the \"ictorian
.Age. tbe History of Lo%'e. Worid War IL the Great Depression, the Adams
Chronicles, and the History of Ne« York City. Students may schedule as
many of these courses as desired, but r* o per semester is the usual limiL

HIST 482 Independent Stwh var->-6cr

Prerequisites: Pnot aiq>nna] through ad\isor. faculty member.
departroeci chairperson, dean, and Pro\ost"s Office with 1 2cr in history- a
3.0 GP.A in history classes: permission of a faculty member. .Approval is
based on academic appropriaieness and a\ailability of resources.
Iirk<olves directed reading or research for qualified students. Experimental
profects and personalized leaming are encouraged.

HIST 48? Honors Thesis Independent Study var-3l-6cr

Prereqeisites: History. History Pre-Law. or Social Science
EducatiMi Hiaory Track major: 3.25 cumulatrve GP.A: 3.5 GPA
in history courses, deparnnental permission. .Approx'al is based on
academic appimiiiaaeness and axailability of resources.
Tno-semesier sequence of leseardi and «ritiiig. culminating in an honors
thesis. Honors theses are completed indhidually under the directioD of a
depanmenl professor who specializes in the student's area of interest and are
approved by a thesis committee comprismg tbe director and tw o others, one
of whom may come from ou&ide the History Dqiartment. May be taken
twice for a total of 6cr. Conqriebon of 6ct of HIST 483 substinites for HIST
480.

HIST 487 Honors CoUoqniam in History 3c-<H-3cr

Colloquium emphasiTing reading, discussion, and writing on an announced
Uslorical topic or theme w bicb \ aries from semester to semester according
to tbe expertise of tbe faculty member teachmg the course. Open to all
Honors C<Jie£e students who ha\e completed HNRC 201 and. » ith instruc-
tor permission, to junior and senior History. History Pre-la» . and Social
Studies Education majors w bo ha\e at least a 3.5 GPA in history classes.

HIST 493 Internship var-3-1 2cr

\\ iih departmeniai appro\ aL students are attached to local or national
go\emment or pn\at£ agencies doing directi\e. bibbographicaL archi\aL or
museum w ork. Ad\ ismg professor meets with intern regularh and
determines w hat papers or reports are required.

HNRC: Honors College
Robert E. Cook Honors College
Academic Affairs Division

HNRC 101 Honors Core I 5c-01-5cr

Prerequisites: Freshman standing, admission to the Honors College
Tn;i :l.-r; :.n a series of three required and mterrelated courses introduces
Honors CoUege students to major » orks of literature and art to major ideas
in history, philosophy, religious studies, literature, and tbe fine arts: and to
critical thinking skills used in reading, writing, and discussion in an
integrated, synthetic, and mteractive pedagogical environmenL VMiile

materials from various periods and disciplines are part of HNRC 101. each
instructor has anempted to incorporate some w orks fix>m a common century
to proMde students » ith a common ground for explonng the core questions.

HNRC 102 Honors Core U 5c-0l-5cr

Prerequisites: HNRC 101. freshman standing, and admission to

Honors College

The second in a series of three required and interrelated courses. HKRC 102

continues the emphases of HNRC 101 : (a) introduction to major works of
hierature and line arts; (b) introduction to major ideas in history, philosophy,
religious studies: and (cl focus on critical thinking skills used m reading,
w riting. and discussion in an interrelated, synthetic, and inieractiv e
pedagogical eov-ironmenL .Although materials come from various periods
and disciplines, each instructor has incorporated w orks from a common
century to provide a commai ground for exploring core questions. Building
on their experiences in FPyRC 101. students become more critical and
analytical in their reading and response. Further, the ability to synthesize is
emphasized based on their previous readings and leaming experiences.

HNRC 201 Honors Core IH 4c-OI-4cr

Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, admission to the Honors
CoUege. and successfiil completion of HNRC 101 and 102 if admitted
to Honors College as a first-year student Prerequisites for students
admitted to the Honors College as sophomores are ENGL 101 and at
least one Liberal Studies course in the humanibes or fine arts.
Completes the introduction of Honors College smdents to major works of
literature and an: to major ideas in history, philosophy, religious smdies.
literature, and the fine arts: and to critical thinking skills used in reading,
writing, and discussion in an integrated and interactive pedagogical
environment.

HNRC 202 Honors Core: Sciences 4c-0l-4cr

Prereqnbites: HNRC 101. 102. st^homore standing, admission to
Honors CoUege

Concerned with science as a way of knowing about tbe world. Focuses on
what scientists have learned about w hat it means to be human, how humans
hav e been shaped by and. in turn, have influenced their en\ ironmenL and on
what use might be made of scientific know ledge. These themes are explored
from disciplines in the natural and social sciences.

HNRC 483 Honors Thesis var-l-6cr

Prerequisites: Honors College student in good standing: at least junior
status at time topic is proposed. Priw approval through advisor, faculty
members, department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
.An intensiv e. focused study involving independent research w ithin the
student's major discipline culminating m a written thesis approved by a
thesis directOT and two faculty readers committee members. May be taken
more than once to a maximum of 6cr. Approval is based on acadetmc
appropriateness and availability of resources.

HNRC 499 Honors Senior Synthesis var-3-6cr

Prerequisites: 3.25 GPA. Honors CoUege good standing or instructor
jjermission. 73 or more credits earned

Concluding crossdisciplinary Honors College experience, focused on the
question "AMiat are the obligations of the educated citizen?" Helps students
understand and handle complex intellectual issues from multiple
perspectives. ,A selecticMi of topics is announced and described in the
undergraduate course schedule. Substitutes for LBST 499 .

HPED: Health and Physical Education
Department of Health and Physical Education
College of Health and Human Services

HPED 117 Fitness-Swimming

Fundamentals and techniques of sw imming and fimess.

Oc-21-ler

HPED 124 Fitness Through Dance Oc-21-lcr

A physical t'imess development course for men and women that employs a
combination of exercises and dance techniques performed to music.

Pase i y-

INTJIANA CSTV'ERSm OF PENNSYLVANIA LADERGR-ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

HPED 128 Golf

Fundamentals and techniques of golf.

Oc-21-lcr

HPED 142 Foundations of Health,

Physical Education, and Sport 3c-01-3cr

Historical, philosophical, and psychosocial foundations of health and physi-
cal education are introduced. Specific emphasis is given to scientific theories
and principles in such areas as health promotion and behavioral change,
exercise physiology, motor development, kinesiology, and motor learning,

HPED 14.1 Health and Wellness 3c-OI-3cr

Introduces the student to the major components of wellness: contemporary
nutrition issues as they relate to personal food choices, physical fitness,
stress management, sexually transmitted diseases, AIDS, and substance
abuse. Completion of HPED 143 fulfills the Liberal Studies Health and
Wellness requirement.

HPED 145 Tennis Oc-21-ler

Fundamentals and techniques of tennis.

HPED 162 Scuba Diving Oc-21-lcr

Designed to teach necessary skills and proper use of equipment for
underwater sw imming. Tanks, regulators, weights, and special equipment
furnished. Student must purchase a mask. fins, and snorkel (approximately
$15). Includes theory as well as practical work.

HPED 165 Lifcguarding Oc-21-lcr

Prerequisites: Departmental consent and Advanced Swimmer
Designed for professional lifeguards. Includes lifeguarding techniques for
pools and fresh and saltwater beaches. Red Cross certification (Pittsburgh
Division) granted upon satisfactory completion of course requirements.

HPED 166 Basic Smallcraft Oc-21-lcr

Prerequisite: Intermediate swimming ability

Designed to introduce the use of the canoe, paddle board, and sailboat.
Emphasizes the development of boating skills, safety rescue, and survival
procedures. Red Cross smallcraft certification is granted upon successful
completion of the course.

HPED 175 Prevention and Care of

Injuries to the Physically Active 2c-01-2cr

General information is presented related to the prevention, recognition, and
care of both acute and chronic injuries common to participants of physical
activity tltness, and athletics. Specific topics to be addressed include
prevention techniques, the classification and staging of injury conditions,
and basic evaluation techniques, as well as emergency management and
follow-up care procedures.

HPED 200 Fundamentals of Physical Activity lc-21-lcr

A foundation course designed for the purpose of training in the analysis and
perfoniiance of the fundamental skills for subsequent motor behavior as they
relate to games, sports, and dance. The opportunity to refine powers of
observation through principles of efficient and effective movement
fundamentals is provided. Individual data profile charts of performance are
completed for future reference.

HPED 210 Motor Development 2c-01-2cr

Corequisitc: HPED 200

A study of the processes of growth and development and their effects upon
human motor behavior across the lifespan. Includes changes during physical
growth, maturation and aging, and subsequent effects upon cogniti\e,
perceptual, and physiological performance, both individually and within a
sociocultural context.

HPED 211 Dance, Rhythmic Activities, and Gymnastics 2c-4l-3cr

Prerequisite: HPED 200

Designed to provide an aesthetic and kinesthetic movement experience that
prepares the student as a teacher of basic movement in a variety of
situations. The dance section includes creative movement, rhythms, and

square, folk, and contemporary dance. Gymnastics includes basic tumbling,
stunts, and apparatus skills.

HPED 212 Team Sports 2c-4l-3cr

Prerequisite: HPED 200

Introduces students to the history, current status, and teaching similarities
among team sports. Also includes materials and methods unique to each
sport.

HPED 213 Individual and Dual Sports and

Adventure Activities 2c-4l-3cr

Prerequisite: HPED 200

Provides historical and current status of individual and dual sports, as well as
adventure activities. Includes skill development, analysis of skilled perfor-
mance, and strategies for planning and implementing instructional programs.

HPED 214 Teaching Health Fitness and Gymnastics lc-21-lcr

Prerequisite: HPED 200

Provides the health and physical educator with an overview of the
fundamentals and techniques of instructing personal fimess and gymnastics.
Includes opportunities for skill development, analysis, and strategies for
incorporating fitness and gymnastics into the physical education curriculum.

HPED 215 Teaching Rhythmic Activities and Dance lc-21-lcr

Prerequisite: HPED 200

Designed to provide an aesthetic and kinesthetic movement experience that
prepares the student a teacher of basic mo\ ement in a variety of situations.
Includes creative movement, rhythms, and square, folk, and contemporary
dance.

HPED 216 Teaching Elementary Physical Education 2c-21-2cr

Prerequisites: EDSP 102. HPED 142

Introduces the student to instructional methods in physical education with an
emphasis on program standards, objectives, and assessments for
kindergarten through fifth grade. Provides an overview of characteristics of
elementary school children and appropriate activities for this age group.
Includes opportunities to improve personal skills, develop units, and teach
peers and school age children.

HPED 217 Teaching Middle School Physical Education 2c-21-2cr

Prerequisites: EDSP 102. HPED 142

Introduces student to instructional methods in physical education w ith an
emphasis on program standards, objectives, and assessments for sixth
through eighth grades. Provides an overview of characteristics of middle
school children and appropriate activities for this age group. Includes
opportunities to improve personal skills, develop units, and teach peers and
school age children.

HPED 218 Teaching Secondary Physical Education 2c-2l-2cr

Prerequisites: EDSP 102. HPED 142

Introduces student to instructional methods in physical education with an
emphasis on program standards, objectives, and assessments for ninth
through twelfth grades. Provides an overview of characteristics of high
school students and appropriate activities for this age group. Includes
opportunities to improve personal skills, develop units, and teach peers and
secondary school students.

HPED 221 Human Structure and Function 3c-OI-3cr

Anatomical organization of the human bixiy, surveyed in sufficient depth to
prepare students for physiology, biomechanics, and adaptive physical

education.

HPED 230 Aerobic Fitness 1c-2l-2cr

An opportunity to participate in a \ariel\ of ,U'robic .activities: aids fitness
leaders in developing and implementing several types of aerobic programs;
offers current information on aerobics as preventive medicine.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 195

HPED 242 Emergency Health Care lc-21-lcr

American Red Cross Standard, Advanced, and Instructor's certification and
Multimedia Instructor's certification awarded upon successful completion of
this course.

HPED 251 Foundations of Safet> and

Emergency Health Care 3c-0l-3cr

Focuses on accident prevention, injur) control, and first responder's skills.
Emphasizes identification of causes of accidents, recommended
countermeasures, and mitigation. American Red Cross certifications are
issued in ( 1 ) standard first aid. (2) community CPR. (3) instructor of
standard first aid. and (4) instructor of community CPR.

HPED 252 Introduction to the Driving Task 2c-2l-3cr

Provides an in-depth treatment of operating a motor vehicle competently in
all major variations and under most conditions encountered in traffic. A
competent operator is one who performs the total driving task
know ledgeably and skillfully and demonstrates full underswnding and
application of identification, prediction, decision, and e.xecution process.

HPED 261 Water Safety Instructor Oc-21-lcr

Prerequisites: Departmental consent and lifesaving certification
Emphasizes the teaching aspect of skills, techniques, and attitudes necessary
in all areas of swimming. Students successfully completing course are
qualified to hold such positions as waterfront directors, aquatic directors, and
other similar positions.

HPED 263 Aquatics Oc-21-lcr

Basic performance techniques in swimming strokes presented w ith special
emphasis on teaching methodology, aquatic sports and games, water safety,
skin diving, springboard diving, and other aquatic activities.

HPED 264 Advanced Aquatics Oc-21-lcr

Swimming and rescue skills necessary to complete American Red Cross
Senior Lifesaving Course. Emphasizes a broad range of other aquatic
experiences and teaching strategies.

HPED 274 Instructor of Infants and

Preschoolers in Swimming Oe-21-lcr

Prerequisites: HPED 261. instructor permission

Methods course for preparation of sw ininiing instructors in the knowledge

and skills of teaching young children to swim. YMCA certification

Instructor of the Very Young granted upon successful completion of course

requirements. Taught in the Summer only.

HPED 276 Coaching of Swimming Oc-21-lcr

Prerequisite: HPED 261

A lecture-discussion methods course designed to prepare Health and
Physical Education majors for coaching of swimming. Emphasizes training
methods, officiating, nutrition, scientific principles, and meet strategy.
Taught in the Summer only.

HPED 279 Swimming Pool Maintenance and Chemistry 2l-OI-2cr

Prerequisite: HPED 264

A lecture-discussion course designed to teach fundamental water chemistry,
filtration, treatment of water problems, winlerization of outdoor pools, and
pool management. Emphasizes water testing and analysis of chemicals and
bacteria. Taught in the Summer only.

HPED 280 .Aquatic Facilities Management 2l-UI-2cr

Prerequisite: HPED 264

An organizational and administrative course designed to prepare the aquatic
professional for management of indoor and outdoor facilities. Includes
facility design, safety procedures activity, and sport and recreational aspects.
Taught in the Summer only.

HPED 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are olfered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

HPED 270 Instructor of Handicapped Swimming 0c-2I-lcr

Prerequisite: HPED 261

Concerned w ilh the learning of skills used to teach swimming to exceptional
children. All handicaps are considered. Important not only in physical
education but also for the mentally retarded, rehabilitation education, agency
personnel, postgraduate sw imming education. YMCA Boys Clubs,
community programs, private clubs, and industrial programs. The Red Cross
certification Instructor of Swimming for the Handicapped is granted upon
successful completion of the course. Taught in the Summer only.

HPED 271 Instructor of Scuba Diving Oc-21-lcr

Prerequisite: HPED 262

Prepares instructors to teach skin and scuba diving. Emphasizes teaching
methods, use and mechanics of equipment, safety, diving physics and
physiology, and advanced diving skills. Instructor of Scuba Diving
certificate granted by the Professional Association of Diving Instructors
upon successful completion of the course. Taught in the Summer only.

HPED 272 Instructor of Canoeing Oc-21-lcr

Prerequisite: HPED 266

Concerned w ith the learning of skills pertinent to teaching canoeing to
beginners. All aspects of canoeing including paddling, repair of equipment,
w hite w ater canoeing, safety, survival, and leaching techniques are
presented. The Red Cross certification Canoeing Instructor is granted upon
successful completion of the course. Taught in the Summer only.

HPED 273 Instructor of Sailing Oc-21-lcr

Prerequisite: HPED 266

Concerned w ith learning of skills pertinent to teaching beginning sailing. All

aspects of sailing are considered, including the elements of sailing, repair of

equipment, racing, safety, and techniques of teaching. Taught in the Summer

only.

HPED 315 Biomechanics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: HPED 221

A study of the relationship between mechanical and physical principles and
human movement. (Offered as HP 246 prior to 1998-99)

HPED 316 Teaching Elementary Health Education 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisites: EDSP 102. HPED 142

Introduces students to the theories of instruction and methods for teaching
health education to elementary school students. Identifies developmentally
appropriate teaching methods and activities, reviews and assesses current
health curriculum, and demonstrates the use of technology in the health
classroom. Provides opportunities for observation, lesson planning, and
teaching in both rural and inner city health education classrooms.

HPED 318 Preprofessional Experience I 3c-0l-lcr

Prerequisite: Health and Physical Education majors only
Recommended Prerequisite: HPED 321

Students teach as assistants lo a faculty member in two different activities,
one in physical education (general education) and one in elementary physical
education. Emphasizes unit development, class management, leadership
skills, and evaluation.

HPED 319 Preprofessional Experience II var-3cr

Prerequisites: Advanced standing, departmental approval
Students may request an assisting/teaching/ leadership assignment in certain
university-related areas that may be either instructional or noninstructional in
nature. Examples of such professional areas are adaptives. recreation, dance,
coaching, aquatics, intramurals. administration, elementary, service or major
classes, club activities, and assisting in laboratory or the training room.

HPED 321 Methods in Elementary
Health and Physical Education
Prerequisite: Junior standing

3c-0l-3cr

Page 196

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Guides the professional student in the development of competencies essential
to teaching health and ph>-sical education at the elementary school level.
Includes theories of instruction in health science, necessitv of a safe and
healthful school environment, and judicious utilization of school and
community health resources and service, as well as study of theones of and
movement relevant to elementary school children. Observation, materials,
methods of teaching, and opportunities for intern teaching provided.

HPED 325 School and Community Health 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: HPED 142

Introduces students to the role of school and communitv' in protecting and
promoting the health of its members. Topics include historical development
of the concepts of health and health education, identification of national and
community goals to reduce nsk of disease and enhance health status, and the
responsibilities of both school and community toward achieving these goals.

HPED 333 Psychology of Coaching

The goals of athletics in schools and communities; principles and
responsibilities of the coach: current problems.

2c-01-2cr

HPED 335 Coaching and Managing of .\thletic Programs 3c-0l-3cr

A lecture course designed to prepare students for coaching or administering
an athletic program. Emphasizes the professional preparation and
responsibilities of a coach, the support and aaxiliary persormel working
under and w ith the coach, and the coach's responsibihty to the adiletes. plus
the administrative responsibilities of coaching.

HPED 341 Evaluation in Health and Physical Education 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior standing

E\ aluation theory, instructional objectives, and cognitive test construction;
technical and practical considerations in testing and interpretation of test
results in both health and physical education.

HPED 343 Physiology of Exercise 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: HPED 221

Physiological effects of e.xercise in humans. Major factors of diet,

conditioning, physical fimess, maximum performance level, and fatigue are

considered.

HPED 344 .Adapted Physical Education 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: HPED 246

Recognition of structural de\ iations. corrective exercises, and physical
education programs for a wide range of handicaps.

3c-0l-3cr

HPED 345 Athletic Training

Prerequisite: HPED 221 or equivalent applied anatomy course
A survey of common athletic injuries with emphasis on etiology,
pathophysiology, and classification. General injiuy assessment and
management procedures will also be presented.

HPED 346 Athletic Training Lab Oc-21-lcr

Corequisite: HPED 345

Designed to develop basic athletic training skills for the beginning and
intermediate athletic training student. Emphasizes athletic taping and
wrapping, contemporary immobilization and ambulation devices, protective
sports equipment, and transportation and transfer of the injured athlete.

HPED 350 Health Aspects of -Aging 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: PSYC 101, SOC 151, and junior standing
Current theory and research related to gerontology are introduced to uicrease
students understanding of the physical and psychosocial dimensions of
aging. Additionally, this course emphasizes hfestyle factors and disease
prevention aspects of aging. Recommended for students who plan to work
with older adults.

HPED 353 Driver Education Program .Management 3c-0l-3cr

Emphasizes the development, organization, and management of high school
driver education from the standpoint of its historical development to its
present programs designed to meet the demands of the highway
transportation system. Special emphasis on the role of the teacher in

conducting a high-quality program that meets w ith student, parent. scbooL
and community approval.

HPED 354 .Application of Driver Education

Instructional Modes 2c-2l-3cr

Prerequisites: HPED 251. 252. 353

Prepares prospective dnver education teachers to plan, teach, and evaluate

the four modes of driver education (classroom, on-road. simulation, and

multiple-vehicle range). Teaching high school students in supervised

laboratory sessions is provided.

HPED 365 .Advanced Athletic Training 3c-21-4cr

Prerequisites: HPED 345. 346

Designed to teach assessment procedures, evaluatioo methods, and proper
athletic training protocol for neuromuscular and skeletal muscle injunes. In
additioiL administrative issues in athletic training are addressed emphasizing
accurate medical documentation. Emphasizes subjective and objective
assessment and documentation of fmdings.

HPED 370 Adapted Health and Physical Education 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: HPED210.EDSP 102; .At leastoneofthe tbOowing:
HPED 214. 215. 216, 217, 218, or 3 16

Introduces the educational issues and methods used to effectively instnict
students w ith disabilities and other issues diat become barriers to learning.
Includes a study of current laws and guideUnes regarding the legal rights of
students w ith disabilities and their parents, identifies low and high incidence
disabilities, recognition of structural deviation, and corrective exercises.
Introduces students to instructional adaptations to facilitate learning in the
health classroom and gymnasium.

HPED 372 Health and Physical Education

for Special Populations 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisites: EDE.X 1 12. junior level or above

Methods and techniques of teaching health and physical education to special

populations are explored. Designed primarily for students majoring in special

education, the course focuses on handicapping conditions. limitations

imposed by such conditions, and the responsibihty of the special education

teacher w orking in the physical education setting.

HPED 375 Physiological Basis of Strength Training 3c-OI-3cr

Designed to give the student the anatomical and physiological basis of
muscle fiinction. Students should also gain an understanding of changes that
can be made through w eight training and know ledge of programs that w ill
bring about these changes. Opportunities for working with v-anous types of

equipment w ill be available.

HPED 376 Athletic Training Clinical Practicum I Oc-2Hcr

Prerequisites: HPED 251. 345. 346

Provides the opportunity to develop and demonstrate proficient psychomotor
skills within the domains of athletic injury prevention and acute care, in
coordination w ith a one-semester clinical field experience. This clinical field
experience allow s each student an opportunity to practice and apply skills
taught within this course under the direction of a clinical instructor within
the lUP .Athletic Department or an affiliated clinical site. Specific skills
emphasized include, but are not limited to. those relating to safety risk
management conditioning, equipment fitting, taping and wtapping. acute
care, and transportation transfer of the injured athlete. Restricted to students
seeking certification by the National .Athletic Trainers .Association.

HPED 377 Athletic Training Clinical Practicum 11 Oc-2Hcr

Prerequisite: HPED 365

Provides the opportunity to develop and demonstrate proficient psychomotor
skills within die domain of athletic injury assessment, in coordination with a
one-semester clinical field experience. This clinical field experience allows
each student an opportunity to practice and apply skills taught within this
course under the direction of a clinical instructor w ithin the IL'P .Athletic
Department or an aifihated clinical site. Specific skills emphasized include,
but are not limited to. those relating to anatomical landmarks" identification,
orthopedic and neurological evaluation, and general medical examination.

INDIANA UNIVERSrrt' OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGR.ADL.ATE CAT.ALOG, 2003-04

PaaeI97

Restricted to students seeking certificatioa by the National Athletic Trainers
Association.

HPED 380 Seminar in Sports Medicine 2c-fll-2cr

Prerequisite: HPED M5 or instrucior pennission
Presents comprehensi\ e instruction in such areas as health care
administration. pharmacolog>. radiolo2>. technological advances in sports
medicine, and other contemporary issues.

HPED 408 Guided Research Problem var-2cr

Prerequisite: Pennission of department chairperson
Selection and research of a problem pertinent to student interests and those
of the professions of health, physical education, and recreation. Classes held
on a seminar basis.

HPED 410 Exercise Prescription 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: HPED 343

Designed to teach indi\'iduals to wTite exercise prescriptions based upon a
subject's tolerance fw physical actisity . Special emphasis on risk factors,
techniques of e\aluation. drugs, injuries. en\Tronmental factors, and
iiKXivation and their role in ph>-sical acti\it> assessment

HPED 411 Physical Fitness .\ppraisal 3c-01-3cr

ln\oKes the selection, administration, and interpretation of various tests for
appraising the physical fimess levels of indisiduals. Information gi%en
concerning the various fimess components, and discussions held so that each
student gains an understanding of the variables to be tested.

HPED 412 Physical Activity and Stress .Management 3c-0l-3cr

Acquisition of necessary understanding of anxiety and stress, their nature,
place in society, and intervention strategies as the\ relate to physical activity.

HPED 413 Phvsical .Activity and Aging 3c-OI-3cr

Presents major aspects of phvsical activity, its importance to the older adult.
and the organization of an activ ity program. .Anention to physiology of
physical activity, effects of activity on grovnh and aging, exercise
prescription, flcxibihty. overweight and obesity, and motivational strategies.

HPED 426 Health Science Instruction 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: HPED 316

An overview of health curriculum K-12. with a focus on middle school and
secondarv health education teaching methods and media of instruction.
Includes unit develc^menu opportunities for classroom instruction, and
guidelines for maintaining professional growth.

HPED 430 The .American \> oman and Sport 3c-0l-3cr

Comprehensive, mukidisciplinarv analysis of the problems, patterns, and
processes associated v^ith the sport involvement of girls and women in our
culture. Presents historical perspective with an emphasis on phv'siologicaL
psychological, and sociocultural influences.

HPED 441 Psychosocial Implications for

Health and Physical Education 3c-OI-3cr

PrerequUile: Senior standing

.A studv of psychological and sociological influences, both theoretical and

empirical, and their effects upon health and phvsical performance.

HPED 442 Seminar in Health. Physical

Education, and Recreation 1 3c-OI-3cr

Theory and philosophv of health, physical education, and recreation; current
issues and problems; innovative and creative programs.

HPED 446 Therapeutic Modalities 3c-21-4cr

Prerequisite: HPED 365

A basic introduaion to the use of therapeutic modalities and the role they
plav in the rehabilitation of athletic injuries. Physical agents used in the care
of athletic injuries are presented highlighting the physiological effects of
each modality, as well as indications and contraindications for their use.

HPED 447 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) Instructor Ic-ll-lcr
Prerequisite: Basic CPR certification

A study of methods and skills necessary to certify instructors of
cardiopulmonary resuscitation and multimedia first aid. Successfiil
completion of requirements leads to certification by the American Health
Association and the American Red Cross. Taught in the Summer only.

HPED 448 Therapeutic Exercises for

Athletic Injury .Management 3c-2l-4cr

Prerequisite: HPED 365

The theoretical framevv ork for athletic injury assessment and management of

the injured athlete is discussed. A problem-solving approach to the selection

and implementation of specific tests and therapeutic interventions is utilized.

.An overview of therapeutic management as well as the development of skill

in basic therapeutic exercise procedures for improving muscle performance,

rela.xation. and mobilization is included.

HPED 450 Curriculum and Programming

in Sexuality Education 3c-0l-3cr

Topics include anatomv and phv^iology of the human reproductive tracts,
development birth defects, contraception, venereal disease, and abortion.
Not for credit toward degrees in Biology .

HPED 476 Athletic Training Clinical Practicum HI Oc-21-lcr

Prerequisite: HPED 365

Provides the opportunity to develop and demonstrate proficient psychomotor
skills within the domains of athletic training organization administration and
education guidance, in coordination with a one-semester clinical field
experience. This clinical field experience allow s each student an opporttmity
to practice and apply skills taught within this course under the direction of a
clinical instructor within the lUP .Athletic Department or an affiliated clinical
site. Specific skills emphasized include, but are not limited to. those relating
to communication, recordkeeping, plaiuiing. budgeting and purchasing,
facility design, policies procedures, and other athletic health care managerial'
administrative duties. .Athletic training instruction and guidance skills are
also addressed. Restricted to students seeking certification bv the National
.Athletic Trainers Association.

HPED 477 Athletic Training Clinical Practicum IV Oc-21-lcr

Prerequisites: HPED 446. 448

Provides the opportunity to develop and demonstrate proficient psychomotor
skills within the domain of athletic injury rehabilitation, in coordination with
a one-semester clinical field experience. This chnical field experience allows
each student an opportunity to practice and applv skills taught w ithin this
course under the direction of a clinical instructor within the lUP Athletic
Department or an affihated clinical site. Specific skills emphasized include,
but are not limited to. exercise, manual therapy, and other advanced muscu-
loskeletal screening and therapeutic interv ention techniques. Restricted to
students seeking certification by the National .Athletic Trainers Association.

HPED 481 Special Topics var-l-.3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporarv basis to
explore topics not included in the established cumculum. .A given topic may
be offered under anv special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

HPED 482 Independent Studv var-l-3cr

HPED 485 Student .Assistance Program Training 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: Junior standing and EDSP 102

Introduces the student to the concept of Student .Assistance Programs (SAP)
in schools. Includes the history of SAP. current inv olvement in public
education, and the educator's role as an S.AP member. Provides an
experiential basis for preparation to assume the role of an SAP member.

Paae 198

INT)LANA LNIX'ERSrn' OF PEN^SYLV.ANLA CNDERGR-ADUATE C.AT.ALOG. 2003-04

Note: Majors in the B.S.Ed.-Health and Physical Education program will
have first opportunity to enroll in class: any openings in the class w ill then be
offered to Elementary' and Secondary' Education majors.

HPED 492 Health Fitness Instruction 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: HPED 221. 343. 41 1 or equivalent
The purpose is to acquire the knowledge, skills, and abilities required to
develop programs of physical activity' and fitness for healthy adults and those
with controlled disease. Experience in leading an exercise class, knowledge
of functional anatomy, and exercise physiology is also expected prior to
participation in the class.

HPED 493 Internship var-3-12cr

Educational opportunirv which integrates classroom experience w ith
practical experience in comniunit> service agencies or industrial, business, or
governmental organizations. Junior standing required.

HRIM: Hospitality Management
Department of Hospitality Management
College of Health and Human Services

':^S^SSi:

HRIM 101 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry 3c-OI-3cr

,\ study of the development and current status of the hospitality industrv'.
Major hotel, restaurant, and related area employers are profiled. Career
opportunities are discussed. Guest speakers from various hospitality industry'
segments are featured.

HRIM 115 Introduction to Tourism 3c-0l-3cr

Introduces the student to concepts pertaining to international and domestic
tourisin. Course examines the economic, social, and cultural aspects of
tourism as well as how destinations are marketed.

HRIM 130 HospitaIit> Sanitation and Security 3c-01-3cr

Introduces concepts and issues pertaining to sanitation and security
management in the hospitalirv' industrv'. Examines causes and prevention of
food-bome illness. Hazard Analysis Cntical Control Point food production
methods, and current government regulations. Special emphasis is on crisis
management protocols dealing w ith critical incidents involving guests and
employees. Prepares students for taking the National Restaurant Association
ServSafe sanitation certification examination.

HRIM 150 Principles of Hospitality Management 3c-01-3cr

Introduces students to classic management theorv and responsibilities. » ith
an emphasis on hospitality industry applications.

HRIM 245 Diversity and Multicultural

Management in the Hospitalit> Industry 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing

Explores w hat happens v\ hen diverse people work together in the hospitality

industr)'. Also examines the effects of international migration and the

changing roles of women and other minorities which lead to multicultural

urban centers u ithin the United States and other hospitalitv' venues.

Furthermore, it also focuses on the cultural factors affecting productivity in

the culturally diverse hospitality environment.

HRIM 256 Human Resources in the Hospitality Industry 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: HRIM I, SO or Food and Nutrition major
Examines human resources management in the hospitalitv industrv'. Topics
include cultural diversitv'. legal requirements, job analysis, recruitment and
selection, training and development, performance appraisal, compensation.
and benefits administration. (Titled Principles of Hospitality Human
Resources Management prior to 2003-04; offered as HRIM 356 prior to
2002-03)

HRIM 260 Hotel Systems Management 3c-0l-3cr

Development and application of management skills as applied to the rooms
division of a hotel. Specific emphasis is on front otTice procedures, the
relationship between the hotel's rooms division, food and beverage, and
supports areas, and safety and security concerns. (Offered as HRIM 360
prior to 2000-2001)

HRIM 265 Hospitalitv Cost Management 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: ACCT20I

Identifies and analyzes the control of hospitality operation costs including
those in the areas of food, beverage, labor, material, and to compare those
costs to industrv' norms. Students analyze income statements and balance
sheets. (Offered as HRIM 401 prior to 2003-04)

HRIM 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporan, basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under an\ special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are otTered primarilv for lower-level undergraduate

students.

HRIM 299 Cooperative Education (First Experience) Ocr

Prerequisites: Completion of 30cr. 2.0 GP.A

A semester-long program designed to combine classroom theory with practi-
cal application through job-related experiences. The student is required to
complete hv o alternating experiences; onlv one may be a summer experience.

HRI.M 310 Professional Development in the

Hospitalitv Industry 2c-01-2cr

Prerequisite: HRIM 256

Prov ides the student w ith an opportimify to identify and design industry-
specific job search strategies, techniques, and skills including resume and
cover letter vv riting. interv ievv ing. portfolio dev elopment. and strategies to
attain career success vv ithin the hospitality industry.

HRIM 313 Food Production and Service lc-6l-4cr

Prerequisites: HRIM 130. 1 50. and instructor permission
Introduces the management of food serv ice operations in commercial kitchen
facilities. Includes planning, preparation, and service of quantity' food
production. Emphasizes the integration of sanitation, menu planning, cost
controls, and application of computer software. (Tided Food Systems I prior
to 2003-04)

HRIM 320 Hospitalitv Marketing 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: HRIM 256

Understanding the principles and concepts of marketing as thev apply to
hospitality management. Analyzes consumer behav ior related to the
hospitality industry. Students learn to make etTective marketing decisions as
they apply to customer satisfaction.

HRIM 330 Applications of Food Production and Service lc-61-4cr

Prerequisite: HRIM 313 or FDNT 150 151

Prov ides training for the hospitality management student in advanced funda-
mentals of technique, timing, and management skills through laboratory
experiences, as well as the operation of the .Mlenwood Restaurant facility.

HRIM 335 Legal Issues in Hospitality 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: HRIM 256

Examines the concepts and issues pertaining to hotel and restaurant law,
government regulations, and their impact on the hospitalitv industry. A
special emphasis is on innkeeper-guest relationship, employee relations, food
laws and liability, liquor law and liability, and guest rights.

HRIM 259 Hospitality Purchasing 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: FDNT 1 50 or equivalent

Includes sources, standards, grades, methods of purchase, and storage of
various foods, beverages, and fixtures. Emphasizes the development of
purchasing policies and specifications.

HRIM 350 Introduction to the Casino Industry 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or instructor permission
Introduces the student to the multibillion-dollar casino industry. Examines
the gaming industry from a historical perspective and includes legal, social,
and economic issues. .-\lso rev ievv s the various games played in casinos and
the current trends, as w ell as the most popular casino destinations in the

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paae W*)

world. Special anention is de\otecl to the growth of casinos on cruise ships,
on Native American reservations, and on riverboats in the U.S. Includes a
field trip to .Atlantic Cit>' or another casino setting, which occurs on a
weekend. This field trip serves as a catalyst to appreciate all of the
theoretical concepts discussed in the lectures.

HRIM 358 Food Service Equipment and Facilities Design 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: HRIM 313

Examines types and uses of food service production and service equipment
w ith emphasis on incorporation into an effective facilities design. Field trips
permit investigation of a variety of unit designs.

HRI.M 365 Hotel Facilities .Management 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: HRI.M 101

Anal>:zes pnnciples of hotel design, construction, and physical plant

management Housekeeping and maintenance department operations are

discussed.

HRIM 402 Beverage .Management 3e-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: Verifiableproof of 21 years of age or permission
E.xamines the principles, processes, and theories of beverage service.
Analysis of methods of alcoholic beverage production and examination of
categories of spirits, malt beverages, and wine, as well as legal concerns of
serv ice. Development and marketing of beverage operations are discussed.
Includes voluntary tasting and evaluation of alcoholic beverage products.
(Offered as HR 306 Food and Beverage Management prior to 2000-01 )

HRIM 406 Catering and Banquet Management var-3cr

Prerequisites: HRIM 313. majors only; chefs imiform and

wait-statT attire required

Profitable organization, preparation, and service of catered events in both on-

and off-premises locations are the main emphases. Requires meeting times

other than listed in order to meet course objectives.

HRIM 408 Institutions Management 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: .ACCT 201. HRIM 313. 326. senior standing
A compendium of the concepts of managing human resources, capital,
materials, equipment, and markets as related to various hospitality property-
systems. Focus on concept development and managerial decision making.

HRI.M 411 Seminar in Hospitality .Management 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: HRIM 360. 365

.An analy sis of the current trends and practices w ithin hospitality industry as
related by industry professionals. Includes researching topics and w riting at
least three research papers. Carries writing-intensive credit

HRIM 413 .Advanced Food Production and Service lc-61-4cr

Prerequisites: HRIM 330 and permission

A food and beverage systems course emphasizing restaurant fi^ont- and back-
of-the-house operations management. Students research, plan, prepare, and
present theme-oriented dinners showcasing selected domestic and
international cuisine. Students function as both operations employees and
managers within the department's food and beverage operation. (Titled
Advanced Restaurant Operations prior to 2003-04)

HRIM 420 Hotel Sales 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: HRIM 101 and 260

A practical approach to understanding the functions and activities of the
sales department within a hotel properly. A thorough review of the
organizational structure of a typical hotel sales department and
documentation used by the department w ill be made. Identification of and
approaches to securing typical hotel market segments are made.

HRIM 433 Educational Study Tour var-2-6cr

Comprehensive program of directed activities permits firsthand experiences
in the historical and cultural aspects of the hospitality industry worldwide.
Visits to renowned operations are included in the tour.

HRI.M 470 Hospitality Business .Model
Prerequisites: Senior status and instructor permission

3c-01-3cr

Provides the student with the opportunity to integrate and apply hospitality
operations management concepts into the development of a working
hospitality business model.

HRIM 481 Special Topics var-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

HRIM 482 Independent Study in Hospitality Management var-l-6cr
Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the
curriculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty
member. .Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of
resources. Must apply a semester in advance and have 60cr earned.

HRIM 493 Internship var-3-12cr

Prerequisites: 57cr earned. 2.0 GPA. and completion of an approved
4(X)-hour pre-Intemship experience

An opportunity for students to work in a supervised experience directly
related to the Hospitality Management major. Must meet university and
departmental internship requirements. Minimum of 400 hours required.

Note: White uniforms including white shoes are required for all lab courses
w here food is prepared. Students must meet the professional dress
requirements of the department.

IFMC: Information Management

Department of .Management Information Systems and Decision

Sciences

Eberly College of Business and Information Technology j|

.\ote: Except for .Accounting. Business Education, and non-business majors
who have met the required prerequisites, students scheduling 3(K) and 400
courses are expected to have achieved junior standing as described in the
Eberiy College of Business and Information Technology Academic Policies.

IFMG 101 Microbased Computer Literacy 3c-0l-3cr

An introductory course designed to prov ide students w ith a fundamental
understanding of computers. Familiarizes students w ith the interaction of
computer hardw are and software. Emphasizes the application of
microcomputers, the use of productivity software (word processing,
spreadsheet management file and database management), and the social and
ethical aspect of the impact of computers on society. Note: Cross-listed as
BTED COSC 101 . Any of these courses may be substituted for each other
and may be used interchangeably for D or F repeats but may not be counted
for duplicate credit.

IFMG 201 Internet and Multimedia 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: BTED COSC IFMG 101 or prior exposure to word processing
and electronic mail

Focuses on the ev aluation of information and multimedia resources available
on electronic networks when doing research in an area of one's choice.
Information literacy course is designed for students to gain a more in-depth
understanding of the information resources available electronically and of
how to utilize them more effectively in communicating. Students learn how
to access and utilize these resources for two-way communications and
support for decision making w hile incorporating selected elements in
multimedia presentations of their own design. (BTED'COMMCOSC/IFMG/
LIBR 201 may be used interchangeably for D or F repeats and may not be
counted for duplicate credit. )

IFMG 205 Foundations of .MIS 3c-0i-3cr

Prerequisite: BTED COSC TFMG 101

An introductory course designed to provide students with a fundamental
understanding of MIS. Systems theory, quality, decision making, and the
organizational role of information systems are introduced. Information

Page 200

INDIANA LTsPVERSm' OF PEN-NSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

technology, including basic programming skills, is stressed. Concepts of
organization, information system growth, telecommunications, and re-
engineering are introduced.

IFMG 210 Introduction to Front-End Business Applications 3c-0l-3cr
Prerequisite: BTED COSC IFMG 101

Prox ides an introduction to systems and development concepts, information
technology, and front-end business application software. It explains how
information is used in organizations and how MIS enables improvement in
quality, timeliness, and competitive advantage. .-Xs part of this course,
students learn how to design and construct a front-end business application
using a programming language.

IFMG 230 Introduction to Back-End Business Applications 3c-01-3cr
Prerequisites: ACCT 201 and IFMG 210

Introduces the student to the back-end business programming language as it
applies to business organizations and their applications. Structured back-end
Business concepts and methods are taught as the student learns how to solve
business problems using computers. The student is involved using files.
reports, and tables to produce a variety of outputs utilized in operating and
managing business activities,

IFMG 250 Business Systems Technology' 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: IFMG 210 or COSC 1 10

Presents a functional review of computing equipment and the organization of
components and de\ ices into architectural configurations. Students also learn
the principles of system software and build an understanding of
combinations of hardware and software within architectural designs.
(Offered as IFMG 350 prior to 2003-04)

IFMG 251 Business Systems .Analysis and Design 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ACCT 201 and IFMG 210

Involves teaching the tools and techniques required for the analysis and the
design of business systems. The major steps in the system's development life
cycle are presented along w ith practical applications from the major
subsystems of typical business organizations. Issues related to personnel,
hardware, softw are, and procedures are explored as students w ork
individually and in project teams to solve typical business application
problems. MIS majors are allowed to count this course towards satisfying
their graduation requirements.

IFMG 255 Business Applications In COBOL 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ACCT 201 and IFMG 205

Introduces the student to the COBOL programming language as it applies to
business organizations and their applications. Structured COBOL concepts
and methods are taught as the student learns how to solve business problems
using computers. Tlie student is invoKed using files, reports, and tables to
produce a variety of outputs utilized in operating and managing business
activities.

IFMG 261 Micro Database Systems 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: BTED/COSC IFMGIOI

The fundamentals of database management including different database
models and database design issues are examined. Emphasizes the use of
various tools of relational database soffisare. including report generators,
screen builders, and query facilities. Design techniques and software tools
are used in creating a database application. Intended as an elective for
business students w ho are not majoring in MIS. MIS majors are allowed to
count this course towards satisfying their graduation requirements.

IFMG 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

IFMG 300 Information Systems: Theory and Practice 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ACCT 202, COSC; BTED; IFMG 101
Includes basic MIS concepts, fundamentals, and practices. Broad areas of
coverage are principles, the computer as a problem-solving tool, computer-
based information systems (CBIS), organizational information systems, and
Information Systems management.

IFMG 330 .\dvanced Back-End Business Applications 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: IFMG 230 or COSC 220

Explores back-end business programming language as it applies to business
organizations and their applications. Shov\ s ways to embed and link a variety
of techniques of back-end business concepts and methods to solve business
problems using computers and web technologies. The student implements
back-end business and user interface techniques in managing business
activities.

IFMG 352 LAN Design and Installation 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: BTST 273 or IFMG 250 or any COSC course numbered 300
or higher

A study of fundamental local area networking concepts. Detailed study of
the basics of local area network (LAN) technology. Comparative study of
commercially available LAN systems and products. Features a hands-on
laboratory implementation of a LAN. Cross-listed as COSC 352. Either
course may be substituted for the other for D F repeats but may not be taken
for duplicate credit.

IFMG 354 Testing and Controlling LANs 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 352 or IFMG 352 or equivalent
Explores local area neuvork ( LAN ) topologies and their associated protocols.
Introduces ways of interconnecting, securing, and maintaining LANs.
Provides students with hands-on experience in the interconnection of
multiple LANs. Also presents a hands-on approach to design, testing, and
administration of interconnected LANs. Cross-listed as COSC 354. Either
course may be substituted for the other for DP repeats but may not be taken
for duplicate credit.

IFMG 368 E-Commerce Security 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: IFMG 352

Introduces the security concepts, operating systems security, network
security, database, web server, and communication security. Public and com-
mon practices of procedures and regulations regarding e-commerce security
are explored. Writing information security policies will be introduced.

IFMG 370 Advanced COBOL 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 220
Corequlslte: IFMG 250

A continuation of introductory COBOL with an emphasis on structured
methodology of program design, development, testing, implementation, and
documentation of common business-oriented applications. It includes a
heavy emphasis on the techniques and concepts of the table processing, file
organization, and processing alternatives, internal and external sorting,
subroutines, and application development for both the batch and on-line
systems. Micro Focus COBOL softw are is utilized.

IFMG 382 IT Audit and Control 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ACCT 20 1 , COSC 220 or IFMG 230 or equivalent
programming course

Emphasizes the responsibility' of the systems analyst to include in systems
design the proper management and financial controls and audit trails in
business information systems. The design of controls for application
programs and systems is covered. Audit software packages are examined.

IFMG 450 Database Theory and Practice 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: IFMG 230 or COSC 220

Review s the database design, data model methodologies, physical data

structure, and database development and implementation. The remote data

ser\ ice, transaction server, and database administration are introduced.

Emphasizes the practical approach in accessing the database using Internet

technology.

INDIANA UNIVERSrPY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 201

IFMG 451 Systems Aaahsis 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: IFMG 250 and 255 or COSC 220
De\elops an understanding of concepts and techniques involving
con\entional and structured approaches to anaNzmg problems of business
informaiioa sv-stems and systems defimtion feasibility, as u ell as quantitative
and e\aluati\e techniques of business information systems analysis.

IFMG 455 Dau Warehousing and Mining 3c-0l-3cr

PrerequUites: IFMG 450 or 261 or COSC 441. and MATH 214 or 216
Introduces students to the strategies, technologies, and techniques associated
with this growing MIS specialty area. Composed of two main parts. In the
first part, students learn the basic methodology for planning, designing,
building, using, and managing a data w arehouse. In the second pan. students
learn how to use different data mining techniques to deri\e information from
the data w arehouse for strategic and long-term business decision making.

IFMG 460 .Analysis and Logical Design 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: fFMG 352 and 450

ln\ ol\ es teachmg the tools and techniques required for the analysis and
design of a business system. Along with in class discussions of the priiKiples
and techniques for analyzing, designing, and constructing the system, the
students also formulate system teams in order to analyse the problems of an
existing business information system, to design an improved system, and to
control the implementation of the new system.

IFMG 465 ERP Technical Fundamentals 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: IFMG 450 or instructor pennission

ProMdes students with a fundamental understanding of Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP I Software. Shows students how to use ERP and its various
function modules as well as give students an understanding of the IS
implementation, technical managerial coding, and reporting skills necessary
to successfully incorporate ERP into a business enterprise.

IFMG 470 Systems Design 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: IFMG 45 i

Students learn tools and techniques for design of a business system. .■Mong
with ciassnxHTi discussions of principles and techniques for analyzing,
designing, and constructing the system, students formulate system teams to
analyze the problems of an existing business mformation system, to design
an improved system, and to control implementation of a new system.

IFMG 475 Project Management and Implementation 3c-0)-3cr

Prerequisite: IFMG 460

Introduces the student to demands made on the project manager and the
nature of the manager's interaction with the rest of the parent organization in
development of a Business Information System. Students study the diflicuh
problems associated w ith conducting a project using pet^le and
organizations that represent different cultures, politics, and may be separated
by considerable distances. Also covers how to implement and carry out the
devekjpment of the project using several Information Systems development
methodologies.

IFMG 480 Distributed Business Information Systems 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: IFMG 250

.A study of the techniques involved in planning, designing, and implementing
distributed processing systems. Distributed marketing, financial and
corporate accounting systems are included.

IFMG 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .-Xs appropnate to course content

IFMG 482 Independent Study

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member.

department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

var-l-3cr

Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues in a
concentrated area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

IFMG 485 Seminar: IS Current Topics 3c-0»-3cr

Prerequisites: IFMG 300. senior slandmg

Current topics and issues m mformation systems in the business environment
are addressed through systematic coverage of current literature andor
electronic sources. Practitioner pubhcations and academic journals miegrate
emerging technologies and information issues » ith identification of their
impact on the management of business organizations. Not a capstone
requirement but a vehicle to explore a variety of topics in the field.

IFMG 493 Internship in MIS var-3-12cr

Prerequisites: IFMG 352 and 450. consent of department chairperson
Positions » ith participating business, industry, or governmental
organizations provide the student w ilh experience m systems analysis. Note:
Course can be taken as a 3ct major-area elective requirement

ILR: Industrial and Labor Relations
Department of Industrial and Labor Relations
College of Health and Human Sei^ices

ILR 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .•\s appropriate to course content

Special topics are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the estabUshed curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for kiwer-level undergraduate

students.

ILR 426 Case Studies in Labor-Management Relations 3c-0l-3cr

In-depth study of daily labor-management relationships in a variety of
organizational settings through utilization of case study technique. Focuses
on a problem-solving approach to the legal and contract administration
components of the labor-management relationship.

ILR 480 Principles and Practices of Collective Bargaining 3c-OI-3cr
.\n exanunation of the hisloncal legal and functional parameters of collec-
tive bargaining. Topics covered include the organizing process, negotiations,
contract administration, dispute resolution, and public sector labor relations.

ILR 481 Special Topics in Industrial and Labor Relations var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropnate to course cement

Special topics are offered on an exi>enmenial or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A giv en topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three limes. Special

topics numbered 481 are offered primarily for upper-level undergraduate

students.

ILR 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Pnor approval through advisor, faculty member,
deparcment chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjiuction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

ILR 499 Independent Study var-l-3cr

IndepenJeni reading and research under the direction of a faculty member.

rVDS: Interior Design

Department of Human Development and Environmental

Studies

College of Health and Human Serv ices

l.NDS 105 Introduction to Interior Design 3c-0I-3cr

Presents ov erview of interior design, including introduction to design,
selection, and apphcation of components in the interior environment.
Emphasizes develc^ment of elTective design problem solving skills.

Paae 202

IN'DLVNA LNIVERSrn' OF PENNS>XVANL\ UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

INDS 118 Drafting for Construction I lc-31-3cr

Introduces nvo- and three-dimensional graphic skills, including basic
drawing, drafting, delineating, perspective drawing; applies principles and
elements of design; stresses graphic design and layout.

INDS 205 Color Theorj and Application 3c-OI-3cr

The theoretical basis of color is presented as it relates to the human visual
system, light, pigment, perception, and measurement. The application of
color theory is discussed in terms of interior design, merchandising, and
display.

LNDS 213 Residential .Appliances and Consumer Electronics 2c-2l-3cr

Consumer education in the selection, use. and care of home equipment
appliances and consumer electronics; the relationship of energy sources and
utilities to major appliances, portable and personal care appliances, and
consumer electronics.

INDS 218 Drafting for Construction II lc-31-3cr

Prerequisite: FNDS 118

Introduces basic computer-aided drafting and design (CADD) for designers;
emphasizes CADD theory and the value of the computer as a problem-
solving, design tool.

INDS 281 Special Topics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics w hich are not included in the established curriculum. A given
topic may be offered imder any special topic identity no more than three
times. Special topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level
undergraduate students.

INDS 305 Interior Lighting 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: fNDS 105 or equivalent

Lighting fundamentals applicable to the environmental design of residential
and commercial spaces, hicludes calculation methods, terminology, theory of
color \ isibility , light source alternatives, fixture function and selection,
lighting trends, and related professional organizations.

INDS 310 Human Factors in Interior Design 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior standing

The smdy of human and technology systems interface as related to interior

design. Emphasizes ergonomic and economic decision making to insure that

the user can function with a minimum of stress and a maximum of

efficiency.

INDS 312 Housing and Culture 3c-0l-3cr

Managerial, sociological, economic, and aesthetic aspects of housing and
people are investigated as well as a consideration of the environment of the
home as part of the communitv.

INDS 313 Materials and Finishes 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: FSMR3I4

.An introduction to the modem and historic use and maintenance of materials
in architecmre. construction, and interior design and the codes and costs that
govern their use today. Consideration is given to contemporary methods of
hanesting. preparation, and manufacmre of building materials and the
evaluation of the impact of these processes on the environment.

INDS 315 Residential Design I lc-31-3cr

Prerequisite: INDS 218

Applies interior design space planning and design problem solving processes
to residential design and emphasizes graphic communication and
presentation of solutions.

INDS 319 Residential Design II: Kitchen.

Bath, Media Room Design lc-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: INDS 315

Design elements are applied to kitchen, bath, and media room areas of the

residence to provide design solutions supporting individual needs and

changing lifestyles. Addresses the needs of special populations. Current
national standards are addressed.

INDS 370 Development of Design I 3c-01-3cr

A chronological study from ancient times to the mid-nineteenth century of
the dominant influences and characteristics of historical interiors, furniture,
and ornamental design. Emphasizes stylistic detail and its relationship to
social, economic, political, religious, and aesthetic influence and to the
contemporary scene.

INDS 380 Development of Design II 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: INDS 370

A chronological study from mid-nineteenth century to the present of the
dominant influences and characteristics of the twentieth-century interior,
furniture, and ornamental design. Emphasizes stylistic detail and its
relationship to social, economic, political, religious, and aesthetic influences
and to contemporary usage.

INDS 405 Interior Design Professional Practice 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior standing

Planning, business organization, management, contracts, procedures, and
ethics for the professional interior designer.

INDS 433 Study Tour var-l-6cr

Prerequisite: Upper-level standing

Opportunity is prov ided to visit business establishments and cultural centers
concerned with household equipment, furnishings, textiles, clothing, and
housing in .America as well as abroad. Museums, factories, designers'
show rooms, distribution centers, stores, cultural events, and seminars are
included. Course may be repeated for a total of 6cr. (Cross-listed as
CNSVFSMR 433.)

INDS 464 Contract Design I lc-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: INDS 319

.Applies interior design space planning and design problem-solving processes

to nonresidential design and links goals in interior design and facility

management.

INDS 465 Contract Design II lc-31-3cr

Prerequisite: FNDS 464

A studio, project-based course, ascertaining the process to be followed in
developing large-scale nonresidential interior design schemes of over 10,000
square feet.

INDS 481 Special Topics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics which are not included in the established curriculum. A given
topic may be offered under any special topic identity no more than three
tim.es. Special topics numbered 481 are offered primarily for upper-level
undergraduate students.

INDS 482 Independent Study var l-3cr

ITAL: Italian

Departtnent of French and German

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

ITAL 101 Basic Italian I 3c-0l-3cr

Introduces students to the Italian language, with emphasis on the four basic
skills: reading, writing, speaking, and listening. Students also gain
knov\ ledge of Italian culture. Primary emphasis is on the mastery of oral
communication and basic w riting skills. Attendance and language lab
practice are required.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 203

ITAL 102 Basic Italian II 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ITAL 101 or equivalent

A conlinualion of Basic Italian I, Introduces students to the Italian language,
with emphasis on the four basic skills: reading, writing, speaking, and
listening. Students also gain knowledge of Italian culture. Primary emphasis
is on the continuing mastery of oral communication and writing skills.
Attendance and language lab practice are required.

ITAL 201 Intermediate Italian III 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: IT.\L 101 and 1 02 or equivalent
An intermediate-level course for students w ho have previously studied
Italian. A continuation of mastery of the four skills: reading, writing,
speaking, and listening. Students also increase their knowledge of Italian
history, culture, and literature.

ITAL 202 Intermediate Italian l\ 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: ITAL 201 orequi\alent

An intermediate-level course for students who have previously studied
Italian. Students continue their progress in the mastery of the four skills:
reading, writing, speaking, and listening. Emphasizes increasing proficiency
in reading and w riling. Students also increase their knowledge of Italian
history, culture, and literature.

ITST: International Studies

Department of Political Science

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

ITST 281 Special Topics in Non-Western Studies var-l-3cr

Focuses on politics, society, and culture of a particular non-Western countrv
or area. Content is variable, depending on the semester. Taught by visiting
exchange professors from non-Western countries. This Special Topics course
may be offered on a continuing basis.

ITST 482 Independent Study var-l-.^cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not oft'ered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
.Appro\al is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

JRNL: Journalism

Department of Journalism

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

3c-0l-3cr

JRNL 102 Basic Journalistic Skills

Prerequisite: ENGL 101

Required for journalism majors and minors. Emphasizes grammar.

punctuation, spelling. AP Sniebook, copyediting, headlines, and accuracy.

JRNL 105 Journalism and the Mass Media 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 101

A critical examination of roles-goals of newspapers, magazines, radio,
books, movies, and television as they affect American society socially,
politically, and economically.

JRNL 120 Journalistic Writing 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ENGL 101. nonmajors/minors

Emphasizes intelligent use of writing ability in a journalistic style and
understanding of the why of journalism and mass media. Practices and
improves writing skills.

JRNL 220 W riting for the Print Media 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: JRNL 102 (grade of C or better), majors only
A course in journalistic style intended for students who plan to become
professional w riters. Teaches the basic journalistic formats and strategies
used in print media such as the summary lead, the delayed lead, and the
conventional news-story format. Throughout, emphasizes economy, clarity,
and the development of voice for a given medium.

JRNL 243 History of the American Press 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: JRNL 120 or 220

Traces the development of the American press from its Colonial roots.
Emphasizes the role of the press in political and social development.

JRNL 250 Women and the Press 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101. sophomore standing

Explores the role of w omen in American journalism. Includes study of lives/
careers of women journalists and their specific contributions to the profes-
sion. Emphasizes evolution of equal opportunity for women and other mi-
norities in the Amencan Press. Attention to the changing definition of news
as influenced by the inclusion of women and minorities in editorial roles.

JRNL 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

JRNL 321 Feature Writing 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: JRNL 102. 220

Designed for the student w ho might w ork in journalism or who might wish
to w rite on a part-time or free-lance basis.

JRNL 326 Public Relations I 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: JRNL 102. 120 or 220

Introduces students to the principles, practices, programs, and possibilities in

the various areas of public relations.

JRNL 327 Layout. Design, and Production 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: JRNL 105

Pro\ ides basic techniques and theories of layout design and production,
including typography, copylltting. photo art cropping and scaling, and steps
in design process. Includes traditional paste-up and desktop publishing in the
design of ads. newspapers, newsletters, brochures, and magazines.

JRNL 328 News Reporting 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: JRNL 102. 105. 220. majors only

Includes instruction in wnting the news story, preparing copy, interviewing,
covering special events, and similar reporting activities.

JRNL 337 Editing 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: JRNL 102, 220

Stresses basic practices such as copyediting and headline writing while also
focusing on guidelines for improving accuracy, clarity, transition, spelling,
and punctuation of copy. Students use wire service stylebook extensively.

JRNL 344 Issues and Problems 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: JRNL 102, 120 or 220

Students examine critical case histories of ethical and professional situations
and circumstances in the mass communication industry in a lecture and
discussion format.

JRNL 345 Sports Journalism 3e-01-3cr

Prerequisite: JRNL 220

Emphasizes skills for covering, wnting. and editing of sports and introduces

students to specific practices in newspaper. radio-TV. and sports information

work.

JRNL 347 Journalism Law 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: JRNL 328, junior/senior standing

Open to nonmajors by permission of the instructor. A survey of the major
Supreme Court and state court rulings governing the mass media, especially
the new s media, .^reas include libel, antitrust, free press/fair trial, privacy.
Approach is nontechnical.

Page 204

INDL\NA UNPVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

JRNL 34« The EditoriaJ Page 3c-0K3cr

Prerequisite: Junior senior standing

Emphasizes the wTiting of vigorous but thoughtful and fair editonals. Stud}-
of contemporar> practice and policy on letters to the editor, cohimnisls.

cartoons, the op-ed page.

JR>L 3''5 World News Coverage 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Sophomore standmg

Deals with uitemanonal iie«-s events and aoK^ of iuBauabooal nevts
cov^erage m sources from aoond the worid. En^ihasizes aDal>7iiig
comparative co>veiage of ev ents in different sources. Students study not onl>'
current tntematioDal ne»s but also how it is reported. The goal of the course
is fostering a critical attitude toward news.

JRN L 393 Docomeat Design I 3c-M-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior senior standing

Teaches students adv-anced principles of docuraem design and gives ibem the
opportunitv' to apply techniques of liielorical'styiistic analysis, general
problem soKing. and holistic inffamaiioD display to a wide \3hecy of writing
formats used in business, industry, and govenunent news.

JRNL 423 Vlanagement in Mass Commonjcatiimi 3c-#l-3cr

Prerequisite: JRNL 4>^3 or field experience

Attention given to the process of advancement to manaffiemeiit positions in
the advertising, Jaumabsni. and public lelaliaiis indusnies.

JRNL 42"' PuhGcatiiMS 3c-«t-3cr

Prerequisite: JRNL 327 or instructor permission

Provides advaiKed techniques and dieofies of pubiicatians design, inrhirliiig
the legibllitv principles of tvpogiapfa>-. the psydwiogical impact of color and
paper, and designing OD-hne pubticatioDS. such as newspapers. newsieUeis.
and magazines. Students also learn principles and concepts of publications
management, including coping with deadline pressures and die cieaive
disposition, and the marketing of publications. The class produces a total
pubUcation.

JRNL 430 Public Opinion and the News Media 3c-<M-3ct

Prerequisite: Juiuor standmg

Deals u ith understanding and measuring public opinion. Emphastzes

criticalh analv-zing the historical origins and the dvnamics of paUic opioian

in the policymaking process as well as the role of the news media m piMic

opinion. Smdents then measure people's thinking on any given issue or

issues.

JRNL 446 Research Methods in Journalism 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: JRNL 32S or instracTor rerT-:?; :r.
E.xplores theoretical and practical issues m informanon gatfaerii^ witfa
emphasis on data anat>sis and computer-assisied lepuiliiK for public aflairs
journalism. Snidents ^ppty scientific methods in news reporting and anah-ze
the effects of precisioo joamaKsm on societv-.

JRNL 450 .Advertising W riting 3c-«l-3cr

Prerequisites: JRNL Z20. instructor pennissioa

A basic course in the preparation of advertising copv' and cootinuity for aO
media. It is a combination of lecture and laboratory course. EnroOment is
limited to fifteen upperclass mqofs per semester.

JRNL 455 High School JovuBm 3c-M-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission

.Aimed at equipping students with basic skiUs in leaching and student media
advising at the high school level. Offers a package of skills ranging finom
basic elements of new s, new s w-riiing. editing, newspaper lavxxit and design,
to student publicatioos advising as well as legal and ethical issues in high
school journalism. For nonmajors.

JRNL 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .\s appropriate to course content
These courses varv from semester to semester, covering a number of
journalism specialties. From time to time thev are convwied to pentanem

coBse lannbeis. Special topics numbered 481 ate offered primarih- for
upper-level undersaduaie sudems.

JRNL 4S2 IndepewiaitStadT var-l-6cr

Prereqaisite: Prior approval tfaroiKfa advisor, faculty member,
depaitmem cfaairpersoo. dean, and Provost's Office
OppoHmities for independent study that goes beyond the usual classnnm
activities. .Appitn-a] is based on academic appropriateness and availabilily of
resomces: enroUmenl is iimited to fifteen upperclass majors per semester.

JR.NX 490 Public Retatioos n 3c-0i-3cr

Piete«|MMtes: JR-VL 220. 326

A public lebiions wiitiiig class that includes asstgiMiitiib such as releases,
featmes, newsleners. leports. biogiapliies. lewriies, booieKiwn stories,
oipvediting. interviewing. reseanHi. and special projects.

JRNL 491 Presenution Making 3c-«-3cr

Prereqnsites: JR.NL 220. 326

Gives the studem practice in writiiig and making oral presentations based on
public leiaDans cases and prableros. Familial izes the student with proMem-
solviiK and smaO-gnup cuniiianiiralion skiDs necessary for tbose woridi^
in the area of public afbits.

JR.NX 492 Problem-soSing in Public ReiatioH 3c^«-3cr

Prereqatsite: JRNL ili

faHFodnces students to tecfaniqiies for analv'zing and nackiiK infonnation
flow in oiganizatians. fauiDdiioes students to cteaive problem-soKing
techniques wiiicfa are siaudaid practice in corpoiaie leseaidi ^tnps.

JR.NX 493 Internship var-6-12cr

Prercqooites: JRNX 102. 105. 220. 32S. depodmenl approval
On-1fae^)ob training opportunities in jouneiism and teialBd areas. Maximim
of 6cr mav- be app&ed to 30cr minimum of major.

JR.NL 494 Document Desiga 11 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: JR.NL 3;». 393

Gives students advanced work in piepaiation of substantial corpoiaie and
government documents such as annual reports, lei^iiy project repons. and
reseaidi reports, etc. EmphasizES skills in research of public and eo«eranient
docmnenis. data analysis and problem solving. bolisDc informaian display.
»iitiii2. and ediiiits.

L.AS: Latin American Studies

CoUeee of Humanities and Social Sciences

v»r-I-3cr

L.\S 2*1 Special Topics in Latin Mneru^n Studies
Prereqni^!':' ' -' . " :"

-:r. --poratv basis loejtpkxe

. L-- topic may be
ri times. Special
. jereii 2^. are jtiYereii; pr.n".jr^> :ot ^Aer-jevel imdaffladnan'

L \^ y'fi Latinos and Diasporas 3c-«l-3cr

.-Its to the giohal and kical dimensions of the diangii^
^...„ . .^ ...........aes in the United Stales and examines the comnwnities'

multiple cotmectiaos and dvnamic inieractioas with Latin American
diasporas. Towards this end. the course covets: ( 1 1 theories on transMtional
f«»iMiBuiiti« diatpnrat ihg aate and citJTenship: (2> Latino enknies and
geographv- (3 ) Latin .American immigiabaa and labor migiaDan to the
United States: and ( 4 1 the impact of Latin American diasporic netw orks on
Latino and non-Latino ci-»nnajnitics. (Cross-listed as ANTH 370t

LAS 480 Lain Anericaa Stages ''fiair 3c41-3cr

.A muhidisciplinatv' coOoquium empbasizii^ readily discussion, and wriliag
on specialized topics neiaied to Latin .American societv. culture, history.
Uteraniie. polilic& geoeraphv'. economics, and business. Specific topics
include, but are not Bmited ta the nature of Pie-Coknnbiai cukiBes: the
effects of colonialism and independmce on pieseni-dav Latm .America: the
relationship between Latin America and the United States. .Africa, and

IN'DL\NA L'NI\XRSm OF PENNS^XN .\NX\ LNDERGR-ADLATE CATALOa 20O3-4M

P«e20S

Europe; and the growing presence and significance of people of Hispanic
descent in the United States. Open to all majors: required for all Latin
American Studies minors.

LAS 481 Special Topics in Latin American Studies var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .Xs appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary' basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 4S1 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

LBST: Liberal Studies
Liberal Studies Program
Academic Affairs Division

3c-0I-3cr

LBST 499 Senior Synthesis
Prerequisite: 7.^cr or inore earned

Helps students understand and handle complex intellectual and social issues
from multiple perspectives. A selection of topics, available each semester
and summer session, is announced and described in the undergraduate
course schedule. Students should schedule the course during the senior year
oral least no earlier than the last half cf the junior year. In order to broaden
their experiences, students are encouraged to enroll in synthesis sections
taught by instructors outside of the students" major fields.

LIBR: Library

The University Libraries

Academic Affairs Division

LIBR 151 Introduction to Library Resources var-lcr

A lecture/laboratory course (fourteen one-hour classes) which provides an
introduction to the resources of a university library, how those resources are
organized, and how to use those resources effectively.

LIBR 201 Internet and Multimedia 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: BTED/COSC/IFMG 101 or prior exposure to word
processing and electronic mail

Focuses on the evaluation of information and multimedia resources available
on electronic networks when doing research in an area of one's choice.
Information literacy course is designed for students to gain a more in-depth
understanding of the information resources available electronically and of
how to utilize them more effectively in communicating. Students learn how
to access and utilize these resources for two-way communications and
support for decision making while incorporating selected elements in
multimedia presentations of their own design. (BTED/CM/COSC/IFMG/
LIBR 20 1 may be used interchangeably for D or F repeats and may not be
counted for duplicate credit.)

LIBR 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

LIBR 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

LRNC: Learning Enhancement Center
The Learning Enhancement Center
Division of Student Affairs

LRNC 070 Reading Skills for College Study 3c-0l-3cr

Assists students in the development of col lege- level reading skills with
emphasis on textbook reading. Includes literal and critical comprehension

skills, vocabulary development, and reading efficiency. Carries institutional,
nondegree credit, and attendance is required.

LRNC 075 Reading and Study Skills Applications Ic-OI-lcr

Assists students in the applications of college-level reading and study skills
to content-area coursework. Intended for freshman students in poor
academic standing who need additional and individualized guidance in the
transfer of learning strategies into day-to-day reading and coursework.
Students participate in small-group instruction as well as individual
appointments with the instructor. Carries institutional, nondegree credit, and
attendance is required.

LRNC 090 Introduction to College Math I 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: May not register for this course after successfully
completing any course offered by the Mathematics Department without
the written approval of the Learning Enhancement Center director
Reviews basic computational skills and their applications. Includes opera-
tions with whole numbers, decimals, and fractions; the concepts of ratios,
proportions, and percents; basic geometric principles; and an introduction to
algebra. Carries institutional, nondegree credit, and attendance is required.

LRNC 091 Developmental Mathematics,

Arithmetic Operations Ic-OI-lcr

Prerequisite: May not register for this course after successfully
completing any course offered by the Mathematics Department without
written approval of the Learning Enhancement Center director
Explores the basics of counting principles, place value, arithmetic
operations, exponential notation, and fractional notation through a base 8
perspective. Vocabulary, concept development, and algorithms related to the
above topics are presented in a lecture format. Supplemental Instruction is
provided. Carries institutional, nondegree credit, and attendance is required.

LRNC 092 Developmental Mathematics. Elemental Topics Ic-OI-lcr
Prerequisite: May not register for this course after successfully
completing any course offered by the Mathematics Department without
written approval of the Learning Enhancement Center director
Provides students with minimal algebra skills prior to introducing basic
probability and descriptive statistics concepts as well as a review of basic
geometry concepts and algorithms. Topics include identification and
simplification of terms and expressions; mean, median, mode calculations;
bar. line, and circle graph construction and interpretation; application and
calculation of plane geometry formulae. Carries institutional, nondegree
credit, and attendance is required.

LRNC 093 Developmental Mathematics. Elements of Algebra Ic-OI-lcr
Prerequisite: May not register for this course after successfully
completing any course offered by the Mathematics Department without
written approval of the Learning Enhancement Center director
Introduces algebraic concepts and algorithms with a comparison of
Arithmetic algorithms to associated Algebraic algorithms. Topics include
properties and operations on real numbers, simplifying expressions, order of
operations, solving equations and inequalities, formulas, exponential and
scientific notation, and operations on polynomials. Carries institutional,
nondegree credit, and attendance is required.

LRNC 095 Introduction to College Math II 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: May not register for this course after successfully
completing any course offered by the Mathematics Department, without
written approval of the Learning Enhancement Center director
Introduces beginning algebraic concepts, including signed numbers; rules
and properties of equations; exponents; polynomials; factoring; algebraic
fractions; graphs and linear equations, inequalities, and radical expressions.
Carries institutional, nondegree credit, and attendance is required.

LRNC 150 Introduction to Higher Education Ic-OI-lcr

Introduces students to the system of higher education and to skills that
promote effective educational planning and academic success. Orients
students to the systems, resources, policies, and procedures of lUP and to the
Liberal Studies curriculum. Emphasizes goal setting, decision making, self
monitoring, and time-management skills.

Page 206

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

LRNC 160 Learning Strategies Ic-Ol-lcr

Assists students to develop and use effective and efficient study strategies on
a consistent basis. Students examine their academic goals and implement
study strategies to help achieve those goals. Includes the topics of goal
setting and self-monitoring, learning styles, test preparation and test taking,
lecture and textbook note taking, time management and concentration, and
general strategies for learning. Students will be required to give evidence of
application of the study strategies to other courses in which they are
currently enrolled. .Active participation in class meetings is expected.

LR.NC 170 Career Exploration Ic-OI-lcr

Introduces students to the theoretical and practical framework with which to
explore careers compatible » ith overall academic skills, aptitudes, and life
goals. Students examine the world of work, assess their interests and
abilities, and make realistic decisions on academic majors and careers.
(Cross-listed as .\DVT 170. These courses may be substituted for each other
and may be used interchangeably for D or F repeats but may not be counted
for duplicate credit. )

LRNC 201 \'ocabulary Expansion 2c-OI-2cr

Assists students to de\ elop an ennched v ocabulary through learning and
applying knowledge of Latin and Greek word parts and mastering the
meanings and use of mature words based on those word parts. The primary
emphasis is on developing the reading vocabulary, but attention is also given
to students" w riting. listening, and speaking vocabularies.

.M.\TH: .Mathematics '

Department of .Mathematics

College of .Natural Sciences and Mathematics

3c-OI-3cr

MATH 100 Intermediate .\lgebra

Note: Ma\ not take this course after successfully completing

MATH 1 05 or 1 1 0 or a calculus course without written Mathematics

Department chairperson approv al

Basic course in algebra including factoring, exponents and radicals, systems

of linear equations, complex fractions, and inequalities. Designed for those

students who lack the basic algebraic skills required in MATH 105 or 110.

Will not meet Liberal Studies math requirements.

.\L\TH 101 Foundations of Mathematics 3c-0l-3cr

Introduces logic and mathematical w a\ of analyzing problems; develops an
appreciation for namre. breadth, and power of mathematics and its role in a
technological society: introduces useful mathematics or mathematics related
to student interest. Possible topics include logic, problem solving, number
theory, linear programming, probability, statistics, inmitive calculus,
introduction to computers, mathematics of finance, game theory .

\L\TH 105 CoUege Algebra 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: M.-\TH 100 or appropriate Placement Test Score or

permission of the Mathematics Department chairperson

Note: May not take this course after successfully completing either a

calculus course or M.'\TH 1 10 without written Mathematics Department

chairperson approval

Prepares students for the study of calculus for business, natural and social

sciences. Topics include detailed smdy of polynomial exponential and

logarithmic functions.

.MATH 110 Elementary Functions 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: M.ATH 100 or appropriate Placement Test Score or
permission of the .Mathematics Department chairperson
Note: .Ma> not take this course after successfully completing a calculus
course w ithout wrinen Mathematics Department chairperson approval
Prepares mathematics and science students for the study of calculus. Topics
include detailed study of polynomial exponential logarithmic, and
trigonometric functions.

MATH 1 1 5 Applied Mathematics for Business 4c-0l-4cr

Prerequisites: MATH 1 05 or appropnate Placement Test score or

permission of the Mathematics Department chairperson

Note: May not take this course after successfully completing a calculus

course without written Mathematics Department chairperson approval
Offers a review of elementary functions including logarithmic and
exponential functions. Business tnajors are introduced to the mathematics of
finance and central ideas of the calculus, including limit, denvative. and
integral. .Applications to business and economics are emphasized.

.NLVTH 1 17 Principles of Mathematics 3c-OI-3cr

.An introduction to the nature of mathematics, designed specifically as a first
course for Mathematics Education majors to experience several facets of
mathematics including deduction, induction, problem solving, discrete
mathematics, and theorv of equations. Enrollment open to Secondary
-Mathematics Education majors only.

MATH 121 Calculus I for .Natural and Social Sciences 4c-0i-lcr

Prerequisite: MATH 105 or 1 10 or appropriate Placement Test Score or
permission of the Mathematics Department chairperson
Note: May not take this course after successfiiUy completing a calculus
course w ithout wiitten Mathematics Department chairperson approval
Offers a review of elementary ftuictions. including logarithmic and
exponential functions. Natural and Social Science majors are introduced to
the central ideas of calculus, including limit, derivative, and integral-
Applications to natural and social sciences are emphasized.

M-\TH 122 Calculus U for Natural and Social Sciences 4c-0l-4cr

Prerequisite: MATH 121

Applications of integrals to natural and social sciences, ftmctions of sev eral
variables, trigonometric ftmctions. sequences and series, numerical methods,
and differential equations.

MATH 123 Calculus 1 for Physics.

Chemistry . and Mathematics -Ic-OMcr

Prerequisites: High school algebra, geometry, and trigonometry
Functions, limits, continuity . derivatives, application of the derivative,
integral and appUcations of the integral. (Trigonometric and inverse
trigonometric ftmctions are included throughout the course.)

\L\TH 124 Calculus II for Physics,

Chemistry, and Mathematics 4c-0l-4cr

Logarithmic and exponential functions, techniques of integration, sequences
and series, differential calculus of functions of several variables, multiple
integrals, line integrals, surface integrals, differential equations with
apphcation to physical problems.

.\LATH 151 Elements of Mathematics I 3c-0l-3cr

Topics included are sets, concepts of logic, mathematical systems, systems
of numeratiom developing the set of integers, rational numbers, and real
numbers.

\LATH 152 Elements of Mathematics II 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: MATH 151

Topics included are sentences in one \ariable, sentences in two vanables,
nonmetric geometry, metric geometry, coordmate geometrv. mtroduction to
statistics and probability, computers, and calculators.

>LATH 171 Introduction to Linear .Algebra 3c-0l-3cr

An introduction to vector spaces, linear transformations, determinants, and
matrix algebra. Topics are presented in a direct and intuitiv e approach.

.MATH 214 Probability and Statistics for Business Majors 3c-OI-3cr

Designed to study the methods of descnbing data, probability theorv.
discrete and continuous random variables, samplmg distributions, estimanoo
and tests of hvpothesis for means, proportions and variance, and simple
linear regression and correlation.

\LATH 216 Probability and Statistics for Natural Sciences 4c-OI-4cr
Prerequisite: MATH 121 or 123

Frequencv distributions, measures of central tendency and variation, proba-
bihty, probability distributions, sampling distribunons. Hvpothesis testing for
means, variances, proportions. Correlation and prediction, regression, anal-
ysis of variance, and nonparametnc statistics. Emphasis is on apphcanoos.

INDIANA LNI\ ERSrri' OF PENTs'SYLVANLA L"NDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Pace 207

.NUTH 217 Probabilit> and Statistics 3c-01-3cr

(For non-Math majors) Frequenc> distnbutions. measures of central
tendenc>. \anation. elemenian probabilit>. sampling, esiimalion. testing
h\potheses. correlation, and regression; emphasis on applications as opposed
to theoretical development of topics.

.MATH 219 Discrete Mathematics 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 1 10 and M.ATH 122 or 123

Topics include set algebra, mappings, relations, semigroups, groups, directed
and undirected graphs. Boolean algebra, and propositiooal logic, with
examples and applications of these to %ahous areas of computer science.
Emphasizes developing an intuitive understanding of basic structures rather
than formal theories and influence of these topics on theor> and practice of
computing.

MATH 241 Differential Equations 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 122 or 124

Emphasizes techniques of solution and applications of differential equations.
Topics include first order equations, second order linear equations. s>stems
of linear equations, and series solutions of ditTerential equations.

.MATH 271 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs I 3c-0i-3cr

Prerequisites: .M.ATH 123 and 171

Gi\es student basic ideas of necessary to prove results in mathematics.
Includes but is not limited to logic of mathematics, basic methods of proof,
algebra of sets, equivalence relations and partitions of sets, functions, and
mathematical induction.

.M.\TH 272 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs II 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: .\1.-\TH 124 and 271 with a grade of C or better
A further study of the basic ideas of contemporary mathematics. Topics
include but are not limited to mathematical induction, cardinality of sets,
relations, methods of proof in number theory, analv'sis. and algebra.

MATH 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an expenmental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primanly for lower-level undergraduate

students.

M.ATH 317 Probabilin and Statistics for

Elementan. and Middle School Teachers 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: .\1.-\TH 1 52. Elementary Education concentration
Introduces students to elementary concepts of probability and statistics
which enables them to analv'ze data, make predictions, and determine which
concepts may be used w ith children.

MATH 320 Mathematics for Earl> ChUdbood 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: NLATH 151. EarK Childhood major
Studies child-centered, activity -oriented mathematics programs for earh
childhood education. Focuses on helping children develop understanding and
insight into basic concepts of mathematics through the use of manipulative
materials. Topics include pre-number activities, number activities,
numeration, operations on whole numbers, estimation, rational numbers,
geometrv. measurement probabilitv. statistics, and problem solving.

M.4TH 340 Principles of Secondary School .Mathematics 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: MATH 271

Provides students w ith mathematics content needed to teach in secondarv-
schools. Connections are made between advanced and secondary school
mathematics. Open to secondary mathematics education majors only.

.M.ATH 342 .\dvanced Mathematics for .\pplications 4c-OI-4cr

Prerequisite: MATH 241

Deals with the application of mathematics to problems of science.
Emphasizes the three phases of such an application and on the development
of skills necessarv- to carry out each step: (a) translation of the given physical
information to a mathematical model: (b) treatment of the model by

mathematical methods: (c) interpretation of the mathematical result in
phvsical terms. Topics included are vector cakrulus. integral theorems.
Fourier series, partial differential equations, and the Laplace transformation.

M.ATH 350 History of Mathematics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: M.ATH 122 or 124 or instructor permission
Development of the central concepts of mathematics from ancient umes up
to the development of calculus in the seventeenth century. .Mathematical
concepts are placed in historical perspective. The use of the history of
mathematics as a pedagogical tool and its relationship to other sciences will
be addressed.

>L\TH 353 Theory of N u rabers 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: M.ATH 27 1 » ith a grade of C or bener
Divisibilitv. congruences, primitive roots, number theoretic functions,
diophantine equations, continued fractions, quadratic residues.

MATH 355 Foundations of Geometry I 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisites: M.\TH 1"1. 2"! with a grade of Cor better
Studies various groups of transformations and geometries associated with
these groups in the Euclidean plane. The EucUdean Similarity and affine and
projective groups of transformations are studied.

NLATH 363 Mathematical Statbtics I 3c-01-3cr

PrerequUites: MATH 122 or 124; 216

Probabilitv theory necessary for an understanding of mathematical statistics
is developed, .\pplications of set theory to models, combinations and
permutations, binomial Poisson and normal distributions, expected values,
and moment generating functions.

M.ATH 364 Mathematical Statistics II 3c-OI-3cr

PrerequUite: MATH 363

Multivariate distributions, change of variable technique, chi-square distribu-
tion, estimation, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, contingency tables,
goodness of fit Practical applications are used to aid in the development

M.\TH 366 Preparation for .Actuarial Examinations lc-4)>-lcr

Prerequisites: .M.ATH 171 and calculus sequence
Provides an introduction to the actuarial profession and helps the student
prepare for the first actuarial examinations. The examination preparation
consists of studving sample actuarial examinations and related material. The
student is required to take the actuarial examination. The student should be
aware that for most students, considerable study bevond the requirements of
this I cr course is required in order to pass the actuarial examinations.

-NUTH 371 Linear .Mgebra 3c-<ll-3cr

Prerequisites: .M.ATH 171. 271 with a C or better grade
Vector spaces and linear transformations are studied in a theoretical setting.
Also, canonical forms and muhilinear algebra are studied.

>LATH 417 Statistical .Applications 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: M.ATH 214. 216. or 217 (for non-.Math majors)
Using computer programs, a wide array of statistical procedures for
educational research workers will be explored. Basic concepts of statistical
inference and prediction are reviewed, including regression analysis and
prediction, hvpothesis testing, analysis of variance and covanance. and
partial and multiple correlation. Emphasizes use of the computer and
interpretation of computer printouts, along with imderstanding techniques
employed. No computer know ledge is necessary .

M.ATH 418 Sampling Survey Theory and Its .Application 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: i For non-.Vlath majors) M.ATH 214. 216. ot217
Directed to the student who is or w ill be doing quantitative research,
commissioning large-scale survev-s. and evaluating the results. Sampling
techniques and statistical principles underiving their use are introduced.
Consideration to the practical problems associated w ith implementation.

208

INDIANA L'NlX'ERSrn' OF PENTsSYLVANLA LXDERGR.ADL ATE CATALOG. 2003-04

MATH 420 Patterns and Functions for

Elenientar) and Middle School Teachers 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 152; Elementar\ Education concentration
Examines the function concept as applied to elementar>' real number
functions and graphing techniques for these functions. Topics include real
number functions such as absolute \alue. step, linear, quadratic, and other
poKnomial functions, trigonometric and other periodic functions,
exponential logarithmic functions, and all other in\erse functions. Students
examine curricular materials that develop function concepts in Grades K-8.

MATH 421 .Advanced Calculus I 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 124 and 272 with a grade of C or better
A stud> of set theor>'. real number system, ftmctions topology of Cartesian
space, sequences, convergence and uniform convergence, continuity, and

uniform continuity.

MATH 422 Advanced Calculus II 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: MATH 421

Includes the study of con\ergence sequences in Rn. global properties of
continuit). unifonn continuity, differentiation of Rn, Riemann integrals, and
infinite series.

M.ATH 451 Numerical Methods for Supercomputers 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 121 and 122. or MATH 123 or 127.
MATH I7I,COSC250

Supercomputers make use of special computer architectures-vector and
parallel processors-in order to achiese the fastest processing speed currently
available. Smdents are introduced to these features and learn how numerical
algorithms can be constructed to exploit supercomputers" capabilities. They
gain practical experience in programming for the Cra\. \MP. in
incorporating existing scientific software packages into user-» ritten
programs, in submitting remote jobs to the Pittsburgh Supercomputer Center,
and in producing animated graphical output to summarize the typically large
volume of output data generated b> large scientific programs. (Also offered
as COSC 45 1 ; may not register for duplicate credit)

MATH 452 Seminar in Teaching .Algebra var-l-4cr

MATH 453 Seminar in Teaching Geometrv var-l-4cr

MATH 454 Seminar in Teaching General .Mathematics var-l-4cr

Designed for pre-student teacher. Students in each class gain insights into
the problems in teaching each topic and become aware of the materials
available and methods of instruction geared to the special type of student.
Education majors only.

MATH 423 Complex \ ariables 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: .M.ATH 124

An introduction to the theory of functions of a complex variable: topics
included are elementary functions, analytic functions, conformal mapping,
integration, series, and application.

M-ATH 425 .Applied Mathematical Analysis I 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: Calculus sequence, introductory linear algebra, or instructor
permission

Provides the necessary background for an understanding of mathematical
programming, proofs of convergence of algorithms, convexity, and
factorable functions. Also develops necessarv concepts in matrix theory
which are required to develop efficient algorithms to solve linear and
nonlinear programming models.

MATH 427 Introduction to Topology 3c-0i-3cr

Prerequisite: M.ATH 272 with a grade of C or better
A study of sets, functions, continuity, compactness, the separation of a.xi-
oms, and metric spaces; application of topology to analysis is demonstrated.

MATH 430 Seminar in Teaching

Secondary School Mathematics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior standing

Prov ides insights into the teaching of general mathematics, algebra.

geometrv. probability, and statistics. Students become aware of and use the

resources and metliods of instruction for teaching mathematics at the

secondary' level. Open to secondary mathematics education majors only and

must be taken within nv o semesters prior to student teaching.

MATH 445 Programming Models in Operations Research 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: Two-semester sequence of calculus and M.ATH 171 or
pemiission of instructor

Development of deterministic mathematical models for managerial and
social sciences with relevant computational techniques.

M.ATH 446 Probabilistic Models in Operations Research 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: Two-semester sequence of calculus. M.ATH 363
Development of probabilistic mathematical models for managerial and social
sciences vv ith relevant computational techniques.

MATH 447 Simulation Models 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: Completion of the calculus sequence; background in statistics
and probability, and familianty with concepts of programming (knowledge
of a particular programming language not required)
Considers the tvpes of models that are basic to any simulation and methods
for building and using such models. Includes discrete and continuous system
simulations, their applications, and an introduction to SL.\.V1 II (Simulation
Language for Alternative Modeling).

M.ATH 455 Seminar in Teaching

Probability and Statistics Ic-OI-lcr

Designed for the pre-student teacher. Students in each class gain insights
into the problems in teaching each topic and become aware of the matenals
available and methods of instruction geared to the secondary mathematics
student. Education majors only.

.M.ATH 456 Geometry for Elementary and

Middle School Teachers 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: M.ATH 1 52. Elementary Education concentration
Students become acquainted w ith an informal, intuitive approach to
geometry. Activities and materials for teaching geometrical concepts to
children are an integral part of the course.

MATH 457 Number Theory for

Elementary and Middle School Teachers 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: M.ATH 152. Elementary Education concentration

An introduction to topics of elementary number theorv' including divisibility.

prime numbers, factorization, modular arithmetic, problem solv ing. and

place of number theorv in the elementary school ciuriculum. Students

examine many number theory activ ities which can help to strengthen skills

with basic facts in an interesting, nonroutine setting.

M.ATH 458 Logic and Logical Games for

Elementary and Middle School Teachers 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: M.ATH 152. Elementary Education concentration

An introduction to some of the basic ideas, temiinologv. and notation of

mathematical logic and Boolean algebra as vv ell as games of strategy that

involve logic. In addition, an investigation of how logic is taught and used in

various programs for the elementary school.

M.ATH 459 Technology in Elementary

and Middle School Mathematics Instruction 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 152. Elementarv Education concentration

Intended to develop the know ledge, skills, and perspectives required for

using educational technology in teaching mathematics at the elementary and

middle school levels. Participants will have hands-on experiences » ith

technologv.

MATH 460 Technology in Mathematics Instruction 3e-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 1 10, junior status

Laboratory based and designed to provide presen ice mathematics teachers
with expertise in instructional technology for teaching mathematics at the
secondarv lev el. .A strong emphasis is placed upon the integration of
pedagogy and subject matter know ledge. Open to secondarv mathematics
education majors only and must be taken within two semesters prior to
student teaching.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paee 209

MATH 465 Topics in Statistics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: MATH 364

Corrclalion and regression from applied and theoretical points of view,
bivariate and multivariate normal distribution, analysis of variance,
nonparametric methods. Practical problems involving statistical techniques
and use of computer statistical packages. Knowledge of computer
programming is not required.

MAIM 471 Basic Concepts of Algebra 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 152. Elementary Education concentration
Concepts of basic algebraic structures such as group, ring, integral domain,
field, and vector space are studied within the context of the mathematical
maturity of the student. Other topics include relations and functions,
polynomials and polynomial equations, systems of equations, and
inequalities. Consideration given to development of these concepts in the
mathematics curriculum.

MEDT 495 Clinical Chemistry var-7-lOcr

Enzymology. endocrinology, biochemistry of lipids, carbohydrates, and
proteins; metabolism of nitrogenous end products; physiology and metabo-
lism of fluids and electrolytes; and toxicology as related to the body and
diseases. The technical procedures include colorimetry. spectrophonictry,
electrophoresis, chromatography, automation, and quality control.

MEDT 496 Clinical Hematology/Coagulation var-4-7cr

The composition and function of blood; diseases related to blood disorders;
the role of platelets and coagulation. Manual and automated techniques of
diagnostic tests for abnormalities.

MEDT 497 Clinical Immunohematology var-3-6cr

Blood antigens, antibodies, crossmatching, hemolytic diseases, and related
diagnostic tests. An in-depth study of blood donor service and its many
facets such as transfusions, medico-legal aspects, etc.

MATH 476 Abstract Algebra 1 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: MATH 272 w ith a grade of C or better
Development of theory of integral domains, fields, rings, and groups;
designed to develop student's power to think for himself oi herself and to
improve ability to construct formal proofs.

MATH 477 Abstract Algebra U 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: MATH 476

Designed to ha\c student continue study of algebra by use of axiomatic
method; Euclidean domains; polynomial domains and extension fields
included; interrelationships between these structures and simpler structures,
particularly groups and rings, are developed as in study of Galois group of a
polynomial and in an introduction to Galois theory.

MATH 480 Senior Seminar Ic-OI-lcr

Prerequisite: Senior standing in Mathematics major
To assess the effectiveness of the mathematics curriculum and to provide
mathematics majors with a culminating mathematical experience.

MATH 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

MATH 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

Students with interest in independent study of a topic not otTered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

MATH 490 Independent Study

var-l-3cr

MATH 493 Internship in Mathematics var-3-l2cr

Prerequisites: Completion of core curriculum, completion of application
Positions with participating companies or agencies provide students with
experience in mathematics-related work under the supervision of the
agencies and faculty. Requirements include one to three on-site
consultations, two university consultations, completion of progress reports,
and presentation of final cumulative paper. Internship credit may not be used
in fulfilling math major course requirements.

MEDT 498 Clinical Immunology/Serology var-2-4cr

Immune response, immunoglobulins, autoimmunity, and complement and
related tests and diseases. Survey and demonstration of serological
diagnostic tests.

MEDT 499 Clinical Seminar var-0-6cr

Other courses which are not included in the above (such as orientation,
laboratory management, education, clinical microscopy) and/or are unique to
the individual hospital program.

MGMT: Management

Department of Management

Eberly College of Business and Information Technology

Note: Except for Accounting. Business Education, and non-business majors
who have met the required prerequisites, students scheduling 300 and 400
courses are expected to have achieved junior standing as described in the
Eberly College of Business and Information Technology Academic Policies.

MGMT 234 Introduction to Quality Control 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Must be enrolled in either the Associate in Applied Science in
Electro-Optics or the Associate of Science in Electro-Optics
Introduces the student to the principles, philosophies, and practices of Total
Quality Management (TQM) and the techniques of Statistical Quality
Control including fundamentals of probability and statistics, control charts
for variables and attributes, acceptance sampling, and reliability concepts.

MGMT 275 Introduction to Entrepreneurship 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: ACCT 201. ECON 121. sophomore status, only for
nonmajors. permission by department

Entrepreneurship is defined, common myths are discussed, and character-
istics of entrepreneurs are identified. Basic characteristics of entrepreneurs
are reviewed. Includes topics such as the psychology of entrepreneurship;
economic and social aspects of entrepreneurship; history; techniques of
purchasing a company; new venture initiation; and risk taking.

MGMT 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics arc offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 28 1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

MEDT: Clinical Laboratory Sciences

Department of Nursing and Allied Health Professions

College of Health and Human Services

MEDT 494 Clinical .Microbiology var-6-lOcr

Identification and clinical pathology of bacteria, fungi, viruses, and parasites.
Techniques to isolate, stain, culture, and determine antimicrobial
susceptibility. Instrumentation; quality control.

MGMT 300 Human Resource Management 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PSYC 101 ,

Designed to recognize and evaluate the application of behavioral science
approaches in the study of human resource management. Topics include
recruiting and selection, training, management development, performance
evaluation, communications, wage and benefit programs, and management-
labor relations.

Page 210

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

MGMT 305 Organizational Staffing 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 214. MGMT 300

Focuses on the theoretical, technical. administrati\e. and legal issues in-
volved in the recruitment, selection, placement, and promotion of individuals
by organizations. Topics co\ ered include human resource planning, job anal-
y-sis. job description and specifications, recruitment, selection process, equal
employment opportunity and affirmative action, reliability and validity of
selection instruments and techniques, and contemporary issues in selection.

MG.MT 310 Principles of Management 3c-OI-3cr

Provides the student with an m-depth identification and understanding of the
relevant theories, concepts, and principles underlying the management
ftinction.

MGMT 311 Human Behavior in Organizations 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: PSVC 101

Human problems of management. Basic ideas and theories from the
behavioral sciences as they apply to human behavior in organizations are
presented. Management solutions to problems resulting from individual-
organization interaction are emphasized.

MGMT 325 Small Business Management 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: MGMT 275. 310. MKTG 320

A survey course emphasizing those aspects of small business management
not covered elsewhere in the student's program. Key topics include Real
Estate. Site Selection, and Facilities Management: Purchasing Management.
Vendor Relations, and Inventory Systems; Plant Security, Loss Control. Risk
and Insurance Management: Human Resources .Management, Employee
Benefits. Motivation, and Leadership: Small Business Market Research.
Customer Services Management and Pricing. A review of other elements of
the small firm's raiUeu is included as a necessary contexmal element (e.g.,
planning, accounting, financing, law ).

MGMT 330 Production and Operations Management 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: M.ATH 1 1 5, 2 14, junior status, Eberly College of
Business and Information Technology or approved major
A study of the process of converting an organization's inputs into outputs
whether in goods-producing or service industries. Prov ides an overview of
concepts, tools, and techniques used in management of production and
operations function in organizations.

MGMT 334 Quality Management 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: MGMT 330

Emphasizes the philosophy that quality is an organizationvvide phenomenon
that influences every aspect of its operations. .-Vn overview of current quality-
management philosophies and tools and techniques for managing quality in
manufacturing and services.

MGMT 350 International Business 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: MGMT 310

A study of the international dimensions of business and the critical
environmental and organizational factors that affect managerial approaches
in the international arena. Focuses upon the management problems stemming
from the movement of goods, human resources, technology, finance, or
ownership across international boimdaries. (Also offered as MKTG 350)

MGMT 351 International Management 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: MGMT 310

Prov ides the student w ith a general foundation on managing multinational
corporations (MNCs). Examines the macro- and structural-level issues of
MNCs. Focuses on planning, organization structure, managerial decision
making, and human resource management in global structures and
differences between MNCs and domestic organizations.

MGMT 400 Compensation Management 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: MGMT 300

Studies the policies and programs that help managers design and administer
compensation systems for private and public sector enterprises. Includes
motivation theories and practice designing of compensation systems.

MGMT 401 Management Development and Training 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: MGMT 300. 310

Pnnciples. problems, and procedures in planning, organizing, directing, and

controlling all aspects of training and development programs in a business

enterprise. Methods of improving and development of managerial skills are

emphasized.

MGMT 402 Seminar in Human Resource Management 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: MGMT 300. graduating senior

.An integrative course in Human Resource Management Considers current
issues in human resource management literature and contemporary topics in
the human resource management field using case studies.

MGMT 403 Small Business Planning 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ACCT 300. BTED COSC IFMG 101. MGMT 325
Integrates the content of much of the business core and relates it to the
business planning for small businesses and entrepreneurial efforts. The
smdent is introduced to the concepts which support the development of an
effective business plan.

MGMT 406 Human Resources Management Research 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: MGMT 300. QBUS 215

The study of the nature of research questions, research methods, research
design, collection, analysis, and interpretation of data. Focuses on design,
dev elopment implementation, and evaluation of Human Resources
Management programs. Applications in employee selection, performance
measurement, w ork attitudes and motivation, employee training, and
development areas.

MGMT 428 Seminar in Management 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: MGMT 310

.An integrative course in management. Considers current literature in the
field and contemporary issues in management using case studies.

MGMT 432 Business and Society 3c-OI-3cr

.\n overview of the interactions be^veen business and the larger social
system in which it operates. Considers the problem, solutions, and future
directions of societal issues and their relationships to the business environ-
ment. Topics discussed include consumerism, the morality of advertising,
self-regulation, pollution and ecology, overpopulation, government
regulation, and the social and ethical responsibiUties of business and
industry. (Also offered as MKTG 432: may not be taken for duplicate credit)

MGMT 437 Operations Management System 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: MGMT 330

A theoretical and practical understanding of manufacturing and service
planning and control, including systems modeling, purchasing and sourcing.
information and control including MPS, MRP. and MRP-II. scheduling, etc.
Manufacturing and service technologies and trends are also emphasized.
Computer appUcations are used for imderstanding the interrelationships
between various components of operations system.

MGMT 438 Seminar in Operations Management 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: MGMT 330. senior standmg

An integrative course in operations management Considers and analyzes the
current literature and contemporary topics in the area of providing service
and producing goods. Case studies and field trips are used to provide
students with a comprehensive knowledge of the theories, current practices,
and trends in several topical areas of operations management Students leam
to present their findings and analyses in a professionally written format

MGMT 452 Comparative Management 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: MGMT 350

The study of the similarities and differences among managers, management
practices, and organizations in different cultures. A variety of comparative
management systems, models, and theories are presented, and research
findings are examined.

INDUNA LATVERSm' OF PENNSYLVANLA CNDERGR-ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paae211

MGMT 454 International Competitiveness 3c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: MGMT .'50

The study of tlie most important challenges that face nations and firms alike

in gaining or restoring competitiveness. Focuses on factors that determine the

success of nations and their firms in highlv dynamic world markets. Various

theories, models, and cases dealing with compeliiise advantage are

examined.

MGMT 459 Seminar in International Management 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: MGMT 454. senior standing

.An analysis of recent literature and developments related to global business
issues such as strategic alliances, human resource management in global
environments, global assignments. Japanese business system, multinational
corporations in the v\orld economy.

MGMT 481 Special Topics in Management var-l-3cr

Covers advanced, innovative, or exploratory topics and disciplines within
management. Specific content items developed by instructor. Credits may be
applied to either required (by permission of department chairperson) or free
electives in a student's program.

MKTG 321 Consumer Behavior 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: MKTG 320 and PS^ C 101

.•\ survey of noteworthy contributions of behavioral science and research on
consumer purchasing and decision-making process, w ith particular attention
to formal and informal influence patterns.

MKTG 350 International Business 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: MGMT 310

■A study of the international dimensions of business and the critical

env ironmental and organizational factors thai affect managerial approaches

in the international arena. Focuses upon the management problems stemming

from the movement of goods, human resources, technology, fmance, or

ownership across international boundaries. (."Mso oft'ered as MGMT 350)

MKTG 351 Self-Marketing Ic-OI-lcr

Prerequisite: Junior standing (as per credits earned)
Focuses on the dev elopment of both long-term and shon-term self-marketing
plans and self-marketing packages. Theories of managerial marketing,
professional selling, market research, and advertising applied to self-
marketing in order to prepare students to seek internship experience.

MGMT 482 Independent Study var-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member.
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's OtTice
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues in a
concentrated area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

MGMT 492 Small Business/Entrepreneurship Internship var-3-12cr
Prerequisites: MGMT 403. permission of department chairperson. 2.75
cumulative GP.A. all other requirements of the Eberly College of Business
and Information Technology

Involves practical entrepreneiuial experience of on-site consulting with small
business firms. Students generally w ork for a semester on ftinctionally re-
lated topics in accounting, finance, marketing, and MIS or on general topics
such as business planning, forecasting, policy, and general management.

.MGMT 493 Management Internship var-3-12cr

Practical experience to develop know ledge and skills in the application of
theory to actual problems in a nonclassroom setting. A ma.ximum of 3cr of
internship in the student's major may be appUed toward the management and
human resource management major area elective requirements. .Additional
internship credit must be used as free electives only . Admission only by
permission of the department chairperson and dean. Eberly College of
Business and Information Technology.

MGMT 495 Business Policy 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: Completion of all Business Core requirements or permission:
graduating seniors

A capstone case analysis course designed to give the student practice in
applying business theories to the solution of management problems. .An
analysis of how top management determines strategy and policy and
influences the philosophy and character of the company. Develops in the
student a general management viewpoint that integrates the various fiinctions
of the organization.

MKTG: Marketing

Department of Marketing

Eberly College of Business and Information Technology'

.\ole: hxcepl for .Accountmg. Business hducation. and non-business majors
who have met the required prerequisites, students scheduling 300 and 400
courses are expected to have achieved junior standing as described in the
Eberly College of Business and Information Technology Academic Policies.

MKTG 320 Principles of .Marketing 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: ECON 122

A study of those activities necessary to the design, pricing, promotion, and

distribution of goods and services for use by organizations and ultimate

consumers.

MKTG 420 Marketing Management 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisites: MKTG 320 and 321

.•\n analysis of marketing and operational problems and policies involved in

planning, organizing, coordinating, and controlling a total marketing

program.

MKTG 421 Marketing Research 3e-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: MKTG 320 and MATH 214

Nature, methods, analysis, and application of present-day marketing research
techniques utilized in the solution of practical marketing problems.

MKTG 422 Seminar in Marketing 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: MKTG 420 and 421. graduating senior
.A terminal course designed for majors in marketing: considers current
literature in the field, case problems pertaining to the total marketing effort,
and current problems of actual companies.

MKTG 430 International Marketing 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: MKTG 320

International marketing and markets are analysed. Special consideration is
given to the significance of government regulations, organization structures
of export and import enterprises, and credit policies.

MKTG 431 Business-to-Business Marketing 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: MKTG 420

Concerned w ith the major activities involved in the marketing of industrial
goods and ser^ ices, including the industrial marketing system, marketing
information needs of the industrial firm, industrial marketing implementation
and control, and channel, pricing, product, and promotional strategies for
industrial goods.

MKTG 432 Business and Society 3c-OI-3cr

An overview of the interactions between business and the larger social
system in which it operates. Considers the problems, solutions, and future
directions of societal issues and their relationships to the business environ-
ment. Topics discussed include consumerism, the morality of advertising,
self-regulation, pollution and ecology, overpopulation, government
regulation, and the social and ethical responsibilities of business and
industry. (Also otTered as MGMT 432: may not be taken for duplicate credit)

MKTG 433 Advertising 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: MKTG 320

.\n introduction to the principles, practices, and creations of advertising. Use
of V arious media and legal, economic, social, and ethical aspects of
advertising are also considered.

Paee212

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNS'VT.VANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

MKTG 434 Marketing Logistics 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: Junior senior standing. MKTG 320 and MGMT 330
Focuses on planning, organizing, and controlling the marketing logistics
function. In addition to the acquisition and application of management
science methods, students integrate and appl> pre\ iously gained knowledge
to analyse and solve complex marketing logistics problems. Areas of major
concentration include facility location, transportation, inventory
management, and customer service.

MKTG 435 Professional Selling and Sales Management 3c-fll-3cr

Prerequisite: MKTG 320

Introduces students to the role and nature of modem personal selling in
marketing. Theory and practice of personal selling process, sales planning,
delivering sales presentations, and relationship marketing are emphasized.
Basics of managing sales force including territory management, recruiting,
training, and compensating sales force are also covered.

.MKTG 436 Retail Management 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: MKTG 320

Introduces students to all facets of retailing including the history of retailing,
retail theories, and decision-making in retailing framework.

MKTG 437 Services Marketing 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: MKTG 320

Focuses on current theories and applications of marketing techniques in the
fast-growing area of services in the business, government and nonprofit
sectors. Emphasizes characteristics of services and their marketing
implications and formulation and implementation of marketing strategies for
service tlrms.

MKTG 438 Relationship .Marketing 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: MKTG 320

Relationship marketing entails performing marketing activities directed
toward establishing, developing, and maintaining successful long-term re-
lational exchanges. Covers the theory and practice of relationship marketing.

MKTG 439 Internet .Marketing 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: MKTG 320

Presents a strategic framework for developing marketing strategies on the
Internet. Extends the marketing mix framew ork to e-commerce using current
theories and applications in on-line product, on-line pricing, w eb-based
marketing communication, and distribution strategies. Other topics include
marketing research on the Internet, electronic retailing, Internet-based
customer relationship management, and legal-ethical dimensions of
e-marketing Students use Internet-based on-line marketing cases.

MKTG 440 Direct Marketing 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: MKTG 320

Introduces students to the role and nature of direct marketing, including its
current theory and practice. Topics include current state and growth of direct
marketing, prospecting strategies, development of hot lists, timeless
strategies, and lifetime value analysis. Strategies, implementation, and public
policy issues are discussed.

MKTG 441 Export Marketing 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: MKTG 320

Students conduct an export feasibility analysis of a consumer/industrial item

for a foreign market. Focus is on strategic and procedural aspects of export

marketing.

MKTG 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Covers advanced, innovative, or exploratory topics and disciplines within
marketing. Specific content items developed by instructor. Credits may be
applied to either required (by permission of department chairperson) or free
electives in a student's program. Special topics numbered 481 are primarily
for upper-level undergraduate students.

MKTG 482 Independent Study

Prerequisite: Pnor approval through advisor, faculty member.

var-3cr

department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office. Approval is based on
academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
Indiv idual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues in a
concentrated area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty member.

MKTG 493 Marketing Internship var-3-12cr

Practical experience in the marketing field to develop know ledge and
experience in the practical application of theory to actual problems in a
nonclassroom situation. A maximum of 3cr of internship in the student's
major may be applied tow ard the marketing major-area elective require-
ments. Additional internship credit must be used as free electives only.
.Admission only by permission of the department chairperson and the dean,
Eberly College of Business and Information Technology.

MLSC: Military Science
Department of Military Science
-\cademic .Affairs Division

MLSC 101 Introduction to Military Science 2c-ll-2cr

A study of the organization of the United Slates .Army and the role of the
military in today's society. Emphasizes the customs and traditions of the
serv ice. the Total .Army concept, and the ftindamentals of leadership.
Includes instruction in basic military skills, land navigation, and personal
nutrition and fitness. Also, see Leadership Laboratory.

MLSC 102 Fundamentals of Military Science 2c-ll-2cr

The study of the basic knowledge regarding military service and the
profession of arms. Emphasizes basic military skills, first aid, and the
development of leadership abilities through practical exercises. Includes
instruction on offensive and defensive tactics, the Army writing style, and
military briefings. .Also, see Leadership Laboratory.

MLSC 203 Fundamentals of Tactical Operations.

Techniques of Leadership, and \\ eapons Characteristics 2c-ll-2cr

Organization, techniques, resources, and capabilities involved in conducting
small-unit tactical operations. Emphasizes leadership, organization, and
management techniques needed to cause a group of people to accomplish
specific objectives. Characteristics of military w eapons systems are taught
Students serve as leaders in Leadership Labs.

MLSC 204 National Security and

Fundamentals of Military Topography 2c-ll-2cr

The study of national security concepts, policies, and the national decision-
making process v* ith emphasis on national resources, national w ill. and
economic factors. Includes a study of nuclear and conventional response
options. Fundamentals of military topography including the use of military
maps to determine topographic features, to conduct land navigatioiu and to
perform terrain analysis are covered. Also, see Leadership Laboratory.

MLSC 305 Fundamentals of Leadership and

Modern Learning/Teaching Relationship 3c-ll-3cr

A study in practical application of pnnciples of leadership'management as
applied in classroom and field to include case studies in psychological
physiological, and sociological factors w hich affect human behavior,
individual and group solution of leadership problems common to small units.
.Also, see Leadership Laboratory.

MLSC 306 Study of .Advance Leader Planning

and Execution of Modern Combat Operations 3c-ll-3cr

.An analysis of leaders role in directing and coordinating efforts of
individuals and small units in execution of offensive and defensive tactical
missions, to include command and control systems, the military team, and
communications techniques. Also, see Leadership Laboratory.

MLSC 407 Management of the Military Complex to

Include Fundamentals of Military and International Law 3c-ll-3cr

The study of the vanous managerial elements needed to etYectively control a
military organization and the techniques used to accomplish these functions.
Studies in military law and international law prepare the students for their
legal responsibilities. .Also, see Leadership Laboratory.

INDIANA LMVERSITV' OF PENNSYLV.ANLA L-NDERGR-ADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paae 213

MLSC 408 Seminar in Militan Analysis and Management 3c-ll-3cr

Contemporarv' analysis of use of military in world affairs to include
importance of strategic mobility and neutralization of insurgent movements.
Selected management problems and situations are presented as they relate to
military justice, administration, and obligation and responsibilities of an
officer. Mso. see Leadership Laboratory.

Leadership Laboratory (one afternoon per week) var-Ocr

A practical experience designed for the attainment and application ot
leadership principles. Concurrently scheduled in conjunction with all
Military Science courses, it provides for practical challenges in personal
accomplishment, both physical and mental, and for development of team
work and leadership.

Summer Camp var-Ocr

Students attend a six-week summer camp upon completion of the first year
of the Ad\anced Course. Time at camp is de\oted to practical application of
principles and theories taught during the preceding school year. While at
camp, each student recei\es lodging, subsistence, uniforms, medical care,
reimbursement for traveU and pay in amount of one-half pay of second
lieutenant per month.

MRSC: Marine Science

Marine Science Consortium/Biology Department

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

Although lUP IS not currently a member institution, students may register for
courses offered through the Marine Science Consortium through any
participating institution. (For a complete listing of these, see
in™-, msconsorlium. org'Wekome. htm )

MRSC 1 10 Introduction to Oceanography var-3cr

An introduction to physical, chemical, biological, and geological aspects of
oceans and methods and techniques of oceanography. Lab emphasis on at-
sea assignments.

MRSC 211 Field Methods in Oceanography var-3cr

Prerequisite: MRSC 1 10 or instructor permission
.A familiarization w ith dynamic manne environment involving use and
application of oceanographic instruments and sampling devices.

.MRSC 212 Navigation var-3cr

Prerequisite: Four years" high school math or equivalent or instructor

permission

Covers navigation, i.e.. the art and science of safely bringing a vessel from

one position to another in a body of w ater. Course divided into ( I ) brief

historical background: (2) navigation within sight of land. i.e.. piloting: (3)

navigation in the open sea. including electronic navigation methods.

MRSC 221 .Marine Invertebrate Zoology var-3cr

Prerequisite: One year of Biology or instructor permission
A study of marine invertebrates with emphasis on de\ elopment. reproduc-
tion, structure, function, and classification of selected marine organisms.

MRSC 241 Marine Biology var-3cr

Prerequisites: Botany and zoology or instructor permission
A study of plant and animal life in marine environment with emphasis on
physical and chemical factors affecting biota.

MRSC 250 Management of \\ etiand Wildlife var-3cr

The ecology and management of wetland wildlife, particularly of freshwater
marshes and saltwater marshes. Special emphasis on ecosystem approach.

MRSC 260 Marine Ecology

Prerequisite: One year of biology or instructor permission

A course in ecology of manne organisms.

var-3cr

MRSC 270 Scuba Diving var-3cr

Prerequisites: Swimming ability and good health (a standard diving
physical form w ill be mailed to students electing the course)

Students who complete course receive a National Association of Underwater
Instructors Diver Certificate.

MRSC 280 Marine Field Biology var-3cr

An introduction to basic pnnciples of ecology and natural history of selected
plants and animals in terrestrial, freshwater, and manne en\ ironments.
Suitable for non-Science majors.

MRSC 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are otTered pnmarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

MRSC 331 Chemical Oceanography var-3cr

Prerequisites: MRSC 1 10 and one year of Chemistry
Treatment of oceanic chemical phenomena by sampling and laboratory
analysis techniques.

MRSC 342 Marine Botany var-3cr

In-the-field studies and laboratory analysis by instrumentation of marine and
marine fringe plants in the Middle Atlantic Coast as exemplified by those
found in the Cape Henlopen. Delaware, and Wallops Island. Virginia, areas.

MRSC 343 Marine Ichthyology var-3cr

Prerequisites: General Biology and/br instructor permission
.A study of fishes. Specimens collected along Eastern Seaboard by students
are used to illustrate anatomy, physiology, and systemalics of this major
vertebrate group. Field collections give student opportunity to observe
relationships of these animals to the biotic and physical environment.

.MRSC 344 .\natomy of Marine Chordates var-3cr

Prerequisites: 6cr of Biology including General Zoology

Designed to familiarize students with various aspects of marine chordates.

MRSC 345 Marine Ornithology var-3cr

Prerequisite: One year of Biology or instructor permission
Introduces student to avian fauna of seacoast and enables comparison with
inland species. In addition to field work providing visual and vocal
identification, lecture material includes information on distribution,
behavior, physiology, and anatomy of birds.

MRSC 362 Marine Geology var-3cr

Prerequisites: MRSC 1 10 and Physical Geology or instructor permission
Studies of structural and sedimentary environments of continental shelf
slopes, and ocean basins and crustal structure of the earth and its relation to
sedimentary record and geologic history of oceans.

MRSC 364 Physical Oceanography var-3cr

Prerequisites: MRSC 1 10. one year of Physics, one semester of calculus.

and permission of the instructor

Includes consideration of physical properties, mass and energy budgets.

theory of distribution of variables; cause, nature, measurement, analysis, and

prediction of tides, currents, and waves; and basic instrumentation in the

field.

MRSC 420 .Marine .Micropaleontology var-3cr

Prerequisites: One year of Geology and Biology or instructor permission
Deals with modem, living representatives of microorganisms important in
fossil record » ith particular emphasis on taxonomy, morphology, evolution,
and ecologic affinities of representative groups.

MRSC 431 Ecology of Marine Plankton var-3cr

Prerequisite: One year of Biology

A study of phytoplankton and zooplankton in marine and brackish
environments. Qualitative and quantitative comparisons made between the
planktonic populations of various types of habitats in relation to primary and
secondary productivity.

Page 214

INDWNA UNIVERSITY' OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

MRSC 459 Coastal Geomorpholog> var-3cr

Prerequisite: One year of Geology

A studs of coastal geomorphologs with emphasis on Late Cenozoic and
Pleistocene sea-le\el changes in response to worldwide continental
glaciation. The student participates in field studies of Pleistocene deposits
and the weathering of these deposits.

MRSC 481 Special Topics var-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A gi\ en topic nia\ be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 48 1 are otTered primarily for upper-level undergraduate

students.

MRSC 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval tlirough advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Proxost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not otTered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of stud) in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

MRSC 500 Problems in Marine Science var-3cr

Graduate students or undergraduate students w ith advanced standing
registering for this course max elect either of the following options.
Option A: Take a 200-. 300-. or 400-level MRSC course and complete, in
addition to regular course requirements, a project in the area under direction
of instructor.

Option B: Complete an independent research project. .A research proposal
must be approved by the .'\cademic Committee of M.S.C. in advance of the
time research is to be undertaken.

MUHI: Music History
Department of Music
College of Fine .\rts

MUHI 101 Introduction to Music 3c-0I-3cr

Presumes no technical background (for nonmajors) but does utilize the
varied musical experiences of each indix iduai to help extend interest as far as
possible. .Attendance at x arious concerts of unix ersity organizations, cultural
life events, and visiting artist concerts is required to augment listening
experiences of students.

MUHI 102 Sur\ey of Music Literature 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Music major or permission from instructor
Surveys a broad spectrum of music literature and analysis. Intended to
introduce music students to a listening knoxvledge of a select body of music
for diverse performing media, representing the historical time period of
xvestem art music as xvell as manx nonw estem musical traditions including
jazz and \x orld music. Designed for music majors and others who have a
substantial knoxx ledge of music.

.MUHI 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A gixen topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are otTered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

MUHI 301 Music History I 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: ENGL 101. 202. HIST 195. 305

.•\n intensive study of the historx' and style of Medieval. Renaissance, and
Baroque music. Considerable analytical listening required.

MUHI 302 Music History II 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: MfiHl }0\ or peniiission

An intcnsixc study of the history and styles of Classical. Romantic, and
twentieth-century music to 1950. Considerable analytical listening required.

MUHI 322 Medieval and Renaissance Music 3c-0l-3cr

An intensix e studx of the plainchant foundations in the early Middle .Ages:
the origins of poljphonx: sacred and secular music of the thirteenth to the
sixteenth centuries; special emphasis on Dutay. Josquin. Palestrina. and their
contemporaries.

MUHI 323 The Baroque Era 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: MLHl 301. 302

Extends from Montex erdi through Bach and Handel and considers vocal and
instrumental forms, styles, and practices of era.

Ml HI 324 The Classical Era 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: MUHI 301. 302

A survey of music from about 1725 to about 1827. with special anention to
the music of Mozart and Haydn. Consideration is giv en also to the works of
D. Scarlatti and C.P.E. Bach.

MUHI 325 The Romantic Era 3c-0l-3cr

A survey of music from about 1800 to 1910. xvith attention directed to the
earlier romantic composers such as Beethoxen. Schubert, Mendelssohn, and
Berlioz tlirough the later romantic composers such as Wagner,
Tschaikoxx sky . Mahler, and Dxorak as w ell as others.

MUHI 420 The Twentieth Century 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: MUHI 301. 302

A suney of the stylistic trends of music from 1900 to the present, beginning

with Debussy. Raxel. and other impressionists through the music of

Schonberg. Straxinsky. Webem, Honegger. and Milhaud, Offered

infrequently.

MUHI 421 American Music 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: MUHI 301. 302

.A study of histor> and literature of music in America from 1600 to the

present day.

MUHI 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .\s appropnate to course content

Special topics courses are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may
be OtTered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

MUHI 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Pnor approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's OfTice
Students xx ith interest in independent smdx of a topic not otTered in the cur-
riculum max propose a plan of study in conjunction xxith a faculty member.
.Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

MUSC: Music
Department of Music
College of Fine .Arts

MUSC 110 Fundamentals of Theory 3c-OI-3cr

Rudiments of musical materials; harmonic, melodic, rhxthmie, and basic
formal procedures of the common practice period including pitch reading,
interv al construction, scales, and modes.

MUSC 1 1 1 Theorx Skills I Oc-3I-2cr

Dexelops aural skills through dictation and interpretation of xviitten music by
sight-singing. Taken in conjunction with Theory I.

MUSC 1 1 2 Theory Skills II 0c-3l-2cr

Prerequisite: MUSC 1 1 1 w ith a grade of C or better or Satisfactory
Continues development of aural skills through dictation, sight-singing,
keyboard skills, and improvisation. Taken in conjunction w ith Theorx II.

MUSC 115 Theory 1 3c-«l-3cr

The studx of the harmonic, melodic, and formal devices of the common
practice period, from simple diatonic chords through seventh chords.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Paae215

MISC 116 Theon, II 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ML'SC 1 15

The stud> of ihe harmonic, melodic, and formal de%ices of the common
practice penod. from simple diatonic chords through secondarv' dominants.
Theor\ II introduces basic music tbrms.

MISC 120 Brass Ensemble

MISC 121 Chamber Singers

MLSC 122 L niversit> Chorale

ML'SC 123 Symphon> Band

MISC 125 Marching Band

MISC 126 Music Theater

ML'SC 127 Percussion Ensemble

ML'SC 129 l'nr\ersit> Symphony Orchestra

MLSC 130 String Ensemble

MLSC 131 Lni>ersity \Mnd Ensemble

ML'SC 132 Men's or \\ omen's Chorus

MLSC 133 Woodwind Ensemble

.MLSC 134 Lniversity Chorus

MLSC 135 Jazz Ensemble

ML'SC 136 .Advanced Jazz Ensemble

Oc-21-O/lcr
Oc-31-O/lcr
Oc-31-O/lcr
Oc-31-O/lcr
Oc-61-O/lcr
Oc-61-O/lcr
Oc-41-O/lcr
Oc-51-O/lcr
Oc-2M)/lcr
Oc-31-O/lcr
Oc-31-O/lcr
Oc-21-0 Icr
Oc-31-O/lcr
Oc-31-O/lcr
Oc-31-O/lcr

MLSC 137 Piano .Accompan\ ing var-I-I or Ocr

Piano accompan>ing may be scheduled by qualified ( successful audition (
pianists from the Music Depanment in partial ftilfillment of ensemble
requirements- Ma> be repeated for credit. Pianists registered for this course
will provide accompaniments for Music Department students in solo \ocal or
instrumental performances in area and departmental recitals and or in \ oice
and instrumental lessons. Registration must be appro\ ed by a designated
Music Department faculty member from the piano area.

MLSC 151 Class \ oke I Ic-ll-lcr

For non-\'oice and Music Education majors. Development of correct \ocal
production techniques through individual and group performance in class.
Use of the voice as a tool for theorv skills and for eventual use in the music
classroom.

MLSC 152 Class \ oice 11 Ic-ll-lcr

A continuation of Class Voice I. Resumes development of correct vocal
production techniques through performance.

.MLSC 153 Class PUno 1 Ic-lUcr

Designed for students with no significant background in piano who need to
develop functional keyboard skills. Emphasizes harmonizing melodies and
playing simple accompaniments.

MLSC 154 Class Piano II
A continuation of Class Piano I.

Ic-lUcr

MLSC 155 Class Strings I Ic-ll-lcr

For Music Education majors who will develop r\idimentar> playing
techniques sufficient to initiate instruction for beginning students.
Emphasizes correct plaving positions and tone production for violin, viola,
cello, and double bass.

MLSC 157 Class Percussion I Ic-lUcr

.A practical introduction to the various instruments of the percussion family.
Students demonstrate correct plaving techniques and develop a resource file
containing information on percussion instnmients and instructional materials
as needed by the school music teacher.

MLSC 159 Class Brass 1 Ic-ll-lcr

For Music Education majors w ho w ill demonstrate rudimentary plaving
techniques and tone production skills to initiate beginning instruction.
Students develop plaving on trumpet or French horn and trombone,
euphonium, or tuba.

MLSC 161 Class Woodwinds I Ic-ll-lcr

For Music Education majors who w ill acquire correct tone production and
plaving techniques sufficient to initiate beginning instruction. Students
demonstrate skills w ith tlute. clarinet sa.\ophone, and oboe or bassoon.

MLSC 163 Class Guitar I Ic-ll-lcr

Designed for students » ith no significant background in guitar who wish to
develop fimctional plaving skills. Emphasizes using the guitar as an
accompanying instrument.

MLSC 211 Theory Skills III 0c-3l-2cr

Prerequisite: MUSC 1 12 with a grade of C or better or Satisfactory
Further dev elopment of aural skills through dictation, sight singing, keyboard
skills, and improvisation. Taken in conjunction with Theory HI.

MLSC 212 Theory Skills IV 0c-3l-2cr

Prerequisites: .MLSC 21 1 and 154 or .^P.ML" 151. with a grade of C or
bener or Satisfactory

Culmination of the development of aural and keyboard skills including sight-
reading, performance, and improvisation. Taken in conjunction with Theory

rv.

MLSC 215 Theory III 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: .MUSC 1 15. 1 16

.\n extension of the techniques of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries to
include modulation, altered chords, more advanced musical forms, and
contrapuntal procedures.

MLSC 216 Theory I\ 3c-0l-3cr

PrerequUites: MUSC 1 15. 1 16. 215

.\n extension of the techniques of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries to
include modulation, altered chords, more advanced musical forms, and
contrapuntal procedures. Theorv' IV concentrates largely on music and
materials of the present centurv.

.MLSC 217 Keyboard Harmony I Ic-lUcr

Prerequisite: Nominal facility at kevixjard

Designed to dev elop keyboard skills so the student may realize and produce
in soimd basic harmonic progressions.

MUSC 218 Keyboard Harmonv II Ic-ll-lcr

Prerequisite: MUSC 21"

.A continuation of Keyixiard Harmony I. involving chromatic harmony and
more complex progressions.

ML'SC 224 Jazz Improvisation Techniques I

.■\ studv of the basic matenals and practices for improvising or
extemporaneous playing.

lc-.51-lcr

ML SC 225 Jazz Improvisation Techniques II lc-0.5l-lcr

Prerequisite: .MUSC 224 or permission

.■\ continuation of the basic materials and practices for improvising or
extemporaneous playing. Makes use of more complicated and involved
harmonic progressions utilizing extended chordal harmonies.

-MLSC 240 Technology in the .Music Classroom 2c-ll-2cr

Introduces the student to the technology resources available for use in the
music classroom and with instructional technologies appropriate to their

Pa^e;i^

INDUN.Ai UMNTRSm OF PE\NSYLV.\NU L7sDERGR.\DUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

application in K-12 settings. Students are exposed to a variety of media and
will have the opportunity to gain familiarity in their use. Emphasizes the use
of the computer in the classroom, computer-based instrument, and Musical
Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI).

MLSC 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

MLSC 300 Black Music in America and Diaspora 3c-01-3cr

Provides a survey of the body (roots) of music known as "black music"
through a topical examination of selected styles, genres, and musicians.
Through lecture, reading, discussion, videography, and discography, its
historical, sociopolitical, philosophical, religious influences, and musical
developments will also be explored. Students examine the origins of African
music as well as music created in cultures of the Black Diaspora.

MU,SC 304 Form and Analysis I

Prerequisite: MUSC 216

A thorough study of smaller forms of music.

2c-OI-2cr

2c-0l-2cr

MUSC 306 Counterpoint I

Prerequisite: MUSC 216

After study and analysis of the style of sixteenth-century contrapuntal

writing, the student will do original writing using techniques and devices of

period. As time permits, the same approach is made to explore style of

seventeenth- and eighteenth-century composers.

MUSC 309 Orchestration I 2c-0l-2cr

Prerequisite: MUSC 216

All instruments of orchestra are studied from the viewpoint of their
contribution to the total sound of ensemble. Ranges and timbres are
considered, as well as actual arranging of selected music.

MUSC 311 Fundamentals of Conducting 3c-01-2cr

Emphasises fundamental physical skills of conducting process; various beat
patterns are mastered and elementary score reading and interpretation are
considered.

MUSC 312 Choral Conducting 3c-01-2cr

Prerequisite: MUSC 31 1

Provides an opportunity for the student to apply basic conducting techniques
to choral music. Each student conducts the class in standard choral works.
Includes survey of suitable literature, organizational problems, voice testing,
rehearsal techniques, program building, interpretation, and diction.

MUSC 313 Instrumental Conducting 3c-OI-2cr

Prerequisite: MUSC 311

Provides the student w ith an opportunity to apply basic conducting skills to
various instrumental ensembles. Includes survey of suitable literature,
organizational problems, audition procedures, rehearsal techniques, program
building, and interpretation.

MUSC 315 Theory Skills V 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite: MUSC 216

Many of harmonic idioms of past half-century are considered, such as com-
parative analysis of dissonance; polytonality. polyrhythms; atonalism and 12-
tone system; and microtonalism. Original writing in these styles required.

MUSC 331 Elementary Methods 2c-ll-2cr

Prercqui.site: MUSC 212

Familiarizes students with contemporary music education methods for the
elementary general music classroom. Includes teaching and learning
strategies for developing singing, moving, listening, creating, and playing
classroom percussion, recorders, and guitar. Specific focus on child

development, characteristics of special learners, curriculum planning, and
diverse musical materials. Includes three classroom observations in the field.

MUSC 333 Instrumental Methods 2c-ll-2cr

Prerequisite: MUSC 212

Familiarizes students with the instrumental music teaching process including
traditional and innovative methodology; development of beliefs and values;
communication, motivation, and reinforcement; curriculum development,
planning, modeling, sequencing, and assessment; recruiting and retention;
teaching techniques for rehearsals for the art of lesson giving and for
confronting the main issues of rhythm and intonation; development of
aural/visual discrimination skills; improvisation; aptitude tests and testing;
classroom control; literature; and equipment.

MUSC 335 Music for Students with

Disabilities in Inclusive Settings lc-11-lcr

Prerequisites: Admission to teacher certification

Corequisite: EDUC 242 Section 52

Develops music education skills, techniques, and materials for students with

disabilities and special needs within the music classroom setting. Legal

rights of students with special needs are stressed with regard to opportunities

to participate in music activities and ensembles. This course must be elected

concurrently with EDUC 242. Includes field experiences in the music

classroom during the EDUC 242 observation period.

MUSC 337 General/Choral Methods 2c-ll-2cr

Prerequisite: MUSC 212

A pedagogical overview of music methods related to general and choral
music curricula for the middle school, junior high, and high school.
Emphasizes the complex factors of adolescent behavior and physiology,
administrative issues, performance expectations, and conceptually based
learning which influence music teaching at this level. (Titled General Music
in Middle Schools prior to 2003-04)

MUSC 340 Woodwind Instrument Repair Oc-21-2cr

Prerequisites: MUSC 133, teacher certification

Designed for students preparing for teaching careers in instrumental music.
Instruction is conducted in a laboratory setting and includes development of
the diagnostic and repair skills necessary to deal with the problems most
frequently encountered in a public school classroom on the clannet, (lute,
and saxophone.

MUSC 351 Italian Diction and Literature Ic-ll-lcr

A laboratory course in Italian diction for first-semester voice majors. Meets
for two hours per week. Emphasizes pronunciation for the stage and the
International Phonetic Alphabet. Students demonstrate skills by singing
Italian solo song literature and operatic repertoire of the seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries.

MUSC 353 French Diction and Literature Ic-ll-lcr

A laboratory course in French diction for third- or fourth-semester voice
majors. Meets for two hours per week. Emphasizes pronunciation for the
stage and the International Phonetic Alphabet. Students demonstrate skills by
singing French solo song literature and operatic repertoire.

MUSC 354 German Diction and Literature Ic-ll-lcr

A laboratory course in German diction for second-semester voice majors.
Meets for two hours per week. Emphasizes pronunciation for the stage and
the International Phonetic Alphabet. Students demonstrate skills by singing
German solo and song literature and operatic repertoire.

MUSC 405 Piano Pedagogy 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: Junior standing in Piano and a Piano major or minor

A survey of current and significant past developments in teaching of piano,
both privately and in small and large classes. The various piano methods are
analyzed, compared, criticized, and adapted to each individual's use.

MUSC 406 \ oice Pedagogy 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: A voice major or minor and instructor permission

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 217

A survey of current and past development in teaching of voice, both
privately and in small and large classes. The various vocal methods are
analyzed, compared, criticized, and adapted to each mdividuaPs use.

MUSC 408 Marching Band Techniques 2c-OI-2cr

Considers building a band show; alignment of ranks and files; development
of a standard pace of 5 to 5 and 8 to 5; selection of music; instrumentation;
techniques of de\ eloping morale; and fundamentals of uniform design.

MUSC 41 1 Composition I 2c-01-2cr

Prerequisite: MUSC 216

InsUTJction is individualized. Compositional devices studied through analysis
of works by major composers. Students write several original compositions
utilizing smaller forms.

ML'SC 412 Composition II 2c-01-2cr

Prerequisite: MUSC 41 1

A continuation of Composition I.

MISC 413 Composition III 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisite: MUSC 412

Students write several original compositions utilizing larger forms.

MUSC 414 Composition IV 2c-0I-2cr

Prerequisite: MUSC 413

A continuation of Composition III. Outstanding works are programmed by
university performing ensembles.

MUSC 475 Music Lab var-Ocr

All music majors must attend eight on-campus (unless preapproved) recitals
and meetings per semester and all departmental recitals, as well as all recitals
for their respective performance areas.

MUSC 481 Special Topics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

May provide an in-depth study of a narrowly defined area of the discipline.
Subject matter changes with repeated offering of the course. May be
repeated for credit.

MUSC 482 Independent Study var-l-6cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

MUSC 493 Internship in Music var-l-6cr

Designed for music majors w ho wish to receive practical experience
working with people in music or in areas related to music.

NMDT: Nuclear Medicine Technology

Department of Nursing and .Mlied Health Professions

College of Health and Human Ser\ices

NMDT 427 Nuclear Scintigraphy 3c-0l-3cr

Theoretical aspects of nuclear medicine imaging procedures, including
applicable pathophysiology, technical aspects for data acquisition, and
computer analysis of data. Systemic radionuclide therapy procedures are also
discussed.

NMDT 428 Radiation Physics 3c-0l-3cr

Applicable aspects of nuclear and atomic physics are covered both in theory
and mathematical formulae. Tlieoretical topics include atomic and nuclear
structure, radioactive decay, interactions with matter, and radionuclide
production methods. Mathematical concepts discussed are the decay
equation, equilibrium, and radiation dosimetry.

NMDT 429 Nuclear Medicine Instrumentation 2c-ll-3cr

Covers the basic principles of both in vitro and in vivo instrumentation. The
design, operation, and quality control of gas detectors and scintillation

detectors are covered. Survey equipment, spectrometers, and stationary
imaging devices are presented with their application to nuclear medicine.
Hands-on laboratory experience with single channel analyzers and Anger
cameras is included.

NMDT 430 Radiation Biology and Radiation Protection 2c-OI-2cr

Topics include ionization and energy transfer; molecules, cellular, tissue, and
organ response to radiation; acute and chronic effects of radiation; radiation
protection; licensing requirements; recordkeeping; and management of
clinical radiation spills.

NMDT 431 In Vivo/In Vitro Nonimaging Ic-OI-lcr

In vivo clinical nuclear medicine procedures not resulting in images as well
as principles of in vitro radioassay are presented. Included are venipuncture,
blood volumes, red cell studies. Schillings test, principles of immunology,
\arious types of radioassay, and sensitivity and specificity of procedure.

NMDT 432 Radiopharmaceuticals 3c-OI-3cr

Topics include tracer theory, pharmacological actions, localization methods,
radiopharmaceutical properties, radionuclide generators, radiopharmaceutical
preparations and quality control, and transient vs. secular equilibrium.
Routinely used radiopharmaceuticals are discussed.

NMDT 433 Introduction to Tomographic Imaging lc-01-lcr

An introduction to the basic principles of cross-sectional anatomy and
tomographic imaging is presented. Topics include body planes and cross-
sectional anatomy of the heart, brain, liver, and lumbar spine, as applicable
to nuclear medicine, and the theory and application of both SPECT and PET
imaging systems.

NMDT 434 Clinical Nuclear Medicine 0c-401-16cr

Prerequisites: Completion of 77cr at lUP and Phase 1 and NMI
Students complete 1 .320 hours of supervised clinical training at an affiliate
hospital. Students receive instruction and participate in the performance of
various clinical nuclear medicine procedures, patient care, administrative
duties, radiopharmaceutical preparation and quality control, equipment
quality control, quality assurance, and radiation safety. Students develop
both their technical skills and interpersonal communication skills for
incorporation into the medical community and to provide high-quality patient
care. Only offered on a pass/fail basis.

NURS: Nursing

Department of Nursing and .Allied Health Professions

College of Health and Human Services

NURS 202 Foundations of Child Health 3c-0l-3cr

Focuses on conditions that affect the health of children. Provides an
over\iew of the structure and function of selected body systems. Emphasizes
the development of each system during infancy and childhood. The impact
of common acute and chronic diseases on children is incorporated. Health
promotion concepts are addressed.

NURS 211 Nursing Practice I Oc-31-lcr

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing

Prerequisites or Corequisites: BIOL 105, 150 or 151

The first of two clinical courses that presents the concepts and abilities

fundamental to the practice of professional nursing and provides a

foundation on which students can build their professional knowledge base as

well as their interpersonal and psychomotor skills. Clinical assignments in a

variety of settings provide opportunities for students to develop basic clinical

practice skills.

NURS 212 Professional Nursing I 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing

Introduces students to the discipline of nursing and values that are
fijndamental to practice. Caring as a concept central lo the practice of
professional nursing provides the framework for examining the values of the
profession. Human diversity and the effects that culture, socioeconomics,
ethnicity, and religion have on health status and response to health care are
studied. An overview of the healthcare system in the United States and an

Page 218

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

examination of access issues. As a foundation for client contact in
subsequent courses, students learn therapeutic communication skills and
theory related to teaching and learning. Service/learning and team-building
experiences are an integral component of the course.

NLRS 213 Nursing Practice II Oc-31-lcr

Prerequisites: NLRS 21 1.212
Corequisites: NURS 214. 236

Builds on Nursing Practice 1 and provides opportunities for students to
continue to build professional knowledge and skills with diverse individuals
and families in a variety of settings. Emphasizes developing ability to
perform health assessments, using therapeutic communication, and executing
basic nursing skills while promoting healthy behaviors.

NLRS 214 Health Assessment 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 150 or 151. NURS 21 1, 212
Prerequisites or Corequisites: BIOL 150 or 151. FONT 212
Corequisite: NURS 213

Introduces the student to basic health assessment, which is a systematic
method of data collection, organization, and validation for the purpose of
determining a client's health status. Involves assessment of clients across the
life span. Emphasizes assessment of client needs that affect the total person,
which is consistent with nursing's holistic approach to client care. Methods
of data collection used for health assessments include observing.
interviewing, and examination. The student learns to apply these methods
effectively in order to gather accurate and complete assessments.

NURS 236 Foundations of Nursing 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: Sophomore standing. CHEM 102
Introduces students to fundamental nursing concepts that apply to the
practice of professional nursing with individuals. Topics include nursing
theories related to professional practice, elements of holistic care, promotion
of psychosocial and physiologic health, and application of pharmacology in
nursing practice.

NURS 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

NURS 306 Problem Solving in Nursing 3c-01-3cr

Provides opportunities for students to recognize and develop intervention
strategies for problem solving in clinical nursing situations. Emphasizes
developing application and analysis skills required for success in the nursing
program.

NURS 312 Professional Nursing II 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisite: NURS 212
Corequisite: NURS 337 or 339 or permission

Provides the nursing major with a working know ledge of the values, code of
ethics, ethical principles, professional standards, and legal framework that
govern clinical decisions, determine professional conduct, and guide
interactions w ith clients, families, colleagues, and other health care
providers. Students formulate an ethical decision-making framework that, by
incorporating personal values, professional values, moral concepts, and legal
mandates, serves as a guide to professional practice. Using a problem-based
approach, students study legal and ethical frameworks that guide
professional practice and relate/apply these to actual clinical situations.

NURS 316 Research Utilization in Nursing 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: NURS 212 and 236 or permission

Prerequisites or Corequisites: ENGL 202, M.ATH 217

Focuses on understanding and critiquing nursing research. Emphasizes

understanding the research process and applying research findings to

practice. Students describe the various stages of the research process and

apply these steps to evaluate clinical nursing research problems. Focuses on

developing the necessarj skills to engage in scholarly research writing.

NURS 334 Transitions in Professional Nursing 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite or Corequisite: ENGL 202

Corequisite: Registered Nurse

Explores the dynamic nature of health and its impact on the practice of

nursing. Nursing theories, concepts, and issues related to nursing practice are

analyzed. Linkages among theory, research, and practice are explored for

relevance and utility. Writing-intensive course.

NURS 336 Adult Health I 4c-0l-4cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 241; NURS 212, 213, 214, 236; PHYS I5I-I6I
Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 316
Corequisite: NURS 337

Introduces the student to disease processes and treatment regimens and
examines their impact on adults throughout their life span. Emphasizes
increasing student knowledge about assessing human responses to changes
in health, determining appropriate nursing interventions, and identifying the
physiological and psychosocial basis for nursing actions.

NURS 337 Adult Health Clinical I 0c-lSI-5cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 241; NURS 212, 213, 214, 236; PHYS 151-161
Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 316
Corequisite: NURS 336

Students are provided with opportunities to apply the nursing process with
adults and aging families in a variety of settings. Emphasizes increasing the
student's ability to perform comprehensive health assessments and to use
assessment data to identify problems, intervene, and evaluate care. Students
function as members ol the health care team, identify discharge-planning
needs, and differentiate between collaborative and independent nursing
activities. Service learning is a component of the course.

NURS 338 Maternal-Child Health 4c-0l-4cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 241; NURS 213. 214. 236;
PHYS 151-161; PSYC 310
Corequisite: NURS 339

Focuses on knowledge essential to provide nursing care for pregnant women
and their children within a family context. The first half of the course
emphasizes the changes experienced by the woman and family during
normal and complicated pregnancy as well as those of the developing fetus
and neonate. The second half focuses on acute and chronic health problems
of infants, children, and adolescents.

NURS 339 Maternal-Child Health Clinical 0c-l5l-5cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 241; NURS 213. 214. 236;
PHYS 151-161; PSYC 310
Corequisite: NURS 338

Provides clinical learning experiences designed to enable students to provide
nursing care for primary prevention/intervention with child-bearing families
and w ith children and secondary prevention w ith women, children, and their
families. These experiences are planned in a variety of ambulatory,
community, and acute-care settings to enable the student to develop core
values, knowledge, competencies, and skills associated with nursing care of
mothers, children, and their families.

NURS 407 Skills for Professional Success Ic-OI-lcr

Prerequisite: Must be enrolled in senior-level nursing courses

A Icr elective for senior nursing majors designed to help students foster

clinical judgment skills by focusing on critical thinking and test-taking.

Emphasizes preparing students with the skills that are essential for success

on the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses

CNCLEX-RN).

NURS 41 1 Advanced Health Assessment 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: Registered Nurse or permission

This clinical course builds upon the basic assessment techniques of the
registered nurse. Designed to provide the student w ith the ability to assess
the health status of adults. Enables the student to collect a comprehensive
health history and perform complete physical examination on adults from
various background?. Focuses on examination techniques and identification
of deviations from noniial.

INDL^NA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 219

MUS 412 Professiooal Nnraiis UI 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequsites: NLTIS 512. 33"^. 339 or pennissiaa

The professicma] nurse is evpected to use clinicaL manageml and personal
leadership sialls to ensure the deli\a>' rfhigb-qualitv. cosl-effecti\'e care in
drvereent beahh cane de)i\er\ s>stems. The stud> of leado^p and
manasement skills and processes are approached as inherem ekments for all
lev ek c>{ nursing practice. The role of designer manaser coordinator of care
in professiona] nursmg is examined in depth.

MUS 4312 Ps>cfciatric/Meoial Health 2c-«l-2cr

Prerequisites: VLTIS 336. 337. 338. 339

Coreqaisite: NX'RS 435

Prerrqnisite or Coreqnale: NL'RS 4 1 2

Focuses on llie principka and ooooepts that guide nursing practice in a

\-ariety- of psyciiialriC'inenBl beaUi settings. The role of the nurse in priniar>'.

seoondao'- *od Kiriary pi e\'anioo Tnlerveotioo is addressed as it relates to

iodividiials. fanibes. and aggygatfs

MTtS 4.14 Commuiiit> Heahb 2c-0J-2cr

Prerjqoisites: NXTIS 336. SS"?. 338. 339. or pennisaoD of insuuctor
Coreqnisite: NL'RS 435 or permission of instructor
Prereqnfite or Coreqnisite: NL'RS 4 1 2

Focuses en nuismg care that is populaiioo and conuouai^' oriented. Empha-
sizes the oonnaaiity as a ciienc. peispecti\<es and ioflnences of the health
ate dtbvay sysems. theoretical fianesorts applicdile to codmuiiity
heahh. finrB<'in>oiaiy issues m ontnmiuiity heakh nmsii^ 3ad nmsiig roles
as AiiyMn. iimugHk and couidiiialcrs of care in the oommnnily.

M.'R.S 435 Communit> and Psychiatric/

Mental Health Clinical 0c-I5>-5cr

Prerequisites: NLRS 336. 337. 338. 339

Coreqnisites: NX RS 432. 434

Prerequisite or Coreqaisite: NLTRS 412

Focuses en conmiunit> -based and communitv health nursing e\pc^r-.r> '.o

enaMe students to proMde health promobon. risk reduction, and .: ^ri^e

prexentioa m a wide \anet\ of comnjunitv settings and with di\erse

popolatioits. Students also ha\e experiences «ithin acute and communit><-

based psydiialiic care fadlhies. « orkmg as members of a muttidisciplinarv'

team lo provide primary, seooodaiy. and teniarv prevenoon inten enoocL

FinplM«>fsaigalsoonnnrsiittTnanagmieBtandde\gk)pinentof ntirsing

snaioies to assist at-tisk families, aggregates, and groups, while considering

faeakfa care on a ocatiniBim tfam^boul the life ^san. Opportunities for

iMfi\idnal meniariiK in a cbiica] area is an iniegial pan of the course.

NCRS 436 Admit Heahh H 4c-«Mcr

: NLRS 336. 337
r or Coreqnisite: NX'RS 412
CmutmiAe: NLRS 43"

Bmlds on .Adnk Healdi L fontsing on the aduh/famih' coping «itfa complex
beahfa proMeois. The rftoionships amcr^ disease states, treatment, and
assnrialfd iBBsiiK nesponsibilities are enyhasized as students build their
knomiei^e Inse ofphaimaoology. tiierapeotic prtjceduies. refaabilitatioo
needs, aid tfarhjng-leaiiiing strategies. Princ^les underlying the use of
tBdnoiogy in cfinical practice prxnide a basis for the coocumait clinica]
oov^c.

Mils 437 .\dalt Health Cliaical II 0c-15t-5cr

Prerequisites: M RS 336. 337. 338. 339

Coreqnisite: NL RS 436

Prereqaiflte or CorequBle: NXllS 412

Desuoed to pnnide opportunities for clinical practice as a provider of care

for complex, acmeh' iH clients in a x-ariety of sellii^ incbding intensix'e

care mit. monitoied units. meiScal-surgical imits. and rehabilitation settings.

Focus is on seooodaiy piovntiaa<teetven(ian for kmg-teim critically' iD

HJlinns FlUlllitsi/eS the rote nfttr-ajprr/mtnaarr/mtmAmnu^ of Care with

uypuiliMiities to apply mana^eroem principles and practioe leaderdiip skills
in the aciMc care and irtiahiHtation setlii^ Opportunities for students to
leccive preoepiariiK wah a Regisieied Nurse ae an sOegtal oonqxnoit of
the course.

MRS 450 .\ Cognitixe .Approach to Clinical Problem Solving 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: NXUS 412

Focuses on advanced cUnical problem-soKing and decision-making skills

needed by professional nurses. Factors that influence cUnical problem

sohing are examined to facilitate higher-level thinking in simulated clinical

situations.

NL'RS 454 Health Promotion of Families .Across the Lifespan 3c-OI-3cr
Prerequisite: NXTIS 334

The first pan focuses on the underiying theories and framen orks for family
structure, fimction. and assessment The second part focuses on application
and evahiatioo of famibes in the context of health promotion. The family is
studied across the life span. Emphasizes family assessment and cultural
diversity and the stressors that impact families during the v arious stages of
life. Students are required to conduct a family assessii>ent in the commimity.

NX"RS 455 Introduction lo Nursing Informatics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Registered Nurse or permission of instructor
.\n mtroduclory and overview in the application of the disciplines of nursing
science, computer science, and information science in collecting, processing,
and managing information to promote decision making in nursing.

NL RS 467 Leadership Pracocum 0c-6l-2cr

Prerequisite: NX'RS 334

Prereqnbite or Coreqnisite: NX'RS 412

Focuses on role development in management and leadership for die
Registered Nurse. Planned individualized experiences will afford the
Registered Nurse student opportunities to apply management and leadership
dieories in a w oikplace setting The faculty members w ill guide the studem
in theory -based practice and synthesis of theorv to practice experiences.

VL'RS 469 Community Health Practicum 0c-6>-2cr

Prerequisite: NX'RS 334

Prerequisite or Coreqnisite: NX'RS 434

.Allow s the Registered Nurse to apply know ledge to the practice of

conomimity -based and community health nursing. Emphasizes heahh

promodoD. risk reduction, and disease prevention in a w ide variety of

community settings and w ith diverse populations.

NX'RS 480 Seminar in Nursing var-l-3cr

A semmai w hich provides a forum for the exploration and discussion of
issues relevant to the professional nurse. Emphasizes the dev elopment of
professional values, critical thinking, decision-making, and communication
skills. A selection of topics on current issues and trends is ofTered: each
focuses on a particular theme related to nursing practice.

NL'RS 481 Special Topics var-I-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an exf)eriroental or temporary basis to
explore tc^ics not included in the established ctitricuhim. A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are {ximarily for upper-lev el undergraduate students.

NXTtS 482 Independent Stody v ar-l -3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member.
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
ricuhmi may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
.Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

NLRS 493 Internship var-l-12cr

Prerequisites: NX'RS 236 or Registered Nurse; 57cr completed:
minimum 2.0 GP.A

Supervised experioice in a practice setting which extends and complements
coursew ork in nursing. The types of practice settings may include acute care
hospitals, outpatient heahh centers, and community agencies.

Paw 220

INDIANA L"M\-ERSm OF PEN^iSYLV.ANLA L-NDERGR-ADLATE CATALOG. 2003-04

PHIL: Philosophy

Department of Philosophy

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

PHIL 101 Informal Logic: Methods of Critical Thinking 3c-01-3cr

Designed to develop students" ability to analyze critically deductive and
inductive argumentation, rhetoric, and persuasion, by examples drawn from
media, textbooks, advertising, scholarly works, personal contacts, etc.

PHIL 120 Introduction to Philosophy 3c-01-3cr

Designed to acquaint the beginning student with philosophical problems and
methods in such areas as metaphysics, epistemology, logic, and value theory.

PHIL 221 Symbolic Logic I 3c-01-3cr

. An introduction to fundamental concepts in deductive logic with an
emphasis on teaching students the basis of clear logical thought. Some of the
historical origins of logical theory are explored. Students learn to symbolize
arguments in the truth-functional logic and the predicate logic. Ways of
testing arguments for validity as well as proofs are covered, with a stressing
of application to actual arguments drawn from numerous sources in the
media, philosophical issues, and moral problems.

PHIL 222 Ethics 3c-01-3cr

An investigation of efforts to rationally justify moral judgment. Deals with
fundamental issues such as: What is morality? Are moral notions cultural,
rational, divine, or innate in origin? Are they relative or absolute? Are they
freely chosen or determined by genetics and/or environment? Covers a
variety of ethical theories significant both historically and contemporarily
and applies those theories to current issues which involve moral dilemmas.

PHIL 223 Philosophy of Art 3c-01-3cr

Investigates some of the major problems in the philosophy of art, e.g., the
nature of beauty and the aesthetic experience, the ethics and politics of art,
creativity, the nature of the work of art and aesthetic objects, the concept of
fine art, and the evaluation of works of art and aesthetic objects.

PHIL 232 Philosophical Perspectives on

Love, Marriage, and Divorce 3c-01-3cr

Examines the philosophical foundations of contemporary Western
institutions and ideologies of romantic love. Considers major positions in
both the history of philosophy and contemporary philosophy. Investigates the
concepts, problems, and philosophical theories central to understanding
romantic love, marriage, and divorce.

PHIL 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

PHIL 321 Symbolic Logic II 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite: PHIL 221

Reviews sentential and predicate logic as presented in PHIL 221 .
Metalogical results concerning relations between derivability and entailment
are studied in detail. Techniques and results important for mathematics
computer science are highlighted. May explore modal logic or non-classical
sentential logics.

PHIL 323 Political Philosophy 3c-OI-3cr

An inquiry into the philosophical concepts underlying the major political
theories from ancient Greece to the modem era. Emphasizes major authors
and texts to demonstrate a continuum of ideas and their modifications,
replacement, and revival, as well as novel political ideas. Possible topics:
commonality; peace; internationalism; sovereignty; nature of the state; law;
the ruler; cosmopolitanism; nationalism; social contract; liberty; obligation;
property; racism; sexism; slavery.

PHIL 324 Ancient Philosophy 3c-0l-3cr

Explores the foundations of Western Philosophy through examination of
important philosophers of the Ancient period, such as the Pre-Socratic
philosophers. Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. Topics may include the nature of
the physical universe. Plato's theory of Forms, the nature of happiness, and
the possibility of morality.

PHIL 325 Modern Philosophy 3c-01-3cr

A study of exemplary philosophical texts from the late sixteenth through the
late eighteenth century. Figures may include Descartes, Hobbes, Locke,
Spinoza, Berkeley, Leibniz, Hume, and Kant. Explores such topics as the
nature of matter and mind, the possibility and limits of knowledge, and the
emerging scientific challenge to church and ancient authority

PHIL 326 Phenomenology and Existentialism 3c-0l-3cr

A study of the phenomcnological method as developed by Edmund Husserl
and of the subsequent phenomcnological movement as exemplified in the
works of such representative figures as Heidegger, Merleau-Ponty, and Paul
Ricoeour and of existentialism both as an independent movement of thought
and as influenced by phenomenology and exemplified in the works of such
representative figures as Kierkegaard, Jaspers, Marcel, Buber, and Sartre.

PHIL 330 Philosophy of Science 3c-01-3cr

An investigation into the nature of formal and empirical sciences: structure
of scientific thought and its dependence upon or independence of theory; the
logical and metaphysical status of scientific laws and theoretical concepts;
reductionism in science; the concept of causality; the logic of explanation;
problems in confirmation theory; science and value. No special background
required. Recommended for math and science majors.

PHIL 400 Ethics and Public Policy 3c-0l-3cr

An analysis of the ethical dimension of public policies. Provides a general
understanding of ethical theories, then focuses on their application to
specific policy issues. Topics vary from semester to semester. See current
schedule of classes.

PHIL 405 Justice and Human Rights 3c-0l-3cr

An introduction to theories of justice and an analysis of the concept of
human rights which is central to a just society and to much moral, political,
and legal dispute. Explores relevant major positions in the history of
philosophy, but major focus is contemporary and raises issues such as
women's rights, black rights, animal and environmental rights, welfare
rights, and rights to life (or death).

PHIL 410 Contemporary Analytic Philosophy 3c-0l-3cr

Examines Anglo-American philosophy from the early twentieth century-
onward. Explores early attempts to solve traditional philosophical problems
with newly developed methods of logical and linguistic analysis, and also
later challenges to such attempts. Authors may include Frege, Russell,
Moore, Wittgenstein, Ayer, Austin, Quine, Davidson, Strawson, and Sellars.

PHIL 420 Metaphysics 3c-0I-3cr

Explores the nature of reality through investigation of such concepts as
substance, cause, freedom, and God. Draw s on both historical and
contemporary writings. Other topics may include the nature of space and
time, the role of language in comprehending reality, the possibility of non-
sensory knowledge, and the nature of possibility and necessity,

PHIL 421 Theory of Knowledge 3c-0l-3cr

Examines various views concerning the nature of knowledge, belief, and jus-
tification. Readings drawn from a wide range of historical and contemporary
authors. Additional topics may include perceptual know ledge, skepticism,
common sense, and the relation between a knowcr and the community.

PHIL 450 Philosophy of Law 3c-0l-3cr

An examination of the nature of law and its relationship to such questions as
morality, obligation, judicial review, justice, rights, punishment, liberty.
Combines philosophical theory with consideration of selected court cases to
develop a philosophical and legal understanding of law and its place in
society.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 221

PHIL 460 Philosophy of Language 3c-OI-3cr

An investigation of issues in the philosophy of language and related issues in
linguistics (including anthropological linguistics, sociolinguistics. and
psycholinguistics). Topics include, for example, the influence of language on
perception, rationalistyempiricist perspectives on language acquisition,
language and political control, reference, meaning, and truth.

PHIL 480 Honors Seminar in Philosophy 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: Philosophy honors students or instructor permission.
Provides an advanced forum for detailed exploration of a single topic or
single author, subject to instructor's choice. Enrollment limited to students
designated as candidates for honors, to members of the Honors College who
satisfy any additional prerequisites set by instructor, and other Philosophy
majors by invitation or permission.

PHIL 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

PHIL 482 independent Study var-l-6cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.
May be taken more than once to a maximum of 6cr. (This option is available
to both philosophy majors and nonmajors.)

PHIL 483 Honors Thesis var-l-6cr

Prerequisites: Admission to departmental honors program; prior
approval through advisor, faculty member, department chairperson.
dean, and Provost's Office

An intensive, focused study involving independent research culminating in a
written thesis approved by a thesis director and two faculty readers/
committee members. May be taken more than once to a maximum of 6sh.

PHIL 493 Internship in Philosophy var-3-6cr

Prerequisites: Permission of the department, junior or senior
PHIL major or double major. 2.5 GPA

A supervised experience of no longer than one semester and no less than five
weeks. This would take place in either a public or private organization in
areas that either extend and develop or complement coursework in
Philosophy. Log and/or major paper required. Internships are to be done with
a clear analysis, argumentation, and examination of governing principles.

PHYS: Physics

Department of Physics

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

PHYS 100 Prelude to Physics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: MATH 100 or equivalent high school preparation
Designed to prepare students for their first course in quantitative physics by
reviewing fundamental concepts involving measurement and error, graphing,
motion, and applications of Newton's Laws in developing problem-solving
skills. In addition, the course presents a historical perspective as well as
introduce students to the many opportunities that exist for those with a
background in Physics.

PHYS 101 Energy and Our Environment 3c-0l-3cr

An overview of the areas of energy, transportation, and pollution. These
topics are approached via the relevant concepts of physical science and
physics. A nonlaboratory course for Liberal Studies requirements.

PHYS 105 The Physics of Light and Sound 3c-0l-3cr

The study of light and sound as applied in the production of objects of art
and the production of music. Includes the study of vision, light in nature.

photography, and artistic media and the study of hearing, musical sound,
musical instruments, and room acoustics.

PHYS III Physics I Lecture

Prerequisites: Elementary algebra and trigonometry

General college physics; mechanics, wave motion, and sound.

3c-0l-3cr

PHYS 112 Physics II Lecture

Prerequisite: PHYS 1 1 1

Electricity and magnetism, heat, light, atomic and nuclear physics, and an

elementary introduction to relativity and quantum theory.

PHYS 1 1 5 Physics I for Electro-Optics 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: PHYS 100

Corequisite or Prerequisite: MATH 1 10 or 121

Designed to introduce students to the mechanical universe through the study

of the motion of matter and waves and the causes of waves. The learning of

quantitative problem solving skills is emphasized. Includes a lab component.

PHYS 116 Physics II for Electro-Optics 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: PHYS 115

By applying Newton's Laws of Motion to atoms and molecules the student is
introduced to the basic principles of and connections between temperature,
heat, and molecular motion at a fundamental level. Concepts involved in
fluid flow, electric charge, and the origin of magnetism are covered. The
fundamental basis for the existence of electric and magnetic fields and the
generation of electromagnetic energy as waves are explored. Includes a lab
component.

PHYS 121 Physics I Lab Oc-31-lcr

Corequisite: PHYS 1 1 1

Physics laboratory at level of Physics I; exercises in mechanics, wave
motion, and sound.

PHYS 122 Physics II Lab Oc-31-lcr

Corequisite: PHYS 112

Physics laboratory at level of Physics II; exercises in optics, electricity and
magnetism, and radioactivity.

PHYS 131 Physics I-C Lecture 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: MATH 121, 123, or 127, at least concurrently
A calculus-based course in general college physics; topics covered are
similar to those covered in Physics 1 1 1 but are treated in more depth through
the use of calculus.

PHYS 132 Physics II-C Lecture 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: MATH 122, 124, or 128, at least concurrently
A continuation of Physics I-C; topics covered are similar to those covered in
Physics II but are treated in more depth through the use of the calculus.

PHYS 141 Physics I-C Lab 0c-3I-lcr

Corequisite: PHYS 131

Physics laboratory at same level as Physics I-C; exercises in mechanics,
wave motion, and sound.

PHYS 142 Physics ll-C Lab Oc-31-lcr

Corequisite: PHYS 132

Physics laboratory at same level as Physics II-C; exercises in optics,
electricity and magnetism, and radioactivity.

PHYS 151 Medical Physics Lecture 3c-0l-3cr

Development of concepts and principles of physics with a strong emphasis
as to their use and application in medical and other biophysical areas.

Lab

Oc-31-lcr

PHYS 161 Medical Physics 1

Corequisite: PHYS 151

Experiments dealing with applications of physical principles to the field of

medicine. Practical experience with use of electronic equipment, chart

recorders, etc.. of type found in modem-day medicine will be introduced.

Page 222

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Pfn S 222 Mechanics I 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisites: PHYS 1 12 or 1 16 or 132: MATH 122 or 124
Covers the basic laws and concepts of the mechanical uni\erse. The
dynamics of a particle in one. two. and three dimensions are covered. Central
forces, including planetar> and satellite motion, are discussed and analysed
in detail using Newton's grav itational law . Other topics covered are statics,
multiple particle system dynamics, mechanical energy, and oscillations.

PHYS 223 Mechanics II 2c-fll-2cr

Prerequisites: M-ATH 241. PHYS 222

Mechanics of a ngid body . constraints, oscillations, wave motion, introduc-
tion to Lagrangian and Hamiltonian fomiulanon and relativistic mechanics.

PH\S 231 Electronics 3c-3l-4cr

Prerequisites: M.ATH 122. 124. or 128; PHYS 1 12 or 132
Circuit theorv. transients, transistor circuits, fiwjuency response, input and
output impedance, feedback and electronic noise. Operational amplifiers and
digital electronics.

PHY S 242 Optics 3c-01-3cr

PrerequUites: .VUTH 122. 124. or 128: PHYS 1 12 or 132
Geometrical optics and physical optics; including interference, diffraction,
and polarization. Quantum optics is introduced.

PHY S 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropnate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the estabUshed curriculum. .A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 28 1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

PHY S 299 Cooperative Education I var-l-3cr

Prerequisites: PHYS 132; completion of 30cr with a minimum
2.0 GP-\ and appro\ al of the cooperative education coordinator
Blends classroom theory with practical application through job-related
experience. Students w ork in positions offered by the participating industrial
or federal state work-study program employers under joint supervision of the
Physics faculty and the on-site superv isor. A co-op student must be a full-
time university student in good academic standing and be planning to return
to campus for completion of his her degree program. E\ aluation
requirements may include on-site visitations by the faculty coordinator,
consultation w ith the on-site superv isor. and a major progress report by the
student or the presentation of a detailed oral report before the departmental
cooperative education committee.

PHY S 322 Electricity and Magnetism I 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisite: PHYS 222

Electrostatic potential theory, dielectrics, dipole theory, magnetostatics,
.Ma.xwell equations for static fields, and Legendre's polynomials and other
approximation methods.

PHYS 323 Electricity and Magnetism 11 2c-OI-2cr

Prerequisite: PH^ S 322

Time-dependent form of Maxw ell equations, electromagnetic induction,
vector potential, magnetism, radiation fields, and Poynting vector.

PHY S 331 Modern Physics 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: PHYS 1 12 or 116 or 132: MATH 122 or 124
The history of modem physics is covered. Panicle and w ave properties of
maner are explored using the ideas of quantum mechanics. Systems
examined using the ideas of quantum and classical mechanics are atomic
structure, solid state, and nuclear physics. The special theorv' of relativity will
also be covered. Some of the problems are solved using computers.

PHY S 342 Thermal and Statistical Physics 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 122. 124. or 128; PHYS 1 12 or 132
Thermometry, laws of thermodvnamics. low -temperature physics, entropy,
properties of ideal gas. and an introduction to statistical mechanics.

PHYS 350 Intermediate Experimental Physics I 0c-6l-3cr

Prerequisites: PHYS 331; PHYS 242 or EOPT 120
The student performs required ftindamental experiments in areas of
mechanics, optics, modem physics, and heat Speaking before other
classmates and faculty and competence in writing scientific papers and
reports is emphasized. Effectiveness in the collection of data is important
Computers will often be utilized to perform data taking and analysis.

PHY S 351 Intermediate Experimental Physics II 0c-«l-3cr

Prerequisite: PHYS 350

Increasingly sophisticated experiments in essential areas of physics. Digital
computers and the Van de Graaff are available.

PHY S 352 .\pplied Physics Laboratory 0c-6l-3cr

Prerequisites: PHYS 23 1.355. or permission of instructor
The student is introduced to much of the fimdamental equipment used in
industry. The student is trained in the operation and proper use of this
equipment through a series of experiments that teach him her signal
detection and analysis including data acquisition by computer. The student
receives instruction on the proper methods to be used for various oral and
written presentations.

PHY S 353 Solid State Electronics Laboratory 0c-6l-3cr

Prerequisite: PHYS 352 or permission of mstructor
The student encounters a number of areas of current interest in semiconduc-
tor technology . The student performs experiments and leams skills in such
areas as dev ice process simulation, device simulation, measurements of
semiconductor materials, and measurement of device parameters. The sm-
dent is also instructed in the proper presentation of w ntten and oral reports.

PHYS 355 Computer Interfacing 2c-2l-3cr

Prerequisite: COSC 110

Designed to teach the fundamentals of interfacing the personal computer to
its physical surroundings. Smdents leam how to collect data and to control
experiments in real time. The> leam how to use digital to analog conversion
( DAC » techniques and analog to digital conversion (.ADC) techniques. They
also use a graphical soft%vare package (such as LabVTEW) to design icon-
based interfacing tools, to leam how to use virtual instnmients. and to
analyze data.

PHY S 399 Cooperative Education II var-l-3cr

Prerequisites: PHYS 299; PHY S 350; completion of SOcrwith a minimum
2.5 GPA and approval of the cooperative education coordinator
A second course in cooperative education. Includes instruction that builds
upon learning experiences in college by combining and correlating them with
learning experiences at the training station to meet the student's career goals.
Evaluation requirements may include on-site visitations by the faculty-
coordinator, consultation w ith the on-site supervisor, and a major progress
report by the student or the presentation of a detailed oral report before the
departmental cooperative education committee. No more than 3cr ot PHYS
299, 399, and or 493 may be used in fulfilhng Physics major course
requirements.

PHY S 432 .Advanced Electronics 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisite: PHYS 231

Digital measurement, switching circuits, logic circuits, counting, coding,
input and output, AD and DA conveners, computer organization.

PHY S 472 Nuclear Physics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PHYS 331

A survey of nuclear physics, nuclear size, nuclear mass, reaction theorv'.

types of radioactive decay, nuclear models, nuclear forces, and elementary

panicles.

PHYS 473 Quantum Mechanics I 4c-0l-4cr

Prerequisites: PHYS 222 and 33 1

Quantum mechanics following methods of Schrodinger and Heisenberg: the
theory is applied to properties of harmonic oscillator, hydrogen atom,
electron in a magnetic field, and radioactive decay of alpha particles.

INDIANA CNrVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Pa2e223

PmS 475 Physics of SemicoDductor Devices 1 3c-0J-3cr

Prerequisites: PHYS 231. 242. 342. or pennission of instructor

De\ elops the basic foundation for a stud> of the theor>- of semiconductors.

Elemeniai> quantum concepts, the band theor. of solids, electrical properties

of solids. effecti>e mass iheor>. and principles of semiconductor devices are

discussed.

PH\ S 476 Physics of Semicondactor De\ices II 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PH^'S 4"5 or permission of instructor
Discuisci the ph\sics and operation of a number of discrete devices
including: bipolar transistors. MOSFETS. JFETS. CCEH. \anous diode
technologies, photovoltaic and pbotoconduciive devices, solid-state lasers.
and li^t-emitting diodes.

Pm S 4«0 Seminar var-lcr

Speakers from w iihm and outside the universit>' conduct a seminar on a
weekh or biweekh basis on different topics of interest in the physics
community.

PH> S 481 Special Topics in Physics var-I-3cr

Prerequisite: A^ appropnaie to course content

Varies from semester to semester and covers diverse topics in specific areas

of pbv-sics. This course number is also used to offer courses under

developmenL

PH^S 4S2 Independent Study in Physics var-l-6cr

Prerequisite: Pnor approval through advisor, facuhv member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with inierest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum rrvav propose a plan of stud> in conjunction with a faculiv member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availabiUtv of resources.
Work IS supervised by a Phv^sics facultv' member but does not necessarily
invoK« regular lecture or laboratory hours.

PH^ S 490 SoBd State Physics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: PHYS 223 and 331

Reciprxxal lattice, crystal structure, the quantization of fields to produce
quasi-particles such as phonons, magnons. excitons. Fermi gas of electrons,
energv bands, semiconductor crystals, and photoconductivitv .

PJnS 493 Internship in Phvsics var-l-3cr

Prerequisites: PHYS 350. completion of 90cr with a minimum
2 5 GPA. and approval of the internship education coordinator
A supervised professional work-experience in phv-sics and applied physics.
Location, duties, internship, and hours are individualh tailored to the
student's career goals. .A maximum of 3cr of internship in the student's
major may be applied toward the phvsics major area elective requirements.
Additional internship credit must be used as free electives. Evaluation
tequitemenis inchide on-site v-isiiaiions by the facultv coordinator.
consultation with the on-site supervisor, and a major progress report by the
student or the presentation of a detailed oral report before the departmental
internship education comminee.

PLSC 250 Public PoUcv 3c-OI-3cr

Emphasizes dvTiamics of gov emment as they are evidenced in public
opinion, pressure groups, political parties, and our governmental institutions:
attention also directed toward the political-economical nexus within
.American societv.

PLSC 251 Sute and Local Political Systems 3c-0l-3cr

Institutions and processes of state and local governments, with special
attention to Pennsv h ania; emphasis on the nature of federalism, state
constitutions, and role of state and local government in an urban society .

PLSC 280 Comparative Government I:

Western Political Sv stems 3c-OI-3cr

.Analyzes \\ estem political systems w ith emphasis upon major contemporary
democratic gov emments of Europe. Analyzes and compares their poUtical
cultures, political institutions, and political processes.

PLSC 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore
topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be
offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate
students.

PLSC 282 International Relations 3c-0l-3cr

Provides a conceptual framew ork for understanding sovereignty,
nationalism, pow er. security, dispute settlement, and diplomatic, legal
economic, and military relations of nation-states.

PLSC 283 .American Foreign Policy 3c-0l-3cr

Examines formulation and execution of American foreign policy, with
attention to governmental institutions, mass media, interest groups, and
public opinion: emphasizes contemporary problems.

PLSC 285 Comparative Government II:

Non-W estem Political Systems 3c-0l-3cr

.Analyzes major non-Wesiem political systems with emphasis upon authori-
tarian and totalitarian systems. .Analyzes and compares in a systematic
manner their poUtical cultures, political institutions, and political processes.

PLSC 300 Research Methods in Political Science 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PLSC 101 or 111

.An examination of the apphcaticHi of the scientific approach to the
invesligaticm of social and political phenomena. Concentrates on approaches,
methods, and computer tools. All political science majors and minors are
strongly urged to enroll.

PLSC 320 International Law 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: PLSC 101. 281. or permission of instructor
The study of the development, nature, and fiinction of international lavv.
includine recent trends.

PLSC : Political Science

Department of Political Science

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

PLSC lUI World Pulitics 3c-01-3cr

.An analysis oi\'-.~: -ry (post- 1 945 (state system and forces shaping the
world in which uc live. Student is given a framework within which to
analyze contemporary international politics.

PLSC 1 1 1 American Politics 3c-0l-3cr

An introduction to American national government and politics, emphasizing
Constitution, party system. Congress. Presidency, courts, and problems in
national-state relations, civil rights, foreign policy, and social and economic
policies.

PLSC 321 International Organizations 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: PLSC 101. 281. or permission of instructor
An inquiry into purposes, structures, and actions of contemporary
international political organizations, such as United Nations, regional and
functional organizati(»s.

PLSC 346 PoUtical Sociology 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: PLSC 111. SOC 151

Examines (a) who controls the stale and state policy. (b| the role the state
plays in stabilizing capitaUsm and protecting the power of the upper class,
(c) the political activities of the middle and upper class, (d) labor, civil
rights, w elfare rights, and social mo\ ements in America. Cross-Usted as
SOC 458.

PLSC 350 The Presidency 3c-OI-3cr

.An examination of the Office of President, w iih attention to constitutional
foundations, evolution, structure, powers, and fiinctions; some comparisons

Paee224

INDIANA LNrVTRSIT^' OF PEN^NSVLVANLA CNDERGR.ADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

between presidential and parliamentary systems and between offices of
President and governor.

PLSC 351 Legislative Process 3c-01-3cr

A functional study of legislative bodies and process of legislation. co\ ering
organization of legislative assemblies, operation of committee system,
procedures, bill drafting, aides, and controls over legislation.

PLSC 353 .American Political Parties 3c-0l-3cr

The role of people, parties, and pressure groups in politics of American
democracv. attention to sectional and historical roots of national politics,
voting beha\ ior. pressure group anal>sis. and campaign activities.

PLSC 354 Metropolitan Problems 3c-01-3cr

Analyzes multiplicitv of problems facing our metropolitan areas.
Contemporar>- developments such as urban renewal, shrinking tax base,
federal aid to cities, subsidized mass transit, municipal authorities, and
political consolidation are examined.

PLSC 355 Intergovernmental Relations 3c-01-3cr

Explores charactenslics of federal systems of government, with emphasis on
theories, ongins. institutions, problems in intergovernmental relations in the
United States, federal systems in other nations, and trends.

PLSC 356 Mass Media in American Politics 3c-0l-3cr

Variant theories of the symbolic relationship beween .'\merican politics and
the press are examined in the light of the American colonial-national
experience. The special constitutional rights given to the media are explored,
with particular attention to radio-TV.

PLSC 358 Judicial Process 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PLSC 1 1 1

Explores nature and limits of judicial power, courts as policymaking bodies,
selection of judges, decision process, external forces impinging on the
courts, and role of Supreme Court in its relationship with Congress, the
Presidency, and federalism.

PLSC 359 Constitutional Law and Civil Liberties 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: PLSC 1 1 1

A study of civil liberties and civil rights issues through leading Supreme

Court decisions: topics treated include First Amendment rights, procedural

due process and the Bill of Rights, and Equal Protection problems in civil

rights.

PLSC 360 Classical Political Thought 3c-01-3cr

Restriction: Not for credit after PHIL 323

The origins and development of Western thought from Plato and Aristotle
through Cicero and Saint .Aquinas. Focuses especially on political
participation as a way of life, the imity of political and moral conceptions in
premodem political thought, and the relationship between order and justice.

PLSC 361 Modern Political Thought 3c-01-3cr

Covers the major representatives of modem political thought since the
Renaissance. Follows the development of the specifically modem notion of
the state and political action through the w orks of Machiavelli. Hobbes.
Locke. Rousseau, Marx, and Lenin. Emphasizes the "instrumentalist" state
and the idea of a political science.

PLSC 362 American PoUtical Thought 3c-0l-3cr

Covers a varietv of American political ideas from the Puritans through recent
radical and conservative critiques of .American liberal democracy. Focus on
the continuing development of the idea of individual nghts. the political
theory of the Constitution, and the tension beUveen classical liberalism and
popular rule.

PLSC 370 Introduction to Public Administration 3c-01-3cr

Theories of organization and structural organization, personnel processes,
executive functions, financial administration, the politics of administration,
public relations, and problems of democratic control of bureaucracy.

PLSC 371 Issues in Public Administration 3c-0l-3cr

An intensive study of the role of federal agencies and their administrators in
determining and developing public policy. Public administration in practice
is emphasized by utilizing case studies.

PLSC 377 Political Behavior 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: PLSC 111. PSYC 101

An interdisciplinary course which investigates the psychological bases of
political behavior. Cross-listed as PSYC 377.

PLSC 380 Soviet Politics 3c-0l-3cr

Essential features of Communist party and government of the former
U.S.S.R., including geographical and historical background and ideological
and theoretical foundations. PLSC 280 should be taken prior to this course.
(Content is in revision to reflect changing structure)

PLSC 382-387 Political Systems 3c-01-3cr

Suggested Prerequisites: PLSC 280 and or 285

An intensive, comparative study of the government and politics of a selected
region. PLSC 382 Africa; PLSC 383 Asia; PLSC 384 Middle East; PLSC
385 Central and Eastern Europe; PLSC 387 Latin America

PLSC 388 Political-Militan. Strategy 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: PLSC 281 or 283 or MS 101 -102
Deals w ith national security problems including decision making and
budgeting, levels of strategy, the utiUty of force, and the impact of the
military on American society.

PLSC 389 Developing Nations 3c-01-3cr

Suggested Prerequisites: PLSC 280 and'or 285

Political characteristics of emerging nations; impact of economic and social
change upon political structure; evolving patterns of political development;
and techniques of nation-building.

PLSC 480 Political Science Seminar 3c-01-3cr

Readings and written assignments on a specific topic determined by the
instructor in charge.

PLSC 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 48 1 are primarily for upper-level imdergraduate smdents.

PLSC 482 Independent Study var-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not otTered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty' member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and a\ ailability of resources.

PLSC 493 Political Science Internship var-2-12cr

Prerequisites: 9cr in Political Science with 2.0 GPA; PLSC 111; approval
of internship director and chairperson

Practical experience in government and politics. "Log" and research project
required. Course grade determined by the instructor. Maximum of 6cr ap-
plied to minimum in major; maximum of 3cr apphed to mmimum in minor.

PNAF: Pan-African Studies

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

PNAF 131 Introduction to Pan-African Studies 3c-01-3cr

A multidisciplinary introduction to Africa and the .African diaspora.
Explores the effects of Africa's history, in particular colonialism and
independence, on present-day .Africa; examines the relationship between
Africa and the African diaspora w ith special attention to .African arts, social
systems, and political and economic development; looks at Africa's
contribution to contemporary culture in the .Americas.

INDIANA UNIVERSm' OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Paae 225

PNAF 281 Special Topics 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 281 are primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.

PNAF 481 Special Topics 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Instructor permission and prograin coordinator
Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

PNAF 482 Independent Study var l-to-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member, program
coordinator, dean, and Provost's Office

Students with interest in an independent study of a Pan-African Studies-
related topic not offered in the curriculum may propose a plan of study in
conjunction with a faculty member. Approval is based on academic
appropriateness and availability of resources.

PSYC: Psychology •« »i.-3«.ti

Department of Psychology

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

PSNC 101 General Psychology 3c-01-3cr

An introduction to the scientific study of behavior and mental processes.

PSYC 280 Psychological Inquiry 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: PSYC 101. Psychology minors

Introduces students minoring in Psychology to issues central to carrying out

and interpreting empirical research in the field. Students become more

sophisticated consumers of empirical research findings. Students w ho have

successfully completed PSYC 290 are not permitted to take this course for

credit.

PSYC 290 Research Design and Analysis I 3c-21-4cr

Prerequisites: MATH 217. PSYC 101 '

A laboratory course devoted to designing, conducting, and evaluating results
of psychological experiments.

PSYC 291 Research Design and Analysis II
Prerequisites: PSYC 101. grade of C or better in PSYC 290
A continuation of Research Design and Analysis I.

3c-2l-4cr

3c-01-3cr

PS^■C' 310 Developmental Psychology

Prerequisite: PSYC 101

A comprehensive study of all factors that contribute to human development

from conception to death, particularly as they relate to psychological

development of individual. A survey course directed at students not planning

to take PSYC 311 or 3 1 2. Students may receive credit tow ards the

Psychology major or minor for only one of PSYC 3 1 0. 3 1 1 , or 3 1 5.

PSYC 311 Child Psychology 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: PSYC 101

The study of factors that influence total development and behavior of child.
Current theories and research are considered, with focus upon optimum
development of individual. Students may receive credit towards the
Psychology major or minor for only one of PSYC 310. 31 1, or 315.

PSYC 312 Adult Development and Aging 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PSYC 101

A survey of physiological, cognitive, emotional, and social issues affecting
the young adult, the middle-aged, and the elderly. Includes an examination of
significant adult life crises.

PSYC 315 Experimental Development Psychology
Prerequisite: PSYC 280 or 290

3c-2l-4cr

Studies human development from conception to death with emphasis on the
physical, cognitive, and emotional domains. Students are involved in
observation and data collection. Students may receive credit towards the
Psychology major or minor for only one of PSYC 3 1 0, 3 1 1 . or 3 1 5.

PSYC 320 Personality 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: PSYC 101

Provides comparative analysis of major representative traditional and
contemporary theories of personality.

PSYC 321 Abnormal Psychology 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PSYC 101

The description, causes, and treatment of behaviors labeled abnormal in our
society are studied from experimental and clinical points of view.

PSYC 325 Psychological Testing and Measurement 3c-2l-4er

Prerequisites: MATH 217 and PSYC 101. sophomore standing
Presents a series of focused discussions on principles, methods, and issues of
psychological measurement. Also describes the major psychological tests
currently in use and illustrates the administration and scoring of these tests.
The laboratory activities are intended to provide hands-on experiences in
computerized analysis and evaluation of psychological tests, to demonstrate
test administration and scoring in practical settings, and to enhance the
understanding of psychological testing through class projects. (Offered as
PSYC 322 prior to 2000-01)

PSYC 330 Social Psychology 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PSYC 101

The study of the effects of the social environment on human behavior.
Topics include perception of person, attitude fomiation and change, and
small-group interaction. Students may not receive credit toward psychology
major or minor for both PSYC 330 and 335.

PSYC 331 Environmental Psychology 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PSYC 101

The study of the relationship between human behavior and its environmental
context. Emphasizes the physical environment, both natural and built.

PSYC 335 Experimental Social Psychology 3c-2l-4cr

Prerequisite: PSYC 280 or 290

A laboratory course in the effects of the social environment on human
behavior. Topics include perception of persons, attitude formation and
change, and small-group interaction. Includes experience with social
psychological research methods. May not be taken for credit by students who
have completed PSYC 330,

PSYC 341 Conditioning and Learning 3c-21-4cr

Prerequisites: PSYC 101. 290

An examination of the basic principles of learning and related phenomena:
discussion of classical conditioning, discrimination learning, and aversive
control of behavior.

PSYC 342 Human Cognition: Memory and Thinking 3c-2l-4cr

Prerequisites: PSYC 101, 290

A study of methods and findings in areas of human memory and human
information processing. Students may not receive credit towards the
psychology major or minor for both PSYC 342 and 345.

PSYC 345 Introduction to Human Cognition 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PSYC 101

Designed to provide an overview of cognitive psychology. The Information
Processing Model is contrasted with its predecessor. Behaviorism, and its
contemporary challenger, Connectionism. Students may not receive credit
towards the psychology major or minor for both PSYC 342 and 345.

PSYC 350 Physiological Psychology 3c-2l-4cr

Prerequisites: PSYC 101, 290

A study of the relationship between behavior and the anatomy and
physiology of the nerv ous system. Students may not receive credit towards
the Psychology major or minor for both PSYC 350 and 356.

Page 226

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

PS\ C 355 Comparatrve Psjchologj 3c-«l-3cr

Prerequisite: PSVC 101

A surv e> of aninml befaavior pattens and cootrol mecfaanisins inchidiiig
learning. developmenL commimicatioa, and social beha\-ior. En^ihasizes the
relationship of the animal to its an-iromnait and on the rdalioDsiiip of
animal models to human behavior.

PSVC 356 Biopsychologj 3c-«l-3cr

Prerequisite: PSVC 101

A study of the relationship bet» een bdia\Tor and the anatomy and
physiology of the nervous system. Students may not leceive credit tDvaids
the Psychology major or minor tor both PSVC 350 and 356.

PSVC 359 Sensation and Perception 3c-21-4cr

Prerequisite: PS^'C 290

Introduces the biological and psycholagical processes that detenniDe our
perceptions and their relationships to physical ptopeities of the environmeni.
Laboratory work provides the oppoitunity to expioie lecture and textbook
topics firsthand and to collect and analy:ze psyxrbophysical data.

PS\ C 3"1 Human Motivation 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PSVC 101

A sy^ematic study of how behavior is initiated, sustained, directed, and
terminated. Current theories in this area are critically reviewed.

PS\ C 3"2 Drugs and Behavior 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: PSVC 10! andjunior standing or penmsskn

A surv ey of the current know ledge coaceining the actioQS of drugs. Topics

include legal and social issues surroandiiffi <kii^ use. hazard potential of

commonly used drugs, review of current theories and issues regardiim the

use of drugs in psychotfaeiapy, and coosidetatiao of tteamient appfoacfaes for

addiction.

PSVC 374 Stress and Coping 3c-ei-3cr

Prerequisite: PSVC 101

Fundamental concepts and findings in stress and stress-retated disoiders.
Relationships of stress to disease and methods for coping with stress are

presented.

PSVC 375 Mass Media and Behavior 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: PSVC 101 andjimior or senior status
Theorv and research on the infhience of the mass media on buman behavior
and attitudes. Topics inchide the effects of news and political advertising on
pubUc opinion: the effects of racist and sexist portrayals: and the eflfects of
violence and pornography on aggressive behavior. ( .Also offered as COMM
375: may not be taken for duplicate credit)

PS^ C 376 Psy chologv of Health Behavior 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PSVC 101

.An examination of the role of behavior factors in health status with a strong
focus on preventive health behaviors and the role of the psy\:lioioeist in
promotion of health-related behavioral chanaes.

PS\ C 378 Psychology of Death and Dying 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PSVC 101

Theories and research w hich deUneate the psyx^iological factors affecting the

dying person as well as those persons close to one who is dying are

discussed.

PS^ C 3''9 Psy chologv of Human Sexuality 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: PS'l C 101

Provides an overview of the psychological issues and research relevant to
sexuality w ith an emphasis on gender roles. Social psychologKal. and
gender perspectiv es are used to examine a number of topics, including
contemporary sexual attitudes. se.xual response, sexual relationships, sexual
dysfimction. sexual variations, sexual preference, and sexual violence.
Research pertaining to each topic is presented. Students are encouraged to
critically evaluate research and theory and to make coonectioBS between the
material and their personal e.xperience.

PSVC 390 Indnstrial-Organtzational Psy chologv 3<-01-3cr

Prereqaintes: .\LATH 2i4or217. PSVC iOi

The study of pqcfaokigical principles in w ort otganJTatioar. application of
psydiologica] theory to the undeistanding and explanatiaa of individual
behavior and experience in wotfc organiTaliops. Mi^- not be taken for credit
by- students who snccessfiiOy completed PSVC 425.

PS^ C 4 1 0 Historical Treads in Pnrckolagf 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: PSVC lOl.jimior or senior standing or permission
.A comprehensive overview of historical antecedents ofcomaupoiaiy
psychology wflfa eimilusis on their imphcalioos for ftmre developoienis in
die field.

PSVC 411 Psy chok)gv of \S omen 3c-01-3cr

PrercqaSittS: PSVC IftI jiminr «• «-«iinr aanilino nr mariirtnr pprrnioann

.A critical examination of the assumptioDS about women which are held by
the discipliiie of psyxdiokKy. considering both cunent research and
individual experience. The psy\4iological effects of sociahzadon on sex role
identity', achievement, imeipersaoal power, mental beakfa. and critical
incidents in female deveiopment are discussed in the cooiexl of idevau
concepts fiom devdopmemal and social psychology.

PSVC 421 PsTchologv of W ork 3c-0l-3cr

Prereqnsita: PS^'C 101. jimior senior standing

Introduces students to the Innnan experience in work siwatinns. Emphasizes
the analysis, measurement, piedictioa. and devdopment of hmnan qxitude,

ability . and performance in w ork and employment siiuatioos.

PSVC 425 Eiperimental Organizational Psy chologv 3c-21-4cr

Prerequisite: .Zc: ot PSVC .-...i.r^ PS': C l" . be;, r.i ?SYC 101
Introduces the student to theory-, researcii, and meiiiods m me mvesl^lico
of human behavior and experience in organizaliaDS. Both classical and
current liieiature in the field are discussed. In addition to lecture. Students
ccoduct empirical leseaicfa projects.

PS^ C 45lj IntrodoctioD to CBnical Psychology 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: PSVC 101, 320,321, and insmictor pennissioo
.An ovoview of clinical psychologv. with emphasis on clinician's use of
methods of evahiation atd on tirimnmt and modificaian of behavior.

PSV C 4*0 Honors Seminar in Psy chok>gy 3c-OI-3cr

.A seminar in the graduate tradition w ith a specialized topic. May be taken
more than once to a maximum of 6cr.

PSVC 4«1 Special Topics in Psy chologv v^r-I-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special UDpics are offered on an experimental or teinpoiaiy basis to explore
topics not included in the fstahlished cmriculunL .A given topic may be
offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 4S1 are offered primarily for upper-level undergrathise
students. May be taken more than once to a maximimi of 6cr.

PS^ C 482 Independent Study in Psychology v-ar-l-3cr

Prerequisite: ?- - irrro->ai through advisor, factihy member.
. -.. dean, and Provost's Office

-sue their particular interests in psycfaotogy in
.aiber of the staff. May be taken more than once to a
::ijL\„;:_-:. ^ : v^: -i.pfoval b based on academic appiopiiatfnfss and
availability of tesources.

PSVC 4«3 Honors Thesis var-l-6cr

Prerequisites: Adrr,:ss:or. ;o iera.trT>er;ta! bcr.'rs program; pror
approval throtig.n advise. rac-!i> rrieraber. lieparanent ciiairpersoti.
deaL and Provost's Office

.An intensive, foctised study involving independent lesearch cuhiunatii^ in a
wTittec thesis approved by a thesis director and tw o faculty readers
committee members. May be taken more than ooce to a maxiimnn of 6sh.

INDIANA LT^IXTRSm' OF PENNS^XV.\NU L"\DERGR.\DL ATE CATALOG. 2003-04

PiSeZZ'

PS^ C 493 Ps> chologkal Practicum \ar-l-12cr

Prerequisites: PSVC 101 and department consent
Lnder supervision of ps>tbolofi>- depanment selected students receive
expenence in application of ps>chological techniques. May be taken more
than once to a maximimi of 1 2cr.

QBL'S: Quantitathe Business

Department of Management Information Systems and Decision

Sciences

Eberl> College of Business and Information Technology -.. -

Sote: Except tor Accouniing. Business EoucaiKTi. ariij nvn-Diismess majors
who ha\e met the required prerequisites, students scheduling 300 and 400
courses are expected to have achieved junior standing as described in the
Eberh College of Business and Infomiation Technology Academic Policies.

QBLS 215 Bosioess Statistics 3c-fll-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 1 15. 214

Expands upon the probabilistic concepts developed in MATH 214 to orient
the student ton ard manaserial decision making using quantitati%'e
methodologies. Topics covered include classical regression analysis,
forecasting. Bavesian decision iheors. linear programming, and simulation.

QBLS 2«I Special Topics *ar-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. \ given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 281 are primarily for lower-level undergraduate students.

QBIS 380 Introduction to Management Science 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: QBLS 215

Discussion and application of mathematical itKidels used in managerial
decision making. Linear programming. Markov f)rocesses. queuing theory.
EOQ models, and simulation techniques are among the topics covered.

QBLS 401 Forecasting .Methods for Business 3c-Ol-3cr

Prerequisite: QBLS 215

Designed to train the students to understand the nature of forecasting
problems and the techniques of forecasting methods and their business
applications. Computer statistical packages are incorporated into the course
so that forecasting methods and models can be applied to teal-n-orld
problems and the relationships that exist between variables can be examined.

QBLS 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporarv basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

QBLS 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Pnor approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the ctir-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
.Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

REAL: Real Estate

Department of Finance and Legal Studies

Eberly College of Business and Information Techno!

R£.\L 382 Real Estate Fundamentals 3c-OI-3cr

Designed to acquaint the student with the language, principles, and law s that
govern the business of real estate. Emphasizes the underlying concepts of
land, property, rights in realty, and the means, methods, and laws that govern
the conveyance of these rights. Required course for taking the Peimsylvania
Real Estate Sales Exam. (Offered as BLAW 382 prior to 2002-03 1

RE.\L 383 Real Estate Practice 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: REAL 382

One of the two courses required by the Peimsylvania Real Estate
Commission in order to take the Pennsylvania Real Estate Sales Licensii^
Exam. Topics inchide real estate brokerage, the real estate market, hsting
contracts, the Pennsylvania Real Estate Licensing and Registration .Act and
its rules and regulations, appraisal property manaeemenL fair housing law s.
ethical practices for real estate professionals, and real estate math. (Offered
as BLAW 383 pnor to 2002-03)

RESP: Respiratory Care

Department of Nursing and .Allied Health Professions -^^

College of Health and Human Services IB

RESP 101 The Profession of Respiratory Care Ic-OI-lcr

Introduces the student to the health care environment and specifically the
respiratory care profession. Students visit a hospital respirator) care
department and observe basic lespiratory patient care procedures.

RESP 326 Respiratory Care Clinical Practice I var-3cr

First exposure to patient care. .An introduction to and practice of basic
respiratory care trealroent modaUties.

RESP 327 Pharmacology 3c-0l-3cr

.An introduction to pharmacology and therapeutics. Emphasizes the drugs
used in respiratory care. Drug classification, action, usage, dosage, and
availability are discussed.

RESP 328 Introduction to Respiratorv Care 4c-0Mcr

Topics include medical terminology and an overview of cellular structure
■ and fimction. Emphasizes neurophysiotogy. respiratory anatomy, and

phv-siology.

RESP 329 Respiratory Care Equipment 4c-OI-4cr

.An introduction to respiratory therapv equipment, related procedures and
principles, techniques and theorv of mechanical ventilation. Special
emphasis is given to oxygen dehvery systems and the rationale for their use.

RESP 330 Cardiopulmonary Resusciution 2c-OI-2cr

A comprehensive analysis of the principles and practices of numerous

methods of resuscitation.

RESP 333 Respiratory Care Clinical Practice U var-4cr

Treatment procedures introduced in Clinical 1 are continued with greater
emphasis on independence. Specialty rotations are added to broaden
exposure to respiratory care and critical care.

RESP 334 Respiratory Care Instrumentation and .Application 4c-0l-4cr
Provides students with a comprehensive knovv ledge of mechanical
ventilation. The care of critically ill and physiologic consequences of
mechanical ventilation w ill be discussed.

RESP 335 Patient Care Skills 3c-OI-3cr

.An overview of the history of respiratory care and nursing. Topics include
medical records, infection control sterilization, and psychosocial aspects of
illness.

RESP 336 Cardiopulmonary Evaluation

and Clinical Correlation 4c-0l-4cr

Disease states of the pulmonary and related systems are investigated in
progression from etiology through treatment and prognosis.

RESP 337 Introduction to Pulmonary Function Studies Ic-OI-lcr

The student is introduced to the basic principles of lung volumes, capacities,
and their measurement Blood gas sampling and electrodes are also explored.

Paae228

1NX)LA.NA L>;r\ERSm' OF PENNSYLVAMA LTsDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

RESP 342 Preceptorship in Respiraton Care Ic-OI-Icr

Prerequisites: RESP 32b. 328, 329. 330, permission
An opportunit) for students to gain additional clinical experiences in a
supervised health care setting. Must meet universitN' and sponsoring
preceptorship requirements. May be repeated for a ma.\imum of 5cr. A
minimum of 40 hours is required for each credit.

RESP 425 Clinical Case Studies 3c-0l-3cr

Designed to increase the w orking knowledge of disease states commonly
experienced b\ patients in the cntical care setting. Emphasizes recognition
and treatment of \ arious disease states. Methods for evaluation and treatment
of clinical oxygenation disturbances and acid-base disorders are explored.
Clinical simulations, case studies, and patient management problems
reviewed and discussed. Emphasizes appropriate information-gathering and
decision-making techniques.

RESP 426 Respiratory Care Clinical Practice III var-Scr

Respirator, care treatment procedures are continued with emphasis on
impro\ ing proficiency and refming skills. Students make rounds w ith
ph\'sicians.

RESP 428 Essentials of Electrocardiography 2c-OI-2cr

Designed to acquaint the student with basic principles in cardiac
electrodiagnostics. Topics include the technique of EGG testing and
fiindamentals of ECG arrh>thmia recognition.

RESP 429 Design and Function of a
Respiratory Care Program

Basic management pnnciples as they apply to the hospital setting; in
particular, respiratory care departments and schools are discussed.

RESP 430 Pulmonary Function Studies 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: RESP 337

Introduces the student to the advanced diagnostic studies and equipment
necessary for diagnosing and quantifying the various lung diseases. Included
are advances in invasive studies and rehabilitation evaluation tools.

RESP 431 Pediatric Respiratory Care lc-01-ler

Prerequisites: RESP 334 and 336

The application of respiratory care to children ages six months to fifteen
years is explored. Cardiopulmonary pathophysiology and treatment for the
follow ing disorders are discussed; Croup. Epiglottitis, .Asthma, Cystic
Fibrosis, Congenital Heart Defects, Abdominal and Chest Wall Defects.

RESP 433 Respiratory Care Clinical Practice r\'

Rotations on treatment and intensive respiratory care are continued.
.Advanced rotations are included.

RESP 434 Neonatal Respiratory Care 3c-01-3cr

Basic terminology, anatomy, and pathophysiology of obstetric, fetal,
neonatal, and pediatric patients are presented.

RESP 436 Respiratory Care Teaching 2c-0l-2cr

An introduction to respirator) education.

RESP 437 Methods in Critical Care 2c-OI-2cr

Critical Care diagnostic and therapeutic modalities pertinent to respiratory
care are discussed. Topics include invasive and noninvasive cardiac
monitoring, pulmonary monitoring, neurological assessment, ventilator
commitment, and discontinuance.

RESP 438 Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation Ic-OI-lcr

Techniques and pnnciples associated w ith cardiopulmonary rehabilitation
programs are surveyed. Topics also include the management of chronic
pulmonary disease in the home and the application of respiratorv equipment
and mechanical ventilators in this setting.

RESP 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established cumculum. A given topic may
be otTered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

RGPL: Regional Plattning

Department of Geography and Regional Planning

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

RGPL 213 Cartography I 3c-OI-3cr

Introduces students to pnnciples of thematic map construction. Emphasizes
the techniques of choropleth mapping and the production of scientific graphs
and charts. (Also offered as GEOG 213: may not be taken for duplicate
credit)

RGPL 281 Special Topics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore
topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be
ofYered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 28 1 are ofTered primarily for lower-level undergraduate
students. (May also be otTered as GEOG 281; may not be taken as duplicate
credit under same title)

RGPL 313 Cartography II 3c-OI-3cr

2c-OI-2cr Prerequisite: RGPL 213

Gives an understanding of the compilation and use of maps and quantitative
data. Develops skills essential to the construction of various types of maps.
( .Mso otTered as GEOG 313; may not be taken for duplicate credit)

RGPL 314 Map and Photograph Interpretation 3c-0l-3cr

Maps and air photographs, along v\ i(h remote sensing materials, permit
inventor^' and analysis of geologic, land use, urban development, and other
landscape phenomena. The understanding of these matenals and associated
tools for their use is presented. (.Mso offered as GEOG 314; may not be
taken for duplicate credit)

RGPL 316 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems 3c-0l-3cr
Prerequisite: RGPL 213, or equivalent, or permission of instructor
.Automated methods for creating, maintaining, and analyzing spatial data are
presented. Topics include ( I ) specialized GIS hardware and softw are,
(2) vector vs. raster vs. object-oriented spatial data structures, (3) creation
var-Scr and manipulation of geographic data files. (4) database design and

management concepts. (5) spatial analysis, and (6) cartographic design.
(Also offered as GEOG 3 1 6; mav not be taken for duplicate credit)

RGPL 332 Urban Geography 3c-OI-3cr

Basic concepts of urban geographv including site, situation, function, urban
land use, urban structure, and urban hierarchy are introduced. Relationships
between urban geography and urban planning are explored. (.Mso otTered as
GEOG 332; may not be taken for duplicate credit)

RGPL 333 Trade and Transportation 3c-0i-3cr

Deals with the spatial aspects of transportation systems and their use. Circu-
lation, accessibility, time and distance concepts, and trade patterns are dis-
cussed. (Also ofTered as GEOG 333; may not be taken for duplicate credit)

RGPL 350 Introduction to Planning 3c-01-3cr

An introduction to the profession and activitv of conlemporarv American
urban and regional planning. Emphasizes land use control, design, grovMh
management, and development regulation. The legal and institutional bases
of planning practice are covered as well.

RGPL 352 Planning .Methods 3c-0l-3cr

Research, analvrical design, and plan-making techniques in urban and
regional planning. Examines basic items necessary to prepare urban and
regional comprehensive plans. (Also otTered as GEOG 352; may not be
taken for duplicate credit)

INDIANA UNIVERSrrV OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 229

RGPL 353 Planning Design I 3c-01-3cr

Introduces students to professional graphic communications. Emphasizes the
use of 2-D Computer Aided Design (CAD) applications, plan graphics, and
professional standards to represent and solve basic physical planning
problems.

RGPL 412 Research Seminar 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: RGPL 468

This senior seminar and workshop is a capstone course that focuses on
recent research in the major field. Students carrv out a research project on a
topic of local or regional importance. (Also offered as GEOG 412: may not
be taken for duplicate credit)

RGPL 415 Remote Sensing 3c-0l-3cr

Deals with air photographs, satellite imagerv. thermal sensing, and radar
imagery and their application to deriving information about the earth's
physical and cultural landscapes. (Also offered as GEOG 415; may not be
taken for duplicate credit)

RGPL 417 Technical Issues in GIS 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: RGPL 316

A project-based class m » hich students learn the skills to develop and
maintain a Geographic Information Svslem. Through cooperati\'e learning
Students design and implement functional systems. Methods for designing
GIS s> stems to user specification, data collection, data input project
management, and system documentation are covered. (Also offered as
GEOG 41 7: may not be taken for duplicate credit)

RGPL 454 Planning Design II 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: RGPL 350. RP353 or instructor permission
Introduces students to the actixity of design, design programming, design
decision making, and design communications. Focuses specifically on the
de\ elopmcnt of site planning, site analysis, and site design skills as well as
the translation of design program elements into physical form. (Offered as
RGPL 354 prior to 2000-0 M

RGPL 458 Land Lse La« 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: RGPL 350

Introduces students to principles of land use law. Focus is on federal consti-
tutional principles and key Supreme Court cases, especially as they relate to
actions of local units of government and municipal planning practice. Deals
with the present stale of land use law and with current trends and issues.

RGPL 464 Land Lse Policy 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: RGPL 350

Introduces students to and provides an overview of land use issues at the
regional, state, and federal levels. Emphasizes the evolution of contemporary-
policy strategies, constitutional issues, and regional controversies involved in
the regulation of metropolitan growth, central city decline, and management
of public lands. (Also offered as GEOG 464; may not be taken for duplicate
credit)

RGPL 468 Planning Theorv 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: RGPL 350. 352. 454. or permission of instructor
Seminar on contemporarv debates concerning planning traditions, principles,
and practices. The activity of planning is investigated from several
theoretical frames and anal>tic positions.

RGPL 481 Special Topics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

RGPL 482 Independent Study

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member.

department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

var-l-3cr

RGPL 493 Internship var-l-12er

Professional learning experience w ith emphasis on application of academic
background. Open to majors and minors in regional planning w ith a total of
57cr and I5cr in the major. See internship supervisor for additional
information.

RH.\B: Rehabilitation

Department of Special Education and Clinical Sei^ices

College of Education and Educational Technology

RHAB 200 Introduction to Rehabilitation 3c-0l-3cr

A foundation for subsequent courses in the rehabilitation sequence. It is also
available as a prerequisite or basic course for students interested in the
rehabilitation of individuals in our society. Content includes the philosophy,
historv'. major concepts, and current problems and issues.

RHAB 211 Medical Aspects of Rehabilitation 3c-0I-3cr

Provides an overview of the etiologv' and pathology of a range of medical
disorders w hich often require rehabilitative services. Emphasizes the
psychosocial and fiinctional effects of these disorders, vocational
implications, and rehabilitative needs.

RR\B 220 Neurological Basis of Disability 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: EDEX 111. RHAB 200. BIOL 1 55 or HP22 1
A study of the brain and spinal cord w ith emphasis on cortical and
subcortical mechanisms instrumental in normal motion, coordination, and
bodily sensation, exclusive of vision and hearing. A discussion and
demonstration of conditions of cerebral palsy, poliomyelitis, traumatic
paraplegics, cerebrovascular accident Parkinson's disease, multiple
sclerosis, and rehabilitative procedures.

RHAB 281 Special Topics var-I-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to coiuse content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 28 1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

RHAB 3 1 2 Psychological Basis of Disabilitv 3c-0l-3cr

A study of emotional and social responses which govern behavior and
relationships of handicapped individuals and rehabilitation workers alike,
with emphasis on the role of disability in formation of the concept of human
worth.

RHAB 321 Principles and Methods of Rehabilitation 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: RH.AB 220. 312. and permission of instructor
Delineates the roles of members of professional disciplines of medicine,
psychology, prosthetics, orthodontics, audiology. speech pathologv . physical
and occupational therapy in restoration of the handicapped; use of diagnostic
information; significance and interpretation of medical examination; role of
rehabilitation counselor in the agency.

RH.\B 322 Rehabilitation Case Study and Interpretation 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: RH.AB 220. 312. or permission of instructor
Purpose and techniques of case history taking; meaning and evaluation of
diagnostic information; psychological evaluation in terms of mental ability,
personalitv. attitudes, and dexteritv skills: role of disabled individual's family
in planning of services: referrals and report writing.

RHAB 360 Rehabilitation Counseling: Strategies 3c-0l-3er

Prerequisites: Permission. Rehabilitation majors only
Designed to help students develop competencies in using various counseling
techniques with handicapped persons. Various theories of counseling are
explored relative to the rehabilitation setting. Prov ides basic counseling skills
to upperclass Rehabilitation majors prior to field training.

Page 230

INDIANA LTsTVERSrrY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

RHAB 410 N'ocational Assessment in

Rehabilitation Counseling 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: EDEX 111. RHAB 220. or faculty permission

Pro\ ides students with an overview of vocational assessment techniques and

instruments for use w ith rehabilitation clients w ho are blind, deaf, mentally

retarded, or severely physically handicapped. Includes discussion of

rehabilitation evaluation.

RH.AB 412 Occupational .\spects of Rehabilitation 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: RH.AB 220 or permission of instructor
The realism of the world of worlc and relationship of gainful employment to
human autonomy and decision making. Types of jobs, levels of required
skills, potential capabilities of the disabled relative to specific job responsi-
bilities, methods of assessing potential job success, and sheltered workshops.

RHAB 422 Current Topics in Rehabilitation 3c-0l-3cr

Taken concurrently v\ ith RH.AB 488 and 493. .\ discussion of current topics
of interest in the field, such as state and federal legislation, new prosthetic
advances, proposals of the National Rehabilitation Association, or recent
techniques in working with specific disabilities.

RHAB 460 .Advanced Rehabilitation Counseling 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: RHAB 360

Selected counselmg techniques studied and practiced under supervision.
Application is utilized in roles that will appro.ximate the kind of clients
encountered in field training.

RHAB 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .A.s appropnate to course content

Special topics courses are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may
be otTered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

RH.\B 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in uidependent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

RHAB 484 Directed Rehabilitation .Activities var-3cr

Prerequisites: Permission. Rehabilitation majors only
A pre-field training expenence working with handicapped clients in local
facilities. Concrete experience helps the students mtegrate classroom
instruction w ith field experiences.

RH.AB 488 Field Training in Rehabilitation I var-6cr

Prerequisite: .AH major courses in program

Taken concurrently w ith RHAB 422 and 493. Emphasizes development of
the student rehabilitation coordinator by working with disabled clients in a
public or private agency. W riting and analysis of case reports, counseling of
clients, understanding of agency responsibilities and limitations, referral,
follow-up. and final evaluation of the client's abihty to function w ith various
degrees of autonomy.

RHAB 493 Field Training in Rehabilitation II var-6cr

Prerequisite: .All major courses m program

Taken concurrently w ith RHAB 422 and 488. Provides a second field

experience.

RLST: Religious Studies

Department of Religious Studies

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

RLST 100 Introduction to Religion 3c-OI-3cr

.An introduction to the academic study of religion through an examination of
various dimensions of religious expression and traditions. Covers such areas
as problems about definition of religion: approaches to the study of religion:
the goals, language, and rituals of religion: cases of religious expenence:

faith, disbelief, and alternatives to religion: religion and the sociocuitural
context.

RLST 1 10 W orld Religions 3c-OI-3cr

.A comparative studv of the history, teaching, and rituals of the major
religions of the world and their mfluence on contemporary society. .A
nonsectanan approach to reUgions such as Native Amencan religioiu Afro-
.American reUgion, Judaism, Christianiiv, and Islam in relationship to
Hinduism. Buddhism. Confucianism. Taoism, and Shinto.

RLST 114 BibUcal Hebrew I 3c-OI-3cr

Enables smdents to read the prose of BibUcal Hebrew or Classical Hebrew -
that is. the major language in which the Hebrew Bible Old Testament was
written during the first millennium B.C.E. B> learning the fundamentals of
Biblical Hebrew grammar and vocabulary, students thus acquire the tools
and skill to do translation of this important ancient text for themselves. (.Also
offered as CRLG 1 14; may not be taken for duplicate credit)

RLST 164 Biblical Hebrew II 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: RLST CRLG 1 14

A continuation of Biblical Hebrew I w ith the same objective: to enable
students to read the prose of Biblical Hebrew or Classical Hebrew . By
learning the fundamentals of Biblical Hebrew grammar and vocabulary,
students thus acquire the tools and skill to do translation of this important
ancient text for themselves. (.Also otTered as CRLG 164; may not be taken
for dupUcate credit)

RLST 200 ReUgion and Culture: Their Interaction 3c-01-3cr

.A systematic smdy of the interaction of religions and v arious components of
culture, as a way of imderstanding the phenomenon of religion. The
approach is functional and descriptive; it uses case studies which are
chronologically and culturally diverse, covering such areas as religion and
politics, economics, arts, science, and hteiature.

RLST 210 World Scriptures 3c-OI-3cr

Major sacred writings of Hmdu. Buddhist. Zoroastrian, Moslem, Confucian.
Taoist. and Judeo-Christian traditioas are studied from point of view of their

religious significance.

RLST 250 Lnderstanding the Bible 3c-0l-3cr

An introduction to scholarly methods and major themes necessary to
understand the Hebrew Scriptures and the New Testaments of the Judeo-
Christian tradition.

RLST 260 American Religious Development 3c-0l-3cr

A survey and analysis of topics which depict the role of religion in the U.S..
e.g.. .American Indian religion; religion and the discovery colonization
immigration trends of the L'.S.; religion and the Constitution; indigenous
reUgious movements: black religion; ecumenism; atheism; cults; mass media
and religion; religion in Indiana County.

RLST 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are ofTered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may be

offered imder any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

studentS-

RLST 290 Christianit} 3c-OI-3cr

A study of the beliefs, practices, significant persons, history, and cultural
impact of Christianity .

RLST 31 1 Eastern Philosophy 3c-0l-3cr

.An examuiation and cntique of the philosophies which have shaped Eastern
w orld view s and w ay^ of life as found in a representative sampUng of
Chinese, Japanese, and Indian thought

INDIANA UNIVERSm' OF PENNSYLN'ANLA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Pase23I

RLSI 312 \rehaeolog\ and the Bible 3c-OI-3cr

An investigation of religious-historical traditions of the Bible in light of
archaeological research. Includes a study of archaeological method and
interpretation, discoveries in Egvpt. Mesopotamia, and SvTO-Palestine as
background for understanding the traditions and religious practices and
beliefs of Israel, jmd special questions surrounding the Patriarchal narratives,
the Exodus and Conquest. Israel under Da\id and Solomon, the Dead Sea
Scrolls, and New Testament times.

RLST 329 PhUosophy of Religion 3c-«l-3cr

A philosophical critical examination of religion to include; the nature of
religion: religious argumentation: existence and nature of God; meaning and
relation of faith and knowledge; theories of origin or religion.

RLST 360 African Religions 3c-OI-3cr

.An examination of the nature of African traditional religion and how
traditional religion. Islam, and Christianity coexist and influence each other.

RLST 365 Native North American Religions 3c-01-3cr

.•\n introduction to the indigenous religions of North America and to the peo-
ples w ho practice these rich and varied approaches to the sacred. Not only
examines major religious themes and dimensions (myth, ritual, ethics, etc.)
but includes a historical perspective on North .American Indian lifeways.
This perspective involves discussion of the clash with Euro-American values
and contemporary native religious responses to social crisis and change.

RLST 370 Religions of China and Japan 3c-0l-3cr

A studv of Confucianism. Taoism. Buddhism. Shinto, and popular religion
in China and Japan, including historical and theological foundations,
development of thought, contemporary expressions, and encounters with the
modem world.

RLST 375 Religions of India 3c-01-3cr

■A study of Hinduism. Indian Buddhism. Jainism. and Sikhism. including
historical and theological foundations, development of thought,
contemporary expressions, and encounters with the modem world.

RLST 482 Independent Study: Honors 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: 3.00 GP.A. 15cr in ReUgious Studies, and 3.20 GPA in
departmental courses

Majors in Religious Studies are invited to take 3cr of independent study-
designated Honors Project. Upon satisfactory completion, graduation w ith
departmental honors is possible.

RLST 493 Internship in Religious Studies 6-1 2cr

Prerequisites: Junior or senior: Religious Studies major or double major;
2.5 GP.A in major: department approval

A supenised experience in a public or private organization which extends
and complements coursework in Religious Studies.

S.\FE: Safetv' Sciences
Department of Safetv Sciences
College of Health and Human Services

S.\FE 101 Introduction to Occupational Safety and Health 3c-0l-3cr

Designed to introduce the student to the evolution of the safety profession
through study of historical events and the changes that resulted. Students
gain an understanding of the key components of the profession such as
OSHA and workers" compensation, accident investigation, occupational
health hazards, emergency response, product liability, ergonomics, fleet
safety, ethics, and measuring safety program success. Case studies and small
group activities prepare students for further in-depth study of these topics
and to fulfill their roles as professionals.

SAFE 102 Introduction to Mine Safety and Health 3c-OI-3cr

Designed to provide the student with an in-depth background of the
problems in\ol\ ing mine safety. A historical approach to coal and mineral
mining is reviev^ed: legislative influences such as the Federal Coal Mine
Health and Safety .Act. the Metal and Nonmetal Mine Health and Safety Act,
and the Occupational Safety and Health Act are discussed in depth; mining
techniques, methods, and systems are discussed. Management of mine health
and safety programs is presented. Federally mandated training of employees
is covered. (Offered occasionally)

RLST 380 Islam 3c-0l-3cr

A studv of Islam including historical and theological foundations,
developments of thought, contemporary expressions, and encounters with the
modem w orld.

RLST 410 Earl> Christian Thought 3c-01-3cr

The development of Christian thought approached through an in-depth study
of selected » riiings from the early Church Fathers to the Protestant
Reformers.

RLST 440 .Modern Christian Thought 3c-OI-3cr

An examination of Christian thought approached through in-depth study of
selected v^ritings from major theologians of the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries.

RLST 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 481 are offered primarily for upper-level undergraduate

students.

RLST 482 Independent Study var-l-6cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Individual students w ishing to pursue religious studies interests not covered
in the department's regular offering may do so by approval. Upon approval
students are guaranteed at least five hours of faculty time per credit. All
programs of study must be accepted by the department as a whole. May be
taken more than once to maximum of 6cr. (This option is available to both
Religious Studies majors and nonmajors.)

SAFE 1 1 1 Principles of Industrial Safety I 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: S.-\FE 101

Stresses an understanding of the complexity of the industrial hazard control
problem by thoroughK' examining elements of safety and health enumerated
in the OSHA promulgated standards and various consensus standards.
Emphasizes plant layout and design, powered industrial vehicles, boilers and
imfired pressure vessels, machine guarding, robotics safety, and an
introduction to industrial processes.

S.AFE 145 Workplace Safety Today and Tomorrow 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Non-Safety Sciences major

Introduces w orkplace safety, health, and env ironmental aspects to students
with limited knowledge of the subject. Includes the historical development of
safety and health regulations, the impact of injury on society, identifying and
evaluating hazards, and hazard controls in specific industrial processes, basic
principles of loss management, and the future of safety, health, and
environmental regulations.

S.AFE 210 Environmental Safety and Health Regulations 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: CHEM 102. S.AFE 101. or permission of instructor
Offers the student a practical approach to the understanding of and compli-
ance w ith. the various environmental regulations that impact on business. A
thorough discussion of the definitions, categories, and evaluation of
hazardous materials is included. En\ ironmental law s covered include the
Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, the Resource Conserv ation and
Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, the
Compensation and Liability Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act.
and other related laws.

SAFE 211 Principles of Industrial Safety II 3c-3l-4cr

Prerequisite: S.AFE 1 1 1

Stresses an understanding of the complexity of industrial hazard control by
thoroughly examining elements of safety and health enumerated in the

Paae 23;

INDL\NA LT^rVERSFTY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Occupational Safety and Health Administration promulgated standards and
in various consensus standards. Emphasizes welding and cutting, walking
and working surfaces, materials handling and storage, electrical safe work
practices, construction safet>'. and personal protective equipment. The appli-
cation of hazard control strategies is accomplished in laboratory' sessions.

SAFE 231 Principles of Mine Safetj 1 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SAFE 102

Focuses on the various aspects of mining operations such as slope and shaft
development; mine design; ground control; hoisting; man-trips; haulage;
mining equipment; mine emergency planning and procedures; mme
communications and maintenance. (Offered occasionally)

SAFE 232 Principles of Mine Safetv II 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SAFE 102

Covers surface mining operations such as slope stability, equipment, groimd
water, and control. Mine-related processing operations are discussed.
Provides an in-depth study of the various controls of electrical hazards and
ignition sources such as permissible equipment and electrical distribution
systems. The uses of explosives and blasting practices, handling, storing, and
transportation w ith emphasis on causes of explosion involving dust and
gases are discussed. (Offered occasionally)

SAFE 245 Product Safetv 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: MATH 217

Traces flow of applicable legislation dealing with consumerism and product
safet>. Corporate liabilit>' for product safety emphasized through case
studies. Students are familiarized with the evolving role of Consumer
Product Safety Commission. Corporate management of product development
and safety detailed with emphasis on systems safety analysis, standards, and
product testing.

SAFE 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporarv' basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A giv en topic may be

offered under any special topic identitv' no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lovser-level undergraduate

students.

S.-VFE 299 Experience in Cooperative Education I Oc-OI-Ocr

Prerequisites: GP.A of 2.0 or better. S.-^FE 101. Ill; approval of academic
advisor, co-op coordinator, and department chairperson
Provides the initial experience in a program designed to combine classroom
theory with practical application through job-related experiences. Open to
Safety Sciences majors and minors in their sophomore year. Students are
employed by organizations where there is an ongoing hazard control
program under the direction of an experienced safety professional.

S.\FE 301 Health Hazard IdentiHcation 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 155. CHEM 102. M.ATH 121. PHYS 1 1 1
Provides an understanding of the primary health hazards found in industry
and their effects on the human body. Students learn to recognize hazards
involved w ith air contaminants, noise, heat, radiation, chemicals on the skin.
and other stressors. Emphasizes the study of occupational disease, industrial
toxicologv. and use of threshold limit values.

SAFE 303 Control of Health Hazards 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 217. PHYS 112. SAFE 301

A study of engineering, administrative, and personal protective equipment as
methods of reducing or eliminating hazards to the health of industrial
workers. Topics covered include industrial ventilation, noise control, heat
control, radiation control, personal protective equipment, and industrial
health program.

SAFE 311 Fire Protection 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: CHEM 102. PHYS 1 12

Explores the principles involved in the protection of people and property
from fire and explosion. Basic fire safety terminology, fire chemistrv' and
extinguishment, fire safety references and standards, and fire program

management are discussed along with the properties of hazardous materials.
Also discussed are control measures for common fire and explosion hazards
and the design of buildings in terms of life safetj' and fire suppression
systems. Development of programs in fire safety and the evaluation and
control of fire and explosion hazards are studied in laboratory sessions.
Practical appUcation of fire principles is completed in laboratory sessions.

S.\FE 345 Systems Safetj Analysis 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 217. SAFE 21 1

Focuses on the ev aluation of system designs using detailed system analysis
techniques. Topics covered include system definition, economics of systems
safety, systems safety methodology', mathematics of systems analysis
including statistical methods. Boolean algebra, and reliability. Skills gained
include the ability to perform system hazard analyses and operating and
support hazard analyses. Techniques include failure mode and effect
analysis, fault tree analysis, and technique for human error rate prediction.
Practical analysis work is accomplished in laboratory sessions.

S.\FE 347 Ergonomics 2c-31-3cr

Prerequisites: BIOL 155. SAFE 301

Explores the principles which control human performance and its effect
upon the safety and reliability of systems. Engineering anthropometrics,
human perception, biomechanics of motion and work posture, work
physiology, and human performance measurement are taught in the context
of their application in workplace design. Students are instructed in
methodologies for analysis of tasks and human performance requirements.
Important human limitations and ergonomic hazard evaluations, such as
lifting and repetitive motion tasks, are studied in laboratory sessions.

SAFE 370 Fleet Safety 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: SAFE 101, junior standing

Includes topics involved with the development and operation of motor fleet
safety programs: driver selection and training, accident investigation and
recordkeeping, equipment safety features, preventive maintenance, and
driver incentive programs.

SAFE 380 Institutional Safety Management 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior standing

Historical aspects of safety for both private and public institutions; introduc-
tion to trends in liability and institutional safety regulations. Distinctions are
made between employee, visitor, and patient hazards and their control.

SAFE 399 Experience in Cooperative Education II Oc-OI-Ocr

Prerequisites: SAFE 299 and GPA of 2.0 or bener
Represents the second experience in a program designed to combine
classroom theory with practical application through job-related experiences.
Open to Safety Sciences majors and minors before completing the required
Safety Sciences internship or achieving senior status for minors. Students are
employed by organizations where there is an ongoing hazard control
program under the direction of an experienced safety professional.

SAFE 401 Mine \ entilation 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: MATH 122. PHYS 1 12. SAFE 102. or consent
.A study of mine ventilation principles and practices which provide a basic
knowledge in design and operation of mine ventilation systems. The topics
of airflow physics, ventilation standards, fan fundamentals, pressure losses,
required air flows, and overall design are discussed. Specific problems in
mine ventilation are solved. (OlTered occasionally)

SAFE 402 Health Hazard Evaluation 2c-3l-3cr

Prerequisites: .MATH 2 1 7. PHYS 1 1 2, SAFE 301
A lecture/laboratory course w hich provides a basic understanding of
techniques used in measuring and evaluating the magnitude of health
hazards in industry. Laboratory sessions provide experience in air sampling,
noise measurement, heat measurement, particle size analysis, chemical
analysis, and evaluation of industrial ventilation systems.

INDIANA UNrV'ERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA L'NDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Page 233

SAFE 412 Hazard Prevention Management 3c-31-4cr

Prerequisites: MATH 217. MGMT 311

Examines various safety management techniques to identih' and prevenl the
occurrence of hazardous behavior and conditions. Develops methods capable
of extracting accurate, meaningful data and of collecting, codifying, and
processing hazard and loss incident information. Data retrieval systems are
used in cost'benefit decision-making for hazard prevention and safety
program and performance evaluation.

SAFE 420 Law and Ethics in the Safetj Profession 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior standing

Examines ethical and legal issues that present themselves to practicing safety
professionals. Students identify and evaluate these issues in terms of their
own value system, as well as legal and prudent practice w ithin the safety,
health, and environmental profession. Specific reference is made to
participation of the safety professional in workers" compensation cases.
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission hearings, class action
suits, and trials by jury.

SAFE 441 Accident Investigation 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: S.'\FE 101. junior standing or consent
Focuses on various aspects of accident investigation such as recent theories
associated w ith accident causes, investigative techniques, data acquisition,
structure of investigative reports, management responsibilities, and remedial
actions. Particular emphasis on determining sequence of events to develop
management actions which prevents recurrence of accidents.

SAFE 442 Current Issues in Safety 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SAFE 21 1 and 301 or permission

Examines the emerging issues currently faced by the environmental, safety,
and health (ESH) practitioner that extend beyond the conventional areas of
academic preparation. In addition, explores certification, ethics, compliance
issues, quality management, worldwide concerns, and other common issues.
Each student researches and presents information on specific item of current
relevance in the safety profession.

SAFE 443 Construction Safety 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: SAFE 21 1 and junior standing or permission
Designed to provide an in-depth coverage of hazard recognition, evaluation,
and control principles for the variety of phases of construction. Information
regarding the development of a construction safety program along with
extensive coverage of federal standards related to the construction industry is
also provided.

SAFE 461 Air Pollution 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: SAFE 301 or consent

Focuses on various major aspects of the air pollution problem. Includes
sources of pollution, evaluation and engineering of pollutants, government
regulations, atmospheric chemistry and dispersion, and human and non-
human effects. Particular emphasis on information that is practical for the
safety management, industrial health, or environmental health professional.

SAFE 462 Radiological Health 3c-0i-3cr

Prerequisite: SAFE 301 or consent

A study of problems associated with ionizing radiation in human

en\ ironment. Emphasizes biological effects, radiation measurement, dose

computational techniques, exposure control, and local and federal

regulations. Study and use of various radiological instruments included.

SAFE 465 Right-fo-Know Legislation 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: SAFE 301. 31 1. or permission of instructor
Covers both the federal and selected state righl-to-know laws and related
legislation, fhe scope, application, and enforcement of the various laws,
including specific legal and moral obligations, are discussed. Strategies are
explored and developed to identify the means b> which employers can gain
compliance w ith regulatory requirements.

SAFE 472 Process Safety in the Chemical Industry
Prerequisites: SAFE 301 . 3 1 1 . 345. and senior standing, or
permission of instructor

3c-01-3cr

Designed to cover all important aspects of loss prevention as it is practiced in
the chemical process industries. Its objective is to prepare the safety
professional so that he/she may be able to work more effectively w ith
chemists and chemical engineers in joint hazard identification, evaluation,
and control projects.

SAFE 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses arc offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

SAFE 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
Appro\ al is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

SAFE 488 Internship 12cr

Prerequisites: Senior standing, all required courses in major, minimum
2.8 cumulative GPA and 3.0 GPA in major, and consent
A practicum conducted at an approved occupational setting up to 500 miles
away from lUP. Students are required to conduct four major projects. One
project will be from each of the following areas: Safety Management.
Industrial Safety. Industrial Hygiene, and Fire Protection. Students are
accountable to an on-site supervisor and are required to remain in close
contact with a Safety Sciences faculty coordinator.

SAFE 493 Internship var l-6cr

Prerequisites: Senior standing, all required courses in major
Applies hazard assessment and management practices to actual workplace
safety issues, w hich requires the student to visit workplace sites. A two-hour
weekly debriefing session involves the students in de\eloping their written
and oral communication skills. All Safety Sciences students are required to
take an internship, either SAFE 488 or S.AFE 493.

SCI: Science ■

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

SCI 101 Fundamentals of Physics 2c-2I-2.5cr

Prerequisite: Elementary Education major or instructor permission
A conceptual course in physics for Elementary Education majors. High
school physics is not a prerequisite. Class and lab presentations concentrate
upon dispelling naive concepts and developing a better understanding and
appreciation of the physical world. The topics of motion, heat, light, sound,
electricity, magnetism, and the nucleus are presented in context w ith our
everyday experiences. Does not fulfill the Liberal Studies requirement except
for majors in Elementary and Eariy Childhood Education.

SCI 102 Fundamentals of Chemistry 2c-2l-2.5cr

Prerequisite: Elementary Education major or instructor permission
A survey of chemical principles and concepts. The nature of chemical
reactions as applied to technology and its applications to society. The world
of consumer chemistry is explored. The goal is to develop a chemical literacy
for the student. A series of laboratory exercises de\ elops concept
understanding and process skills. Some individual and group projects are
included. Does not fulfill the Liberal Studies requirement except for majors
in Elementary and Early Childhood Education.

SCI 103 Fundamentals of Earth and Space Science 2c-2I-2.5cr

Prerequisites: SCI 101. 102

An introduction to geology, astronomy, oceanography, and meteorology for
Elementary Education majors. Emphasizes the understanding of large-scale
processes and how the earth, solar system, and universe work. Lab experi-
ences include hands-on work with earth materials and w ith instruments from
all of our subjects, map. and field trips which may occur during class times,
nights, and weekends. Does not fulfill the Liberal Studies requirement except
for majors in Elementary and Early Childhood Education.

Page 234

INDLMMA UNrVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

SCI 104 Fundamentals of Environmental Biolog\ 2c-2l-2.5cr

Prerequisites: SCI 101. 102

A basic introduction to the major concepts and principles of ecoloa> and
their application to modem living for majors in Eleinentar> and Early
Childhood Education.

SCI 105 Physical Science I 3c-2l-4cr

A descnptive and conceptual course in phv^ics for the non-Science major.
High school physics is not a prerequisite. Content is designed to develop an
understanding and appreciation of the physical world around us. to produce
changes in attitude and background essential for our modem society, and to
clarify the follow ing topics: motion, heat, sound. Ught. electricity,
magnetism, and the structure of matter.

SCI 106 Physical Science II 3c-21-4cr

A basic course in env ironmental and consumer chemistry for the non-
Science major. High school chemistry is not a prerequisite. Major topics
include humankind's use and abuse of soil, water, air. and energy resources,
global food production and hunger, the nuclear industry, and the threat of
nuclear war. Consumer topics include vitamins and nutrition, food additives,
pesticides, and drugs.

SCI 201 Great Ideas in Science 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: No majors in Physics, Chemistry, Geoscience. Biology.
Biochemistry or Natural Science

Introduces students to the great ideas in the fields of Physics. Chemistry.
Geoscience. and Biology at a level designed to deepen their understanding of
the natural world around them and allow them to address inteUigently those
public issues that are based on science.

SCI 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to

explore topics not included in the estabhshed curriculum. .\ ghen topic may

be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics nimibered 28 1 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

SCI 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the estabhshed curriculum. -\ given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

SCI 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students w ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
.Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availabihty of resources.

SOC: Sociology

Department of Sociologj

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

SOC 151 Principles of Sociology 3c-0l-3cr

.A scientific study of structure and functioning of human societies, with
special attention to factors responsible for the organization and
transformation of sociocultural systems. Specific course content varies from
one instructor to another.

SOC 231 Contemporary Social Problems 3c-OI-3cr

.An exploration of some pressing problems currently endemic to Western
society. Problems are defmed and solutions explored in Ught of bistoncaL,
political, economic, social, and antiiropological data.

SOC 233 Language and Culture 3c-OI-3cr

Focuses on social and cultural functions of language. Particular emphasis on
analysis of non- Western languages.

SOC 251 Sociology of Haman SeiwUhy 3c-«(-3cr

.\n in-depth analysis of a formerly taboo topic, human sexuality. Cunent
infonnatioa from biok^caL psycbok^icaL and sociological research on
human relationships is presented to provide a foundatiaa for setf-
undeistanding and societal values.

SOC 271 Cultural .Area Studies: Afirica 3c-4H-3cr

Explores the cultural diversity of the continent of .Africa. The first unit
examines the historical processes » hich shape modem society, including die
formation of mdigenous .African empires, the evidence for trade routes, slav?
trading, and colonialism- The second unit examines the nature of .African
traditional societies, mcluding analyses of focager and agricuhuial groups.
The last unit covers issues of contemporary de\%lof)fnent in .Africa such as
famine and agricultural policy, the status of women in economic
development, and apartheid. Reading includes ethnographic and historical
accounts of .African society as w ell as selections by .African wTiters on tbe
issues of cootemporaiy socieQ-. (Also offered as .ANTH 271; may not be
taken for duplicate credit)

SOC 272 Caltnral Area Stndies: China 3e4l-3cr

IDesigned to assist the student in developmg an understanding of contem-
porary China. While the course begins with preiiistofic and historic aspects
of China, the focus is oo contemporary issues presented in the context of
sociological theory . Specific Chmese cuhural compooents are investigated,
includmg values, anitudes. norms, social organizatioo. Hngnisric^, and
folklore, i .Also offered as ANTH 2''2; may not be taken for duplicate credit)

SOC 273 Cultural .Area Studies: Southeast Asia 3c-0l-3cr

An introduction to the peoples and cultures of Southeast .Asia. Prehistory and
the dev elopment of indigenous states in Southeast .Asia and analysis of
impact of world reUgions. such as Islam, and Western coiotualism. .Also
examines modem hunter-gatherer and fanning societies and discusses
contemporary issues in social and economic change. iiKhiding the ~Creen
Revolutiocu" tropical deforestatioD, the struggte of etfanK minority tribal
peoples, and the phgfat of Indochinese refiigees. ( .Abo offered as .ANTH 273;
may not be taken for duplicate credit)

SOC 274 Cultural Area Studies: Latin America 3c-(H-3cr

.An introduction to the peoples and cultures oi Latin .America. Focuses oo the
prehistory and development of pte-Cohfmbian complex societies in
Mesoamerica and the Andes and analyses the tnnpact of European
coiotualism on these major regions. Also examines contemporary issues,
such as civil w ars. economic dev elopment. rural-urban migratioos. and
migration and immigratioD of Latin .American peoples into tbe United States.
(.Also offered as ANTH 274; may not be taken for duplicate credit)

SOC 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered oo an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. .A grven topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undeigiachBle

students.

SOC 286 Marriage, Kinship, and the Family 3c-0t-3cr

Sociological and anthropological study of patterns of maniage. kinship, and
family Ufe. w ith emphasis oo the relatiooship between family patterns and
other social institutions. Topics covered inchide the family and marriage in
historical and comparativ e perspectiv e; w orldw ide pattens of genckr
stratificatioa: incest and incest avoidance; class and race contexls of £miily
patterns; mate selection and love; parenthood and child rearing; domestic and
sexual violence: altemative family lifestyles; and the onrent crisis and
possible future of the family . Intended for a broad audience but also open to
sociology and anthropolosy majors and minors. (.Also offered as .ANTH 286;
may not be taken for duphcate credit)

SOC 301 Foundations of Sociological Practice 3c-<H-3cr

Prerequisite: SCK \5l

tatroduces students to the freW of sociokigical practice and develops an
understandmg of the relevance of micro and macro sociological theory to

INDIANA L"M\ ERSIT> OF PEN7>iSYLV.-KNlA LNDERGRADL.-KTE C.\T.\LOG. ;(X)3-04

Paas;

understanding human problems. Focuses on applications of sociological
theor> and methods to the helping professions and especially to
understanding the interactional aspects of the relationship between ser\ice
users and service providers. Also acquaints students with the structure of the
human service system in American society.

SOC 302 Clinical Sociological Practice 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 301

Prepares the student to effect constructive change within individuals, groups,

families, and communities. Draws its analysis, diagnosis, and methods from

the foundations of sociological theory at the level of intervention with

clients.

SOC 303 Social and Cultural Change 3c-0!-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

An exploration of current theoretical perspectives on social and cultural

change. Special attention given to planned change at the local or regional

level.

SOC 314 Native Americans 3c-0l-3cr

A survey of culture history and culture area characteristics of Native
Americans of North America. A detailed study of representative groups
related to historical, functional, and ecological concepts.

SOC 320 Sociological Theon, 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: SOC 151 and second-semester sophomore standing
A detailed survey of the historical development of sociological theory from
the mid-nineteenth century to the present. Treats the classical theorists Marx.
Durkheim. and Weber and such contemporary theoretical schools as
functionalism. Marxian and Weberian conflict theory, cultural materialism,
social evolutionism, rational choice theory, symbolic interactionism.
ethnomethodology, sociobiology. structuralism, and postmodernism.
Students are encouraged to take this course in the second semester of their
sophomore year or during their junior year.

SOC 333 Delinquency and Youth 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

A study of social and cultural factors involved in various youth lifestyles,
including delinquency. Cross-cultural and historical approach used in a
review of social norms, social control, and socialization institutions and
community-based programs for rehabilitation.

SOC 335 Alcohol and Drug Abuse 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 1 5 1

Examines the social issues and problems of alcohol and drug misuse in
American society. Legal and illegal substances are considered, and the
causes of substance abuse as well as alternatives are examined.

SOC 336 Socio!og> of the Family 3c-0!-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

Sociological study of the family from various theoretical viewpoints. A
special emphasis is on the contemporary American family. A variety of
topics are covered, such as mate selection, power relationships and roles in
the family, parent-child interaction, marital satisfaction, divorce, and others.

SOC 337 World Societies and World Systems 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: One of the following: ANTH 110, ECON 101 or 121,
GEOG230, HIST 202. PLSC 10ror282, SOC 151
A detailed analysis of the evolution of human societies, with special
emphasis on the modem w orld system of societies that began to emerge in
the sixteenth century and that has since expanded to include the entire globe.
Topics include societies during the preindustrial era: the emergence of
modem capitalism in the sixteenth century: relations between developed and
less-developed societies in the modem world; the ascent and decline of
nation-states in the modem world: the current plight of the Third World: the
rise and demise of socialism in the twentieth century: and various scenarios
for the human future.

SOC .340 Sociology of Industry 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

An examination of industrial organizations and their environments.
Production systems analyzed in terms of different forms of organization,
e.g., bureaucratic, power-equilibrium, and worker-participation. Special
attention paid to w ho defines production, how such definitions are
legitimized, and how constraints are placed on such definitions by union and
other political organizations.

SOC 341 Sociology of Education 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

Examines the place of education in society. Special attention to the
development of education in America and its relation to political and
economic phenomena. Some attention given to education in other industrial
and agrarian societies.

SOC 342 Social and Cultural Aspects of Health and Medicine 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: 6cr in Sociology or .Anthropology

A review of the fields of medical sociology and anthropology. Focuses on

such topics as health and illness in cross-cultural context, aging, social and

psychological aspects of pain, and social organization of health facilities and

services. Definitions of limits of "life" and "death" in context of holistic

health.

SOC 345 Interpersonal Dynamics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

A study of the interaction between and among individuals and groups in
various social settings. Emphasizes self-understanding, small groups,
socialization, social infiuence and compliance, person perception, collective
behavior, and mass communication.

SOC 348 Sociology of W ork 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

Focuses upon the sociological examination of the various forms of labor,
employment, and unemployment present in industrial societies. Examines the
nature of work and unemployment in the modem era and how these forms
are being transformed in the present period.

SOC 352 Sociology of Religion 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

Nature, role, and function of religious phenomena in human societies are
e-xplored with special attention to certain critical issues as they relate to
religion and politics and religion and economics. Some fundamental modes
of religious life including ritual forms and mythic expressions are examined.
Other themes such as revitalization movements and processes of
secularization in modem societies are included.

SOC 357 Sociology of Aging 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

An introduction to various problems faced in the process of growing older.
Attitudes of society toward elderiy and social and cultural impact of an aging
U.S. population examined.

SOC 361 Social Stratification 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 1 5 1

Examines leading perspectives in the major sociological subfield of social
stratification. Attention drawn to different ways of ranking people in human
societies, issues concerning the distribution of income and wealth, the role of
political power in determining w ho gets what, and the causes and
consequences of social inequality for specific groups.

SOC 362 Racial and Ethnic Minorities 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

Examines from a historical and comparative perspective the experiences of
minority groups, with special emphasis on economic and political domina-
tion, stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination. Techniques of majority
group domination and the responses of minority groups are discussed. Vari-
ous reasons for the different rates and patterns of assimilation are explored.

Page 236

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

SOC 363 Sociology of Gender 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

Explores current perspectives on the situations faced by women and men,
primarily in the United States. Examines issues such as the impact of sex
and gender on socialization, the construction of knowledge, intimate
relationships, paid work, family relationships, health, and issues of change.

SOC 380 Social Research Methods 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: 9cr in SOC and junior standing

Examines diverse research designs used in the social sciences, i.e., survey,
field study, experiment, documentary, and existing statistical data. Focuses
both on logic and practice of social research. Students choose a number of
mini-projects or a major research project.

SOC 421 Sociology of Mass Media 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

Examines the development of mass media as dominant cultural forms within
ad\anced industrial societies in the twenty-first century. Emphasizes critical
understanding of the sociohistorical development, the underlying
assumptions, and the social implications of the advance of mass media.

SOC 427 Spouse Abuse 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

Considers the range of theoretical explanations for the pervasive violence
between husband and wife. Particularly examines the research on wife
battering and the implications of this research for programs and policies
assisting both the victim and the abuser.

SOC 428 Child Abuse 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

Examines the prevalence, causes, and social implications of physical, sexual,
emotional, and neglect forms of child abuse in society. Child abuse is studied
from the individual, family, and societal level perspectives. Potential
intervention strategies will also be considered.

SOC 448 Social Policy 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

Focuses on the fomiation of social welfare programs in the U.S., current
social policy issues, and debates between conservative, liberal, and social
democratic policy analysts. Special attention drawn to various social
problems and a range of social policies designed to ameliorate the economic
disadvantages of single individuals, single parents, and two-parent families.
Also devoted to understanding the relationship between social policy,
research, and implementation.

SOC 452 Disability and Society 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

Analyzes disability from a sociological perspective. Includes consideration of
historical and current views of disability and a review of related concepts
from the fields of medical sociology and the sociology of deviance. Also
includes an analysis of the effects of disabilities on individuals and families
through the life course and a consideration of related ethical, economic,
political, and social policy issues. Emphasizes disability as a social
construction.

SOC 456 Field Research Methods 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 380 or pemiission

An examination of methods and practice of sociology and anthropology in
the areas of qualitative and field methods. Concentrates upon the
development of field notes, interviewing techniques, participant observation,
etc. Qualitative methods of sampling and analysis includes theoretical
sampling and analytic induction. Brief background research into community,
organizational, and group structure will also be emphasized.

SOC 457 Computer Use in Sociology 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: Instructor permission

Introduces students to use of microcomputers in social science research and
practice. Uses a variety of software for clinical sociological applications as
well as quantitative analysis of social scientific data. These include client
infonnation systems, field notes and downloading such notes, exchanging

information between agencies, and statistical analyses for program
evaluation and forecasting.

SOC 458 Political Sociology 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

An examination of the social context of power and politics, with special
reference to such topics as who controls the state and state policy: the role of
the state in stabilizing capitalism and protecting the power of the upper class;
political activities of the middle and upper classes; and labor, civil rights,
and welfare rights social movements in America. Especially considers the
problems of conducting and implementing social policy research for social
change. Cross-listed as PLSC 346.

SOC 480 Sociology Seminar var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

A seminar for advanced students devoted to an intensive analysis of
specialized issues within the discipline.

SOC 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 481 are offered primarily for upper-level undergraduate

students.

SOC 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,

department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

An opportunity for students to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic

through consultation with a faculty member. A semester project ordinarily

expected. Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of

resources.

SOC 484 Readings in Sociology var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: SOC 151

Directed readings on special topics in sociology. (Offered as SOC 483 prior
to 2003-04)

SOC 493 Internship in Sociology var-3-12cr

Prerequisite: Prerequisites vary by track. Permission of Internship
Coordinator required.

Supervised experience in a public or private organization that extends and
complements coursework at the university.

SOWK: Social Work

Department of Sociology

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

SOWK 238 Introduction to Social Work 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: ANTH 1 10 or SOC 151

An introduction to the dynamics of helping relationships.

SPAN: Spanish

Department of Spanish

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

SPAN 101 Elementary Spanish I 4c-0l-4cr

For beginning students. Primary emphasis is on aural oral skills. Students
learn to converse and ask questions in simple present time and become
acquainted with location of Hispanic populations and elements of their daily
lives. Attendance is required.

SPAN 102 Elementary Spanish II 4c-OI-4cr

A continuation of SPAN 101. Students learn to express past and future time.
They continue to leam about Hispanic countries and their cultures.
Attendance is required.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 237

SPAN 121 Spanish for Health Care Professionals 1 3c-01-3cr

For beginning students in nursing and other health-related programs. Primary
emphasis is on aural oral skills. Snjdents learn to converse and ask questions
related to health care settings in simple present time and near future. They
also become acquainted with Hispanic populations and elements of their
dail> lives. Class and language lab anendance are required. A suident may
receive credit for only one course from SP.AN 1 0 1 . 1 1 1 , 1 2 1 . or 1 3 1 .

SPAN 122 Spanish for Health Care Professionals II 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: SP.AN 1 2 1 or equivalent

A continuation of SPAN 121 for students in nursing and other health-related
programs. Pnmarv emphasis is on auraLoral skills. Students team to express
past and future time in health care senings. They read articles about medical
issues and short stories w hich concern health care themes in Hispanic
cultures. Class and language lab attendance are required. A student may
receive credit for only one course from SPAN 102. 122. 132. or 21 1.

SPAN 131 Spanish for the Hospitality Industry I 3c-01-3cr

Similar to SPAN 101 but with a special emphasis on the vocabulary and
structures used in the hospitality industry: hotel and restaurant management,
tourism, and marketing. Class and language lab attendance is required. A
student may receive credit for only one course from SPAN 101. 111. 1 2 1 , or
131.

SPAN 132 Spanish for the Hospitality Industry II 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 1 3 1 or equivalent

Similar to SP.AN 1 02 but » ith a special emphasis on the vocabulary and

structures used in the hospitality industry: hotel and restaurant management,

tourism, and marketing. Class and language lab anendance is required. A

student may receive credit for only one course from SPAN 102, 122, 132, or

211.

SPAN 201 Intermediate Spanish 4c-0l-4cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 102 or equivalent

A contmuation of previous v^ork on listening, speaking, reading, and writing
skills. Students learn to function in everyday situations, expressing opinions
and doubts, and narrating and describing in present, past, and future time.
Exposure to cultural concepts through literary readings. Liberal Studies
credit is given.

SP.\N 221 Intermediate Spanish Conversation 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: SP.-\N 201 or equivalent

Intensive work on oral communication skills with emphasis on vocabulary

building, pronunciation, and discourse strategies. Required for all majors and

minors.

SPAN 222 Intermediate Spanish Conversation-Business 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 201 or equivalent

Same as SPAN 221 but with a special emphasis on the vocabulary and
structures used in the business world. Substitutes for SPAN 221 .

SPAN 223 Intermediate Spanish Conversation-Criminology 3c-01-3cr
Prerequisite: SPAN 201 or equivalent

Same as SPAN 221 but with a special emphasis on the vocabulary and
structures used in law enforcement and criminal justice. Substitutes for
SPAN 221.

SPAN 230 Intermediate Spanish Composition 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 221 or concurrent registration

Intensive practice in written expression in Spanish. Both communicative and
structural skills are stressed. Taught in Spanish. Required for all majors and
minors. Approved to meet the Liberal Studies requirement for a writing-
intensive course for majors.

SPAN 244 Modern .Mexico 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: SPAN 201 or equivalent and participation in the Mexico
Summer Study Abroad Program

Taught in Mexico as part of the study abroad program, introduces students to
the contemporary culture of the largest Spanish-speaking country in the
world. A historical perspective is provided within which to understand cur-

rent phenomena. Textbook readings are supplemented with readings from lit-
erary works and current periodicals. Students gain firsthand experience both
through field trips and by living with a Mexican family. Taught in Spanish.

SP.AN 260 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 230 or equivalent

A prerequisite for any 300- or 400-level course in Hispanic literatures.
Designed to provide students w ith the tools necessary for developing literary
competence, the course combines a studv- of literary genres and analysis with
an introduction to the literatures of Spain and Spanish America. Taught in
Spanish. Required for all majors and minors.

SPAN 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an expenmental or temporarv' basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are otTered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

SP.AN 290 Spanish for Elementary Teaching 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 201 or equivalent oral proficiency rating.
For students enrolled in the FLISET Program
Designed for Elementary Education Early Childhood majors who are
completing the FLISET Program. The purpose is to increase the students'
proficiency in Spanish and to prepare them for an internship in an
elementary school abroad. Emphasizes vocabulary acquisition and
strengthening listening and speaking abilities in Spanish. Through in-class
interaction and practice in the language laboratory, students improve their
linguistic skills, learn the language necessary for dealing w ith elementary-age
children, and acquire basic vocabulary for teaching the content areas of the
elementary school curriculum.

SPAN 321 .Advanced Spanish Conversation 3c-0I-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 230 or equivalent

Extensive practice in oral communication skills. Emphasizes development of
fluency in speaking over a w ide range of topic areas. Required for all majors
and minors.

SPAN 340 Hispanic Civilization

Through the Nineteenth Century 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SP.AN 230 or equivalent

An introduction to the significant aspects of the culture of both Spain and

Spanish America. Elements for explanation and discussion are draw n from

artistic, literary, religious, geographic, social, and political manifestations of

Hispanic culture as these have revealed themselves through the nineteenth

century. Taught in Spanish. Required for all majors and minors.

SPAN 342 Twentieth-Century Spanish

Civilization and Culture 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 230 or equivalent

An analysis of the major cultural trends in twentieth-centurv' Spain as they

relate to its current problems, aspirations, and values. Elements for

explanation and discussion are drawn from artistic, literary, religious,

geographic, social, and political manifestations. Taught in Spanish; offered

alternate years. (May not duplicate credit for SPAN 382 taken in Valladolid)

SPAN 344 Twentieth-Century Spanish-American

Civilization and Culture 3c-«l-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 230 or equivalent

An analysis of the major cultural trends in nventieth-centurv' Spanish

America as they relate to its position in the » orld. Elements for explanation

and discussion are drawn from artistic, literary, religious, geographic, social,

and political manifestations, including indigenous cultural influences. Taught

in Spanish: offered alternate years.

SPAN 353 Spanish Phonetics and Phonemics 3c-0l-3cr

An introduction to the phonological study of the sounds and training in
pronunciation. The student learns the theoretical basis for understanding the
Spanish sound system and perfects pronunciation through classroom practice

Page 238

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

and tapings. Taught in Spanish. Required for Spanish Education majors;
highly suggested for Spanish majors.

SP.\N 354 Commercial Spanish 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 230 or equivalent

Designed especially for majors in Spanish for International Trade, this
course has three focuses: it teaches students how to do business
communications in Spanish: it teaches the vocabular> necessary for dealing
with all aspects of trade and commerce: and it introduces students to the
special concerns and practices of business in the Spanish-speaking world.
Taught in Spanish.

SPAN 362 Survey of Peninsular Literature 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 260 or permission

Designed to inu-oduce students to a careful and critical reading of literary
texts from Spain read either in their entirety or in select passages. Taught in
Spanish: offered alternate years.

SP.\.\ 364 Survey of Spanish-.American Literature 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 260 or permission

Designed to introduce students to a careful and critical reading of Spanish-
American literary texu read either in their entirety or in select passages.
Taught in Spanish: offered alternate years.

SPAN 382-389 Pennsylvania-\ alladolid Program 18cr

Prerequisites: SPAN 230 and 260 or permission
Contact chairperson. Department of Spanish. Courses taken in Valladolid
include the SP.\N 382-389 and SPAN 482 (3cr). Descriptions below.

SPAN 382 Contemporary Spain

Prerequisites: SPAN 230 and 260 or permission

Gives the student a general view of Spain today in the areas of society.

economy, and political institutions. (See SPAN 342)

3cr

SP.AN 383 Geography and History of Spain

Prerequisites: SPAN 230 and 260 or permission

Students are introduced to a panorama of Spanish physical, social, and

economic geography, including the recent autonomic division of the country

and the communication among the autonomies. They also review the history

of Spain from the fifteenth century to the present with special emphasis on

today's Spanish institutions.

materials appropriate to the needs and interests of elementary school foreign
language learners.

SPA.N 400 History of the Spanish Language 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 230 or equivalent

Traces phonological, morphological, lexical, and syntactical evolution of
Caslilian dialect from its origins in vulgar Latin through its development,
perfection, and ultimate recognition as the official language of Spain and
Spanish America. Places Castilian linguistically with relation to other
Romance languages and considers features peculiar to Spanish of Latin
America. Taught in Spanish.

SPAN 402 Translation and Interpretation 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: SPAN 230 and 321

Fundamental translation skills for use in business and industry as well as in
academic and popular fields.

SP.4.\ 403 Applied Linguistics 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 230

An introduction to Spanish linguistics for students who have had no previous
experience in linguistics. Students study the application of areas such as
phonology, morphology, syntax, and semantics and explore issues in
psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. Taught in Spanish.

SP.AN 404 Advanced Spanish Grammar 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: SP.AN 22 1 or equivalent and SPAN 230 and senior standing
or departmental permission

An in-depth study of Spanish syntax and morphology. Taught in Spanish.
Required for all majors.

SPAN 410 Medieval Literature 3c-*l-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 260 or permission

Readmg and discussion of various medieval genres: brief prose narrative,
epic, lyric, and didactic poetry, prose, and medieval drama. Taught in
Spanish: offered in four-year rotation.

SPAN 41 1 Golden Age Literature 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 260 or permission

An analysis of themes, motifs, and stylistic devices of Spanish poetry, novel,
and theater of the Renaissance and Baroque. Taught in Spanish; offered in
four-vear rotation.

SP.^N 384 History of Spanish Art 3cr

Prerequisites: SP.'XN 230 and 260 or permission
Students are exposed to the nchness of art in the Iberian Peninsula and in
particular in the area of .Madrid and Castilla-Leon. They study the evolution
of Spanish art in history, giving more emphasis to contemporary tendencies.

SPAN 385 Survey of Spanish Literature 3cr

Prerequisites: SPAN 230 and 260 or permission
Students are introduced to a general study of Spanish literature from its
origin to the present time and learn to appreciate and analyze the different
literary genres. Emphasis on tw entieth-century literature.

SPAN 389 Theory and Practice of Spanish Language 3cr

Prerequisites: SP.AN 230 and 260 or jjermission
Students are introduced to Spanish syntax, morphology, and the Spanish
language lexicon, as well as familiar and formal conversation and to
idiomatic expressions used in everyday situations.

SP.4N 390 Teaching of Elementary

Content Through the Spanish Language 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: Passage of a language proficiency examination

and instructor permission

The student studies current theones of language acquisition processes in

children and develops foreign language instructional objectives and activities

which integrate language and cultural learning with the content areas of the

elementary school curriculum. Through hands-on practice, the student

develops techniques for teaching functional language, planning lessons.

testing language skills, sening curricular objectives, and selecting designing

SPAN 412 The Spanish Novel

of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 260 or permission

.An analy sis of selected novels from three major periods: the nineteenth

century, the Generation of 1 898, and the post Civil War. Taught in Spanish;

offered in four-vear rotation.

SPAN 413 Spanish Poetry of the Nineteenth

and Twentieth Centuries 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 260 or permission

The study and analysis of lyric poetry in Spain from nineteenth-centuiy

poetry through modernism and its evolution to the present. Taught in

Spanish: offered in four-year rotation.

SPAN 420 .Modern Hispanic Theater 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 260 or permission

The study and analysis of modem dramatic works from Spain and Spanish
America. Particular emphasis is given to the representational aspect of the
works. Taught in Spanish: offered in four-year rotation.

SPAN 421 Modern Hispanic Short Story 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: SP.AN 260 or permission

The critical analysis of short stories by Spanish and Spanish-American
authors. Taught in Spanish; offered in four-year rotation.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 239

SPAN 430 Twentieth-Centun Spanish-American Prose 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: SPAN 260 or permission

Traces lilerar> expressions fix)m ihe mm of the centurj- to the present in the
major prose expressions of the essa\. the short story, and the novel. Taught
in Spaiiish: offered in four->-ear rotation.

SP.\.N 431 Spanish-.American Poetn, 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: SP.^N 260 or permission

A stud> of Spanish .American poetrj from its eari>' manifestations through
modernism, post-modemism. and avant-garde. Taught in Spanish: offered in

four-year rotation.

SP.\N 451 Conversation Forum 2c-01-2cr

Prerequisite: SP.AN 321 or equivalent

Extensiv e v* ork on the dev elopment of speaking skills at the ".Advanced
Low" level of oral proficiency, as defined in the Speaking Guidelines
developed by the .Amencan Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages.
Focuses on paragraph-length discourse and narration and descnption in
present, past, and future time fraines within a variety of topics and contexts.

SPAN 481 Special Topics \ar-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the estsblished curriculum. .A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

SPAN 482 Independent Study var-l-6cr

Prerequisite: Pnor approval through advisor, faculty member.

department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office

An opponunity to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic dealing with

the Spanish language and culture through consultation with a faculty

member. .Approval is based on academic appropriateness and a\ ailability of

resources.

SPAN 493 Internship \ar-.V12cr

Prerequisite: One semester of study in a Spanish-speaking country
.A superv ised field experience in any Spanish-speaking area of the world
with approved public agencies and institutions or private firms, no longer
than one semester and no less than one month. Positions are matched as
closely as possible with the intern's personal interests and professional goals.
For more information contact the Spanish Department .Maximum of 6cr can
be applied tow ard a major.

SPLP: Speech Pathologv and .\udiolog> tPIP

Depailment of Special Education and Clinical Services
College of Education and Educational Tecbnologv

SPI.P 1 1 1 Introduction to Communication Disorders 3c-01-3cr

An introduction to study of physiological. acousticaL and scientific processes
involved in production and reception of speech. The genetic development of
speech sounds and factors that hinder or facilitate speech and language
acquisition.

SPLP 122 Clinical Phonologj 3c-0l-3cr

A detailed study of the classification of .American-English phonemes using
the physical and acoustical perspectives. Development of proficiency in use
of International Phonetic .Alphabet for allophonic transcriptions of normal
and disordered speech.

SPLP 222 Introduction to .Audiology 3c-OI-3cr

The study of auditory function, anatomy of auditory mechanism.
psychophysics of sound, types and causes of bearing loss, measurement of
hearing, and educational considerations for hearing-handicapped child.

SPLP 242 Speech Science I 3c-0l-3cr

The study of the communication process with emphasis on physical charac-
teristics of sound production, transmission and perception of the sound, and
the evolvement and use of symbols for meaningful communication. The

scientific principles of normal oral communication are stressed, and
language learning is recognized as a basis for oral communication.

SPLP 251 Anatomy and Physiology

of the Speech and Hearing Mechanism 3c-0l-3cr

Consideration of genetic development, structure, and function of the organs
of speech and hearing. Anatomical systems involved in respiration,
phonation. articulation, and hearing and relationships betw een systems in
production and reception of speech.

SPLP 254 Classroom Management of Language Disorders 3c-0l-3cr

.A study of aspects of speech, language, and hearing problems pertaining to
classroom situation. Types of speech and hearing disorders, conducting
speech and language improv ement lessons, classroom aids for teaching the
child with language, speech, and hearing impairment, and school and
community resources for these children. (Required for majors in Education
of the Exceptional and suggested for majors in Elementary Education)

SPLP 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

SPLP 311 Aural Rehabilitation 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: SPLP 222. 3.0 GPA

Consideration of the effects of varied degrees of hearing loss sustained by
individuals at different stages of development and study of total education
and rehabilitative procedures for the hard-of-hearing child or adult

SPLP 334 Language De\ elopment 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: 3.0 GP.A

The study of the dev elopment of an interpersonal communication system:
language as a system of symbols for communication: the structure of the
English language, including phonology, syntax, and semantics w ith
emphasis on the generative evolvement of sentences. Highlighting the
neurologicaL sociaL and psychological bases of language development

SPLP 342 Speech Science II 3c-fll-3cr

Prerequisites: SPLP 242. 3.0 GPA

Physiologic, acoustic, and perceptual characteristics of speech with special
emphasis on speech monitoring and controls. Major lab instrumentation and
research techniques in current use are described and demonstrated. The
status of present knowledge is sunimarized and discussed.

SPLP 406 Articulation and Language Disorders 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: SPLP 111. 242. 251. 334. 3.0 GPA

An exploration of the processes related to developmental articulation and

language disorders from birth through adolescence. Instruction in the

principles underlying modification of these disorders. Preparation of

management programs and observation in the Speech and Hearing Clinic

required.

SPLP 408 Stuttering and \ oice Disorders 3c-0l-3cr

PrerequUites: SPLP 111. 242. 251. 334. 3.0 GPA
.An inffoduction to the developmental psychogenic, and mganic bases for
stuttering and voice disorders. Instruction in principles underlying treatment
of these disorders with emphasis on anatomical deviations and laryngeal
dysfunction. Preparation of management plans and observation in Speech
and Hearing Clinic required.

SPLP 412 Organization and Administration

of Speech and Hearing Program 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: SPLP 1 1 1. 3.U GP.A (meets requu^ment for Professional

Education course)

Establishment and maintenance of speech and hearing programs within

various administrative organizations, particularly in the public schools. The

techniques of client identification, scheduling, recordkeeping, appropriate

Page 240

INDIANA fNIVERSITY OF PEN-NSYLVANIA L'NDERGRADUATE CATALOG. 2003-04

referral, material and equipment selection, teacher and parental counseling,
and the de\elopment of coordinated professional and interdisciplinary
procedures.

SPLP 420 Speech Clinic var-l-3cr

Prerequisites: EDUC 242. 342. GPA of 3.0 or better, all major courses,
program director's permission

An experience in working with individuals or groups of persons who exhibit
speech or hearing problems. Lesson planning, writing of reports, and case
histories of a detailed nature.

SPLP 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .^s appropriate to course content

SPLP 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior appro\al through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students w ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
.Approval is based on academic appropriateness and a\ailabilit\ of resources.

THTR: Theater

Department of Theater and Dance

College of Fine Arts

THTR 101 Introduction to Theater 3c-0I-3cr

.■^n exploration of the theater arts, examining major periods of theater
history, selected w orks of dramatic literature, and the primary theater arts of
acting, directing, design, and technical theater. Class experience includes the
analysis of at least two major works of drama, attending two li\e
productions, and \iewing of selected televised plays and musicals.

THTR 1 1 1 Foundations of Theater 3c-01-3cr

A primary course for those engaged in theater and any other performance-
related area so as to define the nature of theater art, develop one's own
individual system of analysis and to finally acquire an understanding of
process, dramatic structure, composition, genre, theatrical styles, and a
theory of performance.

THTR 1 16 Fundamentals of Theatrical Design 3c-0I-3cr

Introduces the fundamentals of scene, costume, lighting, and sound design
for theater and dance. Focuses on creative processes used by designers to
make choices. Topics include script analysis, director and designer commu-
nication, and the integration of the design elements into a unified production.

THTR 120 Stagecraft 3c-OI-3cr

An exploration of the material, methods, and procedures utilized in creating
a scenic environment. Through instruction and practical applications,
students learn the basis of scenic construction and develop competency with
the basic materials and equipment used in a theatrical scenery shop.

THTR 122 Costume Workshop 3c-01-3cr

Instruction and practical expenence in the process of building costumes for
the stage. .ActiN ities include fitting, cutting, sew ing. dyeing, and painting.
There is also instruction in the maintenance of wardrobe, costume stock,
materials, and properties.

THTR 130 Stage \ oice 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Theater majors only or permission of instructor
Instruction in basic development of the vocal instrument of the actor in stage
performance. Emphasizes resonance, quality, pitch, and projection of the
voice while improv ing the student's ability to articulate.

THTR 131 Stage Movement 3c-OI-3cr

Instruction in basic stage movement and the physicalization of character.
Includes w ork in character development through variety in movement.

introductory work in juggling, stage combat, and mime, and the assessment,
aw areness. and correction of individual movement problems.

THTR 205 Classic Theater I 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: HIST 195

A comprehensive survey of western theater from its origins to the beginning
of the Italian Renaissance. Includes the study of significant plays of the
penod as well as the influence of playwrights, directors, actors, designers,
and theorists of the era.

THTR 206 Classic Theater II 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: HIST 195

.A comprehensive survey of western theater from the Italian Renaissance to
the end of the eighteenth cenmry. Includes the study of significant plays of
the period as well as the influence of playwrights, directors, actors,
designers, and theorists of the era.

THTR 207 Modern Theater I 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: HIST 195

A comprehensive survey of western theater from the time after the French
Revolution to the outbreak of the First World War. Includes the study of
significant plays of the period as well as the influence of playw nghts,
directors, actors, designers, and theorists of the era.

THTR 208 Modern Theater II 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: HIST 195

A comprehensive sun ey of w estem theater from the early rw entieth century
to the present. Includes the study of significant plays of the period as well as
the influence of playw rights, directors, actors, designers, and theorists of the

THTR 221 Basic Stage Lighting 3c-0l-3cr

,An introduction to lighting instruments, color media, control boards,
physical laws of electricity and optics, graphics, and conventional techniques
used in lighting theatrical productions.

THTR 223 Makeup for the Stage 3c-0l-3cr

Deals with practical application of straight and character makeup and may
include instruction in creating beards, w igs. prosthetics, and masks.

THTR 240 Acting I 3c-0l-3cr

The study of the pnmary elements of the Stanislavski system of character
development. Includes text analysis and the development of physical action
through a character's subtext, as well as motivational and improv isational
techniques.

THTR 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A gi\en topic may be

offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

THTR 3 1 0 Theater Criticism 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisite: Junior or senior Theater major status or permission
Gives students of theater an opportunity to use what they have learned in the
areas of theater (acting, directing, design, and playwnghting) toward the
critical process of responding to theater productions. Students examine
differences benveen theater criticism and theater reviews while learning to
write critical responses to Uve performances both on and off campus.

THTR 320 Scene Design 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: THTR 1 1 6 or permission

An introductory course in scenic design that applies the fiindamental
principles of theatrical design. Topics include an overview of current scene
design practice, design conceptualization, graphic communication methods,
and a method of designing theatrical scenery. Practical applications are
emphasized through a series of class exercises.

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANU LrNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Page 241

THTR 321 Stage Lighting Design 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: THTR 1 16 or permissioo

An miroductoTN course in stage lighting that applies the fundamental
principles of theatrical design. Stage lighting topics include an overv-iew of
current lighting methods and equipment, the controllable propenies and
ftmctions of stage lighting, learning to see light, a creati\e approach to stage
lighting, and design graphics. Practical applications are emphasized through
a series of class exercises.

THTR 322 Costume Design 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisite: THTR 1 16 or permission

.■\n introduction to the discipline of costume design for the theater with an
emphasis on script anaNsis. figure drawing, character definition, and control
of the design elements, supplemented by an o\efMe» of costume histor\-.

THTR 323 Sound Design 3c-Ol-3cr

Co\ers the basic principles and theories of designing sound for the theater.
Through demonstration and practical apphcation, co\ers the following
principal areas: basic electronics, recording techniques and equipmenL
musical and effects int^ration. theater acoustics, designing sound, and
sound reinforcemenL

THTR 350 Directing 3c-01-3cr

Prerequisites: THTR III. 240, or permission of instructor
An introduction to basic directing skills: casting, floor plans, blocking,
rehearsal procedures, and the applicatioas of scenes and character analysis.
Students prepare short scenes for class presentation.

THTR 48 1 SpecUl Topics \ ar- 1 -6cr

Prerequisite: .As appropnate to course content

Special topics courses are offered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established cumculum. .A given topic may
be offered under any special topic identity no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-le\el undergraduate students.

THTR 482 Independent Study \ar-l-6cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
depaitmeni chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
IiHlependent study in theater may be either purely academic or may be a
practical production project, supported b\ a » ritten document giving
e%idence of significant scholarly inv estigation or original creativ e effort
May be repeated to a maximtim of 6cr. .Approval is based on academic
appropriateness and availability of resources.

THTR 324 Adv anced Stagecraft 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: THTR 120 and 221. or permission

An advanced exploration of materials, methods, and procedures invohed in
operatuig a scenerv studio and theater facility. Students receive mtensive
practical experience in technical problem solving, studio planning, and
project supervision. (Offered as THTR 220 prior to 2003-<M)

THTR 340 Acting II 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: THTR 240

.A continuation of the study of Stanislavski system, focusing on his priinarv'
texts, tow ards a dev elopment of individual student techniques. Emphasizes
scene study through applying techniques to scene rehearsal and role
problems and explonng the relationships between psychological states,
physical action, and truth in acting.

THTR 341 Acting Styles 3c-0l-3cr

Prerequisites: THTR 130 131. 240 or permission of instructor
A studv and practice of advanced acting skills, with special emphasis on
style and period. Possible areas of focus: Greek classical Commedia
Dell '.Ane (farce). French Neoclassical Restoration Comedy. Melodrama.
High Comedy (Wilde Coward 1. or Theater of the .Absurd.

THTR 342 Acting Shakespeare 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisites: THTR 240, 340 or permission of instructor
An advanced acting studio which prepares students to perform in
Shakespeare's plays. Provides a background overview of the Elizabethan
period in addition to various methods towards approaching the movement,
language, and verse forms from an actor's point of view.

THTR 345 Touring ^'oung People's Theater 3c-OI-3cr

Introduces the fundamentals of young people's theater for audiences aged
five through fifteen vears. Class members select appropriate chiklren's
literature, dev ekip a script through improv isatiocu and rehearse and tour their
production to the surrounding schools.

THTR M-' Plav^riting 3c-OI-3cr

Prerequisite: THTR 1 1 1 or permission of mstructor
A practical exploration of the craft and process of playwnting. Focuses
primarily on the practical, "hands-on" experieiKes approximating the
"developmental process" currently in use in the .American theater. The
student is guided from the initial concept through synopsis, outlines, working
drafts, and completion of an original one-act play and a "staged reading" of
this projecL

THTR 483 Honors Thesis var-I-6cr

Prerequisites: .Admission to depanroenial honors program: prior

approv al through advisor, faculty member, department chairperson. deaiL

and Provost's Office

.An intetisive. focused study involving independent research culminating in a

written thesis approved by a thesis director and two faculty readers'

comminee members. Mav be taken more than once to a maximimi of 6sh.

THTR 484 Directing Studio 3c-2l-3cr

Prerequisites: THTR 350 or permission of instructor
.An opportunity for students to direct scene work, one-act plays, or larger
projects, according to individual levels of expeneiKe. preparation, and
readiness. Practical application of principles of directing to specific problems
in directing. Student projects performed in pubUc. open-class recitals. May
be repeated.

THTR 486 Practicum in Production var-0-3cr

Prerequisite: Theater major standing or permission of instructor
.An opportunity w ith academic credit for students to make significant
contributions to campus productions augmenting theater coursework in the
areas of directing, acting, stage management technical direction, design
(sound, set lights, costumes, makeup), properties, scenic construction and
scenic art painting, costimie technokjgy. dance, and running crew s.
Repeaiable course required of all theater majors for a minimum of six
semesters, one of which must be a final project for senior majors.

THTR 48" Acting Studio 3c-2l-3cr

Prerequisites: Minimum of THTR 240. by permission: individual
foci have additional prerequisites

.An advanced studio course offering scene practice w ith facuhy direction,
coaching, and criticism. Specific focus of scene work varies from semester
to seinester. including improvisation techniques, stage dialects, audition
techniques, and acting for the camera as alternating semester options. May
be repeated w ith a different foots each lime. (Offered as THTR 483 prior to
2003-04)

THTR 489 Technical Theater Problems 3c-0W3cr

Open to all students desinng instruction in a variety of technical theater areas
not presently coveted in other courses. Topics to include sound design, stage
management set props, media make-up. technical drawing mixed irtedia.
and scene pamting. Mav be repeated.

THTR 493 Internship var-3-12cr

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

Opportunities for students to gain experience w ith professional performance
organizations in areas related to theater and dance.

Paee242

INDlAiNA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA L'NTJERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

'U\'\M): Universitywide Courses

Academic Affairs Division

I \A\ D 480 T.H.I.S. Seminar 3c-01-3cr

An academic seminar taken at the Permsyl\ania State System of Higher
Education Lniversit\ Center in Harrisburg in conjunction with the T.H.I. S.
internship. Consists of public policy information, decision making, and
budgeting and addresses question-and-ansvv er sessions » ith leading state
government policjmakers. See description under .\cademic Affairs areas.
Restricted to the T.H.I. S. internship participant. See UVWD 493.

lA-\\ D 493 T.H.I.S. Internship var-12cr

A practical experience at the policvmaking level of the state government that
also requires a research project. Student must have a 3.0 GPA and submit a
sample of writing skills w ith the application to the Expenential Education
Office. Open to any IL'P major. See description under .Academic Affairs
areas. Concurrent seminar course required. See UVWD 480.

\ OED: Nocational Education

Center for \ ocational-Technical Personnel Preparation

School of Continuing Education

\ OED (lltl Industrial Electrical Technologj- var-I-I8cr

Prerequisite: Center department permission

Emphasizes comprehensise industrial electrical technology through training
in specialtv concentrations applied to design, development, and testing of
electrical circuits. de\ ices, and s\ stems for generating electricity and the dis-
tribution and utilization of electrical power. Carries institutional credit only.

VOED 100 Preparation of the Nocational Professional I var-l-15cr

Personalized, self-paced vocational teacher preparation. The vocational stu-
dent intem de\elops, demonstrates, and documents competence in selected
pedagogical competencies. Individualized instruction is supplemented w ith
monthlv seminars. Self-e\aluation is encouraged in the program, utilizing
videotaping and the feedback from a team of professional teacher educators.

\ OED 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .\s appropriate to course content

Special topics are otTered on an e.xperimental or temporarv' basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

offered under an> special topic identitv no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are otTered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

students.

VOED 395 \ocational Education Writing Experience var-Ocr

Writing assignments such as abstracts, logs of activities, philosophv papers,
training plans, presentation plans, lesson plans, etc., are completed in
conjunction with selected instructional modules from VOED 100 and 400.

\ OED 400 Preparation of the \ocational Professional 11 var-l-15cr
Prerequisite: Successful completion of \'OED 100
Personalized, self-paced vocational teacher preparation. The vocational
student intern develops, demonstrates, and documents competence in select-
ed teaching skills in the areas of program planning, program development,
program evaluation, and managing and evaluating instruction in a vocational
school setting. Self-ev aluation is encouraged in the program, utilizing
videotaping and the feedback from a team of professional teacher educators.

\ OED 401 Special Topics in \ ocational

Technical Preparation var-l-12cr

Prerequisite: Center permission

Prov ides opportunities for v ocational students/interns to develop additional

technical skills in areas related to their occupational competence under

professional superv ision. Topics are determined through indiv idual

counseling, through pnoritv needs identified bv advisorv committees, and

through evaluation of technical competence by center teaching statT.

Provides opportunities for vocational students/interns to develop additional
teaching skills under professional superv ision. Topics are determined
through identification of priority areas in vocational education using national
and state survevs and students' individual needs.

VOED 450 Technical Preparation of the \'ocational Professional

Competency assessment of occupational experience through national
standardized written and performance examinations.

24cr

\ OED 402 Special Topics in

% ocational Pedagogical Preparation

Prerequisite: Center permission

var-l-15cr

\ OED 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropnate to course content

\ OED 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Pnor approval through adv isor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's Office
Students with interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a faculty member.
.Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

VVMST: Women's Studies
Women's Studies Program
Academic .\ffairs Division

WMST 200 Introduction to \\ omen's Studies 3c-0l-3cr

Focuses on women as they are and as they have been-as represented by the
work of writers and as presented in the theorv' and research of v arious
disciplines. Historical and contemporarv images of women are examined in
terms of their impact on our lives. The relationships of women to social
institutions such as education, religion, and health care are explored.
.Alternative theories explaining the roles and status of women are compared.
Attempts to help us understand the choices and experiences women face in
their everyday personal, w ork. and public lives.

WMST 281 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to explore

topics not included in the established curriculum. A given topic may be

otTered under any special topic identitv no more than three times. Special

topics numbered 281 are offered primarily for lower-level undergraduate

smdents.

WMST 430 Gender, Sexualitv. and Sport:

A Feminist Perspective 3c-OI-3cr

An analysis of the complex interaction of race, class, sexuality, and gender
w ithin sport throughout the twentieth century. Offers a lens through w hich to
understand both the complicated gender dynamics of sport and the social
experience of women athletes, gav and straight: also provides a critical
insight into the history of gender relations in .American society. The life and
legend of Babe Didrikson Zakarias is examined. Students cannot receive
duplicate credit for LBST 499 Sport: Gender, Race. Class, and Sexuality.

WMST 481 Special Topics var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: .As appropriate to course content

Special topics courses are otTered on an experimental or temporary basis to
explore topics not included in the established curriculum. .A given topic may
be otTered under any special topic identitv no more than three times. Special
topics numbered 481 are primarily for upper-level undergraduate students.

WMST 482 Independent Study var-l-3cr

Prerequisite: Prior approval through advisor, faculty member,
department chairperson, dean, and Provost's OtTice
Students v\ ith interest in independent study of a topic not offered in the cur-
riculum may propose a plan of study in conjunction with a facultv' member.
Approval is based on academic appropriateness and availability of resources.

INDLANA LM\ERSITY OF PENNSYLV.ANIA CNDERGRADLATE CATALOG. 2003-04

Pace 243

University' Calendar

Fall Semester. 2003

Registration

Classes begin

Labor Da> Break (no classes)

Thanksgi\ ing recess

Classes resume (8:00 a.ra.)

Classes end

Final exams

December Commencement

August 24
August 25
September 1-2
November 26-30
December 1
December 6
December 8-12
December 14

Spring Semester, 2004

Registration

Classes begin

Spring \ acation

Classes resume (8:00 a.m.)

Classes end

Final exams

Mav Commencement

Januar>- 1 1
January 12
March's- 14
March 15
April 26
April 29-May 5
Mav 8

Summer Sessions, 2004

To be announced

Board of Governors

Penns>l>ania State System of Higher Education

Charles A. Gomulka. Chairpierson. Pittsburgh

Kim E. Lyttle. \"ice Chairperson. Pittsburgh

R. Benjamin \\ Ue> . \'ice Chairperson. Erie

Manhew E. Baker. Wellsboro

Marie Conley Lammando. Steehoa

JefTre> \\. Coy. Shippensbiug

Brandon NN. Danz. Strasburg

Daniel P. Elby. Voriv

Da>id P. Hol\eck. MaKem

\ incent J. Hughes. Philadelphia

Christine J. Olson. Indiana '

C. R. "Chuck" Pennoni. Br\-n Mawr

\ icki L. Phillips. Hamsburg

Edward G. RendelL Harrisburg

James J. Rhoades. Mahanoy City

Da\id M. Sanko. Harrisburg

B. Michael Schaul. Harrisburg

Ronald L. Strickler. Jr.. York

John K. Thornburgh. Pittsburgh

Chancellor

Pennsylvania State Svstem of Higher Education

Jud> G Hample

Council of Trustees

Indiana L niversitv of Pennsvlvania

Susan S. Delaney. Chairperson. Indiana
Kim E. Lyttle. \ice Chairperson. Pittsburgh
David Osikovvicz. Secretary. Pun.xsuta» ney
Robert M. Hovanec. Treasurer, (jibsooia
Robert D. Duggan. Indiana
Cameron B. HoUingshead. Indiana
Mark .\. Holman. Alexandria, Va.
David L. Johnson. Havertown
Timothv M. Pulte. Newtown Square
Samuel H. Smith, Punxsutawney
Gealv \\. Wallwork. Kittanning
Judv G. Hample lex officio). Chancellor.

Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education

Executive Officei^

Indiana I'niversitv of Pennsvlvania

Derek J. Hodgson. President

Mark J. Staszkiewicz. Provost and Vice President

for Academic .Affairs
C. Edvv ard Receski. Vice President for .Administration and Finance
Harold D. Goldsmith. Vice President for Student .Affairs
Ruth .\. Riesenman. Executive .Assistant to the President and

Interim \ice President for Institutional .Advancement
Steven C. Ender, Interim Executive Assistant to the President for

Budget Planning, and .Analysis
Mark J. Pivvinsky. Vice Provost for .Administration and Technology
Rhonda H. Luckev. Associate Vice President for Student Affairs

Page ;

INDLANA LT^TVERSrrV OF PENNSYLVANU UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG, 2003-04

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Undergraduate catalog"

See other formats